(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "A dictionary of the Asante and Fante language called Tshi (Chwee, Twi) : with a grammatical introduction and appendices on the geography of the Gold Coast and other subjects"

HANDBOUND 
AT THE 



UNlN'ERSITi' OF 
TORONTO PRESS 



I 



'OA 



DICTIONAKY 



OF THE 



ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE 

CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, TWI). 



DICTIONARY 



Ol' TIIK 



ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE 

CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, T^), 

WITH 

A GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION 

AND APPENDICES ON 

THE GEOGKAPHY OF THE GOLD COAST 

AND OTIIKU SUBJECTS. 



BY 

REV. J. G. GHRISTALLER, 

OF THE BASEL GERMAN EVANGELICAL MISSION, W. AFRICA. 



BASEL: 1881. 

PRINTED FOR THE EVANGELICAL MISSIONARY SOCIETY. 

Sold by the MissioNs-BfcHHANomNc;, Basel, Switzeuland, 

BY TauBNEit & Co, 57 & 59 Litixiate Hill, I^ondox, 

AND IN the Book Depository of the Basel Mission, Ciiristiansbohg, G. ('., \\ . A. 




Printer: L. REINHARDT (formerly C. Schultze), Basel. 



I 



PREFACE. 

This Dictionary follows "A Grammar of the Asaiite and 
Fante Language called Tshi {Chivee, T\Vi), based on the Akuapem 
Dialect, with reference to the other (Akan and Fante) Dialects," 
by the same author, Basel 1875. The said Grammar has been 
approved by several philologists in Germany and France.*) It 
has, however, not met with the same favourable reception on the 
Gold Coast, at least beyond the sphere of the Basel German 
Mission; but it is hoped that the present Dictionai-y will be more 
welcome to educated Fantes on account of its more prominent 
practical usefulness, and because in it the Fante dialect lias been 
more extensively referred to than in the Grammar. 

2. The Dictionary appears now somewhat delayed by the 
claims which six other publications in Tshi and three in Akra 
made on the author, and its publication has taken considerable 
time because its loose sheets were sent to an intelligent native 
of the Gold Coast, whose judgement has been of great value to 
the author, for corrections and additions. 

If the work has been long in coming out, it is hoped that 
it will be the more useful and will not prove short-lived. If it 
has become larger than any other existing Dictionary of a Negro 
language, this has at least not been the intention of the author; 
the ample materials collected with the help of clever and in- 
telligent natives made it a matter of course, if not a duty, to 
store up whatever may be useful for his successors. 

.3. The persons for whose benefit the author has written, 
are 1. the missionaries, not only of his own society, in Akuapem, 
Akem, Okwawu &c., but also of the Wesleyan Methodists in the 
Fante country ; — 2. Europeans who are interested in philology 
or in any capacity called to have intercourse with the natives 
of the coast or inland countries; — 3. the educated natives, be 
they employed in Christian churches and Mission or Government 

*) Cf. Lazarus und Steinlhal, Zeitschrift fiir Volker-Psycholo^e und 
Sprachenkunde 187fj, p. 164 — 172. Ky the '"Institut de France" a gold medal 
of 300 francs has been awarded to the author. 



VI Preface. 

schools, or whatever occupation may be their inducement to the 
study of languages; all these may also be helped by the book 
in their endeavours to acquire the English language. 

4. The materials of the work have been collected during 
more than 25 years' study of the language. The words were 
gathered from all available sources in the various ways alluded 
to in the preface to the Grammar p. Iseq. When the author left 
the Gold Coast in 1868, he took with him, besides an entire 
translation of the Bible in manuscript or in newly revised printed 
portions, a good number of other manuscripts and of materials 
for a dictionary collected by personal intercourse with natives 
of various places and tribes, among whom I reckon first the 
helpers at the work of translation, who also, with other assistants, 
contributed a good deal of proverbs and other folk-lore &c. 
And whilst the Bible was in printing and twenty other new 
publications or revised reprints were in preparing, the author 
received, besides manuscripts for several of these new works, 
many letters and answers on various questions concerning those 
different publications, also new contributions for the dictionary 
and essays on mythological and historical objects, partly from 
the native missionary 1). Asanto, partly from other educated 
natives. — The Vocabulary of H. N. liiis has been carefully 
compared and every word or phrase found correct or rectified 
has been embodied in the present dictionary, sometimes with 
reference to the work of Riis. — A rich source of words has 
been opened in the native proverbs, the printed collection of 
which embraces more than 3600. The reader is often referred 
to this for brevity's sake. 

5. The Dialects of the langixage are described in the Gram- 
mar p. XVII seq. & 185-196, where also the claims of both the 
Akan and Fante dialects and the intermediate literary dialect 
are sufficiently discussed. I do not find any cause to retract 
what is stated there, though I have since then become better 
acquainted with the Fante dialect through A. W. Parker's books 
(see p. XVI), many words and phrases of which have been in- 
corporated in this work. I have also obtained some more in- 
formation about the Akan and the Bron or Kamana dialects, 
and may sum up my impressions in this manner: 

(1) The Akan dialect is considered to be spoken purest in 
Akem; but by its dainty and affected mode of expression (e.g. 
the frequent ee & oo, where most other dialects have simply 
e & 9, as, adee, asee, koree, oboo, soo, = ade, ase, koe, gbo, so) 



Preface. VII 

it, appears less fit to become the common dialect of all 'Pslii 
tribes, — The dialect of Asanf(! agrees in all essentials with 
that of Akem, only the pronunciation is "broad and hard (tetere 
dennennen)" e.g. they pronounce "kere" instead of "kyere", — 
whilst in Akem it is "soft and delicate (boko freiikyemm)." 
The other countries in which Akan is spoken are Adanse, Ascn, 
ifankyira, Tvviforo, Akwam, all these with little deviations from 
Akem and Asante, and Akuapem, on which see No. (2). 

(j:^) The dialect of Akuapem, derived from Akem and Akwam 
and having points of contact with Bron and Fante, appears on 
the whole the one most suited to become (ho literary idiom 
equally intelligible to all the other tribes. See Gr. p, XIX, and, 
on the influences of Fante, the small English-'J'shi-Akra Dictionary 
of 1874, p. XI. 

(3) 'I'he Rron or Kamana dialects are spoken in the coun- 
tries N. & N.E. of the Akan countries, viz. Kamana, Okwawu, 
Nkoransa, Bron &c., also in Pae (E. of the Volta). These dialects 
seem to be genuine Tshi, but are deemed inferior to Akan, prob- 
ably on account of archaisms or admixture of foreign elements. 
Bron is also spoken beyond the territories of the genuine Tshi 
people by tribes w^hich had or still have a separate language 
of their own. as Gyaman and the tribes E. of the Volta speaking 
Guan, viz. Ntwummuru, Kjirakye, Worawora or Boem, Nkonya. 

(4) The Fante dialects have not followed the other dialects 
In changing the commencing sovinds kw, gw^ hw, before palatal 
vowels, into tw, dw, fw, and in occasionally softening b (espec. 
in diminutives) into w &c., but have deviated from them by 
changing t, d, n, before (e) e, i, into ts, dz, By, and by curtail- 
ing many terminations by cutting off their final vowels. 

6. In the Introductory Notes to my Grammar §4 (p. XVII 
seq.) I had to censure the system of orthography advised by 
D. L. Carr and J. P. Brown in their "Mfantsi Grammar", Cape 
Coast, 1868. Now I am under the necessity of criticizing the 
orthography chosen by the Hev. A. W. Parker in his translation 
of the Gospels of Matthew and IMark into the "Fante Language", 
printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, London 1877, and 
in three previous smaller publications, however gladly I welcome 
these works as the beginning of a Fante literature. Mr. Parker 
is right in using ten vowels instead of the five a e 1 u, but 
he employs the diacritical dot under each of those five vowels 
in a manner repugnant to the orthography followed in our 



Vni Preiace. 

numerous books in conformity with the Standard Alphabet of 
Dr. Lepsius. If he had no knowledge of the said Standard 
Alphabet, of which the secretaries of the Wesleyan Missionary 
Society had officially expressed their cordial approval, he was 
at least in the possession of some of our four editions of the 
Tshi Gospels, his own translation of the two first Gospels in 
the "Fante Language'' aflfording unmistakable proofs that he 
has made use of them, as was proper and right. The Scriptures 
in Tshi have been translated and printed by the long continued 
labours of Basel missionaries and their native assistants, and 
by the generous help of the British and Foreign Bible Society, 
without any self-interested motives, for the whole Tshi nation, 
Fante included. If the Wesleyan Christians in Fante use some 
expressions for religious ideas different from those used in the 
churches and schools of our Basel Mission, or if they wish to 
have portions of the Bible or other books written and printed 
in their own dialect, we have nothing to say against that. On 
the contrary, we are glad to have the opportunity of comparing 
the idiomatic peculiarities of both sides and are ready to learn 
and adopt whatever may seem preferable in the treasures of 
our western neighbours, or, whenever we on our part may have 
to choose between two forms or expressions, to select that which 
brings us nearer to them. But if the latter give way to the 
opposite tendency, creating an orthography entirely of their own 
invention and in their biblical translations studiously substituting 
their own expressions to those contained in our Tshi Bible, as 
if it were their duty to avoid the suspicion of having trod in 
the footsteps of their forerunners, we regret their misspent time 
and strength. The orthography adopted by Mr. Parker differs 
from ours far more than the Fante dialects differ from the Akan 
dialects. The dialects can sarcely be said to be at variance 
with each other; they may peaceably exist side by side; but 
the two orthographies cannot thus coexist. B. Cruickshank in 
his book "Eighteen Years on the Gold Coast", London 1853. 
vol. II. p. 262. says: "Educated natives have frequently failed 
in making communications in writing, in their native language, 
intelligible to each other, from their disagreement about the 
sounds of words, and the consequent employment of different 
letters to represent them." Shortly after Mr. Cruickshank's book 
had appeared in print, when he visited the Basel JNIissionary 
station at Akropong in the capacity of Acting Governor, in 
Febr. 1854, he could personally convince himself that Europeans 



I 



Preface. IX. 

have indeed "been successful in reducing the language of the 
natives to grammatical rules and to writing in the Roman 
character". Innumerable letters of natives educated in the Basel 
Mission Schools and some 40 publications embracing more than 
6000 printed pages leave no doubt that now "a proper repre- 
sentation of the language" common both to Asante and to Fante 
does exist. Tjjere arc Fante Christians who have bought and 
read our books written after the Standard Alphabet, who also 
understand and appreciate them. But the new Fante orthography, 
if largely received among the Fante Christians, would almost 
preclude mutual intelligibility of written or printed communi- 
cations between the western and the eastern parts of the Gold 
Coast in the native idioms, — not only the Akan division of 
Tshi, but also the Akra language, the Dahome (or Ewhe) and 
the Yoruba language being likewise reduced to writing after 
the principles of the Standard Alphabet. It is as if railways 
were built along the coast from Akra to Ada and farther on to 
Lagos, and the Fantes would build a railway of their own of 
a different gauge, so that no cars from the western railway could 
be used on the eastern, and vice versa. Does is not lie in the 
interest of our Fante brethren to accommodate their writing to 
the Standard Alphabet approved and recommended by the re- 
presentants of the Wesley an Missionary Society in 1855? The 
question has been submitted by me to the representants of the 
said Society in 1879, in a letter discussing the particular defects 
and disadvantages of the new system as well as elucidating the 
facilities and difficulties of transition to the Standard Alphabet, 
— with what result, I cannot tell. 

In order to do every possible honour to the Fante dialect 
as represented in Parker's books, I have carefully perused them 
and weighed every word contained therein; accordingly most 
of the terms, forms and meanings peculiar to them have been 
embodied in this dictionary in adaptation to the Standard Alphabet. 

7. Foreign words adopted in Tshi (about 20 from Ga, Guah, 
Marewa, nearly 100 from European languages) have been marked 
as such by indicating the language from which they are taken 
in brackets. Above 100 more foreign words found in the Tshi 
Bible are registered in Appendix A. — Neiv words derived from 
words already existing in the language and introduced by the 
Basel missionaries, are partly marked by a dagger (t); many 
such as well as modern terms, used in teaching the various 
sciences, are not found in this dictionary, because not as yet 



X Preface. 

sufficiently approved. Nearly a hundred of them are contained 
in the appendix to Mr. Bellon's Instruction in Arithmetic. 

8. The arrangement chosen has been, to let the words fol- 
low each other in the alphabetical order of their initial con- 
sonants, disregarding the prefixes. Cf. the Grammatical Intro- 
duction § 10. 14. 18. 20. 25,1. 26-30. Words either similar or 
related to each other are placed together. Thus e. g. su, sii are 
followed by nouns with prefixes: o-sCi (joined to su, from which 
it is derived); e-su; nsu, osii, asii; then sua, sua, sua and 
nsua, o-sua, o-siia, o-sua follow; then the various compounds 
of all these, intermixed with derivations by suffixes and new verbs, 
according to the alphabetical sequence of the letters, as sua-bise... 
suafo, ... nsu-akyi, suah, ...suaw, su-bah &c. — Oi compounds the 
constituents are marked out by applying the hyphen, or the 
primitives are added in brackets. — Nouns formed by the suf- 
fixes fo or iiij wa (ba) or ma (Grammat. Introd. §19,2.3), and 
nouns compounded with -de and -sem (=ade, asem) are so 
frequent that not all of them have been put down; the student 
will easily find the meaning of such words by resorting to the 
simple words. — Of verbs the primitive sense is given first, 
and the figurative and free senses are added in rational order. 
— The various applicafions of each word and standing phrases 
are illustrated by examples, and for farther illustrations the col- 
lection of proverbs and passages of the Bible or other books 
are frequently referred to. 

9. In the oiihoyraphti both the full and tlie shortened writing 
(Grammat. Introd. § 25) have found consideration. The forms in 
Fante and Akem, different from those in our books, have been 
added in many instances; in other cases analogy will guide 
those aright who are particularly interested in those dialects. 

10. Definitions of words and descriptions of specific occu- 
pations or customs, as they were given by native assistants, 
have occasionally been added for the benefit of Europeans en- 
gaged in acquiring the language. These explanations have the 
more value, as they are all idiomatic, presenting the genuine 
manner of expressing thought in the language, without being 
altered by the endeavours to express thoughts imported by 
foreigners. 

11. Particular pains have been taken to add the synonyms 
wherever they seem to be demanded. — That under some words 
as "ahene, apata, nsa, ntama" lists of different sorts of beads, 
fishes, spirituous liquors, textile fabrics &c. are given, may serve 



Preface. XI 

as a stimnlns to students and teachers to collect such lists of 
other objects. In a similar way the geograpliical names and 
proper names of persons, given in Appendix C III. and G, in- 
vite farther collection. 

12. As it was the writers endeavour to condense the matter 
l)resented in the shortest possible space, a liberal use has been 
made of obhreciations, a list of which is appended to this Preface; 
some others will be found in the appendices. — All words not 
marked by v., a., adv., conj., intcrj. are nouns; nouns are marked 
by n. only in a few cases to distinguish them from adjectives &c. 
Verbal nouns derived by the palatal suffix are marked hyv.n.; 
many simple or compound nouns marked by inf. are likewise 
verbal nouns. — Of verbs the transitive and intransitive are 
rarely marked by tr. and intr., because most verbs are used in 
both ways even more readily than in English. Parts of the verb 
are now and then marked by contin., prct., perf., progr., fut., 
imp. I & II., inf., — affirm., neg. — 

13. The writers task would have been much easier, if he 
might have issued the work in German; but circumstances de- 
manded it otherwise. Most of the English contents of the work 
have been revised by Englishmen, and some deficiencies in this re- 
spect are made good in the Corrections and Additions pp.569seqq. 

14. The Additions taken from the translation of the Bible 
and other Christian books are meant chiefly for the Christian 
student and will help him in thoroughly mastering his object. — 
On the Corrections, see p. 569, Rem. 2; they include also the 
corrections of the few misprints found on pp. 1-568, and the 
answers on notes of interrogation used in some cases of un- 
certainty. 

15. A few words about the Appendices. — The Table of Gold 
Weights (Appendix B) may require alterations for the Fante 
and rectifications for the Akan countries. On foreign gold coins 
see Payne's Lagos and West African Almanack. — The Geo- 
graphical Appendix (C), though it cost comparatively more time 
than any other part of the work, is yet very imperfect. It would, 
however, not have been right to leave it out for two reasons: 

1. Our knowledge of the countries concerned has considerably 
increased since the publication of the Grammar, as a comparison 
with § 1 of the Introductory Notes, Gr. p. X. seq., will show, 

2. The completenes of a Dictionary demands, that the archaic 
elements contained in the geographical names, however unim- 
portant the respective towns or villages, brooks or mountains 



XII Preface. 

may be, be not neglected. (This can also be said concerning; 
the Proper Names contained in the Appendices D, F, G.) - Ap- 
pendix C may moreover serve as a foundation for a Geography 
of the Gold Coast, a desideratum which studious natives ought 
gradually to supply; for it is astonishing how scanty, vague 
and confused the knowledge of these countries has hitherto been, 
even among natives, concerning the places beyond their im- 
mediate experience. — Only of Akem, Akuapem and Okwawu 
accounts of some completeness could be given. It is hoped that 
a large map prepared by the Basel missionaries on the Gold 
Coast will incorporate the geographical knowledge hitherto ob- 
tained of the three countries just mentioned and of the Akra and 
Adanme countries, on which map also some forty stations and out- 
stations of the Basel Mission will be marked, as well as other 
places where native Christians are dwelling. — In process of time 
materials for a Histoxy of the Gold Coast also should be gathei'ed, 
similar to what we have already of Sierra Leone. — Payne's 
Lagos and West African Almanack contains much valuable 
matter, though more of a statistical than geographical character, 
and more of Lagos and its vicinity than of the other parts of 
the Gold Coast Colony. Its yearly issues might be made the 
receptacle for geographical and historical contributions. 

16. After every endeavour to render the work as correct 
and complete as possible, the author feels how much room there 
is still left for augmentation and rectification, and hopes that 
many of those who use it, may feel compelled to contribute 
additions and rectifications. Of the Akuapem dialect not many 
words will be found wanting; but the literary idiom may still 
be amply eni'iched by importations from other dialects, and by 
the new-made and foreign words alluded to in § 7. 

17. The author begs pardon for the length of this Preface 
and the followiYig Introduction. If there be many who will not 
read this or that, others may still be helped thereby in their 
endeavours to master the language. And so the author concludes 
with the fervent wish and prayer that his work may contribute 
to a thorough knowledge of this important language, so that 
it may more and more become the vehicle of true knowledge 
and spiritual light to the numerous tribes to which it has been 
assigned. 

So'nO'nidorf , Wiirfemherr/, August 1881. 

J. G. CHRISTALLER. 



XIII 



EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. 

a. Grammatical terms and other English words. 

a. or adj. adjective. - (ahi. about.) - adv. adverb. - uf/lnii. affirma- 
tive. - App. Appendix. - attr'ih. adj. attributive adjective. - anx. v. 
auxiliary verb. Gr. § 106-112. - (bcf. before; hcl. below.) - cans. 
causatively. Gr. 208,3.4. - cf. confer, compare. - com. common 
language. - conj. conjunction, - conn, connected form. Gr. S; 47,49. 
conscc. consecutive form. Gr. § Dl. 178f. - contin. contiuuative form. 
Gr. §1)1. 102.167. - contr. contracted, contraction. - co-ord. co- 
ordinate (sentence). - cpds. compounds. - d. penny, pence. - dec. 
decent language. - deriv. derivative(s). - descr. descriptive (a. or 
adv.) - diff. different. - dim. diminutive. - e. g. exempli gratia, for 
example. - c)n])h. emphatically. - esp. esjJCC. especially. - etc. and 
so forth. - eu2)h. euphemistically, - FAirop. European. - except, ex- 
cepting, - expr. expressing. - (/". i. for instance.) - fig. figuratively. 

- f. foil, followed, following. - fr. from. - frq. frequentative. - fid. 
future tense. - gencr. generally. - Gr. Grammar. - id. idem, the 
same. - imit. imitative (adv.) - imp. imperative. - inf. infinitive, 
verbal noun. - int. intcrj. interjection, - interrog. interrogative, - 
intr. intransitive, - Introd. Introduction, Introductory, - I. line; 
pound sterling, - lang. language, - lit. literally. - n. noun. - neg. 
negative, - num. numeral. - ohsc. obscene. - ohs. obsolete. - Observ. 
Observation, - opp. opposed (to). - orig. originally. - p)-, PP- page, 
pages, -part, particle, - perf. perfect tense. ~ perh. perhaps. - pers. 
person. - Flir. Phrase(s). - pi, plural. - poet, poetical. - pons, pos- 
sessive. - prcf prefix. - pr. n. proper noun. - j^i'cp. prep)p. prepo- 
sition, prepositions. - pret. preterit tense. - princ. principal (verb, 
sentence). - prol). probably, - progr. progressive form. - pron. 
pronoun, - 2^^'OP' properly, - qnalif. qualifying (adv,) Gr, § 133,4, 
134,1. - q. V. quod or quae vide, which see. - red. reduplicated, re- 
duplication. - ref. reflexive. - rel. relative (particle). - Rem. lie- 
mark. - retrosp. retrospective. - s. see; shilling, - scil. scilicet, to 
wit; namely; being understood. - sent, sentence. - seq. seqitens, the 
following. - sign, signifies. - sing, singular. — suhord. subordinate 
(sentence). - s^wit. symbolically, -sgn. synonymous, synonyme(s).- 
tr. transitive. - usu. usually. - v. (v.v.) verb (verbs). - v. n. verbal 
noun. - viz. videlicet, namely, to wit. - vidg. vulgar (word,expressi(ni). 

b. Naimes of Places, Languages, Dialects. 

Ab, Aburi. - Ak. Akan. - Akp. Akuapem. - Akr. Akropong. - 
Akw. Akwam. - Aky, Akyem. - Ar. Arabic. - As. Asante. - Dan. 
Danish. - D, Ihdch. - Eng. English. - ^mto^. European. - F. Fante. 

- Fr. French. - G. Ga. - G. C. Gold Coast. - Ger. German. - Gr. 
Greek. - (Gy, Gyadam.) - Heb. Hebreiv. - It, Italian. - Kuk. Ku- 
kurantumi, - Ky. Kyebi. - Lat. Latin. - Mf. Mfante = F. - Og. 
Ogua, Cape Coast. - Okw. Okwawu. - On. Onomabo. - Port. Por- 
tuguese. - Skr. Sanskrit. - Span. Spanish. - Tw. Twi. 



XIV Abbreviations &c. 

c. Tshi Words; cf. Gr. § 287. 
a. ana. - a. s. anase. - e.s. enese. - etod. eto-dabi-a. - n.a. ne ade. 

— n.s. ne se. - nh. nhina. - nt. ntaku. - Nyaiikp. Nyankopon. - 
Ony., Onyank., Onyk. Onyame, Onyankopon. - tet. tetefo (kasa). 

— The leading word of an article in tlie dictionary is often re- 
presented by one, two or three first letters with a dot, sometimes 
by a mere middle-sized dash. 

d. References to Books or Persons. 
jBrf., Br., Cr., see p. 637. 665. — Chr. Cbristaller. — D. As. David Asante. 

— Diet. Dieterle. — Geog. Geography. — Gram. Grammar. — Hist. History. 

— K. Kurtz, see the list p. XV (No. 12). — Mf. Gr. Mfantsi Grammar 
(p. XVI). — N. E. Voc. Vocabnlarv for the use of the Niger Expedition 
1841. (Gr. p. VII. B. 5.) - P. Ket. Paul Keteku. — pr. proverb (36(X) Tshi 
Proverbs, s. p. XVI, No. 24). — Prk. Parker (p. XVI). — R. Riis (p. XV). 

— Bern. Remark(s). — Rog. Roget's Thesaurus of English "Words and 
Phrases. — Scr. Scriptures. — St. Statutes of the German Evangelical 
Mission Churches on the G. C, s. p. XVI, No. 14. — Voc. Vocabulary. — 
Zim. Zimmermann's Akra Grammar or Vocabulary. 

e. Books of the Bible. 
Ac. Acts. — Am. Amos. — Ca. Canticles, Song of Solomon. — 1. 2. Ch. 
Chronicles. — 1.2. Co. Corinthians. — Col. Colossians. — Da. Daniel. — 
De. Deuteronomy. — Ec. Ecclesiastes. — E})- Ephesians. — Est. Esther. 

— Ex. Exodus. — Eze. h^zekiel. — Ezr. Ezra. — Ga. Galatians. — Ge. 
Genesis. — Hab. Habakuk. — Hag. Haggai. — He. Hebrews. — Ho. 
Ilosea. — Is. Isaiah. — Ja. James. — Je. Jeremiah. — Job. — Joel. — 
(1.2.3.) Jo. John. — Jon. Jonas. — Jos. Joshuah. — Jude. — J«. Judges. 

1.2. Ki. Kings. — La. Lamentations. — Le. Leviticus. — Lu. Luke. — 
Mai. Malachi. — Mk. Mark. — Mt. Matthew. — Mi. Micah. — Na. Naluim. 

— Ne. Nehemiah. — Nu. Numbers. — Oh. Obadiah. — /. 2. Fe. Peter. — 
Phi. Philippians. — Phiie. Philemon. — Pr. Proverbs. — Ps. Psalms. — 
Re. Revelation. — Ro. Romans. — Ru. Ruth. — 1. 2. Sa. Samuel. — 

1.3. Th. Thessalonians. — 1. 2. Ti. Timothy. — Tit. Titus. — Zee. Zecha- 
riah. — Zep. Zephaniah. 

f. Various Marks or Signs. 
dt and. - rf-c. et caetera, and so on, and the like. 
.. between two parts of a verbal phrase indicate the place of an 
object to the v. (when nearer to this) or of an attributive n. or 
pron. (when nearer to the word next following); e.g. so., mu, 
to help (as in osono mii); so ..mu, to lap hold of (as in oso nomu). 
... or ... stand for three or more omitted letters, syllables or words. 
= is equal to. 

5- is more or larger, i. e. of a wider sense, than . . . 
^= is less, i.e. of a narrower sense than (the following word). 
* asterisc, serves for reference to notes and other purposes; see 

p. 644. (29.) 644-649. (32-56.) 654 flf. 666. 
t dagger, indicates new-made words, see Preface § 7. 
§ paragraph, section. 



XV 



TSHI LITERATURE. 

A. PUBLICATIONS IN TSHI 
prepared by the Basel German Missionaries. 

We omit 4 publications previous to 1853, 8 of Bible portions (1859—65) 
and 12 others (1855—74), as superceded by new works or editions. — 
For brevity's sake we give of No. 5—24. only the English titles. — 
The figures in parenthesis refer to the order in which the single publi- 
cations followed each other. Of. dr. p. VIII. 

/. Grammars and Vocabularies. 

1. {b.) Elemente des Ahwapim Dialects der Odschi Sprache (S:c. 

von H. N. Kiis, Basel 1858. 

2. (6.) Grammatical Outline and Vocabulari/ of the OJi Lamjuage 

with especial reference to the Akwapim Dialect, together 
with a Collection of Proverbs of the Natives, by H. N. Riis, 
Basel 1854. 

3.(39.) A Dictionary, English, Tshi (Asante), Akra, by J.G.Christ- 
aller, W. C. Locher, J. Zimmermann. 1874. 

4.(41.) A Grammar of the Asante and Fante Language called 
Tshi &c. by J. G. Christaller. 1875. 

5.(50). A Dictionary of the same — the present book. 

II. The Holy Scriptures. 
6.(28.) The entire Bihle, 8vo. Old Testament 1871. N.T. see next. 
7a.(27.) The New Testament, 2d ed. 8vo. 1870. 
7b.(45.) The Netv Testament, 3d ed. 16mo. 1878. 

Of tHe Portions printed 1859-65 (Gr. p. VIII) some may still 
be had and used, especially the Four Gospels, 2d ed. 1864, and 
the Dsahns and Proverbs, 1865. 

III. Books for the School, Church and Family. 
8.(31.) Primer for the Vernacular Schools &c. 2d ed. 1872. 
9.(29.) Dr.B&nh's Bible Stories,2A ed.with many illustrations 1872. 
10.(44.) ^iWeyS/oWes for Little Children 2d ed.with wood-cuts. 1877. 
11.(33.) Words for Learning and Praying, containing: a Catechism 
of the Christian Doctrine; (498) select Scripture Passages; 
the History of our Lord's Passion; some Prayers used at 
church, Pra_?/er.5 for family and private worship, und Prayers 
for school-children. 1872. 
12.(34.) The doctrines of the Christian Beligion, based on Dr. Luther's 
smaller Catechism (by J. H.Kurtz, D.D.) with an Appendix 
on the Ecclesiastical Year and I'sts of Bible Lessons. 1872. 



XVI Tshi Literature. 



13.(48.) Liturgy and Hymns for the use of the Christian Churches 
oftheG.C. speakiug Tshi (containing the order for Baptism, 
Confirmation, the Lord's Supper, the Solemnization of Mat- 
rimony and the Burial of the Dead ; 456 Hymns; 13 Fante 
Songs; Remarks on Versification, Metres and Tunes &c.) 
3d ed. 1878. 

14.(25.) a. Statutes of the German Evangelical Mission Churches 
on the Gold Coast, h. Liturgy of the same (the rest of it, 
containing different Prayers and Thanksgivings used at 
church, and the order of Consecration of Catechists and 
Ministers). 1865. 

15.(30.) Bcgulaiions for Catechists^ 1871. 

16.(46.) Regulations for Deacons. 1878. 

17.(38.) Tnnes to the Tshi and Akra Hymnbooks, 2d ed. 1874. 

18.(32.) Instruction in Arithmetic. 1872. 

19.(37.) Stories from General History (with chronological tables). 
1874. 

IV. Tracts. 

20.(47.) Man's Heart, either God's Temple or Satan's Abode, re- 
presented in 10 figures, 2d ed. 1878. 

21.(35.) The Orphan's Letter to his Saviour in Heaven. 1873. 

22.(36.) Oguyomi, the Negro Girl at Ibadan. 1873. 

23.(43.) TJie Spread of Christianity in Germany. 1875. 

V. Folk-lore. 

24.(49.) A Collection o{ 3600 Tshi Proverbs. 1879. 

All these Books were printed at Basel and are sold at Basel, 
London, Christiansborg, as indicated on the title-page of this book. 
— I'hese 24 publications contain altogether 5550 printed pages, 
the 24 publications here omitted (as mentioned at the head of this 
list), 2881 pages. 

B. PUBLICATIONS IN FANTE. 

1 . Mfantsi Grammar, by Dan. L. Carr and Jos. P. Brown, 32mo. 
Cape Coast 1868. 

2. Fanti and English Spelling Booh. London 1874. 

3. The first Catechism of the Wesleyan Methodists. 1874. 

4. Order of Administration of Sacraments and of the Solemnization 
of Matrimony and the Burial of the Dead. 1875. 

5. The Gospels of Mattltew and Marh, by A. W. Parker. 1877. 
No. 2-5, printed in London for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, 

contain 256 pages. 



GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION 

to the Tshi Dictionary. 

A. (ip:NKl{AL RKMAKKS. 

§ 1. Tshi we call tho l}ingun<!^r> prevalent in tlii> Gold Onast 
countries b'etwoon the rivers Asini and 'I'anno on the W. and the 
Volta on the E., extending' even beyond the Volta, and from the 
sea-coast to the njjjier course of the Volta and the Kong mountains 
on the N. — Jicm. In the arfJiO(jrti/)fi// devised for this formerly un- 
written language, we write the name "T\Vi", the true proiiioiruttion 
of which might bo rendered more exactly in letters of Dr. Ijcpsius' 
Standard ^Vli)habet by "Tswi" and in English by "CJiwec" ; but 
whilst the writing "TVvi" may be justified by its simplicity and 
sufticiency and by reasons of analogy (with k\v, dw, l\V &c. cf. 
Gr. § 1.'}), the transliteration "Tslii" was chosen to avoid too much 
deviation from the former spellings 'Tyi, Otyi", and the German 
writing- "Tschi" (formerly •'Utschi"). We must, therefore, beg to 
notice that the "i" in "Tshi" is to be pronounced as in tlie con- 
tinental languages or as "ee" in English. — On the names Amina, 
Fante, Akan, see Gr. p. XVI. 

§ 2. Concerning the j^osiUon of this language among other 
Afriean languages we fully assent to the views of Dr. Lepsius as 
displayed in bis elaborate "Introduction on the Nations and Lan- 
guages of Africa", premised to his "Nubian Grammar".*) In this 
work, on p. XXI-XXXII, be describes with reference to ] 2 char- 
acteristic points, the distinguishing features o^ (a) t\\Q Bantu Lan- 
guages of the Southern Negroes (prevailing over all the continent 
S. and 2-5 degrees N. of the Equator, with the exception of the 
S.W. corner), contrasted with those of (h) the so-called Hamitic 
Languages in the N., N.E. and S.W. and of (e) the Semitic Lan- 
guages found in the N. &, N.E. of Africa, and shows that (d) the 
Negro Languages of the intermediate zone, of Central and Western 
Africa, must have been altered by more or less influences of the 
Hamitic (and Semitic) Languages, so that they have lost many of 
the peculiarities uniting them to the Bantu Languages. 

§ 3. Among these mixed Negro Languages (d) we may dis- 
tinguish several groups, such as the Maude Group and the Kru 
Languages in the West, and the Yoruba-Tho-Efili Group on both 
sides of the lower Niger; between these three groups we may class 
together four languages meeting on the shores of the river Volta 
and call them ih^Volia Group, viz. a) E%\hc or Ewe (better E(pe), 
spoken in Dahome and N., W. and S. of it; h) Adaume with its 



*) Nubische Gramuiatik mit einer Einleituiit; iiber die Volker luul 
ispraiheu Afrika's vou K. Lepsius. Berlin, \V. Hertz, 188U. pp. CX.Wl. 500. 

b 



XVIII Grammatical Introduction. 

younger branch, the Ga or Akra Language, spoken W. of the lower 
Voltaand in some parts E. of it; c) Guaii, spoken by the Nta nations 
N. of the upper Volta (about Salaga)*) and by several tribes on 
the eastern banks of the Volta and W. of it in Akuapem and some 
Fante countries; d) Tshi, spoken throughout the dominions of the 
former Asante empire when it had its widest extension. 

§ 4. The known dialects of the "^rshi language do not present 
any great differences and may be comprehended under these three 
names: 1. Akan, the most central and purest dialects; 2. Broii or 
Kamanri, the northern and eastern dialects, chiefly spoken by 
tribes that are or seem to be of Guaii origin and partly speak their 
Guaii dialects besides; 3. Fante, the dialects of several maritime 
tribes in the South. The Fante dialects seem to differ more from 
the other and among themselves than the Broh dialects from Akan. 
— All these dialects may unite in (4.) the common literary dialect 
based on that of Akuapem, — For particulars about these dialects 
see the Preface § 5. 

§ ;'). Of the chnracteristic features of the Tshi language we 
shall now mention some (marking coincidences with those 12 points 
of Dr. Lepsius, § 3, by L. 1-12) : 

A. In points of Phonology. 

1. Every syllable ends in a vowel, sometimes followed by a 
nasal consonant. L. 10. Every word, when stripped of its prefix 
or prefixes, if there be any, begins with a consonant. — A nasal 
consonant, serving as a prefix, may by its inherent vowel element 
constitute a syllable by itself. 7^. 11. 

2. The Tshi has more and finer distinctions of vowel sounds, 
including nasalization, and a greater variety of diphthongs than 
other languages, and makes use of them for the variation and dis- 
tinction of words, whereas the number and use of consonants is 
comparatively limited; e. g there is no "1, v, z", and no stem begins 
with "r". The combinations kp, gb, which are frequent in Guan, 
Ga, Ewhe, Yoruba &c., are not found in Tshi. Instead of ts, dz, it 
has kj, gy, and besides tw, dw. 

.3. The great variety of vowels is increased by different tones, 
every syllable of every word having its own relative tone, equal 
with or different from the neighbouring syllables, either high, or 
low, or middle, sometimes in successive degrees. '^Fhis different 
intonation, inherent in the original formation of words, is still more 
diversified in the conjugation of the verb and by syntactical com- 
binations of words and sentences. (L. 12.) 



*) That the language of the Ntas at Salaga is essentially (niafi, 
though their transition to Islauiism and much intercourse with foreign 
traders have caused some linguistic ditferences from the kindred hcatheu 
tribes, has been stated by the native missionary I). Asante and the 
deacon Theoph.Oi)oku(hoth natives of Akropong and both well acquainted 
with the Guaii of Date and Kyerepon), who visited Salaga in 1877. — 
Of this language notluTig has yet appeared in i)rint. In its grammatical 
forms it resembles Tshi. in its phonetic part it is similar to (ia, and 
E^e; many words are borrowed from Tshi, many entirely different from 
Tshi, Ga and Ecpe. 



Characteristic Featuri's of Tshi. XIX 



4. Of the coiisuiiaiits tlic liard mutes are pronounced witli full 
force, yet without any harshness, and, whilst in this casc^ the con- 
trast between the stronj; consonant and the weak vow(d is decided, 
the desire of easy transition to succeedin<; soiuids and the t«'ndency 
to fluency of speech has led to the palatalisation of guttural con- 
sonants and of the lahial w (Gr. $> 10), t() assimilation of soft mutes 
with correspondin*;- nasal consonants or mutual Mssiwiilation of nasal 
consonants (Gr. § 18), and to a neglifi^ent articulation of w, y, »S: \V 
before or between vowels, so that tin; weak consonants appear 
weaker than in other Ian<::uages. 'i'he semivowel r has the straii}j;e 
function of streii<;thening and diversifying; the \()wel element of 
the words in which it occurs, and is never used in a primary, but 
always in a secondary or auxiliary way. 

5. The euplionk votcel harmony existing in Tshi (more than 
in Yoruba) provides against to great or too small dissimilarities of 
vowels in successive syllables. Gr. § 17. I.. 5- 

(). BedupUcdtion, comj)lete or in part, is much resctrted to, 
especially in the adjective, for the frecpientative form kj)! the verb, 
and for some plural forms of nouns. 

B. In points oi Etymology. 

7. Nouns are formed by prefixes not so numerous as in the 
Bantu languages, but still conveying some classification of persons 
as opposite to filings, and oi' single or IndUidual existence as* opposite 
to plund or rollevfirc existence. — Some suffixes occurring in the 
formation of nouns are easily traced back to the process of com- 
position. One ph(r(d suffix of limited occurrence has a pi'ohominal 
character. One suffix, consisting of the letter e or i, e or i. serves 
to increase the scanty number of forms for different classes of 
nouns. — By Composition new nouns are formed with remarkable 
facility. 

(S'. The distinction of sex (or gender) is expressed neither in 
the pronouns nor in the grammatical forms of the language, but 
only in some cases by peculiar words, or by composition with such, 
or by the diminutive suffix used to denote female names. L. 2. 

9. The personal pronouns have the character of nouns and 
are virtually the same in the nominative, possessive and objective 
cases, though partly adapting their form to this different use. Th(; 
other pronouns are used as nouns or as adjectives or in both ways. 
— A relative particle "a" serves to make up for the want of rela- 
tive pronouns, as in Hebrew. 

10. Adjectives are in analogy with nouns (prefixes, however, 
are not very frequently used), and they have some characteristics 
of their own besides, especially with regard to reduplication. 

11. Numerals are in analogy with nouns. Ordinal numerals 
are wanting, and the deficiency is supplied by circumlocution. 

12. Verbs have not so many inflectional forms and "conju- 
gations" as in the Bantu languages, a. The personal pronouns are 
prefixed, partly coalescing with other prefixes. L. 4. — b. For the 
tenses and other modifications of the verb j)refixes (partly recognised 
as verbs) are used, in two cases the suffix e or i. — c. By the use 



XX Grammatical iDtroduction. 



of aux'diarif verbs a great variety of compound forms is obtained. 
— (/. The paHshc voice and participles are wanting. e. Negation 
is expressed by a nasal prefix to the verb. 

13. Adverbs are for the most part in analogy with nouns; 
some are derived from verbs. There are also many ouomatopoctic 
adverbs. 

14. Instead of prepositions, either nouns of place and relation 
are used as postpositions (L. (i), or various anxUiarii verbs in re- 
ffidar or defective conJu(j(itio{f. or both together. See Gr. ^ llTseq. 

15. Conjunctions arc cither juimitive particles, or derived from 
verbs or nouns. 

16. Interjections are either primitives, or fragments and con- 
tractions of sentences. 

C. In points of Sijntax. 

17. The subject stands before and the object or other comple- 
ment (Gr. S; 19H-2i()) after the verb. L. 8. V. (The subject and the 
object never staud together; if the object be put first, for em- 
phasis' sake, it stands absolute, and either a comma, or the con- 
junction "iia" separates it from the succeeding subject.) 

18. The attributive adjective, numeral and adjective pronoun 
follow their noun. 

19. The attributive noun and pronoun (in the genitive case) 
precede their noun. (L. 7.) 

20. DoidAe verbs are sometimes used for P^ng. simple verbs. 
Finite verbs are also frequently employed as auxiliaries, especially 
in the way of co-ordination, where the Eng. language uses adjec- 
tives, participles, adverbs, prepositions. 

21. 'I'he tones of verbal forms often change in compound, 
especially in subordinate seutence.s and after the transposition of 
any member of a sentence by putting it foremost for emphasis' sake. 

B. GRAALAIATICAL SPECIALITIES. 
I. SOUNDS AND LETTERS. 

Vowels. 
§6. Simplepure vowels, short &long: In Faute books of A. W. Parker: 

_ /, jx . .J. (a =^ a father. 

a, a (broad) = a in far; • j i • tt- 

' ^ '^ ' ' la a sound unknown in Lng. 

a, a (thin) =: a » fat; e (before i & u). 

e, c (broad) = e » very, there; e = e in met., u = u in but. 

e, e (middle) = e » bed, eight; 

e, e (narrow) between e & i; 

i, I (close) = i in fill, ravine; 

g, o (broad) ^= o » not, nor; 

0, O (middle) = o » tobacco; 

O, (narrow) between o & u; 

11, 11 (close) = ii in full, ride; n = oo » boot. 

Bemarls. 1. The broad or open vowels a e O, requiring the 

widest opening of the mouth, are changed into the half-open vowels 

a e (of the 2d degree) when followed by one of the close vowels 



e = ey 


» in-ey 


1 = I 


y> pit. 


1 = ee 


» meet 


= 


» not. 


= 


» no. 


U = 00 


)> foot. 



Sounds and Letters. XXI 



i 11 (of tliu -Itli (U'fjree), Imt rcniMiu hrudd lu'l'orc tlic Intlf-rlnsr vdwcIs 
(' O (of tlio .'{d decree ). 

^. 'J'lic |)0])ul;ir writiuj;- uiiiits the dots under a r o. Never 
tlieloss we iiiiiy distiufiuisli the tliiii a or tli(^ narrow c it o, if w<' 
bear in niiiid the foUow inj;- rides: a) whenever a is foUowed hy close 
sounds (viz. i, u, middle o, o, or li'.va, iiya, iVva, dvVa ), it is thin, 
and hi when or o have a broad vowed before tlu-ni, they are 
nanoiv, exce|tt if tliey ho followed hv close sounds, 

,V. Short and lonj;- vowels in 'i'shi diH'er (»nly in duration, not, 
as in English, in ((uality. Instead of the long vowels a, c «S:c. at tin; 
end of verbs in the j)ast tense followed by an object, the Kiinj)le 
vowels are doubled. Gr. § 91,3. 

§ 7. Nasal vowels : a e e i o 6 i~i ; F. an , en , in , in , on , uii , un. 
Long nasal vowels: a e i 6. — litut. In 'J'shi it is impossible to 
mark the nasal character of a vowel by ii (or by n, as it is marked 
in Yoruba) r/ybecause many syllal)les terminate in ni. li or h with 
either ]»ure or nasal vow(ds before them, e.g. pam, ))am, pan, j)ah; 
h) because 2 or o nasal vowels may follow each other, e. g. toa, 
and (,) because !Mr. Parker uses tlie same letter n for our I'l (Eng.>?r/), 
so that he has only one way to express the thiee dift'erent words pa, 
pan & pan. — On the Fante Vowels marked in § 6, see Preface § 6. 

§ 8. Diphthongs and triphthongs: 
a) ae ae ai; ee ei; oe 6e oi; ni ui; 



ai 



h) aw aw an; ew ew (ew) iw; ow ow (ow) uw. — ao ! 
c) ia ia iaw; efl ea; ila, flaw; uii ua iiae uae; un. 

§ It. Disyllabic combinations of vowels: 
a) ia ia ie ie io; ea ea ee ee; ea; 
1)) ua ua ue ue no; oa 6a oe 6e oo ; oa; 
r) iae iei, eae; uae nei, oae oee, eaw eew. 

Hem. 1. Of two or three nasal vowels only the first, or, if this 
should be very short, the second, bears the nasal sign. 

Rem. ^. In A. W. Parker's Fante books we find not so many 
diphthongs as under § 8& 0; e.g. for ae, ee, ua, uae, we find 
a, e, wa or uja, we &c. 

Cunsouants. 

§ 10. Simple and compound consonants: 

Mutes Fricatives Semi-vowels 
hard soft nasal pure 

a) Labials p b f m w 

h) Dentals t d s n r 

c) Gutturals k or h u — 

d) Palatals \iy gy ^7—yi i^J Y 

\ n xi. 1 u- 1 |kw srw hw uw — 

e) brutturo-labials , ^ *^^ , . 

^ |ku gu lui nu — 

f) Palato-labials tw dw fw iiw w 

J\c\n. 1. In Fante t k d become ts & dz before (e) e i. 
Parker uses the letters u c twii j wh w 
for the above given n liy tw dw fw w. 

Hem. 2. Instead of tw* dw, the author of the Standard Al- 
phabet, Dr. Lepsius, would prefer tsw, dzw ; but the sound of s 



XXII Gramaiatical Introduction. 

(En^. sh) is neither so decided as in Eng. church, nor does it precede 
the sound of w. 'i'he lips are compressed from the outset, at the 
same time in which the tongue is applied to the palate, and are 
opened simultaneously with the withdrawal of the tongue. In dw 
the sound of z is not heard in correct pronunciation, neither in dwa, 
dwe, dwi, nor in dwo, dwu; foreigners not accustomed to the si- 
multaneous utterance of w & y ;= w, will either pronounce d^va, 
d\\ e. dwi. dyo. dyu, or dziia. dziie. dzui, dzo, dzii, as the Akras 
and Krepes do. - For the pronunciation of fw the mouth is formed 
as for whistling, the round aperture between the lips being only a 
little larger. 

II. FOKMATION OF WORDS. 

§ 1 1. In the words of the language we distinguish stem, jirefix 
and suffix. Many words occur as mere stems, others have prefixes, 
or suffixes, or both kinds of affix at the same time. 

§ 12. Stems are rcfZw^i^/Zcfl^erf by complete or incomplete doub- 
ling. Sometimes the whole word, consisting of a stenrand a [jrefix, 
perhaps also a snffix, is repeated, e.g. nsemnia-nsemma. Gr.§2'.t,4.r). 

§ 13. Primary and secondary stems (Gr. i; 28) consist of a 
consonantal and a vocalic part. 

§ 14 The consonantal x>art. with which every root begins, is 
any sim}>le or compound consonant (§ 10) excepting r. 

Ohserv. 1. Soft mutes are seldom, and pure semi-vowels are 
never followed by nasal vowels; nasal semi-vowels, when radical 
i.e. not transformed from soft mutes, are always followed by nasal 
vowels. 

3. The compound consonants ky, gy, hy, iiy, tw, dw. fw, 
n\V, w. appear before e, e, i; gy. ny. tw (and Ak. dw, fw. I'lw) 
also before a, tw, dw, I'lW, w also before o, o, ii, transformed from 

e, e, i; kw, trii before a. a; hw, I'lW before a, e, i. 

3. The consonant r does not commence any root; in the prefix 
re- and perhaps in the word ara (also in the comjiound iiera) it 
was originally d. Besides these cases it frequently .commences sec- 
ondary syllables, strengthening or enlarging the vowel element of 
the word, and .by elision of a very short vowel of the preceding 
syllable, espec. before a (e, o), it sometimes appears as a second 
initial consonant compounded with the strong consonants p, t, k, 

f, s, h, or even with h. d, m, iiw. 

4. The consonant ii does also not begin any root, and occurs, 
besides its use as a prefix, as the commencing sound of a word (or 
a syllable in a compound word) only in the place of an original g, 
when preceded by the prefix ii; e. g. nno = n-go. 

§ 15. The vocalic part of simple stems occurs in the following 
eight varieties : 

A. Monosyllables. 
1. 2. 3. 4. .5. 

ae am ah (an ar) ixm au (an) 

em eh (en er) 
eh (en er) 



a 


a 


a a 


aw (aw) 
an 


ae 
ai 


e 




e 


ew 


ee 


e 




e 


ew 


ei 



Formatit)ii dI' Words. 



XXIII 



V ^ 





g 


ew 






(er) 


era 


eh 


(en) 


i i 


1 


i 


iw 






(ir) 


im 


in 


(in) • 





g 




o\v 


00. om oh 


(on or) 











(1 




o\\ 


oi otn oil 












O d 


d 


o 


(»\V 


oe r»e 




(or) 


oin 


o h 


(uu) 


U U 


n 




IIW 


ui 




(ur) 


uin 


uh 


(un) 


ia ia. 






law 














fia fia 


fii 


ii ua 
G. 


uaw 


B. Disyllables. 
7. 
are ari ane aine 


ara 


iina 


8. 














aruw aniin 


araw aram tlrah 


anam 



ea 



(enie) ere erew erem ereh 



ea ea ee ee 

eaw earn eew 

ia ia ie ie ie io(w) 

oa 

oa 6a oe oo 

na ua ue ut; no 



era ena ema 
eraw eram erah 
ira ire ine ima 
iraw irew ireu inara 
oro orow orgh orgm 

ora oraw ona oma 
Oram orah onam omah 
ura ure una uma 
uro uroh 



ere 

eri em 

ere erew one 

ereii erem enem 

iri iriw ini imi 

irim iruw irih 

ore 

ori oru 

oro orow ono 

oroh onoh onom 

iiru uri unu 

urnw nnum 

Most of these vowels or combinations of vowels and semi- 
vowels may assume an additional e or i. the suffix of some forms 
of the verb and uf some nouns derived from verbs; but if those 
verbal forms are closely followed by an object or other complement, 
the suffix is omitted and the final vowel doubled instead of adding 
tht! suffix ; if the last letter be m or ii, the suffix is omitted without 
any compensation, so that the form is distinguished only by its 
peculiar tones (ending high and low). 

Verbal Stems. 
§ 16. Most of the single vowel sounds or combinations of 
sounds specified above are found in verbs and nouns, some few 
only in nouns. Of verbal stems we have, therefore, eight varieties 
according to § 15. Another variety of verbs are those which appear 
as compounded of two simple verbs, e. g. hata, watiriw. 

§ 17. Of the verbs existing in the language about 280 are 
monosyllabic, 270 disyllabic, 10 trisyllabic, 1 tetrasyllable; but 
of the monosyllables about 40 have the tones of the disyllables, 
and of the (lisyllables about iA) the tones of the monosyllables. — 
Most of the verbs may be rcdu})licaii:d, whereby the monosyllables 
Itecoine disyllabic, the disyllables tetrasyllable or (in .'jO cases) 
trisyllabic, and a few of the trisyllables obtain o syllables, as, pati- 
|)Mtiri\v, or, losing a final syllal)le, 4 syllables, as, taforo, tafotafo. 
By rejieatf'd reduplication fa & ban? become folafofa, boliabobare. 
^ Affixes of Nouns &c. 

§ 18. Prefixes wa^A in the formaticm of nouns, numerals and 
partly of adjectives and some particles are the following: 



XXIV Grammatical Introduction. 



i. e & (e & o), chiefly used in the singular; they are dropped 
when they closely follow after a word ending in a vowel more 
narrow than themselves. 

2. a (a), in the singular of many w^ords and the plural of others. 

3. m (n, ii), chiefly in the plural and in names of materials. 

4. am (an, an) in the singular form of a few words. 

§ 19. Siiffixesnsedi in the formation of nouns and some adjectives: 

1. 1'he palatal suffix e, 1, or e, i. Ak. also oe, io. Gr. § 86. 

2. 1'he persona] suffixes iii, F. nyi, & lb, Ak. foo. Gr. § ."iS. 

3. The diminutive suffix, originally ba (best preserved in F.), now 
usually changed into wa, or, after a word ending in \\\ or ii, 
into ma, often only preserved together with a preceding a (or 
e or o) in a long a, e. g. akura' = akiirowa. 

4. The particle nom, found in some plural forms of nouns and 
pronouns. 

Affixes of the Verb. 
§ 20. Prefixes used in the inflection of the verb are 

1. the so-called personal pronouns 

I, than, he,she,if; ive, you, they; 
me wo e ye mo wo before a e e o o | in the nexi 
mi wu e ye mu wo before a e i u ii I syllable, 
m'- wo- w- ye- mo- wo- before the j)refix a (^a). 

2. a (a) in the perfect and consecutive forms. 

3. re- (orig. de) in the ^yroyressive and future II. 

4. m, n, 11, in the imperative II. and all negative forms. 

5. be-, ko-, (be-, ko-) in the future I & II. and inyressive forms. 

The prefixes 1.2., 1.3., 1.4., 1.5., 1.2.4., 1.3.4., 1.3.5.. 1.3.4.5., 
may be combined. See § 29. — For the meanings of the forms 
mentioned under 2-5, see Grammar § 91-96. 166 1H2. 

§ 21. Suffixes used in the inflection of the Verb: the palatal 
suffix eori in the past tense and sometimes in the continuativeform. 

§ 22. In infinitive forms we find the prefixes o-, a-, m-, and 
sometimes the palatal suffix. 

III. ADDITIONAL REMAKKS OX TSHI OliTHOGRAPHY. 

Inaccuraci''S of the Alphabet. 
§ 23. Deviations from two important rules of the Standard 
Alphabet, viz. "that every letter should always express the same 
sound" and "that every simple sound should be expressed by a 
simple sign", have been found advisable in the following cases: 

1. The letters d, t, in the combinations dw, tw. and likewise 
the letter n in the combination iiy or as a prefix or in c<unpoands 
before y & tw, are not dental, but palatal. 

2. The letter f in the combination Iw is not formed with the 
underlip only, but with both lips; the originally guttural breathing 
became labial by the influence of the succeeding w. 

3. The letter m, standing as a prefix or in compounds before 
the simple f (not before fw), is not formed with both lips, but with 
the lower lip onlv. Instead of using a new letter ( ii), we let the 
common m serve for this peculiar sound also. Sometimes a final u 



Remarks on Tshi Orthography. XXV 

or h is retained without clianging it into ni, as ahenfo(F.), oman- 
fo, but the pronunciation will be the same. 

4. The letter h sounds, in the j)ronanciation of some people, 
somewhat raucous, near to German or Scotch ch in '^lo<:li\ Greek 
j^, but only before pure vowels, especially y. 

5. The letters hy (used only before e, e, i) express a simple 
sound (German ch in ich or before e & /, or j(^ of the Standard Al- 
phabet) ; but the analogy with ^y, ky, demanded its being re- 
presented by liy. and the genesis of the sound agrees therewith. 

6. In the combination sua, in whicli the very short u is scarce- 
ly heard^ the sound of s, in the pronunciation of some people, 
slightly approaches to that of 5//, e.g. osfia, a kind of monkey. The 
same may occur, though in a less degree, in the similar combination 
sia; at least in the Akra language, which shows a predilection for 
the sound sh, the original form Asiante is changed into Ashanti, 
whilst Tshi people pronounce? Asante. 

Defective Writing. 
§ 24. One admissible kind of defective writing consists in the 
omission of diacritical signs that are not absolutely necessary. 

1. The dot under a e is usually omitted, whereby the letters 
a 6 are made to represent each of them two diflferent sounds; see 
§ 6 Bern. ;2. and Gr. § l,i'. § 2 Rem. 

2 The nasal sign on vowels is omitted 
a) in words of very frequent occurrence, beginning with m or n, 
e.g. me (mi), /,- mo (mu), ijou: mu, Inside, Interior; ne, his, gno, 
he, no, hlmd-c.; oni, person; the suffixes -ni,-n()m; ani, face &c. 
[Bern, ma, a Irequent termination of words, has often nasal a, 
cf.j2c., and often pure a, cf. 4.] 
h) in words or syllables terminated by m, n, 1*1, if distinction from 
other words is not required, e. g. nam, nim. nom, mem, pern, den, 
tenteh, hoh, pon, kum, pun, anah, auum, ason, akroh. 

c) on'the two vowels of disyllabic stems whicli have m or n between 
them, as the forms ending in ane, ame, ene, ini, imi, ono, unu, 
ena, ema, ina, ima, inam, ona, oma, ouam^ una, uma. § 15,7.8. 

d) on the second of two joined nasal vowels. § 15,(5. 

3. The marhs for the tones are generally omitted in popular 
writing; they are also wanting on many words of this dictionaiy, 
either from uncertainty or oversight, or because the tones may be 
known from analogy or simple rules, e.g. that in nouns of a mono- 
syllabic stem the prefix usually has the low, and the stem the high 
tone. In verbs, the monosyllables as well as the disyllables and 
polysyllables have their peculiar tones in their various forms. See 
Gr. § 40. 47-51. 91. 95-101. 112. 

4. Sometimes simple m or n is written instead of mm, nn, = 
mb, nd, e. g. ma ^= mba in terminations (nneema, ntrama &c.i, 
mogya, muka = bogya, bukyia, anadwo, 'ne, 'nera (from edd). 

§ 25. Another kind of defective writing consists in the omission 
of letters which are .sounded in dignified or slow speech, but not 
in common quick conversation, when two syllables do readily co- 
alesce into one. 

c 



XXVI Grammatical Introduction. 

1. The suppression of a very short vowel often takes place 
before a syllable beginning with r. a) We prefer the defective tvrii- 
ing after strong consonants and before open vowels (especially "a"), 
or before syllables made weighty by a long vowel or tinal m or n; 
e.g. pra, pram, prah, tra, tra, kra, sra, fra, bra, fre, bebre, frem- 
frem, mpreri, prow, krgh, kronkron &c. (Gr.§20,l), instead of the 

full icritimi para, param, parah, tara fere, bebere, feremferem, 

mpereh, porow, koron, koronkoron, though the tones of pra &c. 
are as of disyllables and the very short vowel cannot be omitted 
if the proper vowel be nasal and n be substituted for r, as tena, 
kononkonon. h) We prefer the f^dl writing after weak consonants 
and when the vowels are e, i, 0, u, e. g. hara, haran, mmara, bera 
{imp. of ba), here, sere, here, biri, boro, burn, piriw, pirim, tiri, 
porow, puruw, turn, knru, &c. — In all these cases provision has 
been made in the dictionary that the word can be found whether 
it be sought for in the full or defective writing. — Teachers in 
schools should use discretion in such cases and not rigorously inforce 
either way of writing. They will do best by observing the above 
rules and taking the orthography of printed books for their standard. 

2. The pronouns me, ne (in the possessive case) always drop 
their voivel before a noun with the prefix a, e.g. m'ani, n'aso; the 
pronouns mo & wo in the same case are ivritten full, e.g. moanim, 
woano, and the pronouns mc, mo, no. wo in the objective case 
are likewise written full, though exceptions may take place, espe- 
cially in poetry: e.g. "odame ase, oyiwo aye, fweno yiye, me- 
nyamo" is better than ''odam' ase, oyiw' aye, f\Ven"iye, menyam'". 

IV. DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE DICTIONARY. 

§ "JG. The (dpiuihetical order of the sounds described in § 6 
and 10, as observed in the arrangement of words in this dictionary, 
is this : a, a, a, a, a - b, d, dw, (dz) - e e e, e, e e e, § - f, fw, g, 
(gw,) gy, h, hw, hy - i i, 1 i - k, kw, ky, (1) - m, n, ny, n, nw 
iiw - 0, 6, o o o, 6 - p, r, s t, (ts,) tw - u u, u - w, w, y. 

§ 27. Deviations from the strict order of arrangement. 

1. The sounds e e e, n I'l, o o O are sometimes intermixed in 
the arrangem-ent of the words : e. g. abegiii precedes abehene, 
aheiikwa — aheiisaw, aheiiiiua — ahenyere, maiio — manno. 

2. Doubled letters are, in the arrangement of words, treated 
as if they were simple; e. g. ahenne follows after ahene (not after 
aheukwa), aman-ne after amane. 

3. Prefixes do not affect the arrangement of the words (Pre- 
face § 8), except in the midst of compound words, e. g. nsu-ani, 
nsu-ano, between suane and asiia-nu; but here also they are some- 
times overlooked, the same way as in the beginning of words ; e.g. 
aho-edeii, aho-oden, stand between ahode & ahodom, aho-oyaw 
between ahoyaw and ahoyeraw, not before ahoiadi or ahopae. 

§ 28. a. If you wish to consult this dictionary for any word 
that has a prefix or (in verbs) several prefixes, you are to divest it 
from the prefix or prefixes (§ 29) and seek it under the consonant 
with which the stem begins, b. If this consonant be an m, n, ii or 



Directions lor the Use of the Dictionary. XXVII 

nw, you will in many cases have to seek the word under h, d, ^j;, 
dw, and if you meet the consonants nw, nVv, iiy, it may be doubt- 
ful whether it is the iiietix h or n Iielore \v, \V or y, or whether 
the stem begins with nw, nVv. ny. On both these difticulties see § HO. 

§ 29. The different prefurs witli their comhlnnihns (§ 18. 20. 
28 rt.) may, for practical purposes, be grouped together as follows: 

1. a-, am- (an-, an-), ni-(n-, n-), in nouns and verbal forms; 
e-, 0-, in nouns (and, according to .9, before verbs). 

2. abe-, akg-, amnie-, aiiko-, be-, ko-, | only in 
min-(nn-, iin-), nune-, mninie-. iiko-, nnko-, ! verbal 
re-, rebe-, reko-, reni-(r6n-, ren-), renime-, renko-, I forms ; 

3. e-, 0-; me-, mo-, wo-, wo-, ye-, pronominal prefixes, occurring 
a) immediately before verbal stems, h) combined with any of 
the verbal prefixes under 1 d- 2 : in the latter case ea-, oa-, mea- 
(in the perf, and consec.) and mehe- (in the fut. I) are contracted 
into a-, wa-, ma-, me-. 

Bon. Succeeding close vowels change every a, e, o in all these 
prefixes into a, e, 0, and me, mo into mi, mu; in writing, however, 
we do not always follow the pronunciation, but let (me, mo,) w^g, 
wo unchanged before a-, am- (an-, an-), be-, ko-, rebe-, reko-, 
renime-, renko-, in order that the pronoun wg-, they, be sufficiently 
distinguished from wo-, ihou, which is the more necessary because 
the dot in wo (like that in a) is usually omitted. — Examples: 

a) The pro)i. wo (ihou) with other prefixes before the v. f i : 
wufi, wiim'fi, wurefi, wiiremfi; woafi, woam'fi. woabefi, woakofi, 
woammefi, woankofi, and 6 consecutive forms similar to the pre- 
ceding 6 forms of the perfect; wobefi. wokofi, wonimefi, won'kofi, 
worebefi, worekofi, woremniefi, woreiikofi; likewise the pi'onouns 
me & mo are either changed into mi «& mn, or remain. 

h) The }}ron. wg- (ihey) with other prefixes before the v. tu: 
wotu, w^ontu, wontii, wonntii, woretu, w^orentu; w-gatu, wgantii, woa- 
betu, wgakotu. wgammetu, wgarikotu and 6 similar forms in the con- 
secutive; wgbetu, wokotu, wgmmetu, wgmmetii, wgmmmetu, wghkotu, 
wgiikotu, wghhkotii, wgrebetii, wgrekotu, wgremmetu, wgrerikotu. 
This last example shows how many combinations also of each of 
the pronouns me, g, e, ye, mo with other prefixes are possible. 

§ 30. The difficulties arising from the cases indicated in § 206, 
will cease to puzzle beginners if they will pay attention to Gr. § 18 
and 24,5. and to the nature of the vowel follow-ing after the con- 
sonants in question, cf. § 15,1. To make it plain and easy, we say: 
Seek rnma mme mme... under b, mma mme... under m; 



)) 


nna nne nnenni... ); 


d, 


nna nne nni... 


» 


"; 


» 


iiwa 11 wo invii » 


w. 


iiwa nwe iiwi 


)) 


inv ; 


» 


(iiwa) iiwe iiwe nwi » 


dw, 


nwi iiwii 


» 


iiw; 


» 


nuya nnye nnyi » 


^y, 


iinya nnyi 


» 


i^.y; 


» 


nya nye nyi » 


J, 


nya nyi ' 


» 


"y- 



If three m, n or ii be together, the first two are prefixes of 
the negative form of the 2d imperative, and the third is either 
radical, or transformed from b, d, <i', gy, dw. 



XXVIII 



ADDENDA, 

Words supplementary to the Dictionary p. 1 — 631. 

bakua, stalk of a plantain- or banana-tree; obrode b., kwadu b. 
abetm-de, symbol, proynosilc. 
berede, a red head put among the marks in the pot of a sooth- 
saying demon; ahene kokg bi a wgde to koro mu 
abo a. s. abebude mu; d\ koro. 
bese, a kind of amidet; suman a wgde tgh ade. 
abuka, a kind of amulet; sumah bi: s. App. D. IV. 
dasiimaii, a kind oipJay; s. agoru, 
guam, V.+ 1,1. woguamno atuo abien, he teas killed by two 

guns fired at him at once. 
kabere,+ wode kyere nipa a. wawu; ■'when something has 
been stolen, a small cord (lihuahama) is tied round a 
piece of wood, then the thief will die", 
nkn, a kind of amidet; s. App. D. IV. — amamfo, ditto, 
mmanim-pe, inf. [gbanin, pe] ye-, to be longiny after men. 
amaiini-pe, /w/". sociality; am. nti onyaa amannifo pi. 
mmunitinva, opening, door or entrance of the round houses of 

the Nta people at Salaga. 
e-iiani, 2.+ nsum' uam-yi, ftshing. — nam-kumfo, hidcher. 

naiikwanseiii [Salaga] butcher; = nainkumfo. D.As. 
nnontwuwa, a kind oi play ; s. agoru. 
sansaiiwie: wgde asem ato woso, se nso woadi asem, na wo- 
asan, na abgwo. 
0-senkam,+ wabgme s. = waka akyere me se gbeka asem a- 

kyere me. 
asibelete, esono-ne-iie-mma, 6\ agoru. 
siiare,-r a beaten path, track, trace, vestige, mark; yehuu sono 
anammgn ne wonsuare pi, beboro dakoro kwan po, we 
saw many footprints and other marks of elephants for 
even more than a day's Journey. 
yera, v.+ 6. cans, ode yera nenan so kwah, he seeks thereby to 
obliterate his tracks to mislead or frustrate investigation. 
7. tew ani yera, to frustrate. Ezr.4,5. 
ayera, a kind of amulet; otuo suman. 



A DICTIONARY 



OF THE 



ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE 

CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, TWI). 



A. 

The vowel a, nasal a., is changed or shortened into a, a, e, 0, 
e, 0, e, i, and enlarged into a, a, or into the diphthongs ae, ae, 
ai, au, aw, aw; Gr. § 1-5. 17,3. 19 A. 

a-,pref. 1. of nouns in the sing, and pi. (Gr. § 29,2. 35,2. 42,1. 
43. 44. 71. 104,2), of adjectives (§ 69,1 b.c. 70,2.^72.), of numerals 
(77. 78,2. 3.) and of a few ^jaWicZes, viz. adverbs {IS'i, 3), conjtinc- 
tions (142) and interjections (147,1. 5. 6.) — 2. of the verb in the 
perf. and consec. forms (§ 91,4. 8. 92. 95-97.) 

a, rel. part, (conj.) 1. having no comma after it, belonging to 
a noun, pron., or princ. sent., that = who., which., where, or any other 
rel. pron. and conj.; such as, so that. Gr. I5 64. 65. — 2. usually fol- 
lowed by a comma, belonging to a subord. sent., if, tvhen, though. 
Gr.§141,3c. 

a, interrog. x^ari. Gr. §142. 

a, e)ni)h.]}art. (inter}.) Gr. § 75,2. 144. 151, — F. (at the end of 
a sent., omitting eye at the beginning) = i^ is. Mt. 16, 12. 14. Mk. 14,19. 

a = ara, s. under R. 

a, a, int. ah! oh! aha! 

ai, ai, ai, int. eigh! ah! ah me! alas! 

ao, int. what! xchy! hey! ay! fie! 

au, int.Y. ah! Mk. 15,29. 

am-, an-, au-, pref. 1. of nouns in the sing., Gr. § 29,2. 35, 5. 
2. of the V. in the perf. or consec. neg. forms, § 92. (95, 1-5. with 
w=o). 3. of the particles ampd, ansa, anka. 

B. 

The consonant b occurs before pure vowels and a in ba ; 
is changed into in, by an m (n, n) before it, or into w, in dim. 
forms; or, together with e, i (-eb-, -ib-) into 0, u; Gr. § 18. 19B. 
20, 4; is lost in dim. forms and in the verbal pref. be after the pron. 
me. Gr.§37. 91,6. 



ba — babayeiiteii. 



ba, V. to come, i. e. to move to or towards the speaker or 
addressed person; — to come forth; to come to xmss, to happen; to 
take 2)lace, to arise; to fill: nsu ba, the river fills \ — to produce: 
asase ba aduan, the earth brings forth food. — ba mu, to come 
in, into; to he fnl filled, realised. — ba so, ^o come vpon, befall, over- 
taJce; to succeed (on the tliroiie); to become famous, renoivncd. — 
de..ba, to bring; kofa..ba, to fetch. — imp). bOra; inf. oba, odi 
ako-ne-abd, waba ha mmae, ne kgree iie ne bae, F. mha, Mt. 24,3. 
— red. beba, boba. — Gr. § 95. 104. 

o-ba, inf., s. ba. — bo., ba, to beckon (and call or bid) to come; 
gye.. ba, by assenting replies to encourage a speaker to continue. 
O-ba, jj?. m-, offspring, child, 5on(ob;ibauin,gbabarima), daughter 
(obabea); the young of animals; person (osp. in cpds.); me ba, my 

brother's child. ba, -ma, -wa, dimimdive suffix; Gr. § 37. 

0-ba, a kind of beetle. 

ba (in cpds., as bakgn, basin, batuew, mmati) = basa; s. baw. 
a ba, (jjI. id.) F.amba, kernel, seed, fruit; f/'.adua, adnaba; eggs; 
da aba so, to brood; - ball, knob; jjL abaaba, knots, clods, globules. 
aba, welcome, sahdation; ma-,to tvelcome. 
aba-o, int. F. ivelcome! hail! Mt. 27,29. 28,9. Gr.§ 147,5. 
b<"i, V. to extend, spread oid, s.mpasua; cf. bae. — red. baba. — 
ba mu, to make or give ivay bcticeen; syn. yerew mu, 

ba, place, spot; mma riliina, everywhere; s. babi, baw, bew, 
bea, here. 

0-ba, pl.m-, woman, =^qh(idi, o(ba)basia; cf. abawa. 
aba, pi. m-, icand, rod, whip, stick for beating, cudgel; pi. 
blows, strokes; cf. dua, nsaba, aporiba, poma, twom, mpire, sika- 
fere. — Phr. bo., mma, to flog; cf. fwe; di aba, to receive a flogging 
or blows. i)r. 31. 1450.2637. 
mba, inf., F. s. ba. 
hhjpl.a.-, bough, branch of a tree, river; cf. basa, baw, duba. 
ba, a play-card with 6 figures in 2 rows. ' 
baba, a sickness of the genitals, 
b a b a, p)l. m-, = boba. 
o-baba, jyl.m-, daughter, = qhihea,. 

ababa, ababjiwa, jj?. m-, maiden, young woman, married or 
not, who has not yet born a child, or only one or two ; syn. abeafo. 
babababa, adv. xnofusely, said of raining; c/'. osu. 
baba, babae, red. v.., s. ba, bae, anim ababae, anobabae, 
bab adorn, an army in dispersion; wgye b., syn. wobg pete. 
Babae-ntwa, j;r. w. an epithet of the Asantes; cf. Bae. 
0-babauiu, pi. m-, son. 
o-babarima, pi. ra-, son. 

O-bclbasia, pl.m-, woman; s. gbea, gba, obasia; cf. akatasia, 
akatamasiaba. 

babaj^emfi, bab ay en ten, s. bob... 



" 



obdboa — balbw. 3 



o-b;iboii, pl.m-, daiiffhtcr, = ohsLhii. 
o-h{\hvve, pi. m-, a five, henufifiil, delicate woman. 
babi, some place, somewhere; elsewhere; cf. ba, beabi. — 
luinabi-niinabi, /// different plaees, here and there. — 
biibiara, anywlicre; in negativo sentencos nowhere. 
babi-mbre, F. = nea, where'., senea, hoiv. 
0-babo, mf. [bg..ba] heckoning and calling to come. 
g-biibuii, p?. m-, a poung, fresh, health ij man, a man in the 
prime of youth; cf. bun. 

ab;il)niiHiia, [r//;».] lad, strijjling. 

o-b;'ibnii, j)/. m-, a goitng, fresh woman in the state of pnh erf n, 
maid, rirgin. 

g-babuiimia, [dim.] girl, lass, young woman of 12-lG years, 
abadae, the yearning of boicels for a child, pr. .3182. cf. odae. 
a b a d i ii , names of children ; dapen mu nnafna so ab. s. Gr. § 41 /I. 
abadomaj obad., pl.m-, a yoioig, fine, tender, little child, 
abadomaba, F. id. [infant. 

Badu, pr. n. of a man who is the tenth child of a mother. 
Raduwi), likewise of a woman, Gr. §41,5. 
abaduaba, s. abed... 

o-badiicdiiefu, jjZ. m-, randder, rover, stroller, vagabond. 
abadVvGj F. a man whose hand is ivithered. Mt.t2,10.Mk.,3,l. 
o-badwcmma, j;/. m-, a pensive, thoughtful, prudent, reflec- 
ting, considerate, sensilde, intelligent person, [fr. oba, dwen, oba; 
ewg obanimdefo ne obanyansafo ntam'.] 

e b a d w 6 m , s. lin wonkoro. 

bae (mu), V. to disjoin, part, cleave, sunder, rend; to open, 
gape; to unravel, loose, nnloose. unstitch, unroll; to distend, extend, 
expand, spread, spread out. — red. babae, baebae. — syn. b^i, gua, 
gnae, pan mu, sjlh mu, tew mu, terew mu, yerew mu. — Otam no 
abac; bae ntama, nhoma, hyen mu abrannji nomu! bfibac asa- 
wa no mu! - Mominaem' ! open your ranks! -m alee tvay for going 
through! - wabae nc nan mu; woabae won (mpasiia) mu. 

Bac, Baebae, Bacba e-antwa, surnames of the Asan- 
tcs, as a host of endless coming, or, extending so far that they 
cannot be surrounded. 

o-baeaiikg(ro), one who came and did no more go;pr.43. 

bae bae, red. v. 1. s. bae; dua no ab., the tree has spread; 
2. anim baebae, the day breaks; s. buebue. 

abaefb [nea obae foforo], new-comer, new beginner, novice. 
abaesaba, F. = abasiaba, abofra, ababa, Mk..5,39. 

I) a fa I'l, -lie, pi. m-, a child who did not learn to walk within 
the first 2-7 years; pr. ,9.5. — sluggard,, lazybones ; onihafo. 

bafow, bal'oo, (one who came a-foraging) forager: pr. 36. 



abafra — abakyere. 



abafra, abafraba, mbafraber, mbafrara, F. = abofra, abofra, 
mmofraase. 

bafiia, a single thing or person, one and the same thing. 
O-bagofo [nea o-ne mma gorn], fornicator; syn. mmea^efo. 
ab.igow, F. relaxation or slackness of the arms; eye me ab. 
= atu m'abasam, amii mapa abaw. 

bagua [bo agua], public assenMy, congregation, council] - 
ofra baguam' ov baguafom', he is a member of the council. 

abaguade [bagua ade], share of fees for attending a pa- 
laver; pr. 37. 370. 2966. 

baguat'6, elders and other persons met in council or as- 
sembled for public deliberation. 

bagya, a fourfooted beast; pr.38. 
o-bagye, inf. [gye..ba] exhortation to continue in a speech. 
a-bagye, inf. [gye oba] adoption. 

oba-gyigyefo, jpZ. m-, 1. nurse-., 2. a mischievous child; one 
who gets other persons into trouhle. 

bahii (dec. = raposae, com.), dry fibres of the baric of the 
plantain stalk; pr. 10. 569. 629. 

o-ba-huhuiii, pi. m- -fo, a worthless felloiv; s. ahuhufo. 
baka, lagoon, lake communicating tvith the sea; F. lake, 
pond; cf. gtare. 

a baka 11, pi. m-, the eldest child, the firstborn; the state or 
birthright of a firstborn son. 

b a kail 6 ma, lagoon-bird, heron, stork &c. 
bakasiaiiepo, a bird, s. otwironku. 
abako, a kind of shea-tree?), with brown wood used for 
furniture; of the seeds oil is made in Akem. 

bako, Akp., F., = biako, koro, one; obako, oneperson; Gr. 
§ 77. 80,2. mmako-'mako, one by one, each. pr. 2548. 3258. 
g-bakofo, .obiak., a single person, pr. 455—459. 
o-bakokouimma, dim. of the foil, [oba, akoko-nini.] 
o-bakokonini, a conceited, vain-glorious woman (likea cock), 
coxcomb. 

bako ma, pi. m-, nobleman, lord, prince, person of the royal 
family, of high rank or position; high-born; aristocrat; di b.=di 
adehyesem, to be imperious, violent, posiiive, stubborn, wilfid, ar- 
bitrary, pr. 39. [oba a gnam ne kgn so, gnam na gtoto ne kgn kyea.] 

bako 11 [ba=basa, kgn], tvrisf. 
abakosem [nsem a aba kg], history, story of past events; cf. 

bakroii, nine persons. Gr. §80, 1. [abasem. 

bakua, s. kwadu b. 

abakyere [basa, kyere], gold and costly beads tied round 
the tvrist in honour of one's birth or deed. 



bam — gbaii. 5 

haul, V. to embrace (in welcoiniug, st/n. fain, ye atu, or in 
fightinj^); b. kyinii, to raise a)Hl shake a statc-iinibrella, = i)iim 
bamkyinii; - r6'(?. bemniain, boiiiinam. 

|);iiir = ba mu; ne dae abam'. Gr. i;t214 after licm. 2. 

ham, li;i inltMin, adv. expressing the sound of striking, 
clappingi lashing, falling. 

al)<iiii, a ceremony performed at the birth of twins, of the 
3d, 7th to 11th child, and in their after life by themselves, 
before every new crop or harvest. Oye ab., woye abamfo, he is, 
they are entitled to the abam ceremony. Wode ad were guare ab, 
Yi'A.9., pr.ll27. Se aduamforo biara bg a, abamfo annuare abam 
a, wonni hi. 

bam, bamc, bamsom, imperiousness, haughtiness, inso- 
lence; syn. adehyesem, ahcnenunasem; odi no so b., he plays the 
rich or high-horn:^ he plays insolent, wanton tricks. -hanuVi, inf. 

bain ma, pl.m- [ban, ba dim.'] the projecting lower part of 
the wall in Negro houses, used as a seat. pr. 2252. 

b;imma, pil. m-, a stripe of country-cloth; the breadth in 
tvhich it is woven; a ribbon; syn. ntaraabamma, Ak. beniT. 

ab am m a : woto ab., they put their hands on each other's necks. 

bamfo, -foo, a thorny plant, pr. 1676-77. [pr. 1213. 3791. 

bamiawu, a kind of snake. 

bam kg 11 [s. bam & koh, neck]: gto b. kasa, he speaks 
haughtily; gtoto ab., he walks with a majestic air. 

bam kyinii (kyinii a wopem di bene so), state-umbrella -^ 

bams em, s. bam, barae. [pr.l729. 

ban, V. to lie or to lay in a proper row, to extend; to string 
(ntrama, wo hama so); to pile up, to store (ode, putu so); to hem in 
(atade ano, with a ribbon); b. ho, syn. sTi ho; b. ho, syn. toto ho. 
— red. beramaii. 

bail, 1. row, fence, enclosure, frame; esp. the fence round 
the yard of a negro-house; watwa ban mu, he had to do tvith the 
king's wives. — c/. faban, dantabaii. — 3. = dua-so, s. dnasee. — 
3. esp. in cpds. : form, figure, shape; fashion; manner, nature; 
race, kind, sjiccies; syn. su (wo su ne wo bail biara nye!) s. aboa- 
ban, abusfiabaii, adakaban, odainman, doban, duaban, nipaban, 
nsraban, subaii or subaii; odaban, abodaban, adibah = aduan', 
ahabaii. — 4. a fortified place; si ban, to put people in a place 
by authority in order to enforce the laws, or to keep the people in 
subjection and prevent their falling off; to place troops in a strong 
position; to occupy a place as a garrison. 

aban, -ne, (pi. id.) a house built of stone, cf. odaii; a large 
fine building, palace; pr. 8190. - a large, strong building = abah- 
kese, fort, castle. 

o-baii, pi. m-, a string of cowries, 40 cowries; wgtoii no b.ih- 
bdh, wotonton no abaiiabaii, tlicy sell it eachfor a string; cf. ntrama. 



6 obah — almiitid. 

o-ban, a beast of prey, ilie loild cat. = aduatia. 

b a nail, four persons. Gr. §80, 1. 
o-banaiiii, pl.m.-^ grund-son, grand-daugliter, grand-child. 
abanas e-abci iiase, a kind of lierb. 

abanbiua, a ^o^ (abina) contaiuing pabn-wiue for a siring 
of cowries (ban). 

o-banimdefo, pi. m-, a person of understanding., possessing 
Jcnoidedge; cf. gbadwemma, gbanyansafo. 

O-bauimma [obanin, dini.\ cf. abarimawa, gpauyimma. 
o-baniin -in ere [gb. -bere], a handsome man; a7i effeminate 
O-banim-inoiie [gb. bone], a bad man. [man. 

g-banim-p anyiii, an old, venerable man. 
o-baniu, p?. m-, man, male person; = oha.i-ima.\ F. obeuyin. 
baninfana, armring of a man. 
baniiifo, pi. brave men. 

baniiiba, bravery; gbye no b., he encourages him. 
b a 11 i h h a-h y e , inf. encouragement. 
abaniiisein, manful, manliJcc, manly, warlike deeds or be- 
Jiaviour, bravery; pr.391. odi ab., he shows manliness, quits him- 
self like a man; syn. mmarimasem, mmaninne. 

0-baniii-taii, a man that has children, a father of a family. 
o-banin-trofo, a lying man, liar. 
o-baniii-warefo, a married man. 
o-banin-yen, ivisard, sorcerer, magician; s. ayen. 
O-banin-y er e, an unborn cbild, designated by a man to 
be his future friend or ivife. 

bank am, a kind of golden ornament, pr. 1551. 
aban-kese, fort, castle; cf. aban, abautia. 

bankoroap em, a kind of bead, s. ahene. 
o-baiikn, a kind of food, prepared of ground maize, com- 
monly eaten when yam is scarce, 
abankiia, s. akua. 

o-baiikye, pi. a.-, the cassava, cassada, manioc, jatropha mani- 
hot; F. G. duade. ^^r. 36. 4U. 

aba no ma, step-cltild, foster-child, pr.41. 
g-bansini, ^jZ, bansifo, (a man of) a garrison; s. si ban. 
g-bansoa, a bird, 
bans on 11, Zo»f/,=tententen; n'animb. he is long-faced, long- 
banten(n), long-shaped, long (hama, ntama, nsa). [_visaged. 
abaiisosem. a tvord talked over the fence, (idle) talk, gossip, 
aban-tenteii, tower; pjl.vix- or aban atenteri. [hear-say. 
aban-tia, a small fort, as the Mortella tower near Chri- 
stiansbors:. 



abaiito — biisucwi. 7 

a bail to, inf. [to abaii] (tlif act of) hmldliiij a stone-house; 
masonry, mason's work. 

o-bantoiii, iJ^ a--fo, mason, brlcJclaijer. 
ban II, ttvo 2i<-'>'Sons, two tocjctJter. lyr.M-iH. ViUO. 20SL 
Ijanum, five persons. Gv. ^ 80, 1. 

ban nil a [ban dua], any kind of tree (gf'osow, atoa, ...) used 
for foices. 

abani'iu;], t/tr court or //ord of tanje liu'ddlnys [abai'i, gua; 
adiwo a ewo aban bi mn]. 

o-ba-n ya nsal'i't, a wise person; si/ii. obadwcmuia, obauim- 
deto, ouyansafo. 

g-baniiya, a long red intestinal worm, 
abanyimla, F. = (nsa) nifa. 
bapon, a disease in the jaw-bone. 
0-baponinia, 2d- m-, [oba, i)on, oba] a person of liiijh birth, 
of wealth, entrusted with an office, from the man next to the king 
down to the chief of a village; cf. mmopgmma. 

o-baprowc, J;^ m-, a spoiled chUd\ s. porow, porowe, poro- 
kyewa; oyen nemma mmaprgwe, he miseducates, sptoilsliis children . 
bar a ... i;. bra, bora ... [«• yt^i. 

bare, v. (. . ho, .. so) to covers lay over, oversj^read; s. baw; 
to sling, wrap, wind, twine, twist roU)td; to embrace closely, clasj) 
round. — red. bebare, bobare, bobabobare. -de bare ani, prop. 
to twist (the arms, in wrestling) face to face, i. e. to engage in 
battle, to fight hand to hand. 

o-ba roll via, a cartouch, cartridge-belt all round the loins; 
cf. ntoa; ne ntoa ye ob. (when it contains 12 cartridge-boxes); 
- di b., to surround. 

o-barinia, pi. m-, man, male person, = ohsimh [gbaniri-ba?] 
cf.mni; Gr.§41,1.2. — valiant man, hero, cf. oberan. 

aba rim a, a man entrusted tvith an office by one superior 
to him, cf. adamfo; adherent, client, subaltern; follower, helpmate, 
conqxinion. servant, pr. 1077. 

aba rim a, -mawa, jj?. m-, boy, lad. 

abarimakwan, a ivay for heroes, dangerous way, adventurous 
abarimasem, = abaninsem. undertaJcing; pr.l077. 

o-barimaye, inf. manhood. 

o-basfi, jj?. a-, the arm; the forefoot of quadrupeds; cf. abaw, 
nsa;-dua basa, branch of a tree; cf. ba, dubct. 

abas a, -sawA, [basa, r?/>«.] a withered ov hune hand or arm; 
a person having such. 

basil, basabasa, confuted, disordered, disorderly, cf. saka... 

basa, three persons. Gr. §80, 1. 

basawa bi, some few (two or three) persons. 

basaewi, a large sea-fish [G. gba]; apata bi a gte se sire. 



basafa — hatakari. 



b as a fa, a ciibit, ell; cf. abasamfa. 
basafawa,=bafah, obubuafo? obusufo?pr. 52. 

basakokom', the inner jxirt of the arm at the joint of the 
elboiv, s. kokom; cf. mmotoam'. 

basakuram (?), the upper arm; s. nsatu, 
abasa-kyea, inf. pr.733.^ s. kyea, abasatoto. 

abas am', the space to which a man can extend his arms, a 
fathom, the length of six feet-, the strength of the arms. — tii..ab., 
to dishearten, discourage; n'abasam atu, he is disheartened; rf. 
ne nsam' agow or ahodwow, wapa abaw. 

abasamffi, a measure of three feel, a yard; cf. sin. 
abasam-tu, inf. discouragement; cf. abawpa. 

basatiri, batiri, = mmati, 
abasa-toto, inf. the sicinging of the arms, pr.733. 
abasem, p^ m-, a story that happened-, history, cf. abakgsem. 

bascwti, a clear-sighted, sJcilftd, respected or ambitious man 
in a society; aristocrat (^)-, oye hyew, oye aguasemde. 

0-basia, F. = obabasia; cf. akatasia, akatamasiaba. 
basiaba, adv. even. 
basia, six persons. Gr. §80, 1. 
ba-sigyaw, m-, the state of having no children. — 
di b., to be without children; s. mmas. .. &1 Sam. 15,33. 
o-basimma, a young tvonian, s. obeasimma. 

basin, F. a-, stump) of an arm; one-armed person. 
abasiriwa, pi. m-, an infant; a child of 6 to 12 or li years. 
abaso: di ab., to stand security; cf. a[ka]gyinam, akabaso; - 
menne ka, menne ab., I owe no debts, neither for myself, nor 
from standing security. 

bason, seven piersons. Gr. § 80, 1 . 

bata, V. (..ho), to be close to, adjoin, lean against; pr.99l. 
to adhere, cling to; to be connected with, pr. 691. — rcf?. batabata; 
ebata[bata] ho'kwa, it is a mere appendage. 

l)at;i, trade, traffic, commerce. — tu b., di b., to trade; odi 
ntama b., he deals in cloth; gye b., to offer trade, to win a customer. 
- Wofa da-bone ko gua a, bata butu wo; s. butuw. 

o-bata, a beast of prey like the lynx; it has a longer tail with 
more hair on it than atoatoa. 

batadewa, F. boat; Ak. obonto; cf. korow. 

batadi, inf. trading; s. (di) batd. 

batafo, (p)l. id.) wild boar, syn. kokote. — batafo-se, a boar's 
tusk. pr. 42. 43. — batafo-Sfisono, a medicinal plant. 

batagye, inf., s. (gye) bata. 

batakari, pi. m-, war-dress, like a shirt without collar 
and sleeves; the dress of the Mohammedans. 



ijLuitdiii — aljiivi.si'ui. 



o-batdin, a simple, silly ^ dull, half-witted felloiv. 
o-l>;i-t;i u, obeatan, pl.m-^ a icoiiiaii thdt has children, mother.. 
o-bataiii, j;/.a--tb, trader, tradesman, merchant; pr.923.ri:iO. 
cf. oguadini, onantefo, opowadi'fo. — batatii, /»/"., i'. (tu) bata. 
batiri, basatiri, ==mmati. 
batw(jw, ellxnv; cf. basa, twea. 
baw, V. =barc; to besmear, bedaub; — 
baw amiiiine, to smear a twig with lime for catching birds. 

l)aw = ba, bea, berc, bew, place; onko baw = bribi, lie goes 
nowhere; cf. gyabaw. 

l)aw = ba; bo . . baw =: bo . . ba, to beckon, call. 
abaw = abasa, the arms; woso no abaw-abaw, theg carry him 
on the arms. - Wapa abaw, he has withdrawn or dropped his 
arms, i. e. he is exhausted, quite tired, despairs; cf. nc nsa apa, ne 
nsam' agow or ahodwo, n'abasam' atu. 
abaw-pa, inf. despondency. 
o-ba\va, [oba, diyn.^ = obeawa, girl, lass. 
abawa, jpZ. m-, maid-servant, serving-girl. 
b a w 1 w e , eight persons. Gr . § 80, 1 . 
abawu, inf. death of a child, pr. 296. 
baya, bayabaya, wide oj^en; n'ano b. ^tetn}; woagyi- 
gyaw won adan ano atoto ho bb. 

abayg, inf. [ye oba] careful treatment of children. 
a b aye 11, inf. [yen ba] the bringing up of children; abayem- 
mone, bad education, pr. 56. 

o-baycii, j;?. m-, tvitch, hag; s. ay en. 
bay ere, a isind of yam; s. ode. pr. 57.58. 

o-ba-yoycre, favorite child, the most beloved (son) among 
a plurality of children (as yeyere is among a plurality of wives). 

bayi, (abayide, -goru, -sera) witchcraft, sorcery; ye or dew 
bayi, to p)i'ttctise witchcraft: b. ye abusuade, tvitchcraft is inborn, 
innate, hereditary. 

aliayidc, = bayi [ade]. 

o-bayifo, 2^1- ^'^ toitch, hag; wizard, sorcerer, pr.59-62. cf. 
bayi, ayeii, baninyen, bayeh, gbonsam ; ob. kgdewe, ua wgkyeree 
no kabere. The Negroes describe a wizcn-d or witch as a man or ivomayi 
who stands in some agreement with the devil. At night, ichen all people 
sleep, he {or she) 7-ises or rather leaves his (her) hoclg, as a snake casts 
the slough, and goes out flamhig from his eyes, nose, mouth, ears, arm- 
pits: he may tcalk witlt his head on the ground and his feet stretched 
upward; he catches and eats beasts, or kills men either bg drinking their 
blood or by catching their soul which he boils and eats, ichereupon the 
person dies ; or he bites them that they become full of sores. Some change 
themselves into leopards, snakes, antelopes; some tise their witchcraft also 
for trade in selling things. 

abay ignru, :^bayi; ogoru me ab., he or she practises tvitch- 
abayisem, = bayi. [craft iipon me. 



10 be — bebere. 

be, adv. used of the effect of j^i'icJiing: oti me ara be, Jie 
pinches me sharply, that I feel it keenly; of. bee, bew, v. d; adv. 

e-be, pi. m-, proverb, parable, riddle; bu be, to idler, lell or 
make a proverb. 

a-be, J)?, m-, palm, palm-iree; the species of palm from which 
the palm-wine (nsa-fufu) and palm-oil (nno) is got, the most common 
in Western Africa: o'd-x)alm, Elaeis Guinecnsis; palin-nni (cf. 
befua, adwe); binieh of jjahii-iuds (hamu); all the pali>i-)iufs ^vow- 
ing on a tx'ee; pr. 64-69. cf. nu, dwow, sa, se, pow, tow, t\Va abc. — 
Diff. species of oU-palni: obcdam, ahefiifii, abotuntum, abeheue; 
other palms, s. adobe, kube, nkresia, kokosi. 

I>(', V. io recite, declaim, deliver in a rhetorical or set manner; 
be kwadwom, to deliver moariifid songs; onim kwadwom be. 

be a, V. [)'ed. beabea] to lie lengthwise, across, io cross; cans. 
io lay length/rise; obea ho totote' ; ntamadan no bb, ho, the tents 
lie stretched doivn; cf. bew, boa, da, gii, sam. 

bea, ^^Zac'C ( = ba, baw, bew, here); j;?. mmea-mmea, at 
different pilaccs; manner of state or doing (in cpds. with an inf.). 
0-bea, j3?. m-, woman, female, ^= {k^s..) qha., gbabasia, F. gbasia, 
beabi, Ak. F. = babi. 

beae, place, siiuation:, pi. mmeae-mmeae, at different places. 
beae, pl.vcv-, the beam or pole on ivhich ihe rafters are 2^ id; 
b. yi ato nkorasimma yim' akyea, this pole came to lie crooked un 
these 2><^i>fs. 

beae, a swelling in the groins; mmaninyare bi. 
abeafo, i;/. m-, a young, lovely woman, neatly, nicely dressed. 
o-bea-atriu\man, ^?/. m- n-, s. aguamah. 
boa-kunini, cardinal p)oinf: m- anah, the four c. jioints 
North, South, East, West, s. beiikum, nifa, apuei, atoe. D.As. 
o-beasimma, a weak sort of woman; a despicable person. 
n-beatciii, s. obatan. ' [s. gba-simma. 

o-beawa, obawa, pi. m-, girl, lass. 
beba, l)eba, red. v., s. ba. 
beba, beba, ... s. boba, bobji. 
bcba, beba, pi. m-, F. = obo, ^jZ. a-, stone. 
bebare, bebabebare, red. v.., s. bare, bobare. 
be be, red. v., s. hew. 
bebebebe: Munnyae b., 2»: 
bebee, red. v., s. bee, beebee. 
abel)e, pl.m-, As. butterfly; winged insect iu ^eneraX. pr.70.S06. 
Rheh ew , 2>l. m-, grassho2)per,locust; cf. boadabi (utunturae), 
obiriiikran, otutuafuru, fwidgm, okra, opiti, ewi, otwe, odabo. 

abeberese, i. = abete; 3. F. hardship, trouble, tribulation, 
adversity. 

bebere, much, many; very much, exceedingly ; cf. pi, buru- 
buru, twem. 



boburcbc — ybuui. 11 

l»ol)6rcbe, F. bcbrete, iukcJi, man//: iniirJi, too much, too 
iunuij; when reterrod to a c. in th(i ncj^., it incaiis (noO cnomjh: 
enso b., it [s not lanic cnoiKjh. 

bcbc'ti'i, pi>t-la(Uc to stii* up the coni-ibmgh put on the 
fire; (bia a wodo dwuma ana opampaii ascn no tratrii a wode 
nu mmore niu; of. beteta. 

Itcbrw, red. v., s. bcw. 
bebrO, bebrebe, bebrete, s. bebcro . . . 
b e b r c b c , buitle, pr. 1158. 
g-bobrcbo t"6, an insolent, iinpertinei/f, sane// f'dloic, churl; 
n'ano dennonneh wo asera biara ho. 

iibcbii, i)if. [bu be], spcakintj in proccrbs. 

abcbiisyin, ph m-, proverbial sayimj; s. cbo, akasa-bebui. 

bob u t'l = abc'-buh, cf. akyenkyen. 
o-bodaiUj a kind of oil-palni whose ripe nuts have no blaek 
top, but are red throughout (abe bi a ebere wie na eho babi 
mniiri se abe-pa); abso the )ints thereof; cf. adam. 

0-bodeWj pi. a-, a kind of basket roughly made of pal m- 
branrlic>t\ berew a wuabo (wganwene) de soa adesoa ; wofre bi 
se: ahagya, akyemmedew, akuapemmedew ; r/'. akgtwe, kyenkyeh, 
apaktin. 

o-bcdefunu, j;Z. m-, a chopped and icithered palm-tree, of 
wliich the palm-wine has been extracted. 

bcdiapiiii, a certain bright star; gsraui wu a, guo na odi 
u'ade; cf. owuodi, kosoronia. 

abcdua, palm-tree:, more frequently simply abe. 
abedua, mortar to bruise palm-nuts in; := abewodua. 
abeduabii, abad., a kind of doll, carved out of wood, 
abcdwa, abedwewa, a youny pcdm-tree:, pr.70. 
O-bedwOj a hcdf-<jroicn X)alm-tree; cf. antweribe. 
bee, V. to ticitch off, pinch off, nip off, cf. bew; - red. beebee, 
bebee . . ho = tetew ho nkakrankakra; wakobebee nam no ho, 
he has pinched off little bits from the meed. 

e-bee, Ak. =: bew, a pachydermatous animal, 
abilfo = abaefo. 

a-befujij pl.ra-, a sinylc palm-nut with the skins, (r?/^. bafua.) 
abcfufu, a species of oil-palm. 

bogoro, a pjalm-nut without a kernel. 
abegui, place where palm-nuts are cast before the oil is 
made of them. 

abe bene, a species of oit-jJalm. 

bekyekyere, jjo# in which the palm-oil is boiled, 
e-bcm, riijht, state of being right, righteousness, guiltlessness; 
bu b., ma b., ma wodi b., to acquit of an accusation, pronounce 



12 bemma — abeu. 

guiltless, give right to, JHStif I/; di b., to he justified, innocent, guilt- 
less-^ wudi bem ! gou are right, I heg your pardon. 

bemma, x>l- °^"> arrow, cf. ben, agyah; bow, cross-bow with 
the arrows, cf. ta, kuntun; - otow yen (so) b., otow neb. sa (wo, 
si) yen, he shoots arrows at us, discharges his bow against us. — 
bemma-dua', arrow, = ben, agyan. — bemma-hama, bow-string. 

bemma-tow, inf. shooting with the bow, archer g. 

bemma-tofo, pi. m-, archer, bow-man. 

bcDibu, inf. acquittance, justification. 

bemdi, inf. innocence. 

beme, bemme, bemmeme [G. bebe] adv. added to statements 
of time, quantity, number: such a long time, such a large quan- 
titg or number; alreadg; only\ even, indeed; kan, tete, dabidabi b., 
long ago; mfribyia 20 beme asem na greka yi? of a palaver of 
no less than 20 years does he talk? mede memaa no Kwasida b., 
I gave it Jiim on Sunday already :, enye 'ne b. na ofi ye ado yi, 
not since to-day only he does this; atiri ba b. na ogyee ana? 
did he indeed ask 100 heads? 

abememfi, a place out of the ivay, at a distance] eda ab., 
it is far off', ogyina ab., he stands aloof] nnyina ab. sa, na twu 
ben me, do not keep away thus, come near to me! 

bemmeii, be mm en, red. vv., s- ben, ben. pr.3011. 

b e m m u , = bembu. 

bemu [abe mu], cluster of palm-nuts. 

be 11, V. to approach, come or draw near] to he near] obea 
no abusuam', he is a ki)isman of his\ - red. beramen ; syn. ben- 
kye[h], pinkye. 

ben, pron. what (kind of), which. Gr. § 74. F. eben, ebena. 

beii = aben, horn\ won ano kg b. koro mu, they are unani- 
moiis, in unison. 

e-beii, pi. mmemma, arrow; cf. bemma, bemma-dua, agyah ;- 
etee se ben, it is as straight as an arrow, i. e. quite right, pr.80. 

be nil, straight {dusL, hama, kwah); etee b., it is quite straight. 

beii, V. to ache, pain] red. bemmeh; me ti ben me, my head 
aches] won ti bemmeh won, their head aches. 

ben, I', to become red by boding, to be sufficiently cooked, 
boiled, roasted] to be done well] to become red by dressing (a 
wound with hot water) : watoto kuru no na abeh ; to become hot 
(a gun, by firing), pr.3386; perf. to be smart, clever, well versed 
in any knowledge or business, good or bad, f.i. in political mat- 
ters; to be astute] - ne bo ben, he is healthy] ne ho mmeh, he is 
sickly, feeble]- red. bemmeh. 

-ben, a. (in cpds.), red, yellow] cf. odubeh, oguabeh, osubeh 
&c. s. men, kg &c. bere, v. 

abeu, ^?. m-, horn of animals; horn, flute, wind-instrument, 
musical instrument; hyeh ab., to sound the horn ]- uimeh, pr. 376. 



ybciia — hopodwuuia. 13 

= mnionhyen, ag^oru; of. bcii & abontul, aborob(5n, botowd, odiiru- 
gya, aj^yesoa, kete, ninieiisiMi, aprrulri', aseseb(^n, atentebcu, toro- 
b^nto; hkgntwO, adakabeh ; obgnta, osankii tka. 

c-beua, F. what, ichicJi] s. beii; ebcna nyiinpa = onipa beo, 
what manner of man. c-beiia-dze, F. = ade-ben, deen, den, what 
§-bena-ntsiri, F. = edeii nti, wherefore, wherefrom, why. 

b 11 11 a [benda], pi. m-, a ireiyhl of gold = 2 oimzes = 32 
dollars or ackies = 71. 4 s. 

boil a, bera, Ak. = bamma, ntamabeua, stripe of doth, ribbon; 
cf. nwa-benii. 

bona, boiiri: bob., to wail, lament, mourn; sijn. t\s a adwo. 
benabeiia, pr.3344. 

Ben a da, Brada, Tuesday. Gr. §41,4. 

bcii-aiio, unmixed palm-wine, as it came from the reed un- 
der the tree, ef. dodoben; oj)}). mfrasa. 

be line, a-, spit, broach(er). — gye or di b. or ab., to act 
or be empiloyed as sJcirmisher (before the twafo, van), to begin 
Vie attack, to engage in dangerous fighting; kogye b.; oredi ab.; 
eyi de, merekodi ab. = merekobere, merekoko mabere wo mu. 
g-beiineni, i^/. bennefo, skirmisher, sent to attack the enemy, 
abenne [bem ade], fees for acquittance in a law-suit, 
o-benem, -nom, pi. 3i-, a stinging fly; syn. tutuhunu. 
Q-benem, name of a month, abt. March. 
o-beii-hy eiifo, i^?. a-, m-, horn-blower, musician. 
beiikum, F. a-, the left hand (nsa b. pr.81.) or side; to 
the left (b. so); cf. nifa; north, cf. kwaem'. 

o-beiikumfo, pl-s^-, a left-handed person. 
beiikye[n], v. = ben, pihkye, to draw or be near, pr.82. 
beiikyi, Eng. bench', cf. mano'. 
b en s e I" e , i)l. m-, basin of porcelain. 
o-benta, pi. m-, a musical instrument consisting of a curved 
branch or stick with a cord made of the fibres of pahn-branches, 
played in a doleful strain. — obenta-sanku, jwa7^e>"^, lute, rciJl.iov. 
0-beiiteii, a word used for a person whose name we do not 
know or do not choose to mention; usually: asiamasi se gb., 
Sueh-a-one, What-cV ye-call-him (Ger. derundder, Fr. tel, Sp.fnllano). 
abeii tia [aben tia], jvZ. m-, the short horn, the most common 
wind-instrument of the negroes, usually made of a young ele- 
phant's tooth and covered with the skin of the twom. 
0-b entia-h^^eiifo, jjL m-, the king's horn-blower. 

b e n 1 a, pL m-, clyster-pipe, syringe, squirt ; bo., h.s. hql02. 
obenyin, abenyiii-ndem, F. = gbanih, abaninsem. 
bepow (bop. pop.), pJ. m-, mountain, hdl. pr. 489. cf. hew. 
bepowa, small mountain, hillock; cf. koko, pampa, pempe. 
b e p d w u m a, work done on the slope of a mountain, pr. 84. 



14 abepow — obere. 

abe-pOAv, inf. the act of Jopitiitg off ill c leaves of an uprooted 
b e r a , b a r a ... .s. bra . . . fpalm-iree. 

bera, imp.., s. ba; bora ma yehkg, come, leiusyo! 
0-beraii, -barane, p/. a-, a stronfj, sfonf, big man:, a poicerfid, 
mightjj num. pr.So. 86. 1717. 

oberaii-inmotoaur-diiaj s. kvammonnua. 
ab eraii-sem, violence-., cf. annoflensem. 
abcra I'l-so, (after the manner of strong men, i.o.) ?>// force. 
aberante,-e, pl.m-., ifonng man, youth; syn. akwankwa. 
a b e r a 11 1 c k w a , a b e r a n t e w a , ptl. m-, id. 
O-b e r a 11 - 1 e t e t fi , pi. a-, giant (gbevan tenten. lionton, oberan 
a owarc ua gso te se nea tokuni da ne mu). 

b e r a p a e, a wiclcet serving for a door, made of palm-branclies 
kept together by tliree sticks driven through them ; cf. aserene. 

beraw: to b., to faint, siroov (airay), fall in a stvoon: 
osukgm ama watg b., thirst has made him faint'., wgAptjm no apem 
no ma. watg b., they have hnoclccd him afjont that he is half-dead; - 
to cause to faint: oi'\\6 no atg no b., from the flogging he is half- 
dead; cf. to piti, tware. 

aberaw, a poUte address to a person of equal or inferior 
rank, used in reply to a salutation, cf. ya; Gr. § 147,9. 

a 1) e r a w - a b e r a ^^' , pr. I'JG:}. 2929. seantdy ? so .so ? 

lie re, v. 1. to hring (when a personal object, esp. me, yen, 
wo, mo, is mentioned; else 'de.. ba, kgfa.. ba, de.. kgma' is used). 
— 2. b. ase, to lay ov put doicn, ttring lou\ humtAe, atiasc, abate, 
lessen: gberenelio ase ma me, he InonlAes himself before mc. — 3. to 
grow or get{perf.to be) tired, weary, fatigued; to have much to .suffer; 
not to come to rest; pr. 89. 734. mabere wo nsa, woama mabere, / am 
weary of you; adviumaye am;! mabere, / am fatigued by worl: — 
red. berebere. 

0-bere, inf. fatigue, weariness; labour, tod; fa gb., to grow 
tired; hye.. b,, to tire (out), wear out, weary, fatigue, harass; gde 
ne kasa hyee me b. 

bere, F. manner in nhich; se here 'te do no, Aky. = senca 
bere, s. berew. [ete nen, so it is. 

heve,v. to redden, to grow, become or inohe red or yellow; to 
cause to redden, pr. 298; here (sika, awowa, kgbere) ho, to polish 
(gold, brass, copper); to ripen, grow ripe, of fruits gi-owing above 
ground; perf. to he ripe. — n'ani b., his eye reddens i.e. he covets, 
lusts after; he gi'ows angry or grieved; n'ani ab., his eyes are red, 
reddish, from weeping, excitement (passion, anger, or deep grief), 
drunkenness, old age. — red. bcrebore. — qualif. adv. kg, pr. 1.504. 
-be re, in cpds, blooming, beautiful, handi^ome; delicate; soft, 
gentle ... s. qhahcre, gbanim-mere, tekremabere. 

0-bere, pi. a-, female, esp. of animals ; cf. gbii, oben, Gr. § 141,2. 



ebere — alioi-ckwasi. 15 



e-bere, 1. place (often \n (i])d8, as, daberc, trabore, = dabew, 
trabew, tiabea); rf. ba, baw, boa, how, amei'c;-^. fimc, season; 
pi. mmore, f/ir sfaffcs of liioiiaii life, of man's age; -3. manner, cf. 
boa, abore, amoro; - J. (food lime; fine manner; bloom, floiccr, prime 
of life: heaiili/ ((■ sfroif/lh: "nana. niA wo lio boro so e! f.ing. arise 
in llni (fhtni and stninjth (t'(»r warfare, lor tho [tacilication of conton- 
dinjij parties)." — Phr. Odi bore [pi. wodi ni-), lie enjoifs /lis life, 
lives a Inxiirioiis life; he is a loiterer, slngyard, time-lcillcr. Wabu 
ue mmere mu, lie has died in the prime of life, in the best of his 
years^ prematurchj. Wabg bcr e, he has (broken uj) time, i. c.) done 
what nobodji has done, committed a heinous deed. 

abere, m-, F. time; aberebi, m-, sometimes, once; nibor dodo 
ara, as often as; mber pi n'ara, from time to time; mber iiliina, at 
all times, for ever and ever; mbere, time ichich. 

abere, (obs.) manner: aber' a wope rr= seiiea wopo. 
aber Cj j)^- ^'i *^ antelope with small horns, of a roddish hue 
and of the size of a <;oat; = gkwadu. 

aberebe, -bee, a quadruped similar to a cat, eating bananas; 
cf. apesow. 

berebere, b ere b ere, red. vv., s. here, here. 

ber ebere, soft, slow, gentle; softli/, gently; pr.3048; eomfort- 
ahlji. at ease; gradnall//. bij degrees, by easy or slow stSj)s; - slo2v, 
gradual movement, advance or progress, pr. 3043. 3397. 1201; consid- 
erateness. pcdience. carefulness, pr. 734. — ye b., to go on considerate- 
ly, pr. 3.558; oye n'ano b,, he assumes a modest speech, uses a modest 
language. 

bertjbere, smooth, glib, voluble, flijipaut : oye or n'ano ye b., 
he is loquacious; ef. betebete. birobire, kfirokuro. 

be re bo, m-, liver. 

berebn-w, -o, pi. m-, )iest, bird's nest, pr.92. 
bere-doiii, troublesome warfare. 

b e r e - d u in , v. to be of a deep red tinged with blue, of a crim- 
son or purple colour. Ex. 26,1. 

b e r e - e u s a , etern ity. B. As. 

berefi, basket; Akr. tekrekyi; wode ntoi'i n^ mmew ne kube- 
ahabah na ehwene. 

berefi [berew, efi], bundle or heap of palm-branches. 
o-berefo, pi. a-, a needy, indigent, poor, destdute man; syn. 
ohiani, gmanehunufo. Ps.41,2. 72,13. 

0-bereku, a bird of the size of a jtigeon, of light brown color, 
crying "ku, ku" not only by day, but also four times by night, con- 
sidered as a spirit (gsaman) and fortune-teller, pr.y3.726. 

o-bcrekiiiii, an eye red as that of the bereku; gwg b., he has 
red eyes (considered as beautiful). 

abere k ii r i, a kind of fish, probably the eel. 
aberekwasi, a certain annual festival. 



16 aberekyi — besrade. 

aberekyi, pi. ra.-, (joai ; cf. oguah; Ak. F. arapohky^; by- 
names: aduonna, aduonnimm;'i (=adu a onua, ouni mma, the fel- 
low that docs not sleep, that gets )U) flogging), ank;lma-seperepe, se- 
kyerempewo. pr. 94-99. 483.498. abirekyiba, kid. abirckyibore, 
she-goat, abirekyinhii, Ak. = opapo, Akr., he-goat. S. abirckyi. 
b e r e ni a ii , pr. 1933. 
beremba, F. = obarima. 
aberentse, F. = aberante. 
o-bereiiipoii, s. obirempon. 
berentuw, 6-. kwaeb. & ntuw. 

berepow, [berew pgw], Jcnot of j)alm-leaves. — bg .. b., to 
strike the head of a respectable persou with such a knot, i.e. to apply 
to him in order to obtain his patronage in a law-suit ; -c/". bo 54. 

berewj tlie leaves of the od-palni, together with or separated 
from the midrib ; b. tuatua mpopa ho, the palni-leavcs grow from the 
sides of the palm-hranclt ; b. tabah, a single leaf leaflet, pinna. — 
Flir. Manya biibi a mibu meb., I liave found a place wJiere I can 
live (get food dt drink). Cf. berefi, berepgw, mmerehkenson. 
berew, s. berebere, 'merew. 

b ere WW, bereo, so/if; slow, tardy, pr.820; softly, mildly; slow- 
ly; comfortahly, peaceably. 
berew a, = berepgw. 
aberewa, pi. m- [gbere, dim.'] old woman, matron, mother; 
"m'ab." is even more respectful than "me na". — I'hr. sore kobisa 
ab., to get up and go aside for deliberiti'ton, cf. tu agyina; mil yehko- 
bisa aberewa-tid, let us go and (ask a very old woman, i.e.) tafce counsel. 
aberewa, a sort of )nat, s. kete; a sort of European cloth. 
a b e r e w a - a n i - 11 s u , a medicinal plant. 
heve-ye, inf. fineness, beauty; cf. -here, gbabere. 
ber' o! =: bera 6! come! Gr. § 144. 
abesa, inf. [sa abe], the act oi picking out the palm-mds from 
their smashed pulp, s. hhoye. 

besai'i, ^. =:abe asase, mmesase, aland (piece of ground) on 
which palms grow. — 2. a hole in ivhich palm-mds are prepared 
for making palm-oil. cf. gsan. 

bese, V. to take or break off (abe, palm-mds from the stalk); 
to pluck, gather (mako, pepper, from the shrub); pr. 107. 

b e s e b e s e , v. to move - ano, tlie lips - as in spealang, without 
e.mxiiin^&.so\\ni{,lSani.l,13.tonmrmur, grumble; inf. grumbling, pr.108. 
o-bese (gp.) the time (quarter) of the year from the beginning 
of the latter rains in October till in January ; syn. adommiirow. 

a b e s e b u r o w' (ap.), com grown in the said time ; maize plan- 
ted at the end of the harmattan, in March (before the rainy season 
has fully set in), the prosperous growth of which is doubtful, pr. 115. 

besca, Ky. s. bosea. 

besrade, /'a< of the quadruped called be w or bee. 



belc — l)cvVLH)iiiui. 17 

b^te, betoboto, weak, iuflnii, f'eehic, effeininale ; sioff.milil, 
loiirnf; si/ii. boko, morow. No, ho aye no b. -r ontiinii I'lka nolio; * 
ii'akwu niu aye no b, = nyo no (k'.ii; no yam' ad wo no b. -= ne yaro 
a ewo ne yam' no. euni ahoedcn bio; asem no ad wo b. = nye (Umi 
bio ; n'asem ye b., /ic /.s a lenient (noi a hard, tujorous, severe) man. 
b e t e b (J t (J , (jllh. voluble. flij)}Hnif: n'ano ye b., lie is loquaeions; 
SI/II. berebere. 

abote, a common food of tlio negroes, consisting ol roasted 
flour of maize boiled in water, and consi(b^red oneoi'tlie worst meals. 

fin: 1340. 1457. 
h c t e I ;i , a slick to stir up food in cookimj, apotstick; cf. bebeta. 
betekiiw, F. patakaw, a species oi' small ants; cf. tctea. 
b otciu^ pi. m-, ear of Indian corn or other grain, 
o-be t eii, jj/.a-, llie full (jroun palm-tree with along, slender stem, 
abelia = abedwea, pr.74. 

botu, ad we ho nam, tltc pulj) of llie pahn-nid; r/. sa abe. 
abet u \\ i u ni , a species of oil-palm. 

abetwa, inf. [t\va abe] to tap the felled palm-tree and eid oul 
Ihe ojicnimj (to keep it clean) every day as long as the palm-wine 
distils. 

be( \va bci'C, ilic time of enllin(j palm-trees, about 2 o'clock in 
the afternoon. 

bow, r. [^rcd. bebew] to steal, filch, pilfer, snatch aivaij; cf. bee; 
ntrama a egu ho mprempreii no, wabebew mu niwa-du kg, he pil- 
fered ten of the coivries that icere but just h/inff there; wota bebew 
won wnra ade, thei/ often pdfer thinys from Iheir master. 

bew, adv. quickli/, snatchinglu; mode ade no mekotoo ho no, 
bew na wafa. 

b g w , a kind of red d- yellow-striped^nvo'p. cotton cloth, pr. 3334. 
bew, V. to lie across; to cross, impede, intervene; cf. bea; red. 
bebew; wode abebew won ho, fhei/ have covered (marked) their body 
with slrijtes or iceals (wales). 

abew, (inf.) hindrance, impediment, detention; abew bew won, 
something intervened and pjrcventcd them. 

e-bew, Ak. bee, a large animal between the elephant and the 
c-bew, pi. m-, F. bone. [buffalo, 

c-bcw, place (cf. ba, baw, bea, bexe), esp. in cpds., as dabew, 
tobew, gyinabew, sibew; pil. m-, places, countries; a map. 
bew, F. = bepgw, mountain, hill; cf. Abetifi, Bewase. 
bew-ase, a low tract of count ry at the foot of a mountain. 
a b ew d u a , abedua, mortar for bruising (wow) palm-nuts to 
separate the edible part from the shell. 

beVveoniia, a sweet-scented gum or resin {s. ohilam); the 
tree yielding it. The iianio (lit. u-ill eat i.e. misuse a sister) convoys an ob- 
scene notion, meaning that the use of the perfume by a girl will allure even 
her brother to lasciviousncss; but s. p*. 2503. 



18 ubeya — obibaml)iba. 

a b e,y a , abeya,! a sort of Uacli, carihcn vessel, 
abe3'ca, aboyaj = asaiika, Tiyi\\\ii\ pr.46o.2573. 

abe-ye, Inf. the process ly which oil is made from palm-nuts; 

[=nno-ye. 

o-bi, pi. ebinom, Gr. § 60.1. somelwdii, some one, one, apterson; 
o))i/bo(l//; anoiher (person); in nog. sontoncos (the negation being 
transferred from the verb in Tslii to the pron. in Eng.): nohodi/, 
none; pr. 114-142; - onipa yi, me bi ni =:: me ni ni. litis man is a 
relalive of mine, belongs lo my famUy. 

c-l)f, Gr. § 60,2. somelhing, some, part, a quantity (pr.2327); any 
thine/; another thiny; in neg. sentences nothing, none ; pr. 111-113. 861. 
— cf. biribi, ebi-ne-bi. 

bi ('i>ron. used as an adv., Gr. § 134,3 h), also, lihcmsc, too. 
bi, pi. bi, binora, Gr. § 74,3. a, an, a certain, one, some; any; 
anoiher; in neg. sentences no, not any; pr. 63. 499-501. — 
bi! F. = biako! f\ve abo bi! Mk. 13,1. 

ebia, made into an adv. by elbpsis: (there is) something, viz. 
some reason or bkebhood, that..; p)crhaps, pcrad venture, p)0ssihly; 
Gr. § 135. pr. 3204. F. bia, aiifwea. 
l)ia^ F. = biow, bio, biem, again. 

abia, adr. in the way of helping, to one'saidor help; Gr.§131,2. 
meye no (aduuma) abia. Ilielp or assist him in doing it (in the tvork); 
miso no mu abia, I support him; ma yenko na kgdow me abia, come 
with me lo help me in my pi ant at ion- work; enera obedow me ab., 
yesterday he came and helped me in tilling the ground; otc soro te 
yen abia = ote s. ma yen; p-. 3349. 

abi;i, a kind of herh tlie seeds of whicli are used for bends; cf. 
abiirobia, ah en e : p\4tf.?. 7.9-5. 

biabia, small round; n'aniwa ye mmia-mmia {opp. akese). 

obi-adc (Ht. some one's property) a servant of a high pter son. 

obi-adee-wo-wo (another^ s property is in thy hand), an epi- 
thet for a thieviish person or animal, as the chimpanzee, dog, goat, 
biako, Aky. bieko, Akp. bako, one; single; cf. eko, koro; 
Gr.§ 77. pr. 65. 1005. the same (thing), pr. 27. 2832. — one great multi- 
tude or mass of people or things : f\ve nnipa biako ! what a great mass 
of peopjle! fwe abo biako (F. bi) ! Mk. 13, 1. — biako no, the one he- 
sides that mentioned already, the other, another, F. ekoro no; - ye b,, 
to become united, to agree; - mmiako-'miako, one by one, cac]i;pr.789. 

0-biak 0, obako, one man, person or individucd; pr. 445-454. 

0-biakofo, obak., id., a single person; pr. 45.5-459. 

o-l)f ara, F. e-, any body, any one; Gr. § 60,1. 

e-biara, any thing; every piossible thing; Gr. § 60, 2. cf. biri- 
biara; adv. in any or every possible way, to the utmost. 
biara, Gr. § 75,3. ajiy, cither. 

obiba, a person of good family; oye ob. a onsg 'bi ani. 

obi'ba mbf ba. = oba a obi nni no .«o bamsem bi. 



abibidnni — obir6biref6. 19 

abibi<lurn, vcffrn medicine, roinifn/ lucdUinc. 

O-bib i-byefu, pL a- [noa oliye bibiri] di/er in Wuc. 

0-bibini, pL a--fo, nrtjro, hJaik man, African; pr. :'}62. 
bibiri, dark-Id iie cotfon-ijarii or cltdli: da rk-ldnc colour: Iiyrb.. 
/() di/c irit/i darJc-hlnc. 

Abib ii"i(m"), t/ie Neffro-coiDifr//. Africa; cf. Abiirokyiri. 
bibitiri, a skein (hank, knot or nnmher of knots) of dark- 
hhte cofton-i/arn ; bibiri a woatce abobo no apowapgw a wotgi'i. 

obidaiicbi, [ebi dan hi, .y. dan, ?;.], an (tmahjani, a mixture or 
componnd of tico things, each of uhicli depends on, or conforms and 
communicates its qu(dities to, the other; f.i. dwete ne kobere ntweo 
ka a woakyim abom', a ring made of sdvcr and copjyer tvirc (ihe 
copper onhaiKPs the beauty of the silver, the silver enhances the value of 
the copper). Kurtz § 228. 

bie, V. As. = bue. 
biem', Ak. = bio, ar/ain. 

abieiV [abienu] Ak. mmienu, fico; s. enu. 

abiesa, Ak. mmiensa, three; s. esa. Gr. ^ 77. 

obi-hunu = onipa a orafa wolio biribiara, a person of no im- 
portance i. e. relationship to one. 

C-bi-ne-bi, so-so, half and h(df (o^ii-ne-iCi). middUnr/. in jiarf, 
not completelij, not full i/; indifferenth/; iolrrahhi; oye n'adwuma bi- 
ne-bi, lie docs his work in a negligent manner ; obaa no b., his coming 
ivas not If itli nprigldness of intention ; enye eb. na wobae = wobaa 
no nokwarem, woamma no sesasesa, they did not come half-hearted, 
hut in earnest and in uprightness; ote ho bi-ne-bi ara, he lives without 
anything in particidar or extra-ordinary ; ebi-ne-bi maiisofwe, pro- 
visional government. 

c-biii, Ak. bini, dirt, dung, muck, excrement; cf. sebew; dross, 
s. dadebin, dvvetebin. — 

biiitiiw = bin a eye nierew; cf. kyerebo. 

e-biiiom, F. birim, .5. obi. bi. 

e-bio, biow, Ak. biom', again, further, more, any more; in neg. 
sentences no more; minhu no b., omma b., minni bi b. 

abirjt, Gr. § 31, 2. the reverse, contrary, wrong way; aye ab., 
it has turned out to the contrary; wakanoab., he has reported it per- 
versely. - bo ab., to reverse, to alter to the contrary, to turn the wrong 
way, turn upside down: ho asem no ab, ma yenfwe, take the case in 
the opposite way and let us see; wobg asem ab. ka a, wonte ase, if 
you represent a matter perversely, it will not he understood; - cf. 
abirenkyi. 

biram, v. to heat, strike, smite with the liands; ode ne nsa b. 
nekoko; cf. guram. 

bir ebir e, hrawl, noisy quarrel, loquacity, pr. 462. — gye b., 
n'ano ye b., he is hrawling, loquacious, prattling; owo tekrema -b., 
he has a had, quarrelsome tongue. Cf. berebere. 

0-birebirel'u, pd- a-, prattler, idle talker; syn. okurokiirofo. 



20 obirebe — abirimmuro. 

o-birebe, a kind of hi r(L pr.SiTA. — o-bireku, s. gbereku. 
abirekyi, (-ba, -bere, -niiii,) is more con-cct than aberekyi, q.r. 
o-biremp oil, IjI. a-, F. a--fb, a icealihy, great, poivcrful man. 
abireiikyi-abireuky ij Ak.w. ^jcr verse, -li/, distoried; waye 
no ab. = bisibasa bi, wabo no abira. 

bii'i, V. io grow, he, or tnahe hhicl; darlc, dirty; adniu no 
mmiri bebrebe, tlie inlc is not hlaeJc cnougli; jn: 810. 3162. wabiri iie 
tam, he has soiled his dress; ntaraaaabiri, soiled linen; m'ani so biri 
me, nig head swims, I am giddg; biri n'ani so e! stnn him! obiri no. 
mogya ani, he hIacJcens the colour of his hlood i. e. does not care for 
his hlood, exerts himself to the utmost, worhs hard. — red. biribiri. 

biri, adj. in cpds, hlacl; dark; cf adubiri, akokobiri, gpouko- 

birii, F. hlac-kncss. [biri dc. 

biribi, Gr. § 60,2. something; in neg. sentences nothing; sgn. 
fwe; won biribi a woye nye biribipa biara, there is no good in any- 
thing theg do; nea eye biribi ara na wose: enye biribi, _7?f.s'/ that tvhich 
is something makes one say: it is nothing, no matter, pr. 3.591.465-474. 

biribi ara, anything, in neg, sentences nothing, nothing at all: 
wanse b., he said nothing (d rdl; enye b. na eye ntama, it isnothing 
hut a garment; pr. 464. — biribi-biribiara, id. 

biribiri, red. v., s. biri; anim bb., s. auim. 

biribiri, adv. numerously: nnipa no akyere so b., the i^eople 
arc thickly crowded; wgbehyehyee odan no mu b., they crowded the 
house; syn. pitipiti. 

biribiri, adv. (qualifying the ^•^». him, saw, wosow, to shalce, 
shiver, trcmhle), very much, exceedingly; ne ho him b., he shivers 
very much. 

abiribiriw, epilepsy, lunacy \ t\va or yare ab., to he lunatic, 
ejnleptic. 

biribi \v,i [biribi, dim.] a trifle; b. biara, any smcdl matter. 

Ijiriboro, dirty, soiled, hemired all over; dote aye no b., //t' 
is grievously dauhed with dirt. 

bi ri (lit Vvc in, -twom. adv. all at once, suddenly; syn. preko- 
pe, birim. 

abirika, m-, a run, running, p)r. 475.; gallop; canter, trot; lu 
or tutu mmirika, to run ; ode mm. bae, he came running. 

biriky i, r. to trcmhle. shudder, fear; to faint from fear: to he 
stunned, startled, hewildercd ; wayi no alii araa wab,, ehfi ama wab. 
= nketenkete akita no. 

birim, a sudden fd. start ; suddenly, at once; ofwee ase b., he 
fell doicn pilump! hounce! — bo b., to shrink, startle, start up tcith 
fright, esp. from sleep; cf. bo piriw, pirim (bo 7). 

birim, F. = binom. 

biri m m i r i m (pi. id.) 1. fni. mpata akyi b. = ntetew. 2. nave 
or spoke of a wheel. 

abiri'm. iriur('». a thorny plant Avith medicinal leaves. 



olu'rinkrau — l»o. 21 

0-biriiikrji n, a kind of locust ;s. abebew. 

hin'si (G. bfrisi'), durli-blitc cotton-cloth; blue halt. 
aliiriwJl, hldrkiiitj, hlitrk painf ; woakaiio, ti ab., tli</i hart; pn'm- 
Ird Jiis or /icr head iv'ttJi htiiik fitjurcs, a ceremony pi'rCoriiH'cl on boys 
at tlie first shaving- of tiieir heads, or on girls at the bej^iuniiig of 
])uberty. (Kai'mo, abot'ra a wadi mfe 4 a osekaii hkaa no ti da, se 
woyi no, a.s. ababa boe bra ye a, wghyew odwumil na wode nc gya- 
bin'w no asra ne ti so ayi no sam;1.) , 

I)isa, /•. /. to (is/i\ question, put a question to. ii. to inquire, 
iiiii/iC inqiiir// (ihoiit, pr. lf)')2. o'O.S'o. kobisa(ne ho), to n.sk (uhicc of an 
imaginary spirit. 3. b. .. mu, to hcor, e.rominc, interroijatc, sijn. pe 
mu, po or i>epe mu; bisa no mu! cuamine him! i. to a-ilc for, to be(f, 
o/ii. sere. 5. to nslcfor, core for: pr. 977. - Phr. obisa n'ase, a) lie aslcs 
f ichdt descent or famdi/ he is; b) he tooos or courts her, asks or de- 
res her in marriage; (diff. obisa no ase, he asks him for an expla- 
ilion). — red. bisabisa; to inquire after, pr. 1686. 
abisabisa, i'\ questioning, questions; cidechism; s. aseinmisa. 

0-bi.sabis ji t"6, 2'^- ^"» o'^'^ ^^"'"J often asks or inquires for the 
way, pr. 479. 

abis a-u s ii-ti-am a-n sa, one who gives wine when asked for 
inder\ oye ab. = oye odefo, ue yam' ye, he is liberal, generous, 
l>o untiful, 7u un ifuent. 

bisc, bisc-|»a, bi.sekyiiii, cola- fgoro-, guru-] nut, Sterculia 
(iruminata; the tree bearing it; yr. 480. 

bisetoro, spurious cola-nut; ef. suabise. 

bisl, bisibisi, dark, gloomy, clouded; dim, discoloured; 
osoro yeb., n'aniwa ye bb., sgn. kusu, kusukusu; ade no ani ye bb,, 
the thing has not the proper colour that it ought to have, whether 
dark or light. 

bisibasa, confusion, disorder; confusedly, disorderly; oye 
ue nneema b. ; gkeka asem no b., he states the case i)i a vague, illogical 
manner J syn. basabasa, sakasaka, sesasesa; ef. abirenkyi. 

obitaubibci, som>e (distinguished) mother's child; monnkobaw 
ob. = onipa no, don't vex that person (who does not deserve to be 
vilified)! 

bitsi, F. = piti; to b. = to p. Mt. 15,32. Mk. 8,3. 

bo, V. [red. bobo] to strike; to be in, or cause, a vigorous mo- 
tion. 'J'his aj)parent primary idea of the c. has many ramifications. 
We shall arranjre the ditferent sijrnifications and combinations with 
nouns and other verbs (Gr. § "200 — 220) under the following heads 
^1 — L with the continued numbers 1 — 10(J, and at the end review 
in a synoptical manner the combinations with nouns of place and 
relation (Gr. § IIS, 2. 3. 119). 

A. To be in, or cause, vigorous or excessive motion: 
1. to throb, palpitate: ne komam' bog no pa, his heart smote him. 
1 Sam. 24,-5. — 2. to hecive, to rise and fall with alternate motions: 
asorgkye bg, the waves rise and fall; epo bg asorgkye, the sea casis 
up or raises billows. — 3. to break out, burst forth impetuously : asu 



o-> 



abo, the river has overflowed its baiihs. — 4. to become loose: ue yam' 
abo, his hoivcls are loose; ebebo ne yam, it will cause him diarrhoea. 

— 5. to emit excessive heat: o\via bo, the sun shines vehemently, hums. 

— 6". to hlotv vehementl//: mframa bo, the ivind blows; cf.lo. — tr. 
to whirl up: mframa bo tutuw, the tvind raises, whirls up the dust. — 
7. to start (up), startle: bo birim, pirim, piriw; (from fear) bo mpu- 
iiimpu. toyarn. — 8. to rise or cause to rise in tumultuous disorder: 
bo bum, to rise at once; tr. to make havoc; cf. 54; bo wi, t\vi, nyiii- 
nyan, to alarm, to be alarmed or confused. — 9. to fall bacfc: bo 
pemmo (i)do a sitting posture), dompemmo (of au army). — 40. to 
ha.^ten: bg fvi i, pahkrari, aperoiiten. — 14. to move forivard tvith im- 
pctuosilij cf- tumultuous rapiditij: bo kirididi, to run to and fro; bo 
(kirrr) ko or by en.., to rush into; bg hyia or to a.., to rush 
against; bg to w or gu.. so, to rush, fcdl, or come upon. — t2. to 
rage: bg dam, gye, to run, go or be mad; to drive mad; s. dagye. 

B. To emit a sound tltat sfriles ihrough the air (and malccs it 
strike tlie organs of hearing): 

13. to strike, ring (to sound bg percussion) : gdgn bo (paiin!), tlie clocJc 
sfrilccs (hang!), the hell rings. — 14. to strike, bcfd, plag on, to cause 
to sound bg beating (of musical, resounding instruments): bg dgh, 
dawurum", donno, mma-mu, sanku, adakabeii. — 15. to roar: mframa 
bg bil, the wind roars; cf. 6. — 16. bg mu, bom', /o erg (sgn. pae 
mu, teetee mu, kekaw mu); bom' na onnyigye! erg aloud! to roar, 
thunder: gyata bobom', a lion roars; Onyankopgn, gprannii, osu 
bom', it thunders. 

C. To increase bg an inward vigorous movement or process (to 
i'uU size or maturity): 17. to grow big, large, ripe, esp. of edible 
roots: ne nnegma (ode, bankye, koko, ntgmmg, nkate) abo, his 
(plaided) things have grown large ; brgde no abo, those planiains are 
well grown; n'abiirow abg (= anyinnyin na asow aba, aye akese- 
akese, alioa, abere), Ids corn is fullg grown; gde abg, the gam is 
ripe: emmge e, it is not get ripe; - tr. n'asase bg (=ba) aduaii, his 
land giclds (produces) much food. — 18. to grow big, hcavg, old, esp. 
of persons : abofra yi abg se gde, the child has become as stout as a gam ; 
wabo duru, (a.) he has become hcavg with eating, has a loaded sto- 
mach; (b.) she is big with chdd, pregnant; wabg apa, lie or she has 
grown old; bg akora, akwakora, to become an old man; bg aberewa, 
to become an old woman. 

D. To grow or turn into: 19. to grotv or divide into: dua no 
abg nta, the stem divides into ttco branches; abo nkorata anan, it has 
got four branches. — 20. to grow or swell into: bg kukudu dii', to 
bud ; abg lioronoa, it has become a blister, a blister or pimple has 
arisen; abg dodonkii, it is puffed up. — fil. to turn info: abg abira, 
it has turned out the reverse; bg no abira, now take the reverse. 

E. To enter into close contact, to Join closely C^=striJce togetlier): 

22. to agree, be in unison or concord: g-ne no bg, he is intimate, on 
friendlg terms tcitJt him; wgbg = wgka, wgafa wgnho aygiiko. - - 

23. bg mu, bom' (to strilce togetlier in tlie same place, Gr. § 214. 
Mem. 2), to join, unite; to discharge itself into, pir.308i; to agree, be 



ho^ 23 

joined, laiited, reconciled, m(die friends; wgabom', ///rv/ Imvc become 
reconciled; - cdua. kti.. bom', Id reconcile, mtdcc one; kiX or do 
(fa)., bom', lo join, unile, conned, cont/xicl, compose, consolidfde; 
(If., bo., mil, lit (ulmix, to join with: gdc nebo bo Kristofo imi, 
he enlers into the commiinit/f of Christians; cf. bo asaf'o (11). — 
.:*!. bo., so, to join, foil bock upon (ot'miUtcuy movements of parts 
of an army): Asikfimafo de t\vit\Vi l)eb(jo Akyeue so. — ^'). bo so. 
In fd ii/)on, to be eijitol, iir.'l'J'tJ; abrammu no bo so, the weii/hls (ire 
e(/ii<d; c'bg so [)e, it is e.idclh/ at ike; to be level; r/. se so, tji so, teso; 
Id be well joined, connected, jiimmed. — ^0. bg bo, lo adjoin^ lo 
be double; cans. de.. bg bo, to double. — 27. to move in eomjntn//: 
bg anan, to join the feet, i.e. to wtdk together; bg nsa, to join, the 
honds, i.e. to eid toijether. — ^6'. bg ani, to fall in with th^e eneni/j 
(face lo face), lo emjaije in bailie. — 29. bg aiiim', /(; have the fares 
set opposite each other, s. mmgaiiim. — 30. bg bye, liyeban, fubye, 
lo border upon, confine with e((ch other ; bg aiipam, lo be ni'ii/hboiirs. — 
.■>'/. bg.. bo, lo slick or adhere to, be fastened on: nitiri bg akyeiie 
ho, a skidl sticks on the dram, yr. IIIJ. nbeiic bg ue nsa ho, beads are 
tied round his wrist; cans, de . . bg.. bo, to fasten, fie to. — 32. de., 
bg, to lie on: gde nhcne abg ne nsa, he has tied beads round his tvrist; 
ode hania bg u'asen, he (jirds his loins wdh a rope. — 33. to f/ird, 
l/irdlc, bind with a belt, sashd'c. gbg ueho so, he girds himself; wabg 
(z^ wakyekye] ne yam' de resu, she has tied her bellij in wecpiny for 
a dead }»crson. — 31. lo have tied on or round: ahene, beads, ijr.79.~); 
ntoa, a carlritl;/e-bcll, pr.DSL — 3:j. bg.. so, to tie on a roof: bg 
dan so, Id Ihtdch a house with palm-branches and (jrass tied lo the raf- 
ters, =knrn dan so, de sare kekye so. — 3U. de.. b g . . ui u , to dip in: 
gde asawa bg iino mu, Ite dips cotton in palm-oil; lo immerse: bg 
(obi, nebo, ne kra) asii, to pterform a purifjimj, indiati)Kj tC- conse- 
cratimj ceremontj; to baptize. ■ — 37. bg.. mu, to fasten to (by bea- 
ting): wgbg no diiam' (pa, pam'), they fasten him to a log; bg {Ae .'. 
bg) asenduam', to affix to lite cross; inagye asem no mabg me bo, = 
mai'a mato meho so, I have taken the nudter upon my breast i.e. upon 
myself, have t(dcen charge of d. — 38. de.. bg, to make lean against; 
gde abofra bg nebo, he carries a child on, his arm so as to make it 
lean against his chest ^^ gde no afam ne koko, oturu no; - to put to: 
bg hamankcT no akgnkgn, = fa to wo kgn bo. — 39. to set before: 
mede mebgg u'anim, I pointed it out to him, (in bis face), charged it 
to him, upbraided him with it. 

F. To remove, resort to a place or person: 
■10. to change abode, remove to: mede makgbg Date, I have removed 
(with my things) to Late, have taken my residence, have established, 
settled myself at L. — 11. lo join, attach one's self lo <t person, famdy, 
society: gbea yi ati ne kiinn nkyen (ako no, agyji no aware) de akg- 
bg okum-foforo I'lkyen or bo, this ivoman has left her husband and 
attached herself to (laken up her abode wdh) another; bg afe, to join 
one's self to one's equals; bg abusCia, yr. 2054.3458; bg fekuw, asafo, 
to join a society, company (cf 23. <S7.) — 42. to apply, take refuge 
to: bg kyeame so, to call upon, ((ddress one's self to, the speaker or 
reporter (of a king); woankgbg kyeame so a, wurenbu bene anim, 



24 bo. 

if jjou do not address the specdccr first, you wdl not he admitted to the 
Jiinff; mede asem no makobo akyeame so se womina enkodu abeniti, 
I have set the case before the speakers that theij mat/ hrinf/ it hrfarr 
the ling's court. — bo bosom, to surrender or devote one's self with 
all one's property to a fetish. — 43. to resort to a shelter or hidiny- 
place: bo dofofi, bo nkokora. — 44. to desert, fall off, run away: bo ko. 

G. To hreaJc, S2)oil; to ruin, destroy; to go to ruin, rush into de- 
struction, perish; to sink, fall, fail: 

45. to hreaJc, hnock out: wabo n'aniwa, he has knocked out his eye; 
cf. tu; - n'aniwa abo, his eye has been knocked out, destroyed, his 
eye-sight is lost; pr. 3395. — 46. to break (tr. & intr.); to crack; to 
shatter, dash; red, to smash, be smashed; bo ahina, nwaw, to break 
a pot, a snad, y-r. 3188. 557; ahina no abo, the pot is broken (in pieces 
or only cracked); bo adwe mu, to crack p(dm-md-kernels, cf. abo- 
bobe. — 41. to ruin, destroy : bo man, to ruin a toicn, people, nation; 
syn. see, pr. 3005. omah bo, the toicn (people, nation) is going to ruin, 
pr. 1995-98. 1371. — 48. bo bere (to break up the timei) to commit a 
heinous act. — 49. bo tuo, to destroy one's self by a gun : wabo (neho) 
tuo, he has sliot himself. — 50. to fall hack, relax: bo torn' to fall in, 
sink, become hollow; n'ano abo atom', his mouth (and cjieeks) have 
sunk, he is hollow-cheeked from old age and loss of teeth. — 51. to 
fad, happen amiss, he marred: dote-d\viui a odii no abo no, pr.358. 

H. To be removed, withheld from, lost to, taken from: 
52. to fad, he lost to: n'ahenni abo no. Ids kingdom is lost to him, he 
has lost his k.; n'aduaii abo no, he lacks food ; ntease abo no, he is 
void of uudersianding ; Onyk. anuonyam abo yeii, we come short of. 
miss the glory of God, Rom. 3,33. n'akatua remmo no, he will not 
lose his reward, Mt. 10,43. ne gua abo no, he faded in trade; nam a 
mekgto metgne no abo me, I suffered a co)isiderahle loss with the fish 
I bought for s(de; emu sika fa abo me, Host hcdf the money invested 
in the busi)iess; okye a moakye sika noyi, abo me, by your dividing 
this money I have come off a loser. — 53. to be taken away from: 
wabo nufu, he has been weaned (from the breast). 

I. To strike, hit, smite; to sting, prick; to knock, heat d-c: 
54. to strike, smite, beat, knock; to give, fetch or deal one a bloiv; obo 
no (ade pr.439, aba, nsa, twere, kutruku), he heeds him (with some- 
thing, stick, hand, knuckles, fist); ef. bo.. mmTi, bobg, boro, f\Ve, to 
heat with many blows, to flog; cf. biram, guram;-mabg no pO, bum, 
I have struck him severely; gbg no berepgw, bere wa, he apiplies to him 
for help and protectio)i in a law-suit; - bg. . abo (cf. pa. . abo, siw.. 
abo), to stone, to beat, pelt or kill with stones; bg. . so, to heat upon 
in order to compress; cf. abgso. — 55. to inflict: bg no sotgre, give 
him a box on the car; gbg no fe, he inflicts on him a wound in the head; 
wgboroo wgn bobgg wgn afe, they struck and wounded them. — 56. to 
hit: otuo abg no, a gun has hit him, he has been shot (cf. 49) ; asem 
no abg no, the rase has been decided against him, he has been found 
or declared guilty ; ntonto bg no, the lot falls upon him; n'ani bog 
uie so, his eye fell or hit on me, he glanced at me; cf. mmganim; 
n'ani bog no so pe na oliufi no, at the first look he knew him; to 



hcfnJl: oyare boo no, n sickness befell him, he fell sick. — 57. to sting: 
odowa (kotokuroclu) abg me, a hec (wasp) has stung me. — iJS. bo.. 
iiiu, to prick, pKnctio'c: gbo ne pompg nui, ne mfa mu, he opens (by 
;i puncture) tiis boil, cats open his ulcer eaxsed hg ii gninea-ivorm; 
sgn. sa. — 5iJ. to cut asunder: bg abania, to cut the cliiiihcrs picvi- 
ous to the cutting of the bush and preparing of tlie land for a phin- 
tation. — (jO. to hammer: bg dade, to forge; ef. 8'J. &. tono; pr.S.'i'^V. 

— (jl. to (trire into the groand : wabg no dua, lit. he has driven in 
a piece of wood in order to produce a magic effect against him, i.e. 
he has cursed him. — (J^. to counteract a movement, to stop: bg ano, 
to prevent from advancing or spreading, to stop the onward progress; 
to ward off, resist, sgn. waw ano, so ano, sorn'; pr. 3.3345. bg gyina, 
to ^nuse a stand, to stop; bg.. to hg, to defer, delay, j^nt off, ad- 
journ, postpone (a case) ; - bg sonsonku, to stand still, stop, stag, 
pause, linger. 

J. To give a pusli, to set in motion (other objects, or one's own 
body, or single parts): 03. to j>ush a wag, ((side: bg.. to hg, s. 0^; 
bg obi asem hye, to distort, misre])resent, garble another's ivord or 
)U(dter\ woabg in'asem ahye (.yvV. fam'), ///. thou hast .s-^/v^r/i (attemp- 
ted to push away) mg word and put (hidden) it somewhere (under 
something) i.e. gou leant to put (i covering on mg word, represod it 
onlg on one side. — 64. to drive (by striking) : bg kowa, to spin a 
top. — 65. bg,. gu, to sp(mt, spirt: obonsu bg nsu gu soro. — 
66. to drive or chase aicag: bg dgm gu, to defeat the enemy; bg.. 
fwete, pete, pansam, ampausam, to hurst out or dash into and 
scatter, disperse (irdr.dtr.); to rout, discomfd. — 67. to set to (flight): 
bg woho agua, het((ke thgsclf to flight! — 68. to sliakc, bend, boiv: 
mframa bg dua no, the wind bends th(d tree; gbg ne ti ase, he bows 
his head; gbg ne mu ase, he bends his back or body dotvnivard, bows 
(himself down), stoo^JS. — 69. to move the hand: gbg no ba, he beckorts 
him to come. — 70. to set in motion or emplog the organs of speech: 
obg nekgn, he speaks through his throfd, Ps. 115,7; gbg ne fwene 
kasa, lie spe((hs thnnigh his nose, snuffles; bg daw, to set thej((w in 
motion by speaking, to converse, discourse, =ho semgde, bg likgm- 
mg (78). 

K. To idler sounds bg the human voice; to speak, talk. 
71. to cough: bg waw. — 72. to wliistle: bg fwircraa. — 73. to smack 
with the tongue: gbg no rikyekyewa, ntwom, he sneers, scoffs at him. 

— 74. to laugh: bg seretoa, to smile; bg nserehyehye, to break out 
into a laugh, to laugh out loudly. — 74a. to cry aloud; s. 16. bg mu, 
bom'. — 75. to shout: bg ose, to give a shout, set up a war-cry; bg.. 
tutuw=huro, to shout (d, to deride or revile with shouts; bg .. homo, 
to welcome with shouts. — 76. to tcail: bg bcna (bona), bg abubuw, 
to lament, set up a lamentfdion; sgn. twa adwo. — 77. to make a 
noise: bg nne, to clamour, vocifer(de, be quarrelsome. — 78. to dis- 
course, converse: bg nkgmmg, bg semgde, to hold or carrg on a con- 
rersidion; cf. bg kgh, bg daw, 70. — 7'J. to report, relate: bg kasee, 
amanuee, to deliver a message; bg (no ho) nseku, to talk of, spe((k 
ill (if. slander, detract, asperse. — 80. to pronounce, f. i. a sound or 



26 hQ. 

syllable in reading after the phonetic method or according to the 
spelling; bg din, to name, mention, sjteaJc of or about; yr. 1640. 1776. 
to pronounce the names i.e. tJie qualities of, to praise; si/n. karafo; 
wobo no din-pa, - dim-mone, thetj praise, - tjlame or (tisf/race him ; 
bo., mmran, to (jive an epithet; bo., nsabran, to pronounce the ho- 
nourahte titles of; bo so, to speak out: asem a wode bae no, bo so 
(=:ka)kyere me! to touch on, mention, allude to, speak of: wobg no 
so = wgbo ne din ; wgahye mom se obiara mmmo so, they forbade 
that any one should mention it; bg no mfi, state it in a comprehen- 
sive manner, give the main pmnts, essentials. — 81. to utter, speak out: 
bgmpae, to invoke, pray, address in prayer; to curse; wabg me bo- 
som, he has cursed me by a fetish. — 8:^. to utter and address with 
ivords of various purports: bg nkuro, to speak out a complaint, to 
accuse; bg.. sobo, to blame, reproacli; bg . . kgkg, to warn; bg.. 
adafa, to jlatter, (dlure, entice. — 83. to pro/fer: de . . bg . . bo or abo, 
to offer at a price for sale or as a prescid. 

L. To make, procure, cause, practise dr. 
SJ. to strike at, set one's hand to: bg ase, to strike the first blow, 
bre(di- the yround, lay tJie foundation, beyin; cf. abgse, nungase; bg 
so, to begin; to continue; cf. pa so, pern so. — 85. to create, give rise 
to, originate; to institute, ordain from the beginning: Ouyankopgii bog 
onipa, God created man. pr. 963-5. Onyk. ammg no sa, this has not 
been ordained so by God from lite beginning. Onyk. bgg nna-mmere- 
uson, God has made the ages (Heb. 1,2). ho aware, to institute matri- 
mony: bg ado, to crcfde the things i.e. the world: IJdoniaiikama bgg 
ade yi, since God has crerded tfte world; to found or estalilisli a king- 
dom or dynasty: Asante bene a gbgg ade no de Konadu. — 86. to 
crccde, m((ke, appoint ov nominate to an office: bg.. safoheue, to 
mali'e or set up as a captain; syn. si. — 87. to make by uniting into: 
bg asafo, to form into a company, associcdion, congregation ; cf. 23. 
41. — 88. to bring together, assemble, arrange: bg gua, (to join seats?) 
to sit together in council, to institute or liold a council; gbg no gua, 
he convenes an assembly for him, on his account ; bg atwe, to insti- 
tute a battue. — 8U. to make by beating: bg asgw, nkraute, to forge 
a hoe, a sword ; cf. 00. pr. 3328. — 00. to form into b/dls or lumps: 
bg dgkono, abodo, to form the dough for boiling or baking bread. — 
91. to form, to sltajir into: bg kaliiri (kare), to make a pad; s. son- 
kahiri; bg hahkare, dantabaii, kontohkron, mfamfia, to mafce, form, 
or describe a hoop, ring, circle, circuit. — 92. to set up: bg apa, to 
erect a scaffold; bg nsra, to pitch a camp, to encamp, also to be in 
drilling. — 93. to make by removing obstacles : bg kwan (foforo), 
to make a (new) way; bg kwan fita, to level, clear the way. — iJ-i. to 
make by digging: bg da, amoa, nkg or nkgmoa, to dig a grave, a 
pit, a cavity for 2>lanting yam; bg nkonon, to sink a sliaft. — 95. to 
make by aggregtdion : bg kuw, to inafie a Iicap, lay or put to a fieap, 
accumulate; bg dwetiri, togatJier, lay up a capital; bg kaw, to mcdce 
or contract a debt. — 96. to bring togefJier and fasten : bg no boa, 
make it np into a bundle; cf. 35. bg so; - bg tow, to form into a ball, 
lump; to gather into a ball; bg pgw, to tie a knot; bg tirim' (pgw), 



\^Q. 27 

(o make a plan, to plan, project, dcsUjn, coutrice, devise; to nutJce a 
imolufioH, resolve, malce up one's mind. — 97. to invent, fdtjrivdte, 
forc/r. (a falselioocl, lie): wabg amil me, wabg ato me so, lie has im- 
puti'dto tne, falsi l>/ rliitri/i'd me aifli ; cf. oboinafo. — ^(S'. to proiare Iji/ 
dl(/(/intf, uroopiiiif, fillintf in: bo fa, dote, hyirew, ntwoma, to di;/ out 
earth, elay, white elatj, red orhre, vf. tu; bg akgtg, to dijf for rrali.s, 
jr. 'J.J'J.oOj. S'j7. bg iisu, to sroop or draw water, cf. saw; bg I'lkyfiie, 
to but/ sidt, whicli is tilled into sacks ( - - koto hkyenc; ebia wgbg 
no bocl (U()) nti ua wgf'rcno sa). — V'J. to procure by enltiity and 
/leelin;/ off: bg apam, to cut sticka for supporting the yam-plant; - 
bg aduru, to peel or loosen bark from trees for medicine. — lUO. to 
procure for one's self: bg (nnosoa-soafo, adwumayefo) pa, to hire or 
enffntje (carriers, labourers) ; bg . . were, to secure one's (own) con- 
fidence i.e. welfare or surcess; bg (obi lig) bosea, to borrow moueij 
(from another). — 101. to procure ^ov &i\oi\\Q\': bg (obi) bosea, to 
lend mone/i (to another); bg.. akgnhama, to oiaintain or support 
fwdli food). — 10:3. to apply: bg . . bentoa, to apjd// a cluster', bg.. 
hyirew, to make strokes with white clay on a person's body; bg nto- 
uto, to draw lots; bg aka, to try by ordeal. — 103. to cause, call 
f)rth: bg mmusn, to cause, conjure, or do, mischief, pr.55.5. — 101. to 
cause to, briny upon, strike or affect with: bg no mnnisu = ka 'mnsii 
gu no so, ka ghene utam gn no so ; bg.. huaramg, to disappoint; 
bo., dwonuo, to confound; F. to astonish, sur2Jrise; bg . . yare, to 
cause a sickness to; bg.. ahohora, adapii, anyampa, to expose to dis- 
yrace. dishonour, infamy. — 105. to exert: bg mmgden, to make stre- 
nuous efforts; bg mmgforo, to make new efforts. — 100. to jierform, 
commit, practise: bg . . bra, to lead one's life, form one's conduct, con- 
duct one's self; bg krgn (krgno), to commit a theft or robbery, to rob; 
bg ukyekwakyema, to behave proudly. — 107. to exercise or prac- 
'ixe. . ayainsf, to treat with: gbg no so dwae, he treats him with in- 
■'ilence, hauyhty contempt; gbg no kan (kane) or ayamghwene, he 
IS illiberal or stingy towards him; gbg no atiriragden, lie treats him 
cruelly, is harsh or cruel towards him. 

J/. lOt!. bg with an inf. of a tr. v., to be easy to do] f. i. gdah 
bg (:bo) si = wg asiye, a house is easily built; gdan mmo si = ye 
osi-na, a house is not easily built; gdan boyg ana, na woresee me 
dan yi? is a house so easdy made that you are spoiliny my house? 
iilioiiia kyerew mmg kyerew, writiny (books) is not an easy thiny; 
I'lhuuia mmg (:mmo) sua, to learn to read and write is not very easy. 
This bg or bo seems to be the v. ba, to come, of which the 'a' is 
elided before the g or o of the following inf. 

N. Some phrases in F. (found in AW. Parker's books, ltS74-77). 
10'.). bg adze: a) =^hq ade, to create the world (S5); b) = bg ase, 
to beyin ((ii)\ c) = bg ase or fam', to strike or fidl to the y round, cf. 
abg-de-ammg; to cotne to an end: amaudzehuu no ghkgbg adze da, 
tliose torments wdl last for ever and ever; gya a gmbg adze, the cvcr- 
lastiny fire, Mt.^5,41. d) bg . . mu adze, to bow down. — 110. bg., 
ham,Vo rebuke, ML 17,18. 20,31. ML 1,25. — HI. bg hfi = h6 dwiriw 
or yeraw . ., to be (sore) amazed, ML 1^27. 6,51. 14,33. — 11:2. bg . . 



28 bo — ol)0. 

an()boba, = liye bo, bye ase, to 2^>'omise, Mt. 14,7. Mk. 14,11. — 113. bo 
onose, = bom', di or ye uokoro, to ar/rcc, live in concord. — 111. bo 
(ho) aprow, = t\va bo byia or kontonkron, to conquiss, <jo or he round 
about, ML 3,6. :i3,l5. Mk. 1,28. — 115. bg wcrdam, = ye agyede, to 
(jive (I ransom, Mt. 20,2H. Mk. 10,45, 

0. (Retrospective.) bo in various coinbiuations with nouns of 
place and relation: 

ho: (bo abina bo, to knocJc a pot, 54.) - bo ho, to be double, cans. 
to double, 2G ; bo . . ho, to stick, adhere to dtc. caus. to fasten, tie to, 
31; to join to, 41. — aky i: (bo pou akyi, to Icnock at the door, 54.) 

— mu: bo mma mu, dawuru mu, to sound dx. 14; bom', to cry, 
roar, thunder, 10; to join, unite, agree, caus. to reconcile, to connect 
d-c. 23; de.. bo., mu, to admix, join, 23 ; to dip in, 3(j; to fasten, 
affix to, 37; bo., mu, to crack, break, 40; to prick, puncture, 58; to 
hit into, s. botae. — ani: bo ani, to join face to face, rf. bare ani, 
28. — anim: bo anim', to face, cf. mnioanim, pern anim, ;J!J ; de.. 
bo., anim, to set before, 2!J. — ano: bo ano, to stop the onward 
pirogress, 02. — ase: bo ase, to begin, 84; bg. . ase, to bend or boio 
doicn, 08. — so: (bo . . so, to beat iijwn, 54.) bo so, to begin, to con- 
tinue, 84; to be fitting, equal, level, 25; bo., so, to gird, 33; to tie 
on or to, to thatch, 35 ; to fall or glance iqion, 50 ; to apply to, 42 ; 
to spcidc out, mention, 80. 

I'. (Rdrosp.) bo followed by other verbs: gu, 05; bye, 03; gu, 
byen, byia, ko, toa, tow, 11; gu, fwete, jtcte, pansam, 00; to ho, 
02Ai3. 

bo, V. to push, cast down; sgn. sflni; bu no fVve fani', cast him 
down ! pr. 488. 

bo, V. Ky. ;= boro, to beat, flog; to surpass. 
bo, V. Ak. = bow, to grow weak, become intoxicided dc; to 
make weak de. F. ne bo bo no, he is astonished. Mt. 7,28. 
bo, c bo, 6-. bow, ebow. 
0-1)0, promise; sgn. bohye, nhyease; bye., bg, to give a promise. 
Ebo, name of a mouth, abt. September; s. gsram. 
abo, hods: cf pompo, mpobia. 

a bo, odi (no) ab., he server (him) as a hog at table &c. cf. gbOni. 
o-ho, pounded ■tobaeco; cf. bgw. 

e-bo, chest, breast, bosom; sgn. koko; de abofra bg.. bo, gye asem 
bg.. bo, s. bg 38. 37.; stomach: ne bo fono or yerew no, he is qualm- 
ish, queasy, inclined to vomit, affected with nausea, he feels disgust; 

- the breast, hosom, as the seat of feelings, affections and passions, 
the heart; courage: onni bo a gde ko, he has no courage to fight; - 
disposition, temper, mood, passion, anger: ne bo nye, gye bo se, lie 
is much given to anger, very passionate, cf. bobone. — I'lir. Ne bo 
abu, he is out of breath; - ne bo da ne yam', he is confident, of good 
cheer or courage, courageous; - ne bo advio, he is in a tranquil state 
of mind, contents himself , is appeased, stdisfied, composed, content, 
happy; pr.492. rf. abodwo: - ne bo afuw (me), he is angry (with 
me); nebo afuw abg soro; - ne bo haw no, = gyare kunia, lie is 



\ 



ebo — Iioa. 29 

passionate; - ne bo ahuru, he is in a rnge; - ne bo atg, atg ne yam', 
he is well content, Jiappi/, at ease, = ne koma ato no yam' 5 - no bo 
atu, he is in consternation; ne bo wiriw no, F. he is f/reatli/ amazed, 
Mk. 9,15. - ne bo avvu, a) he is not given to anger, not irasrifjie, 
rin(liefirc,rerrngefi(I ; b) he is itisheartened, desponding, tistless, a/n(- 
thetie; - ne bo ye duru, he is a hrave, v<diant man; oye gbarima, 
oye nnam. — (jbere or otg or gto ne bo ase, he has pidienee, is })a- 
lic)d, farbearing, indidgent, wads pidientig; - glioraii ne bo, he jtaffs 
himself 1(2^; lie jirorolces him to anger (y) ; - wasi ne bo se g-ne no 
beko, he iindertahes, dares, ventures, to fight leifh him; - gta ne bo, 
he sets his heart at rest, composes his mind; - otvva ne bo tg neyam', 
he aju^cases, stiUs, composes, consoles, comforts him, sets liim at ease 
or at rest. 

0-1(0, potter's chig; - 
tu bo, to dig ap ctag for making pots; cf. anwemmo. 

c-bo, pi. a-, a. piece or figure of brass or otber metal, a stone or 
seed used for a weight; cf. abrammo, abofi, abofiinu; - in-ice, value 
(perb. .-= gbo, stone, — in ancient times round perforated quartz- 
stones served instead of money); egyina bo koro so, it is of equal 
tudue; enni bo, pr. 1033; — ebo or nc bo ye den, ¥. no bo so, gso 
bo, it is dear, cosflg, precious; neboye merew, it is cheap; cf. abo- 
gdeii, aboomerew, brabo. — gbg (no) bo, he shows (him) the pirice, 
sets or holds out, offers at a certain price; mise raepe akokg matg 
a, ua wgde rebg me abo, when I said I songJd for fowls to hug, tliey 
offered meplenig; pr. 3291. — wodi no bo, tliey make a bargain about 
him or it. 

0-bo, J)?, a-, stone; rod-; flint-stone, pr. 490; bullet, slug cut from 
a bar of iron; abo, the marhs (cowries, eggs, leaves or other things) 
in the pot of a fetish, s. ekoro. — bg, pa, or siw abo, to stone, to heat, 
pelt, or fiill witJi stones. Pltr. anka bo anka, poma, all at once; - to 
ho, to lag a het or wager, cf. kyia; gto no bo, lit. he puts a stone for 
him; fie bets or wagers him; to me bo se gbekg 'ne ! will you bet me 
tltat he will go to day? me ne wo gye akyinnye se obi beba 'ne, na 
wuse 'dabi na gremma', na gba a, na meka se: to me bo e (= ka 
kyere me se, meye gnokwafo) ! na wuse : wo bo ni! if I dispute witJi 
you, whether some one will come to-day or not, and you say, he will 
not come, — when lie comes, I say: pay me the wager (=^ testify to 
my truthfulness) ! and you say: tJiere it is, you tvere rigid! - o, mato 
wo bo, you arc rigid! = wo de worn', wo de abam' ! 

abo, abd, F. door, gate, Mt. 6,6.7,13. 28,3. cf abobow, aboano, 
aboenyim. 

al)0, = abad! a salutation to a stranger arriving; welcome! cf. 
mabo, akwaba. 

mbo! F. = mmo, mo, amo ! Mt. 35,31. 36,49. 

boa, r. to lie, he p)rostrate, he stretched out ; cf. bea, bew, sam; 

hhuaii pi boa abgnteh so, many sheep are lying in the street ; nyisa 

banum prcko boa no so, five orpihans lie i.e. depend on him at once; 

caus. with de or fa: fa boa bg! lay it there! medc mato hg, / have 



30 boa — al)oadi. 

laid if ihere. — fr. to jnif hi order: onye onipa a oboa n'ade yiye, 
ommoa n'ade yiye, Jic does not Ire}) his ihings in order. — Phr. boa 
ano, io Ja/i or hrinri tof/eiJier, i.e. fo gaihcr, coUeci, asscmUc. — red. 
boaboa; boaboa neho, io maJce one's self ready, get read//. 

h a, r.l. fo fie, fell a fie, he misfaken, he ivronrj ; fo err; i)r.416.17G9. 
wommoa (kora), jioh do nof lie, if is frue! cf. ampa! - 2. fo do pur- 
2~>osehi, fo feign = boapa; oboa yee, he did if designedlg (n'ani da ho 
yiye na oyee); meboa maye, I shall do if purposely ; meboa na ine- 
nkyere, I purposely do not show if; mammoa, I did not do it inten- 
tionally. 

boa, r. to help, assist: oboaa me mji moyee m'adwuma (or na 
meyce m'ad\v.), =: oyee me adwuma abia, lie assisted (helped) me in 
(doing) my irorl: 

0-boa, inf. help, assistance. — mboa, F. heljh grace; cf. odom. 

boa, stand, standing (place to stand in) for Lnntcrs waiting 
e-boa, F. Akw. net. fishing-nef. = asau. If'^^' game. 

boa, id. = atrii: asau bi a wgde hama aye. 

boa, j)l. m-, bundle, parcel, pachage, packet; bribe, syn. adan- 
mude, anadviode; - dimmoa, to receire bribes; wama no mmoa, 
he has bribed him. 

aboa, pi. m-, animal, beast, crecdure; in fables: aboa onipa, tJir 
animal (called) man; a rude, ignorant, uncivilized man, pr. 1567- — 
Phr. di.. aboa frequently used in verdicts, e.g. wukum no a, wndi 
no aboa (=? wubu no aboa), if you had lilled him, you nould hare 
deidf u-ith him as u-ifh a beast (you u-ould hare imposed upon his 
quietness, treating him as a beast that does not complain) i. c. ycm 
u-ould have lilled him innocently, undeservedly ; s. aboadi. 

a. bo a, aboawa, 2>1- ni-, [dim.] smcdl animal, insect, worm. 

aboal) ail, kind, sort or species of animed ; minnim n'ab., 1 do not 
know what kind of animid if is. 

oboa bo, = osebow, akwabo; a large loaf of boiled bread (wo- 
boapa na wobgo no kokiiro sa). 

abo-abo, a. [obo, red. pl.l stony ; ok wan no ye ab., the way is 
stony. Prov. 13, 15. 

boaboa, red. v., s. boa. 

o-boaboafo, one who brings together; ob. ne hena? who will 
collect or keep together the fatherless children? 

boadfibi, m-, a large kind o^ locust, of a dusky colour; syn. 
ntuntume; s. abebew. 

a bo ad e, [oboa ade, or ebo-ade = abohyede] a thing or filings 
2)romised by a vow or solemn promise as payment for help obtained; 
thank-offering ; obosom ye nnama, na odi ab., if a fetish is powerful, 
he receives thank-offerings, pr. 616. oma no (n')ab,, gye n'ab. mil no, 
he pays him his vows. Ps. 22,26. 50,14. 61,9. 65,2. 

obg ad ce, F, boadze, creator [nea obog adee, Gr. § 39, % b.= 

aboadi, inf [di . . aboa] pr. 538. 972. 1813. [gdebgfo, gbgfo]. 



boadifo — boba. 31 



boadit'o, 0)ie irJio rrrrires n hrihi' [d'x mmofi]. 
bo a (111 a in, footh-arhc, = adest'^ okckaw. 
0-boatV), pL a-, helper, dssisftnif, toipimrier. Hi'tnlV), ]tr. u. 
1)0 a To, (( hnnie.r <tf liis stdvd, waiting tor game; .s\ boa. 
;i boa-l'i'il'ii, a name of the Jeopard (s.gsebo), usod in tlie bc'arin<; 
of a king (also of an osnmanni) when lie is at meals. 

1h);i uu I'll, ti hredlciuci out, cutaneous eruption, pnatules on the 
abo-fuio, F. =^ abobow-ano. [hands or feet, 

iiiboaaiiol'o, F. co)i<jre<jation. 
bo ap a, r. fo do purpose} i/, intcntlona.Uy^withprcdcterminntion; 
to feitfii, jircteud; oboapa yce, Jie did it on purpose; pr. r)58. cf. boa,?. 
O-iioajiawfo, = oboayifo. fpr.1643. 

boa pea, a kind of ape or luoulri/; cereopitJiecus? F. adope. 
0-boasc, broom ("bound together below"); syn. ohuae, oprae. 
boaseto, inf, = abotoase, patience, forbearance, endurance. 
boasipOjV 
o-boasoinafo, jj/. a-, (civil) commissary, ^'imrposeJy sent" (for 
some special purpose). 

a b 6 a t fa , (F.adgpP?) akindofr^j^r. which never climbstrees; tlie 
f/orilhi? though feeding on fruits, it is said to be so fierce as to kill 
twenty men at once^ ote se onipa na oye ticT: na sasabonsam de, 
oye tontententen. 

aboatsena, ^j?. m-, serpent, F. Mt. 7,10. 

aboatwawn: obi nka no ab., obi nhawno, nobody stands in 
his vay, throws any impediment in his way; odi won so a obi nkai no 
ab., he rules over them without restraint. 

oboa-yc, inf. a i)remeditated act; munnsusuw se gkg a me- 
koo ho no ye me awerefiri, na eye me oboaye, do not tliinl; tlint I 
u-ent there from for yet fulness, I went there designedly (mcboaa-pa na 
m'ani daa ho na mekgo ho) ; adaka yi ye oboaye, this box is care- 
fully made. 

a 1)0 aw a, F.-ba, s. aboji; ramoawa-mmoawa, all sorts of insects 
and animalculae, Mf. Gr.p.So. 

o-boayifo [nea wgaboa ayi no] trustee, chosen for some special 
imrjmsc; pal. committee, board of commissioners. 
o-boayifoni, board officer. 

boba, red. v., s. ba. 

O-bob a, yrinding-stone. a stone of oval form by means of whicli 

the negro-women grind the corn on a larger stone called wiyammo ; 

boba, beba, F. = gbo. \_syn. wiyammoba. 

a boba, pi. id., bullet, slug, square piece of lead or iron used as 

shot; cf. gbo, korabo, adarebo. 

l)Ol)a' [= baba], bobaw, pi. m-, mmobadua, dry sticJcs, twigs 
or branches reaching to the thickness of an arm, brush-wood; wa- 
nya ade anya ne mmoba, he has got every thing unto the very least, 
= wanya ade ma abunkam so. 



32 bobare — abobuw. 

bo bare, boba-bobare, red. v., s. bare. 

b b Ji y e ra f i , (bab. . .) httndlc of dn/ sfirls. 

bo1)a3'enteii, j>o/e, pcrcli, stick (mmoba a cyan lio teuton), 
o-bobe, i^/. a-, a species of ivihl cine growing in the woods. 

bobesa [obobe nsa] = win, icitie. 
0-b61)iri [aboa a obiri, aboa tuntum]. j^/. a-, a species of nnte- 
lopc, of dark colour, called also e\Vi; cf. odabo. 
0-b obiri, pi. a-, a bhick stone. 

bobo, red.v. [s. bo, bobow], to heat or liiorlc repcfdedlij ; bobo 
(nnua), to strike with the IteaJc, to peck; to cleave wood, pr. 77'). ■ — 
to break, shatter (hkuku, pots); to crack, pr.161. - to destroy; mframa 
bobo byeii, tlte iriiul breaks shipts, Fs. 4S,7. - to cut (adoto mii liama) 
pr.546.6.j2. mekobobo afuw, 7 r/o to chop the stems and branches of 
the bush which is cat to make way for a plantation, that all the wood 
may be burned completely. Mabobo me nsa ano namakotg m'asase, 
I did not let mif hands be idle, (lit. I employed, i.e. worked with, my 
finyers) and have bought some land. 
bobo, noisy crying, pr. 1158. 

abobo = abobow ; As. = aserene. 
bobo, quiet, silent, still, peaceable; phlcciuKdic, dull, sluggish; 
G. bobokii; gye b. = oye komm, onka neho kora ; etgd. wode wo 
won sa, etod. nso a oyare ma wgye sa. 

abobo-fiiio, s. abobow. 

abobgbe, [abe a nenhviea nye den na wobom' a eye yiye]. a 
pcdm-nnt the shell of which may be easily cracked with the teeth. 

abo 1)6-1) o: di ab., to bargain, barter, higgle, haggle: me ne wo 
di ab. = meye ade memcl wo a, na woma me biribi niidi. 

abobo-boa, 2>l- m-, the class of stinging insects (bee, wasp. . .). 

ab61)a(lwe, a thorny climber; hama a eho nsoe-nsge; wgde 
n'aba tow ware. 

aboboc, (pi. m-V) a kind of beans; syn. dtvve. 
boboi, inter}, of surprise; cf. boe. 

bobofo, onipa b., a humble man; an indolent, inert man; 
one who is to be piitied; suusum bgbgfo (Fantesong 13), spirit of hu- 
mility or mercy; cf- mmoho. 

eh 0-h b n e, projiensity to ancjer, cholcr, violent passion. 

abobonim' = ofi no anim, the pilace before the entrance to a 
dwelling. 

aboboiiua [nea gbobg nnua], a bird of the size of a lark, feed- 
ing on insects; tvood-pecker. 

bobow, red. v., to imidup, roll. up (asawa, yarn, kete, ntama, 
nhoma.,.); gwg bobg neho, the snake is coding itself up. 

abobow, the wirkct or door in the fence of a negro-house, usu- 
ally made of palm-branches, syn. berapae; entrance or gcdc of a 
dwelling or complex of houses; complex of houses belonging to one 



abobow — boe. 33 

family, court, (outt-iiard : sqiKirc. qxarfcrs; dHcUnitj. (l{nm|)o al). 
so kycu IJako do; Kwaw ne Of'oo Waiiyin to ab. Itakum'; Boal'o ah. 
lioii alu'inti; ab. ne unipa a wote tako, na wowo opaiiyiii bako a.s. 
banu; abgnten ne ininrgn ue unantam' na ekyekye ab. mu.) 

aboho w-aiio, the space imracdiately before the door or (jnic; 
tliresJiold. 

ii bolx) w, = go, a kit],d of reed or nis// used for mats (n. go- 
ki'te). Akyomfo tetevv ab. no okwaiimu na woakyckyc asoa akg noa 
wnrckgtg I'lkyonc ho; ghg na wgdo ab. no si iikyonc lio \\g bedew 
mil soa kg Akyom. 

altO-dal»a i"i, 1. bar of lead or iro)i [adaban] from which .slugs 
[abo] may be cut. — 2. Turkcy-rcd satin stripe. 

.ibodain', 1. courage, spirit; self possession, composure; heart if, 
dcfen)i/iic(f jtiirpose. firm resotiitioii ; ye no ab. (= ye no berew, mma 
wo koma nntu ho), do it confidentli/; cf no bo da no yam'. — 2. name 
of a dance. 

0-boda info, jil. a-, madman, madwoman, insane person ; pr. 547. 

o-bodaii, jj/. a-, care [gbo gdan, a house in a stone or rocH]. 

abodan-sein, tcords or doings of madness or of a madman. 

abode, ^J?. id. [bg 85 ado] creature. 

abode am m 6, bottle of thick Europ. glas.s [ade a ebg dade 
[:= ef\ve ase] a, emmg, a tiling which, when it strikes or falls to the 
ground, does not breal] ; sgn. tumpaii. 

obodede, a full grown shark; ef. esg, fiirefiire. 

abo dill, inf. [bg din] F. praise. Wo na abodin hhina ye wo 
dea, all i)raise belongs (is dwc) to thee. 

bydo, body body, soft, tender, fine, used of things mixed 
with water, as mmgre, dough; cf. fekgfekg, nuihOmuhu. 

a bo do', bread, baked bread of Indian corn; cf. dgkono, pano. - 
to ab., to bake bread. - abodotofo, j^l- id-, baker. 
o-bodym, j^Z. a-, dog; si/n. gkraman, gtwea. 
bodom, jjZ. a-, a precious coral or bead; cf. bota, ahene. 
liodommd, a weight of gold = 20 ntaku, jSYi dollars or 
1) d 111 m fii, the half of the preceding. fackies, 11 s. 3 d. 
bodua [aboa dua] s. ahiigya. 
abodxVe, F. 3Ik. 15,15. 1 Tim. 6,10. s. next, 
abodwo, abodwoee, inf. [bo dwo] inward rest, contenfed- 
ness, content, contentment, satisfaction; peace of mind, equanimitij. 
evenness of temper, imperturbcUion, tranquillitg, sedateness; pr. 3592. 
pleasure, delight; n'abodwoee ba, a son according to his liking; enye 
no abodwo, it displeases, vexes him; ebg nye wgh ab., theg do not 
feel comfortable there; cf. ne bo ad wo; abotgyara, abotg. 

abodwo-kyere, inf. longsufferiug [bo, dwo, & kye, to last]. 
boe! interj. yes! si/n. yiw. 

boe! interj. of astonishment, on hearing or roceivingbad news, 
or indicating pain. 

3 



34 aboe — abogyabo.i. 

aboe, v.n. [s. bo 23] confluence, meeting or jti-ncf ion of two oi- 
more streams; cf. abomma. 

mboe, F. creation, = adebo. 
boe, V. to begin; boe wo adwuraa ansa-na maba, begin thy 
worlc before I come. 

I) 6 oboe, red. v. 1. s. boe. — 2. to part in licaps. — 3. anim b., 
s. baebae. 

aboedeii, aboeduru, aboemcrew, s. abogd., abood., abponi. 

abo-eiiyim, F. before the door, witliout, ML 12,46. = abobonini. 
hoewerevf, 2>l. a-, nail of a finger or toe; cf. awerew. 

abofi, 1. weights heavier than they ought to be; wo abo yi ye 
ab. ! cf. abofunu. 2. a tveight ov price in odd numbers, f.i. any num- 
ber of cowries between 5, 10, 15, and 20. 

O-bgfo, p?. a-, 1. messenger, ambassador ; cf. bo kasee, to deliver 
a message. — 2. angel. — cf. osomafo. 

O-bofo, i:»Z. a-, creator; cf. obgadee. 

O-bofo, pi. a-, hunter, syn. gbommgfo ; j^r. 549-551. — di.. abofo, 
= di.. yaw, to provide a bunter iviih food during his lonely stay 
in the wood. pr. 549. 

0-b6f6,iJZ. a-, spoiler, destroyer; miscMevous, in jurioits person, 
miscreant [nea odi aboro]. yr. 552.553. 

abofo [aboa fo] carcase of a beast; aboa a wawu da wuram'; 
syn. afo, abgka, funu. 

abo-fono, inf. nausea, loathing, sickness of the stoma-ch^ pro- 
pensity to vomit, pr. 1098.1099. 

obofo-tseii, F. x)l. sl-, a regtdar hunter; s. ten 2. 

abofra, j^?. m-, 1. child, boy, girl; young; ab. barima, hoy, lad; 
ab. bea, girl, lass. — 2. servant, attendant; person subordincde or in- 
ferior in rank: [F.abafra; gba, iorowa. = {ofoTO?]pr.841-.'J43.554-592. 

o-bofu, the bark of a tree (as, gfo, gpanto) that can be used as 
a cloth or sack; s. bofuunua. 

bofua, biifua, ]. a kind of tree(?). 2. (ago b.), yelloio velvet; 
yellow colour; asawa b., yelloiv yarn; cf. odubeii. 

o-l)0-fiifUj tchitc marble. 

abo-fuiiii, false (too light) tvei ghts, =^ aholmnw, abo a cmfra; 
cf. ebo, abofi. 

b f lin niia , pi. m-, 1. a tree of which bofu is taken ; Antiaris 
saccidora Dalz. — 5. dua a wgatvra no porow asei'i ano, a pointed 
2)iece of wood, taken from that tree, tied round with a string, used 
as a charm to remove mischief (yi 'musu) or to curse (bg. . b.). — 
3. menase b., the uvula in the throat. 
abofuw, s. abufuw. 
bogya, Ak. F. = mogya, 1. blood; syn. gkafo, danse. — 
2. a person relcded by blood, kinsman, kinswoman, pr. 593-596. 
abogy aboa [bogya aboa], pr. 2418. 



abofjf.vabuiii — ybyiudCu. 35 

;i I) li^y 'd b 11 m , stroJiCS iiftcr which hhxxl (juslics, plenfi/ of blood, 
much hiood; s. bum, yr. U7. 

a bo j^y a (1 ii;i , an cnlibh^ birri) rcscniblinf; clierrics ; the tree or 
shnih producinj; it. 

abojj-ya I'ra, hif. mc-neno di ab,, vc both (ire of the same blood. 

aboiji:yc, tlw Joirer jaiv or j/(ic-J)0)ir. 

a-bogycsg, heard, pr. 417. — bo_u;yoso-i)iU ii, ichiskers. 

abogyetiri, the npper end (condyloid process) of the lower 
jaw-bove, next to the ear. 

ab ogy e vva, j>/. m-, one of the two rafters of a roof forming 
tlic gable. 

abogy c way a 11, abou abogye a woayi atoa ne yan so. I). As. 

boll a, 7>/. m-, .■sheath, scabbard, case for a knife or sword; |)r. 

[2847. 289.3. 
o-bo-b c 111 ni a [lit. queen of stones] very hard white stone, quartz. 
o-bo-heno i,i}l. a-, precious stone. 

abo-horaii, inf. p>t'Ovocation to anger, syn. abufuwyi. Prov. 1.5,1. 
abo-hiiru, inf. fury, rage, wrath; cf. abufnw. 

boka, F. cast, eastward, leeward; = anafo. 
aboka, pr. 1376. 

aboka, carcase of a beast; spoiled meat; si/n. abofo; cf. bomu. 
0-1)0 bye, inf. [hye bo] ^;mm/sc, vow, = hhyease. 
a l> h y e a f , pr. 598. — a b o h y c d e , s. abo ade. 
o-bo-liyeh, a white stone. 

boko, bokoboko, soft (ntama, teuterehu, ne nsam ye b.); 
tender, feeble, effeminate; syn. bete, merew; softly, yently, slowly, 
comfortably, quietly: yeadwumano b.=berew ; gyina hob.=komm. 
ab6ko,i>?. m-, a species oi wdd fowl; cf. akokokwantenni. 

bokwaw, = sukraraan^ 

bom", = bo mu, s. bo, v. 10. 23. (36. 40. 5S.) 
bom, V. to be quiet from fear, struck with fear, overawed, in- 
timidated, terrified; osebo su a, mmoadoma nhinji bom; iikura ate 
agyinamoa nka nti, woabgm; won nhina bommom (red.) == ehu 
akcl won ma woaye komm. — F. to be depressed, dejected. Mt.26, 37. 

e-b m", j;/. a-, a small pot in ivliich the p>alm-ivine distilling from 
the tree is cauyht; ahinawa bi a ano kctewa-bi a wode sua abe; 
pr. 599.946. cf. asahina; porow, v. 

abom' [= abo mu], stony ground. 

O-bomma, ^j?. a-, a long, but comparatively thin kind o( drum; 
cf. akyene, atumpah. 

al)0inma, j^^. m-, [nsu a ebebom'] tribtdary, tributary stream, 
affluent, branch, pr. 3084. 

o-bomafo, [bo 97] calumniator ; one who falsely imputes ill 
deeds to another. 



36 abomaiia — bonna. 



ab m an a, pr. 1382. 

abomfifi, desplcdblc person ; syn. ketewil, nea omfra, onni a- 
nuonyam ; gye ab. = omfra f'wefvvcfwe; obu no ab., = obuno kakrii- 
bi, ketewabi, obu no se omfra, he despises liim. 

b m m (), pi. m-, a vabiablc clotli to cover a bed ; mpanyintam 
bi a wode kata mpa so. 

o-bommofo, pl.ti-.i Jninfer, sportsman; syn. obofo; pr. 600-608. 
bommofo-adiia, a certain fruit, very red. //-j- 

abomm oy ere: goru ab., s. adam, 2. 
bom'moii, red. v., s. boiV. 
bo mm oil, red. v., s. bon. 

bom one, ]>]. m-, sfinJc-fish, a kind of dried fish hrouj^bt from 
the coast for sale. [G.bomono, fr. Tw.niomono, rr//r, or bon, foslinJ:.^ 
bommonserewa, a kind of borofo-kcnte, q. r. 
abommorowiisa, a shrub with edible fruits. 

bo mote, a kind of beast resembling a beaver, 
alxnnpurn wa [ebom p.], ;y/.m-, 1. a small round wooden box 
to keep gold-dust in. — 2. a tree with its fruit resembling the pome- 
bum tl, a kind of gun. [granate 
I) m u , j>/. a- [aboa mfi] (( hilled heasf of chase, f/(nne ; s. abokii. 
A b m in u bmvafre, F. nea wobo abubuw a wofre no. 

boiV, V. fo call or cry after or to (from a distance); bon no! 
cry after him! 

boil, V. to crow; akokg b., tlie coeh erotes, 'pr. 363.1673. 
bon, r. to imhie or penetrate, as leaven docs the dough, j9r.,?0^.'>; 
to smell, emit an odorir or particular (yood or had) scent; to stink: 
pr. 1518.3496. srade, anowatere bon no ho, he smells of ointment, In- 
vcndcr-ivatcr; ne ho bon, he stinhs; pr. 315. 1388. 2427. wuram lio boii, 
the hush there emits an offensive smell; oko no abon won fwcnem', 
they are iveary of, disgusted with fn/htiin/. 
bon, V. F. = boe, to begin. 
o-boii, pi. a-, hole, hollow, cave, den of animals; cf. etu, tokuru, 
amoa; pr. 215. 2359. 

0-b o 11, 2^1- a-, vfde, ralley; bed of a river; oborihi'inu, valley vith- 
oid W(der ; cf. osubon, oka. 

I) 11 , 2^1- a-, ri}id, bark (of a tree, dua ho ab.) ; scales (of a fishj ; 
cf. bono. — Phr. gmmog ho bon e, he has not even made a beyin- 
abon', F. badness; s. bone. [niny of U. 

abon a, Ak. = abon; cf. dwetebona. 
bona, stoeh of a musket, ynnstock. s. tubonii, tuo. 
bona, Ak. bo bena = tvva a(gya)d\vo, kenkan su-d\vom, to 
recite the 2^iiffisc of a deceased 2Jerson, to wail, lament. 

bon 11,1, m- : oto (mmea) mmonna. he attacks iromen by niyht 
in order to ravish them. — o-bonnatofo [nea otoa mmea anadvio 
pe se gfa won] a lascivious, lewd man. ravisher. 



boiuiin — Jilxuisr. 37 

Ixjiifim [aboa ufSin, haniim] venison, game. 

bunc, a. had, evil, wicked; aboa-bone, a wdd, dantjeroKs ani- 
mal ; asciii-nionc, a had i.e. hard, unkind word; coil, wicked deed; 
had i.e. dif/icidt, daixjcrous palaver ; ir. :iS64-6. 25-18. 

«j-b6nc, n. evil; sin, wickedness. [G. efon, esa.] iMayc bone, I 
have done evd, I have sinned; odwen no komam bono, he meditidcs 
evil in his lieart; fa me bone tiri me or kye me, forijive me mij sin(s). 
— hoiu'-MWDsau, original sin, Kurtz § 108. — houc-ral'iri, F. ebon- 
f'aiiri, bont'akye, forgivoicss of sins. 

oboiic, j'l.a-, 1. = onipabone, a had, wicked nuui; iiiiij)a yi, 
woye abone. — ^. = gkwased, a foolish man. 

0-boiioro, pi. a-, id. 1.(0 2. — abonetbs(jni, wickedness; foolish 
I ricks ; hlockif<h n ess, lit ough ilessness. 

boiic'i'iw auc, boucwone, borewore, hagonet. 
hoiibon, a kind of beads; s. abene. 
o-boiii, pi. abofu, waiter, servant at table; cf. abo. 
bouniay [oba a onni ayev] l. nngrafcfid; oye b., he is an- 
grati'fid. — 2. ingratitude, u)igratefuhiess. 

aboiii'in" [ade a ebo anim] diadem; cf. abotiri. 
0-1)6 niu, a barren, unfruitful ivoman or hcust. 

0-1)6 Ilk a, pl.-d-., gutter, gullg, furrow, channel, ravine formed 
by water; cf. oboi'i, okii, osuka. 

o-bouky, j>l. m-, lobster, craw-flsh, crag-fish. 
bo Ilka ra, jjI. m-, travelling-basket, sgn. apakan; cf. dehkye- 
denkye, gsako. 

al)0iiky i-al)6iikyi, a. rough, uneven; okwan so ye ab., the 
wag is rugged. 

boniio, [boh, do, fdling in a gap?^ work done in leisure lime, 
yr.2i'.i7. di b., to do work in short intervals between other work, to 
work in leisure time: mekodi b. kakra wo m'afuwm', I will use the 
little free time (between mg other work) for tvorking on mg plant(dion; 
se manni b. mahkyerew wo na mise meretvveh akosi se menya bo 
kwah kora de a, en'de ahka ebekye. — bonuodi, inf. — oboniio- 
dwimia, incidental, occasional business; ad\vobaw-kri ye ob. — 
bonuo-so, occasioncdlg, incidentcdlg. 

a-bonsam', inf. [bo nsam'] clapping of (the) hands. 

o-bonScim, ^^Z. a-, ra-, 1. wizard, sorcerer, witch, ^= obayifo. — 
2. the devil conceived to be an evil spirit reigning over the spirits 
of deceased wicked men; a donon; sunsiim bi a gkyere nuipa 
nsemmone; ono ua ne mma ne abayifo, abosom ue asumah. 

o-bonsamfo, i^?. a-, = obayifo. 

abonsam-kiiro w^ hell, the jil ace or abode of the devil unA 
of the spirits of the wicked placed under bis dominion; the abode 
of evil spirits. 

abo use, [oboh ase], ^fv/. m-, botto)n of a vulleg. 



38 (o)l)ousu — bore. 



(o)boiisu, icliale or other animal In the sea spoutimj ivatcr. 
bonsu[w]a, a kind oi pot; s. ahina; a drinldny- vessel. 
abontcii (F. abrontseu), jjL m-, street, the chief street passing 
tbrough the midst of most negro-towns, [hron, ten = tenten.] 
a b 11 1 e iii-f ci I'l , an esculent herb. 

abon ten-nampaii, a house v/ith an open front towards the 
street; s. odampah, 

a b 11 1 e ii-k , strcct-firihting. 

0-\)6ni6, ph a-, hoat; of. batadewa, ahyemma. okorow. 
ab on to re, a small edible />-«/7,- the climber on which it grows, 
bontori, a tree resembling the poplar. 

buiitorOj F. [Eng.] hunting, ntama hatahata, of which Hags 
are made. 

abontowuku, a climber bearing edible fruits. 
O-bon t u, a species of r/oat with long hair, very tame and care- 
ful; pr.609. 

abonua, pi. m-, axe, hatchet; sijn. atwapo; Onyankopon ab., 
thunder-bolt: a stone resembling a finger, said to fall from heaven 
with the lightning and to enter the ground until it meets water be- 
low and then returns; the thunder-stone, a bclcmnite (?). 

o-bonuky erofo, name of a large drum, bomma. pr.513. 
bouVvoiiia, bde, <j(dl. [bore, nwoma = nwene.] 

a bo ode 11, dear)iess, liigh price; otoo no ab., he bowjht it dear; 
cf. ne bo ye den. — aboodeii-bo, pi. -abo, precious stone. 

abooduru, courage, courageousness, bravery; cf. neboye duru. 

aboomerew, cheapness, loiv price; to ab., to buy cheap; cf. 
ebo ye merew; abosiri, fowfow. 

abo-pae, inf. the quarri/ing of stones, pr. 3593. 

o-bopoii [aboa, pon] ^vZ. m-, alarge animal, as, esono, susono, 
yoma, torom, bew, eko. 

o-bo-poii, a stone table. 
bor, i)Or, F. = bore, bore, boro. 

a I) or a , pi. m-, a European or mulatto-io&man, s. aborgwa. 
1) or ade-ky ena, a fine straw-mat. 

aboraiikil, -kawa [boro, anka] =^ akutu. r^^^ 

abor-do, m-, F. = mmoroso, exceedingly, abundantly dr. Mt. 2^16. 

bore, V. 1. to dig; h. de or de ase, to dig round about the yam; 
F. bor dadze = funu fam', Mt. 25,18. — 2. to hollow, scoop, cid or 
hew out, excavate; b. odasem', okorowm'; syn. tu mu. — 3. to search 
out; waboi-e (abore abore) akufa adc no, he has found it out; - to 
devise = tu n'adwenem agyina. Obore ne nsem hye, (= ompe se 
odi nsem nhina wg guam') he buries his matters, keeps them to him- 
self, keeps them secret, manages to hide them. 



bore — l)()iX)l)()fo. .TJ 



bore, v. to stir\ b. asu, to move about in the loatcr to swim; 
cf. boro 2. — gbore no kiirum', he (listurhs, hurts his sore, no kurti 
iniiKtrc, his sore rcinoiiis utidisinrbcd; pr. 1079, JSli- — 
bore so, to he eiujiujed in combat or fujhtinij; ye-ne won roborc- so. 

e-boro, venom^ of snakes or insects; odoa boo me; u'anom' bore 
(nc bore) wo me nsam'; - j'oison at the point of arrows, pr. 37i'. 
Ak. cborg. 

e-boro, a kind of reiiomoxs snal-e, ^= gnaiika. 

g-B re b ore, a name of God or of a mythical Deity ; cf. bore 2. 

aborohude [ade a woabgre ahfi] invention. 
bor(!seii [s6n a mmore worn'] a vessel in which douyh is 
made or kept. 

borowore, bonenwane, bayonet. 

boro, V. Ak.bo, 1. to beat, sirihc, smite (nnipa, mmoa, with many 
blows, (/. bo); pr. 011.762. osu b. dan so, the rain falls heavdij on 
the house; h. dan mn, to bc<d the clay of which tlic floor of the house 
is made; b. amu so, to beat (level) tlie (jround over a grave, pr. 612. — 
b. asawa, osaw, to bad codon, a sponge of fibres; b. tarn, to stnoollie 
washed clothes by beating them with a cudgel (aborobii); b. hiiasu, 
/() brush off the dew from the grass and leaves in walking, pr. 25(>. — 
2. to beat the ivater with hand and feet: b. asubgnten, po, to baUie 
or swim in the river, in the sea; cf. bore asu. — 3. to beat, vanquisJi, 
subdue, overcome, pr.3410. — 4. boro so, to sur2}ass, be more tfian, 
be abundant; si/n. bu so, fe ho; wanya neho aboro so, he is abun- 
dantly rich. 

boro nsa, Ak. s. bow, v. 

boro- or btiro- in compds. indicates that a thing is from En- 
rope or of European origin; cf. aborgbe &c. oburoni, aborgwa. 

e boro, Ak. = ebgre, poison, pr. 362. 

Jiboro, injury, damage, detriment, Jiurt; malevolence, envy;- 
pr. 613.874.901; ab. wg netirim'; qyh aboro = oyc gbofo, he is a 
m<devolent or envious felloiv, f.i. in showing how to make a thing, 
he does not say all. — di .. ab., to damage, do liarm, hurt; s. aborodi. 

aboroba, ^jL m-, a smooth cylindricjnece of wood, serving in- 
stead of a smothing-iron. [boro, aba.] 

aborgbe, jjL m-, ananas, pine-apple, [borg, abe; it seems to 
have been brought into the countiy by Europeans.] — 
aborgbe-dua, ilie ananas-plant. — aborgbe-fuw, ananas p)lantution. 
— aborgbe-mma, dim. 

aborg-bei'i, pi. to.-, European hoi n, Erencli-liorn, trumpet. 

g-borobiii, a by-name of the vulture, s. opete. [■'''• ^ben. 

borgborg, borgborgborg, sweet, agreeable to taste (aduaba a 
abere, aduah a nkyene wom'). 

a b 6 r g b 6 r g-s e m , a n ice, interesting, entertaining story ; aseni a 
ennim a.s, obiuteeda na woankasa abg wotirim ka, a.s. ateteserabi. 

boro boro: ohiani b., a really, miserably poor man. 



40 oborode — oborgfotefo. 

O-boro-de, -dee, iheplunialn; 1. the fruit or fruits; 2. the tree 
(}>Z.a-; onam abrodem') =obrode-dua, jjZ. abrgde-nnua. Otwabrode, 
he cuts the bunch without cutting the stem; odwow brode, he cuts 
small clusters or hands (s. osiaw, pj. a-) of 4 to 8 single fruits from 
the whole bunch (oduru, pi. a-). — Diff' l^inils: brode -fuferefu, 
-fufu, -hemma, -kokowa, -kwadii; gbosim, agona-ne-toa, gyebum, 
niiweretia (nny.), okgm-bekum-wo, mpantfi, nipemnia, gsoboaso. 

0-brode-duru, a hunch of plantains, containing 5 to 8 hands 
or rings of single fruits (betem, pi. va-). 

g-b r gd c-d w c, brgdee-dwo, roasted pihndains, pr. 216.640. 641. 
brgdcdiono, the husl- of the phtntain-frud, the ashes of 
which mixed with palm-oil are made into soap. — brgde ho bono, 
the fihrcs of the plantain-stcilk; s. baha, mposae. 

b rgde-s c, pi. a-, 1. the stump of a 2>lanf(i/n-tree cut off, from 
which new trees grow; 3. = the next. 

g-b r g dew ii, pi. m-, the suclcers or shoots from the mother-plant, 
plaids for transplanting. — brgdewd, Ak. s. gbosaw; cf. baha. 

aboro-di, inf. action of one seekinci another's detriment; obi 
rebeye wo yiye na obi akotiam'; woreye biribi a ebeye yiye, na obi 
akgye ma anye yiye a. s. wakotwa iikontompo ama d(d<6de no afi 
aborodOj F. = abordo, mmoroso. [wo nsa. 

aborodg': 6t\v^ ab., he fei(/ns to he uiudAc to fifjlit, he deserts 
(wantumi anko), j^r. 1460. — g-borgdoni, ^J?. a--fo, deserter. 
g-borgdgma [borg, gdgma] the European fi;/ or fit/-tree. 
borggfa, As. a u-eight of gold, = agyiratwefa; s. borgwo. 
b or of ere, i>/. a-, a tropical fruit resembling a melon (fere), 
the papaw, and the tree, Carica papaya ; pr. 642. 3265. — 
brgfere-dua, the papaw-tree. 

Borgfo, F. A-borgfo, pil. of 0-biironi; pr.644... gkasa borofo, 
he SjJeaks a Eurojjeaii language. 

borgfo-hn uin, paclc-tliread, twine, string, cord of 'European 
manufacture. 

borgfo-hoiiia, dressed (curried) lecdher from Europe. 
bor ofo-kente, striped cotton, s. ntama. 
borgfo-mako, a kind oi pepper. 
bo rgfo-soiikorau, the tamarind and its fruit. 
borgfo-nkatee, the bread-fruit- nut and its tree. 
borgfom', in the manner, after the fashion of the Europeans. 
borgfo-pe^ inf. gye br., he is (foolishly) fond of, or, seeks to 
please, the European. 

bo rg f s ii, a string of heads [fr. borgfo nsa auo, hotv the Eu- 
ropeans have put it, or siaw?]. 

aborg fo-scm, words, manners, dealings of the Europeans. 
g-borgfo-tct'o, one understanding and speaking a European 
language, pr. 646. 



boroliuiiiii' — l)usoii. 41 

1)6 ro hann c [bSro, liaii, ado] <jl<(ss. D. As. 
hurt) lie nc [bdro olu'in'| the Ktiropcdn (/uveniur of t\iv. l*jiig- 
lish possessions on the Gold Coast. 

l)6i"0-lio ma, boig-nhoma, j>a^;t'>-,- Zt'«///fr. 
bor(\L>"0, boroko, brokobrokg, soft, wcaJc, fhihhif. fhicrid, 
as witlicred leaves, blotting-pajjer; fcrhJc, e.}^. from intoxication or 
seediness; nimorgkgnunorokgwat'o, effeminate, lCor.l>,V. 1). An. 
abrokokokote, [akokg akora, obsc.'] a kind of heads; s. ahene. 
aboro-kycw, a European hat; pr. :3S94. 
o-burom, jo/. a-, a kind of lizard. 

aboroina, -inO, pi. m-, a species of dove, wild ])i(jeon, tartlc- 
doce; = mnioromrnorom(';, gyamhoho, gy'ahgho. 

a 1) 1" g m , gto no ab., he laijs words (riddles) before him to make 
liim guess; when he does not find the right answer, he abuses him 
in most oft'ensive language referring to father & mother | wgto ab., 
niA yenkgto ab., — an immoral play. 

bur 0111 ma [boron, dim.'] narroiv street, alley, lane. 
b or 0111]) etc, bod., water-pox, cliickcn-pox (mpcte brafo neti). 
a b r m p o, a kind of herb. 
boron, j>?. m-, street, lane; cf. abgnteii, F. abrgntsen. 
boron, copper wire, kgbere ntwee. 
boro-iino, s. biiro. . . 
aborgiioma, ^^/. m-, dove, domestic pi tjcon. [borg, anoma.] 
g-brotea, s. opete. 

borg-toa, cruet, pliial, vial, flask, flagon, bottle- 
aborg to to, a certain shrub, perh, Strychnos niix-vomica, and 
its seed, nux- vomica, poison-nut, vomica nut; wode sisi ghye, wgde 
gyc ban. 

aborgwa, abgra, European female (woman, lady); mulatto- 
woman ; to distinguish the former from the latter, she is called 
Abiirokyiri abgra. — aborgwa-ba, a clnld of a European motlter; 
a European lady not yet grown. 

borgwo, As. a weight of gold, = agyiratwe; s. borggfa. 

aborgwoniiiia [borg, awonniia], lard brought />-om Europe. 

abosain, cliff, crag, roch; chain, shelf, layer, ridge or ledge of 
rock or stones; roclcy place. F. = abotah, Mk.4,5. 

g-bosaw [boro, gsaw] a kind of sponge for washing; gbrgde 
a wgadwow na emu dua a wgaboro a wgde guare no. Ak. brgdewa. 

abgse [bg 84] inf. beginning, origin; minuim sa asem no ab. 
trodo, I do not know the true etymology of that word; cf. mmgase, 
mfiase, mfitiase, nhyease. 

b 6 s c a, 2'1- m-, pebble. 

bo sea, Ky. besea, loan of money; bob., to lend or borrow 
money; pe b., to borrow money, ir.2935.:i937. uiabg no (mapeno)b., 



42 bosea-bo — abosoiikwa. 

I have lent him money; mekobo b., I am going to I)orrow money; 
makobo (no ho) b., mape b., I hare horruiced money (from him); bo 
me b. dare dii, na wobo me a, mesom wo auo, lend me ten dollars, 
then I shall serve you for it. 

bosea-bo, a-bosea-pe, inf. lending or horroicing of money. 

abo-seu, inf. hanging up of stones to avert a threatened event, 

[pr. 3052. 

abosi, inf. [si bo], hazardous enterprize, daring feat. 

o-bosim, a kind of plantain, s. oborgde. 

abosiri, a low or cheap price; maton mama no magye no ab. 
bi, I sold it to him at a low price; cf. fow, fowfow, aboomerew. 

aboso, F. most high; the Most High. Mk.5,7- 

aboso, 1. girdle. — 2. (boso) batten, the movable har of a 
loom, which strikes in or closes the threads of a woof (ade a gtama- 
nwenefo de bg asawa no so ma epiw). 

aboso-ba, club, cudgel. pr.GU. [bg 54, aba.] 

abo-so-nhwi, moss growing on stones. 

o-hostm, pi. a-, the moon; a month; syn. gsram'. Mt. 24,29. 

o-bosom, 2>l- a-, tutelar or guardian spirit of a town or family; 
imaginary spirits, subordinate to God, worshipped or consulted by 
the negroes, generally called fetishes by the Europeans, though the 
term fetish would better be restricted to asuman, charm, or, to 
avoid confusion, not be used at ali. [The word is supposed to come 
fr. obg &som(':'). Tete abosom no a mpanyimfo som wgn (a.s. wgde 
nsa ne niiuah kogyaw won) no ye abo ara uko; ebi ye nnua, se 
abe, odum, onyA; ebi ye siw n.a. ; ebi ye koro (i. koro) ; akgmfo 
abosom de^ ewghg-wghg a, wobete se oyi se: mafa gbosom, na 
oyi se: mafa gbosom.] — bg b., 1. to surrender one's self to a fetish 
or patron spirit. — 2. to curse (another) by a fetish, s. bg 43. 81. 

abosom, a potion drunk when in swearing an oath of alle- 
giance or mutual fidelity; wgpam a, wgnom (or wodi) ho abosom; a 
covenant made valid by such a potion; g-ne no wg abosom; s. nsu 4. 

o-b S m-b li w, house or lodging of a fetish. 

o-b 6 s m-a k c t e w, -tere, pi. a-, chameleon, pr. 021-023. 

o-bosouifo, fetishman, syn. gkgmfo; onipa a gbosom wg no so 
ne ue mu. pr. 624. 625. 

O-b so mm a, [-ba], jv/. m-, fetish child; a child gotten by the 
help of a fetish and therefore given to him. 

boso m-m a ii [-bah] enclosure, enclosed space sacred to a fetish. 
abosom-mg, inf. the calling upon or surrender to a fetish. 
o-bosom-muw, s. gbosombuw. 
abosompem-abosommagiia, the fetishes altogether. 
o-b s m - p a n y i 11 , ^^/. a- m-, a chief or superior fetish. 
o-b s m-p 11, pi. a-, a great, poiverful, mighty fetish. 
abosoiVkwa, pi. m-, [gb. akoa] slave or servant of a fetish. 



i 



.iltosomic — ubotolu. 1."! 



;i b s n-n e {pi. id.), a tliiny given or belonging to a fetish. 
aboson-scin, fetish-religion, fetishism; fetish-matters. 
a b 11 s n-s 6 ii, inf. the currying of the fetish. 
aboson-soin, inf. fetish-scrcice, the u'orshij)ing of fetishes or 
idols; idolatry, heathenism. 

0-b s n s 111 u i, j^l- a- -^o, a ivorshiper of fetishes, a heathen. 
aboson-si'i, the ivatcr in the 2>of (koro) belonging to a fetish. 
bosoiiopo, bosorOpo, the great sea, ocean, pr. 380.6:20.3070. 
bosO w: oyy b., he is melancholy. 130J1. 

o-bosu, [e-bo\v, osu] dew; ob. gu, deiv falls; cf. mraosuwa. 
bo t a, r. to m((rl; to incise, malcc an incision; wgakgbota onipa 
(akyere) uo, to-day they have marked a man destined to be hilled; 
gdc sekan abota no (ho) kakra, he has given him some incisions with 
a knife; - to get a sight of, catch sight or a glimpse of: wo ani bota 
no ho dabiara a, fa bisa no ma me, any day you get a sight of him, 
ask him about it for me; n'ani ammota ho = wahhfi ho; obae, m'ani 
ammota no, ichen he came, I did not see him at all. 

bota, a yellow cored, the most costly of all, = kakawa; s. ahene. 
botao, v.n. [bota] mark, target, butt; -watow or wabo b. no 
mu, he has hit the mark or aim. 

iibotafowa, i>?. m-, a chUd of one or tivo years, pr. 629. 
o-b 6 tan, pi. a-, rock; obo a eterew' ho. Ez.;24,7. 
abotar, F. = abotoase; nyiT ab. = to wo bo ase. Mt. 18,26. 
j\b6tcii, the right or full sum, = abo a eye gkwan mu; the 
principal sum; cf. akoteh; n'aboten kofuaa ahannu, ilic complete 
sum amounted to 200 (heads of cowries), 
g-botiri, = aboa ti. pr.632. 
abotiri, tam. ab., to icrestlc. [G. fo abgtiri.] 
abotiri, ^>?. m-, head-band, fdlct; diadem, croivn; ade biara a 
wgde bg won ti. 

abotisa, a tripjle croivn, as the pope's. 

abotiteii, a high stately head-dress, turban; abotiri tenten, ab. 
a enye ahuhu-tama bi na eye ntama-pa. 

hqtq^pl. m-, sack, bag, bundle; syn. atwea. pr.832. 

bo to, a powdered medicine in a small gourd; wgahuw (no) 

b g to, s. potg. [b. agu ne f vvenem'. 

ab oto, inf. [to (me) bo]: laying a bet or ivager; enam akyin- 
nyegye mu na ab. no ba, na ete se nkyia. 

abo-tg, inf. = abotgyam', ^jeacr, confidence, good cheer. 

abotoase, inf. == hoaseto, p>atience, forbearance, endurance. 

abo to, empty or blind nut or other fruit containing no kernel 
or flesh in the shell or husk (brgde, nkate, ankye &c. aba a eye bono 
iiko na aduai'i nnira'); gfil ye ab. 

g-bgtgfo, pi. a-, nea odwensg kete so, toho pisses on his mat 
[bg tow 9] cf. pgtgfo. 



44 botohvihuw — bow. 



botohiiliuw, sfc((i)i; b. <afiri. steam-en fjine; b. na ede owusi- 
liyeh nam; wonoa biribi ua wubua so a, b. siusiaue mmiiaso no 
ho gu fam'. 

a b 1 k u r a , 2jI. m-, a kind of moMse, of a dark hue with light 
stripes, living in the wood; st/n. odontwi. 

boturo, Ak. wabg no b. = wabono obg a ebekum' no, ebema 
wato, he sfyucJc him ivifh a dcadJij blow, he beat him so secercJy that 
he must die from it. 

bo tow, V. to abate, to decrease, relax, become less in vigour, 
strength, heat &c. — tr. to abate, reduce, lessen, diminish, remit; - 
rifwiren no abotow' = akagyaw, the flower has faded, withered; ne 
kuru a etuu kokuro no, afei de ab. kakra, his sore that had become 
lar(jc,has decreased; aduru no ab. yare no, or araa gyare no ab., the 
medicine has f/iven a check to the sicJcness; nsu no ab., the water has 
become I ulcewarm; wabotow, he is cast down, dejected, all his joy 
and f/aiet// has left him, = neho afgm no; wgab. gko no, the/j have 
suspended hostilities, made a truce; wgab. asem no ato hg, theij have 
brouf/ht tlie palaver into an easier way anl have laid it aside for a 
while (asem no, wonni no dennennennen na wodi no berew na \vg- 
agya mu ato hg kakra). 

bgtgwa, pd. m-, 1. small bag or saclc, pouch. — 3. a musical 
instrument, bag-pipe? pr.633. 

abotoyam", « /?/".• [bo tg yam'] peace of mind, jog, happnness; 
satisfaction, contentment ; cf. abotg, abodwo. 

abo-tu, inf. consternation; despondencg ; eye no ab. =: etu ne 
bo, ema ne bo tu. — abotuseni, news of trouble or danger; report 
causing fright or consternation. 

botiirobodwo, lukewarm, tepid; nsu b. 

bo-fi, As. />// all means, absolutelg, positivelg; with negation: 
bij no means; niise, kgfa onipa no bera, bo-u na se wamma a (Akr. 
na se eka, no biibi emma na ose gmma a), sah bera, / sag, fetch thai 
man; but when he absolutelg refuses to come, then return. 

bow, V. 1. to become tough (of clay in pottery). — 3. s. red. 
bobgw. 

b w, bundle of tobacco-leaves, commonly called ahead or hand 
of tobacco. 

bow, a charm (fetish) hidden in the ground: wasi or wahye 
no b.=rgde suman bi akghye fam' ama obi; ebi ye kabere, cbi ye 
sumanhunu bi ne aduru. 

(j-bow, = omuuunkum, fog, mist; angpa bgw = angpa busu; 
b. atg = gbosu agu. 

bow, Ky. boro, to grow tveak, flag, slacJcen; tr. to make weak, 
slack, flaccid, flabbg, flaggy; gpe nti lihaban hhina abow, on account 
of the harmattan the leaves are all drooping; awia abow (== akisa) 
hfwiren no, tlie sun has n-ithercd the flowers ; abe no abow, thtd palm 
is no more as fresh as in the first three days after felling it. — bow 
nsa, to become weaki.Q. intoxicated, to get drnidi, by driuking much 



bowema — bra. 45 



palm-wino, or any liquor or spirits^ s. asfibow. — no, ho abow no, 
he isdisJicdrfened, d/sinnitrd, has lost all Joi/ and litjoiir; s. aliobow. - 
cf. botow, rinobow, ahobow. 

bowoma, F. =: boh worn a. 

bowiTO w', j)]. a-, Ak. abowero, nnil of a fingor or too; rhov, 
clutch, pounce, taJon; s//n. werew. 

boworcwua, a disccisc which spoils and blackons tlui nails 
of the fingers. 

aboVvi, aboVviiw, conirihution, indemnification for ex]»finsos 
of war, paid by the defeated party; ra)ts<»ii paid by the contjucred 
chief to redeem his people that thoy might not be made prisoners 
or slaves. — Ye-ne Asautefo wiee ko no, wgma ycbgo sohkahiri 
ansa-na wogyee yea ab. (sika, hkoa, aguade n. a.), when our war 
with the Asantcs was over, they made vs serve them and then im- 
posed on us a coidrihution (in monci), slaves, goods); woabo no soh- 
kahiri ama ab., tltey have submitted to his rule and have given (the 
conqueror) monri/ and men in tolicn of their suljmission; ycgye mo 
ab. ansa-na yeakg; Asantefo de ab. na ekyekyeree woh kiirow. — 
Meyi wo abowuw =-. mebg wo, / slttdl release thee with a stroke (in 
plays of children: mmofra goru na nea odi ne yohko so no yi nea 
wantumi no a ope se ogyae no ab., enese gbo no). 

aboya, aboyea, Ak. s. abeya, asahka, ayawci. F^ Mt. 14,8. 
iiboyalb, F. = keka, Mt.8,2S. Mk.1,13. [Mh.6,26. 

aboyam", 1. girdle round the tvaist. F. Mt.S,4. Mk.1,6. — 
2. (efeh bi, a newly framed word) = nea ebg yam'; wuhii a, na wo 
yam' abg, wo kgh do no, wo ani sg no dodo. 

bo-yerew, inf. = abofono, sickness of the stomach. 

bra, bara, v. 1. to make, enact a law or laws, to order irith 
authoriig. to lag an injunction upon, to command, esp. to forbid, pro- 
hibit; mpanyimfo kg apam akgbra ade, the elders have assembled 
to enact or make laws; mabra no, I have interdicted him; bra no 
ne ara se ohhkosi ntew bio, forbid him this verg dag any more 
to join in that pAag (ntew-si) again; - to fix (by law) the value of: 
wgabra dare ma aba mmah 75. — 2. to settle: matu mabebra ha, 
I have removed and taken np mg abode here. — 5. to come (i.e. to 
be born) again into this tcorld: owui wg ha na wakgbra (wg) Nkrah, 
he died here and has come again at Akra. — 4. to become habitual : 
asabow, atoro abra no, drunkenness, felling lies has become habitual 
to him, =^ eye ne bra, it is his habit or nature, he is addicted to..; 
n'agya nneyee abra no, his father's manners have become his, he 
takes after his father. — 5. to deceive, = twa hkontompo, pr.l225. 
wabra me = wasisi mo, wadada me. — G. bra., mu, to tcithhold or 
kecji back, to hide or conceal something in speaking, to dissemble, 
dissimulate: gbraa me asem no mu, he did not fell me the ivliole 
truth: yebra no kasam', we disguise our speech before him; woka 
asem no ara p«j a, bra mu, ivlien gou relate the case, do not sag all; 
gkyeree me kwah no, wabra me mu, when lie shotved me the way, 
he misled me; cf. mmrabram'. 



46 obra — brakyew 



0-1)1* a, (inf.) 1. the comhKj Into this world, the state of cxistenec 
or life in this worJd; obra a wowoo me too mu yi, the life into irhieh 
I have been liorn; mesore bra yim', I shall depaH this life; obra 
akyi wg amane, in after-life more trouble is met tcith than in child- 
hood; or, in future days trouble may befall you; meboo obra, men- 
nom bi da, as long as I live, I never dranlc any. — 2. manner of 
life, conversation, behaviour, conduct; pr. 409. 634.635. obra a eho 
nni dem or akasaye, blameless behavtour; bg bra, to behave, con- 
duct, to bear or carry one's self; bg bra-pa, to behave well; bg bra- 
bone, to behave ill ; gmpe bra f'oforo ming, he shall see?:, to lead a 
new life, shall alter his conduct; n'aso awu nti, wgapo ne bra ama 
no = wgato no kwan, wonni n'asem akyi bio, they have left him 
to himself (nobody exhorts him any more). — 5. the nature i.e. the 
metises or monthly conrses of women, euph. asabu; ye b. (bu nsa, kg 
afikyiri), to menstruate, to have the monthly floiv or discharge, cf. 
bu 5 c. (wobeye b., a nasty abuse). — bra-agoru, a ceremony 
performed witli a girl having attained to puberty. — bra-tam = 
afikyikg-tam, asabu-tam. 

abra, falsehood, fraud, deceit. i)r. 1024. 1025. 2327.2475. syn. nna- 
braba, nkgnkgusa, nkontompo. 

abra, a kind oi monkey; sareso akyeneboa bi. 
mbra, F. = mmara. 
bra, s. bena. 

bra-ban, manner of behaviour, conduct; ne sa b. nye me fe. 

bra bo, [bra, v. 1., ebo], set price or rate; fixed amourd of 

fees, fines, indemnities &c. Oman ne hemfoforo no t\vit\va nnewa 

fihina bo b., the elders and the new Icing set rates on, fix the price of, 

every thing. 

abra-bo, inf. [bgbra] life in this tvorld, in: 3060; way, Y.Ps.67,2. 
conduct, behaviour. 

o-brabralo, pi. a-, a deceitful, fraudulent, person; syn. okon- 
tomponi, okghkgnsafo. 

bra da, enticement, persuasion, temp)tfdion. — to b., to deceive 
by sweet words, to entice, perstictde, talk over; wgto no b. = wgde 
nsem dede dada no na wanya amane. — bradam', F, by craft, 
Mk. 14,1. — brada-to, inf. enticing drc. ; cf. semmrada. 
abrada, F. s. abranna. 

0-b r a fo, i^L a-, executioner, hangman; pr. 636. forerunner; a by- 
name of the bird apatipere. 

o-br afo, jjL brafo, a tvoman thcd Jias her monthly courses. 
braka, round-about icay, by-way, side-way; (merekg no, men- 
nam te na) mekobuu b. na mede mekofii akura hg, I came to the 
village by a round-about way; wabu br. akgfa m'akyi, by a side- 
way he came in my back; wobebu yen ho b., they ivill go round to 
attack lis from behind. 

b r a-k yew: obu br., his conduct is crooked, i^erverse, dishonest. 



bram — bil. 41 

brum (baram) v. [red. brammram] : J.h... lio, fo overlai/: 
wgile sika abram atoa no ti lio, the hundle of the sword is ovcrhiid 
H'lth (/old; to s/iiif HP, close, secinr, fasten, stop: brain paiikran no 
bo hhina liyia, nudcc the cask water-tUjld all round. — ^. b... auo, 
to secure, shut or lock up; fo seal np; bram nnipa no ilno na wgan- 
nya okwafi amfi adi, slint up or confine those peoj/le fh/d fhei/ cannot 
come Old ; fa nnadewa bram adaka yi ano, tia'd this l)Ox tip; b. pon 
no ano i'a nnadewa bobom', secure this door with nails. — 3. b. . . 
so, to orerwhelin ^^ kata so, buhkam so; dom yi abrirslm' [akata] 
yen so, f/ie enemies overwhelm ns, are more than. we. 

bram' = bra mu, s. bra, v. G. 

b r a m m r a ni" , red. v. bram. 

brammram: n'ano ye b. = birebire, he is a habbler, talker, 
tattler, readi/ to spctdc erd thin<js. — o-brammraml'o, 2'^- ^-i onipa a 
ne tokrema yaw bebrc, u'ani ye den; sj/n. okasafo. 

Q-brammiri [obrah, biri] id. a-, 1. obran tiintum, a black, 
strong man. — 2. gye ab., he is a wrathful man; abnfuw ye gb. or 
ab., wratli can mcikc a man commit things tvhich othertvise he woidd 
never do. 

abrammo [bram'abo] weight, ivcighfs; gkari ne sika wg m'ab. 
so, he tveighs his gold tvith my weights. — abrammo-kwaumu, true 
g-braii, s. gberah. [tveights. 

a-branna', F. abradil, pi. m-, sail [G. abena]; si ab., to set a 
sail; scrcento keep off the rays of the sun; gallery, veranda, covered 
by the sloping roof of the main building [G. ablana] ; portico, piazza, 
covered tvcdk, corridor, pillared hall, colonnade, ]ieristglc. 
abraiisem, abraiiso, abrante, -wa, -kwa, s. aber. . . 
brapa, [gbra pa] F. virtues; s. gbra 2. 
brasiam^ s. gkgre. — bra-tam, s. gbra 5. 
braw, a-, s. beraw, a-, 
bre... bre... s. bere... here... 
mbre, F., = nea, where, senea, as, how. 
abrebo, F. = abrabg. 
abrebretam, F. soft raiment, Mt. 11,8. 
mbrehoadze, F. = ahoberease. 
iribrew, F. = 'merew, weak; weakness. 

brcmba, brempon, F. =^ gbarima, obirempgn. 
abrentse, F. = aberante. 
bri... s. biri... 

bro... bro... s. borg... boro... buro... 
bru. .'• s. buru . . . 

bru, a. blue, (cf. akase, bibiri, hoa, tuntum)!; 
n. queen's blue, indigo blue; blue starch. 

bu, V. {}-ed. bubu] A. to bend, fold; B. to crack, break, cid &c. 

A. 1. tr. to bend, crook, curve; intr. to bend, crook, be curved; 
syn. kyea, koa, kontoii ; - epo abu dgnngn, abu kg asase no mu, 
the sea has formed a bay; bu braka, to take a round-ahovi tvay. — 



48 



bu. 



2. to bend, fold: bu an o, to seam, hem a cloth ; bu duku no ano ! — 
bu. . to bo, to douhle, ])r. 653. — bu. . due so, (to bend and lay 
over,) to double. — bu.. bo ho abiesa, fold it thrice. — 3. to make 
by bending, to manufacture: bu kotoku (pr.7(J8), kyew, nipaboa, 
ntoa, to make a bag, hat, sandals, a cartridge-box. — 4. to make by 
bending or turning one's own body: bu atiri, to turn or cut a som- 
erset. — 5. to bend, more or direct parts of the body: a) h n nkgm- 
pow, to bend or turn the necl; to look round, about or bach: obu 
nk. f\ve n'akyi, lie loohs bach; obu nk. twe won nhina, lie loohs round 
about on them all. — b) bu. . ani, to ivi)di at; obu no ani, lie winks 
at him (gives him a hint by a motion of the eyelids); - obu no ani- 
kyew, he casts squint i.e. evil looks cd him; - obu n'ani, n'aniwa, 
he shuts and oj^ens his eyes, ivinks, twinkles, blinks, cf. aniwabubu; 

— obu n'ani gu (n'asoodeii) so, he tvinks at, overlooks (his disobedi- 
ence). Acts 17,30. — c) bu nsa, orig. to bend the fingers in counting 
the (six) days during which a menstruant woman is not allowed to 
enter or sleep in her regular dwelling; cuph. = ye bra, to menstru- 
ate. — d) bu ntwer, F. to bow the knee, Mt. 27,29. 

B. 6. to bend a thing so as to occasion a Haw in it, but not en- 
tirely to break it; to crack; cf. bukaw. — ~. to break (by bending, 
f.i. aba, dua, dorape, Joh. 19,36. cf. bo ')0): mabu poma no, / liave 
broken the stick; intr. poma no abu, the stick is broken; - bu.. mu, 
to break in two; s. 29 c. — 8. to break down, demolish (odan, cf. bu- 
ruw^ dwiriw); jntr. to break down, tumble down, fall to ruin: odan 
no abu. — !). to brefdc off (ahurow, the ears of Indian corn), to reap. 

— 10. to cut off: obubu n'awcrew, he pctirs (off) his nails ; — to rid 
the hair: obu n'anim = oyiyi ne nhwi ano; obu n'atiko, = oyi n'a- 
tiko nhwi ano. — 11. to cut or hew down, to fell (trees): bu kwae 
= dgw, to cut the bush, pr.652. meko kwaem' makobu nnua, I will 
go into the wood to fell trees. — 12. bu mu, to bre<dc or cut in the 
middle, to cutoff: bu.. mmerem', rt)obu ne nimerem' = wasi so [ore- 
nyin na onnya hwiee nyiii] na wapatuw awu, lie dies a premature, 
untimely death, is cid off in the 2^)'iinc of his life; - b) wabu n6 
ramere (a gdebewo)mu = nemmereatwam', shcisjxist age. Heb. 11,11. 

— e) bu nna mu, s. abiinnam. 

C. 13. hx\.. so, to brcfdc off the end or poird, to blunt (opp. 
sen ano), pr.994. — 14. bu.. so, to break, transgress^ disobey (a law., 
command, order, injunction); obu n'asem so = onnyina n'asem so, 
he bre(diS his (own) word, docs not keep his 2)vomise; obu ne na asem 
so, he disobeys (acts against) his mother's word. — 15. bu.. so, to 
go beyond, surpass: ebu n'abasa so, it goes beyond his i^ower or abi- 
lity ; adwuma y i abu me nsa so, this tvork is too much for my strength.; 
edom no bu yen so, the enemy is stronger than toe are; syn. kyeii, 
bunkam; cf. bramso. — 16. bu so, to run over, overflow: wafwie 
nsu agu mu ma abu so, he has poured water into it so that it has run 
or flown over; Ps. 23,-'); .\ijn. boro so, fe ho. - — 17. bu so, to be abun- 
dant, jilodifid, frequent, often met with, common; mama nhoma no 
abu so, I have made that book common, caused it to be in the hands 
of many: cf. ka. — 18. bu so, to be common, unclean', nni noa abu 
so. do not cat unclean tilings. Acta 10,14. 



bii^ 49 

1). 1'J. To break out or f'ovtii: ohii I'.ui won so, he hro/.e fnrlh 
upon iliem. — ^^0. to end or turn out txuJIji: n'asem abu, liis nuillcr 
(lid not come to a <jood end, lias turned out badlt/. — 31. to bvftdi: 
■.\h\\ abu no, Ht. a brealdnij liasbroken upon him, i.e. a great eataniit// 
lias befallen h'nn. — 23. to fad, fall short, fall off in respect to vigour, 
activity i^c. bo bu, to (fet'oid of breath; no bo abu, he is out of breath 
(,s\ ebo)^^ no liouie atc^v no; n'ani bu, lit. his e//e breaks, i.e. fie is 
vear// of waiting longer; wotVvc obi Uwan na oniina a, na wo ani 
bu =: eye %vo abomctew. 

J'J. 3o. To count (orig. by bending tbc fingers, cf. 5 c) bu nsa), 
to reckon, compute, calculate. - bu akonta,, to cast up an account; 
to ciplter; g-ne no bu ak., he reckons with him, Mt. 18,23.34. bulio ak., 
to necnunt for. - bu ano, to cast vj), sum tip in a total; bu.. fra 
(inu), gu.. so, byc..niu, ka.. bo, si.. so, tia, to reckon among, to add 
to (cf. kan.. fra) : bu yi fi'a (bye) akonta no mu, gu ak. no so, ka ak. no 
bo, tia ak. no, add this to the account; bu sika no si so na yenfwe, 
adil the moncg to the former sum and let us see (wbat tbe amount 
will be); obu n'aka-foforo si dedaw so, he calculates his new debts 
and adds them to the old ones. — 3i. bu a k ape re, to balance an 
account, counterbalance a debt: obu me ak., he adjusts his account 
due to me b// a contra-account (cf. butew) or bg shifting off pagmcnt 
to anotficr person indebted to liim. — 25. bu tew, to neutralize or 
cancel a delA by balancing against if an equal amount owed by tbe 
creditor: medewoka, wonso wodeme bi, namayemmu ntew! wode 
me dare 10, me nso mede wo d. 4, enti mebu dare 4 yi matew, na 
yi dare 6 a aka no ma me! 

T\ 2G. To account (one) for, consider, think, deem, judge (one 
able, capable, apt, fit), acknoiclcdge as; to estimate, esteem, respect, 
honour, pr. G.51.(J54.G.55. obu no kese, he holds him in great esteem; 
mimnni no fwe, / do not respect him at all; — bu.. abomfia, to de- 
spise, s. ab. — bu. . animtia, to despise, disregard, hold in contempt; 
cf. tiatia.. anim, 

G. To observe, pay attention to, regard witfi care; cf. buw. 
27. bu.. bra = bo ..bra, to behave, conduct, bear or carrg one's 
self; bu brakyew, s. brakyew. — 28. bu man, to observe the so- 
cial or civil duties: obn man pa, he comports (himself) well Kith 
his felloiv-citizens, behaves, demeans, or carries himself well in this 
town, is sociable; fie rules (or manages the affairs of) the town well; 
he labours for the ivelfare of the towns-people; obu mam-mone se 
biribi, lie is cxtremelg unsociable; ye-ne no mmu man yi = ntra 
man yi mu, we can no longer live together with him; ye-ne nipa yi 
bu man yi, tee live peaceably together, are on friendly terms; cf. 
amammii, amammni. — bu man kwanmu a wompam', F. to admin- 
ister judgment impartially. 

H. 20. To decide, judge, xnonoiince judgment: ajhw.. bem, 
to pronounce sentence in favour of ii person in a law-suit, to acquit 
of an accusation; atemmufo (asennifo) abu no bem, the judges fiare 
acquitted him.- — b) bu . . i'o, to give (bring in) a verdict, pass sentence 
against a person, to pronounce guilty, condemn; wgabu no kum fo, 
they have sentenced him to be hilled. — c) b u . . n te n o>' ate n , to 

4 



50 bu — l)ubu. 

judge, to decide a rase, to give, i^nss or pronomice sentence or judg- 
ment on (upon) or against: wgabu no nea gyee no so nteh, they have 
jJassed sentence against him for what he did. — d) bn mu . to bring 
to a decision, do auag with (a case); wgde aseni no aliye duam' 
abu mil = vvode abere m])anyinifo na wgawip, asem no di, woabu 
fg ne bem (etg-dabi-a wgde dua live dua ntani' bu mu). — e) bu.. 
nterikyewj to judge unrighteousJi/, to pass an unjust sentence, 
to prrreii judgment ; - bu.. a n an ate n, to pronounce an unfair, 
2)artiid judgment, to jtuJgc jxirficdtg. — bu Asante-ten, jn-. 740. 

J. SO. bu be, to spca/:, utter, use a proverb, to make a proverb; 
de bu be, to turn into a proverb. pr.dO. 056. 681. 1361. 1767. 

J. HI. bu, Ak. = buw. 

1)U in combination with nouns of pbice and relation: 
bu.. mu, s. 7. 12. 29 c) — [bu aiii, .] b), - bu anim, 1()~] — bu ano, 
2. 23. — bu so, 13-18. 

I)U followed by other verbs: bu.. bg ho, due so, to lio, s. 2; 
gu so, .5 b); fra, gu so, hye mu, ka ho, si so, tia, 23; tew, 25. 

ah u, fall, ruin, overwhelming calamitg, disaster, great misfor- 
tune ; cf. asiane ; - abu abu no, a ccdamitii has bcf(dJen him (s. ha 21), 
e.s. bone a waye aye a.s. nea ope se gde ye ne yghko no asaii abe- 
fwe naiikasa so; - ma abu mmu no I /('/ disaster or rtdn befall him, 
i.e. mo)/ mischief come upon him! 

h\\ bu, = p\, plentg, ((bundanll//: gsesaw" (nsu, nsa, nkyene, 
nno) no bu bu. 

bucl, V. [red. buabna] 1. to cover, to shut, close, esp. with so; 
b. dan (so), to put a roof on or thfdch a hou.se; bua adaka no so, 
close that bo.r; bua aduan no so, cover that food; cf. kata so, mua, 
liini ; mniuatama; op}), bue, hie. — 2. bua da, lit. to cover (soil, 
the food) and sleep, i.e. to fast, to go to bed without having eaten. 
pr.211. — 3. to come down upon: ne'musu abua n'atifi", his mischief 
has fallen on his own head. — 4. to grow tliicli, bushy, luxuriantly, 
r((nkly (esp. of climbers); to flourish ; ode no abiia kusu^aye aha- 
ban j)j; cf. bum. — 5. to answer, reply; mammua no, I gave him 
no answer: wgkobuabuaa wgnho, tlicy gave each other (rough) an- 
swers, scolded each other; cf. gye so. pr.752. — (>. to congratulate: 
kobua wo nua a gresaw no, congrattdafe your dancing brother. — 
7. bua.. so, lo charge or npbraid witli. to reproach, to scold or 
(d>use by remiiidiilg one of some reproachful deed or matter, to cast 
something in the teeth of; s. asobua, — (S. bua ntseii, F. = bu nten. 
Mt.7,1. — y. buabna tun, F. to conclude. 

abi'ia, ^j/. m-, tobacco-jJil^e; f/. abiirobua, tjisen. 
abuabuairyasu : asanka tratra bi a wgde bua aduan so wg gyaso. 
ab 11 a da, m-, inf. [bua,X^.] fasting, fast, abstinence from food; odi 
ah,, he fasts (once); odi mm., he fasts (repeatedly); wodi mm., they fast. 

buber, F. = aburo bu-bere, harvest (of Indian corn). 3It. 13,30. 

b u b 11, red. v., s. bn. (2.) to break or boid repeatedly, to double, 
fold: bubu nhoma, to fold uj) a letter. — (7.J to break many things 
simultaneously; to break in many 2>icces; to pluck: bubu asomerewa 



obiibuafo — .ihiifiiw. 51 

aliabat'i noa iiom, jiliich- saiiif Irdics to^'ctlicr witli t\n\ stalks of I lie 
herb call(Ml asotn., boH thcni (iinl driiil: tlu' decoction; - to hvc(tk 
rojitplctclij, Fs. 10, li). 37,17. hnhn.. imi, rs.4iJ,10. Is.9,4. biil)ii abodo, 
fo rniiiihle hrciid. — po'f- /" l>c hrolccji down hi/ litirdships, i.o. fii- 
lii/Kcd, euJt(tiist<'<l: okwan no ware uti mabubii, from (lie loiuj trail 
1 (lime quite tired or undone; Fs.SS,9; to be lame, s. the foil, 

o-b 11 1)11 a To, 2>L »-, a man lamed l/i/ sic/,-n".^s, /xilsi/; oiiipa :i 
wowoo MO mu na gyare abcye no ana nmirui abcMliirn no na \va- 
bubu {^n f'ako na oiitunii nye fWr*; - okasa btil)uafo, a tame i.o. 
inrJiinird l(tn(/ini;/e *'i' inuiiner of (•.i-jtressimi one's self. 

mbilbui, F. ^^ minubni. 

a I) u bum 111 a 1);1 , abubumina, a kind of ironu or molli ; ab.- 
aiiweilC, the rv/.sv (made ofbrokcn little sticks) in ir/iieJi itlives,2)r.G58. 

()biii)U(i, name of a month, :\ho\\t Noremher. 

abubiir, ^j7. m-, F. = aburuburu, Mt.21,13. 

a b 11 b u-\v, -0, 1. public inquir// after somet/iint/. :J. u-adlin/, rrifnuj, 
from grief, sorrow, fear, for help in consternation and distress; the 
ntiise made by the people whilst sheep are bein<^- ottered to the river- 
spirit (at Akwam); - gbg ab. = oresu na oredi nkgmmg, he wads, 
Itiinenfs: ab., wgmmg no kwa. 

a bubuw-bo, inf. wadinfj, lamentation. 
biio, r. [red. buebue] fo uncover, disclose, cf. bua. 1. fr. fo 
open (obue n'ani, n'ano, ne nsam', nboma mu, he opens his eye, 
mouth, hand, a hook); bue adaka no (so), oijen the box; kobue pon, 
open the door {si/n. hie); bue gdah no (ano), open the house; diff. tu 
ano, sail. — 2. bue .. ano, fo initiate, inaueptrafe, dediccde: yereko- 
biie asgredan ano, we are going to dediccde a chapel. — 3. bue so, 
to clear (land) from trees: obue n'asase so, he cuts awai/ the trees 
on his piece of ground, so that the sun may shine on the land. — 
4. b u e to so, fo turn over (the leaf of a book). — J. intr- fo open, 
he open: gpoh no abue {syn. ano da ho), the door is open; n'ani 
abue or ada ho, his eye is open; n'adwenem' abue or ada hg, his 
mind is clear; ne tirim bue, his conscience awaJces. 

buebue, red. v., s. bue; 
anim rebuebue = anim rebaebae, the day breals. [G. hie gble.] 

bue bue, inferj. 

buepeii, a j^cy "i" Pf^'ii' of two opposite pages in a book; cf. 
kratafa; wakah ma aka b. kakra bi na wawie, he has read it nearly 
through, he has read if all excepting a few j^ages. 
bufo, F. reaper. Mt. 13,30. 
o-biifo, sloven, dirty fellow; slut, shdfern; s. burn, burnin. 

biifiia, s. bofua. 
ab iifuw^ -fuo, inf. [ebo fuw] (inger, wrath, passion ; fa or nya ab.. 
to grow angry; yi.. ab., fo excite to anger; gye ab., ]ie is ira^citjle. 
o-bufii-fafo, 2)1. a-, tin irascible man, easily 2^>'r>i'oled ov offended. 
abufu-liyew, hot anger, wrath, fury. 
abufu-iiiiii' [anim] an angry countenance. Prov. 25,23. 



52 abui — abuntVvere. 



abui, needle, especially a large one; cf. pane, clorowa. 
mbui, F. Irealcing, fall. Mt. 7,27. 

bilk aw, r. 1. to hcnd: ob, ne basa, he bends Jtis arm; ob. ne 
nsa to ii'akyi, he puts Ms hand on his hach; b. wo nan to so, cross 
or hcnd your leys. — 2. to hrecdc, cracl-, flair, i.e. to bend a tiling 
so as to occasion a flaw in it, but not entirely to break it; cf. bn, 6. 
— 3. to shift from one master to another, to desert one, cf. guan. 

l)iiku', F. jil- W1-, = brfiku', bool: 

bukyia, F. s. mukjia, muka. 

bum, r. to spread; to sjrread or la// over; to carer a place or 
a tbing canij)lctcJ/j ; wura no abum kiisu, (^^ aye aliaban bebre na 
aye fefei'efe) ///r?^ busli lias r/ro/rn r(wlc and luxuriant, filling a wide 
space witb its foliage; woto asawn bum mpata so ansa-na woyiyi 
won, a net is spread for tlic fishes before theij are cauijht; ode ntama 
abum no so = akata obi (a.s, nankasa) so; fa bum me so = kata 
me so! [rcf?. bummum.] 

bi'im, i^/. a-, a spreading or thorough movement or effect: gua 
bo bum, the ichole assemblij rises at once (s. bo 7); wgasore bum = 
])rekr), the// have got vp in a state of confusion; oguaii no abebo 
m'abTiro mu b., tliat go((t has made haroc in my maize, lias eaten a 
good portion of my corn; woabo yen abum, they have 2nd iis into 
confusion ; woabo aguabum, they hare brought the marfcet into con- 
fusion; ebgg b. no, irhen the confusion began; abogyabum, covering 
or bespattering with blood by blotcs. 

bum, adv. severely, thoroughly, very much; gbgo no ara bum 
preko, he gave liim one severe blow; wgbobgg nnuan no ara bum 
bum bum, tlie// gave or deidt the goats vigorous blows; gmanmufo 
tan a ban mu to b, 

bum a, V. to catch, seize, take by force (nnipa, mmoa, mpata); 
buma oguan no bera, catch tJiat sheep and bring it; wgbebuniaa no 
akgtgn no, tliey pounced upon him and took liim away to sell him. 
l^rcd. bumabuma.] 

bum mum, red. v.., s. bum. 
e-bu 11, a. Ak. bunu, j;Z. a-, green, unripe; akutu-bun, an unripe 
orange, pr. 2344. cf. gbabun. — o-buii, F. iinripeiless. 

e-bu 1*1, J)?, a-, abyss, gulf; the depth of the sea; amda a emu do 
a ewg nsum'. 

abu-nnam' [nea obu una mu] lie who cuts off one's days, an 
appellation (or title) of kings; cf. okumnipa. 

1)11 Ilk am, V. (so), to surpass, exceed, be superior to (in num- 
ber, valour, power, force): edgm b. wo a, wuguan, if the enemy is 
too strong for you, you flee; wob. yen, wgab. yen so, they surpass 
us in number; wanyTi ade ma ab. so, = akyen so, atra so, he has 
grown enormously rich; ngofo borow abicn a wobyiae no, se atififo 
b. anafofo so nti, anafofo antumi won. 

a bunt we re, a green, hard, iinripe fruit; akutu no ye ab., 
the orange is unripe; s. bun. 



.iIhiiiu — iiliTiro. 53 

ab nil u, a kind of j^rcat dram'f s. oboniikyerefo. — Cf. ebiin. 

Imo, s. buw. 
II li iu> I) i- k w aw , a kind of hayero; s. ode. 

l)ill»6, a kind of cloth from 'J'oani, .s-. koiiti', iitaina. 
abii-iiCMj jJaW, portion, sIkii-c, the result of a division; c/'. 
I'lkyeni'. 

bu-j)r(_'ku, a bit, luorscl, ov j)iccc, broken o/f bij a single 
breaking; cf. teprcko. 

abiira, jj?. m-, uelt, cistern\ tu ab., to dig a ivell. 
abiiroAv, maize, Indian corn. pr.(i72-80. ab. aben, the corn is 
sitfficientli/ ripe for use; ab. ahoa, the corn is ripe to perfection. — 
bii ab. to break the car from the stfdk; hiiah or sunsfianc mmetem, 
to husk maize; few or tutu ab., to take oid the grains. 
aburo-betciii, Xil. m-, cone or ear of Indian corn. 
ab u rob i a, a plant gro win "^frequently in the vicinity of towns, 
with red Howers and black seeds; Canna Indiea or speciosa.pr.66L 
a biiro-bu, inf. the plucking of the ears of maize; corn-harvest. 
abiiro-biia, pi. ni-, a short tobacco-pipe made of clay, clay- 
pipe made in Europe, pr. (J(J2. 

abn ro-dom a, maize full-grown, bat not get quite rijje, as roa- 
sted and eaten by the nej^roes. 

bui'6-diia, the jitant ov stalk of Indian corn; the spike of a 
jilantof )naize, in which the kernels sit; (( cone of maize from which 
the grains have been ])icked. 

aburoduaiV, food ov dishes in-epuviid uf maize: ybanku, abete, 
dokono, kyekyere, ammoagyanewa, inpampa, pimpi, sense, oto. 
bi'i r t)-f 11 a, jj?. m-, a single grain of Indian corn. 
a b u r o-fu w , a plantation of maize. 

ab uro-j^ua, a European chair, arm-chair, chair witli a back; 
cf. akentehhua, akohnua. 

ab liro-guane, ^= abiirow guannuan, rijje ears of Indian corn. 
bviro-g\va, Aky. matches; «//;«. samannya. [pr.673. 

b uro-b u n 0, the husk or corering of the cars of maize; pr. 679. 
a kind of country cloth, s. kente. 

biiro-kii Ihkii], 2)omade, p)omatum. D.As. 
1)11 ro-k lira wa, a European jar ^ can, cup, mug tfr. 
1) u r o k u r u w a , pjomegranate, s. buruk... 
Abiirokyiri, the white man's countrg, Europe and America 
respectively. ;jr. dOS-G. Ab. nipa, a man who deserves to be sold to Ab., 
a b u 1' ky i r i- s u a, Turkeg-red cloth. [pr- 664. 

b II r o-n a n , the stcdk of maize. 
o-b uro n i , pi. borofo, a-, Eurojiean, white man ; midatto. ijr.6G7-71. 
b Li V 6-6 II y a , Christmas and New-year's-dag. 
buro-iiiio, m-, European oil, olive-oil, sweet-oil. 
aburo-pala, pr. 680. 



54 aburotscu — abusnde. 

abiiro-tseii, F. abtiro a abo yiye pe; s. ten 3. 
aburo-wi [awi] icJicat. D.As. 
l)U]"ii, fUthincss, dirtiness, itnclcaniicss, slovenliness, sJuttis/mcss 
uc b. nti wo ne no didi a, enye de. — oyy b. (e. s. no ho wo fi na 
no fi ntew), he is- afiJtiiii, dirty, unclean fellow, a sloven; of. oliem- 
murii; buriim, obnfo. 
biiru, V. s. buruw. 

bunibviru, bbbb., adc. enfircl//, lot(dli/; odi mc nya l». = 
obu or oye me akoa papa. [G. bbiblu.] 

aburuburuw, pJ. in-, a species oi dove; pr. GSl. (no mniaran 
te se akokg de.) F. abubnr. 

biiruku', F. buku', j;/. m-, book. 

burukiirinva, a large tree and its edible fruit similar to a 
pomegranate but larger and with larger seeds. 

buriun , n fdfh/j, dirty, unclean felloic; sloven.; slut, daitern; 
oy? b., gye neho b. = oye neho tlfi; s. burn, obut'o. 

0-b li r U m , a large quadruped ; pr. 682. 

aburu-nsiimma-beii. a species oi dove (red). 
biiriiWj V. to hrealc down, demolish (odah n.a.),- syn. dwiriw; 
to tundde down, fall to ruin; amoa no ab., the sides of the pit have 
broJcen dotcn; ne fwene burn gu n'aiiom', he has his nose smashed, 
knocked into his mouth, pr. 684 

abiiruM'tl, pl.m-, i. nantwi ab., heifer. yoH)ifi cow. that has 
not yet calved. — 3 = afanji, a female slave, especially one f'roni 
the interior with marks cut in her face. 

a 1)11 iMi w;i-ba, j>^ mmuruwd-mma, a vile, despicable person. 
bii.sUj s. mmusu, ahabusu, abusude &c. 

a b u s fi a , F. -sfiia, pi. m-, family, kindred, relatives, especially the 
relations of the mother s side; one of the ori(ji)ial fdmilies of the, Tshi 
nation. — bo ab., to join a family or tribe. pr.(>8S-7. 

al) us ua-ba H, sort of famdy or people; mo ab., moye a\Vi ! you 
are a thievish family! 

abusua-bo, inf. wufi kilro bi so aba na abusfia hiara a wote 
ne dill a.s. wufim', wode woho akghyem'. 

a b u s u a -b o_u e , a sin hereditary in a family. 

iihi\su.i\-d6, something hereditary, inborn, inbred, innate:, bayi 
ye ab. ; eye no uh. 

abus ua-diia, the tail i.e. cord or tic which connects a family. 

a b u s u a-k u w , family, tribe, clan. [pr. 086. 

a b u s u a-ma ii , tribe. 

o-bus u a-iii, ^>?. a- -fb, relation, relative, kinsman; syn. oni. 

abusua-yare, family-disfcmper, hereditary disorder. 

O-biisua-panyiii, the head of a family, pr.687. F. abusuia- 
mpanyin, patriarchs 

abusu a-pon ni, a member of an important famUy. pr.687. 

abusu-de, a wicked, mischievous thing or deed; ill luck, dis- 
aster, pr. 118. F. abomination, Mt. 24,1-5. 



i 



alMisiiscm — l)\vo. 



abiisii-som, wicked^ mischievous words, behaviour, or coiulitct; 
blasphemy; cf. innnisubo. 

u-b iisii t'o, ^jZ. a-, a wicked, mischievous man, s. obusuyefo; a 
frolicsome fellow; a roync (facetiously): obfironi yi ye ob., gtc yen 
kasa, litis I'hiropean is a roync, he understands our lanyuayc. 

O-bus u-3'(jt"0j pi. a-, a wicked man doiiiy miscliirf \n secret; 
royue, k)iavc, cillain, scoundrel, pr. 119. 

o-biitcw, inf. conipoisation, the pay mod of a dtbl by a credit 
of equal amount; reciprocation^ mutual return; ob. ne se: wode 
bi ka na gno nso de wo bi na iiiode atua; a. s, giio ut'a ne tiriin' a, 
wo nso afa wo tiriin; a. bn ^.'(). 

biitu, a-^ 6'. butiiw, abotu. 
Obutu, jjr. n. of the language of Sanya. Afutu Berekn, Siinpa 
( Winncbah), Apfi, cf. Or. Introd. § 5,2. 

bi'itfi, adv. completely cOc. very inwh, = kora, yiye, papapa; 
odii aduaii no b. (entirely), ka n'anini b. (sharply); wabo no aho- 
liora b. (utterly). 

biltubutu, imit. adv. expr. the sound of drununiug-: wgka 

b u t u b II t u w, red. v. [akyene b. 

biitu-iiu-bete, a kind o{ beads; s. ahene. 
abutiiscm, s. abot... 

butu w, V. to overturn, turn upside down, upset; ob. n'agua, 
he turns his chair (as the negroes, from a superstitious notion, do 
when they rise); b. korow, to overthrow, capsize a canoe; - intr. 
to lie or stand ujisidc down, to lie on the belly. — kyiVkg (tgmere) b. 
pon so, a tumbler stands upside down on the table; pr.202S. abofra no 
de n'ani b. ne nji ho, the child laid its face ayainst its mother. — 
b. aba so, to brood. — bata b. wo, your trade fails, yoes amiss. 

butuw, s. tekrema-butiiw. 

buWj c. 1. to sit on and cover cyys or yunny, as a I'owl, to 
brood; gsansa kg abuw = gkgto nkesna na wada so na wasow, = 
okobntuw aba so, pr. 2776. — 2. to heap toycther, to keep toyclher 
under a coveriny (nhe, palm-nuts, till they begin to rot, - abiirow, 
maize, in a vessel or under jrround, to malt it fur making ahai, 
beer). - — 3. to spare, save, lay up: obuw ne sika de akgware yere, 
he spares his money in order to procure tJirouyh it a wife. ■ — 4. to 
watch, keep sentry, yuard; asrafo buw abaii, soldiers yuard the fort. 
— 5. to watch, lie in wait or ambush: obuw no gkwan so, he way- 
lays him, s. tew; b. mogya, to lie in wait for blood. — G. to watch 
or overtake one in the way in order to call him to account; cf. tware. 
abuWj inf.^ s. buw, v. 1. 

e-buw, nest, coop, caye, cot, cottayc, hut, lodyiny; cf. berebuw, 
akokobuw; gdah bi a wgfre abosom no asamaiifo wg mu =: gbo- 
sombiiw. abosonnan, asamanfredaii. — F. =ntamadah, tent, taber- 
nacle. [G. bu.] 

buwfrefo, 2)1. a.-. = gkgmfo; onipa a otumi fre nsamanfo 
ne abosom ne mmousam ma wgbeka won anom' asem. 

bwc, bwobua, F. = hue, buabua. 



56 da. 



». 



The consonant d occurs before pure vowels, sometimes before 
nasal vowels when they are followed by in, n, or ii (e.g. den, dom, 
don, dum); d is changed into ii by an in (n, ii) before it. Gr. § 18., 
and into n or r by negligent pronunciation, Gr. § 19 B. cf. une, 
nnera, anadwo, angpa, = eda-yi, nne-da, adadwo, adgpa. — In 
several Fante dialects d is changed into dz when coming before 
the vowels e & i, seldom before e. In a few cases d or dz in F. 
interchanges with sj cf. adze, dadze, dade, adade = ase, asase; 
do == so. Gr. § 293, 1 a. h. Ftem. 1-3. 

The combination dw has nothing to do with the sound repre- 
sented by single d, and will be treated afterwards by itself. 

da, V. \juf. nna, red. deda] 1. to lie (of a single person or 
thing; deda, of many persons; gu, gngu, of many things: cf. bew, 
bea, boa, sam, buw, butuw, teii, tew) ; oda fam'. he lies on the ground; 
gda ayannya, lie lies on the bacli. — :2. to he in a certain place, to 
he sitnated: ne kuro da bepgw so, me de da boh mu, his toivn is si- 
tuated on a mountain, mine in a vallei/; kyckye da gsram hkyen, 
the evening-star stands near the moon; - to float, sicim, he huoijed 
up: base a eda nsu ani, a floating casli. — 3. to lice in a place : 
gdenkycm da nsum', omampam iiso da wuram', the crocodile lives 
in the water, the guana in the bush; onni dan na gda wuram'. },r. 6i7. 
— 4. to sleep (especially in the pcrf.): gkgda, he goes to sleej); wada, 
he is sleeping, pr. 704. oda bebre or dodo, he sleeps much; mesen wo 
nna, I surpass i/ou in sleeping, pr. 2802. mcrekasa no, gfaa mu dae, 
u-hilst I spolce, he fell asleep; - obiara kii wo sa a, da, if any one 
tells you so, sleep i.e. take no notice of it; ne ti ada, 6'. eti. — to die: 
ghene dae na wausore. — 5. to he quiet: ne nsa nna, liis hand never 
rests, he is industrious, = gye nsi, gye osifo, gdeygfo. — (J. to remain, 
rest: n'asem da m'asom', his word remains in m// ear, I do not for- 
get it. — 7. to weigh dou-n: nsenea, wotom' torn' a, eda, tvhe7i gou 
continue to ]}id in things into the scale, it sinks. — c?. to curd, curdle, 
coagulate, congeal, thicken: nufu no ada, the milk has curdled; nno 
no ada, the palm-oil has thickened. — !). da, Ak. ;= da so, 6\ 35 c). 

Fhr. 10. da aba so, to sit on eggs for breeding, to brood, hatch; 
sgn. buw, butuw. — 11. da adagyaw, pr. 699. da kwaferekwa, to he 
naked. — 13. da adi, to be manifest, ccident, open or clear; cf. 
da ho, yi adi. — io. da dweii, to lie and t'nink, to meditate. — da 
f\ve, to consider; s. 38. da tirim. — 11. da afa, to sleep at a sepa- 
rate place, pr. S84.705. — 15. da fam', to be level; ehg da fam', it is 
a lerel place. Fs. 26,12. — 16. da ogya (ho), da gyentia, to sleep at 
the fire ; pr. 559. — 17. da hg: a) eho da hg (pefe), it is mani- 
fest, evident, obvious; it is open, accessible: asem yi ho da ho, tlie 
matter is now plaiti or clear, = asem yim' ye pefe; - emu da hg, 
if is clear, pilain, intelligible, ojjcn; opp. emu asivv me: - gpoh ano 
da hg, the door is open. — b) n'ani da hg, he is modest, soher^ care- 
ful, attentive, mindful, heedful; sgn. n'ani ka ase. — - i6'. da ho, 
= daso.69. 35 c). — ID. da liyia, to border upon, to confine with; sgn. 
bghye (hyia), bg hyebau, to fuhye. — 30. da kapCia, to importune, 



i 



d;i — (la^ 57 

to tirpe; to he bent iipon. — 31. da inu, dam': a) to he or lie hi or 
bdicccn; da akurii inii, to be full of sores, pr. 700. - tokuru da dua 
no mil, t/iere is a hole in t/te tree, the tree is hollow. — b) to be heard 
Hiiiouij other voiecs and noises: nnawnta da nni. — c) to be (jiiilli/, 
in fault: to be bound, to be under obligation (to perform a duti/), 
Mat. 23,10. — 3:3. da a no: ne ti da nkrante ano, 6-. eti; dua no da 
opori iino, s. 1. — 3H. da inpaii, F. = to be or lai/ enqtti/, open; cf. 
:.>7. — 34. da ase, a) to lie under (Gr. § 118,3).'— W to thank (lit. 
to lie down); yda no tji no so ase, he thanJcs him for the tobaeco; 
meda wo ase, / thank i/ou; miyi mn yam' meda wo ase, / thank 
i/ou heartilij; meda-ase mcda-ase, / am mueh obliged (to yon); meda- 
ase aberaw, id. (s. aberaw); cf'unu ada-ase, the corpse has passed 
(a person or house) without pushinc/; s. afunsoa. — 3'>. da so, a) 
to lie or sleep npon. — b) to sleep after baving lieard a message &c. 
waiikoda so, // did not let him sleep; gtee no, wanna so, lie obei/ed 
it forthwith : wanna so na ybae, he c<(me on that vert/ day. — c) to 
(JO on, eonti)iue in doing- something. When put before another verb, 
to denote continuation of tlie action expressed by da so, that other 
verb may be rendered in Eng. by tlie adv. on, still: oda so kah, he 
(joes on reading, he reads on; oda so yare, he is still sick; in Aky. 
so may be omitted : wgda (so) di ako, thrg are at ivar still; cf. kg 
so, toa so, & Gr. § 107,1 G. — F. da-lio, da-do, da-ro, Mt. 19,6. Mk. 
5,3.5.9,17. — d) oda nelio so, lie is wary, cautious, circumspect, heed- 
ful, careful. — e) n'ani da me so, s. ani. — 30. da nsow : oda nsow, 
ne ti da nsow, lie bears a mark, has a characteristic, is marked oid 
or distinguished by some ^ign or character: onipa yi, ne duabah da 
nsow, the figure of this man is of a particular shape or make; cf. 
dansow. — 37. da nsram, Ky. Gy. = da yafumpah mu, to sleep 
with an empty stomach. — 38. da tirira fwe, to consider, deliberate: 
asem a woka kyere meyi, meda mafvve, or, me(re)da me tiriin ma- 
tVve, the matter you tell me, I will consider. 

o-da, inf. asase no da wgn da, the country lies open to them. 
da, s. daw. 

oda, 2>l- ""a, a day (of 24 hours; hkwa-da a nngnfwerow 24 
wom'; emu 12 ye adekyee, na emu 12 ye adesae); a time definite 
or indefinite; da nhina. all day; every day, always; una hhiua, all 
days, always; s. da; - eba nua-una, it comes at times, now and then, 
occasionally, seldom, = etg-dabi-a eba, it Itappcns sometimes; da 
se 'ne, a day or time (occasion) like this; pr. 696-8; this day week; 
Gr. § 248,6. — wonnim nna, or obi nnim nna, one does not knoiv 
what time brings, = perhaps, peradventure. Cf. da, da, daben, da- 
bi, dafua, dakoro, nnannu... da du, Gr. §80,5. nnagha, nna-mmerc- 
nsoh, nna-no, 'ne. — Oregyc nna awn, = ne wuda abeii or adu, 
ne wu adu so, ne nna rebi = oreye awu, orebewu, his days will soon 
be at an end; wahye da, he has fixed a day, it is his intention; wato 
no da, he has appointed him a day; watu ahye da, he has deferred 
it for another time. 

da at the end of negative sentences = da bi, any day, ever, or, 
together with the negation, never, pr. 596. 1479. 1587. Cf. dabi, pen. 



58 oda — (labidalti. 

(Sometimes it merc^ly gives emphasis to the negation: minnim no 
da, / do not knotv him at all.) 

O-da, j^Z. a-, (/rave., toinh; F. nda; (/. obo-Ja, odamoa; - bo da, 
to di(j a grave. 

nda, F. 1. = nna, inf. sleep. — :2. = oda. — 3. pi. of eda. 

da, V. 1. to open (the mouth to put food in): ne se apam nti 
wode dade da n'anora ansa-na wode aduan hye mu. — 2. s. dada. 

da, adv. & n. alwai/s, ever; confiimalli/, constanflij, every day, 
daily ; often; eternally; eternity. Ote ho da, a) he always sits there; 
h) he lives for ever; - da anopa oba or oba angpa da, alicays in the 
morning, every morning he eonies; da afe, every year; da adekyee 
ne adesae na mode meye adwuma mema, no, I tvorJc for him always 
by day and night; oba me fi da, he often comes into my house; gye 
sa da da or da na ota ye sa, he altvays does so. — da hkwa, ever- 
lasting life. — Cf. dapem, daba. 

da , dawa, pi. n-, 1. a little hell, as hung round the neck of 
sheep or dogs, pr.l76S\ cf. odawuru, nnawuta. — 2. meniise d., the 
uvida in the throat. 

daba, d. nhina, (hibate, (F.) always; cf. da, dapem. 
g-daban, jil. a-, bar of iron. — adabaiiip;iL-6w, bar of lead. 

dabanka, iron crow, crow-bar. Ak. akokobane. 
0-dabaw,y^/. a-, (pair of) tongs; )iij)pers, pincers; cf. a\viri,f('m. 

dabedabc [Kru lang. id.'\ = dabodabo. 

da-be a, = dabere, dabew, 7>r. '^iOL 

dabe-l'rama, climate. D.As. 

dabekyiri. As. = dabere akyiri, bed-room, sleeping-room. 

da-boii, which day or time, when?- d. na obae or gbaa d., 
when did he come? 

o-dabeii, red woollen stuff; = nkra-i'dionia. 

dabere, v. —- taforo; gkramari d. na okg. 

dabereko, flirtation, flattery, hypocrisy. 

da-be re, a place to lie on or sleep in, sleeping-place. i)r.2298. 

d abere-akyiri, s. dabekyiri; okg ne d.:=gkg piam' akgda. 

da-be w, == dabere ; wat'om akoda ne yoiiko d., lie has by mis- 
take lain doivu at his friend's sleeping-place. 

dabi [eda Ki] 1. one day, one time, some time back, once, in 
time p)<^st, formerly ; = dabihg; cf. nna-no, nna no bi. — 2. some 
day, one day, some time, i.e. at a future time; another time; cf. da- 
kye; pr. 69S.1644. — o'. any day, i.e. ever, together with a negation: 
never, usually shortened into da. — 4. no, never; in this meaning it 
is the only remnant of a whole negative sentence, s. Gr. § 146,."^. 

dabi-ara, any day, ever, at any time. 

dabi-ara-da, together with a negation, never. 

dabi da, no, never, not at all, by no means, - a more emplia- 
tical form of denial than dabi i. 

diibi-dabi, I. [red. of dabii.J long, along time, along while: 



obue il. yi, wunliuu no ana? he has been here a long time, did i/oit 
not sec him':' Joh. 14,9. woaninia uteni, ehe na woko d. yiV //oh are 
comiiKj late; irhcre have ijoti been so loiuj':' d. btlinnu', loiuj a<i<>, loin/ 
since, a i/reaf ivhilc atjo. — ^. [red. of dab i // no, not at all. 
da hi ho, — dabi 1. 

(labu, a. smooth, soft, said of cloth; si/ii. torotorotoro ; opjj. 
hutCdiuti). 

o-dalto, abiirow dabo, corn roasted irhile ifet in the ear. 

o-{\\\\)(), pi. a-, 1. antelope, - the, gftucral name, or only a spe- 
cies of antelope with horns, si/n. abere. Other kinds are: obobiri, 
adowil, ofrotii, gkwadu, otwe, owansan, c\Vi. — :*. a kind oi' locust; 
s. abebew. 

ada-l>0, inf. previous attempt; oniaii-iihyiani' ho ad., a preli- 
minarif jmiliament. 

dabodubo (^>?./f/.?)[Kru: dabedabc] duck; ninirai'i: kwakwji. 

a da bra, ^ odompo. 

o-dabrabafo, i>?. a-, deceiver, liar, hi/pocrite, impostor, rogue 

dr. onij)a a n'asein a oka nh. na biribi kotow akyiri; F. ndabraba- 

ny'i.Mt.a, 16.7,0.16,3. — s//n. gkoiikgnsani, okontonipoiii ; cf. nnabraba. 

dad a, a. & adv. Ak. = dedaw. 

a dad a, a blutsh earth brovight up in digging gold before the 

f ;i whicli contains gold. 

da da, red. v. 1. s. da. —2. to spread (of trees) : dua a wgtewe 
enkyee na adada se yi ! — .5. to persuade, win over, tolull ; pr.708.709. 
to cheat, deceive, delude, impose upon; s//n. nuX ti da, gyigye, sisi, 
di kusum; - inf. nnadji; onnim abofra nnfida. 

o-dadafo, ^v/. a-, deceiver, impostor, swindler. pr.710. 
dadada, F. alwa/js, = daba. 
dadadaw, F. long long ago. 
dadare, F. s. dare. 

dadavv, F. == dedaw, old; alreadg, long ago. 
adada w, F. oldness. Mf.Gr.pr.lOl. 
da daw in', s. dodom'. 
dade, adadc, F., As. = asase. 

dade, 1. iron. — 2. p)l. n-, iro)i instrument, tool, weapon, 
sword, dagger; vvgaka no or wgato no dade = woakuin no. — 3. 
the barrel of a gun (s. ohum). 

dade-biii, slag, dross, or recrement of iron. 

dade-gy a, 1. the first pain of a cut from a sharp iron. — 2. 
the flashing of bright iro)i; Nah.2,4. cf. gsekannya. 

dade-kot'i, tin-plate, wliite iron. — dadc-kvvasi, iron-plate. 

dade-ky o w, iron cap, helmet, pr. 389. 

dadepoti, a kind of beads, s. ahene. 

dade-seii, j)Z. n-, iron pot, iron vessel. 

dade wa [dade, dim.'jj'l. n-, a small piece of iron, nail, spilce; 
cf. prego, darewa. 

da-du, inf. dag-breaJc; wgkoe fi d. so kgpein anadwofa. 



60 dadu — duucrc. 



da-du, ten dans, daclu-dabako, dadi'i-nnammien' &c.j 11, 12 
d((ijs lOc. d-ddn-uuinuium, a foiiiii(/ht; Gr. §80,5. adadiionu, ada- 
diiasa, adaduanah &c., 20, 30, 40 days d-c. Gr. § 78,2. 
dnduianyi, F. = deduani, Mt. 27,15. 
o-da-dwen, inf. meditation (in lying down), care, mental anx- 
ictji; odi no ho d., he is in anxleti/ about huii; od. rokntn no, cares 
are wearinu him to death; s. da J,5. 

adadwOj Ak. = anadwo, nhjld. [eda, duo.] 
dadzc, F. = dade, iron. 

dadzc, F. = ase, fam', (jround, shore, (on the) land. Mt.lS.iS. 
Mk. 6,47. — nnin d., to walh on foot, Mt. 14,13. — I'sVc d., to fall down, 
Mt. 18,26. — dadzc-fwe, = asefWe, fall. 

dae, v. d. nui = bae, giiae nui, to sejxirate. 
dae, (an unusual form) inf. [da]: da nkwa da nnipa nliina 
dae, eternal life lies read// for (dl men. 

o-dae, pi. a-, dream. ■ — so dae, soso adae, to dream. 
o-daOj a sickness of the stomach and bcdly; cf. abadae. 
o-dae, palm-wine of the precediuf/ day (anad\vofa-sa a wodc. nsu 
afrani' dc, asi gya so, na adc kyc anopa a, wodc fra anopa-s;"i mu 
ma eye den). 

adae, c. n., a jilace of rest or lyiny down. 

ad;U!, a festival day, returning every forty-tliird day; one 
feast, called adae kese, akwasida(^ (advVedae), is celebrated on Sun- 
day; another, 24 days later, called awukudae, falls on Wednesday- 
The king receives all his elders and honoured guests in Ins residence 
and gives them drink and presents. 

o-daci'6, o)ie who causes separation or discord; so me mu saara, 
ntie gd., do not listen to one who wishes to cause a separation between us. 
adac-s6, inf. dreaming. — o-d a e s 6 f o , j^?. a-, dreamer. 

add fa, bo ad., to call, decoy, allure, entice, persuade (gen. with 
a good intention); obo no ad. = woka asempa kyere no a.s. wode 
biribi ma, ohii se wope so oba wo nkyeh. 

adafi, twa ad., to betray, disclose, discover, show, yive notice; 
to warn, forewarn, caution; wo £ino atwa woho ad. = wo tino adi 
wo ho adanse, akil'asem no ama wo, wo ano na akum wo, 2 Sam. 1,16. 
woatwano ad. se onnuan, they (jave him notice that he shotdd flee. 
Acts. 23,30. adafi-twa, inf. (A native in searching for the etymol- 
ogy thought of the phrase otwa neho da f;l, watwa ada fa^ wadah 
neho akgda ne nkyen bako: ete se onipa no ada wo asem nom' na 
onnim; na woka kyere no a, na ete se wokonyah no na wadan afi 
ne benkum so akgda ue nifa so, e.s. wall nea obenya aniane ho akg 
uea orennya amane.) 

da-fiia, pi. n-, a single day: nnafua nnaawotwe = nna nifua- 
mfua or mmako-mako awotwe, one day after the other for eight days ; 
gbaa suku gsram yi mu nnafua du. 

dag" ere [Dan. & Dntcli: hdc] sealing-wax. pr. 7 12. 



dkgo — ads'uri. 61 

dAijo! interj. if is a lie! no.i woku yi nliiiin, d.! dlU/idf ijon arc 
sailing is a lie, a falsehood, isnotirne; Imw d., to tell lies; cf. atoro. 
dat^niil, clear, fair, brif/Jif, of a shining, radiating surface: 
;if\v('t\Ve anini ye d., the loolcing-glass is fine, bright; oniu iikoinmi') 
1)i (li nti, n'iiniin twori or aye d. — n'auim nliiuri ye fVifd, because 
he has no sorroir, he has an open, cheerful face. 

{idaf>'3'aw, nakedness, nndifg. — da ad., to be nah-cd. 
dajj-yawc, a naked man. To d. nko a, anka wof^oru asafb 
Ai\,pr.S2S4. fjn-.i'OSr). 

iidn-tiy c w, a2,'yo\v, time, leisure: minni ad., I hare no time. 
(la-uyc, sleep- iralkinif. night-walking; gbo d., he gets mad 
(getn iii>, runs about, fights) in sleep, is a soiunanibulist, lunulic. 

daliii, the leaf or learcs of the adobe, a species of palin-tree, 
used by the negroes to cover the roofs. 

da-ho-a-choinOj a precious cloth in the possession of tlie 
iiinjj^s of Asante. 

(la-Iiiima, ^'^ n-, a ro>j(;<w^/ (not festival) dag; wonko abo- 
soinpow nm n. bi. 

a (1 ;i k .-i , jil. n-, box, case, chest, coffer, trunk, pr. 71.1; (closet, cup- 
board;) rectangle, parallelogram. 

adaka-baii, the manner or shajic of a box (Cr. 
adaka-bn 11, /'/. n-, harmonium, jiianoforte, clavichord, organ; 
cf. abeii. 

adakaniaii, F. tombs; Mt 23,29. = ada. 
adakaii i, (2}l. id.) the lock of or for a box, case (Cc. 
a daka-te ii, a jn-css for clothes. 
dako, dakoro, one dag; (gba snkfi) dakoro dakoro, nna- 
koro nnakoro, (he comes to school) onlg now and tlien ; cf. dafna, 
dakye, dabi. pr. 694.2114. 

g-dakuro, s. gdekuro & the foil. 

adfikuro, nea gdakiirow, one who rules over the town. 
o-dakii-d\Vom, s. dCvom. 
diidv yc, dakye bi, same future dag ; in future; another lime; 
abofra liyew iie nsa a, d. gbefvi e neho yiye ; afei de waka wo ho 
asem yiyc, d. de, gbeyaw wo. R.p.l6-j.—pr.902. ffr. eda c^ kye, v.] 
Cf. dabi ;>. 

d a m = da mu, to be or lie in d'C. s. da 31. — dam, F. s. rlem. 
dam [Dan.] draughts. — to d., di d., to jdag at draughts. 
O-daiii, madness. - bg d., to go, grow or run mad; pr.975. gd. 
na ebg no, wabg d., lie is mad; abg no d., it has driven him mad; 
cf. bg t2, gye. 

-dam, a. red, scarlet; cf. gbedam, adam 1. 3., aniadam, dam- 
nia, dame, damram. 

a d a m , 1. the crest of the cock. — ;?. the shell of a kind of shell- 
fish, red on one side, pr.714. — S. a certain play or ceremony of 
hunters; osi adam n.s. wngorn abofo, abgmmgyere, bgmmgfo-agoru, 



62 dauima — dan. 



e. s. wo a wnknm aboa no wnknva otuo na woto dwom na wotow 
tno no na obinom bo mma mu a.s. woka akyene [akyoneflam] a.s. 
ugbg dawurum' [dawuriidam], na ebinom nso saw ka wo ho. 

da 111 111 a, a small ircight of (j old equal in value to 2 ponce 1 
farUi'nKj; pr.716; s. sika. 

dailima-l)('), the red seed of n certain shrub, used as a f/old- 
iccight; d. ahaban ye owaw-aduru, the leaves of ilie danuna sliriih 
are a medicine used to cure a eouglt. 

g-dammaj [gdan, ditii.^ snudJ house or room; eof. eoffar/e. 
iidamba, nnamma, F. ML 26,64. hereafter ; nd. asendzida no, of 
the last daii of judgmod. 

adani ma kwad\v6, a by-name of the leopard; s. gsebo. 
o-dam-iii a 11, the l-ind or sliape of a house; gdan yi d. ye f e ; 
ef. ban, sibea. 

daniaiikama, s. dom... 

damaram, jd. n-,( a Hower with vermilion leaves; the shrub 
damaramm, i on which it grows; scarlet, cinnabar red. 
dam as [Eng.] damask. - Am.3J2. - ahiafo d., mod; sidin. 
dam'dam', chequered; yam atotow no ho d. mmako-mriko. 
dame, a red powder from iron ore: 'mosea kgkg a wgascw 
a wode twa (wgn) anim a.s. asafo. 

gd a 111 I'd, pi. a- [gdam] madman, pr. 719. 

damfo, friend (used in addressing a person). F. Mt. ,96,50. 
a da mfo, pi. nnamfo(nom), 1. Ak. [nea medan no] master, su- 
perior, p(dron. — /?. Akp. friend ; s//n. awe, gygnko: cf, abarirna: 
fa ad., to m(d;e frioidshij). — .V. host, who receives or entertains and 
lodges a guest ; sgn. ofiwura. 

a d a 111 fo w ;i , hostess; the wife of the host of a house where jour- 
ney-men are lodged and entertained. 

dammirifiia: gpompono ne nsa bye ne d. inu=r=gde ne nsa 
hye ne nan 2 ntam', he folds his hands and puts them between his 
legs (wode wo nsa hye hg a, na wo were ahow nen a.s. ade abia wo); 
wgde atnmpah rema no d. (= due), theg condole irilh him tig lje<ding 
the drum. pr. (717.) 1153. 2660..U00. 

ad dm m 6, inf. [bg dam] madness, pr. 1-354. 
0-dani6a [oda, amoa] grave, tomb, scpidchre. 
0-dampaii, [gdaii, mpaii] a house or room tcith an 02^en front; 
= odaii hunu, gdan a gpon nsi ano; gdan a ano tetre a wgtram' 
awia di asem, bg semgde na wgnom nsa na wodidi mu. F. Mt. 20,58. 
Of. abgnten-nampah, nammgn-nampah. 

0-d amp a re, i^?. a-, rafter, spar, frameivorl; of a roof; d. ani, 
inside of the roof, [gdan, house, aparew, Wfe.] 
d a m r a m , -iii a , s. damaram. 
adam-si, inf. s. ad am o. 
dan, V. [inf. a-, red. dennan] 1. to apply to, to seelc the protec- 
tion of, put one^s self under the protection of a. man of distinction & 



(i;ii'i — (liiiiiiai'i. 63 

influoncp, piiw (one's self) over or vp to, adhere to ; to depend on ; ode 
iiclio adiiii Brofo; ode uolio abod.in bosom; Ahitoi'cl do nclio hedan 
Absalom; oiiipa yi dan mo (— gdo nelio bg mo bo) na waiiya biribi 
aili ; odaii me or ndaii me da-yi, lie (ilie<(ijs aj)j)lies or romes to we 
(for bis liviiij;); pr. 7 :,'(). LK~);)5. — J2. to (ippedl to: gdo asem no kg- 
daii Kaosaro, lie appeiiJed to Cesar. — :■]. to eliiim; to desire; ino(bin 
so mt'iiya ad\Vuma-pa bi mayo na manya biribi ma-li, the oidi) thin;/ 
J (isle ov cure for is. that I iiiiii/ ijct some jirojier leorli to do in order 
to (/if soDiethini/to eid. — i. to eidl in, demand, exact jHii/ment from: 
<'i(biii me ka, lie demands pai/ment, ealls in a deld from we; ef. aka- 
ihxn; pr. 721-723. — 5. .v. donuan. — ad an, inf. elientship, a state 
of boing- under tbe protection of a patron; no nkyen a gte yi, enye 
gsom, na eye adah. 

daiV, r. {^red. dan'nan] to turn, to (jive another direction, tcn- 
dcnei/ or inclinidion to; to change, idter; to turn, transform, eliangc 
into, to become bii a sudden transformation: pr. 724. gbayifo dan nelio 
gsobg, a ivizard transforms himself into a leopard; to convert, to he 
converted (into): to retract, rerohc, recaU, remove nsew, a curse; 
wadai'i me dua a gbgg me no. — syn. kisa; san ; sakra; yc, nyiri. — 
]*hr. odan nobo, he turns round; gdannan nebo, == grl. no nsa, s. 
Ixl.; odan n'akyi (kyereme), he turns his back (upon or to we). — 
d a n .. g y a , F. to lea ve, MJc. 1,20. 14,o2. -da n .. k y e n e = gy fi kyene, 
to (live up, relintjuish, pr. 510.15.53. — dan mu, to idtcr ; wad an n'a- 
benni mu, he has changed the fashion of his rule, -dan an i, to turn 
one's face, i.e. to turn round; gdan n'ani guane; to turn the face, i.e. 
/() change, pervert, subvert; gdan asem no ani, he gives a ivrongtnm 
to (or, he missl(des) the matter, per verts judgment. — dan nsa, to tnrn 
one's hand; to trade, negotiate; gdannan ne nsa, he trades, deals; 
Lid:. 10,15. he is industrious (gtg biribi na gtgn. a.s. gtgn ni'nvinne). — 
daii asem, pr.2855. = d. asem no ani, s. d. ani. 

o-dai'i, pi. ix-, house, negro-house (R. p. 166); room, apartment; 
ef. fadan, aban, ofi, asan, gsan, nnanso, pantantwgre, and tbe difF, 
parts or kinds of lionse or room: abankua, abranna', abgntennam- 
j)an, dabokyiri, odampAn, nammgnnampan, nnantvverem', pakusu, 
])ato, piii, pnmpunu. asaso, ntwironod. 

o-(l;i I'l-il 11 o, house-doiyr, door-irag, opening or entrance of a liouse ; 
gdanano-pon. tbe door by wliicb tbe ontrance-way is cbjsed ; ef. 
gpon. R.J). 166. 

da 11 11 an, red. v., s. dan', v. to turn mang times, repeatedly; 
to turn, move or throtv this wag and that wag; mframa d. byen; - 
gd. nebo, gd. ne nsa, s. dan'. 

adanii;in, inf. repeated changing, alternation. — di ad., to 
change, undergo changes; wodi ad. ye, theg do it alternafelg, bg turns. 

adannaii-di, inf. change, changiug, turn; ad. abgde, organic 
creature, Kurtz § 174. 

0-dann;in, a kind of gam ; s. gde. 

dannaii-\Ve-ab6, obi a wodan no a, w6\ve abo, an unpro 
fifable master; s. under fow. 



64 fliii'idiia — danta. 



dau-diia, pi. nnanniia, a tree (pole or sflclc) cut for the build- 
ing of a house; timber. 

O-dclli-iie-na, a kind of lizard -— ntafontafo, .■>. okctcw. 

adanniin [gdan anim] fro)7t of a house; place in front of a 
house; wosi dan a, wgpaw nuna pakyeii ad. aiisa-na wokyeii adan- 
kyiri, tchen a house is built, the best sticks are taken for the front, 
and afterwards the sticks for the bacJc-ivall are put in. 

0-d a 11 k a , pi. a-, powder-flaslc, powder-horn. pou-der-case ; cf. toa. 

adaiikOj^L n-, hare. pr. 504. F. asoaso, asoketc. ipr.69... 

adaiikum, s. adenkum. 
daiikwanscrc, a kind of bat; s. ampan. 

O-diiiikyeii [gdau fikyen] the side of a house. 

adaii-kyeii, inf. [kyoii dan] the marlcing or lininr/ out of the 
sides of a house and fixiny the sticks fur the walls; cf. adannini. 

adaiikyiri [gdan akyi] the back, back-wall, rear of a house; 
the jdace behind a house; cf. adannim; mfikyiri. 

o-daumii, the interior or inner paH of a house; masiosic med., 
I hare put mji house or room in order. 

adaiiinudc [dan mu ade] jj?. /r/., bribes; sijn. boa, anadwode; 
di or gye ad, = di ininoa, to accept bribes. 

o-daano, the stick in a bird-trap on wbicli \.\\c. bird stojis and 
causes the trap or snare to spring so that it is cauglit; ilie iri(/(/er 
of a springe; cf. ntercwso. 

o-daiiiiow [gdan-gow] a house in decay, out of repair, in a 
ruinotis state. 

ad ansa, handcuff, manacle; wgato no ad. or wgde ad. ato no, 
he has been handcuffed. 

danse, F. dasc, mogya a abiri kg, gore, thick, clotted blood. 

adaiise, witness, testimony; evidence, xrroof; deposition of a 
ivitness; - di ad. (inf. adanse-di), to give testimony or evidence, to 
bear witness, to witness, testify; - bye ad., to call or take to witness; 
pr. 114.164. — wo adanse, thou aii witness; gnoara ad., he is witness. 

0-d an s efo, jj?. a-, one wlto gives testimony, a witness, drponent. 
dansebere, s. daascbere. 

a d a n s e -k r u m , false tcifness or testimony. 

d a n s e krii m fo , a false witness. 
d a ii-s , the upper paH or floor of a house, garret ; cf. abansoro. 
da-nsow, a. [nea eda nsow] easy to be knotvn, retnarkable, 
conspicuous, paiiieular; pr. 3254. 

da-nsow, densow, v. to be distinguished dr. ne nko ara na 
od. [gda hg a gte senea wgahye no nsow ; gyi densow, c.s. wo ho wg 
ade hi na nnipa hhina nini wo; ne ti d. = esono ne ti nko, ete se 
Onyahk. abye no gyirac; onipa yi, ne duaban d., this man has a 
singidarly formed body. 

0-d an ta, a kind of gun. 
danta, tmdcr-garme72t, loin cloth of the negroes, = amoase, 
gdena, gtam; wabg d. 



(l.iiilati.ii'i — (td.isriwii. G5 

da lit a li;i ii, circle; s>/ii. konlonkron ; wohoo (\v(tt\Vaa) no lio 
(1. = wotwaa no lio liyiao, ///r// tiiirroitndctl hint. 

i\ d .'i 11 1 a 111', jd. n-, | Hclau iitam' kwan] ira//. jxissai/c. iitfcrrniiiii/ 

space hcfirCCII llDKSCS. 

a da 11 I ;i lii' |m'a oda or eda utain'l iiiliriiicdidfc. middle (used 
(>. }^. ill apjiosition to a j>ro|ii'r name for tlic sake of distinction, as 
Adnohc Adantain': Adiiobc biakn di |ianyiii, na adantam' di lio, 
na akunia ka akyiri). 

adaiitofo, F. = abantofo. Mt.:>l,ii. 

adaiitaim, ? 

g-dii 11 til w, -tuo [odai'i iituw] ii)i loiiii/tahiled Imuse or room; 
ofio d., a forsaken divcUiny. 

o-daii ya, a certain medicinal plant; pr.89~K 
d !i-|»;i, 2)1. n-, a i/ood. Jnchij. frsfiral ddy. 

ad a pa, disiiracc, dis(/raccful trenfmevf; r*/'. adagyaw, alioliora, 
anyainpa; wobo no ad., t/iri/ maltrrnf. di.'^ffrnce, drf/rndr a respec- 
table man, as by Hofrjiing bini in tlie street, taking- away bis clotbes, 
fastening him to the block (rf. edua <>). — V. Mk.fi,12. 

O-dapa 11 i, pj. a--fo (nea ne ho da ho korjl, gtam nkata no so 5 
onipa a ota ye aholiorade) a shameless person; one tvho arts dis- 
ijraccfuUij. 

d apt' 111, (t ihoimind times dad y; a long time; always, ever, 
often ; d. nhina, for ever; d. na woye ade bone yi! ijou ahvays com- 
mit this n-ichedness ; .<!i/n. da, daba. 

dapeii, jj/. a-, or n-, iceck; = nnaawotwe. [da, pen, prop. 
a set of days.] R.p.167- (The names of the seven days, s. Gr.§41,4.) 

dapciisoni, weekly report. 

da poll 11. a, pi. n-, a hiyh. festival day. [da, pon, da, = eda a 
eso,] Yedi d. 'ne, to-day tee have a feast; Adae nna ye n., tlie Adae 
days are festival days. Cf. dapa, afahye. 

diirc', (j)!. id.), dollar ; piece of money, silver coin. F. dadare 
[fr. Dan. d(der. Dutch daaldcr.] 

ad.irc^, pi. n-, Ak. adere, hcjok, Ijill-hook, larye knife, hush knife, 
used by the negroes to cut down branches and shrubs, pr. 728-.W. — 
Own ad., pr.34Sl. fig. the destructive poicer of death. Death's scythe. 
Phr. me nan tia ad. so, I am on the point of startiny ((or work on a 
]dantation or for a journey). Cf. adatia, adawa. 

adare-bu [dade bo] musket-ball, bullet of iron; cf. aboba. 
dare k ana, a sympathizing expression in condoling; ma d. 
= ma due or hyeden, to condole. 

darewa, ^j^ n-, a small fish-hook; cf. dadewa d- tonkog^-ei. 

adasa, F. men, jicoplc (in general). Mt. r>,ll.ir).i9. Mk. 9, HI. s. adesa. 

adasa-mba, F. men, children of man ; syn. nnyimpa. 

o-dasaiiyi, F. s. odesani. 

o-dasawa, a tree and its fruit| s. adesa. 

5 



66 dase — adaworoma. 

dase, F. = adanse, Mt.8,4. 31k.6,ll. dzi d., ye adase, = di adanse, 

dase, F. blood, gore; s. bogja, danse, kafo. [Mt.2.-^ySl. 

da-ase, to thanh, s. da 24. — ndaaso, F. = nnaase, asoda. 

o-daase, a log of wood scooped out longitudinally to serve for 

a modar (cf. owoaduru); fodder-chest or irafer-troiig/i for sheep. 

Odaasede, edaho [edaase. fam'], owgadnru uso si hg^ gd. do, akura 

na woye, nanso won a wokyi wgadurnm' fufu Kwasida na wowgw 

worn'. 

daiiscbero, ffr. mada-ase mabere, / have thauhed I have 
Itecomc tired] a title given to kings: a benefactor so liberal that he 
makes one grow nrarg of returning tha)iJ:s. 

adasefo, F. iciinesscs; adase-torfo, false witnesses. Mt. 26,55.60. 
(\ i\ S \, tight (?); wgkyeree no hania d., the// boundhishandstight. 
da-so, to continue, s. da 25 c. 
O-dfi S u, pi. n-, coverlet, blanket, qnilt (ade a eda [mpa] so); the 
cloth on which one sleeps; cf. mmuatam. 

o-dasii, j)Z. a-, [gda su = hovow] a division of the night, uighi- 

wafch (of which the negroes count three: from G to 10, lOtol and 

1 to 4 o'clock. Woda na wunyjln a, wgfre no d. biako; gd. biako 

twam' a, na omuniii'ikuni ne niframa abetwam'.) Wayi (or wada) 

d. biako, he has slept the first part of the night; wgada ayi d. fa, 

theij lie in the first sleep: wgada ayi ad. abiefi, tJieij have slept from 

the beginning of the night till after midnight; wgada ayi ad. abiesa, 

thei/ had slept till about 4 o'clock in the morning; gbaa gd. abien mu, 

he came in the second watch; ednu gd. kgiikon, it was in the middle 

of the night; gdasi'un , at midnight, in the night. — F. dosii, Mt. :.'4,43. 

ad a tew a, a sort o{ cloth; s. ntama. i±s.W,4. 

a d a ti a, = adare tia, pr. 412. 

(la-tia, a short term or space of time granted to a debtor for 

discharging his obligation; wahye no d. bi. 

0-da w, ]. tliejaw, = abogye; osum d. = ode ne nsa sTini n'a- 
bogye, he sujij^orts his chin with his hand. — 2. conversation; gbg 
daw = gbg semgde, he ("moves his Jaw'' ^) holds a conversation. 

da \v a, j>?. n-, [eda, dim.'\ a short dat/ or time; yekodii nuawa 
bi wg hg na yebae, n-e spent some few days there and tlien returned. 
dawa, pi. n-, /. (a pair of) fire tongs. — 2. a bell of native 
manufacture, hung on sheep's or dogs' necks, .s. da. 
adaw;i [adare, dim.'] a small bill-hook. 
adaWti, = adewa, a certain j:/?rt?/ and song of women, 
daw ad w a, stomach (of man); cf. furu, nsonokese. 
da- w r , a day fixed, yet not punctually kept, a slip>pitig day 
(as it were); wahye d., he set a time, but has not kept to it. 

a d a w 6 r o in a , favour, kindness, grace, mercy ; the word is used 
in an elliptical way, and scarcely as the subject of a sentence. - Wo 
ad., you are very Icind! n'ad.ntia, ank;l miwui, but for his kiud)iess, 
I shotdd have died; ohene ad. ntia, anka wokum me, btit for the 



;i(l;iwiil)c) — (lu. 67 



kiiui's incrvfi I shtnihJ have been put to deatli; midi no ad. ansa-na 
iiiaiiyA (jdan madam', o.s. mosom no ansa-ua omafime kwai'i nu^daa 
ne dan mii; - woye biiibiara do ma obi na otua wo so kaw a, wuse: 
midi no ad., I procured permission, his favour, to allow me... pr. nt4. 

ilda \v ii-bg, inf. = adawuru-bo. — i\ k w uvo, pr.-WVi. 

g-dii w I'l riij j>Z. n-, a kind of hell to he strurh with a slick hi; 
the public crier in niakinj;- |noclamation, also used at j)iiblic meet- 
ings, at certain pbiys, in the frantic (bmcos of fctisli-men I'^cc. cf. 
nnawiitA. — (lawiiriidaiii, n. a(bun, ,-;. 

Ad;n\iii-aiilii-;!(la\vai'.i-iilOa [\vu(bin won (bosom) Ntoa] a by- 
name of Komai'i or Akfiropon in tbe Uuiguaj^c of th(\ great drnm. 

adayo, inf. [da yiye] a yoodsitnaiioii ; n(0ii1ro-ban wo ad. ma 
eye few, the town is heautifulli/ situated. 

dii-yiycl dayiy'o! interj. sleep well! (Jr. i? 147,3. 

do, F. 1. = se, that; osc de, bora ! =: oka so : bera ! — ^^. = se, 
as, even as; de-bre, de-mbre, Mt.6,3. = senea, lihe as. — 3. = se 
(used elliptically) ; ekaa de = ekaa se, it wanted as (little as possible) 
i.e. (dmosf, nearly. — /. = s(j, vert/, verijmuch. — '>. = den, Mt. 26,66. 

d(.' (dgw), red. dede (dodcw), a., 1. ayrecable, pleasant, 
sweet, is used of eatables and drinkables: eye de, it tastes well, 
pr. 642. 1942. :.'103- — of sound, e.g. of the horn, of the drum, of a 
tune, j;r.r.9. 9.9.5/'. of words: akwanmusem i\Q.\v ., pleasant news, pr.l899. 
of a person : oye de, he is an agreeable man, pr. 1318. — 3. right, 
righteous, used in judicial decisions or sentences: n'asem ye de, he 
is (in the) right; n'asem nye de, he is wrong. — Fhr. me ho ascm ye 
(won) de, a lawsuit about me (i.e. mg being or getting involved in a 
lawsuit or misfortune of an// kind) is or would be pleasaid to them. 
i.e. / am hated by litem. On the simple or variously reduplicated 
forms and the predicative and attributive use of them, s. Gr.§ 68-70. 
0-<le, n. s. odew. 

de, ?;. (Ak.) s. dew. 
nde, F. = nne, to-day. 

do, V. 1. to hold, have, possess; to own: gno na ode kiiro yi, he 
is the possessor of this town ; pr. 713. ode n e h o , he po.'isesses himself 
i.e. Ite is free, his own master, not in bondage; pr.713. — 3. to owe: 
ode (me) kaw, he owes (me) a debt; pr. 747. 776. — 3. to have seized 
or befallen: awow de me, I am cold; okom (osukom) de no, he is 
hungry (thirsty). — 4. to contain, to he: ne din de den ? trhat is his 
name? — to have the name of, he called: ode Kofi, his name is Kofi. 
— ').to hold on, keep on, persist in, continue: ode no f\ve ara, he hejit 
on flogging him; wode bone yo a, mede wo fwe ara, if you continue 
to do evil, I continue to flog you, i.e. as long as you do evil, I shall 
always punish you. pr. 739. — li. to use, be accustomed to: gnne apem- 
pensi na epe n'ade, lit. he does not use extortion and seels his things, 
i.e. it is not his manner or fashion to enricJi himself by extortion. — 
7. to mean, refer to, allude to, aim at: ode me yonko, na onne me, 
he means my friend, not me; pr. 1907.1383. — 8. to mention: oman 
bg, na menne sika, the fwhole) town or nation is lost, not to mention 



68 ^ jde. 

mone//, pr. 1998.3524. se wonne sa or se wonne n ne a, asram abiesa 
wohyia preko, lit. if tJiei/ do )iof mention (meeiiny), in three memflis 
the// rneel once, i.e. at 1 east once in 3 months theij assemble. — [This 
r. is mostly used in the contin. form only, Gr. § 91, 2. 102, 2. U17., 
sometimes in the pret.: okgm dee me, / n-ashioHfrj/: seldom in other 
forms, as, proyr. : awow rede me, I am be(/innin(f to feel cold; perf.: 
awow ade me, cold has now (hi/ degree.9) come iq)on me; fid.: awow 
bede me, I shall feel cold.] — The v. de expressing a state, the 
action by which the state is produced, is usually expressed by 
other verbs, as, fa, to iaJce, nya, to obtain: obefa neho adi, he 7ciU 
become free; obenya kaw, he irill ran into debt. 

d e is very often used as an aii.i . r. introducing an object to 
which tlie action expressed by the principal verb refers, or by means 
of which it is performed, or of which some other thing is made; e.g. 
ode afoa bye bobam', he (has a suvrd 2»ds i.e.] 2)>ifs a sword into the 
scabbard; ode nkrantetwaaduba, he harinr/asu-ord cat off a branch, 
i.e. he cut of a branch with a sword; ode nhoma bu kotoku, lit. he 
takinci leather makes a bay. i.e. lie makes a bay of leather. Intransitive 
verbs like ba, to come, kg, to yo, fwe, to fall, tra, to sit, when con- 
nected with the anx. r. de, assume causative signitications : to bring, 
conduct, throw dovn. to cause to sit or to put; but de never par- 
takes of the iuHection oi'tho jtrinc. v., and in all ney. and imi>. forms 
it is replaced by the inflective verb fa, to take; e.g. wode no betra 
aheiinua so, they takiny him will (cause him to) sit i.e.. they uiU set him 
on the throne; fa no tra agua no so, lit. tidiC him sit i.e. place him on 
ihcd stool : woamfa no antra agua no so, they have not set ov placed 
him on the .<<tool. Cf Gr. § 108. 2()5. (pr. 770. 774. 781.) 20(5. (pr. 7'>6. 757. 
771. 77 S.) 2(KS. (pr. 7.18. 764. 760. 779.) 234. (pr. 734. 746. 754. 755. 761-63.) 
2:-57. (pr. 733.736-39. 749-51. 753. 765. 767. 769. 777. 778. 772. 780. 752. 782.) 
240-12. (pr. 740-45. 768. 737.) 

de, Ak. (lee, emph. jnirt.dconj.. by which a person or thing, 
or an action (or sentence), is made prominent or opposed to another 
or others. [It is derived from tbe n. ade (s. hel.) which again is de- 
rived fr. the V. de.] It means tidcen apart, conccrniny, as for, as to 
(Gr. § 7;').;}): me de, meiiki'i, my thiny or part i.e. as for mc, I do 
not yo. When the sent, or part of a sent., which is made proininent 
by d e, jtrecedes a corresponding coord, sent., the. latter begins with 
n a or n a n s o , but, and d e is usually not translated (if we will not 
express it by indeed, it is true. t(d;e it for yranted. Gr. j:il4().2')l,r.); 
but when it follows after the corresponding setit., de is translated 
by but, however: mafre no de, na omma, I have called him, hut he 
does not come; obekg, na me de, metra ha, he will yo, hut I shcdl 
stay here; me de, mete dan mu, na me nua de, gye adwuma (wg) 
adiwo, I am sittiny in the house, but my brother is trorkiny outside; 
Abiirokyiri (de). gba di n'agya ade; eha-yi de, ente sa, in Europe 
a chUd inherds his father's yoods; here, hourver, it is not so. — The 
particle may be used twice: asem yi de de, minhii ase, as to (the 
concerns of) this matter, I do not understand it. 

d e, «lee, d c a, pron. put instead of a previous noun ffr. ade, 
thing] Gi\%Q'2. me de, mine, also my part, my portion; yende, ours&c. 

fpr. 823. 824. 



ode — dea. 69 

0-<l('«, Ak. odcc, F. ('(l\V(t, jitun, i\ larj^o csfulrnt tuber or root 
of various cliuiltiuj^ jilaiits, of the j^cnus J>i()si(irrii. foriuiuj;, when 
roastt'd or boiled, ;i w liolfsouir, |ialataMi\ au<l nutritious food; 
jn.SJ.'i-'JIf. 'riu' diif. kinds have each its particular names: J. ((de- 
pa Jie; }!:yawu, akwako, krukrujta, I'lkantAuii, dika, nirido, odanuah, 
odc-kwasci, anini;l-ui;iuni-au\vu (Ab.), aniauyaku, iingnko-noiikg, 
osu, |K'|toa: ,;\ukaui: I'lkaniiuMU', I'lkuku, juiiwa-aniwa; J/, bu- 
yer c: aliabayore, ouvaiMc-bayi're, kade, kokora, asabiiwi, asante- 
ai'iliii litem, ulonto, obuobi-kwaw, aduoku, kuini-ya\v,k\vabena-afwi, 
kwame f\\ I (tbe last .') are names of men who lirst planted these 
kinds); i. afasew; afase-kani, afase-tuntum, apuka, adi-amma- 
\vo-b»; ;>. mensj'i (ye frcmfrem). iikamfo (ye I'lwene); ayamkaw- 
<le. — .v. fua, bore, i)an, tu i^c. mmotokromii, mjtow; fuffi. 

adc, Ak. a<lee, F.adze,7</. aile, nneema (F.nnyemba, nd/.emba), 
unewu, I. t/iitiff, SKhsfatKC, espee. a/i iiKininiofe ohjcd; miif object of 
the senses or of thouglit pr. 783-S8... (rf. asein, a hi/ object of speech, 
fniiisiiition, occurrence, (iff air, erent): stnnctliUifi, si/ it. biribi; ade- 
kgkg, somethinii red; jn: IS'). ISU. 140.811. (sometimes it is left untrans- 
lated, Or. ^ 2u2, 1.) cf. adebone, adepa. — ^. ressel, instrumoit ; 
/tl. elfect.s, fur nit lire. — :!. propcrtif, jMi.s.iesaioii ; part, portion ; j)!. 
ijoods. irares, merchaniJise, pr.820. ijoods, riches, foiiunc, wealth; 
pr.81S.821.1U2:i.2ol4-l(}. (di, pe,'iya ade, .s. 8-10.) — 4. sonic tinknoicn 
aycnt, poiccr or caase: ade ato no so mS wawii, he had an apoplectic 
fit from which he died. — o.irstrikiuij act of strenyth. skill or curniimj; 
a feat, deed, erjiloit: woaye ade, iiou liave performed something ijreaf 
and praise leorthti! — d. ^/7/ //////r/.s taken together, the ivorld; bo 
ade, to create t/ie iror/d; to found a kingdom; s. bo 6'5. ■ — • 7. the 
thinffs risible in da/flii/ht or performed in the dai/-time: ade kye, 
///(' things apjH'ar, liecoine clear, visible, i.e. the day breaks; ade a- 
kye, it is daiiliijld, morning; - ade sa, the thinr/s disappear, vanish, 
come to an end, i.e. the daij closes, ends; ade ascl, the things are done, 
i.e. it is evening, night, pr. 808.810.811. — 6'. Fhr. (cf 3) di (obi) ade 
a) to feed or live upon one's property, he supported bg, get presents 
of. enjog benefits of one, pr. 860.872.876. — b) to inlterd one's pro- 
perty; pr. 844.877. to succeed in ones office or on the throne. — .9. pe 
ade, to seek i.e. endeavour to make a fortune. — 10. nya ade, to 
make a fortune, become or grow rich ; pr. 975.2.511-16. 

Jide, a kind of beads, s. ahcne. 

. de, v. to open wide Cgdei'ikyem ade u'anoni' rebekame; de 
kotoku no ano, na menifa ntrama no niinnu mu); to extend; Avotwa 
(mpasua) d*-*? mu, theg e.rtended their lines for fig/ding, ranged tlie 
battle; sgn. terew; cf. dede. 

di^, adv. stdl, sdenf, quiet, calm; softly, gently, carefully : fa 
koto ho de, usee no! — syn. koram, berew. 

0-de', friend, used by a female addressing a female friend; cf. 
awe, hwewe. 

dea, Ak. = uea, Akr.; F. nyia, Jte wJto; dzea. dza, that which: 
a.\so place where, manner in which, pr. 22.54.2259.2116. (2113-2283.) 



70 ad(3bisa — detedele. 

adc-bisa. Inf. consuUatton, Inqidrf/ o( nil't'iah or fortuneteller. 

O-debiSflto, i>/. a-, inqitirci: pr. 1700. 

a dob 6 [ada-ebo, koko so nkataso] an amuld worn or "I/fi)i;/ on 
ihc hrcasf", of cloth, leather itc.; nkTirofo dc sebe n. a. ye mu; - 
hrcaat-inlaic, cjihod. 

ade-bo, inf. creation. — odebufo, creotor, = obofo, oboadee. 

ade-boiie, j>L n-, a bod iliimj, evil, ill, sin; cf. bone. 

o-deboney efo, pi. n-, sinner, evil-doer, malefactor, crindmd; 
cf. gbone, obonefo, onipabone. 

ad ebon da, pad. — adeboiida. akindof />c«r/.s. <S'. kabgnoa, -ri. 
ad e b 11 o v ii w a , hoUtcr: s. kabgnoruwa. 

ndeda, V. = unera, /jcsterdai/. 
nde-dayi, F, =: nne-dayi, to-daij. 

adedade, an old; iveU-lnoirn, common thing; = adc dedaw. 
deda-dcdaw, red. a. or ad r. 1. verif old. — :2. long ago, hnig 
since, for a long time. 

dedaw', Ak. dada, F. dadaw, pi. a-, a. J. old (used of thiii'^'s, 
seldom of persons, cf. apa, ])anyin, akora): gdau dedaw' or gdan- 
nedaw, im old liouse. — 2. long hiioirn, long acquainted: gdanifij 
dedaw, an old friend. 

dedaw, Ak. dada, <ulr. alrcadg: waba d., he is come olreadg. 
dede, red. a., s. de. 

Dede, 2>r. y?. of a female, said to be the mother of the Ga peo[)le 
and the elder sister of Kgkg, q. v. 
odede, Ak. sagings. fame, rejiort. 

dede, F. ~ gyegyej^yc, noise, fa in alt. Mt.g,ii:j. Mk.o,38. 
odede, jmssessor, owner, propri(;tor. 
adede, Ak. = dwae; a certain jdag; yej^-org ad. 
dede, ycd. r. to .<;ncak, slink, cratvl <tfler, to icatch, liir/c for, 
lie in wait (agyinamoa dede nkura; gbgmmgfo d, aboa aiisa-na 
wakuin no; dede kgkyere aboa no I). 

adede 1*1 k ru ma, the rostor-oil jjfaid. Jiicinas.coiinnKnis, Palma 
Christi. 

ade-di, ////•. inheriting. — y-dedifo, jd. a-, heir. 
o-de-doma, s. doma, horghorg. 

0-deditani, 7V. nneduafo, [nea gda duam'] captive, prisoner, 
one fastened to the hloek, cf. dua a. — F. daduianyi. 
dediia-fi, = nneduafo U, jtrison. 
dee, adee, Ak. s. de, ade. 

(hU'e, a. soft, sweet, fledtering; softly; gye n'ani akyi d. = gda 
n'ani akj'i fefefe (gka n'ani gu so se greda, nanso enyenna na greda), 
he hlinTiS, twinldes, winks, casts a smiling look (at). 

defedefe, red. v., to fledter; sgn. hoahoa; gdefedefe no agye 
n'ade adi, he flatters him in order to inherit his propertg; gd. n'ano, 
he S2)eaks sofUg. appeasinghj. 



k 



;uiufcm — (Ifkiult*. 71 

ade-roin, bif. bori-owiny. — o-delVjmlb, one tvho borrows. 

a (Ic-rcrc, ////". )>irf/f, rcU(jioiisnvss, reverence, veneration, awe, 
holii f'vnr. — o-dorori'li), yV. a-, a pious, (jodiy, religious, reverent, 
careful, conscientious, scrupulous, person. 

ado-riri, /»/". yicing or setlintj on credit. 

0-(lefii'it'o, 7>/. a-, debtor, = gdofemfo. 

o-dol'o, pi. a-, a ninn of weultJi, wcaltfi//, opulent, rich man ; s/ju. 
nsikani, olionyai'o. 

o-dr'Tt'io, benefactor, a ;/(>od, hind, bcnif/n, cJiaritaldc, tilicnd. 
Iiouutifid, munificent man, used as a resi)ectful or Hattering address 
(i» a man of rank, [nea ne ho adc ye fow? adgeyefo?] 

adc-foiii, ////'. offence, transgression, tresjiass. fir. 2167. 

O-do-fiirii', I. a pudding of yam, s. fufu. - ;?. a kind of btUtcrfli/. 

a do-fVv c r u, inf. (the act of) expendimj or wasting money; ex- 
penditure. — a dt'l'Vvei'ode, costs, expenses; charges. 

u-do-u'U fo, pt. a-, founder, caster; type-caster, Icttcr-fuunder. 

(id eh a, \\\\n) possesses the forest] a by-uame of the leopard, s. 
osebo. 

ade-huiiu, a vain tiling, vanity, = ahuhude. 

g-dehy «i, pi. a-, 1. free man, free tvoman; noble man; member 
of the King's family; me d. ni, this is one of my sister's children (when 
they are iVeeborn). j;r. l-J:2.8.j9.Sd.'i-4?.lo44. — 3. the st(de or rank of 
a free man; pr.So'O.S-W-SS. kg wo kiirom' na kodi wo d., go to thy 
country and lire there as a free man. — 3. (adj.) free, not in bondage 
free-born. Y. no bogya dehye, his most precious blood. Frk. — 
■1. (n.) gd., an eruption and swelling of the eyelids. 

(_»-dohye-ba, ^jZ. nnehye-mma, free people's cliildren. 

adohye-di, iiif. liberty, personal freedom. 

O-dehye-kofuni, Inight; baron. Hist. 

O-deliyc-pauyiu, count, carl; gmantam niu d., landgrave. Hist. 

adehye-sem, t)ehaciour of a free, independent man; arro- 
gance, presumptuousness ; As. = ahantan. - di ad., to be presumi)- 
tuous; to live as a nobleman, pr. fi49. 

adchye-som, inf. service in the quality of a free man or re- 
lation, not of a slave. 

o-deliyc'wa, (young) nobleman, pr.84S. -pi. n-, nobility. 

ade-kaii, the first thing; first-fruit; cf. abakari, 

a d e-k ai'i, inf. counting, reading; cf. gkan, gkenkan, nhouiakan. 
deke, s. dekye. 

dekedeke, carefully: wgso no (wokura no) d., they carry 
(hai^dle) him cautiously. 

deke deke, softly: gnani uc nan ano d., he WfdJiS silently on 
tiptoe; syn. berew. 

dekodc [ado ko] w1iat, which thing (in indirect questions, 
Gr. § 60); kobisa no dekode a gfwefwe, go and ask him what he is 
looking for; eden ua aye no ma osii? minnim dekode. 



72 adekora — demerekii. 

ade-kora, inf. securbxj of ilihigs, pr. 7lJi. 

O-dckiiro, adekiirow [iiea ode kiirow] /;?. a- -fo, 1. Dintcr or 
chief of a town or riUnr/e (used as a respectful title or appellation); 
kurow yi mu dokuro ba ne no. 2. ghene safohene a gte uc kfiroui'. 
(■/'. ohene, gmanhene. - o. hny(/omastn\ niai/or, prefect. 

ode-kwasea, a kind o( ymn; s. ode. 
dykye, ndv. 1. pefccpiibly; ;3. sliuhili/. (?) Waka no d., lie 
has touched if injurioush/ ; ade a mede mato ha yi, nka no d., /he 
thiny Ihdve put here, do not touch it low/hli/! nie wura a mesom no, 
onkA me d., mi/ master nhom I serve, does not treat me in a hard 
manner; wgsoaa funu no, ankii. d., when the cor))se was carried, it 
did not more in the least; gnka neho d, tie no, he ohe/js him irithput 
any reluctance or opjyosition. 

ad(';-k3'ej inf. 1. dividing: yebaa adekye, or, adekye nti na 
yebae, we came to divide the thin(fs. — ,V. the act of preserdinij, 
making presents. 

adekyed(''j (id. id.) ijift. jircsod. also adekye, akyede. 

adck yOc [cf. ade kye] 1. doii-brcaL, morning (cf. anopa). — 
;?. the ne.rt or following dajf. :>. dag-light (cf. awia), the whole dag 
includinii- morning, noon, afternoon and eveninji: (angpa, o\\ igyi- 
nae, betuabcre a.s. nifaretubere, anwuniinere). Mt.:^0,6. 

ade ky ec- li a mil, the first rag or streak of light at the hori.:on 
in the morning skg; morning-tu-ilight. diurn. dag-Jjreak, dag-hliish. 
the purple glorg of the morning. 

;i dc ky cc-s (I I'O m;i , inorning-sfar. dag-star: s. ko-soroma, 
owuodi, kyekye})eawave. 

adc'-kycrc, ////'. insfructinn. troching. 

deui, 1. hurt, i)ijurg, damage, loss; fault, defect, blemish; wadi 
dem, he has received a hurt, suffered damage (in his h(!alth, from a 
previous sickness): onni deni (^)r dem biara nni neho, hf is faultless, 
without Ideiiiish (eli ne soro bedn fam' nni yare biara). — ;^. a last- 
ing impression : residue: a sticking fast, resting, continuing (in the 
ear); edi ni'asom' dem, it remains in mg ears'.^ obi tu wo fo-pa a, 
ina enni wo asom' dem. 

dem 111. a. still, quiet, calm; sgn. dii'in, komm. 

dem, F. =t)a, sa, so, thus; Mt. :2,'),').16,J9. dem no, whereupon^, 
Mt. 14,7. dem yi, thus, Mt. 3,lo. on this fashion, ML 2,12. — deinara, 
= saara, so, even so, the same, likewise. Mt. 5,12.46.47. 7, 12. 

deni-iitsir, F. = ne sa nti, therefore. Mt. S,S. .5,46'. (1,2. 
ademene, As. -= sumana, pr.74S. 

demmere, n-, F. ndzembir, reed; difL kinds: 1. nifia, used 
for wicker-work; 2. kete, used for a kind of tlute, k^tr, odurusj^ya; 
3. gyee, witli many thorns (eho wg nsge-nsge sr). 

0-demerefua, hush-dog. catches fowls; = odom])o, r/. v. 

demereyiij -ku, adobe 'mcrenkensono a wgapo, a branch 
of the Sidioh<i- palm, from which tlie fibres (edgw) are or have been 
taken out. 



;i»l»'iiiiMlt' — (Iciiiiau. 73 

;Hl('-mil-(lc, (i>l. id.), ti lliiiKj /irrsrrrcil, frcdsiirrd ii/) in a lutx 
iK:f., fnasiors, fdlitahlcs; («.<;■. julcmiilu'iK-, ndt'inusika; iidcmiilam, 
II jinrioiifi vloili, not used always, but kojit for festival occasions. 

(Iri'i. r. to orcrcoiiic. iiuisfcr, coiiqiirr, on'rjxnvcy; don so: 
fit (Uilirvhili. iirrr/)(>is(\ orcrhdiinicr : folic more Hutu, siirjiass, ex- 
rrvd, prcjntiidmdc, prrrit'd. AVodi-ii no no se: nnipa baiiii fuw bako 
f\Vc no, ilirii lai/ hold o/' It/iii (and iloj; liini); 'f\Vo no\ tlioiiuli it bo 
iimittod, is nndcrstDod; but it may also bo addod: woadoii no afwe 
no, ///(■// liarv fot/cflwr i/ircti him ii /lof/t/itti/; nsenoa ofa yi adoh so, 
Ihis .side of Ihc Ixdaxcc iri'iffhs down; edon nie so so adcsoa diiru- 
duru, Ps. :iS,4. onijia kara don abode nhinii (bebro, abogden), tiuin^ti 
soiil is more ridiiid)h' fhini <dl mtdmrs; no yere a okovvareo no den 
no, his irip' is viorc (in rank and every tiling) than hr; n'asem a 
waka no den no, he has (/one foo for in s(ii/in(/ find. 

((j-)deiV, y. den, do, Ak. deeben, doeii, sen, pron. iidcrroy. Gr. § 
()0, 2.5. 1. u-hof':' nhid fhiiifiY ose doiV V ichid does he sai/'^ wgfro yi 
don ? irh(d (or hoic) is fhis cidled? edon nx, n'hid is fhis'f' It may be 
used in the })0ss. ease: edeiV asem ni? = as^m ben ni? eden asem 
na moka, irlud (fliiuifs irord) are i/ou fidkivf/? — :J. edon, odoii nti, 
for ifhid, from irhnf r((i(se, irhji? woyee den na wofwee aso, irhid 
did i/oi( do (i.e. hiiir iras if) fhiif ipni fellY nioye den na mugyina lia 
kwaV hoir /v // fhof //on iirc slandinf/ here idle'^ — o. hotv'i' wgye 
lino lien? hon- is fhc jndm-oil mode? — i. don, F. how much? Ak. 
sen V Akr. alio? — Edon , contr. — oyt^ don : odoi'i na W(»fwof\vo, 
whni is if flinf //on seek? 

(lijiiiV, red; s//n. kg, kgkg, yemmenn, yonn. 

dcii, i\ to I/row or be hard, secere, diffieidf; n'adwuma no don 
no, his work is (too) hard for him (gye adw. pi); anya adeh wo neii 
= ama woabere, now //on hiirc hod otongh of it ; ne yare no ad., 
his sickness hns become severe; awia no, asem no aden me, the hent 
of the snn, the jndarer has become too mnch for me, I imi in a strait 
nbont. in fronbic on nccovnt of it; gko no aden so, f]ie fxjld has 
fjrown hot. 

den, dc 11 null, deunennennen (dendoii, dondoudondeii) or 
dennonnen, if. Gr. § 70, 1-."). liard, firm; strony; hard//; sitarp, se- 
vere; cruel; dif/icult; opp. morew; - dado ye den, iron is hard; 
dna dennen, hard wood; ntama no ye den, this cloth is stron/j; gye 
den, he is hard, cruel; he is firm in his resolution, does not eusiltf 
/field; neho ye d., he is (bodily) .stronf/, healfh/j; nekgh ye d., his 
neck is stronc/ (to carry loads); ne koh rau ye d., ne tirim ye d., 
lie is ridiant, powerful (said of the leader of an army); emu ye d., 
it is hard, im/mrtant, difficult, troublesome; o\Via ano ye d., the sun 
.■<hines hot; ebo ye d., it is dear, s. ebo; pr.8:30. — n'ani yg d., n'ano 
ye d., ne nsam' ye d., no tirim ye d., s. ani, ano, nsa, tiri. 

e-dofl, n. streu/fth ; gbehye nea eye mergw no gden. 

g-deiia, = danta, amoase, loi)i cloth; mokgfaa gd. meinoe. 
d (3 nil a li, red. v. s. dan; to s/iread, be extended ; obobe no aden- 
nan, tfie vine is spread out, fuui/js over, Ez.17,0. dua no ad., the tree 



74 odeneha — odesani. 



has hccowe tJiiclJif coveycd fvith folinfic ; wode ohenenkyinii abed.lio, 
the xAuce has been cro/rdrd icifh the kint/'s iiinhrellas. 
o-de-ne-lui, = odeha, q. r. 
deiineu, red. v. s. den. 

adenneii, inf. equal balance, he'uKj in a sfatc of equilibrium, 
equipoise. - di (adesoa) adennen, lo carrif (a load) on the head tcith- 
out holding it; odi u'ahina ad., = oso n'aliina na ne nsa iikuram'; 
odi nebo ad., he lives carelesslij ; wudi wobo ad. a, wonkye wii. 

den n oil, dennc'imen, 1. a. s. den. — 2. adv. hard, siromjlij, 
■vehemently ; sltarply, severely. 

ade-ninij inf. = uimdee. 

O-doniinfo, = onimdefo, a well-instructed, prudent, clever man. 
deiikese, hush//, brushy; ne ti afiiw d.; odotg bi abu afvie 
afuw no so d., the whole mass of the tliiclet fell on the plantidion. 

a d c II k Q m, a small ecdabash witb a long neck, used for play; 
toa a mmea de abene abyebye bo na wobo wo agorum'. 

ade-iikye-o! salutation on taking leave in tbo evening: may 
you live to see the next worniny! — syn. nnopa-o ! 
de Ilk ye be 6, a kind of European cloth. 

deiikyedeiiky e, suyimj), boy, fen. marsh, moor, quagmire; 
marshy or boggy ground, deeper tban atekye ; cf. dontori. 

d e ii k y e d e ii k y e , adv. in a sh(d,ing, vacilhding manner: 
ebini d., it s]t(da's to and fro. — )i. hammock; cf. abainank.l, osako. 

0-deiikyeiii, ^d. a-, alligator, pr. 8.')9. crocodile; gdchkycm- 
mirempon, pr. 'iSoO. syn. asuboa. — denkycmmerefii, -hinn.,pr.ll71. 

o-de I'l k J e in m o-q.^ 1. a glittering, precious stone said to come 
from tbe bead of an alligator. — ;J. a certain food (nut?) pr. 745. 
adeiisa [nea eda nsa], Ak. = kapo. 

d e 11 s w , s. da-nsow. 
ade-nj'a, inf. becoming rich, acquisition of ivealth. 
a de-pa, a good or precious thing, something good : goods. 
ade-pe, inf. seeking for riches. pr.lMl. 

depo, ganglion, a tumor or excrescence oniliQ back of tbe band, 
adere, Ak. = adarc. 
adesa-mma, ^ nnfpa mma 5 s. adasa, gdesani. 

ade sa', -sawa, tbe eatable fruit of a large tree, of tbe size and 
sbape of a lime, of a yellow and rcddisb colour, and of a sbai'p 
sweet-sour taste; tbe tree on wbicb it grows. 

adesae [cf. ade sa] 1. evening-time. — 2. the whole day from 
morning till night: Mot. 20,13. maye adwuma ad., I have tvorked till 
night. 

O-desa 111, gdas... pi. a--f6. adesii-mnia, man as a rational being 
("mmoa na efre onipa sa") 02U»- aboa; gd. nye nea [entia ese se] 
wgye no yiye, vuoi does not deserve to be treated well. pr.o09.861.:J-37o. 



;i(I('S('' - odcyyib. 75 

adeso, tooth-ache; gyare ad.; siin. b»')a(hmm, gki'kaw. 

tides 6 [ado aso a aka, ivh(it is left (it the Ijoltont of a thinii\ sedi- 
ment, resiilimm, (Ircijs; a mean, useless thing; cf. puw; - ad. 'J'wi, 
a jargon ov patois of the Tshi tanguage. 

o-desruf, ail('st''iii, j>/. a- -fo, = nnipa a wginCia, men of low 
Kindition. loic, mean, common jteojile, the dregs ofsocietg; if. akwaiii- 
liuinani. V. peojde tiring in the bash, not on tlu; coast, hash-peojile. 

;i de-see, inf. waste of things, Mt.36,S. 

ade-so;i, inf. [soa ade] carri/iiig loads: ad. ye yaw, — is 
fronblesome. 

adesita [ado a wgde soa biribi] a basket (tekrokyi) or anotbcr 
thing in which women keep and c((rrg their tilings (abode, atani). 

adeso a [adc a wosoa] ^>/. a-, nnosoa, haul, barden. 

iidesoii-kyeiio', an execssirc burden; ad. yi de, miutumi! 

o-desoaii i, pi. a- -fo, carrier, porter. 

ade-sua, inf. learning, studg. 

i\des(iil-(\i\ii, school-h(a(se, school -rooin.-i\(\{ishi\o, school; s. snkfi. 

o-desualbj^y/. n-Jearner, student. — udesfia-kri, inf. ejamimdion. 

ade-to, ade-tg, inf. buging. — o-detoto, ;>/. a-, buyer, customer. 
ade-tgn, ade-tgn, inf. .celling, trading. — adetoii-daii, sho/K 
g-do(out'o, 2'f- ^'i '^<^'llc>', trader. 

ade-to-w 0-8 0, a single fit as of epilepsg, not of repeated or 
frequent occurrence 5 ef alinnum', abiribiriw. 
detse, F. = dote. 

dew, r. to flare, flame, lilaze; ogya redew, the fire is blazing; 
dew bayi, to exercise or practise witchcraft; to bewitch; s. gl^ayifo; 
gdew se okanea, fig. he is very lirelg, actire in bis business &c. 

dew, a. s. de. 
0-dew, sweetness, agreeablcness, pleasantness; agreeable taste, 
tastcfalness, relish; flavour; pileasnre, joy. comfort, benefit; wosom 
Nyame yiye a, wobete mu dew, if you serve God well, you will have 
the bcnefd of it, you will see lioiv happy it will male you. 

dew, i\ joy. Mt. 1.3,2(}. 44. 25,21. 28,8. — dzi dew, to rejoice, 
Mt. 2,10.5,12. — dew-do, = fewso, gladly. Mh6,20. 

a dew a [ade, dim.] a little thing, trifle; enye ad., it is consider- 
able, important, = eso kokiiro, eso sg, eso ampa! 

adewa, tet. adawa, a name for several kinds oi play, s. agoru; 
a play at funeral customs. 

adewa -dVvom, a song used in that play, pr. 174. 

adewaib, women engaged in tfuit play, pr. 3237. 

adc-wu, inf. basJifulncss; sy'n. adefere. 

ade-wia, inf. .stealing, theft; cf. krgno, akrommg. 

iide-yey inf. doing, doings (cf.nneyce):, activity; efficacy. 

a d e y e d e , (jjZ. id.) instrument. 

o-deyefo, -ygfo, />/. a-, an industrious, diligent man; syn. 
osifo; gye gd. == gye nsi, ne nsa nna, fic is diligent in his business. 



76 di. 

di l^rcd. ditli] F. d/A [dz'ulzi]. This verb of nmltii'ariou.s signi- 
lications seems to be related witli tlic v. de; but wliilst de cliietly 
means to have in hands or hold, and describes a state: di meaus 
to talcc (in hands) and fo handle, or /o use, malce use of, employ, and 
describes actions. It is. however, not coufiued to actions, nor to 
objects taken with the hand (for which we have the vv. fa, gye, 
yi, som'...), but is most fref|aently employed with abstract nouns, 
and the activity expressed by it is more of an abstract and com- 
pound than of a concrete and simple nature. — As in the case of 
bo, we arrange the various significations, which di h;is in connec- 
tion witli its common or specific objects or other coni}denu'nts. iti 
groups marked by A - Z (to which we su])erscribe some general 
meaning), and subdivided by the continued numbers 1-110. 

A. To take and use; fo receive, obtain, suffer. 

1. to eat, to iahe c(- taste (i'ood): odi aduan, de, fuffi, mo, kwadu. 
nam ; cf we. pr. ;?26\ 862-65. 870. 8/o. 882 f. 005 f. 9U. llUi. 2690. 3111.— 
The red. didi is used, when no object is mentioned and the act of 
eating is denoted in a general way : mekodidi, / am i/oin;/ to cat; 
odidi, lie is id his mcid, sits at ialde. — ^. to e(d, lire ajxm: onui afinv, 
na odi ntodii, he has no plantation, bid lives 0)i boia/ht thinf/s, has to 
hnif his rirfiKds: di..ade, s. ade 8 a. — 3. to spend, use up, waste: 
wadi ne sika nhiua. lie has used up all his moiic//: watgn no adi, he 
has sold him and eaten i.e. used up the money received. — 4. to use 
in traffic: Akyemfo di sika, Akuapemfo di ntrama, the AJicms use 
tjold-dust, the AJcunpcms cowries for their currency; pr. 917. — 5. to 
tidce or hre}) and use for one's self: pr. 1070. se m'akoa di da a, mi- 
gye no rnmah du, if m// slave tidces a day for himself (staying away 
on one of the 3 days [Sunday. 'I'uesday, Saturday] beyond which 
even hard masters do not set their slaves to work, instead of comins; 
to work for me), / tidce from him ten strinr/s. — di here, to be a 
loiterer, slui/f/ard. time-i,dler. — 6. to use freely, to e)ijoy: di here, 
to enjoy one's time, to live a luxurious life; pi. wodi mmere. — fa 
neho di, to obtain the free use of one's own self, to become free, be 
emancipated; to live independently, to enjoy one'sliberty or freedom; 
pr. 1075.1439. — 7. to use naturally (Rom. 1,27), to have se.vu(d inter- 
course with; cf. fa (obea, gyere, sigyafo), cujdi. ko.. ho, hu, hyia 
(2 S. 13,14); di neho. pr. SSi. to practise onanism, masturbation ; of 
beasts, j^r. 3411. — S'. to receire, yet, accept o/'and use up; to partake 
of, have the benefit of: di ade, .s-. ade .s' a: di abaguade, to receive or 
draw fees for idtcndiny to palavers ; di mmojl, adanmude, to receive 
j)rescnts or bribes; - cf. odi amanterenu-ade, he is a double-dealer, 
insinuates hi)nself with both jxirties de. — .9. to inherit: odin'ade, he 
inherits his goods, is his heir, he succeeds him in his office or on the 
throne; s. ade Sb; odi uhyira, nkwa, he receives, inherits a blessing, 
life. — 10. to oldain: di nim, nkonim, to gain oi get the victory, 
be victorious, triumph. — 11. to suffer: opatafo di aba. the peace- 
maker receives blows, pr.2637. -r- obedi mmusu, niisehief will come 
upon or befidl him : wadi ko-musu, nkogu, he has suffered a defeat. 

B. To be meet or fit to receive, to be worth, becoming, rigid. 
12. to require, demand: di ntonui, utewso, ^;»-. 2934- — 1-3. to have 



di. 21 

or fifth (I prici; fo he icorth: ntama yi sin di dare fa, two j/nrrU of 
fliis cloth nist h<tlf K dollar. — .//. to deserve: odi (.^7//^ pso) aniinkA, 
t'\Ve. kum itc. lie deserves reiisure. a tli>ii<i'niii, to be hilled. — 15. to 
hi' itiett. fit, heroin ini/, riijhl : odi sa, se odi ara noii, U is or nuts duly, 
di'srrredh/ doue so; odi yo. he is ri;ihf in doimj so; odi wo tVve, kiun, 
he is riijld in /li>il(jin(J, IciUiuij i/on. 

C. To hove. po.'<sess, eontidn. 
Ui. to hove efijioeitii for, to be able to lii/ce in, to hidd. rontnin: aliina 
yi di nsa siisukora du, this jtot holds ten rididutshes full of jmlm- 
nine. Joh. :>,(>. — 17. fo have, he inferted with: odi dem, he has a 
(|iliysii-al) fdilin;/: odi (loin, it is di'feef. Cf. 2'J. — ]^. to possess: odi 
iiya, he i>ossesses a .•<lave (di/f. (10). — lit. net/, niii, )iot to have; 
pr.nor-O:^:^. (eacpt. 914.0 17.) rf wo. Gr. i; 102,2. 

J>. To have or orenp/f a jilaer. rank, order: to e.iisf .^omciehere. 
^0. to be. e.iisf. or live at a ])laco. in tlio affirm, oxprcsscd by wo; 
(/'. .iT. — ^'i. neij. nni, not to he in a place; nni lip, not fo he pres- 
I lit; nni babi, not to be ani/irhere, not fo e.ri.^f ; jn: 468.509.1.'>0G.221()f. 
(Jr. 8 102,3. — 22. to he in some situation (outward circumstancos): 
kiiro no di ka mu. the town is blocked up, blockaded, invented. — 
2.J. to be (first, next, last) in the order or row, or in rank: odi kaii, 
he is the first (rf. 3'>) ; odi ti, ]ic is at the head; odi won mu tibaii, 
he is their leader; odi panyih, he is the elder or eldest ; cf. 42. — 
wadi me abrikaii, he has seen me //r.s/ (before I saw him); - odi lip, 
he is the second ; odi so, he follows after (cf. 35); nsem a edidi so 
yi, the irords hr.rc subjoined; - di akyiri, fo he la.'it, cf. 35. d' ka 
akyiri.- di dibea, n. dibea. — 24. di mu, to fie amonff the number: 
oili mu bi, he is one of them. — 25. di mu, to be prominent ainoiuj: 
wgma edi mu dodo, they make too much of if. 

Fj. To exist in a certain number. 
20. to amount to: maliu amane a edi aduasa nhina, I hare seen cdl 
the thirfif misfortunes, i.e. / have had every possible misfortune; okasa 
a edi aduasa, idl the innumerable languages. 

F. To spend or live or hist a certain time. 
27. to sjioid or jH(ss time, to remain, stay, tarry, continue at a place: 
odii ho dadu, he passed or stayed there ten days. - di gyina, s. gyina.- 
^'.s. fo attain tosome aye: wadimfe (mfrihyia) du, he is fen years old. 

Cr. To be in some state, condition or sifutdion. 
2ft. edi mu, // is comj)lefe, entire; odi mu, he is ivifhout blemish or 
defect; cf. 17. — 30. edi nse, if is equal, an even mtmhcr ; edi don, 
it is odd, an odd number. — 31. odi bem, he is right, innocent, guilt- 
less; odi fo, he is wrong, culpable, guilty ; pr. 247.1611. odi so, lie is 
blamndjle, guilty; mindzi so wp nc bogya ho, F. Mt. 27,24. I am in- 
noceid of his blood. — 32. di hia, to he in poverty, poor, indigent; 
di tamu, to live in opulence, affluence, luxury, to be opmlenf. — 33. 
di sij^yaw. to live in single, unmarried state; di mma-sifjyaw, to be 
without cliitdrcn. — 34. di yiye, fo be doing tvell, prosper, thrive. 

If. To he in a simple, compound or reciprocal motion. 
35. ili(..) kai'i. fo walk before, precede, cf. 23; - di(..) anim", to 
tcalk in front of, go before; - di .. aky i, Ak. akyire, a) to walk 
behind, to follow (after), pr. 89:-i.S9H f. to be younger ; to be subordi- 



78 ■ dL 

nate. - h) to pursue, pr. 300. - c) to prosecute, folloiv up, pr. 873.895.; 
to visit (sius upon); - d) to be ivifh, assist, support, hetp, Rath 2,4. 
1 Sam. 17,37. — d i a k y i r i, id. (a-c)', ef. 23. — odi no ntentcso, lie 
f/oes alotKj with him, over against or beliind him. — 36. di ahurusi, 
to cjult. — odi at\\-asi, lie moves in a circle rcturniny to his i)tacc. — 
mmoa di sare no so atsVagu, beasts pass over the grass// place in great 
numbers. — odi me so akorokorow, he intrudes upon or importunes 
me Ijij frequent visits. — odi antu eri no so aforosian, he goes up and 
down the ladder. — odi yen mu abyemfiri, he goes in and out among 
lis. — wodi yen barehyia, iheg surround us. — edi kyinliyia, it 
tvhirls round. — odi ahodannah, he often turns or changes himself 
or 7//.S' dress. — odi ako-ne-abao>' akosan, he goes to and fro. — odi 
atweba, he draus (it) baekirards and forwards (?). — 37. wodi 
atiibg, atubra, thei/ frerpirntl/f ihange their abode, have migridori/ 
habits; ef. 77. — 38. wodi atata, tJteg run after each other; - wodi 
nsianelio, theg pass hi/ each other ; wodi ntwitvVar'ano, id. in run- 
ning a race. 

I. To be active inwardly. 
39. odi ne tirim, he meditates, ponders, revolves or resolves in his 
mind; he musters resolution or courage; he taJcesjifiins; di wo tirim 
mai wonsuan wo, bear the bleeding manfulhj; - odi no bo dadweii, 
he is an.rious about him. — 10. to bear, sust((in, to stand: obedi yare 
no, he will stand the sickness; wadi yare no, he has recovered from 
the sielness; nea meyc no no, orcnni, he will not be cdAe to bear what 
I sh(dl do to him; ose n'asem wonni (= nea oma woye no, won- 
tumi), he is liaughtg, overbearing, read// to repress or subdue bg in- 
solence or effronterg, (lie tltinhs himself irresistible?). — ■:^1. to neu- 
tralise, render h(trmless (a blow or cut) pr. 482. 

J. To be active in some office or eapuciti/. 

42. di bene, amrado, kyeamc, sgfo, to be and act as king (cf. 47), 
governor, speaker (linguist, interpreter), priest {ov minister) ; odi 
panyih, he is entrusted with ((n office (odi me panyin, he is older 
than I, cf. 23); - odi adiakyiri, he holds an inferior office; - di 
srani, to serve as a soldier; - di bakoma, to plag the superior or 
nobleman (s. bakoma); di debye, pr. s:i6. cf. 53. 

K. To be active in some octupation. 

43. di.. so, to rule: odi man no so, he rules over the counfri/; odi 
kiirow no so, he has authoriti/ over the city. — 44. to perform some 
business or duty: odi boa no = oye no abia, lie helps him in what 
he is doing. — di adwinui, to do skilful work; di d\vuma, to profess 
some trade; odi ne dwuma, he is at his work. — di boung,./o work 
fd intervals, intersecting other work. — di abg, to attend <d table; di 
pia, to act as steward, chamberlain, valet. — odi no nkgmmaran, he 
is his disciple or accomplice in his fetish-practices; di pa,- to serve as 
a hired labourer or carrier. — di abgfo, di yaw, to provide a hunter 
in tbe busb with food, pr. ri49.3389.- — 45. to carri/ on (trade): di 
bata, to traffic, trade; di gua, to earri/ on a trade; di nsesa, nsesa- 
gua, to barter, exchange, truck; di mpewa, to peddle, hawk. — 46. 
to perform a play: di dam, to play at draughts; - wodi asrayere, 
they perform their ceremonies for their husbands absent in the camp. 



di 79 

JT". /(> exhihil in a showy or ostentatious manner: di alienc, to 

niulxc paraih- of r(>i/((Hi/, to crhihit roi/id riches and junccr. cf. i^. 

L. To ir<nis<(rt or uc(/oti((tc some <in<iH(fehieiif. 
■is. to nej/ofiiife, to sfijndnte, to tuolce an ai^rt'oincut : di bo, to make 
(I txinitdii; - di abobobo, to Ixoter, Itatifdin, lio'inlc; - di ano, to 
((If ire, iii((kv (or cow*/' to) (ii( (((jrroiioit : di kasasie, to n(((I>e d 2»r- 
rio((e! (KfirciKCKt ; - di niuiiua, to (d/rec ((/)oi( d Itac. — d'J. to enter 
into, ineur oihe under an obligation : wodi abosoni, t](e(it(iheano(dh, 
jiled(fe themsetres leith an (tpjic(d to the fttishen (or t(del(ir spirits); 
odi nsew, he binds himself Iti/ (in, oath, declares njnin 0(dh, confirms 
bjl oath, protests icith solemn assevcr(dions; wodi ntamniara, thei/ 
sieear oaths on both sides; odi nliyoase, he (/ires a sol em)/ promise; 

— odi a(^ka)gyinam' or akabaso, he st((nds.sect(riti/. — odi me adanse, 
he bears or (fires iritness a) concerin(f me, b) lief ire or to me. — ')0. 
to ph((d. to carr(f on a suit or phuc odii dii dii, na antetam', he did 
his best in fileadinff. Iiid it ie((S of no avail; - to discuss and settle a 
pabvver : di aseni to c((rrif on a laiv-snd, compose or settle a Hli<f(dion, 
jnd(je de. di aiisem, to arran(fe famdi/ matters, sctde domestic quar- 
rels; di amansem, to iiecfotiate or transact jniblic affairs; odi ma no, 
he pleads for him, in his fav(nir; odi kg n'afa, he strives or 2)1 ends 
for his fxirtif (oka or odi ma ne mfefo) ; odi ntam', he mediates, inter- 
feres : odi (ntam') mingw, he medicdes, acts as (jo-between, tries to 
lirin(j ab(nd a reconciU(dion. 

M. To be active in a (jenercd waif, in word and deed; to exercise 
or practise some manner of dc(din(f, to exhibit or dis^ihiif somequ(ditif 
or character. 

't1. to proceed, act or de(d irifh: me neno bedi no bono, / sh(dl deal 
irith him in a most unpleas(()it waif, leifhouf inerci/. — 5j^. di asempa, 
senkwanmu, to W(dk upri(jhtlij, deal houestlif, lead a (food and lionest 
life. — di nokware, to s^xudc truth, act faithfully or frustworthi/, to 
be faithful. — di auem, = ye anem, to be dilitjeid, industrious. — 
di do, to exhibit one's love. — 53. di debye, to live as a free man or 
nobleman, pr. 836. cf. 42. — di tumi, to exercise poiver or autliority. 

— di bam(e), to behave proudl if, arro(fantlif. — di abransem, abo- 
edensem, tumisem, to commit violence, exercise 2>f>wer or antliorify 
(£'C. — di abensem, abeneramasem, adcbyesem, to boast of being a 
Icing, prince, notdeman, to be inqn'rious, tyrannical, arroijant dr. — 
(li akakabensym, akokobirisem, akrankransem, aporisem, ntintim- 
uiansem, asennini, to deal violently dc. — 54. di asemmone, to lead 
a bad life, commit a wicked deed, evil deeds d-c. — di asennini, atra- 
trasem, to deed rashly, commit a crime. — di sehkyene, to })crp)ctr(de 
an atrocdy. — di ayeyesem, to commit a ^^erverse or exorbitant ac^ 
Hon; to be stubborn, wdfid, caj^ricious ('^) — di nkwaseasem, to act 
foolishly, ivickedly; di abiibusem, to make nonsense, act frivolously. 

— di ntuntunansem, to act insolently, impudently dc. 

N. To be active in some or other way concerning other persons. 
55. odi no aboro, he envies him, wrongs or injures him. — odi no mfi- 
akyiri, he docs something without his knowledge, wdl or approbation. 

— odi no kusum\ he defrauds, cheatshim: odi no amim, /(/., he over- 
reaches him, takes him in; — wadi me buanung, he has disappointed 



80 dL 

me. — 56. wodi no kasa, fhei/ make him account ov pay for, fine Jiim, 
talce redress from him. — o~. odi no were, he i((kes receuf/c or ven~ 
geanre on him. — 56'. wodi no infuaufwe. the// hold and flor/ him. 
give him a thrashing. — :J!J. odi (no) awu, he commits a manler (on 
him). — 00. odi no nya, he treats him as a slave, hard or crnclly; 
cf. 18. — 61. odi no ni, Ite renders him honour, inti/s him respect or 
homage. — 6V?. odi no tow, lie renders or pays him tribute; cf. y\ 
tow. — 63. odi no adaworoma, he applies to or craves for his bene- 
volence, favour, kindness. 

0. To be active in certain ivays of talking, in gestures itc. 
61. wodi semode, theif hold or carrg on a pleasant conversation; wodi 
awerebosem, theghavea coloqug (on disagreeable matters) ; dzi awere- 
lio. F. to wad; wodi nkommo. the// converse, discourse, hold conver- 
sation. — 6:j. odi no nkommgdom, he condoles with him with a hjipo- 
cyitieal mind. — 66. odi no lio few, he tnocks at A//)/ = ogqru no ho; 
wodi no oi»oref\ve, the// mock, deride, ridicule him (in liis back). — 
(i7. odi no (ho) likasagua, he mutters, grumbles about him, publichi 
gives vent to his ill feeling against him, yet not in his presence. — 68. 
odi no nkgkodesem, he flatters, coujlcs, wheedles, hmnbugs, hoaxes 
him. — 69. odi no or no ho nsekii or nsokode, he calumnicdes or 
slanders him. — 70. odi no atem^ he scolds, (djuscs. rerdes him. — 
71. odi atoro (Ak. toro), he fells a lie or lies; odi nkgntoro, s. iik. 

P. To be active in some W((y of doing one's business, in observ- 
ing or keeping a command or a speciid dag. 

73. to observe some manner of doing: edi adannaii, it undergoes 
changes; wodi adannaii ye, or, wodi no nnyigye, they do it (dter- 
nately. by turns. — 73. di so,^) o^ftOvv an injnnetion, promise, law: 
odi n'asem so, he keeps to or acts according to his word ; odi mniara 
so, he keeps the law. — to adhere or stick to; to bepunctucd. to arrive 
at the ((ppointed time: da a wohyee no se onsah mmera no, wanni 
so na odii nnannu gun so, he did not come (d the day (ippointed to 
him, but stayed two days longer. — 71. to keep some observance : 
odi abuada, he fasts, wodi mmuada, they keeji a fast, observe fasting; 
di afofi, to (djstain from plantatio)i-work on some week day. — 75. 
to observe, celebrate, solemnize a certain day: di fotlda, to observe 
the day of rest by abstaining from jilantafion-work; di homeda, tokeep 
the day of rest (Sabbath-day); odi n'awoda, he c'elebrtdes his birth- 
day; di dapa, daponna, to have or celebrate a festival day, a feast; di 
afe or afribyia, to celebrate a yearly festival (s. hye fa); Brofo di biiro- 
nya, the white people celebrate Christmas or new-year's-day; Gnaiifo 
di hum, the Guang people have their yearly harvest custom or festi- 
val. — 76. to keep a day for some purpose : wodi asennida, they 
keep a court-day. 

Q. To practise habituidly. 
77. wodi atiibo, they arc given to fretjuent change of abode; (cf. 37.) 
wodi atiibo, they have the jiractice of shooting themselves. — 76'. odi 
awommawH, she bears chddren who nsucdly die soon. 

a. To act in mutucd engagement a) in a friendly way. 
79. wodi atirimusem, they are on cm intimate footing. — 80. wodi 
adi (-ne-adi), they make each other presents, send each other portions 



(li. 81 

from their food or nicdh. ^7. w.idi iii'iuainiiioa, ihcii unite in huy- 

iiii/ i( siteejt to kill It 11(1 shiire it; woili iitVvcbom', utoilto. tJtCtj have 
jiiiiird iiitrrcsf. hnre Kssiiciiitcd, hare iiiadr loninioii i-aii.se, ((re in 
i)((ifnershi/>. — S^.\ wodi t\Vaka, twawo, usawoso, Ihe/f hare eoinintt- 
nian, eat ttujvlher dc, (tre on (food or f'ricndl/f terms, on (( fainili((r 
l'i)ot(U(i; wodi imakranna, theii are on (( familiar or intiuKde footinf/. 
S.'L wodi akajtimatOvc, thei/ h((re close eoiiitnnnion. far(n(r each other 
in tnri(. — wodi aniwalnibu, there is (t in(it(((d nnderstajidin;/ or 
(Kireenient hetireen them. — Sj. wodi luinoa, iinoboa. liiafwo, the/f 
aid e((eh other, are allied, tcork to(iether. innfaalli/ sn/if/ort each other. 
— .s'.'j. wodi aware, the// internKtrr/i. 

.y. To he in niiiti((d rehdion b) of an indifferent nature. 
R(i. wodi atVa, ///c// ((re intermired. eonuniiKjIed : edi afuntunifra, it 
is (or, tlie thin^is ((re) thoro(((/hlif coinnii.red, jionhled or huddled to- 
(jeJher. — S7. woadi anahwurain', thei/h((re tni(t(((dl//e)it((nf/ledthem- 
selres, crossed or ihn-arted caclt other. — SS. wodi nfwcanim, mmo- 
anim', the// face each other, looJ: each other in the face. — S'.t. wodi 
a<i:iuna or ayensiu, then icrestle or struf/f/le in a eonibrd for exercise 
or /'(*/■ (t prize. — '.)(). wodi atifra, atipira, the if Inioch their heads 
together, s. pira. 

T. To act in a mnttad ijn(ja(jement c) in a hostile ie((i/. 
til. wodi dom, the// ((re at tear ((cifh e((ch other) ; wodi ako, the// arc 
fi()hlin(/ (vilh r((ch other). — !t^. wodi akainckamo, anobaebao, a- 
poropere, ntawntaw, atutinv, twemainontwc, the// ((re in co)dcnlion, 
strife, contest, .struc/ffle, dispute, hickerixc/. (p(((rr(d, (d variance d'C. 
with each other. 

U. To act hostilel// tou-ards one's self. 
.v.?. odi ueho dgni. he (ranniifs suicide, dcstro//s himself. — Ul. wodi 
wonho doininata. the// fii/ht of/ainst themselves (their own companions, 
h// a mistale). 

v. To he disen(/a(jcd or s(:j>((r(ded. 
9:'). wodi nkotewmu, nkotetem', the// midu(dl// desist from, or learc 
off (hrealc off, (jire ap) figldin//, none of the parties having gained 
tlie victory. — .%'. wodi mpapaeni', the/j part, separate, divide, are 
divided; wodi hkra, tfie/j jntrt, separate, hid eacl( other fareicell. 

W. To meet (cith or experience. 
1)7. odi.. ye-na, he ntcets difficult// in doin(/ (it); e.g. wodi no pata- 
na, th(?// have difficult// in ((pjteasin(j him, lie is not casdi/ pacified ; 
asempa no dii ho hyen-na, the (jospel found no cast/ entrance there. 

X. US. In the verbal phrase: gye.. di, to believe (migyc midi, 
/ believe, ogye dii, he believed) the first verb, gye, means to receive, 
and the second, di, probably means ti, use. to transpose or convert 
into action f^or. to enjoi/'O- '/• J^ys- tie. 

}'. '.)!i. 100. Other meanings of di red., s. nndor didi, S. 4. 

Z. 101-110. Some phrases in F., partly identical with some 
of the preceding, partly new (f<mnd in A. W. Parkers books) ,s\ un- 
der dzi. 

^4-1]'. lietrospective view of tlie previonslv gi\ en princi[ia1 
meanings and verbal phrases: 

6 



82 di. ^_____ 

a) (li with common objects and other complements, or without com- 
plements: io eai,!. to live upou,^. spend, 3. ^7. use, 4. G. 7. Jcccj), iahc 
for one's self, 0. reeelve,8. inherit, 9. suffer, 11. deserve, 14. heivorth,13. 
be meet, fit, right, 1'). eontain.Ki. hare, xiossess,17-l'J. to he,23-2f>.3!l. 
30. to sustain, stand, endure, 40. to neutralize, 41. ner/ofi(de,4S. plead, 
50. to deal (with), :')1. 

h) d i with specific objects and other complements, alj)habetically 
arranged: nha, 11, abaguade, .s. bakoma, iA-*. bam,bame, r>o. abanin- 
sem,5o. barehyia.oVy. abarimasem,.'>,3. bata, io. bem,oi. here, .0.6". 
bo, 46'. ab5,ii. abobobg,i(S'. abofb.ii. bonno,ii. aboro, .1.-7. abosom, 
4!). abransem,.}.'). abuada, 7i. bnronyri,;.^. An,'). 37. dadwen,.3.'>. dam, 
4f). adanmude, .V. adannah,7^. adanse, W. dapa. dajionna, 7."). ada- 
woroma, ^;.V. ade.<S'..V. dehye,'/^^..^^. adehyescm, .>.-A dem,J7. adi(-n<'- 
adi),(SY>» adiakyiri. /;?. dibea,4''.7. (\o,'}2. d(nn,!H..')3. dommata, .'A/. 
don,.W. adwini, /i. d\vuma,J/. afe (alirihyia),;?.s'.7.j. i'e\\,(i(l. mfia- 
kyiri, .->,■>. atisera, :'jO. (o,31. afofi,; /. fohda,/.'}. atbrosian,.'>7;. at'ra,.SY;. 
afrihyia,^AS'.7.j. mfuai]f\Ve,56'. af'untumfra,iS'6'. f\Ve,jfi. ntsVeanim,.S'6. 
Tif\Vebom',<S'i. gua,4.j. aguma,tSYA agyinam,i.9. hene,i^. ahene,</7. 
ahenemmasgmj ahensem,.-).?. h\a,,32. hiaf\ve,6'.!i. ho, 23. 37. neli6,7. a- 
hodannan,.W. ahoedensem..>V. aliomasin,.;. homeda./'.j. liiiammo, .55. 
abuhuseni,.'Ji. ahukan,<?.7. hnm, 7;I ahurusi,.76'. nhyease, i.'>. ahyem- 
firi,.vV>. nhyira,.'y. akabaso, akagyinam, I!>. akakabensem,.'>.V. akame- 
kame, .'yX^. kamu.A.-';?. kah,33.3'). akapiinaf\vc',,s'.';. kasa,;>6'. nkasa- 
gua,^7. kasasie, /tS'. ako,.'y7. nkogu,7i. akokobiriscin, .'1.7. nkoko- 
desem,6'.s'. rikomm;1ran, //. iikoiiimo,07. iikominoduni./;.>. komiisn, 
11. ako-ne-aba,.V6'. I'lkonim, :/0. hkontoro, 77. akorokorow,.V6'. ako- 
san,,56'. iikotetem'.V.*. nkra,.%. akrankrrinsem,.O.v. kum,7i. kusum, 
.'J.5. nkwa,.V. i)kwaseasem,.o/. kyeame, iX^. aky i, akyiri,i?.=)..7.'7. kyin- 
hyia, .->Y>. amansem,.'5(). amanterenu ade,<S'. mmara, i6'. rnmasigyaw, 
33. amim,.'A-7. mmoa,.s'i. mmoa,(S'. mmganim..S'<V. mmow,')0. amrado, 
43. mu,^-i. mu,^.'y. mmusu,77. nri,.'>7. nnakranna,(S',3. anai'iwnram', 
87. anem,.;;?. ni,^7. lum.lO. anim,.V.'"i. aiiimka,^/. aniwal)nbu,.s'.'>. 
jino,/(S'. anobjlbae, .'y^^. nngboa, (S/. nokware, ;5;?. I'lnuaiiimoa, .S'7. 
nya,]s.(;0. nnyigye, 7^. pa, //. paiiyin, i;?. mpapaem,.%\ operefwe, 
(iC). apere})ere, .'/^^. mpewa, /;;». pia, //. a])orisem, .l.v. nsawoso, .S'5. 
nse,.30. nseku,6'.'y. aaem lO.ijO-')!. semode, 6i. asemmone,.'5i. asem- 
pa, .{»5. asennida, 77/. asennini, .VA .{ii. senkwanmn,.'j^. scnkyehe,.W. 
nsesa, nsesSguaj i.'7. nsew,4.9. nsianeh6,.76'. sigyaw,.?.?. sika, .9.-i. so, 
43.73. so, 31. sofo, 43. nsokode,^'.'y. sriini, /;?. asrayere, i^/. ntam',.^^. 
ntamniTira, /.'). tamu,.5^. atiitil, .7<S'. ntawntaw,.V^. atcm,7^>. ntenteso, 
35. ntewso, 7^^. \i,33. atifra,.W. ntintimjinsem..-";.?. atipira, .W. tirim, 
39. atirimusem. 7.'A ntodii.^. ntomu,7,?. ntontg,.S'7. atoro, 77. tow.^,?. 
atratrasem..!/. atubo.77. ati'ibo, .V7.77. atubra, .97. tumi,.-3,5. tnmisem. 
53. atuntimansem, .7 /. atntuw..'yA:'. atwagu,,'?^'. t\vaka,.S';j'. at\vasi,.96'. 
twa\ve,(S'^. t\ve, 7. atweba, .96'. t\VC*mamentwe, .'y<2. nt\vit\varrino,.9(S'. 
aware, .S';j. awoda,7.-5. awommawn, 7(S'. awu,.';,'y. \vere,.'j7. awereliosem, 
64. ynre, 40. yaw,//. jiyensin^cS'.'A 'ayeyesem,.7/. yiye, .97. 

(This list of objects and coiuiiienieiits may lie increased.) 
c) di combined with other verbs: di boa, 44. di ma, di ko n'a- 
i'»,50. fa neho di,6'. gye Ai.98. fa di, ,s-. fa ^^6'. 



;i(ll — ;i(li(liil<vin. 



83 



m\'i, v.ii. aiiimj, I'va.siiuii; s. atli-bone, adipiiw; wndi adi, ///ry 
.■<rntl lunfioiis to one tiiiofJirr = wokyokyr woiilio :uh\ pr.!)()L if. 
(li .SY>, adi-ne-aili, adiaiiiA. 

;i(li, = adiwo, mi open or outer spaee, opp. to a shut up and 
covered space or hidden place; out, outside, without, tOn'oad, out of 
doors. — da adi, to lie ojien. tie luauifest; fi adi, to eouie or (jo out, 
fortli. V. pue; yi adi, to liriiiif forth or out. to Iiriuf/ to tiffht, rciuJer 
risilde, diselose. wnhe moiiifest. pr.O.'id. 

adi, contr. ^= ade yi, this thiiiif, this. that. 

ad i-a ky iri, y^/. -to, u suhordinatc officer, subaltern: onyATi 
ad. bi dii, he otitained some inferior nffiee; s. di o'5fl. /;?. 

ndi-aina, seudiiiff of jiortious. pr. 9S6. Fjst.fi,22. ef. afli-ne-adi. 

a d i-a 111 111 A-\v (t-lia (wudi a, \vnin'in;i wu b.l bi) a kind of 
iliiui. s. ode. 

diasckai'i, a disli of Indian corn, a kind of abete. 

ad i-a sic [nea woudi asie| a matter jireriouslii arrauf/ed or 
settled l)eforehaiid. pr. u:}{i. 

adi-i>a iV, -banc, Ak. food: s. aduaii'. 

d i-h c a , place, position, rank, occupation ; nnipa a wodi d., men 

of rank; ne d. so, he is in a hi(/h position; wode no kodii ne d. bio, 

he teas re-instated in his office, restored to or put in his former state. 

diho [Eng.] deal-lioard. — dibo-dua, ^V. d.-n-, fir, ei/press. 

a d i-hoii c, had food; pr. :2600. t^^- ^^^5,i7. 

adide,/V»/7/o;<. usufruct; enjoi/ment; henefd, profit; share. D. As. 
didi, red. V. (s.di) 1. to eat; to he or sit at meals, td talde; 
pr. 923-933. 1691. lH70.213i. — didi me, to eat enouijh. pr. 932. — 
2. to lire on. make one's livelihood tu/: Brofo ho na yedidi = Brofo 
ade na ese se wowia, ivh<decer we can (jet from a white man, by fair 
or unfair means, is rii/ht, because he has plenty (!) — .9. to sj)read 
(of an ulcer <.^c.), to diffuse itself; = bore no adidi ako ne honam 
nhina mn, .s-. fxVete /. — i. to soak, to r/et tfirough, to penetrate. 

ad id I, inf. eatini/. feastiuf/, meal; pr.97.93o. 2S92. ne kara kg 
adidi. 

adidi, Turlcey-red thread or colour; - adidi-pa, crimson; 
adidi-sika, i/ellow thread, oranye-rcd yarn. 

d id i-a in I'oe, a man who etds much and yet lias no fat. 

adidi-hcti, manner of eatin;/; dinin(/-room. 

a d i d i-l t u r e , time of eatin<i. 

adidi-de, 1. eatables. — 3. mmoa adidide = adidi-ade, aduan- 
n.'ika, manijer. 

didifo, (pi. id.) (juest ; kofre me didifo na wommera! 

0-did ifo, pi. a- (nea odidi ma etra so) a (jreedy eater, (jlutton. 

a didi fii r u ni , (jhdtony, voracity. f(/ourmand. 

adi dii, jilaee or time of eating; ad. ase, id. — adidii-fVvefo, the 
master (ruler, f/overnor) of a feast, steward. Joh. 2,9. 

adidiikyiri, the time after a meal. 



didikaw — Jidiukiira. 



didi-kaWj a debl for vietnal>i. 

didi-me, the act of catuKj oiouijli, so as to be satisfied, cuthuj 
o)ir's fill: heuce (i fcdst, feasting, h(tiiq/iefi)/</, incliuling the idea of 
drinkinj;' copiously. pr.9o4f. 

ad i d i}»6 I'l, iiihle. (Jiriimj-fdUc ; diinnr- table; r/". opon, dan- 
riuopoii. 

adidi-traso, f/Jiiftoin/, rorariti/, crerss in ratinr/. 

adidi-tVvea, 1. tJir. stoinarJi, -^ nsonokese. — ^. a ha;/ for 
virfHats. 

ad i-l'i^ adifi, inf. [fi adi] fjoinr/ oitf, (joing forth. Ps. 12],S. Mic.o,2. 

adifiide [r/l t'ii] plent/j of tilings, gsi^gc. etttahlcs; manyaaduaii 
ad., I have got food (^or victuals) in excess, for nothing; odi, ope vr 
gye ad. =^ oyc amiin, he is greed y. — adifudc-]»e, inf. greediness, 
cupidity. — o-difudojKjfd, a greedy, vnsatiablc fellow or person. 

u dill a, a stone connneinorative of a shameful or criminal act 
as rape or murder, committed at the place, on which every passer- 
by puts a leaf to protest against the deed. — adi-ho, s.adi, adiwo. 

o-dili 11 n 11 111 J rerel. rereling; greediness; oye od. = oye adi- 
fude, he I ill's to eat (dt lie can get. or idt he has to-dag. 
d i lea , a kind of gam. s. ode. 

adikai'i-(), a salutation addressed hy a travcder to one who 
ivent before, after having come up with him; answer: ya aberaw. 

ad ik a I'l fi't, one (or jil. nnoiii) gone befire. the fore- most, first. 
dik ])('!, [da I dart. 
di 111-1110, hif. s. bg dill, nnimmo. 
diiii-iiioiic, = din bone; dim-pa = diii pa. 

o-d i I'l, 1. name; ne din de den? irhat is his name? wgato no din, 
theg hare given him a name; cf. Or. § 205, 4.5. — pae din, .s. pae. 
bg dill, /() mention; pr. 1776. on account of; cf. Gr.§24.'i?^. (the last 
ox.^ (Ill jiretence of: gbgg adwumaye diii bae, he came on pretence of 
worhiiig; gbg ne d. so, he mentions his name; gbg ne d., he calls ujion 
him. — X.\ the good name, reputidion. character; bg diii (j)a), ti> 
praise; bg din bone, see din, to revde. slander, defame; wgde wgiihn- 
ho dim-mone bae ^= wobekail wgnho-ho asein, thei/ reprociclied, iij>- 
braided each other. — .5. a well-lcnown name, fame, renown: wagyo 
(ne) d., gwg d;., he has become renowned, celebrated, famous, he is 
rennirned; oni]>a a gwg d., a man of rank or distinction ; ne d. ada 
kakra, his name steeps a little, i.e. he is no more sjndicn of so much: 
ne d. ato nsum, he is no more mentioned. 

d 1 11 11, d 1 1*1 11 , a., adv. still, silent; quiet, calm ;pr.30G9. Mh:4,o!i. 
sgn. demm, knni, krananana. 

ad 1 nam [ade a wgde di nam] (jil. hi.) fork, table-forl'. 

adi-iie-adi, miitucd communication offoml; cf. di SO. & adi, 

0-dinimfo, ft\ onimdifo. [adiama. 

adiiikctrii, linen fnviera) bought of the Europeans, which the 
negroes wear as mourning after having variegated it ivith red and 
black strij^es. pr. 387. 



diiisij c — do. 85 

diii-sm'', htf. slnmh'r. ftdniiniif. i>r.'JHH. 
;itliii(nilll (obtiC.J jifilcrKsf; won ii wo-uc iiiiii;uiiii;ul.i ; r/'. tuium. 
.1 (I i-|» II w, cnrssirr vathiii; pr. !):>S. 

adiwu, l\m i/<tnl of ji iu'j;r() dwcUiiii;; adiwu lio, old of iloors, 
•ri(/i(tii( ; if. adi i<: altaiunia. 

di-NVO-;il'r-iM mil. a bird ol \nvy lar;;t'r than akruma, lirii/(/ 
mi lite fioioifj of other birds. 

adi-yi, inf. iiKiiiifrs/aliini. rrvrhifinn. 

;i d i \' i s o III , jirojilii'iii : the bool: of rcrcldlioH. 

od i_v i n 1. jil. a- -to, jiroji/irf, Chr. (iikondiyt't'o, iVA.) 

do, r. [ri'il. dodo] 1. to increase in qnantHif or nnniber, to iniil- 
tiply, to become nttnieroits; ue sika do, his inonei/ increases; ewo no 
ado, the lioncji has increased. h((s filled the comb; pr.7'il.Sl;{. 134S. 
woado -• woaye bcbre, woatVw ; cf. doso [do & so], lew. — ^. to 
brimj forth abnndanfl//: asu no do nimoa nianyii-inaiiya, the wider 
swarms irith animals. Gen. l.-JO. — .V. to jirodace. aflracl. (jather: do 
siadi', awoiiiHia, to ijalher fal, to fatten, fjroa- fid (only of beasts); 
{ir. am. tlo nkanai'i', to i/idher riisf, to rnst. ijrinv rasli). — i. to fill, 
become fall: wado \Vu\v (wadidi pi, ii'at'iiru ahye), he is crammed, 
stuffed, cloned (fall); wado utwom, tie is full of ilch. — 5. to become 
hot: nsu no ado, the tenter is liot; dado no ado, tfie iron, is red-Iiot; 
nie bo acb), / om hot -- niayc liycw, byerebyere. — U. emu do, to 
become dce/>. to deejien: asu no mu do, tfie river is deep; ebg de, 
emu nuo, tttere it is shidlotc. — 7 . do asuko, to dire. --■ 6'. F. to sinic 
limb r the iriiter, sink down, =: mem ; Mt. H^SO. Ijecholed, Mk.o, IS. — 
'J. tosiidi, infiltrate, penetrate : do mpuuijiunase: asu no ado m[»., tfie 
riridet has lost itself in the ij round. tb»\viiig or oo/dug- below tbe sur- 
face. — 10. to enter, lose one's self in : ode iiebo o/'ue ti ado wuram', 
fie luis absconded, concealed himself in tfie bush. — 11. do m u , dom', 
/(* I/O abroad, into foreiijn countries: ankye ua gdom' koe, not lonij 
aflericards fie set out on a journey ; wadom', fie is atvai/ on a journey, 
abroad; gdom' kg Iliiam, gmmaee, fic went on a journey to Krepe 
and is not yet bacfc; won nhina dodom' kgg nkurow so, they all went 
abroad into foreiijn countries. — 1'2. to enter (tbe uose, said of tlie 
smoke or scent of soinetbing burned &c.) : aduru no (mako no) adg 
me, tfie smell of If i at medicine (pepper) has eidered my nose (causing 
me to sneeze, making nie sick &.c.) — 13. to enter deeply, to ijrieoe: 
asem no ado me (= ye me yaw), tfie matter i/ricves me. — 11. to 
take refuije to, have recourse to, resort to: wabedg me, he has tafcen 
refuije with me; raadg panyin no. / ftare resorted to tfiat yentleman; 
gpanyih ua, ade bia wo a, wuguan kgdg,.j/o« fiave recourse to a man 
of Consequence wtien you are in distress. — lij. to swear by: medg 
(= meka) Onyankopgn se asem a mekii yi woni', I swear by God 
that what I say is true. — 1(1. to lore: dg wo ygnko se wobo, lore thy 
neiijlibour as thyself; wgdodg wgnbo, they love each other. Gr. § 57. 
pr. 2378. - to nice, prefer ; pr. 21(14. cf.])e, pe asem. — 17. dg..bo, 
to spare, save, take care of: gdg ne nan bo, he does not like to exert 
(tire) his fret by walking, pr. 283. — Is. ..bo dg, to be of impor- 



86 do — dododo. 



tancc to, excite an intense interest or si/nijxdJi// in : Icsu ho do (= hia) 
yen a, anka yeuyji ne ho ascin bi ka. 

I'Jir. JIJ. lie kon do, his tliront deepens for. i.e. Jte has an ajt/ietilc. 
a longinfi desire for, caf/ert/j desires, tiisis after. — A^O. do iikran, 
to become irild, fierce, friffhtfat ; u'ani do iikran, he rae/es, chafes. — 
^i. do., iicl, to distike, s. na. — ;Jj:J. do auiwii, to be tjftshfid. — ^^.7. 
do so: to talcc precentive measures: gdo so uteni siesic ho na amma 
sa, he qnirJct// ttdces precautions that this mai) not come to pass. — 
21. do, s. Aow. pr.o:}S. — 26. do, do., so, to suffice, be sufficient; 
eyiara do me so, thrd uitt just do for me; ado me so, it suffices me; 
anno me so, it is not enout/h for uic. 
(1 o, r. s. dow. 
do, F. = so, Ak. soo. 

do, Ak. = ho; pini do = t\Vi\v kg ho; s. d6ha;i. 
o-do, s. edow. 

O-do, inf. love, ajfeetion. pr.'.)42-9M. 
o-do, a kind of river-iish. 
o-d 6, fi jdai/intj-half made of i)alm-leaves. 

ado, a /)iec<' tif jxdm-brancfi or liamboo made into a kiiul ot 
needle for the striiij>; of f ra used for tyinji; tlie j^rass in thatching 
roofs. 

d . adr. slarii/i/t//: of\Ve inc; do, Jw stares at me. J Ki. s,ll. s//n.hf\. 

O-do', a sickness in the belly; eye wo yam' kiirii ma wukyima 

g-doa, adoa, s. odowa, adowa. I.i'ioj^ya. 

iidoha, F. =^ unobae, Fs. 67,(i. 

do ban, the line or border of a j)iec(! of ground selected for 

making a ptantidion. on which the bush is cut lirst, to show how 

far it is to be cut. 

adolx' [edow abe| a species of palm-tree, the leaves of which 
called daha, are used to cover roofs. — adobcj-aba, 1. nuts of 
the said jjalm. — 2. a kind of beads, s. aliene. — adolx'-ni'iwain, 
abird; ef. onwain, pr.94j. — adobywa. jd. n-Jhe i/tninij luMn^-patm. 

o-d oil ('11 [dowe a ebere] red-hrown (colour), rudd//. ha//. 

adobodobo, a kind oi' beads, s. ahene. 
dobosa, to- d., to faint. Jon. 4,S. s//n. ye nennan; okgm de wo 
na woaye sijimo a.s. woanom nsa na egyinagyina wo ani so a. na 
woatg d. nen ; cf. tg beraw, piti. 

adobow, 6si ad., adol»(')\v-si, inf. a custom to be observed by 
a woman at the death of one of her husband's relations. 

a (lod (', a favourite tiling, pet. darlinij. F. lionam adgdze, sinful 
uffcetio^ns. 

adode, oi/ster (nwora mu nam bi). pr. 'J40. 
dodo, red.v. s. do. — bgre no ad. no honam mu, s. fwete I. 
dodo, adv. much, veri/ much, too much, eJ:eeedin</l//. F. dodow. 
dodo, Ak. ( F. Mt. 22,14.) s. dodow, ft.tC-n. — o-d(»do, F. hosts. 
dodo-ara, F. mani/. Mt. 7,22. — dododo, F. e.rceedin'jli/. Ml;. 0,26. 



0(lod(»l»eii — (Ml('»k<'). 87 



((-(li'idoln' I'l. (lor..., a piece nf lioUnw rt'i'd ov hanilxn) throiif^li 
wliieli llie |i.ilm-\viiu^ distills from the felled tree iiit<» the, \cssel 
|d;iecd under the hole cut in it. prJUlif. 

diMldln', dadawm', /he jxiltdc, roof of the iinnifli; adiiaiV no 
afam me d., the food clcnocs to lui/ /xdalc. 

thtdom', V. — kokoam'. 

(lodoi'iki'i, (I strrlliii;/, hidthlf, hli-^/cr; (Uii/ IIi'ukj bloivn /ip, 
intlfcd II IK or, as it were, strol/cu; ade, bi a aye kiisil ua wiiunim de- 
kode a ewom'; ade bi a ahoi'i; wokyekyere boa bi a, wiise: bo no 
il., na obi aidifi nea ewom'; ogya bi hyew wo iia abg horoiioa a, 
wosc: abg d. — biirohouo d. pr. 079. 

(lodow, red. r.^ s. dow; /. to livnnitc broivii. — :J. to hcronie 
sii/: 1)1/ c.rccssirc t'(d'ni;i. (Oyari" ko onipa tiintiim hoiiarn a.s. n'ajiow 
mil ua oye kg a, eniia wokiT se: wathulow. Wadodow no se: wa- 
didi ma atra so na gyare), — 5*. wgdodow won yam' su, they irccp 
front secret loHffiti;/. 

dixlo w, II. niiir//, iiiiiiiii. — II. ijiKUil/f/j, iiiniiher. iiiiiiiliers. iiiidli- 
fiide: dgte dodow a in(tboe beye ahe? /loir iiiiicli irill the ijuinitifi/ of 
iliiil dinj Old hij ijon lie':" wgn d. si ahe, ivhid are their HHiiil)ers'(' (ey*.' 
biako pe, it is oidi/ one; wosi abien, the// (ire two; wgdgso, thei/ are 
It ijrent uiuiiij.) — a i/reat number of people, pr. 948-dO. odi d. akyi 
kwa, //(' me ret If follows the muss of the people, the multitude, the many. 

di'tdi'iw: po d., to stammer, stutter. 

dodow a, j)l. niiodowa-nuodowa, a. .small, little, liny; gde nn-^ 
abiM-ow un-j ef. nkgkgre; si/n. nketenkete, 

([('mIowm, a weacefs spool, bobbin; ^^ nkyokyeree. 

do do wo', n-, a., n. brown; brown ness. 

dod o w II ra, s. nwuradodow. (Nnipapi wom'a wghyed.kwa.) 

a doc, yoodness. /,iiidiiess. tori ny-liind ness, kind-heartedness ; fa- 
vour, benerolenee ; affection. Opanyin yi, gye adge = no yam' ye, 
he is charitable, lieiievolent, shows his hindness {hy presents or other 
manifestations of his love); ode minorgScX ye wgn adge --^ ye won 
aye, ye wgn yiye, he inyridiates himself irdh them, eourts their fa- 
vour , by dealing rum totJtcin; Onyankopgn adge a gye wgnnipabo 
{or ode ye nnipa) ayi adi wg Kristo mu, God's looiny-lcindness to- 
wards men Jias manifested itself in Christ. — F, adoe (adwe), aels 
of love. — a doe -ye, inf. the act o^ practising charity. — Q-doe- 
yefo, pi. a-, a charitable, beneficent person. 

o-d ofo, 2>l- ^-5 1- lover. — ^*.one beloved; me d., he lehom I love. 
(lofoa: bg d., to hide, see/c a hiding-place; = kohintaw, bg 
ad ofo no, a kind oi' beads; s. ahene. [ukokora. 

dglowa, pi. n-, lover, paramour? d. ha., pr.oL3:S. 
doliaa, Ak. ^= nohoa, nohg. 
do h 11 w a, y^/. n-, amulet; =^ sv'iman. 
o-doko, a sickness in the bowels leading to diarrhoea, (perh. 
prolapse of the rectum?) 



88 dgko — dom. 

do ko, dokgdoko, fuie, soft (of dry things, ground to powder); 
ofe dd. = ate aye betebete, = f'eko. 

dgko, dgkgdgkg, sircci, a<jfce<ihh ; mcJIijIiioil. invJlijlnons, 
smoof/i ; sijH. boroboroborOj dede, fremfrein. 

adgkgdgkgdi', = ade-fVemfrem, somcfJuii;/ -sivcii, pr. 406. 

dgkgdgkgseui, = nngko-nngko-asem, mellifluent, sriuioth 
or sweet words, flatterif. 

g-dgkono, boiled lucdd of maize; <f. abodO. pr.'JoSf. 

dgkoH-kaiikycu, As. id. - pr.9o5. — adokonni, pr. 3012. 

<k)ku, pi. n-, F. iiiohl-e//. — gdgkye, pr. 2787. 

do 111, r. F. t(i tivloiifi to; odora won, = ofi won imi, Mt. 26,38. 

dgiii, r. F. to (jo into (mother countrij, Mt. 21,33. '" '" ' 

dom', r. /V/. [/7y/. dodom'] .s.doll. to jieref/riiKtte, Ijcaivai/; 
wadom', F. = onni ho. 

dgni, r. to vr/.' (illics or (oi (dlianrc iritli; asafo a wosfia no 
kodom nea eso na woafvie won hiada; gye adorn, to secJc, t(il<\ vn- 
(jage (is idlirs, call in the nid of; wakogye ohene bi ndoin. 2 Ki. 7, 6. 

Q-d g 111 (pi. id., dom horow, d. afanu) 1. a host, mi ariii//;pr. 6S.'). 
956.!>o7.D60. — i\ the hoslde (irmij. the enemy, pr. 95!). 2268. 2 176. — 
di dom, to liv of irar. — di neho dom, to conniut suicide. — gye dom, 
s. dom, r. — ko dom, to irfu/c inir, (joto war. — y i dom, to ocercome 
the eiienif/. ijaiu the cictori), pr.2952. woayi dom, nanso woadi nko- 
nim, thvt/ have vanquished tin' eiicmij (O/d triumphed. — edgm gu, 
a host or tlie enemij is defeided. pr.4.^6. — C2nls. dgin-hene, (/eneral; 
dgnkunini, thr main I/od// or t/ross of the (tr mi/, main arm//; dgm- 
ki'iw, II division, l/rli/adr: dgm-tow, a reijimcnt. Cf. asafo. 

dom, V. to favour, ijrant favours; to Ijv (jrarious; to pardon 
(a malefactor); to hclj) in distress; to tje useful, favouridde, to serve 
ones turn. pr. l-'>07 ; to liajiprn. — Wgadom wo, iinu are favoured; 
dom me j)reko, for oiae do me thr favouv! Onyaiikopgn adom n'a- 
niwa: wahu nyansa bebre, God has favoured him .w, thid he Jias ob- 
tained mnili ivisdom ; ene de, osu abedom yen wg ha, to-day ice liave 
been favoured trith rain here; ghene* adorn no kora, the Icinij lias 
granted liim his life; wadom me akye me ntama. (ense me, nso m'ani 
nni so,) he presented nie irdh a lioth, (undeservedl// and unejpertedli/); 
mekg lig na se gdoin ba ho a, mekfl no asem bi, / shall go there and 
if he liapjien to ronie there (as 1 wish he may) / shall tell him some- 
thing. 

g-d 111, inf. grace, favour. Unyafik. dom nti na yetiya iikwa, 
bi/ the graee of God we obtain life. — F. adoin, 1 I'd. 8,7. 

adom, inf. a favmirijig : tfie second rain// season in September 
and October, t/ie hitter rain upon tlie maize; = adommere, adom- 
inurow, adonsu; ef. asnsow. 

g-dom, a kind nitree. rhe bar/i^ of which is used in performing 
an ordeal. 

doiii, V. F. = dome. 



(l«imm.'i — .•i(lniiiiiit''n'. f^O 

(Idiii iii;i, (I ivviiihl of iioltl; Asaute dgimiul is t'(|iial in value 
to iitaku 11. or 7 s'. lo^ji <l. Akyciii d. -^ ntakii 18, or 10 s. i'/j d. 

o-(lomiii;t, /'/.a-, (F. oilomba) a f'niif similar to a fiij ; tin; tree 
hfaiiii- it. F. Mt ?J(i. J I, HI 

adt'i III iiiil [(jdou, dim.] hell; -: uiionnoiiiiua, iiiiyi'iii'iniyciicimna. 

-drtlllA, in epiLs., s. uimoadoma, adoiiiakwaJec, doinankiliiia. 

(16 Ilia, doniawa, doinadoiriji, i(. soft, tcjidcr, (hiii, fine, ffv.sli, 

ifoKftij; '/• oba-doiiia, abfiro-doni.'i; inU'-doina nii ode horolioro a 

(!nnyiiii ua wodi no, Ak. - ode- tofoio, Akr. ; obiodc no ye dOinu- 

doin.i, fiinyinie; onij)a no ye onipa dd. 

a^loiiia, II., somrf/iiiKj soft; pr.4!H. — cf. abadonia. 
do 111 a, })l.n-, ft i/oKiiff, triidrr frrc; ony;i, oduin, otVain, ne 
uiioina no. wgde si dan. 

doiii 111 a-IVi, a ivi'iijld of (/old. the half of dointna, q.v. 
a d It 111 a U w ;i d c r iihina, nil .sorts of tluiKjs. 
doina III t"i ri: liye d., tit arcmsr; s. hye. 
ado 111-111 a 11 Tid (' [ade a wod(! inra odoin] sdcramcnt. Chr. 

o-doiii-iua 11 i I'l, ])l. n-, odoiii-niariiiiaj a <jreat icarrior, hero. 
' fin: nil. 

do Ilia Ilk a iiia,-koiiia, a. niaiiij. manifold ; plrnti fid, abiinditiit, 
copious; si/ii. bcbre. pi, pewd. — Ne yiye d. a ode yee no no, wan- 
yi n'aye (wanna n' ase), fie did not thiuik him for his manifold bene- 
fits: [Onyankopgn yee ade nhinil d., God made all thinc/s. R.j). 166-] 
aseiii d., a icorld of jialaver, <i prolific, incessant, perpetual, inter- 
minable, endless jialarer or Utiijntion. 

()-(lunirii'ika ma, -koina, God, the Creator ("he is much above 
all. oyii bcbre, woko babiara a, wulifi no"). Ouyahkopon Od. abo 
ade I'lhina, God, ffie creator, fias made all tftinr/s. R.p.lOO. (Jd. bog 
nna-inmerensoii, wgtg ade a, wontna kaw? since God fias created 
seven daifs. has it not idivai/s been so (is it not eqiialli/ true) tfiid, 
what is boU[/fd. must be paid'^ i.e. ivfiji is it that //on do ncjt pay me for 
sucfi a loiKj time? (F. Nyanko])gu no Doiiiankoma Ba, the Eternal 
Son of God ; Nyankopun gnye Oudoniankoina Sunsfun, God is an 
Eternal Spirit. Frk.J The word as a name of G(kI seems to mark 
him as the boundless, infinite, iiderminable, immensely ricJi Beimj, 
or as the author, owner and donor of an ine.rftaustible abundance 
of things. (The etymology in Mf. Gr. p. } 2 "thi- sole benefactor'' 
is untenable.) Cf. Onyankopgii. 

doinai'Oj [J^"o-] romal, a kind of elotfi (silk, half silk, or 
cotton fabric, orig. from the East Indie.;). 

(i-do 111-111 an' Ilia, pi. n-, s. gdommanin, osabarinui. pr.Ooi). 
doiniiiata, wgadi wgnho d., tfieij have fouyht against tficm- 
selves, i.e. tfieir own jjcojjIc. by mistake or envy. 

<loino, v.[inf.n-] to curse, e.recnde, imprecate evil uj>on; si/n. 
bg dua, hye nsew. (Wadome no, e.s.ose: <mwu, a.s. nhyira mm'ma 
no so da.) 

a d r» 111-1110 re, tfie second rainy season: s. adoiu. 



90 adomfiraw — artona. 



a d m f i r a w : wato ad., he luta hiadverfcHf?// f<dU'>t iiilo the (diiip 
or Info an (nnhush of the enrni//. 

doml'rasc [Dan. dohhelf-fhis/ir] a f'our-conifrcd bottle. 
d o 111-111 a To [dgm, boa] <i lielper in irar, an atli/. 
0-domono, the best sort of j) film- wine, s. nsrif'ufu. 
dompe,^>?. n-, hone, si/n. kasae, F. ebew. 
doin})(^-l»oa, />/. n-, reiietn-atc animal. 

d 111-}) c 111 111 o : edom no sau kgbog d. wo A., tlir. anii// re- 
treated to, fell back upon A. ; cf. bo !) &. pern, pemmo. 
g-d iii-p i a fo , pi. a-, commander of an ami//. 
O-doiupo, pl.n-, icdd do/j, huah-dof/, black, feeding on carcases, 
snails &c. cf. odemerefna, hatvvea; pr . 505. 530. 8o.j-o7 .070-72. SBM- 

dompdiiiiii, a weifiht <>f <J'>l^l (■)'•) little money snfficient to 
buy something to eat. pr. :2D43. 

doiuinriiiij pl.n- [edgm bum] jirisoner of war, captive. — 
kyere d., to talce prisoner, eapture; fa nn-, to make prisoners. 

doiiiiiiri Ml I'ji . inf. captitrc. capfirit//. 
adoiil-mi'irow [adoni aburow] ]. mai^e jdanled in tin' second 
rainy season. — ^. tlie time of t/ie latter rain, in which maize is 
planted^ the second rainy season; cf. adorn, adominere. 

doll, V. [red. doiuigii] to soak, steep, drench; to saturate wUli 
ivatcr or other liipiid; to soften in water; to penetrate, permeate; a- 
burow no adon, adonngn, tlie corn is so<d:ed, softened, well sodden; 
ne gyigye donngii onipa mu, its sound thrills throuyh one's tvhole 
frame. 

do 11, V. Mf. Id prejiare '"sn-ish" for building purposes. 

d g iV, r. [inf. n-, red. dgiinon] to walk softly, ycntly, slowly, in 
(I measured jmre; to crawl, to more or advance slowly; gdgrV se 
ayeforo, ^;r. ^JO. (s. donii); odgiingii se gbgmmgfo, se agyinamoa a 
grekgkyere aknra. 

dgi'ii'i, .softly, delirately. slowly niiA finely ; gnani d., he wallcs 
softly d'c, yraccfully (gnantew uiinerantesem inu, for [)leasurc or 
show), he promenades. 

g-dgii, Z^t'ZZ; e-dgn, cloclc; bg don, tostri/cethe bell or clock; wo- 
sow dgh, to riny the bell; edgn bg, the clock strilces ; cf dgiifwerew; 
abg dgnkoro, the clock has struck one, it is one o'clock: abg nngn- 
abien, it is two o'clock d'c. Gr. § 80,4. 

d Oil, 0(W (number); edi don, it is odd; i)jip. edi nse, it is even. 

adg-na [dg, ua| prop, a difficulty in lovimj,- disaffection, dis- 
pleasure, dislike, ill-takiny, disfarour; wafa me adgna, he has con- 
ceived a disaffection, dislike ayainsf or aversion to me (oj)p. wanya 
me adgye, he has found it easy to love me); yeka asem yi a, gbefa 
yen ad., when we say this, it will awaken dislike in him against us, 
it will hriny us into disfavour with him; osuro adgnji, he is afraid 
of incurring disjtleasure, of yiviiiy offence. — F. keyi n'ad., yo and 
tell him his fault. Mt. 18,15. [Cf. the name Dowuona = dg owuo na, 



adonaten — dontori. 91 



III' (fis/)lc(ist'tl icilli Dentil, ticil. tluit the procciliiig (Iircf or luort^ 
cliililrc'u of" tlio siiinu motlior diil not live; do not ascribe it to men.] 

ii (loiiA-lt'M, /. pcrnrsf Jiiih/iiiciil from fear of incurrin}; dis- 
favour : mmii me ad. — iitVve nea wodo no anim mmu me nlenkyew. 
— ,;>. oyinti ad., /ic f.rjnrsscs (ii liiiii fiis (/rivf, irtjnf, rc.sciihnrfif, 
not as a complaint. 

o-d(i 11 (luii \\ a, pr. U7H. 

adoiiiM^ [odom adi'| ijifh of (/rare. Chr. 
<!(» I'l f\V o re w jodgi'i a af\Vere| ///. n-, an lioiir; d. biako, ofie 
hour. — V. dgnfwer', .1/^ ITU'S. Akj). (1omIi('h-('»\v. 

J d n-ii' 111. V. (h'fiuit. Mf. Gr. p. 77. 

0-d6lik('), /. a kind of ,y/n;(/>/;/r/ iii.scct. — ;:J. .siviinf, sw'uuj'nig 
liiiv; otow nelio (a.s. ne mui) donko, he sivin</s (his brother); bvofo 
d., pnndlit bars, pnrattrts (for j;ymnastics). 

o-d o I'l ki'i, o-doi'ikitiii, yy/. nnoiikn, nngiikofo, n nciiro from thr 
iiilrrior, such as are bron<;lit tlienee and sold as slaves in the coun- 
tries nearer the coast. (.>>. Nnonko, Gr.p.XV ); hence a slave; jn-. 97 If. 

(J don ko, ))r. u. given to a boy as the slave of some fetish, 
doi'ikoc' (n-), iv<(r, irarfare, wariihe dvrds. inilitdrii concerns. 

(j-dou-kor 0, one o'clock; s. edoii, Gr. i; 80,4. 

do I'l k iidoiikii, deep; eyed.>-emu do; aburad., a deep well; 
si/n. h('i, lioho', kfironkuron. 

o-doii-kfi iiiui, a chief iforrior (n//;/. dginmariina). Zcph. .3,17. 

d('»j"ii'iO, bde cost oid lijj contiliutj; bninVoma a ayarefo fe, = 
fenrin; wafe d. 

o-d on 11 6, o siH(dl drain; akyeiie kettnva bi a eto ue ano terew 
na mtinimfini ye tOateJi. pr. 078. 

doiiiioniina = kgkodomma; c/. nngnngmma, 
don no 11, red. r. s. dgn. 
don'ngn, red. v. s. dgn'. 

donnon, a bend or bendimj, 1. in a road, a roand-abont icai/; 
2. in. the sea-coast, forming a bai/ov bight, or making- the land pro- 
ject into the sea; epo, asu, asase no, dgm no abu d. ^=: abu b;iraka, 
= abukaw abefa babi. 

O-donsoii, a kind oi s( ring-instrument; s, gsankii, 

adon-sii, the tatter rain; cf. adorn. Adonsu to a, na adommil- 
row ben. Ad. uye ade a eta to da, enti etg dabi-a ema biuoni abfirow 
how (gets fjlastcd); na enti, se Onyk. doiii ma, osu to gu so na eye 
yiye a, na gdom na wadom wo, na cnte se asusow a en'de da etue 
afrihyia. 

adon-tuii, the main bodi/ or gro-is of the arm if, main a ring, or 
rather : the centre of an army. 

o-dont('), a jwt full of pat in- u- inc. 

dontori, mud, mire; stoiigh, puddle, iniiddg jita.sh (dgte ne 
nsu a afrafram'); ef. denkyedenkye, atekye. 



92 odontwi — adowa. 



o-dontwi, := abotokura. 

adon-we, ivf. [weoclomJ/Z/e chciciHij of the hark of the o^\o\ntrcc. 
ad(}ii-wowa [edgm awowa] hostiujc. 

adun-iiya-de [ade a wodc uya gdoiii] means of 1/ rare. Chr. 
adoii-ye, inf. [ye dom] state of irar; iitobllization. 
a dope, = aboatia, a kind of a^jc. 
dorba, F. = d<H-o\va. .1/^ i;>,24. Mk. 10,25. 
dure [>T(7. dodgre] intr. to beeome nuieli, inereasr, arcioindafe, 
gather: won ho adore fi, thrii are covereil with dirt ; ue kaw adore, 
won akaw adodg-dodgre, his debt, their debts hare sicellcd to a y real 
amount. 

O-ddroboii, s. gdodoben. 

dorowa, As. needle of native niauufacture; /*»-. 738. cf. pane, 

a d s as e [adgw, asase] arable land, plouyh land. [dorba. 

doso, V. [do, so] to be maeh, to be enoiKjh; edgso, it is enoni/h, 

neff. eung-so; when a personal object is added, it stands betwei-n 

the two parts: edg me so, // is enouyh for me, enng no so, it is not 

enough for him; pcrf. adgso, adg no so. 

adusoa, F. adosoea, Mt.2,lL s. adesoa. — udo.soaiii, s. odes... 

dote, Ak. nngtee, F. detse, suil, earth, clay, mud; syn. efa. 

doiQ-(\.\v\ni., potter's uork. — di d., to make earthen vessels, 

adotelxj, pr. 146. fpr.2o8. 

dots, do to, adv. to f g w : wa(gw d., he is soaking wet. 
0-doto, thicket; dua tentci'i bi si hg, na hania nldna kg ho. 
ado tow a (dim.) a sm(dl thicket. 
do twa, glove, pair of gloves. 

dow^ V. to till or cultivate the ground: to hoe, to weed; to cut 
the weeds or the bash; to how, pr. S481. d. afnw, to prepare or work 
a plantation (by clearing away the thicket &c.). — intr. to do agri- 
cultural work; d. adare, nkrante, asow, to work with a bill-hook, a 
sabre or bush-knife, a hoe. 

adow, the cutting of the bush; the tilling of the ground; agri- 
culture. 

o-d() w, the-//^/v'6' (hania) of the young leaves nf the adobe p(dm; 
a kind oi' twi)ie made thereof; - adobe nkgnnui "nierenkensono rnu 
na woyi dgw; wgmfa uye riiiiiahama; wgde bg asiiniaii, wgde nwene 
gtan, na Alatafo na enwene ntama nso; cf. demerekii. 
edo\v-tam, a mat-like woven cloth. 
dow, V. \_red. dodow] to become or be brown; uneema a wg- 
kyew idiiua ho d.; s. asabra. 

o-do Wii, 1. p7. n-, bee; pr.fJSn. — j2. a kind of bird; pr. l'.)55. — 
3. a swelling or ttumj), in the arm-jiit. the nape, the loins &c. the 
appearance of whicli is ascribed to a wound, j^r. 1857. 

adowji, a species o{ aidelope, the smallest of all antelopes, said 
by the negroes to be the king of animals, yr. OSlf. 

a d (') wa. the handle of a door made of palm-branches, by which 



dru — atlim. 93 

it is opened or shut; berajtae mu ham a a wode kyekycre a wosom' 
hie na \vo.soin' torn'; wosi lU) ad. 

(Ini... s. dui-u. 

(Ill, r. Ak. duru, /o trucli, (urirc; to he snffiiicnt ; — odmi ha 
'nera, he arrived here i/estenlai/; yebedti (fie) utem, ire shall soon 
inrire home: adgw-bere or kwaebu adn (ho), the time for jtrrpa- 
rimi the plaiitiitidus or for eidtiinj the hush is come; - sika no n iiu, 
the iiionef/ is not sufficient: adn ])e, // is cjiictli/ the sum: - adii ni<i 
so, lit. it has urrieed on me, i.e. // is mi/ turn: wiinnuu l)iilti (korae), 
ifou hare )iot come fur ifct. — I'hr. ne ho du iic hTi, hr jirospcrs (in 
his doin<;s), fares leell. 

«lii, (lildu, Ak. = duru. durudurn, a. 
v.-du,ten. Gr. §77. 78,1.2. 

Adn, pr. n. of men, found also in by-names of tlie kontromfi 
and the goat: aduonna, aduonnimma'. 

diia, in the foil, words, is pronounced in F. as diiia, diiya. 

d u ii , r. J. to jilant (in general); to put into the (jrou)iil (abilrow, 
ase, abrobe...). [Other verbs used for peculiar ways of planting 
are: gu (mo, kokote..), to soie (rice, (juinca-eorn): f u a ode, to plant 
jiam: tew abe, to transplant palm-trees.'] — to transplant. — ^. (fig.) 
(/) to plant, establish (anew religion): wode asgmj)a no bcduaa 
Akiir(tpon akye, the yospel has been brcmyht to Ahr. lour/ ago. — h) 
to transphnit (inhabitants) : Eniresi-brofo de nnipa kodua A'lata, 
abedua gman bi wg Adata, the English have made a colonij at La- 
gos; wgatu no Akuropgn akodua Aburi, thcij have removed him from 
Akr. and placed him at Ab. — c) to station, to ap2)oint to the occu- 
pation of a post, place, or office: wode me akodua Akyem ; woamfa 
yen an kodua Aky. kora, na yckodii nnawa bi wo ho na yebae, we 
were vol reaUy stationed in Ahem, hid stayed there only a short lime. 

o-dnsi, pi. n-, 1. plant, tree, shnih. — 3. stem or st<d1c of a plant 
or its leaf or fruit. — 3. wood; piece of wood, pr. 9!)4. something 
made of wood. pr. 1014. — 4. sticTx, pole. — '). handle, helve (of a hoe, 
asow dua, cf. sokum, Ak. sodi'iro, F. sobakura). — 6*. a block or log 
of wood, to which prisoners are fastened by means of an iron fixed 
in it and closing round the wrist: bo (As. to)., duam', lo fasten to 
the block, to arrest, imprison: da duam', to be arrested, fastened lo 
the block: wode won ano abg no duam' = wode won iino aka akyere 
no se: iiko babi na trji nea wode wo atra ho ara. — V.priri). neces- 
sary, consisting of a scaffold of poles outside the town: oko dua so, 
he is gone to the privy; cf. duasee, tia &c. — Phr.: S. bg dua, lo 
cnr.^e, orig. by driving a piece of wood into the ground and mut- 
tering words in order to produce a magic effect. — .9. si so dua, 
= hye mu den, ma etim. 

e-dua, dua, the tail of quadrupeds or birds. Wat via dua (used 
contemptuously), he is circumcised. 

adiui (III. id.), kernel, seed, fruit (of trees); odiad., he cats fruit 
(ogua, akutu, gdgma, asa...). -syn. aha, adiuiba, F. eduiaba, eduia- 
dzewa. Gen. 1,11. Mt. ■J1,.U. ML lh,:». Luk.lS,'!. 20,10. 



94 dua — aduau. 

dua, duawa, F. duiaba, (dim.) pi. n-, 1. a small tree, shriih. — 
^. a small piece of wood, stick, splinter, pr. WJl. 

diiciba (= dua aba), aduaba, pi. n-, 1. the fruit of an// tree, 
si/n. adua, aba. — 2. lemon, lime; cf. ahka. 

dua-biiu, 1. land of tree; - 2. peculiar sliapr of llic hod//; cf. 
dnnsow; - s. ban. 

(lua-basa, ^j?. n-, ^= dub;t, branch. 
adi'ial)OU, a by-name oi' the goat, s. abirokyi. 
diia-l)6, a tree remarkable for tbe bardnoss of its wood, com- 
pared with tbat of stone: kwaem' dua a eye don sen nnua hbina; 
ewu a, eye den sen n'amouo. 

dii a -bull [dua abon] hark of trees. 

(liiii-biironi, lit. a tvooden European. Phr. maye melio d. — 
maboapa, I purposelif misrepresented, the matter; wgyee won lio d. 
ma gbene aso tee, theij secretli/ informed or apprized the king of it. 
(lua-dan, odan a wod(r nnannua asi, a house of wood. 
dua-dai'ij = duase-daii, tiafi, &c. privy, necessary (house). 
a-dua-daii, inf. [odan a wodah nnuabo bi] the removal of a 
curse; the sheep, money ((c. given to remove a curse. 
dua-de, F. = bahkye, cassada, manioc. 
(1 II a d (' w a , p)l. n-. a kind of ntgrewa ; pr. (174. 
diiafo,^j^a-, pAanter; sower; c/. ogufo, okuafo. 
o-diiafoo, j?;Z. a-, Ak. a circumcised man; Akr. tvVetiafo. 
d 11 a-li ill, s. dubin. 

d II a - li - n h \v i , moss growing o)i trees. 
d 11 a- h 0-111 1110 r<' J a spongy cicrescence on trees, tnushroom. 
o-diia-iiyeiV, pi. a.-, Ak. efoo, a species of monkey, colohus bi- 
color, having the body black, the extremities (face, fore-neck, legs 
and tail) white, [dua-hyen = white-tail.] 

diiakoro, a kind of chintz ; s. ntama. 
a d u a k r (') u , ninety. 
adiiak wamoa, Akw. = abiribiriw. 

d ua m', d ua m'-d a, prison, enrprisonmcnt ; pr. 297. 
adua ill iiia'[aduan ba] greedy eater, glutton, gormand; cf. odidi- 
fo; sa abofra yi ye ad. = oba a ope adidi dodo, ohii aduai'i biara 
a, ope. 

adiiainmcii, a by-name of the owl. 
aduam-foro [aduan foforo] new yam or other victuals. 
a d uam-mono [aduan momono] raw food. 
a dua iV, aduane, adibane [fr. di, ban] 2^1- "-, food, victuals, esp. 
vegetable food, consisting or prepared of edible roots (afam-duan) 
and grain; the flesh or soft, i>?<Zj»/ substance of fruit, the kernel, cf. 
aboto ; dish; meed; woawie ad., dinner (breakfast, .<iU2)per) is ready; 
wgte ad. bo, they are eating, sit at table; - ad. no atu or ato me 
ho, s. tu. 



adimmuika — due. 96 



ad iiau-na k.-i [aduaiV adaksi] 1. a ho.r nmiaininij food or 
/iKtiiaioHS. — :J. crib, mamjcv. 

,1 d II a nil ;'i n [aduah' dan] store-house, curn-maiiuzinc. 
a d II a II a I'l , /"«;*•///. Or. i? 78,2. 

a d II a fi-li H I adiiaii a aye nifiii] pJ. n-, sfnlc food, jn: 2fio.93:i.lll5. 
a d u a M-k a I'l (pi. n-), first-fndts. 
adiiau-.sii, Litid of food: ad. Ixjii ni? 
ad II a iV-su, a fruitful rain; ad. na eroto yi. 
a d u a M t a, food uithoiU sidt. D.As. 

a d 11 a lit u I'l k dm , .iour-soj) iCx. (tlu- Iruif and the Irrr) ; if adu- 
kuiitunki'iin. 

d iiiia fi Vvo, the Ixirk of a certain trcr in Wasa snulliii';- likf 
onions (s. slnwo) and used instead of such. 

aduaii-yi fadiian', ayi] : abofra no besee nie ad., that boif has 
invited mc to talde in an iniprnpcr. impolite manner. 

a d II a I'l-y i, ////". the frtchimj or tahinii off of the dishes (from the 
kittlicn or from the table). 

d II a - J M » r i w a , s". pori wa. 
ailiiasa, thirti/. Gr. i> 78,2. 
d lui-asc, the trunk or root of a tree; ef. dnliin. 
duaRce,^>W»7/, necessary; cf. duaso, dampen, kaasee, nkyeree, 
niankyiri(-so), tia, teasee, yane. — diiasC'-dai'i, cf. dnadan. 
d II a-s in [dua sih|^;?. n-, block. lo(f: diff. dunsiii, rp r. 
dua-so, ko d., .s. dua, 7. & duasee. 

d u a-t a u n u r ii [dua tannuru, dutan] pi. n-, a large, mif/hfi/ tree. 
ad iia-t hi , j>Z. n-, a short-taihd beast ; 1. a heasf of j^ re// of the 
eat family, attacking sheep; of the size of a country dog; si/n. oban. 
— X'. gtwe ad., jn: :-iil2. 

du-ba [dua ba or basa] pi. n-, branch. 
e-diidtako, eleven. Gr, ^ 78^1. 

o-diiben [dua ben J a kind of tree, the ifellow wood of which, is 
used to dye bofua, q. v. 

adudn'ri [aduru biri] (black) ink; black paint. 
e-diidtiako, eleven. Gr. §78,1. 
ad lid) one, ptl. n-, [aduru b.] poison. 

odi'idu, a medicine, consisting of the juice of some plant or 
bark and water, kept for weeks, to dress wounds with, 
dud urn, red. v. duru; F. red. a. <luru. 

<1 no, V. [red. duedue] 1. the orig. meaning seems to be to stroke, 
or, more gener., to handle, manage, manipulate, nse; senea wodue 
ye afiri no fa no, en'na wofre no sum, the manner in uhich the// 
handle or jdaee and prepare the trap is ejpressed In/ the vord 'sum' ; 
fwe n'ilno seiwa odue kasa fa, look at his mouth and the manner he 
uses d in speaking! s. duia.b'. — ^. to daub, besmear amulets or 
things connected with fftish-worship with blood, the yolk of eggs, 



96 due — ducduc. 



white and red clay etc., in order to niipart x>revenlive or itaUiailve 
power, to atone or expiate, or to make tldnys turn oat favuurahhj ; 
wgde mogya due akyene ; odue suinai'i, e.s. ode rikesua a.s. adurn 
n.a. srasra suinjih ho na suinaii no adi; due suman Tmo, -pr. 117. — 

3. to use as a preventive or ]>aHiative (evading accusation or respon- 
sibility): Opanyih due: mante, mante, an elder (when called to 
account for misdeeds of his own people, uses as an amulet i.e.) a2io- 
loyizes: I have not heard of it. I knoiv nothing attoid it! pr. 2001. — 

4. bu due so, to doutde (up), i.e. to bend or Jjreak in the middle 
and fold or lai/ one part upon the other (woto no nan na wobu no 
due so = wobu no fa so, the// break hi)n so that the feet take the n-ajf 
over the head). — 5. fred.j to feel or search for with a long instru- 
ment, to poke; to probe (a wound): to sound, fathom : fa dua yi due- 
due nsu no mu, search in the water with this stick. — <>. [red.] to 
search or inquire after, investigate: nierekoduedue gmah nui^me- 
kofvvefwe omah mix asem mafwe, / tvill try to gather information 
on the sentiments of the people or to obtain a favourcddc disposition 
among the people. — 7. fred.j to stroll about, wander, rove, ramble; 
r/". obadueduefo. — H. 'J'he significations given under ;2.3. have given 
rise to a peculiar use of the v. in the imji. to express a) pitg on any 
misfortune that befell the addressed person, t)) a threat or jiredic- 
tion on account of some misdeed: a) due! hush! soothe or ajipease 
thyself, set your heart at rest, compose y(mr mind, cdlcviate your pain 
i.e. may your pain be (dlcvi(ded! (Ade t\va obi a, wose : due, due! 
obi ni wu a, n'abusuafo se: due, due!) — due, gener. repeated 2 or 
3 times, has become an appeasing and consoling interjection, pro- 
nounced towards a person who has liurt himself or met with an 
accident' the thing afflicting or incounnodating is added with nii: 
due ne amanehu uu = due, na woahu amaue, may you ttcar your 
afflictiun easily! may you recover from your affliction! nu'innue n c 
ko! I p)ity you for the trouble and ill success of the fighting! due ne 
adwumaye! miiunue ne adwumaye na adwumaye bekfim mo! 
you are to be pitied for such hard or grievous ivork, it wdt kill you! 
It is also used in several common forms of salutation: diic-ne- 
a wo-i'), said in the morning, when it is cold; due -n e-w i' 6, said 
in the middle of the day, when it is hot; due-ne-h win'6, said in 
the evening, Avhen it is cool; due-ne-su-o, said after a shower of 
rain, — meaning, at is were, may you easily bear the inconvenience 
caused by the cold (awow), the sun (a\Via), the coolness (ohwini), way 
you recover from the effect of the rain (^osu). — Jj) due! woe unto 
thee! miinnue! u-oc unto you! (Nea woaye yi, due! this thing whieli 
you have done will have grievous consetpienees! e\ ade na murewia 
yi? nii'innue! ivhcd! yon arc stealing? you u-ill suffer for it!) — !J. 
due., adwerewa, s. adw... 

due (the intcrj. or imp. mentioned under due H a), used as a 
nonn) a pitiful state or conddion, pr. 604. expression of pity. — ma 
due, to condole, console, comfort, soothe. Biribi a eye yaw aye 
onipa na woko ne iikyen kose se: 'mgbo 'mobo! na woania no due 
a.s. hyeden nen. pr. .567.604.700.1039 f 

duedue, red. v., s. due 5 — 7. Cf. obadueducfo. 



odik'loo — (ii'iku. 97 



()-<liiolV»o, pi. a-, Ak. hcsnimnr; — uea odue snmfin — okomfo. 
l»: :J:!(i:i. (Ivataucrc konifo bi, Agyemanc <>ti Ascn, ua wa^ye din 
yi iiyt' lu' dc.) 

d II fy k V I' , " /'"ft' that has /'(///r^/ (huni and lain on tlic ground 
/or some iiiii'r; a lanjc, rotten hlork, loyovpioev ofiuoO(l.pr.lO.'i9-41. 

(1 n-roro, pi. n-, sucker, a shoot from the roots or lower part 
(if the stem of a tree; a iioumj tree, [dua foforo; dua a aiifi wo dn- 
nsin ho.] 

;ulii-fra, inf. [aduru, fra] p/nirntuci/. — adiilViisriii, id.; plitir- 
inaeopoeiay dispensatory. — o-tliUrafo, pi. a-, apofhccari/. ('in: 

d u fud 11 f u , a. feeble. — pr. 58. 

diifu;i, 2>l- ""' " >'(»iyfi A"///r/ of seat made of a hlork; n piece 
of irood with a handle, [dua a woafufuaw ho kakra.] 

d II f 11 a w, a medicine or medical preparation formed into halls; 
jidiini hiara a wgayam no ne yissl afra abo no tow ahata. 

(1 ii-li ill, pi. n- [dua bin] a root of a tree in the ground, 
;id ii-li iia 111 , pl.n- [aduru huamhuam] perfumes, su-ecf Jierhs. 
su-eets, sn'eet-smellin[/, odoriferous spices; ode ad. aye, she has ruhhed 
or anointed herself uith sweet odours. Si/n. obiiam. Difiercnt kinds: 
kiirobow, beweoniia, osi'ko, ofwenti^a, mmowa, pepere (= aloe). 

din a, F. (.dwia, Prk.) 1. = dua, r. to plant dc. Ml. 13,3.. 31. — 
:>. dnia (mu, do kc.) ■-= nam or fa (mu, so &c.), to (jo alone/, to take 
one's waif thrnut/h. over dr. - okoduiaduia mpoano, he went hi/ the 
sea-shore: okoduia abrokwa nui, he went through the corn fields; 
wodze mpa no duiam' si dadze, thei/ let down the bed through (the 
ojiening); Mh. 2,13.23.4. - duia hen awuradze do sii fre Nyankopoh, 
call upon (rod, through our Lord. — o. (= due 1.) to take a (cei-- 
tain) course, to proceed, deal, act, treat, use, manage in a certain 
manner: mbre woboduia ahyira no nyi, thus shall he he hlessed, 
Fs. 128,4. woatse babi-mbre oduia tu won fo, gou have heard how 
he admonishes them ; wokii mbre oduia ye' nyimpa no kyere' wgii, 
tlieg told them h o iv it befell to the man, Mk. .5,10. oduia d e ri bo' nyim- 
j)ay how did he make man''^ yeboduia den afwefwe yi? how arc 
we to seek this'f mre yeboduia afwefwe Nykp. no mboa nye de, 
yebodwen do da yeduia mboa u'akwan no do, we are to seek the 
grace of God in a constant and careful use of the means of grace; 
akwaii yi, oduia do nda ahen ? how long is he to use these weans? &c. 
woiifwe babanm' nsukoko rabre woduia nyin, 3It. 6,28- 

duia.F. =dua, tree d-c. — duiaba = dua, mote d^c.Mt.7,3.. 
aduiaba, aduiadzewa, F, = aduaba, frud. Mt. 21,34. Mk. 12,2. 

duiafo, F. = oduafo. Mt. 13,3. 
O-d I'l k I'l , small cask, barrel, keg; cf. ahkora, okwadum, opdiikrilii. 

duku, dukiiduku, a. dt adv. reduced to small particles; abodo 
no abu dd., the bread has been crumbled entirely; wabubu dua no 
mu dd., he has broken the stick info small xneces; mfgte awe ntania 
no hhina dd. = pasapasa, the fermites have eaten up the cloth, re- 
ducing it to very small shreds; sare no aye dd., the grass has crum- 
bled i)do sinfdl fragments ; gpohkg a\vc sare no nhina dd. 



98 dukiiduku — diiom. 



dukuduku, a.d-adv. fat a.ndfme, stout; wayed.; oguaii no 
ado srade d. — dukudi'iku, id. gwo mma d. anarij he has four 
stout and ticch/ children. 

dukfi', ^>L n- [Dan. dug, Dutch dock] handkerchief; a yard 
of cloth: nnuku' abien ye sin, two yards ctrc a fathom; cf. nnuku- 
nnukuwa, dint. 

dukudoiVj linen; grey baft. 
a d u k u -n t ft ii k fi m [G. alngundugu] sour-sop, A.nona mnri- 
cata ; siveet-sop, Anona scj^uaniosa; cusiard-applc; the fruit and the 
shrub or tree bearing it; cf. aduantuhkum. 

adu-kviro, p7. n-, a hole in a tree or stone in whicli water 
gathers; dua mu tokuru a nsu ta mu na nnomji guare worn'; oho 
ad. nso wo ho; nsu nnini' a, wose: ad. a\Vo. pr.2917. cf. nnukiirogua. 
duiiij r. [red. dunnum] to go out (of fire); tr. to put aid, ex- 
tinguish, quench (fire or a light); pr. .3080. — ogya- no adnni, the fire 
is gone out; dum kanea, jJut end the light. — bere-dum, to be of dark 
red ; ntania yi b. 

o-diiin, 1)1. a-, 1. the Odum-iree, a large tree; the wood is used 
for tindier, furniture, fuel. — 2. As. edum, pillar, supporting a house 
or erected for remembrance; tomb-stone; monument; - adum no 
i>ea wode gyinagyina gdan ; abo a Brofo de sisi ada so no ye adum 
a wode ye nkae. 

o-dumafo [aduru, ma] s. oduyefo. 

adii m fo, a kind oi executioners at Kumase; s. dunnyi, obrafo, 

duni-t^ya, jjZ. a-, (a pair of) candle-snu/fers; ecctinguisher. 
e-du-miGii', du-mienu, F. du-abien, twelve. 
c-dii-miensa, F. du-abiasa, thirteen. 

dum pen, ])rivy, necessary; cf. Aiiasce. 
e-d I'l-n n an, fourteen. Gr. § 78,1. 

dun dum, F. .9. dfim. 
O-dunni = dumni, s. pd. adumfo & dunnyi. 
e-d I'l-n krd n, nineteen. 
e-d u-n s 1 a , sixteen. 
du-nsi 11, i^Z. n-, the stump of a tree. pr. 403, [dua, sin ; dua a 
wgatwa so na esi ho no.] 
e-d u-n s u n j seventeen. 

c-du-nnum, fifteen. — dunnum, red. v., s. dum. 
e-d li-n w 6 1 w 6 , eighteen. 
dunnyi, F. = gbrafo, executioner. Mk. 6,27. 
aduo, .S'. adiwo. 

duo bo, V. to be wanton. Jer..oO,ll. anugdeh a etra so ye. 
aduokii, a by-name of the rat, s. okisi. 
aduoku, a kind o{ yam (bay ere), s. gde. 
duo in, V. only used in the imp. [prob. fr. due mu]: proceed, 
.go on, come on! Wo-ne bi kg kwan na gnam berew a, na wuse: 
duom na yenkg e! munnuom! 



adiiomia — juliiru. 99 



adi'i-ouiKi =- adu }\ onna, a nick-iiamo of the goat; .v. adu. 
aili'i-OMiii-innuV, — adu a oimi luina, ilitii), s. .ibirckyi. 
ad ii-o II II, Itvcuiy. — a d ii-o ii I'l iii, ////y/. Gr. i; 7H, 2. 
a d ii-(» s i a , sixtj}. — a d »i-6 w ('» t \V o , ciyhti/. 

dii-pa, ph n-, it II old, liin/e tree [dna a anyii'i a.s. nbo apil; 
nnuj)!! = nnua akesc a esosoe yiyi']- 

d u-p o II, pi. n-, [dna, pon | a Idttjr free. pr. 426. 

d iipow, s. ntetca-d. 

d il-|» u I'l, 7>/.a-, the btoittl itiid lanje part nf the rout of ceitahi 
tioes above groiuul, i)rojecting like a buttress from the low part of 
the stem; dua kesc ntiiii a ati adi aye kokfiro; odum, ofram, ofo, 
oiiya, owataku, owowa wo uuupuii. 

diir, F. 1. -= du, r. Mk.lH,:iS. — x!. = duru, a. 

dura, r. \^iid. duradura] d. ho, d. so: to cover, deck, line; to 
coat, cni-it, orerlui/ ; d. mu: to U)ic. to finish or overtoil, to cover or 
put ill the inside of. Ex. 2'),11.:^8. 26y29- — Wodc twom-ulioma dura 
akukua no mmentiJi ho. 

adiiradc, uj)2>er-dress, upper-garmenf, e.g. of Mohammedans, 
aduro, aduruo, Ak. s. aduru; cf. soduro. [pr.HOSo. 

duru, Ak. x. du, r. 

duru (dru), r. Ak. du, 1. to descend, dismount, alight, come 
or go down; duru (bera) ! = si fam' ! cf. shin. — 2. d..mu, to de- 
scend into, to .■itrihe, of lightning: opi'anna d. duam' a, eso gya, if 
the lightning strikes ii tree, it c(dchcs fire. — .5. to feel a presenti- 
ment, foreboding: nsem a eye hu duru no, he has a presentiment of 
or his heart forebodes fearful things; obra a awerehow nuim' duru 
ne kara, his soul has a presentiment of or anticijMdes a life without 
grief. — i. waduru afiforo, he has entered a ncw-huilt house and 
conseerided it by a solemnity of 1-3 days. — 5. waduru afu, he 
has a hunch-back. — (J. esfim duru, darkness descends, it gets dark; 
owia duru sum, the sun gets dark, is eclipsed ; n'adwenemu aduru 
sum, his mind is darkened or obscured, [red. duduru.] 

duru, duruduru, (t. Ak. du, F. dur, durdur, duduru. l.heavi/, 
weightg, ponderous; gbo yi ye d., this stone is heavy; obo duruduru, 
n heavji stone; ne kotokum' aye d., ne tam ano ye d., his pmrsc is 
ircll filled; - burdensome. Mt. 23,4. burdened or bowed down witli grief, 
Mrk. 14y3S. — 2. wabo duru, she is (big) with clnld ; ef. yem, v. — 
5. with mu: thick; dote yi mu, ofasu yim' ye d., this dag, this wcdl 
is thick \ - important, difficult, serious; asem yi, emu ye duru, this is 
a difficult matter. — 4. n'anim ye d., he is grave, earnest, re.^pice- 
tablc, venendAe. — 5. ne n sam' ye d., I'e is wealthy, opulent, pioiver- 
ful = gye osikani, owo atuo. — 6". ne b o or ne koko ye d., he is 
courageous, valiant, brave, stout, undaunted. 

duru, duruduru, n. heaviness, weight. 
o-duru, ^>/. a-, the iiholc cluster of fruits of the plantain- and 
banana-tree, consisting of several smaller clusters (siaw.) 

aduru, ^j/. n- or nnuruwa-nnuruwa, Ak. aduruo, aduro, pow- 
der, medicine, drug, physic, ne yare ano ad. ui, this is the medicine 



100 odiirugya — dwa. 



ar/ainst his sicJoicss; - pcrfamcr)) ; any chemical 2)re.paraiion ; (oi// 
kind oi poivdcr or //««? not used as food, e.<j. <i}tn-poicdcr{iii\\([\\Y\\)^ 
inl- (adnbiri), paint...; hence also = aduru-bone, adubone, poison: 
wato no aduru, Jie Itas poisoned him; - wabo ad. = okgwawae diia 
ho abon abeye adnru. 

0-d urnti'Y ;i, a kind o^ flute or pipe used in tlie ])erforinaneo of 
mournful music before a king (dcmere a eho apgw-apgw ne nsge pi 
a wgfre kete no bi). 

o-duru-innfo, s. odumafo. 

jKluiMi-inu-pCj chemical analysis. — adnni-imi-sciii, chemisfn/; 
plnirmacji; pharmacoloffij. Chr. — ef. adufrasom, kilfra-nyansa. 

ad u r n-l ();i, -toa, 2'1- ^-^ « case, box, phial, or cruet for any kind 
of powder or fluid, e.g. an inJi-stand; a medicine-hox. 

0-dnru-yefo, -yofo, s. odnyefo. j)>-. 1045.3540. 
dutai'i, pi. n-, [dua, gtrn'i] ]. a lan/e free, cf. dnpa, dupgii; 
2^'. J 047. — Ji\ the .stem of a tree. 

d ii-t ail 11 u r u , pi. n-, a large, miylity tree. 

adn-lo, inf. [to aduru] poisoniny. — ndu(6-diini, jn>/so}?, ap- 
pliance used to poison apfrson ; cf.hoYo,. — o-i\n{dk),j)l. a.-, poisoner. 
dll tra, J?)/, n-, shinyle. [dua, trii, j>/. nnua nlra-ntra.] 

a di'i twf, a moveable pole supported in the middle, for children 
to play on; wgtrjl ad. so, wokjin ad., they sit on or turn the pjirot- 
2)ole. pr. 104S. 

adiihViiin (oriy. pr. n. m.) a kind of cloth, s. ntama. 

adiiwa, F. beans; s. ase. 
diiya, F. s. dua, dnia. 

o-diiyefo, ^j/. a-, [i\Anv\\-y gU^'\ pliysician. F. Ml. 9,12. 

I>w. 

'i'he combination of these two letters (d\V) is not a compound 
of the common dental d and \V, but a ])alato-labial transformation 
from the gnttiiro-labial combination uw, which has still been re- 
tained for it in parts of Fante ; s. Gr. § 1 2. — 'J'his transformation 
originally took place only before o, o, i; but these vowels, when 
followed by a final w or m, liave usually been transformed into 
0, o, 11, and have retained this form also when the final w was 
dropped (cf. dwom, dwonto, hnwonkoro). In Ak. the combination 
liua or j:,\A'a (F.) has likewise been transformed into dwa or even 
into dzua [G. dfa = dsiia]. — 

By the nasal prefix (I'l), dVv is changed into I'nV (ni'iw). 

dwa, Ak. ^ giia or gwa in Akr. and F. 
Words not fomul under dwa ai'e, therefore, to he looked for under gna. 

dwa, V. Ak. 1. = giia, to carve, cut up, cut in piieces; to gut, 
eriscerate. — 2. = kyia, to salute, pr. 143. 

d \Va, V. 1. to stand out, be prominent, lyroject; ne fwene dwa 
ahun mu, his nose stands out in the air (perh. Jte sneers, shows con- 
temj^t by turning up his nose); - 3. to state, rep>ort; to expose, propose; 



<l\v.nl\V:i — (1\\(>. 101 

otl(i nscin no abt'dwa Iio = abcto lit>, he lulilf/ic iiKi/fcr /i/itilicJi/, in 
f/ic pilhlir Jildcc. 

d\Va(lw;i, <((lr. (It'iiotini;- soiui' S(niiul(V): o(l(^ iif"s\ ircii no fwci; 
asu no iiiii d\\ . 

:i (I \Vji, Ak. -- agiia. 
o-(lwji, an etliblc, iViiit; <•/'. oj^ua. 

adwabirein, Ak., d-. aguAbirt'.ni ; a |ilaic at Iviiniasc; d /ilacc 
for ((ssctnhlini/. iiiarkct-pUire. pr.^ioO^L 

(IVvac, /t(iii(//ifiiicss, an'o<janvr, insolence, /uesninjifnottsncss; 
hirnnnif; gyo ilwae- =gye mpanyinyo, oili uipanyiiiseui, oyc ahan- 
tau, he is Inutijltfif and confoniitnoiis, (tnoijant, prcsuinjitnoiis; gbo 
luv so (Iwae, =^ obg mc so abantanseni, he f reals me irilh insolence, 
h(iiii/h(i/ contenijil, tyrannizes over me ("as African kiuj^s (](!spiso 
others and think they can do with them whatever they like"); :=- 
odi bam, q.r. — Cf. dwae-dwom. 

dwao-bo, inf'.han<ihlinessdc., tyrannical behaviour; 6'. d\va(^; 
il\V. ye wo de! yon only delight in overbeariny behaviour, effronlcry! 
dw. abg no dam, he is mad with tyranny. 

dVvao-dVvoin, (t son(j of a defying character, siiny by the 
dancers in the play called dwae. 

o-d Wiic'ui, />/. dwiiefo, dancer or sharer in the said play. 
d \V a k ro, a kind oi snare; osum dw., lie lays a snare; s. atiri. 
(IVvaiH!, Ak. = guan, to run aivay, flee; to trouble: wodwane 
me ho dodo, yon trouble me too much; me ho ad wane me, I am in a 
strait, in trouble = me ho hia me. 
u-d\Vaiie, 2'^- "■> ^^- =■ oguan. 
chVariiiVvaii, Ak. = guannuan, j>r. i^.Si'. 
dwarc, v. Ak. = guare, ;;r. .5,9. 
adwaree, inf. Ak. = aguare, bcdhiny. 

dVvc, a. (inich; brisk, nimble, used in an elliptical way (without 
the verb ye): ue ho dwe = wadi; ode ade no niua me no, me lio 
(|\ve, ^^ migyei, ichen he gave me the tiling, I took it at once, using 
it forthaUh; cf. pr^hn; gkyekyere adesoa kakra de mail me, na mi- 
gyei, mc ho dwe, he gave me a heavy load, but I took it at once. 

dvV(!, adv. completely, entirely, totally, utterly; wadi dwe = 
pe ; wanom nsu dvve, dua no abu dwe = abu wg so ara we. 

dwcdwe-dwedVve, adv. id. — dua no abubu dw..., the stick 
is completely broken into many particles; ahaban no aye dw.,., the 
leaves have become utterly dry. 

dwO, dvvoiiu, adv. id. afuw nniatauna ahyew due, the heap 
ov pile of wood on the x)Undation is burned comjiletely ; ode a wode 
kgtoo gya mu no ahyew dwenn, tJie yam which yon put in the fire 
is totally burned; otam no ahyew dwehh, ehka hi. 

dwt', v. F. = dwo, V. {Prk. jui) to be harmless, Mt.lU,16. to be 
meek, Mt. :il,5. to be kind; - to cease (of the wind) 3Ik. 4,30. - to wither 
(of the hand) Mt.Pi,L(). — dwedwu, red. v. F. — dwudwo. 



102 dwe — odweii. 



dwo, n. 1. Icernel, s. adwe; fig. plili, marrniv. heart, strength; 
Wcitu no mu d\ve = alioodeii. — 3. somctliing contained in pustules 
in the face, white, round and hard(V), j;?r.s, flatter? (wumia infowa 
a, ua biribi fitafita korokorowa tim' na eye den, na yefre no dwe; 
wutu kuru na emu dwe no tu a, ehkye wu). — .•>. perhaps = mpeV 
m'ani asare dvve, =nna amnia m'aniwam' bio, lui/ eyes have got so 
that I cannot sleep: cf. sare. — i. =gye? perplexity, madness; asem 
no aye wo so dwe. tlic matter has hernme a mad jxdaver to thee, hard 
to settle. 

adwe, pi. hnwea (hhwewa), pahn-hernel, the stone or kernel of 
the fruit of the oil-palm, together with its hard shell, enclosed in the 
pulpy substance of which the palm-oil is prepared; any other nut 
or Icernel. pr. lOoO.lool-oS.looo. bo adwe, to crack a kernel. 

dwe, dwedwe, adv. expressing a feeling oi' pain; me yafu- 
nu(m') kaw me or keka me dwedwedwe, mg hrllg aches, I Jiavc the 
gripes. 

dweti, poet, a fine, girl, lady. 
Dweada, Dweeda, Ak. s. Dwoda. 
adwe-advVc, a. [adwe] fall of Immjts like palm -nut-kernels: 
afasew munuukum bi ye adw. 

a d Vv c ha w , n. ad wobaw. yr. 40. 
adw ('-1)0, i)if. cracking of palm-keriiels. pr. loo?. 
adwe-dae -- akwasidae, s. adae. 
dwedwe, s. after d\ve. — dwodwo, red. v. V. = dwudwo. 
dwodVvewa', adj. close together, narrow (of an opening or 
passage); s. adwoku. Cf. hihia, muamua. 

dwedwL'wa, the throat, gorge, ivind-plpe; the larynx, head 
of the ivind-pipc; waso ne dwedwewam' -- watim no ameuewa. 
o-d \V c h c 11 e , pr. 2472. 

adwc-ka, a ring made of the shell of a palm-kernel. 
dwe 11 11, s. dwe, dwerebe. 
dwell, dwene, v. to think (of); to medit(de; to consider ;pr. 309. 

— odwen ne komam' bone, he meditates or devises evil in his heart. 

— dweh so or ho: to think about, to mcdit(de on, to consider; to 
mind, regard, care ahont; medwen asem (so), Ifhiidi about a matter; 
odwen ne nua so or ho, he is thinking about his brother; ade a wo- 
kgye yi, dweh ho yiye, consider the thing well which yoii are going 
to do; n'asem I'lhina ye ntwiri, mihhweh so, aU his talk is slander, 
I do not mind it; - V. wandwen do antse (= antie), he neglects to 
hear, Mt. 18,17. — ne iisem a okae hhina, raadweh akyiri mahu, 
I have fumed over in my mind all he said, and found it true. — cf. 
susuw. — Bed. dwciirnVeii, to care, be (Oixious, distracted, take 
anxious thought. Mat. (i, 2.5-34. cf. dadweh. 

e-dweii, Mt. egwen, grey hair: edweh aba nctirim, neti afuw 
dweh, he has grey hair. 

o-dweii, a lost thing; athing fou)id and appropriated; a single 
person met on the way and seized as a slave; pr. 4ol. 1051. — woafa 



ilvv'L'ii — dvVunso. 103 



no (I\v(Mi, Of wato dweh, lie has been svixc.d <tnil made a shirr. Onipa 
nam nn oto dweii a, obi na okyere no kw sxi\, jir. l\Ia(o dwcMi niitiliu 
ni-a nu'-i'iko, / diii at d loss ir/icrr fo ;/o; n'aiiiwa ato dwci'i, /ir is lost 
ill lltiiilciiKj. 

o-(lVvon, Ak. udweiic, a kind of forost-ticf; wodi; yij wonia, 
wodo n'ahaban bo abodo. pr. 1057. lo.'lS. 

;m1 Vvi'M, a (I \V Olio, a coininoii /is/i in tlie river Volta, sihtrKs, 
sihirr. shrat-l'isli P pr. 7SH. 1052-35. 1.T22. 

(1 wouiia, ^j/. h-, the first aj>pcav<uicc of fniH alliu- Uic falling 
of tlio Hower; tenih'r, carJi/ fruit; Cant. 2, 13.15. — waporow (watc- 
tow) akntu dw, no nliina; pr. 1505. 

dVvoii-dwoi'i, red. v. F. = dwcninVen, 
(IvVouo, r. s. dweh. 

0-dwoiio, a-, s. odweh, a-. 

adwoiio, inf. (pi. id.), thouyhf, pr. 1056. conception, idea; mind; 
sentiment; intention, ojiinion; rharartcr. M'adw. baa wo so, (As.) / 
tlnnKjIit of i/oii; n'ad\V(;ne ahkosi bo, that did not come into his mind, 
that never entered into his head. — F. fa ad wen (J'r/c. ajuin), to 
care, consider, be musini/. Mt. (1,25.27. Mk. 6,52. Fs. j'9,o*. — Nc tirim 
wo adw., he has ijood natural capacities, is talented; - osakran'adw., 
he elianijes his mind, repents, is converted. — n'adwene ye betO, 
he is feeble-minded, ficJdc, unsettled or tasilij chan(jed in his ojjinion. 
— n'adwcnem' tew, his thoiufhts arc clear, he is intelli(/ent, clever, 
.sliretcd, brisk, liveli/, spri[/h(f// ; - n'adwenem' nt(;w no, he has mis- 
ijivinijs, is mistriistinij. — n'adwenem' abue or ada bo, he has tjood 
(common) sense, is intelHyent. — n'adwenem' ye (no) bare, he is 
iujJit-minded, frivolous. 

ad\veiiO-fre, inf calling for attention; abebu a. s. asentifi bi a 
wode ti asem ase de, adwene na wgde fre. 

adwoiioin-haro, -sorn, Uijhimindedness, frivolousness. 

advVoiiom-tow, inf. clearness of thouyht, intclU(jenee, shrcivdness, 
spriiihtliness. 

dVv6i"i-t"a, 1. inf. appropriation of a tliinrj ov person found. — 
2. a kind of amulet or charm. 

ad wo I'l-li u hu w, light-mindedness, frivolitg; tirim' adw., fancy. 

0-d Vv 011-11 111 i, pi. a,-, [oguan or odwane, nini] ram. pr. 1059 f. 
Oye no odwennini-bewo-ba, he makes him believe that a ram icdl 
lamb, i.e. he flatters him (Udwabeh Boateh na gkue). 

o-dVvoiiiiimiiui, a young or small ram. 

adwciiiiimineii, a ram's horn: wasi adw., he has put a ram's 
horns upon, his head. 

O-dwei'ikobiri, a kind of forest-tree; o woma n'akoa (odweh no sa). 
d w 11 k u , s. d wohkn. 

a d w n[e] s a kilr a, inf. change of mind, repentance, conversion. 
dwonso, v. to urine, to make water; is more decently ex- 
pressed by gu nsu. pr. 1061. 

dwell so, n. urine, loater; dw. abo no, he is sick of ov su/fers 



104 dwensotofi — dwese. 

from disurt/, ischurij, is affected icifJi strinKjurij. pr. 34jo. — dweiiso- 
kuku, -kiiruwa, pi. h-, chamhvr-pot. 
dweiiso-toA', xjI. U-, the hhidder. 
dwen-to, inf., o-dvVentofo, .s-. dwouto, odwoutofo. 
0-d weuiiwaii, -ne. name of a month: s. osrani. 

dweimweii, red. c >-. dvien. 
o-dweiinwemi, -newa, a tree. pr. 1057. 
o-dwendVvenekoina, pr. 1038. 
udVvera, F. (Prl: njira) = hh wera. 
adweii inVere, Akp., s. adxvere. 

dwere, r. to crush, desfroi/, Icill; to he cut up, crushed, de- 
stroyed, Idled. Yekoe no, yoantumi won, ua wodvieree yen nhiiia. 
Boaten baa Kyebi no, r)\vabenfo a ode won bae no Vdiina. odsVeree 
won (wg) ho. Osee Yaw dom a ode baa Akantamasu nbinji d\\ eree 
wo bo. Cf. dwerew, Akr., nsed of things, *.^ kuni. 

dweiH', V. to hind, tie, tie up; syn. kyere, kyekyere; d\V. uo 
hama=rkyere no h., hind him with a rope; odwere nnaworopcwa, 
she ties her Jiuir into the liheness of a tittle siich. — F. to draw to the 
shore, hriny a ship to poii or to land. ^[k. 6,'>.3. 

adVvere, = amoakua. 

adVvcro (Akp. adwennwere), a kind of herh. used in religious 
ceremonies to S2)rin}de uudcr with it for purification or otherwise to 
talc away unchanness; ababan betebete bi a etc se fan a wgdc guare 
asum'; wode bi guare abatn; woyam bi de tare pgnipo ano nia etu 
ntem ; wode adw. a woayam ne nno due suman se wgde reyi fi a 
akji suman no: - s. advverewa. 

dVvcrebe, arfr. = dwe, dwehn, kora &c. completely, entirely, 
totally, utterly; dgm, gmah, kiiro, afuw no ahyew d\V. : ope ahyew 
nwura dw., aduafi no aye dw. (too much hurned on the coals); g- 
maii uo abg dw.; kuro no aseedw.; kuro no lihina ye dw., the town 
is ipiitc spnded, hurned to the (/round d'c. - Akwanifo aye Huafo dw.; 
nimoa adi m'afnm' aduari nbina dw.; wgabefa ne nhina d\V., wgan- 
nyaw ebi; - anka "bi kora wg ho a, na wose no se : dw. 
adwerebia', a kind of hejids, s. aliene. 

dwereWj Akr. = dwere, to crush, shatter , dash to pieces or 
into fragments (nktiku. nkesua &c.), stronger than bg, bobg. 

adVverewa, adwera', sprinlde, sprinldiny-hrwsh; a means to 
remove fdfh i. e. falsehood or misrepnsentatio)i (hlame, accusation, 
slander?) pr. 1802. due., adw., to confirm; to prove; to hear witness 
for or against, to convict; kase a merebg no, mahwie na obeduee 
me adw.; gsah se ennim' a, medue no adw., // he deny its heing 
true, I will prove it against him; osennifo no araa adansefo no redue 
nea wanya asem no adw., the judge has c(dled ujj the witnesses, con- 
fronting them with the indictee (culprit, defendant), that they may 
take away the fidsity of the culprifs assertion and leave the matter 
hare as it is. 

dwese, warp: == nsa, .s-. ntamaiiwene. — dweseboro. 



(Iwote — dVviiiw . 105 



dwety, F. gwete, silver. — dwoto-bii'i, dwote-H, dross of 
,^ilocr. — dw('t(!-l)oii;V, j>/. li-, siloer-roiti, sHverluuf. — dVvctij- 
ilwiimfo, pi. a-, silrer-smit/i. — dwcttj-tiio, (( t/nii inlaid tcif/t silccr. 

dvVe-tiri [guatiri] (t capital or siocl; of nionri/ to beyin trade 
icilh; a fniul emploiied in business or (ii/if iii/derfahin;/. — bo d \V., 
to (/itflier siieh <i lapifal. pr. lOtV-i. 

dvvL'tiwii, [dwetiri dim.'] a smnll eujiital, stork or fund, 

d V\' (' t i \\' a 111, a possessor of some little property, not exactly 
ridi, but on the way to become so; a spdrimj, suviny, thriftii person. 

dVvidwi: nc ho d\v., he has a roiajh skin. 
t'-dVvie, Ak. = dwiw, dwuw, pi. n- louse. 
adVvima, F. (Trk. ejuima)=: adwuma. — dwiiiitb^ F.=od\vuintb. 
adVviiii, artificial u-ork, as work in (fold, sdrcr, brass, leather, 
wood; any trade or mcrhanie art reducing raw materials to a form 
suitable for use; plastic art; sculpture, carved work; the art of draw- 
ing; design, delineation. — di ad\V., to make artificial work, to prac- 
tise a trade or art; odi sika-adwini fefew, he makes finethin(js of gold. 
Cf. odwumfo. 

ad winiiado, /d. id. or n-, [adwini nnade] tool or machine for 
artifaial work. 

adVviniic, ^>/. id. or h-, [;ul\viui ale] a thing made artificialli/, 
artifaial work, ivork of art. 

adVviii-ni, ad\vin-ni, /;//'., iha practise of a trade or art. 
adwiuni- (Iwiima -dan, manufactorg. 
adVviiini-iiyansa, art, talent for ang art. 

dwira, c. 1. to dash ov strike against, to spatter, sprinkle. Osu 
bo dwira nie dan ho nti, eho hyirew rihina ahohoro, because the rain 
strikes ceheinentlg against ing house, the tvhite earth (with which the 
wall had been whitewashed) has been entirely washed off; ode prae 
dwiraame, lie struck me witli a broom; ode usu dwiraa m'ani so, 
lie dashed water in my face. — -2. to cleanse from guilt or moral 
and religious uncleanness ; to sanctify; to consecrate. — Obi kum 
ti (ofi aba fi bi) a, wodwiram', if one makes a dwelling (ceremoni- 
ally) unclean (if a dwelling lias become defiled), it is purified; wode 
niniah mogya n.a. dwira ofie. tfie habitation is rendered clea)i again 
with tJie blood of slieep dx. — Se ebia mefom mekodi biribi a mikyi 
a, wgtew adviehhwere no ovigkom' ntwoma na wgde ad\virad\Vira 
me nsa ne m'ano. Wgde nsu dwira no, or, wodwira no {}yq) usum'. 
Okodwira neho wg pom' e.s. gsorgkye no bo ba a, na wakogyinam'. 
Cf. ahSdwira, 

0-dVvii"a. tlic gain-custom, an annual festival celebrated in the 
month of August or September, when the tirst yam is eaten, being 
considered also as the beginning of a new year. — t\Va dwira, to 
celebrate the yam-festival. — Wot\Va odwira wo Kumase, Akwam, 
Akuropgii; rf. aberekwasi, ohum, akonhuru. 

dvViri, dwiridwiriw, s. the foil. 

d wiriw, dwuruw, f. 1. to separate, disperse, scatter; odw. gya 
(no mu), he scatters t/ie fire-brands or coals as with a poker, rakes 



106 dwiw — dwoag^yina. 

out the fire. — 3. to break up, J)rcak or puU down, to dcniotlsh (odan, 
pempe, siw); to prostrate; to ruin (gyare no dwiriw' iiipa no pasa). 

— 3. ue ho dwiriw no, he is shocked, struck with surprise, horror 
or disf/HSt, he is astonished, amazed, hewildered, confused; me ho 
(a)dwiriw me, ^ me ho aye bete, metirim aye me kosenenene, awow 
agu me so &c. Cf. ahodwiriw. 

dwiw, V. s. dwuw. 

e-dVvnv, dwuw, Ak. edwie, j^i/. h-, louse. 
dwo, V. 1. to cool; nsu no adwo, the water is no more hot; 
ma fikwaii no nuwo ansa, let the soup cool first. — 2. to he calmed, 
appeased, allayed; to abate, subside; to become or he soft; to relax 
from a state of excitement; to be calm, quiet, gentle, mild, meek, tame, 
l)eaeeablc. humJ)le, especially in \hQ perf. and with bo, ho, aui. — 
3. tr. to make quiet, soft, tame, cf. dwudwo. pr. 1064-66. — Aboa yi 
dwo, this animal is sitting quietly, not mooing; oguanteh dwo (ne 
ho dwo, u'ani dwo), na abirekyi ani ye den, the sheep is gentle, hut 
the goat is hold. Epo adwo, the sea is calm. Onipa no dwo, he 
is a quiet man; odwo, he is humtde (not proud, == onye mpanyin- 
sem); ne bo or n'abufuw adwo, liis anger is appeased; n'ani dwo, 
ne koma ho dwo, he is mild, gentle; nehodwo, he is meek. — 1. 
to come to rest, feel comfortable, pr. 748. Kan-no oye hiani, nnansa- 
yi dc, ne ho adwo, formerly he teas poor, but nou- he is better off; 
mc ho adwo me kakra, I feel a little better. — Oman mu adwo, the 
town or country is quiet, in jieace; afei yen here so adwo, now peace 
has come back again. — N'asOm' adwo, he has become free from dis- 
turbance, has come to peace. — Ne kete mu dwo, his bed is soft. — 
Ne kotokum' adwo (= aye duru, 02ip. awow), his xmrse is well- 
fdled, well-stored. — Dwo wo ani, lit. cool thy eye, i.e. moderate your 
haste, modrrtde your demand, restrain your passion or desire! dwo 
w'ani didi, eat slowly; dwo w'ani bcrco! act or proceed softly, gently, 
slowly! pr. 622. IOCS- — lied, dwiidwo, q.v. — Cf. abodwo, ahodwo, 
asomdwoee. 

dwo, V. s. dwow, V. to cid. 

dwo, 0. F. {Prk.]o) to crush; obodwo no sam, // will grind him 
to powder. Mt. 21,44. 

e-dwo, V.yam; fa dwo here me, bring me a yai)i;cf.hrodcQ-d\vo. 

Jidwo: ya adjVo, reply on salutations, addressed to one born 
on Monday [s. Kwadwo] or to any other person. 

adwo: twa adwo or agyadwo, to cry aloud, to lament, wail. 

iidwo, F. {Prk. nju) 1. roof = ntini. Mt. 3,10.13,6.21. ]\Ik. 11,20. 

— 2. fringe, tassel. Mt. 9,20. 14,36. 23,5. {Prk. njo, njuo.) s. edwow. 
adwo, a kind of plant. 

Ad wo a, -owa, F. Agwewa, pr. n. of a female born on Monday. 

dwo a, dwoa, orig. dvveba, gweba, /</. li-, a weight of gold = 
ntaku 64 = iS' dollars or ackies, half an ounce or 11. 16 s. 

(1 w a-^" V 1 n a , the same amount minus one taku or d^f d. i. e. 
gold dust balancing the dwoa weight in equal scale, without the 
usual over- weight. pr!747. 



dVvoasurii — udVvoiitulo. 107 



d \v a-s 11 r u , j)7. n-, a weUjIif of (j old -- ntaku 32. ((ir28?) 
ad \V('ia-al)i i"i (nhrnva tnutum) a kind oi' heads ; s. alione. 
adwoltaw, adweb. (pi. id.) the (eJiiefJ branch, tiv'uj or shoot of 
the i/din; ode a osi kiisu na no nsa ayiyi na wgka batabata lio; hania 
no aid a eti kankyciHikycre no; - ode no ayi ad\v, — ot'upc si a, na 
worcka adw. 

d Vv.ol) osii re, d firi;/ or shoot jj:;i'owini^ tVoTn tbo root beside 
the [)riucij)al stem; n'ani bi a efi worn' bio; eli koti (lar(ie) na cm- 
I'oro pam bio. 

adwobdtoku, a kind of Ijcetle. 
DVvoda, Aky. Dwceda, Dweada, Mondaij. Cn\%\\,\. 

dVvodwo, adv. softl/f, slowli/, easdj/, safcli/; monkono d\v. 
na mommcra no d\v.! — dviodwodwo, id. 

ad \Vo<j;ii, 2)r. 2V2H. 

d \\' g k o , the palsy ; parahjsis. 

dVv6-k6ro\v [edwokokoro] the middle part of a yam, which 
in roasting remained hard; ode a wgatoto na ainvie ben na woa- 
twitwa ho, na nea aka mu na animen no, mfinimfini de no, na wgde 
ato gyam' bio atoto. pr. 1068. 

adVvoku, Ak. akye, wed, tvielcer-hashet, snare or traj) made 
of twigs for C(dehiN(j fish, -=nfiow a; cf. eboa. i>r. 3066. Wode mpojuT 
nwene no sc kyerenkye, ne ti tenteii, n'ano dwedwewa, ne to ken- 
tei'in ; na wgaye mn kanyann (nwriinn, nnya-nnya), na mpata fa 
keutenn no mu ho na wobefi a, na kanyann no asiw won kwah. 

dwom, V. dw. ano, to draw or tie together, contract (a bag, 
purse, pillow); to jHicker; odwnm (gmom) n'akatawia Jino, he shnts, 
puts KjK his ainhrelta; gdwom n'ano, he purses, puckers up, his lips. 

e-dwom, Ak. edwom, jjL h-, song, hymn, jJsalm, poem. — to 
dwom, to sing; — f re dwom, to lead the choir; - ye dwom, to com- 
pose a poem. Owg 'ne to dwom, he has a (good) voice for singing. — 
Kinds of dw.: ebadwom o/' linwonkoro, gdakudvv., dwaedw., agye- 
mannare, akorododw., kwadw., onnibiamanedw., sahkCidvV., antgre- 
pira n. a. 

d Vv om 111 a, ^\ nnwgnima. 

0-dwoni-frefo, the leader of a choir, precentor. 
dVvoiiki'i, dwenku, the hip, haunch, Itip-hone, thigh; cf. asen- 
niu, the loins, sere, the thigh; - tg dw., to walk fame, liohhld limp:, cf. 
to apakye, to halt, he lame. 

a-d Vvoiiku-ben, a protuberance on tJie hip-bone. pr. 2280. 

a d w u I'l k ii-t 0, inf. s. tg dvvonku. 

dVvoiiiio, confusion; asem no abg wgi'i dw. = aye wgn so 
nnwgmma ne hno, aye wgn sa, siamo, wohhii as§n-ko a wgnka, that 
word has confounded or xtcrpleored them, they can find no word to 
say or no ansiver to it. 

dwon-to, inf. singing. — dwonto-boa, (jd. id.) air, tune. 
o-d \v ji to i\), dwent., j^l. a-, singer, songster, poet, bard. 



108 adwotwji — d wimiadi. 

adwo-twa, inf. lameidaUon, ivailiny; diff. dwowtwa. 
d wo w, v.l. to cut, sever, cut up, cidto pieces, cut down; otlwow" 
no, lie cid him doivn, slew him; 6d\vow abe, he cids or severs the 
single p(dnMnds from the stalk; pr. 310. odw. brode = otwitwa no 
asiaw-asiaw fi osaw lio, he cuts the hands of plantains from the ivhole 
bunch ; ode sosow dwow wuram' bay ere, lie takes old wdd /jam with 
a di(j(jin(j-iron ; pr.lOG7. cf. t u (afum' bayere). — 2. to (jrind rou(jhl//, 
abiirow, maize, awi, Guinea-corn ; cf. yam. — 8. to f/irash, thresh- 

Q-dwow, pi. n-, tassel; frinyc. Cf. ndwo, F. 
d \V 6 w : otwa no d\v., he kidnaps him; he robs or plunders him. 

adwow: y i ad\v6, 1. to kidnap; oyii no adwo ton no, he kid- 
napped and sold him. — 2. topanijar, i.e. to take bn force as a pawn 
for a debt which one of the seized person's countrymen owes to the 
seizor; a creditor may thus seize any person of the debtor's town 
or country, when he has in vain tried to get payment by other 
means and has asked permission from his own king and elders ; 
and the person thus attacked may in defending himself wound or 
kill his aggressor with impunity. — 3. Wudi wo yoiiko anira na ofa 
biribi bye wo a, na wofre no adwo-yi; ofa neho kohintav/ wo a, na 
wofre no saara. — 4. yi agyew, Mf. to seize the propert/j of one's 
debtor for one's own pitijment. 

dwuw-twa, inf. o})cn and habitu(d robbery, dcjiredfdion.; cf. 
akwanmukii; diff. ad\v6t\Va, lamcidation. 

o-dVvowtwafo, ])l. a-, a (h(d)ituat) robber, freebooter, hiffhtvat/- 
man; si/n. gkwaiimukilfo, an occasional hi[/hioa/j robber. 

ad\V6w-yi, inf. panyurrinfj; kidnapping. 

0-d w o w-y i f o , pi. a-, manstealer, kidnapper. 
dwii, V. s. dwuw, V. 

o-dwii, s. edwiw. 
dwudwo, red. v., s. dwo. Further meanings: 1. to softeti; 
to tame (with ho): dwudwo aboa no ho, tatne that beast. — 2. to 
become soft or t(niie; ne lio adwudwo, he has become tame; he is tame 
in consecjuence ofa severe threatening or treatment, or from aston- 
ishment. — o. with m u : asase no iiiu adwudwo, the soil has become 
soft, damp, moist. 

0-d w lima, the trumpet-tree; its wood is used for fences, 
dwiima, business, occupation, emplogmerd; dutg, office, func- 
tion; trade, profession; - ne dw. a odi ue nnuapac, apra, asuko, 
ntamahoro n.a., his occupation is cliopping wood, sweejnng, going 
for water, tv.ashing cloth dr,. — sgn. uea gwo ye & the foil. 

adwfima, jjZ. n-, F. agwima, adwima, work, hdiour, espec. agri- 
cultural work, manutd work; emplo/jmcjd oi any kiud'^ business, dutg 
(advv. a mewo ye ma nipa, mg duty to man); — ye ad\v., to work, 
labour; nkiirofo hhina ko won mfum' akgye won nhwuma, all the 
people are on their pi ant (dions to do their work; - gu adw., pon adw., 
to give u}> or cease working. Cf. obere; gsom. 

d\Vuma-di, inf. avoeation, profession, business, employment, 
professional labour or exertion. 



odwninaru — (l/i'iul/ci'id/cii. lOO 

o-fl Vv II m JV t'o , i>/. a- = odwumayeui. (F. Mt.30,1.) 
adVv iiniri-i>ii, -pQii, ceasing or cessation from woi/,\ 
ad \V fimri-y y, '"/• icorkiiuj, lahoHrimj ; vf. adcye. 
0-<l \V fi ma y (jiii, pi. a- -fo, icoylcnuiii, [((hoiircr. 
D-d \V iiiiiro, y'/. a-, loi/sf, ((vtisau, irorkniaH, our doiufi iirf/ficiid 
work as a (•(trpcntcr, joiner, (/old-, silrer-, or eopper-sniHli, hro'/cr, 
jienierer, tinman, saddler, nmhrella-maher, sJtoe-oi'sand(d-m(d:erSi(i. 
(noa oseh apoh ne nnaka a.s. nkoiunin, oye ate, gpam I'lkyinii, obu 
ii)])aboa, obu ntoa, a.s. onipa biara a oye biribi a eye nwonwa iia 
nnipa iilMiifi ntumi nye). 

a (1 \V 11 Mi-i)('> 11 [adwini, opon] ivorJ: heneli, joiner's bench, (tnr- 
)iin(i-)lidlie, fnrn-hencJi, shop-hoard, irork-fahle, writin<j-desl- d'c. 

dVviiniw, r. F. Akp. — Aw'irhv .{']m-n,Prk. Mt.24,2.2G,(il. Mlc.1.%2.) 
d wiiw, r. 1. to scrajte, remove bi/ scrapiny: wodwuw aduru, 
theii pass their finders tliroayh a medicine rubbed over one's bodi/, \vo- 
(1(> aduru ye won bo biibi na wgde won nsatea nworahworan nin. — 
A-*, to clean a place bi/ scraping witb a piece of bark or anytldng. — 
3. to scrape or rale tocfcther, amass, accuniahde; dw. sika, to draw 
out a (/ood quant if// of (/old from tbe bag; dw. ntrama, to 2nlc up 
cowries in a lan/c lieap (boa., a no, to collect in a snudl heap). — 
•i, d\V. dan, to rcjiair (renew) a h(mse in decaij; odan-iio\v bi wo lio 
na woremiamia nui aye no yiye ; odwuw a wodwuw odan no da. 
yi lie, eye sikasee ara kwa, this constant (or repeated) repairinfi of 
th(d h(mse is mere waste of mo)ieij. — 5. to revive, return from (the 
reedm of) the dead; ote se nea wawu adwuw, he looks as if he had 
been dead and had returned from the other irorld (said of one who 
is jjining- away bodily and mentally); r/. sasabonsam ; red. woawu 
adwudwuw. 

Oz. 

The combination dz is found in Fante dialects instead of simple 
d before tbe vowels o {= o) and i (exceptions: dede = gyegyegye, 
dehye&c), seldom before e; before a only in dza = dzoa, dea, nea. 

dz, F. = d before (e) e i. 

dza, = dzea, F., Ak. dea, Akr. nea. 

(Ize, = de, se. 

dze, = de, 1. v. — 2. ((dr. J/ardl//; thou(/h, hotvcvcr. 
adzo, i)?. ndzemba, nneemba (Mf. Gr. nyemba) = ade, nneema. 
adze, = ase, Ml. 11,2.3. 23,12. 

dzea, = dea, nea, person who, thin;/ whicJi. 

dzel)Oiiyefo, pi. a-, = gdeboneyefo. 

dzedzc," red. v. dze. ML 26,47. 
adzefuradze, apparel. 1 Pet. 3,3. 
adzejiyan, vaniti/. 

dzckO, = dekode. Mk. 5,14. 
adzekye = adekyee, dai/li(/hf; adz.yi nhinara, all this day lo)t(/. 

dzeni, = dem, blemish. Eph..'),27. 
ndzemba, = nnegma, s. adze, 
iidzembir, = demmere. ML 11,7.12,20.27,29. 

dzeii, dzcudzeiidzcii, = den; dennOnnen, straith/. Mk. 5,43. 



110 adzesa — e. 

adzesa, = adesae; adz. kg, ihe darlncss goes mvaii. 

adzes(j, = ade-see, ivastc. Mt. 26,8. 

adzest)ea, = adesoa. 3/^. 11,30. 

iidzesoeade = uuosoa. Mt.23,4. 

iidzeye, = nneyee. Mt. 5,16. 

ndzeyetseiiene, = (nneyee) treno, rigMeoiisness. Mt.5,6. 
dzi, V. [red. dzidzi] = di [didi] .s. di 1-100. 
101. dzi = di ano, to covenant (for). Mt. 36,15. — 102. dzi ada<;;ya, 
= da adagyaw, to he naJced. Mt. 2.5,86. — (40.) dzi dase, = di adanse. 
Mt. 26,62. — 103. dzi dew, to rejoice; s. dew. Mt.2,l0. — (17.) dzi 
dzera, = di dem, to have a hlemiih. — lOi. dzi adzibew, = di di- 
bea, to he in an office. — 105. dzi.. mfamfanto, to follow .. afar off. 
Mt. 26,58. — (SO.) dzi afora, = di at'ra, to have one's portion icitJi. 

Mt. 24,51. — 106. dzi.. hiilmliu, to murmur against. Mk. 14,5 107. 

dzi aliyem', to make a covenant, testament. — 108. dzi ahyia, to he 
gathered together. — (35.) dzi ..nkyir = di .. akyi, to visit (sins 
upon). — (2!J.) dzi mu, = di mu, to he lehole ; to heperfect. Mt. 15,.^1.19,21. 

— (!)G.) dzi mpapem', = di mpapacmu, to he divided. Mk. .1,24. — 
100. dzi primprini, to he ichole, strong, well, in good hecdth. Mt.9yl2. 
Mk.2,17. — 110. dzi .. nsembon, to rail at, revde, hlaspheme.Mk. 15,29. 

— (61.) dzi awerelio, to mourn, wail, lament. Mt. 24,30. 
adzibaii, = adibane, aduan. 

adzibew, = dibea, office, rank. 

adzidzi, tsena-, = tra adidii, to sit down at )neals. Mt. 26,20. 
adzidzitb, = didif'o, guests. Mt. 22,10. 
adzilulzi, = adifiide, i)demperanee, excess. Mt. 23,25. 
edziii, pi. a-, = ediii, name. 
dzuo... dzui... dzo... dzii... F. (jue, jni, jo, ju, l*rk.) s. 
d\ve... dwi... d\vo... dwn... 

£. E. 

1'he vowel sounds o, e, e, 0, and 0, o, o, e, and po, o\, and 
ew, ew, ('\v (.s. Gr. § 2-5. 17. TJ A)fV('(jncntly interchange and are 
sometimes intermixed in the alphabetical arrangement, especially 
in compounds. 

e in our books represents two sounds: 1. the full o, and 2. the 
narrow o. Cf. Gr. § 1 liem. 2. and § 2. 

e in Fante books often stands instead of a = a before i, u or 
other close vowel sounds. 

e- or e-, pref. of nouns in the sing. (& pi.) s. Gr. § 29,2. 35,4. 
43.44", of pronouns, §60,1-3., of numerals, §77.78,1. — is usually 
dropped in close connection with a preceding word, Gr. § 40,1. 

e- or C-, a pron. for a thing or things, which is p)refi.ved to the 
verh, Gr. § 54. 58.; in F. also for the 2d. pers. sing. Gr. § 58 Ixcm. 1. 

e, emph. part., an enclitic sound giving emphasis after a wish 
or command, Gr.§144.; ditto after the negative preterit tense, §170. 

e, an enclitic sound after names in the vocative (§ 46,2. 144.) 
and in songs. 



o — fa. in 

o, intcrj. expressing plpasure, joy, &c. oh! hey! 
I'i, C'i, intcrj. exprossing surprise, astonishment: indeed! 
c = eli6, intcrj. iinjtlying af'lirniation, approbation, assent, con- 
sent Sic, lies! sifn. yiw, yie, \Vie. 

F. 

'J'lie Ic'ttiT r lias the same sound in 'J'wi that it has iu English, 
except in the combination iVv, on which see a later page. 
The consonant I" occurs before pure and nasal vow(ds. It seldom 
interchanges with other consonants; ef. fotow & potow; fromfrom & 
F. prgmprom; few & fwew; funu & hunu; fintsiw, F, =: hintiw, 
Al^. fwinti, sunti. 

fa, r.[rcd. fefa, fofa] fo take; cf. gye, kukuru, tase, ma so, som' 
yi, & de, fua, kita, kura. — 1. to talcc to make use of: pr. 1081. 
fo 1(1 ji hold on for xse. In these senses it takes the place of the anx. v. 
de in all negative and imperative sentences; s. Gr. § 108,26-29. 
200,5. 206,2. 208, .3. 4. 237. 240r/.c. 241. Cf. 2(i (below). — 5. to 
f(dce au'Uij: hena na wafa me tuo? who has taken my gun'i' — 3. to 
carry off (said also of inanimate subjects): nsu afa no, the water 
has falcen hiui, i.e. he is drowned; pr. 389. 3085. mframa afa me kyew 
kg, the wind has carried off my hat. — 4. to lay hold on, to seize: 
wafa no gyaw, he has embraced his legs i.e. implored him, hcygcd 
his pardon. — 5. to t(die up and keep, to appropriate what is found: 
pane yi, mahu wo fam'; memfa ana? / have found this needle on 
the floor; may I keep itY fa! you may have it! fa abofo, to find a 
dead animal (game) in the bush, pr. 497. fa or tase hwaw, to take 
up or gather S)iads; pr. 1080- F. to gather (fishes in a net) Mt. 13,47. 
— 6. to take i.e. keep for one's own: wubu kyew yi ma hena? mibu 
mafa, for ivhom do you make this cap? I make it that I may keep if, 
i.e. for myself; Ps.3;?,19. cf. Gr. §109,32. 243 Z;. Bern. 2. — 7. to take 
jwssession of what is left or prepared by others : asase a Germanefo 
no gyawe no, Wendefo befae. — F. fa ahemman tsena mu, to in- 
herit the kingdom, Mt. 25,34. — 6'. to obtain jmssession o/" by force, 
fo seize, capture, conquer: fa dwen, to seize for a slave, to make booty 
of; woafa no dommum, he has been made captive; wofaannommum 
pi, fltey made many captives (in war); wafa kiirow no, he has con- 
quered the town. — 9. to take and use or misuse: fa obea, osigyafo; 
l)r. 167. fa oyere (fa kun, F.) to take one's wife (husband) illegally, 
i.e. to commit adultery. Mk. 10,11.12. — 10. to take, get, wnn, acquire: 
fa abarima, to engage as a servant; pr. 1077. fa adamfo, to enter one's 
service; or =:= fa oygfiko, to make friendship with, pr. 1078. — 11. 
fo obtain, get: wafa afuru, she has go^ a belly i.e. she is (big) witli 
chdd. — 12. to bear in mind: mafa me tirim, / have got (it) in my 
head, i.e. I have taken the sense or the warning, I understand it = 
m-ahu ase; I remember = makae. — F. fa ad wen, to take thought, 
concern one's sc//'=d wend wen, Mt. 6,25^34. fa apam, to t(dce coun- 
sel, Mt. 27,1.7. — 13. to take imvardly, to conceive: ofa(me) abufuw 
da, he often grows angry (with me); pr. 1079. wafa me adgna, he has 
taken a dislike fo me. — 14. fo fake, admit ; to choose, elect. 1 Tim. 5 9. 



112 ftu 

— 15. to tahc in a passive sense, io gd or catch: obere, fatUjuc, 
weariness, gyare, sickness: gfa obere ntem, he soon (jets tired; wafa 
oyare, he greiv sick, has been taken ill ; fa mmusu, to incur a eaJa- 
mity; to suffer the results of a mischievous deed, j^r- 398. 555 f. 1738. 

— 16. to take a road, a course, to take one's n-ay over...pr. 1071.107(1. 
me wnra k wan ni, obi mmfa ho ! - wofa benkum a, mefa nifa, Gen.13,9. 
wamfa abonten so, na ofaa mfikyiri, he went behind the houses, not 
along the street. Cf. 26. — 17. F. fa kwah mu, io be right, lawful, 
permitted, Mt. 12,10. 22,17.27,6. — lf<. fa mu, a) to walk through, take 
one's ivag through ; gfaa mfenserem' guane, lie escaped through the 
window. - b) gfaa mu dae, whilst this was going on, he fell asleep, -c) 
me.m^km\\,=m(^x[\^khb^\\Q, I do not care ((diout) . - d) F.yefamubeii, 
wind mail we gai)i hg it? — I'J. fa s o ^ a) with kwan : wgfaa gkwan 
foforo so kgg won kurom'. Mat. 2, 12. — b) instead of nam so in imp. 
& neg, sentences: (to do) bij means of, s. Gr. § 108, 27. — c) to fall 
i)do oblirion, to be forgotten or neglected: afa me so = m'ani apa 
so, me were afi. — d) to overcome: wafa n'atamfo so, he has over- 
come his enemies; eyi na efaa no so kora, at this he ivas quite over- 
come; — e) to make profit, io gain. =famfaso. — 20. fa ase, io act 
as an aperient, to evacuate the bowels; aduru no bcfa n'ase, iliat 
medicine wdl purge him. — 21. fa ho, a) to more along, to j)ass bg; 
cf. siane ho, t\va ho, tvvam'; mmil mframa mmfa wo ho bebrobo, 
do not let the wind plag about gou too much, i.e. keep gourself warm. 

— b) to touch on, to concern, affect, import; to have io do with: eyi 
fa lio biribi, tins has some relation to it; efa ho den? what has that 
to do with it? wofa ho den? tvhai is it to gou? asem no mfa mc ho 
fvve, or, memfd asem no lio fwe, that business is no m(dier of mine, 
does not concern me; gfa mo ho biril)i, he has something to do with 
you = g-ne mo wg asem bi; gmfa ho fwe, he jcill have nothing io 
do with it, keeps neutral. — gmfa (= emfa) no ho, F. he shall be free, 
U is nothing to him, no business or cancer )i of his, Mt. 15,6. 27,4. — 
22. fa neho di, lit. to f(d:c and disjiosc of one's self i.e. to become 
self-dependent, independent, free, to be ema)icipated;pr. 1075.14:39. — 
gmfa neho nni, he is not his own master; Kwasida mo nhina moafa 
moho adi, on Sunday you all are free, have your time for yoxirseJves. 
Cf. gfadi, fawoho-kodi. — 23. fa di, to take and use tip, to consume, 
spend, tvasie; cf. afaadi. — 24. fa (mu) to partake' of. — 26. Very 
often fa in its imp. and neg. forms and in the inf. is used, in con- 
nection with another verb, as an au.r. v. introducing or referring 
to a passive object of the principal verb, and at the same time im- 
parting to the princ. verb a causative meaning. Cf. de, Gr. § 108, 
pr. 130-169. 1072-74. 1083-88. 3176.'E.g. fa bera! lit. tfd^e come i.e. bring; 
kgfa bera, go take come, i.e. fetch; fa kg! take go, i.e.itd.e it off, away 
with itlia. tom' or fa to so, lay (it) in or on, add ■it! fa firi me, for- 
give me! Cf. 1 (above). — 26. In other cases fa is used as an aux. v. 
referring the action of the principal verb to a place, as taking its 
way through, or to a means employed; cf. 16. 19b) above; it serves 
then to express the Eng. prepositions through, by (C'c. Cf. Gr. § 108, 
27.109,30. 223,2. — In pr. 3374. fa supplies the place of the Eng. 
words up io, as far as. 



o i'ii — oradi. 113 

o-fa, Ak. F. 1. earth, rJny, mvd; soil; sivish; Akp. dote; tii fa 
— tu (Igtc, to (li(f eartlt ; bo la — bo iit\vomfi, liyirow, to dhj red 
or irh'itc airfli and forw if into Ixills; pr. 151}. rf. bo .%'. — i^. the 
earth rontainiii;/ (/old, underncatli afafiinii (It adada. — 5. F. ^7?^?^- 
asase I'a, dasf of the earth. 

ul'ii, t)etlo/rs. — ka afa, to tdoie the belloirs. 

uxi'ii, weft, woof, the threads thid cross the warp (nsa) /» weaving. 
fa, adv. pJaitdi/, et earl if. reidlii; — fr, pofe, trcnonono, fanh. 
fa, r. to heeomc hoarse; no 'nr afa, he (his voice) has become 
or is hoarse. 

of a, ala, pi. a-, feast, festiral, holida/j; - hy e fa or afa, to ccle- 
lirate a festirtd, e.s. wgye afribyiadc biara, wodi afe; ohene hye fa 
= oh, behye da. 

g-fa, pi. afa, afa-afa, ]. the half o( a iluw^ or number of things; 
moietii. — 2. the other side or j^ort of a thing or placo, a separate 
place. — S. part, piece; ef. sin. pr. 04. 1L>S(I. ISoS. SllO. .3481. gfa-nc- 
fii, h(df and h(df; only in 2>ort ; ogyina fa or fa babi, he stands apart, 
aside; da afji, to .'ileep separateli/. pr. 384. ef. Gr. § 80,7. 84., fako, 
afanu, afasa, afanah, it frim'. 

afa, 5. efa & gfa. — afa-afa, F. hif halves. 

Ill fa, mfahjima, the Guinea-worm, Fdaria medinensis, a whitish 
worm tliat burrows in the liuman cellular tissue; it has the thick- 
ness of twine and may attain a yard's length. Oyare mfa, mfa aye 
no, ]ie has cfof a Guinea-worm: mfa ahyc ne gya, the G. app)roachcs 
the surface, .scratches, itches, pinches, the skin is raised by it; mfa, 
no atwe, na aka nebobo; mfa no abobg kakra. [G. fakpa le edse, 
si efe dframo, Zim. Vac. p. 43.65.07.] 

fa, ffifa, a. adv. 1. flexible, flexile, limber, lithe, pliable, pliant; 
tenacious, tough; syn. fakafaka, fann, hxia, sa; - mframa bo dua 
no a, eye fa (,s. sa) ; onipa yi, ne mu (ne nan, ne nsa) ye fa, wanyfi 
nsa fa. — 2. reeling, tottering, vacillating ; onam faf<i, he totters, 
walks iottcringly ; ef. to ntintdn. 

0-fabafo, ^jZ. a-, = ofako-ne-fdbafo, intriguer, tale-bearer, tell- 
tale. Prov. 12,2. 

fa bail, pi. a-, = dgteban, tmid-wall, pise-wall. [G. fence.} 

e-fa-b eii, red or yelloiv clay; cf. kotofa, ntwoma. Afaben, ^;r. n. 

a fa-bo, (pi. id.) clod, glebe; a Imnp or pieces of strish (i.e. the 
earth of a ptise-wcdl) from a i-uined building; ruins. 

fa - 1) - 1 - m e - 1;- y a m' flay a stone into the fire for me] name 
of a sickness, = kukru-me-ta-awiam'. 

f a- b r e b r e , a by-name of the aturukuku. 

f a-dji iijpl. a-, dgtedan, mud house, mud cottage, building in pise. 
i\\' A da (2^1. id.) gain, 2^^'ofd, lucre, acquisition, jn-oceeds: booty, 
S2)oil, p)l under ; cf. asade, afowde; earnings; - ade a wunyjX wo obi 
ho fa no tumi so, a.s. wunyii no osom mu. 

0-fadi, inf. 1. using up dx. s. fa di. — 2. liberty, emanci2mUon ; 
s. fa neho di, ahofadi. 



114 mfadi — efam'. 



mfadi, inf. ilic (talinr/ and) Ticephuj of a thing; for one's self. 
afa-adij spend-iltrift; lianl-nipf, insolvenf dchlor; woaye wolio 
afa-adi, you have made yourself hanlcrupi. 

iX.i'AQ,, pass, defilee, in mountains; rf. mpotam'. 
afa-afa, j:)?. of of a; s. afa. 
- o-fa-fa, inf. j^artnl-inr/, pariieiparion. 
o-lafafo, pi. a-, parialcer. 
mfafato, F. s. mfamfanto. 
afafauto, afef., afof., j;Z. m-, IndierfJy; cf. abebew, oyfma. 

fafaraha, an herh poisonous for goats. 
mfafekuwa, F. members. Eph. 5,30. 

o-fa-firi, inf. forgiveness, luirdon; syn. ofakye, fa-asem-kye. 
mfa-foi'O, inf. F. a renewed faking or undertalhig: ma yemfa no 
mf. nsom wo, grant that we may serve thee in newness of life. 
fafu, adv. [obs.] entirely = kora e^c. 
afa-fuiiu, motdd, a sort of earth dug up first in digging gold; 
rf fa, asasohono. 

t'a o- u d e''',. metal [efa, gu, ado, things from the soil that may 
be molten and cast], 
m (Ti-h a ni a, .s. mfa. 

iaho-falio, adv. (fa ho, to move along) wofa faho-f., they sail 
along the shore; cf. wonam ano-Jino, they walk along the shore. 
in fall u^ tinder; abe ho boh bi akyi na wode ye mf. 
afa-hyo, inf. festival, cclchration of a festiv(d ; af. bi dvii, some 
festival came on. 

faka (taka?), epo f., hay, gulf. Nig. Exp. Voc. 
fakafaka, a. fle.rihle dr. s. fA. 
infa-ka-ho, inf. (the act of) adding, addition. 
o-fa-kOj s. ofii, Gr. §80,7. of. a yegyina, where we stand. 

fako-be w, place where to prnt a thing, pr. 2008 f. 
Ill rA-kokoiiiii i, a cutaneous eruption caused by the Guinea- 
worm being about to manifest its existence in the body. 

o-ia k 0-11 e-f aba, inf. talc-hearing; damfo, woye of., friend, 
yon tell tales on hoth sides! — o-fAko-m'-Wiha-U), ==tale-he((rer, hnsy- 
hody, officious, meddling, meddlesome person ; nea otie nsem koka 
na okotie bi beka; rf. ateakosewa. 

o-fa-k^'Q, inf. = gfafiri, forgiveness, pardon. F. ye f., to he 
forgiving; cf. fa-asem-kye. 

fam' = fa mu. 

e-fani [efA mu] soil, ground, floor, hottom; in the ground, on 
the ground, at the hottom; down, helow; syn. ase; asase, asase so; 
cf. Gr. § 119. 124, .3. Ofii diia no so sii fam', he came down from the 
tree; ofii pohko so sii f., he cdighted from the horse; ofii hyeh mu sii 
f., he came from the shi2^ to land, he disemharhcd. Osoro ne fam', 



liimiu — lauii. 115 

/tcurcn tniil citrth; ffvin' luN nsu ani, hif laud and hi/ sea ; t'fi no. soro 
hcsi no t'iim' dein bi iini lu) ho, //'oyii tlw head to the fed. from head 
Id f)()t. fniiu toj' to tor, there is no Idemish in him; cf. '^ S(im.li,l''). — 
iifjunji n<i inn tew abicti ii soro de-bcsii fjiin', the veil was rent in tiro 
from the top tothehottoiii. Mat.:i7,51. — lied, fanr-faiii', adv. vcrijloiv. 
iVimm, a., adv. red; i/elhic; si/n. Ko, kgko... Wgdo sika ayo 
ho f . ; wgde ntwoma akwaw dan no mu f. 

fain, V. [red. I'onitain, t'otntam] 7. to encircle with one^s arms, 
to cml)raee; si/n. bam, yy atil; abotVa no abcfam nu'; aye me. atfi, 
the child embraced and Ituijijed me with his arms. — ^. fain ho, to 
adhere closet ii, to cleave, clinij or stick to; ef. bata (ho); hama f'ani 
dua ho, t)ic climhcr adheres to the tree. F. sure f'am ho, // is coupled 
trith fear, 1 Pet. 3^2- — Cf. afammoa, mtomfamho. 

o-l'dnr, a kind of thin ealce; wgtoto f. ne se: wodc nno fgtgw 
mmgre na wgde teretorew asaiikam" na wgde ahaban moniono kata 
so, na wgde nsramma gii so ma ebeh. 

fa 111" [ofamu] what is on the side ov part of, part, concern, due, 
datif, rifjht; manner; rccjion, direction. Owg dgm fam', he is on the 
side of the enemy; me fam' de, biribi nsiw wo kwah, on my part 
nothiny sh(dl prevent you; me ne wo fam' dc, ciihia, it is of no eon- 
sequence to me tend thee; Onyame f\\ e fam' ye nwonwa, (the way of) 
God's providence is wonderful; eha-fam'^ hereabout; ehg(nom) fam', 
thereabout; epo-fam', seawards. 

atain', F. district, reyion. Mt. 15,21. Mk. 7,31. n'afam' dze no, for 
his part. 

iiifauiba, F. seed. Mt. 13,31. Mk. 4,31. 

afam'd c, (j/l. id., = ade a ewg fam' a.s. efi fam') earthly things; 
low or mean thinys; earth, stones and minerals. Kurtz § 173. 

a fa iii'd u a ii [fam' aduan] food yrowiny undcryround, as yam &c. 

infainfa, a small brass pan used in weighing go hi. pr. 1G33. 

infaiiilanto, F, dzi .. mf. == di .. akyi wg akyirikyiri, Mt. 26,5S. 

[Mk. 14,54. 

Ill fa 111 fi ci, circuit, compass. — b g.. ho mf., to yo ahoutov round, 
to compass; to surround; to encircle; - bg dan no ho mf. = okyini 
dan no lio, he compasses the house in order to see whether there is 
any danger, or to find a place to enter ; gko bg yen ho mf. = t\Va 
yen ho hyia, there is ftyhtiny round about us; afafanto rebetg ka- 
neam' anadvVo a, gbg ho mf. ansa-na gtgm' ; auonia no bg ne bere- 
biiw ho mf. 

iiifanimiri [fan biri] a dish of dark-yreen pot-herbs, the poorest 
meal. Prov. 15,17. 

afaiu-inoa [aboa a efam obi ho) an animal that clinys to one's 
person or clothes, pr. lOtiO- 

e-f a 11, herb, vegetable, pot-herb, cabbage, greens, pr. 1340. 
fan 11, a., adv. =fa, hiia&c. tough, flexible, elastic; ne mCi buf., 
he has a pliant back; ne usa bu f., he has supple fingers. 

faMi'i, a., adv. dear, distinct, plain; open, straightfoneard ; - 



116 faiia — mfaredaii. 



S[in. feiin, fc, ])efe; m'ani tuaa no fVuin se oko, I saw him distinctly 
going mvay; ka no f. kyere me, tell me plainly. [G. idJ\ 

I'iiiia, V. to troiible, harass, fatigue; = fena, fonii; syn. liaw. 
a fan a, a kind of tr.ee, used for fuel; the fruit is eaten, 
afiiiia, Ak. s. afoa. — o-ranafoo, Ak. = ofoasoafo. 
a frill a, afanawa, F. -ba, j>L ra-, femide, wencli, especially /"rw/r^/c 
slave ; maid-servant. 

nifanri-hyia, inf. ohyia no mf., he marries her as if she were a slave. 

fane, Ak. = fan. pr. 106. 
0-fa-ne-fa., s. ofii; of. Kristoni, a half-and-ludf Christian. 
fanes, G. foundation; syn. fapeme, nhycase, mfiase, ntoase; - 
to f., to lay the fomidation (in building). 

fanini, v. impers. to he less had, more tolerahle, to he prefer- 
ahlc (when a choice is to be made between two or more unfavour- 
able things). "N'ani wu" anase "n'anim gu asc", cfanim nea ewo 
he? efanim aniwu (na cnifanim animguase), wliich is the milder 
expression: "he is ashamed" or "he is ahashed"? "to he ((shamed" 
is not so strong as "to he ahashed" ; efanim eyi, na emfanim eno, 
this is less had than tlud; eyi ye afanim, this appears to he mdder. 

fa - u 11 , petroleum. D.As. fP^'- ^091. 2451. 

mfaiisii, a kind of head; s. ahene. 

F{\iit6, F. Mfantse, ///c i*>n^/r (Fanti, Fantee) country and 
the language or dialects spoken there. — V an ( «!-k;isa, the Fanfe 
language. — Fan tc-in ;i I'l, the Fante nation. — (J-raiitcni, 
2)1. M--fo (F. Fantsenyi, Mfantscfo), a Fante man, Fante people. — 
F ante-pern nhina, all the Fantes and their confederate trihes. 
ofanto, -bia, -biri, s. gfonto... 

fan tony a in pc: gye f., oye fantonyampeni = oyc kwasia- 
mankwli; cf. an woman woma. 

0-faiiny a, pL m-, a hill-hoolc ivitlund a nose; = adare. 

fa-pcme, F. foundation. Mt. 7,25. cf. fanes, nnyinaso. 
afar, afarbo, afarbodze, afarpata, F. = afore, -bo, -bode, -miika. 

far a, s. fra. — afaraw, s. aferaw. 

fare, v. [a strengthened form of fa] s. fefare. 

fare, m-, mfarow [fa de?] the trunk of an elephant. 
a faro, a kind of hcrh, very tender, used as a medicine; ne 
tirim ye merew se af., he is tender-heatied. 

infare, fresh air; light, cool hreeze, gentle wind; mframa a eye 
a awgw nnim\ nso ahohui'u nnim'. Mekogye mfare, / am going to 
take the air, I want to take an airing; - mfare tu nnon-abiesa ne 
nnon-nau mu, the cooling hreeze comes hettveen 3 and 4o^elock. 

ofarebae [nea ofa' bae] the author or originator of a new play, 
song or other thing; onipa a ode agoru hi ana dwom bi ana biri- 
biara a wgye wo oman rau ba; sa agoru no f. ni! pr.1098. 

m far e-d a ii, parlour for cooling, summer house. .Twig. 3,20. Am. 3,15. 



iiiIju'cIio — fe. 117 

111 fa ru li 0, ////'. [t;i lio I cow/jxwi', cinuniferenvr, piiijilurij; cf. 
atVt'iire. 

nifurc-tri-ln'ri!, tlio tiiui! Irom abuiit ." tu 1 o'rlock iii tlic (iftei- 
noon; if. intaro & bctwabcre. 

Jil'arlo, F. --jipof'ofb, fis/urs. I\lh: IJll. 
.•ifarpahi, K. — atorcinnka, Mt. 2:i,lH. 
I'a-sa', (uU\ lit. iahc U so, \'va. ju.st as it is, — lafher, sijn. miiioui. 
Xoa wode kosoin Asantelo no, fa-sfi kgsotn Aborofo, instead of svrc- 
iiiij the. Asauti's, serve rather the Knrojieans. — K;rs;'i(l;"iiir;is(!, (Be- 
ronteut-with-H-thank-me) pr. n. given to a slave. 

afaascduru [adurii a efa asc] punjatioe, aperient. 
i'a-;isgin-k >'e, for(/ioeness; ounini f. pi, there is not in itch 
plaeabUity in him; ef. ofakye, gfafiri. 

at'ascw, Ak. -sec, an inferior kind oi' /jam; s. oi]ii. pr. 858.1004. 
arasc-kaiii, arascw-tuiiluui, *-. ode. 

ml'aso, inf. gain, profit, benefit, emolument; pr. 1095. - wafa mf. 
pi :^ wafa so 1)1, he ha.'i made or (jaincd much lyrofit. 
in I"as6-p(_', inf. (jreedincss, self-interestedness. 
luraso-pcjlc), a self-interested person; (/reedy of gain ov profit. 
o-fasii, pi. a-, wall. pr. 328. — to f., to build a ivall. 
alasu-to, inf. building a wall. — inlasu-siii, ruins; cf. af'abo. 
fata, V. to fit, suit, meet; to become, pr. 28G4. F. to be tvorfhg 
(if'. Mt. 10, 10. — f. so, to agree, accord or Itarmonize tvitli; to be fit, 
fitti/ig, suitable, proper, appropriate. Cf. se, se so, & sen, kyeh so, 
boro so. 

fa t a 1' a t. a, fa t a. fa, t a , a., adv. reeling, staggering, fluctuating, 
lUclcering, ficlde, unsteady; ainpan' tu fatafata, tfie bat flits, flutters, 
flie/ccrs; ef. fere, v. 

infatac, mfatasu, inf. fitness, aptitude. 
fa-to, inf. building in pise (swish). 

nifa-to-ho, inf. comparison, similitude, application of a simi- 
litude, pr. 1096. 

lufa-to-so, inf. a false charge or accusation, imputation; defa- 
mation; syn. mmotoso, adansekrum. 

o-fa-twa, inf. denunciation; sycophancy, t(de-bearing; treachery, 
perfidy; cbia avvurakwa akgka ne yohko awurakwa bone bi a waye. 

o-fatwafu, i>L a-, denouncer, sycoplumt, tale-bearer, traitor. 

fpr. 1097. 

fa-wolio-ko(li f'faJce thyself go e(d"] a name for leprosy (cf. 
kwata, piti), because a slave seized by it was set free i. e. left to 
himself. Cf. di 6". 

fe, few, red. fofc, fefcw, fofefc, &c. (Gr. § 70.) adj., adv. 
1. fine, pretty, nice, beautiful, amusing; pr.lUlS. 2950. 3553. — after h 6 , 
handsome; ■pr.2S.1392. syn. guaiin, kfima, oso. — 2. glad, in the ex- 
pression eye me fe, it matccs me glad, gives me joy : eye me fe(w) se 
inoaba, I am glad that you are come. Cf. few, n., ahoofe. 



118 fe — efe. 



fe, v., s. fefew. 



fe,iJ^a-, a Ueedinn wound especially in the head, s//n. ainra.- 
kuru; wobg no fe, wgbobg no afe = wopirano, wopirapira uo, the// 
ivownl him; ode ne fe no kge, }fc went ic'dh his Konnd ; ne fe no atu, 
Ms ivound has become ulcerous. 

fe, V. [red. fife] to he or become fine, tender, soft, smooth by 
grinding, pounding; said also of woven things; - kyekyere no afe 
dgkgdgkg, that menl is very finely ground; fufu no fe, the doiu/hi/ 
mass of pounded yam (or plantains) is soft; ofe a efe yi, mirensiw 
bio, as it is so fine already, I tciU not jioiind it any longer ; aduru 
no mfeie, the poicdered medicine is not yet fine enough: ntania yi 
ani fe, this cloth is soft, smooth, fine. Cf. ie. fei, r. & fekg, a. 

fe, v. l^red. fefe] 1. to eject from the stomach, the throat, the 
mouth; to vomit; pr. 190. — fe ntasn, Ak. ta or to ntasu. to throw 
out saliva or spittle, to spit out; pr. 2347. — fe hohgre, to throw out 
jihlegm ; fe ahohora (fig.), to foam out shameful words, to commit 
shameful deeds. — 2. fe ho, to flow over; cf. fere ho, tere ho, bore 
so, bu so. — 3. to yearn or long for. to desire, desiderate; to be home- 
sick: mafe (= m'ani agyina) me ua, me kiirom, me ygtiko yi: gfc 
no, wafeno. — 4. fe neho akyiri, to rejjent; asem a midii no, 
mafe meho akyiri se, I repent very much (of) what I have done. 
F. id. Mt. 21,32. 27,3. 

e-fe, inf. vomiting, pr. 1098. 

fe, V. s. few. 

fe, ndv. completely, entirely: thoroughly: cf. korji, pe &c. Gr. § 
134, 3 r. Wadi nenhina f e ! wapra gdan mu hg hh, fe; wasesaw 
nsu no lib. fe. Cf. fefefe. 

fe, V. s. fei. 

fe, adv. openly, phtinly. ilearly: rf. fann. fenn, pefe. Eda hg 
fe; mihCiQ no fe. 

fe, adv. dee]), deeply, far down, far below the surface. Edaasc 
fe; ehye mu fe; me nsa akg nsu no mu fo na mifihii. 

fe, f 8, interj. a challenge to fight and its answer, Se wo asem 
te se me de a, twiw bera na yeiiko! feie [= fOe] a word of con- 
tempt, pr. 1099. cf. mfi, F. 

afe, jj?, (F. id.) mfefo, a person of equal age, size, rank; ptlay- 
mate, companion; comrade, fellow; F. afe, neighbours. — wo afe ne 
nea wo ne no se afe; pr. 1826. wgye me mfefo; pr. 1104. bg afe, to 
enter into fcllowshij) with; pr.6S2. — ode me hye afe, gdenafe hye 
me, he deems me his equal, he obtrudes himself upon me; cf. afehye, 
mpekua, fekuw. 

M fe, 2^1- ™'j >/<'fi>'; syn. afirihyia. — di afe, to celebrate a yearly 
festival; cf. afedi & di ^cS. 75. 
a fe, jj/. m-, comb. 

e-fe, a kind of fly-brush, fan for Hies, made of the tiny sticks or 
fibres of palm-leaves, tied together: berew mu nuua a woayiyi a- 
were ho na wgde abom' akyekye ne ti de pra won ho ohurii, gten, 
I'lwansana ; omw akese bi wg hg a akgmfo de kgm. Cf. mmefo, asafe. 



mfti — Iclefc. £19 

liilc, -ban, fhe side of tlie hod/j; of man and animals. — mfcm', 
the side of the bodi/, viz. f/te inner part of it: mi; mtcm' ye me yaw, 
/ hace jMiin, in my si tie. 

fra, a tliiltl that died first in a family (before any of its bro- 
thers or sisters); "abofra a wawu yi ye fea". pr. 680. 

I'ca, r. 1. to lay np or hy, to keep, jireservc; fa fea ma me ^^ 
fa kosie ma me [obs.] — ,'.■•. to tjire i)t addition, to add, to rejteaf (a 
blow, shot, punisliment) : wabo no twere wafea no; wafea aboa no 
or watow no tiio afea no = watow no tuo bio; ofea no, he yives him 
the la.sf, deadly stroke. — fea so = pa so; ef. foa so, pua; fea ho, 
to enlarye. — foa fea ho, to puff (up), to give a better appearanec 
/rt< set off to the best advantaye, to improve on reality; mofeaf(!a atoro 
ho to me so. — mfeafcalio (inf.) enlaryement. (luymentation. 

fea fea, a. ]>ointed. taperiny, as a pyramid, obelisk, spire, 
sugar-loaf; thin, slender: kotokurodu ayaase ye f. 

feaiiT, an amulet to bring about a (|uick delivery of a child, 
g-foa HI, ^^ ofiam. pr. 1100. fv^- 178. 

infe-ban, the side of the human body. 
nifi'da, F. last year; nifedan, ne.H year; Mf. Gr. p. 136. 
afo-dcin, inf. lit. the turning (rcneiviny) of the year; afedan 
sese, a twelve-month ago; eha af., a ttcelvcmonth hence, next year. 
afe-di, inf. festival, feast-day, anniversary. 
fee, V. with ase, to propagate, to continue, increase or multiply 
by generation or successive production (of animals and plants) ; to 
breed abundantly. Akoko no ase afee, that hen has got a goodly num- 
ber of offspring; mefee m'akoko yi ase, I let this foul of mine breed; 
ode no ase afee, that yam has propHigated or spread; mefee me de 
ase, 1 2}ropagatc my yam; duaba a wode maa me no, ase afee. Cf. 
fefew, foe. 

ft^fa, fofa, red. v. 1. s. fa. — ;?. with ho: to wind round about; 
owo fefafefa dua no ho, the serpent is wound about the tree in many 
windings. 

fefa, a. flexible dx. s. fa. Diff. fifa. 

fel'are, fofare, red. v. [fare = fa] 1. to dry to a certain degree 
(ill pottery). — 2. to seize, take possession of; to occupy, to fill (a 
space). Ekaw afefare me amene me, I am deeply involved in debt. 
afefare, i«/". extension, extent; the space occupied by some- 
thing, the surface included within any given lines, area; circum- 
ference, comjiass; - odah yi afefare ne tiiro yi de se, the area of this 
house and that of this garden are alike; dua yi afefarem' beye 
anammon anah, the circumference of this tree will be four feet. 

fe f e, a. s. fe. 
afefede, fme, nice, beautiful thing or things; s. mfefew-ade. 

fefe, red. v. s. k\. pr.llOlf. 

fefefe. a., adv. Accurate, exact; exactly; completely, tlioroagh- 
ly; oka asem a, gkyere ase f.; okyere me ade a, mete ase f. ; syn. 
pepC'pe. — cf. fe. 



120 fefefo — fem. 

fefefo, mighty men? Jer. 26,21. 
fefere, red. v. s. fere. 

fefere-fefere, adj. flickering; okanea no aye f., the light 
fUekers (before dying). 

afet'e-sem, a delightful thing or matter; odo ye af., enye akyeh- 
kyeune, love is a matter of free will, not of constraint or compidsion. 
fefew, s. fefe, a. 

fefe w, red. v. few, to hud, sprout, shoot (out or forth), to put 
forth ahoots; to groiv (up), prosper, flourish, espeeially of plants; - 
ma wo adwuma nif. wg yen mu. Cf. few, fee, froinra. 
fefew-bere,t spring. 
mfefewa: yi mf., to teaze; oyi me mf., lie teazes me, excites me 
to ungovernable anger, = gliorah me bo =- oburii me bo, oyi mc 
abufu, oyi me ahi. — nitefcwu-yi, inf. teuzing. 

mfefew-jide, = afefede; pr. 1103; pomp, state, luxury. 
mfefo, s. afe, pr. 1104. 

mfe-ho-akj'ir, F. repentance. Mt.3,11. cf. nnubo, abonii. 
afe-hye, inf. impudence, insolence, arrogance; disrespect, dis- 
paragement, cf. bye afe; - qyh af., instead of associating witb his 
companions of tbe same age, he xnits himself on a par ivith elder 
persons, intrudes himself, forces his company ujjon them ; - den af. nil 
fei (or fe), v. to search by opening or entering into, to pricli, 
to pofic; to pidc; wofei won aniwam', asom', onipa bo akwaii nb. mu, 
ntamam'; wafei n'aniwam' fwe me (fuj,), he loolcs at me sharply, 
keenly, with clear eyes. — Ited. fefe, fefei, feifei; wof. nenbwi mu; 
wufeifei kuru nom' a, anka wobebu nea pane no bye. 

a t' b i [iih yi?] adv. noiv, at present ; after that, tlien; ekan-no 
wokoe, afei de, woye biako. — F. afi, amfi, mti. 

afe-kae, yearly cdebration, anniversary; awoda-di, odwira- 
twa ye af., tfie eelehraiion of the birth-day, of the yam-custom, is a 
yearly remembrance of the real birth-day or tbe first institution of 
the custom. 

fcko, feko-feko, a. cC- adv., fine pulverized; yam no f., grind it 
quite fine; aduru no aye f. = afe aye betebete, muhumubu (of dry 
things), bodgbgdg. (of things mixed with water), 
mfekoropa, As. innumerable years. 

fekiiw, [afe kuw] a Iteap or company of persons liaving about 
tJie same age; any number or body of people forming a company, 
society, association, club. Mefekuw so kyen wo de, my contempor- 
aries are more numerous, my company ov party is larger tJian yours; 
obo feku-bone, fie keeps bad company. — F. oyer nya okuu bo fe- 
kwu, tlic wife enjoys tlie company of the liusband. Prk. 

0-fekuni, pi. -fo, member of a company, society dDc, comrade. 

I'eku-niuyede [fekuw auigye ade] social pjleasures. 

feiiij V. 1. to lend, loan; to let (for liire), to lease, to hire out; 
syn. bo bosea. — ^. to borrow; to fiire; syn. pe busca. — Mafem no 



ai'ijiu — iufciibii. 121 

sika, I have h:ni him monvtf; mafein ne lio sika, / luivc borrowed 
tnonei/ from him. Cf. liri. — 3. to jiinch, sqiwczc, compress bda'ccn 
or to seize and hold with the fiujrers, pincers, tongs c^c, to nip; to 
cramp; ode dabaw a.s. awiri fern gya, he takes a fire-brand tcith a 
pair of totujs. — o-f"yni, inf. — <jliyy fetn = ofem. 

alV'iii, a kind oi leopard, smaller than osebo and asabontwi. 

frmui, adv. 1. low, loicli/, ccrif low; okotow no f., he bowed 
or stooped down tjcfore him very low; wgabere no ase f., lie has been 
deeply hwmbled. — :2. quite level, even, smooth; nsu no ani ada f., 
the surface of the water has become perfectly smooth. 

foiii, V. to (jrow blunt, dull, to be set on edye: me se afem, my 
teeth are set on edye; iem ano or sc, to disyust, to cause or c.icite 
dislike, distaste, disrelish, disyust ; to tire, weary; j);! a mekodii no 
afOm m'jlno a.s. me se, = adwuma a migyei se mekoye no, eden me 
so nti, mintumi menye, I am tired of the work which I cnyaycd to 
perform, I have enouyh of it, can do it no more; mema afem wo ano, 
I shall make it loathsome or disyustiny to yon; kuruwa no afem 
u'ano = ne nom ye den dodo, the cu}) is too bitter for him. 
mfeni', = mfe mu, s. mfe. 

infOinlY'm, mustache, mustachio; the whiskers of a cat or other 
such animal. 

feu fen, hasty, hurried steps, leaps, bounds, jjv. 1107- — onaia 
fen fen fen, he leaps, skips, capers, hobbles. 

fciin, a. s. fanh, fe, &c. 
C-fei'i, Ak. efeii, efeue, Ab. ofen, a. newly framed, amusing or 
pleasant word which for a time becomes a favourite expression; a 
jocose, jocular, sportive, droll ivord or exp>ression, jest, joke, sport. 
Wodi f. ne se: asem biako bi aba na nnipa nhina kiiram', te se abo- 
yam', oyima; asem yi, unansa yi wgde di f, ; asem no adan feue a 
wodi; ofen bi aba nnansa yi, wofre no oyima; efene hyia a, wonui 
bio (pr. 1108.); yedi won ho fen = few, ive make sport of them ; wode 
no di fen, they make a fool of him; ntama yi ye fe: ma yenni uo 
fen = ma yento na yen banu hko ara mfura nkyere. 

fena, F. = faua, fona, to trouble; to be tro^ibled. Ps. 90,7. Mt. 
8,2i}. 15,22. wgrefena akwau, they tvcre toiling in rowing. Mk.6,48. 
afena, F. = afoa. 3It. 26,47.. 51 f 

fen a 11, bde thrown up from the stomach; fe a nea oyare atiri- 
dii no yam' ade sa a, gfe kata akyiri; = bonwoma, doni'io. 

mlendzc, F. wiadze mf., the ends of the earth. Ps. 67,7. 
fenenun, fenemfenem, .s. frcmm, fremfrcm. 

afeii kw a [fern, akoa] a slave hired from his master. 

mfenewa, mfenowa, a kind of bead, s. ahene. 

mfe us a [s. afe, esa] 1. lit. three years; mahye no mf. se omme- 
tua ka, I have given him three years' time for the payment of the debt; 
pr.847. — j:J. a long time; wotgg ade mf. ui, wommetua kaw? mfe- 
nsa yi ara wuinvic nhoma yi kyerew ana? mamma anku a, mf. yi 
woda so gyiua hg, duom! mf. ni a gbo yi fi da ho ara; senea wo 



122 mfensere — efcre. 



de wobetraa ho (=; wiase ha) mf. ara ni na woreuye adwuma bi? 

— 5. [= mfe a ciisa] years ihut have no end, always, for ever. 

[pr. 1878.2620. 
m I'e n s ere [Dutch rensfer, Ger. fenstcr'] ivlndoiv, ivindoic-sJmtter; 
cf. apomma. — mfensere-dua, ivindoic-framc. 

fentem, v. to level, plan}; to make even or level, asase, the 
ground; cf. fetew, funtum. 

fentem, a. d- adv. even, level, plain, flat; smooth; levelled tvith 
the ground; lazy, idle; quiet. Oda fam' f., he lies flat on the ground 
and does not stir (or, idle, without stirring); woaye kiirow no f. = 
wgasee k. n. abubu ho adan nh. agu fam' korji, they have levelled 
the town with the ground, evened it tcith the sod. 

mfentoni', inf. [fem, to, mu] interest, usury; migye no mf., I 
take interest from him; ma mf , to pay interest; wofein atiri 2 a, \vo- 
ma. atiri 3, wo da si asram 3. (at. 10, — at. 15, — afrihyia); sika 
a ode fem no no, onya ohamu anum da afrihyia, lie gets 5 percent 
on the money he lent him. — syn. nsiho, 50 per cent, or less; mpem- 
anim, 100 per cent; cf. huruw sika. 

aferaw', pi. m-, a large bird with beautiful (greeu) plumage, 
feeding on fruit; the clock-bird, said to announce the hours by its 
cry; by-names: oto-abere, tuakwan. 
afere, Ak. id. 

f er e, v. [red. fefere] 1. to string, brandish, flourish. — 3. f. mu, 
to bore through, pierce, perforate, drill; ofere ahene no mu = ode 
fitii a.s. sekan n.a. fiti mu tokiiru. — 3. f. ho, to trifle, fribble, dabble, 
bungle, tamper about or with, to touch here and there. O'ftjre aduan 
ho, = odi ho ako-ne-aba, ot\va ho pe nteui na onnidi. Ofefere a- 
dvii'ima no ho: eso kyei'i no nti ontumi nye, onennam hu kwa; osom' 
a, fatafata; oto ko, to ba. 

fere, v. [red. ferefere] 1. to respect, revere; to fear, to shun; 
gmfere Nyaiikopgii mfere nnipa, he fears neither God nor man. 
LtiJc. 18,2. pr. 866. 2169 f. — 2. to be cautious, wary, careful, heed- 
fnl; 8. 7. — S. to be ashamed of. pr. 1929. — 4. to be shy at, to be 
bash fid, timid, to be afraid of. pr. 1114-17. 1929. — 5. to be disgraced, 
to pine under disgrace, pr. 1113. 2287. — 6. to feel emharrasscd or 
under restraiid. pr. 547. — 7. fere ade, to be conscientioKS, strict, cor- 
rect, duteous, moral, religious, superstitious. 

e-fere, a I'e re, inf. respect; bashfulness; shame. pr.Ullf. cf. 
adefere. 

e-fere, 1. pot-sherd, j^icce, fragment of a pot. — 2. a pot with 
a hole, used for meltiug lead, gold &.c.. melting-pot, crucible. 

fere, F. — fe: wabo no f , he has wounded him. 

fere, v. [rcfZ. fefere] f. ho, to fail, to miss hitting, reaching, 
attaining or finding; syn. siane ho, tere ho; to have not sufficient 
room; nhoma no afere ho wg kotokum', the book stands fortji or out, 
is projecting sideways in the bag, from want of room. Cf. fe ho. 

fere, s. anifere, cf. fei, v. — fere, a. cf. ferefere. 
e-fere, gourd, Cucurbita, pr.lllO. ■ 



afere — olcwa. 123 

afcrc: gdah af., ihc small sides of a honsc(?)pr. 3:385. 
fcroforc, a. dean, hare, exposing the hare (f round; yv ho f. ; 
gbotan f. Eze. 34,7. rf. fcafea. — fei'crei'Olere, adv. clcanli) ; poj)?! 
poll no so f. ; wapra ilan mu bo f. 

0-1*0 rol'u, pi. a-, 1. a person respected or revered by ain>tb(!r; 
mo f. lie nipa a meferc! no. Wn I'ivviu f'tjrc a, na wojilV-ic!, jJr. IIIH. 

— 2. one who resprcts or reveres auotber, pr. lll'J. 
Ill lore lit), />//'. iiiissiu(j one's aim. 

lei'die, a. e.iecssive, -Ample? pr.SSJo. Of. gkwanlerene. 
argro-seni, (pi. id.) a disi/raeeful, sliamefid word, deed or 
matter; ascm a wiuli a.s. woka a, eye aniwu; woadi af. 'ne! to-do// 
you have committed a very stiamefid deed! 
in fete: tvia mf. = kyini. 

fete fete, a. light, thin; syn. b/itahata, bamaliaina. 

fetefete, v. f. bo, to tear up or 02>e)i, to sli(, rend, cut open; 
syn. buebue bo, titi bo. 

fetefete, pi. rnfetemfetewa,.s»;fl?/; syn. nketonkcte; bonemf., 
ade, ascm mf. — iiireteiiifetewa-de, trifles. 

fetere, v. to sfrij> off, draw hacJc. draw up, fucJc up (a cover- 
ing-, a sleeve); sy7i. worgw. — afeterefetere (R.pr.l39.) ilie denu- 
ding of the glans by drawing tbe prepuce or foreskin. 

feteWj v. to hoe and level the ground; to j^lottgh. cf. fentem, 
fnntum. — fetew-ade/ plough. 

afeteWfi, a kind of ^reewitb edible /"/^/fs. 
mfetcwe, a plouglied place; asase a wgafetew. 

f c w, V. \^red. fefew, q. t;.] to thrive (of men and beasts) ; to pros- 
per, flourish; to multiply, to become numerous; wgafew = wgadg, 
wgaye bebre. 

few, V. to Squeeze, ptinch; to jam, to wedge in; syn. fern, pen, 
ti, titi. Ode n'akantanhua afew me nan; waka no afew dua ntam'. 

— f. aburow, to talce out the grains from the ear of maize, = tutu 
ab. fi abiirodua bo. 

few, V. F. few ano, to Jciss. Mt. 26,48. ML 14,44. = few ano. 
few, a. s. fe, fefe. 
c-few, n. 1. fineness, beauty, fairness, handsomeness: ade no, 
nef. ne den ! ne f. ue biribiara use! nc few de, wgnka, Us fineness 
is unspealcahle. — 2. gladness; efew a eye me no, enye adewa! F. 
dzi few, to rejoice. — 3. spo)i, mock, moelcery ; di.. bo few = goru.. 
ho, to make sport with, make a mockery of, mock at. 

few, (;. \^red. fifew] to sip; to lap; to suck, suclc out (dompem' 
hon, the marrow of a bone); few .. ano, to kiss; mifew n'ano, / Iciss 
him. Cf. nom, num nufu, fwew & F. few. 

mfewa (pi. id.) 1. icooden spikes fastened to tbe strings of a 
drum. — 2. screw; ihe screws which hold the lock of a gun; ef. 
kyerewa. 

ofewa, a kind o^ tree, very hard, but only of a man's height; 



124 ofewabiri — ti. 



unua mupanyin, deunenueu, ketewa se; wgtle fwc unipa, wocle tow 
siikudon. — ote wa-l)iri, another similar kiud of tree; wgde ye 
osoku ne utvieri. 

mfew-aiio, inf. the act oildsslny, a kiss. 

few-di, inf. the act oi moclciny, rnocJcerij, sportive insult; = 
nnoruho; cf. ahlyi. 

0-fewditb, 2)1. a-, mocker, scorncr, scoffer, derider; cf. obiyifo. 

fi, V. Ak. firi fred. fifi, q.v.] 1. to come aid, come forth, issue, 
appear; syn. pue; owia fi, the sun appears (comes forth from behind 
the clouds; diff. pue); osram fi, the moon comes forth i.e. the new- 
moon ap)pears,pr. 3044. — mogya bebre fii, much blood ran out; nsu 
pi fi bae, Num. 20,11. — 2. to come up, spriny, shoot up, out or forth, 
to rise above the yround; aba a miduae uo afi, the seed which I plant- 
ed has come up ; cf. fifi; to yrow. — 5. to yrow fit for proper use: 
u'aui afi, his eyes have come forth i.e. he has arrived at the aye of 
discretion. — 1. to be prosperous, advantaycous, come out well: ade 
yi afi. — .5. to yo off rcadUy, sell well, meet ivith a ready sale or 
market: m'aguade fi; me ntama a metgne no fii. — 6'. to come out, 
become public, be revealed: asem no afi, this ihiny is known. Ex.2,14. 
cf. fi adi 14b). — 7. to become clean: m'atade afi, my dress is clean; 
kuruwa no ho afi, na emu mfii e, the outside of thejuy is clean, hut 
not yet the inside. — 8. to be justified, be declared yuiltless: ne ho 
afi. — U. to come or yo from, forth from, out o/'(a place, person or 
thing); to proceed or beyin from; in these meanings it is followed 
by a locative complement (Gr. § 207. 208,5), and serves most fVe- 
(juently as an aux. v. showing the direction (from some starting- 
point) of a movement expressed by another verb aiul su])i)lying the 
Eng. prepp. from (with the complement mu, out of J and .'^ijice; cf. Gr. 
j^ 109,30. 31. 208, 5. 223,4. 224. 229,1. 230,3. 239,1. 240 r(. 6. 2G5,1. 
Uhuruw fii hyeh mu tgg pom', he sprany out of the ship into the 
sea; wotow no fii hyen no mu kyenee po mu, they cast him out of 
the ship into the sea ; ofii dua no so durui (= sii fam'), he came down 
from the tree; wanyah afi nna mu, he has awoke from sleep; nam no 
abeii, yi fi kutu mu, tlie meat is done, take it out of the pot; efii se 
ue ba wui no, gnserewe da, she has never lauyhed since her child 
died. Cf. efise. — 10. to come or be from, derive, have oriyin from a 
place (or person): wufi he? where do you come from? tvhat country- 
man are you? mifi Nkrah na mereba, I am cominy from Akra; 
mifi hayi, I am from here: ofi nsuase (ba), he comes up from the 
bottom of the river, pr. 2716. me na asem yi fi me, this matter is from 
me, 1 Ki. 12,34. Jolm 8,47.9,16. 1 John 4,1.6. — 11. to leave, to yo away 
from; ofii ho kge = ogyaw hg kge, he departed from thence; fi me 
so! (yo) away from me! mifii n'auim' hg mifii, I icent away from 
before him. — 12. to escape; wafi mu afi, he has escaped from it. — 
13. to emerye from or appear <d a place : Filipo kofii Asoto, Philix) was 
found at Azotus. Acts 8,40. Cf 14. IS. 20. — 11. fi adi, r?^ to yo or 
come out: ofii adi fii ne dan mu, lie loent out from his house; cans, to 
briny out: koyi adaka no fi adi, yo and fetch the box oid; - b) to 
come to liyht, become manifest: n'awi afi adi, his theft has come to 



ofi — eli. 125 

lUlht. — If), fi }?ua, to appcdr pnUichi, tnanifesi or reveal one's self 
in piddir. — ii gua so, ^n-. 14oL'. to come out ^= iil>); fH/f- pr.JlM. 

— JO. fi .. akyi, k) especially with tiio iiif/rrssirr prrftx be- or kg- 
(cf. l.'j), fo rome or (ippair hcli'ntd; wabcli m'akyi, he has turned up 
in nil/ rear; ef. waba m'akyi;' obi anifi m'akyi, nohod// came to suj)- 
jxirf. assist, or hrlj> Die. pr. 1190. — !>) to do l)chind one i.e. without 
onc\s liioivledi/c: miiitumi mimfi obeno akyi menye, / eannot do it 
without the loiowledije of the himj. — 17. f i a k y i r i , a) to (jo t)e(fond 
the limits, he carried ox pushed too far ; n'asem a oreka no afi akyiri 
= akgboro so. — b) to eoiiie after, eonic to pass afterwards = ba 
mu (?) — e) to remain behind, be behindhand or backward: wasaw 
m;I afi akyiri, := wansaw akyene a wgka no ano pepepe, dancing 
too sloirli/. he has not kept up with the drum. — J<S'. befi .. mn, fi 
mpaaso, to come iine.rpectcdJti, unawares: onipa yi abefi me mii; 
wgato won kiiro ho t'asu na dgm bi ammeii won mu; Asantefo abefi 
yen m])aasc. — 19. fi .. nsa, to he lost fo: me mma fi me nsa a, na 
wgafi me nsa, Gen. 43,14. anoraa no afi me nsa = afi me nsam' or 
me hkyeh agnah. — J20. befi .. nsam', to come into one's jwssessi on: 
wabefi me nsam' = waba me nkyen, manya no. — 31. fi ase, a) 
to twfjin, commence, syn. boc, fiti ase, hye ase, tu ase; wafi n'adwuma 
ase, he has hcf/nn his work. — b) to lai/ the foundation ; syn. hye 
ase, bg ase. — c) to beyin at the beyinniny: fi ase ka, repeat or re- 
late (it) from the l>eginniny. — 22. fi or fi.. so, to bey in from, with 
or at a place, time, person or thing (often supplying the Kng. prep. 
from or since): won nhina bohu nie afi woii mu akfimii so akosi won 
mu kesc so, Heb. 8,11. Mat. 20,8. ofi baa ha enye 'ne, Gr. § 230,3. — 
23. fi tan : ofi tan : she yocs out the first time after her confinement ; 
ofi bra, she returns from her retirement during her monthly courses. 

— 24. tr. to cause, to come forth, to send forth, emit: ti fifiri, to emit 
sweat, perspire; fi mogya, to send forth blood, i.e. to bleed: me nsa 
refi mogya, my hand is bleediny ; fi ani, to yet eyes; pr. 3119. fi se, to 
teeth, breed or cut teeth. 

0-fi, o-fie, pi. afi, home, the place a man lives in, mansion; - 
hence 1. a man's oivn house, in contradistinction to other houses and 
the street; a dwelliny including all the houses and the yard be- 
longing to a single family (diff. fr. gdah & abah, which denote the 
house as a particular kind of buildiny); bera me fi, come into my 
house; yenkg ofie? shall ice yo home? mesoe ne fi da, I ahvays take 
up my lodyinys in his house* pr. 2782. Gr. § 124,1. — 2. town, in 
contradistinction to the forest and field or to the villages belonging 
to it (diff.fr. kiirow, denoting the tow)t as a collection of houses, and 
/)•. gman, usually denoting the inhahitants as an organized political 
body), pr. 7 5 3. 1129. 1680 f. — 3. home, lasting abode: yen fi pa wo 
{or ne) gsoro, our true home is heaven. 

afi, F. = afe yi, this year. — 2. — afei, now, then. Mt. 26,65. 
amfi, iiili, F. = afei. Mk. 1:2,6. 
niii, F. tlien, expressing defiance; cf. fC. 

c-fi, filth, dirt; n'atade aye fi, his dress is dirty; ne ho aye fi, 
he is dirty; efi ak;! no or wagu nehd fi = n'akyiwade bi akil no, 



126 efi — fifa. 

he has defiled himself (by catiug something tliat was forbidden to 
him); ne yere de fi abekji no, his irife has defiled him (by adultery). 

C-t'i, fifi, j>?. a£i-afi, f(. filfhi/, diiii/, nnsiii, ntuieAin; ef. bum, 
burum; ne ho ye fi, he is diriij, nnelean; oye n'ade flfi, he does ev- 
er)/ thing in ri nasty manner; ohye atadefl, oftira ntamafi or ntama 
afiafi, lie ivears nastij clothes. 

e-fi, j;Z. afiafi, bundle, sheaf; safi (= sare fi), nnua-fi, aliabaiifi, 
berewfi, a hiindlc of grass, of siiehs (ef. babayemfi), of leaves, of 
palm-leaves; mmurouan afiafi, bundles of maize-stalks. 

afi, (in compounds, as abememfl, aliafi, akwantemfi, atifi) the 
middle or midst of. 

mfi-infi, F. = miinimfini, the middle, midst. 

infia, Aky. s. demmere. 

afi-adze, F. treasures. Mt. 13,52. = afi-ade, akorade. 

afiafi-auoma = atrangr. pr.1125. 

afiafi, ^i?. 1. of efi, fdthy; 2. of efi, bundle. 

nifi-akyirij inf. [fi 16 &] odi no mf., he does it tvitlioui asking 
him; odi ohene mf., he does not hold or side with (adhere or stieJc to) 
the hing, he acts against his icill and trithout his l-nonledge. 

o-fiam', a kind o{ shreiv-mouse. pr. 1100. 
fia m p a k w a, hedge-hog; ef. apesee. 
fiamparakwa, ^^ nkontompo; twa f., pr.3402. 

afiase [ofiase] the lower part or story of a house; hence ]. store, 
store-honse, icare-house, magazine; cellar. — 2. prison; ef. deduafi, 
nneduafo fi; pr. 1126. oda af., he is in priso)i ; wofaa no too af. ; me- 
kof wee no wo af. ; oyii me fii af. 

nifiase, inf. [fi ase, s. ^ 21.'\ beginning, commencement; syn. 
nifitiase, nhyease, mmoase, asefi, asefiti, asehye. 

o-fiase-fwefo, pi. a-, jailer, jail-keeper, keeper of a prison, 

a f i b a (pi. id.) s. afieboa. fturn-key. 

Fida, Friday. Gr. § 41,4. 

o-fie, s. ofi. Mekg fie, / am going home: wo agya wo ofie ana? 

afie-boa, 2^1- ''I- or m-, ofie-mmoa, domestic anim(d, such as 
cattle, fowls, sheep, goats, cats (tc. 

O-fic-bofo [ofie, gbofo, the Jiouse-hunter] a by-name of the cat, 
s. agyinamoa. 

o-fie-da-ntu w, ofiedentuo, ofituw [ofie a eda ntuw] a dwelling 
witliout fire i.e. without people living in it, desohde dwelling; fusty 
mansion, pr. 1131. 

o-fle-fwe, inf. stewardsldp. — ofiefwe -(a)d\vuma, /(/., admini- 
stration; 1 Cor. 9,17. Col. 1,25. cf. afisiesie. 

O-fic-fwefo, pil- ^-j stetvard, manager of a household. 

o-fic-manso, civil ivar; cf. amanko. 

o-fi'e-nipa, a home-horn slave. 

o-fie-paiiyiii, steward. 
fifa, a. iveak; syn. sijimo. 



liii — aliiuiin. 127 

fifi, red. V. s. fi; to come forth or up, to spr'nKj (of water and 
plants), to shoot up, out or forth, to ijrotv uinltitudinonslii; mmcre f. 
siw so, mushrooms <jrow on (iiit-hills; - to cuitde, sweat, oosc, perco- 
lufr; aliina yi ye fot'oro nti, efifi. 
a fi fide, j>l. id. [ade a efiii] phiuf. 
riCiri [fr. liri, red.] su'eitf, pcrsptr(di(>n; no ho fi t'., ofi f., 1'. ii 
no, he perspires, siccots; f. guam no, pram no, he sweats cojnonslfj. 
fifise [filiri asc] prirjdij-heaf, a cutaneous eruption of red 
pimples, attended witliintenseitcliingoftliepartsaHectcd \s. ahokcka. 
!i fi-f oro [oil, f'oforo] (I new dwelling; duru af., to remove or 
euter iuto a neuiij liudt mausion and consecrate it by a solemnity of 
lr3 days. 

!iri-fi,ii, inf. desi ruction of a house or famili/. 
afi-liiia [ofi, huri, lit. house-sweej)i)iff] a present atpartinfj, given 
by a guest or lodger 5 wama me af., e.s. greko babi na wagyaw me 
biribi. 

(ikiiw, (ikwu, F. household. Mt. 24,45. 
al'i-kyiri, m-, place behind a divclling. pf.535. = okg af. = 
wakyima nelio, obu nsa, oye bra. — afikyiko-t;"im = asabu-tiim. 

mfikyi-fuw [infikyiri af'uw] ])lanfafion, garden, or other land 
behind the house, -- afuwa, ojip. afuw-pa. 

Ill I'iky i-sasc [mfikyiri asase] land behind the house or houses, 
within the precincts of a town or village; suburb, Jos. 21. 
fiin' = fi mu. 
iiit'iin", nifimii, inf. [fi mu, s.^O.lS] 1. an inconsiderate loord: 
asem yi ye mf. = asem yi fii no mii, this tvord escaped his lips un- 
awares, he spohe it otd at random, inconsideratelg. - — -?.''' a deriva- 
tive word. Gram. 
in-fimrin, F. = mfiuimfini. Mt. 18,2.20. 

rill, adv. [Dan. fin, G. fin] finely, nicely, exactly; oye n'ade 
nhina f. = fefefe, pepepe. 

-fi 11, nifi a, a. stale, old, not fresh, hcj^f over night, having lost 
its flavour from being long kept : aduaii no aye mf., tJiis food (having 
been kept over night) has become tasteless; aduamfin ne aduaii a 
ade akye so; fufufiii, likwamfin ; (/. nnyafiii. 
mfina, F. = iihina, all. Mt. 22,28. 

finam, v. to male fine or smooth by grinding, ^nyunding, pla- 
ning; to grind a second time [G. fra]; it is also used with mu or 
so: wafinam awi no (mu) or fufu no ma afe; fa apaso finam so! 

inliiiiyycr [Eng.] vinegar. F. Mt. 27,34. 

Ill rill i-m fin i, tlie middle, midst (of a space or thing); in the 
midst of, in, on ; mihyiaa no okwan mf., / met him on the way. 

o-fi-nipa, .s. ofienipa; mefree me fi nipa bi bae, I called one 
of the people in my house (a relative, paten or slave). 

(iiitsiw, V. F. = hintiw. — f.-duia, = hintidua, Mt. ll,G.iri,i2. 
afi-pani, inf. \\i. joining of dwellings, neighbourhood; g-ne mc 



128 fl pefo — fita. 

bo af., our houses arc in connection tcifJi each olhcr. wc arc ncif/h- 
boiirs. — o-fipamto, 2^1- ^-■. neighbour. 

fi-pefo, an unchaste, icanton person. 

fir a, r. 1. to ttvine, twist, spin (asawa, dow). — 2. Ak. ^= 
fura, q. r. 

fir, F. = fi, firi. — ofirde, = efise. Mk. 6,18. 

firi, V. 1. Ak. = fi, g. ?\ — 2. to taJic, receive, or 1)Uff (gjoods) 
on trust or credit: mekofiri no ho ade (se wokoto ade na wuntua ka 
mprempren na adi nnansa an?! nnannan a, na wose: woafiri). — 
3. to give or sell on trnst or credit: mifiri no ade; cf. fem, adefiri, 
gdefirifo. — 4. d e or fa., firi, to forgive, pardon: ode (nebone) 
afiri no, he has forgiven him (his sin) ; fa me bone firi me, forgive 
me my sin! 

O-firi, albino, white negro, a negro with light-coloured, yellow- 
ish hair and complexion. The term "albino" was oiic;inall\' applied by 
the Portuguese to the white uecroes they met with on the coast of Africa. 
(Webster.) Negroes baving that exceptional colour of the skin and hair are 
occasionally met with also in the inland countries. 

afiri,^7. m-, 1. trap, snare, for catching game or birds; afiri 
a wode yi mmoa ne : apd, nsemma, dwakoro; the diff. parts arc 
gdaano, okuutun, nterewso or hentua, mpetepra ; af. hiiah, the springe 
snaps lip; sum or sua af., to set a trap, to lajj a snare, pr. 11.3.5.2081. 
3.381. .3031. — 2. machine, engine, gin, contrivance, frame, form or 
mould for any purpose; ade hi a woye adwnnia worn', se ntama- 
iiwGmfo de (nsadua) »fcc. turning-hench. sauing-niachine, coffee-mill 
rfr. — ,5. bu af. (or afiripata?), to turn a somersault (or somerset); 
obu af., e.s. ode ne ti kyere fjim' na ne naii ko soro na okogyina ho 
a.s. ofwe ase. 

afiri-bil, inf. fs. hef] somersault. 

afirihyia, s. afrihyia. 

afiri m, atuo-sumah hi. 

afiripata, biribi a mmofra goru so; wgde nnua na eye. Cf. 
(bu) afiri 3. 

af i r is u a , a f i r i-s li m , inf. laying a snare. 
firiwa, ^j7. m-, cord, string, twine, made of the fibres of the 
leaves of the ananas-plant, cf. likyekyera. 

efi-se, efiri-se, conj. [efi se, it comes from (the circumstance) 
that] 1. because; s. Gr. § 141,1 B. e. 275,1.2. — 2. [^it begins from 
(the fact) that] since; s. Gr. § 265; in this sense the two parts are 
separated and written as two words. 

afi-sem [ofi asem] domestic matter, in-door matter, pr. 11.36. 

afi-siesie, inf., af. -dwiama, management of a household, ad- 
ministration, dispenscdion : Eph. 1,10. 3,2. cf. ofiefwe. 

fita, V. to blow, fan; cf. huw. huhuw; f. ogyam', to blow into 
the fire; f. abe, s. ogyateh. 

fita, fitafita, a., adv. clean, clear, p^ire, relate (hhoma, ntama); 
waboa fitaf., he is pale, of a sickly, yellow eomptlcrAon; cf. fufn &c. - 



fltao — 10. 129 

2. even, plain, level; bo kwati fitri, fo level or elear the road. — .?. 
= kortl: mepe or mcdo wo I". fohs.J 

fit lie, 2^1- n^-> /"">" wode tita gyam', wode demmerc na eye. 
riti, V. 1. a) f. mu, fo step into, enter: ofitii (= oliyen) dan 
mu ara pe na oniaii akyO; f. kuiotia, //»-. IViT. — b) to cause to enter, 
to ttore, pleree, prielc, slick: ode sckan liti no nsa a alion no mu, fic 
/)ric/iS his sieoUen fiaiid with a knife. — :J. t aso, to l(ti/ the foiti/- 
itidiitu. m(d;e the tnujinninn. Iteijin; s/ju. li asc, hye ase; onnyfl nili- 
tii ni'atade asc e, he has )iot ijet tjeyun (to make) mij dress. 

ritil'iti, red. v. ofitifiti mensem ho = gnennam m'ase. 
ViiVx, pi. m-, fjindet (</iinblet), borer. [G. fidiborc] 
afi-liji, a private diveUiny-lwuse, any dwcUiny in the toivn, ex- 
cept the kin</'s. pr. .^S76. 

niriti-ase, inf. beginniny ; .s^>/. mtiase &c. 
ofi-toto, inf. disturbance in afamUy. 

o-fi-tow, />/. a-, the complex of houses forming tlia divelliny of 
o)ie family ■' atitow a ewg kiiro no mu beboro ha, the sinyle fiondies 
in that toiex leill be more than a hundred; mfc, anum wgkan at", mu 
nnipa mmiako-'miakO da, every fiflh year the members of (dl fami- 
lies arc counted. 

(itsi, V. F. 1. = fiti. — ^. = fi. Mt. 22,46. 23,.39. ofitsi nde dze 
kwgr yi = cli 'nc de-rekg yi. 

o-l'i-tiiw, a-, F. alituo, desolate divelliny, uninhabited house; s. 
ofiedantuw. 

o-l'i-w lira, ^vZ. -nom, master of the house, master of a f<(mdy, 
landlord. — o-ri-wuraboa, lady of lite house. 
afiiaha, F. = afaiul. 
fo, V. Ak. s. fgw. 
fo, V. Ak. s. fow. F. ML 3,27. 
fo, a. Ak. s. fow. 
G-fo, guilt, guiltiness. — bu fo, to 2^ass sentence against, 2)ro- 
nounce guilty, p)rononnce to be wrong, condemn; - di fg, to be xiro- 
nounced guilty by a judicial sentence in a law-suit; to be guilty or 
wrong; odifg, syn. n'asem nye de. 

e-fo, exhortation, good advice. — tu fo, to exhort, admonish, 
give advice; mituu no fo se gnye papa, I exhorted him to behave 
well, in: 912. 

-fo, Ak. fog, person, possessor, ]il. people, inhabitants; a noun 
that is now almost exclusively used as a suffix in names of per- 
sons, especially in the pd., see Gr. § 38. In some cases it is written 
separately, e.g. asase no so fo, the inhabitants of that country. 
(!-fo, Ak. cfog, a kind of monkey, = odiiahyen, q.v. 
ni fo, nfo, F. root = ntini. — gye mfo, to be rooted, cf. ndwo, F. 
-fo, a. (usually compounded with its noun) nasty, bad; paltry, 
worthle.'is, despicable; rile; corruptible; useless, spoiled, ruined; gkygc 
me ntama-fo bi, he presented me with a paltry piece of clotli; cf. 

9 



130 ofo — foe. 

akwamfo, akuro-fo, amam-fo; odam-fo, onipa-fo, asase-fo, asem-fo... 
Cf. oftj, ato, & fono, to loathe. 

O-fo, an uffly, nasty, dirty, fellow or person; oye gfo, = oye 
otantan. 

afO [if. fo, a.] 1. carcass, carriou, the dead Jtody of an animal 
= cfunu, abofo, aboka. — 2. somethiuy cast away, but tid^cn np 
again: fa afo, to take up as a forsake)} thing, pr. 497. — wafa m'asem 
afo, e.s. asem bi a woatu bi fo kan na wantie, na akyiri yi wakyin 
abesi so, Jie has first despised hat affcricards appreciated my word. 

o-fo, a large tree; wosg; wode ne iibin poma adare; tlie bark 
may be used as a cloth; .s. obofu, bofunnua. 

fo, 1. adv. applied to breathing: ghome fo fo (fo), he breathes 
heavdy, strongly, he pnffs. — 2. a., s. fgfg. 

fo, a. silent; syn. demm, dini'i, kbmm, koni, krnnanana; — 
gkrjtiVkran n'ani kyeree abofra no se onye to. 

foa, V. to add, to give or vse over and ahove, in surphis; to 
give or demand besides, again, into the bargain: foa so: wamii no 
fnfu adi dedaw, nanso ope bi afoa so; wagye n'akatua dedaw, nso 
grepe ntama afoa so ; wahye atade bi de bi afoa so ; wafura kente 
de brofotani afoa so. — Plir. gfoa no nsemmoa, he supjtorfs his state- 
ment by rej)e(ding and confirming it. — Cf. fea, r. 

afoa, Ak. afanji, j>l. ni-, sirord; the stede-sicord which belongs 
to the insignia of a king (s. ahennec), being paraded before him on 
state-occasions; the emblem of judicial rengeance or punishment or 
of authority and power; Rom. J3,4; destruction by the sword or in 
battle; war; dissension (Mat. 10,34); danger. Wakohyen afoa ase, 
he has confessed, arhnowledgcd, admitted his crime, sutimits to the 
punishment, jtleads gudly before the judge, ere the palaver over- 
comes him. Yedctowyi (ye(le) yi yen koiiniu afoa = yen hommusu, 
bii this poll-ta.r we irard off' the danger imminod to us (Kf. Alwatia 

[Mag 1854.) 

in foa, a kind of ealaltash; toa bi a mmcrantc wosow de goru 
agoru biara a efata mu; cf. toa, kora. 

... ,. , J sword-bearer, the man carrying the king's 

O-loalo, yy/. m-, I i i /• i ■ i • 

- ,._ ' ^,. , } sword before liim on solemn occasions; s. 
0-toasoa to, /'/. a-,l ,.. ,,. ,., ,. ^ 

' . ) otanaioo, aioa, guanito, gyaaseio. 

mfoa-S(), /'///'. I l"oa so] addition, addilimial jiayiiicjd or contritju- 
tion, e.itra-})ay. 

afoa-ti'i 11 11 , A/7/, handle, butt-end of a sword, jr. I486. 

afo-l»i'i, inf. [bti fg] condemnation, the judicial act of r7rY7r/r/>^r/ 
gudty and dooming to pinnishment. — afdlu'i-sciii [asom a wudi a 
wobu wo fg] a deed deserving condemnation. 

afg-de, afo-di (inf.), F. afgdze, afodzi, damnation. Mt. 23,33. 14. 
foe, V. to thrive, grow, increase, prosper (bodily or in wealth). 
1 Citron. 32,11. — rrrZ. fgefge, fo become blooming, hcfdfhful, vigorous 
(of bodies of man & beast); waff. = n'anim aye yiye; onipa a wa- 
fgn, na afei wati ase reye kese a.s. waye kese dedaw. 



fofa — fgm. 131 

lol'it, 0. red., s. fa, fefa. 
Ill t'DtViiiu, sores on the solr of fhr foot and hrtwroi the tors: 
a to fan to, s. afafantg. 

I'ofare, afof., ,s. fefare, afcf. 
a I'o t i [fa ofi] Jcfrjiin;/ <it home, rcsfnifi or doin;/ domrsfir ivork ; 
rcfntiniii;/ froiii j>l(ii)fii(iou-i('ork. Se woaiiko arum"no a, wuso: 'no 
111 id 1 a foil. 

roli-ilji, tlu". <lay of tlic. week on wliicli the, licatlicn lu^groc.s 
do not work in tho plantation (da a wonye adCvnnia wo afnm', na 
abo de, wonu, nanso woko wuram', nso wgye ofic- adwunia biara; 
Akinopoi'ifo f. nc l)\voda n6 Fida); onni f. bio = wabu f. so akgyc 
ad\Vnma. 

Kofic, 1. 2»'- >'• of a fetish or tutelar genius worshipped at 
Akiiropgn, Manipgn, Aburi and other places. — 2. jir. n. of the 
Friday ten days before Akwasidae. 

fol'o, F. fofwg, r. to rherish. Eph. 5,29. 

\'o\'o, n. fat; of -persons: jdiinip, nnrjiidrnf, stout; wj'iye f. = 
waye kese; nedio ye f. = ne ho wg srade na gnye nnoinpe-rinonipe; 
of meat: nilm no ho ye f. ; of tlie soil : asase no niu or so ye f . =r 
emu d\vo. Cf. fgw, gnofge. 

f 6 i'o, a plant with a yellow flower (wura bi a efifi wo mfuwam' 
wgdc boro akyekyea,'; nc nfwiren kgkg); - me ne no bTinu nliina 
ye f. =^ nye nnipa pa bi a.s. adehye. 
Ill fofobcinnia, a kind of ant. 
a Co f II 1 6 b i r i _, a kind of hird. 
foforc, red. v. fgre. 

fofuro, in cpds. foro, o. (pi. a-) n<nr, fresh, young; (vnothcr; 
ade-foforo, sometliiny new, something else; adare yi nye, ma me fo- 
foro. this li'dJ-liool; is not good, giro me another; foforo-fof(')ro bi nni 
babi bio, there is nothing else, no other besides. Cf. ghemforo, nan- 
twiforo, ayeforo &c. Gr.^§ 70. 

o-lofoi'O, another (or a new) 2)erson. 
foforo, red. v. foro. — fo for 6-ye, iiif.reneu-al, renovation. 
fofo wa, a kind oi perfume (ohiiam bi). 
folValia, a kind of tree', migye wo fof. ne konniim, I give goii 
(I riddle to guess (?) ; - s. fafarahA. 

o-fo ko ro, j>?. a-, tmffalo. Bos tjulndus, or, :iehu, Indian ox. Bos 
ludieus, with a hump on the shoulders and a mane; nantwi bi a 
n'atiko wg pgw, emu anini no wg nn.T; wgnye na (wg) Asante ne 
Dwaben; ef. eko. 

I'o k y e, a. & adv. icct all over, very damp, moist, humid ; ne ho 
or ok wan mu aye f., ne ntama aye or afgw f. 

fo-kyc w, a rap made of vwnJceg's sicin. pr. 3SS9. 
fo ni, V. to dratv together; to straiten; ef. hia, guan; iieho afgm 
no {sgn. ne ho adwiriw no), he is east down, dejeeted, dismnged ; 
awerehow afgm no. Jot) 14,1. 



132 fom — fonofono. 



fom, V. to act in a disorderhj manner: i. f. so, io err, fad, 
go wrong, wistalce, commit a fault; okasa a, ofom so pi, when he 
speal's, he makes mani/ mistal'es. — ^. tr. to miss one's aim, fad: 
obo, otuo afom no, the sto)ie, the gnu has missed him. — 3. to offend, 
trespass against, wrong: niafom no, I haoe offended him, trespassed 
against him; fom mmara so = to mmara, to trespass on or trans- 
gress the lau: — 4. to take in a disorderl/f manner: fom aduan ; - 
to sweep, snatch, draiv or Imddte together; to pick nj> (thinirs cast 
away or lying vacant); to hug np eagerly, hastdg, studehingli/: wg- 
fom nam wo gua no so; - ^o S2)oil, rob, plunder (= paakode, Ps.76,6.) 
Cf fow. 

0-l"u 111, inf. tresjiass de. jr. 11.3S. 
iiifdm, mistakes. F.Mt.6,14. s. mfomso. 

fom in, a. anadwofa f., l(de in the evening when it is getting 
dark. ' 

aiuiu-iikum: di af., to aim at hloodg vengeance, in: 903. 
fom fa in J red. v. film; ntotoanini ne dua a woasen de fomfam 
apon ne mfensere anim ma eye fe. 

nifo'mfaniho, inf. a casing of timher-vork (Cc. s. before. 
Ill fom fa in so, (inf.) plaster, catajilasm. 
fom fom, red. v. fom. 
fomfoii, red. v. fon. 
fomfono, red. v. fono. 
a fom foil so 111 [fom, red., asem] transgression, trespass; - diaf. 
to trespass grieroaslg. Eze.l4,Vj. 

nfomfoiii'iua [fom, red., gua] a mistafcen bargain, bad job; - 
wadi af , he has made a blander, cdmrnHted a faidt, done triad he 
ought not to have done. 

af('iiii])ala, i)if. di af.Jofrg to bring about a, reconciliation. in: 903. 

loinpow [afono, pow] chubbg av puffed checks, ^ir. 423.2235. 
m fom s 6, inf. fault, mistaJce, error, blunder; offence, transgression, 
foil, V. to become or grow thin, lean, meager; to fade, f(dlau-ag, 
cmacicdc; cf. twam, nyam. pr. 1113. 2383.3025. 
O-foii, inf. eniacicdion; atraphg. 
fona, V. ¥..s. fana, fena; ofonaa nelio dodo wo adziban a oreye 
no ho, she tvas cumbered too much in making a feast. 

o-foiia, F. trouble, affliction; fcdigue; sgn. haw; f. wiadze yi, this 
troublesome world. 
afoiia, s. afoa. 
info nee [fono,??.] disgust, lo(dhi)/g, weariness; ne ho aye me 
mf., he has become loathsome to me, I dislike or loathe him. 

O-foiini, mfonnii: ye, di or peof.; to spoil bi/ violence, Eze.lH,7. 
12.16.18. [ofomno di, iindersome pretence lie robs him (of something) 
ecds i.e. for his oien benefit.} 
nifoniiii, infoni, picture. 

fonofono, a. damp; nastg, dirtg; disorderlg; eho ye f. = 



fono — alui'C. 13.*} 

clio afow; - oyc f. = oyo ncho wusuwusn, gntrw nelio, ne ho yo 
sakasaka, kusukusu. 

I"(iiu), V. [n'd. f'onifono] to .stir up, <listi(yl), froiddc {ii^n,Juhn'>,4)\ 
to muddle, luitdd//, mal>e tiirhid, mnddii or iliUk; to dlstiust, vex, nn- 
1101/, ahoeJi, to turn tlie stonnieJi; to create or excite di.s(/ust; - iufr. 
to become tronhled, - muddif, thick, - vexed; nsu no af'ouo, the water 
has been disturbed, has become turbid or mnddii. — fono ani, to 
disquiet, disturb; f". asem ani (boapa mil asem ani asee), to confound 
or disturb a matter, make it intricate; - aduan no afono me, I loathe 
that food; akasakasa af. mo, I am tired or wearij of disj)ufe; moama 
afono (= moama aye tan yio), you have made it dis[/uslin(f, i/ou carrij 
the tliinii to dis(/ust, I have now enouyh of it and more than enough 
(ade fono wo a, na eye tan); nelio af., he is loalhsome, disgusting, 
detcsf(d)te. — I\Ie bo fono me, I hare stomach-ache, inclination to 
vomit. [Ct. mitsino no futa mi; cf. fontah]. 

a fit no, (pJ.id.) the cheek, — afonom', the inner part of the check, 
the i>art of the mouth between the teeth and the cheek, especially of 
monkeys, the cheeks of which form a sort of bag or pouch. pr.l0:i6- 
m f 11 o-a 11 i, inf. disturbance. 

o-foiiuiii, a kind of codipede; cf. asascwo. 

o-fo 11 o 11 o jpl. m-, oven, stove, kiln, furnace. \Vori.forno; G.tiono.] 
foiionoiio, ((. damp, tvet; odan mu ho ye f.; s. foso. [G. Hono, 

frofro.J 

foil tafon tail, a. dim, not clear, not distinct; mistg, hazy ; 
animaye f., the things are becoming dimly visible (anopahemahema); 
the air is misty, hazy; syn. anim aye sesasesa. [G. futofute.] 

foil tan, V. to stir up; cf. fono; me yam' (nh.) f. (red. fon- 
tiimfontah) me, my bowels are stirred or stirring, yet without belly- 
ache (ayamkaw). [G. futa.] 

mloiitaii-aiii, inf. political agitation. 

o-fo 11 to, a kind of shadowy free; its edible fruit, similar to tigs. 
o-foiitol)ia, o-foiito-biri, two similar kinds octree. 
e-fo 0, Ak. a kind of monkey, s. oduahyen. 
afoo, inf. s. afow. 
ibra, V. V. = fra. — afora, dzi af., = di afra. 
fore, V. to increase in number, become numerous (by genera- 
tion); wawo afore, she has born and brought up many cluldrcn; 
waf. = wado, n'ase aterew, aboa no ase af. ; ne mma af., ]iis children 
have become numerous; woaf. nti won ani nso nnipa hi; Israelfo 
force wg Misri. 

fore, V. {red. fof'gre] to cluster, crowd, swarm, ((ccumuhde, 
huddle; ntrtea f. asikre no ho, the ants cluster about the sugar; nnipa 
no I'lhiua akgf. gbo biako ho; edeu na mo nh. moakofgre so anafo 
hg, why are you (dl huddled together there below? nkrah no nh. fofgre 
so; nkran af. akokg po ho pitipiti, the fowl is thickly covered with 
ants; nhoma af. pen no so. 

afore (2d. id.) offering, sacrifice. — bg af., to make an offering, 



134 atbree — tbto. 

to offer a sacrifice, to sacrifice. — aforc-bo, inf. the act of offering 
any thing to GoJ or to a fetish. — aforc-buaj an animal destined 
for an offerinrj. — aforebo-de, a tiling used for an offering. — aforc- 
miika, afore-pou, altar; s. muka, opon. — aforewti, pl.m-., a small 
offering. 

aforee [foro, v.'] ascent, stair, stile, set of steps; oduu aban no 
af. no, woammii wamforo. 

aforee, Gy. a sash ivith a hell in the midst of it, girded round 
the waist; belt. pr. 1140- 

forfor, F. = fromfrom. 
Ofo risuo, name of a month, about April; s. osram. 
foro, v.[rcd. foforo] to move uptvard, go up; to get up, ascend, 
climb (ahilb a tree, a ladder), to mount (a hill, a horse, the jiulpit); 
to scale (a wall); to leap, cover (said of certain animals); foro po, 
to launch into the sea, pr. 645. 

-foro, a. s. foforo, du-foro, gframfdro, akutu-f., gyata-f. &c. 
aforo, Gy. strap, girdle or belt of leather round the hips, 
afor 0-siai'i, inf. di af., to ascend and descend. 
o-forote, s. frote. 
fbrotowa, s. frotowa. 

forow, V. \^rcd. foroforow] 1. to cut (meat) into small pieces; 
sgn. twitwa. — 2. to make a slew or fricassee of meat, beans &c. — 
5. to serve aid liquor. — 4. do., f., to smear, rub on, besmear, rub 
with, st/n. sra, due; obo kesua de f. kabere no ho; wode niio foro 
osekaii ho na wgde apae])ae abete no mu ; ode dote, hkii, af. neho 
jtotg. 

forol'orow, a stew or fricassee of meat or dried iish, okro, 
tomatoes, red pepper and fat or palm-oil. [G. flou, flguflou.] 

fo row a, 2)1. m-, a round brazen box in which the negroes keep 
shea-butter or grease to anoint the skin after bathing or washing, 
f.-fi, the rancid remnanfs of grease in if. — f.-ti, the lid or cover of 
the box. 

foso, fosofoso, a. moist, damp, humid; wet, water//, well tva- 
tcrcd; ehonom ye f, — Cf. fow ; sgn. fgkye, takjl, fonouono. 
0-fosOw, a tree with soft wood; wgde ^yii ban. 

inU')\ L'(e), ichite ant, ternies, termite; pr. 1146-49. kinds: mfgte-pa, 
hkuniia. — mryte-lieiic, s. kyerebenkuku. — mfgte-si'w, ant-hill, 
the conical structure of the white ants, made of reddish clay, and 
from H to 12 feet high. 

l"oto(w), c. to stir up; mix; to liiead. mould (bread), to work, 
tread or trample (elay). Cf. pgtg\v. 

()-fot(), a kind of tree; wgsg; mmofra dc poma sekaii. 
foto, a bag of leather in which gold dust and the balance and 
weights for it are kept; moneg-bag, purse; pr.434. a bag to keep 
clothes in; cf. gsanua. 

afoto-saii, inf. the opening (loosing) of the moneg-bag, pr. 2080. 



(jrutdsmilo — iilVii. l.'jr) 

o-fotosanfo, pi. a-., treasurer, purser; a person who lias charge 
of the foto; one ol" the grandees in a conuniinity, who lias charge. 
(»f" the jinblic money or ol" the linances of the king, - osannaiii; 
the /if<t(l-serc(t)tt, who assists his master in Dioiic/j-d/l'ah.i. 
foto, a. (leprcsfied (by grief); aye no f. 

iifo-t 11, inf. [til fo| the act of exhort in 1/ or admonisliiny; cj/ior- 
tation, (tdmonitiun. — o-fod'ifo, y>/. a-, cxhortcr, adnionislicr, (tdciscr. 

afoli'i-sriii [afotu asem] exhortidion, admonition; (jood (idrirc. 
t'uw, V. [red. fofgw] to livcomv or niidcc wet, moist, damp or 
humid, to ircf, moiste)t, drench; fam' afow, the (/round in wet; osu 
afow ntama uo korji, the rain has wetted the clothes thoroufjhli/; - 
fgw 11110, to anoint with oil: wunya oba a, wobefow uo nno ata dan 
inu (e.s, woremma onye ad\vunia)? 

I'ow, IK [inf. afow, red. fofow] 1. to collect ov (jathcr provisio)is 
or food on plantations in time of war, to forai/c; wofow abiirow, 
brgde 11. a., (I'lknrofo a woko sa no ko afiiw biara a wgpe kotase 
nneema); woko afow, the// arc (joiie to scorch for pjrooisions. — 2. 
to plunder; to racdye. 

(_'-f() w, fovvlow, a. abundant, copious, jylenteoiiSj plentiful; jdent//, 
much of a thin;/, much for little nionci/; cheap; - abfirow' no yr fow; 
nuito abiirow' a (yo f^'^vf or aburow fowfow i= mato no abognierew; 
nelio ye f. (^e.s. wosom no a, wunya biribi di), he is bounteous, gen- 
erous, liberal. 2>>'ofitablc i.e. (jranl/it;/ profit or (join; he is disinter- 
ested, (jires ample jxi// or reuard. Onyaiikp. I16 ye fow, giite se ino 
abosoin dauuan-\ve-abo. 

o-fow, n. \c.f. ef'ow] abundance, plentij; am/de reward ; emolu- 
ment; advantayc ; si/n. nifaso. 

afow, inf. the act of forai/ini/ or proriilin;/ food; searcli for pro- 
visions, pr. o4. — afow-dc [fow adej foo(l or provisions collected; 
foruf/e; sjtoil. (Afowde, wokgfa a, wui'nViaa adc c, efise eye amanne 
se : babiara a wgatii sa na aduah biara wg lig a, vvgfa di kwa.) 

Ill fow a, a cutanecuis cru/dion; nif.-aborCj with pimples not con- 
taining a fluid; inf.-aiiinij with pubtiilcs containing pus; r/". dwe,^. 
fra, V. [= fara, red. i'r{ifr:i] to be admixed, be in ixed or mi n (/led 
with, be amon;/, belon;/ to; usu fra ne iii'io mu, water is admixed to 
his p(dm-oil; me guaii afra wo de mu, niy slieep is amon;/ yours. — 
,?. gfra {scil. nnipa bi mu), he is a wo)ih/j tna)t ; wonifra {scil. mma- 
rimam' or niiipam') you are yood for nothiny; ade yi mfra kora, 
this thiny is of no vidue at all, quite useless. — o. de.. fra, to ad- 
mix, to mix or minylc with; gde nsu fraa nsafufu uo mu, he mixed 
the prdm-wine with water. — 4. fra (with or without mu) often sup- 
plies the Kng. prep, among; cf. Gr. § 117, 3/". Gen.4:2,'>. 

fra, a kind of creeper or climticr. the strong filaments or fibres 
of which are separated or untwisted by turning (wokyim fra) and 
used as string in thatching houses, in wattling or similar work. 

afra, F. = abafra, abofra, child. 

afra: di afra, to become or be intermixed, commingled; Guanfo 
ne Twifo adi afra; cf. afuntumfra. 



136 afraduru — frene. 

afra-durut [fra, aduru] mlriure. a kind of medicine, a compo- 
sition of several ingredients; cf. mfrafrae. 

frafra, red. v., s. fra. 

frafrafra, adv. hrigJdl/j (of a burning fire or light); okanea 
dew f. = framframfram. 

frafra, frafraira, a. 1. thin, used of things that have a flat 
extended surface; ahaban frafra, a ihin leaf. — 2. flat, iduin, level; 
si/n. tratra; opp. donkudonku. 

frfika [Eng.] frock. 

fram, v. io he on fire, to hum, hlazc, flame, flare. Dnn.3,23. 
o-fram, 2)1. a-, a large tree yielding excellent timber, also used 
to make shingles and for fuel. 

mframa, icind, air; (/as; mfr. bg. the ivuid hlotcs; mekogye 
mfr., 1 am <jom<j to take an airhuj; c/". mfare, ahum; ogyaframa, 
nsuframa. — \wh-Al\VA-^(\h, pavilion ; f/". mfaredan. — mfrauia- 
toa, air-halloGn; s. ahuhmuhyeh. 

frrimfram(fram), a.,adr. /s.fram, v.] hlazimj, flaming; hrlght- 
Ijl, vUjorouslt), fliclierlnglij, in a blaze; ogya no dew (or hyew or so) 
ff., the fire hums mnclr, ohuruw traa ogya ff. no so, he leaped over 
the Hazing fire. 

franain, v. to he consumed, die awag; si/n. hyew. Oko a 
niereko yi, moammgf vve me a, meref. ; okom aba ho nti, woref. 

g-franka', pi. &-, flag, ensign, colours, banner, standard. [G. 
aflanga]. — si fr., to hoist a flag. — o-fraiika-kurafo, ensign. 

o-fr an t a', a large, round earthen vessel or j)ot with a wide mouth 
(for palm-wine) ^= gsentere (ahina kese a ano tetere, ennu gpgdo 
kese; wgde nsal f. abesi hg, emu nsa beboro nsahina 3 ana. 4 de). 

mfra-sa [fra nsa] strong palm-ivinc, palm-wine to which some 
that has been kept from the preceding day is admixed; nsa a wgde 
dae afram'; eye den sen behano. 

fre, V. [fere, red. frefre] to call; to cite, summon: fre no bera, 
call him in or hither; mede ne din mefreeno, I ccdled him by his 
name; pr. 923. cf. hyia. — 2. to call, name, give a name to: wgfre 
eyi den? ivhat is this called? wgfre no den? = ne din de den? cf. 
to di\h-^ pr. 122. 570.1623. 1872. 3831.3400.3.503. — 3. fre d\Vom, iosing 
= to d\vom ; to lead the choir. 

O-fr e, inf. the act of ccdling; ccdl, demand: mekotie fre na maba, 
I am going to hear uliy I have been called and shall then return. 
afre-diiaii, a meed to ivhieh one is invited, ])r. 1156. 

fre like mm, adv. neatly, nicely; wakyekye ne fi f. 

fr e m m, a. fine, nice; nea eho nni akasaye, in tchicJi you find 
nothing to hlame. 

fremm, fremfrem, a. if- adv. [fenemm, fenemf., fi\-..]swect, 
tasteful; syn. brgbrg, dede, dokgdgkg; flattering; wo ano ye dew 
dodo, wokasa fenemm! - mfrenifrcm-ade, sueet tJiiiigs; cf. 1^:406. 

frene, s. forene. 



jifrest! — Ilia. 137 

afrr-sc [ofrc aso] the. reason of (i coll. 

al'ry-so, ((dv. [lit. af a rnU] siiddoili/. Prov.G.ir). — s//ii. mpo- 
firim; gyare no ayi no at". 

g-l'reto, ofre-tie, ivf. fhc hcarhui of, lisfeuin;/ or ohfilimrc to, 
a cull. 

q\'v{i{e-k\\{\\\, the distance at which a call is heard; fiirlonfi; cf. 
akwansinima. 

I'rf, n. [Eng. frce'\ freedom, libcrti/; cf. ahofadi, gf'adi; wama 
no f'., ///('// have cmanri2)ated or liberated him : odi f. = wade nolio, 
he is cHuuicijxded, Uln'rtded. 

a I'r i h y i a, 2)1. m-, i/car, s//)i. afo. [fr. firi, to yo fortli, liy ia, to meet, 
to return in a circuit to the startin(/-jioint; Ab, afiihyiac] — d i at'., 
to celebrate a yearly festival. — afrihyia-de, 1. atahye, annual cus- 
tom; ^\ yearly tribute. — at'rihyia-di, i)?/". n yearly festival, anni- 
versary; the yam-custom. — aCriliyia-tow, yearly tribute. 
iVolVow, IVow, s. foro... — fro, IVofro, s. foro... 
I'rgiiim, fnjinfroin, a. fresh, yrcen (of plants) ; diia fefcw 
foforo a, n'ababah ye f. — F. promprom. 
fro no', s. fonono. 
g-frotc, ^jZ. a-, a kind oi antelope with large horns; deer, stay. 
i'r 6 1 6 w a , the calf of the ley ; me nan akyi f. ye me yaw. 
friifrii, afriim, afrumpoiikg, s. furuf., afiirum, -p. 
I'r lui turn, a., 1)1.0.-., empty, hollow, hcing of a bidky, puffy 
ajqiearance with no substance in it; of grains, Gen. 41,27. abiirowf. 
o-fruntuni, a large tree = popo; wode sen akyene, pam funu 
adaka. pr. 11G7. 2022. 

fu, V. s. fnw. — o-fu, s. ofuru. 
afii, afu, afuw, Y. 1. = nwura, yrass. Mt. 0,31. 15,19. — 2. =^ 
fan, herbs. Mt. 13,32. Mk. 4,32. 

fh, adv. much, plcnieously, copiously; syn. pi, bebre; ankye 
fii /o6s.7 = ankye kora; gkasa ftl, gkii nsein fh fu, = gkasa bi-bre 
kwa, gka nsenhuhinv, he talks much nonsense; odidi f. or odi no fii, 
he eats yreeddy, yluttonously. 

fn, peril, any part of the body or of a vessel that may give a 
handle or haft for lifting it up ; phr. nu .. fu, s. under n u. 

a fa, 1. hunch, hum]), humpback, protuherance; pr. 1157. — gyare 
af., he has a crooked back. — 2. humpback, humpbacked or hunch- 
backed person, pr. 2928. 

affi-afCi, a. fpl. of afu 1.] knobby, rough, ruyged; hunchbacked. 
fua, V. to hold, lay hold of, yrusp; to carry; syn. de, kita, kura; 
pr. 1158-60. ofua peaw, lie is carryiny a spear; of. abofra wg n'abasa 
so, he is carryiny a chdd on his arms, cf. turu. — 2. to j^lant, used 
of yam : of. ode, he pla)ds yam. — 3. to become one, come to an 
understandiny or ayreemeni ; to result in; - wgu ano amfua ho, tliey 
could not ayree about it; nea wgadi afua ne se..., the resolution or 
agreement they have come to is, that... 



138 fiia — ofuhye. 

fiKi, a. 1. shif/le, one, the (very) same; dafua, a situjle ddij = 
dakoro; uuafua uuaawotwe ^=^ nua mfua-mfiia awotwo, ehjht shujle 
days, every day for a whole iveelc. Cf. bafua, befua, Ijurofiui. — 2. 
hare, sole, mere, simile; - osekantua, the (mere) Made of a knife, 
without a handle. 

afua, F. & G. fo[f, mist ; cloud. Mt. 17,5. 
afua, Afua, mfua, s. afuwa &c. 

afiia, a.&adv. mere, simple, with the accessory notion oi' iccak- 
ness or littleness; oye ob abasia af'ua, she was only a leeak wo)nan; 
- a little hit; wonno no af'ua, they do not love him a hit. 

mfuaiirwe, inf. wodi no mf. =^ (nuipa bebre fua onipa biako 
fwe uo), they toyethcr hold him and yive him a floyyiny or tlirasldny. 
mfuatc, the figure of a cross in the form of an X, cut on one 
side of a die; osikyi ho nkyerewe a wgaye no X. 

fi'iaw, V. \)-ed. fufiiaw] to chip, cut or slip off a piece: wafiiaw 
dua no ho aboh akyene, he has rut the hark off the tree and cast it 
away; wotwa dua bo ho afilaw; - fufi'iaw 1)6, to clap, cut off small 
pieces; - wafufuaw ode no nh. agu, fie lias cut the yam info small 
Xiieces; woafufuawno (= woabobo no) nkraute, tlicy have cut him 
with sivords in several jnirts of his hody. — Cf. dufua, iikanifuaAv. 

Ill I'll (Iwu, ijr.o2(i. 
;iiiiriid wiima, a kind oi' 2"trrot; s. ako. 

ffic, V. f. niu, to renew, revive; to he renewed or revived, he 
taJcen up ayain. lonatan fuce o-ne Dawid ayonkofa inu bio = g-ne 
no nyan won aygiikofam' bio, Jonathan and David renewed their 
covenant of frirndsfiip; asein no niu atuc, tfic mtdfcr has hern taf.en 
np ayain (anka cregyac, einu aye nierew, na wgahye mu den bio). 
fiK!, V. f. so, to reveal, uncover, lay hare: wakofii*;- ode no so 
(^ wakobue so, wakofumfuuu so) ato ho, fie fias duy up the yround 
in order to loofc after tfie yam, and fias left it uncovered. 
niCrKjimi, inf. reiieicid, reviv(d. 

I'lit'ii, a. fi>l. af. & red./ white; cf. iita, hoa, hycii, iimi-lian. 
rilfu, n. while thiny. uhat is nhife. jn: 2104. 
O-fiirii, ^V. a-, 1. white person, Kuropcaii. but rarely used; s. 
Obiironi. — 2. ohiani fita. yr. 3140. 
Ill fill" II, F. whiteness. Mf. Gr.p. 101. 

fnlii, foofoo, a common food of the, negroes, prepared ni yam 
or jilantains, which, after having been cut into pieces and boiled, 
in which form the plantains are called ampesi, are then jiounded 
in a wooden mortar (owoaduru) till they have become a touyh doiiyhy 
mass which in the shape of a round lump is put into the soup ( nkwan) 
and eaten with it; - wow f., to p>ound foofoo : di or tew f., to cat 
f. — fulu-toWj a hall of foofoo; cf. ahentgw. nkwaseatgw. 

fufuaw, red. v., s. fuaw. 
mfufuwa, a kind o^ head, white; s. ahene. 
0-fii-hye [afuw ghye] hordcr, houndary, frontier; wgbg or wgtg 



ulVii — {il'uo. 139 

I., ilieii hordn; hoitiid, confine on cdclt other, arc borderers, cuiifiners, 
ia'i;//il)oiirs, huidninlcs. 

itl'i'ii, s. pataku. 
fii U fi, riikulTikii, (I. rilloKS, sJni(/(ji/ with .so/'/, Ioii(/ hfdr.s; o^iiari 
no liu ye fF.; t/iitf slieep fins nincft fidir; akraiiiahniina a wonnyin 
j»i no lio nliwi ye I'uku = kiiha := eye f'e na vUo dwo nauso ecloso ; 
(•/■. sakii. 

atu-k ycaky en , fiumphacfc; s, afu. 

afmn' = al'uw mu. — ariuii'-bayenj, s. ode. 
I'll HI I'll II 11, red. V. f'uuu (q. c), to turn, root or d'nj up; bataf'o 
lie n'ano f. fam'. 

o-riiniiii, jtl. al'iiinf'o, ni- [aruw-nui-ni], clown, rustic, pcnsanl; 
a person wlio leads a secluded life on his plantation, hardly ever 
coininji; to the town, and hence is li/norinit of the rules and manners 
of the more extended spheres of social life; ai/n. kodaafuom', kura- 
aseni; cf. okuafo. 

a Cu 111': bo at'., te af. (cf. gfonni). 

afiin-sie, inf. [efunu sie] burial, funeral, interment; funeral 
rites, ot)se(juies; in: 1569. st/n. amusie; cf. ayi. 

afiin-soa, /«/". [efunu soa] a kind of necromancy, viz. ffie corr/j- 
inij of a corpse, during- wliidi the dead person is supjiosed or [»re- 
tendcd to direct the carriers to the house or j)erson of his murderer. 
Vlir. efunu asi no, ttte corpse fias fiit fiiin i.e. jwinted fiim out as tfic 
viitnlerer ; pr. llOo. vt'iiun ada-ase, ffte corpse fias fjicen tfianfcs, i.e. 
lias not flit. 

fit 11 1 u 111, V. to turn, root, or di(j up, brerdc or tear uji; lojiloio/Ii; 
si/n. fetew, funu, fumfunu; c/'. fenteni. — funtum afuw no so -r^ tutu 
fam' fa teetOe asase no. 

ariinluiiicreku, s. futuinerefu. 

a ill 11 tu infra: edi af., it is jumbled or fiuddled togctfier, it is a 
oiedtei/, mlniftcd and confused mass, Jumble, fiodi/e-podc/c ; wodi af. 
^^ wodi afrafra, wgafrafra mu, tfte// are mixed tiujetficr. 

fun II, V. [red. fumfunu q. v.] to diij, di<j up; sijn. funtum; f. 
amoa ^= tu tokuru wg fam'. 

fun 11, a. fcf. efunu, n.] dead, rotten, useless, good for notfiin;/, 
u'ortlitess, cite; gsekan-funn, a fcnife tfiat is not sfuirp; s. asemfunu, 
gbedefunu. 

e-fiiiiii, pl.A-, corpse, dead hodtj of a man, more decently called 
amii; pr.liOS. carcass; of animals it is only used when coin]tound- 
ed with, or put in aj)position to, tbeii' names: oguah-funu, a dead 
sfteep; cf. afunsie, afunsoa. 

afuniun, afimiim-ponko, s. afurura. 

ofruinma, navel; cf. yafunu. 

afiiuii-soa, inf. s. afunsoa. Obi wu na wose, obi na akum no a: 
Ilea wose okum no no, wosc: funu asi no (nekara); opp). funu ada- 
ase --= wan si. 

a fiio, Ak. -^ afuw. — afuoi'o = mfumfo, s. ofumni. 



140 ofiipo — fi'itdruw. 

o-fiipo [afuw ope] a season of the year, intermediate hehvceu 
the rainy and the dry season. 

afupoiiko, F. camel. Mt. 19,24. 23,24. cf. afrumpguko, yoma. 
fiira, V. Ak. fira, 1. to pnt on, viz. ntamu, a uer/ro-drcss con- 
sisting of a large piece of cloth which is wrapped round the body; 
red. fnrafura, jjr. 644. — cf. lira, hye. — .?. n'ani afura or afira, he 
is l>lind; wafura n'ani, lie has blinded him. — o-rura-taiii, vpj). ade- 
mu-tam. — fura-tamrij ntama a wafura awia, enyc nca wode kata 
wo so anadvvo. 

iifurado, F. hJindly, rashly, unadvisedly. 

furefiire, the young of the sharks, pr. 1166. 
O-furei, a kind of river-fish, syn. nnomma. 
fiirow. V. [red. fiirofurow] to hrcaJc off or an-ay, lireal- into 
snudl pieces, crunthle (tr.d-intr.) — Ofuro dan, Ak.^owosow dan, 
Akp., he Irrealcs or crnmUes off the clay from the house or its wall; 
wafurow dokono no mii ; ofurof. asikre; dokono no'afi'irofurow. 

mfiirofurowa, crumb; small fragments ov 2>ieces; syn. niporo- 
porowa. 

o-furu, 1. the mate or stomach of a beast, or (contemptuously 
used, of a man; cf. dawadwa, nsonokese, ayam'de. Onipanni fiiru; 
wo yam' wg furu, you hare a maw like a beast, i.e. you are a glutton! 
— 2. pith, the white, soft, spongy substance in the centre of many 
plants and trees (ade a eda duam', eye inerew kyoii korow, nso 
ehoa; broferc mu wg f.). 

a fur 11, the belly; the womb; cf. yam', yafunu, ayaase, funuma; 
pr.lo6. — n'afuru ahye, his belly is swollen or blown out; wafa 
afuru, she is with child, cf. yem. 

fur II ban J a. white; syn. fufu, fita; ne ho aye f. sc hyirew, lie 
has become as white as chcdk. 

furufuru, a. mellow (of the soil or a glebe); p)oicdery, dusty, 
crumbly; fam' ho aye f., the soil there is mellow. [G. fru, frufru, flu, 
fluflu.] 

afur u ni, ^>?. m-, ass, dojdcey. [G. tedsi.] 

afti ruui-poiiko [afrump. afuuuinp. afriip.] [d. m-, the mule. 
[F. afupgukg, camel; G. aflukpgiigg, afiikp.] 
furuntum,' o-furuntuin, s. fruntum. 

futu, V. [G. id.] to mix, = fra; fa nsfi no futuin', viix th(d 
pcdm-winc with the old one. 

afutu, s. afotu. — Afutu,j^r. n. of a town & country and of aman. 
afutu-afutu, ^^r. llT'l. 
mfiituma, dust of the ground or lying on objects; mf. wo poii 
so; popa mf. no; cf. tutuw. 

mfutiima-kokoilini, a small insect that always goes backward. 

futumerefu, pr. 1172. fl"'- ^-?^>^'-'"^- 

f Lituru, ^)?. m-, red futurufuturu, a. raw, unwrought, in the 

natural or primitive state, consisting of small particles; sika mf. or 



oriitiiniriitiirii — al'iiwdow. 141 

sikafi'ituni, luttive r/old, ffold-dust; dw6t6 mi'., dwctcfutiirn, nniivc 
silrcr; altrolx; mt'., fJic fibres of the }>hu'-<ip])l(' Irarrs (rf. firiwa); 
asawa inf., rtdv cotton; uhwea ff. =^ nliwr-a a nsii iiiiim' na awo. 

o-riitiiriiruliini, a boast, ^o-. ll'i.'l. 
I'll w, V. [Ak. I'll; proh. related witli fi, v. =- fiw] to shoot up, 
ronic forth ahnnitdiitlif, grow Juxtirutnthj or rrnill//; nwura refuw 
asaso no so, mats arc shootini/ up on tluU hoid. — ;.-'. to ovcryrow: 
okwan yi afinv, this iroi/ is orcrf/rown. — .->. fr. to consc to (/ro/r, to 
ijct bif (jroirth. jirodnce j>]cntifnll// {hah; feathers): mo tiri fuw dweii, 
/ am (fcttin;/ (/nii/ hair; no ti afuw, liis head is covered with hair, 
pr. 669. onnya nifiiw bogycsc c, lie has (jot no beard yet ; anoma. no 
aiuw ntakara, tlie bird has (jot feathers; nnoma no, won ho fuwi 
ansa-na niekoyii won, the birds were fledge wltcn I tooJc them. — 4. 
no bo fuw, his breast heaves, groivs, sicells, \.q. he gets angry; nc 
bo afuw me, he is angry with me; syn. ofa abufuw, wafa me ab. — 
//•. ofuw nic bo, he eauses my breast to swell, i.e. he proroh's me to 
anger, males me angry, syn. oyi me abufuw. — .-7. [prob. related 
with fua] to unite in holding: wofuw no afweno, they together hold 
him in order to flog him; fwo may bo omitted and still be under- 
stood: g-ne ne nua afuw me, he and his brother June flogged nie; s. 
don (.^ di .. inl'iiai'ifVvo; monkofuw adwuma no ho hkowio = mo 
nh. muiikosuso ad\v. no mu na monye, you all sfiall unite in, con- 
jointly put your hands to, tJie worJc to finisJi it. 

afuw, Ak. afuo, pl.m-, 1. planttition, cultivated ground, field 
occupiod by voj^etablos which have been planted; V. okwii, Og. ham'. 
In c'om[)onnds the prefix is lost: gdofuw, abrodofuu-, abnrofuwj ban- 
kyefuw; so with kdko, mankani, afwere, kafe, asawa, ase, nkru- 
ma, ntgrowa, I'lkato, atwo, utoa... Cf. dow af. — 2. i*\ weeds, = Akr. 
wura, hwura. 

afuwa, j^L m-, [afuw, diyn.] a little plant(dion; gdow af. 
iiifiiwa, an old jdantation now given up so that the bush grows 
on it afresh; - a place cleared of trees; babiara a wgatwitwa ho 
nnua nhina. 

Ill III \v a-ui 11 i, a former pluntalion given up about eight years 
ago, where the bush has reached a man's height('.?^ — kwae a wga- 
dgw no bcye mfrihyia 8 a.s. 10. 

A fuw a, Afua [=Afiwa] jj>-. n. of a girl born on Friday. Gr. 
§41,4. 

afu w-(l o w, inf. the cutting of the bush; af. ye yaw, - is troutAe- 
some; af. adu so, noiv it is time to cut the bush. 

Fw. 

Tho. combination of these two letters is not a compound of the 
common f and \V (the f in it being formed by the tongue and both 
lips), but a palato-labial transformation from the gutturo-labial 
combination liw^ wbich has still been retained for it in Fante dia- 
lects. — It occurs before o, e, i, in Ak. also before a (f\Va = lnva, 
hua). It interchanges not only with hw and I'llnv or I'nv, but also 



142 fwa — anfweji. 



with h, f, S5 e.g. f\vinta, Ak. ;= hintaw ; fwinti, siinti, Ak. = fintsiw, 
F., & hintiw. 

fwa, fwa and other words containing these tln-ee combined 
letters in Ak., ,9. hiia, hua... 

fwH., imit. expression of the wliiszing of a ball flying tlirongh 
the air: korabo nam m'aso ho fwa beseiie, a hullei passed my car 
ivifh a tvhizzing sound. 

fwo, V. [F. hvve; red. fwefwe, g. v.] 1. to direct the eye toward 
an object so as to see it (always implying intentioncd, not acciden- 
tal, seeing, in contradistinction from hu); to look (at, on), to view; 
to eye; to consider; cf.He, interj. - pr. 140. 894. 1218. 1318. 2081. 2393. 

— 3. to fix the eyes upon, look cd or see tvith attention, behold; to look 
at in order to imitate, cf. 12 a. pr. 1232. — 3. to learn, infer, knoiv : 
da no a wuhu no sfi a, fwe se woawo wo foforo, wJtcn you hare come 
to this, you may know that you have been born again. — 4. kgfwe 
(.. anim), to visit, call on, wait upon; mekgfwe no, I am going to 
Cfdl on him. — 5. to look after; to wrdch, guard; to keep, tend, attend, 
wad on, nurse (gyarefo, ap(dient); to feed (nnuan, nantwi, mpruko); 
to take care of, maintain, ptrovide /b>"(nneduafo, ahiafo);jjr. .97^j. 101. 
cf. 12 d. — 6. fwe.. yiye, to look well (to), to mind, take care, be 
careful; fwe wo adwuma yiye, mind your u'ork; fwe yiye na wo- 
ammg kuruwa no, t(dce care not to break the jug; fwe woho yiye na 
woaiil'wo ase, be careftd lest you fall: cf. 12 c. — 7. to expect, de- 
sire, want : mefwe se moba ho bi, / want you to come there too. — 
8. fwe .. gkwan, to look out for, expiect, toad for (expectantJy). — !t. 
fwe ..akyi, a) =^ fvve.. atiko, to look after, s. 1. — b) to look for 
the things in one's absence, prepare (something to eat) for one's re- 
turn. — 10. fvve.. mu, ^0 looJc, pry ov pteep into; inspect, examine. 

— 11. fwe.. anim, a) to look into one's face. — b) to have a regard 
for; fwe m'anim ye ma no, do it for him to please me, to favour me 
with it, for my sake. — c) to visit; mebefwc wo anim, I come to visit 
you. — d) to expect (= fwe okwan): ofwe m'anim' wg Osu 'ne, he 
expects to see my face to-day at Osu. — 12. f we .. so, a) to look upon 
(cf. 2); fwe so kyerew, look on (it) write i.e. copy it; fwe so ye, 
imitate it. — b) to examine, review, revise: fvve nea makyerew yi so. 
look at ichat I have written and correct it; to overlook, survey. — 
c) to inspect, control, superintend, govern, rule, Gr. § 21.3. — d) to 
look after, tend (cf. 5): gfvve nnuan so; gbea gyigyefo fvve abofra 
so. — e) to do carefully: fvve so kan, read (it) carcfnlly. — 13. fvve,. 
atiko, to look after (one). — 14. to try, in hua ,. or hujTm .. fvve, 
ka... fvve, sg.. fvve, twa.. fvve, ye,, fvve &c. ka^n nhoma yi fvve. 
try to read this book. 

fwe! interj. fimp. of fvve, v.] see! behold! look /here! to! fake 
notice! observe! s. fweofvveo. 

11 fwe, F. prop, don't you sec? = look here! 
Q-t'w e, inf. looking, beholding c^c. visited ion; care; j^yovidenceiOc. 
ail fwe-a, (adv.) F. perhaps, prop, tinlooked for [= woanfvVe a]; 
= Akr. ebia; - most probeddy : woanfvvp-a, gkg a, gmma bio, irhen 
he goes away, he will most probidily come no more. 



I'vVo — iitVvcboni'. 143 



fwo, V. [jTcd. fwefwe] 1. to fall, fumble, drop (used of sin{j;le 
things and never without a locative complement, whereas gu, to 
full, is used of a collective multitude and can stand witliout a com- 
|»lciiu'nt, like to, which is used of single things). — fVve ase, fwe 
fam', to full down, fdl io ilie (/roioid; ofii dua so fvvee fam', he fell 
(loint from a tree. — fwe.. so [cf. gu..so], fo fdl to (an action) /rif/i 
('(((jrnirss, ntpiddji; ode twee so, oliurnw fwee kwah so, ofwee kwan 
so yeredede, he hastened on in his joitrnei/. — 2. with the (ik.c. v. 
de, to eanse to fall, throw doivn: mframa de me dan afwe fam', the 
irind has thrown mi/ lionse down. — 3. tr. to strike, heat; (ne ba wu 
awereho nti ode ntama-gow abo aboso, na) ode ne nsa tVve ne yam', 
.s7/r lieats her hreast iCr. in loud wailing; to flo[f, seourye, rudfjel; to 
chastise, rhasfen, panish ; - ofwee no mpire, he tvhimjed him; of wee 
no hambamham, tiltata, fwetorg. — /. fo stinf/, of wasps or other 
stinging insects numerously falling on man. — :'>. fo icef thoroiq/ld/j, 
dreneh, soaJ,-, of rain; osu fwee me fwee me fwee me ara, / was eon- 
tinuedlji exposed fo lieavij rain. = G. ofvve mu = oboa, Ite fells a lie. 

fwo, V. = fwew. pr. 1785t cf. fwebom', 
o-l'\Vc, inf. fdlin;/.... fla<itjin(j, easfiytdion, ehasfisemcnf, ptimish- 
ment. 

o-f\Vt', a shrid) the leaves and seeds of which, jiounded and jnit 
in water, kill fishes. 

c-fVvo, (I defective prepnce; oyarc or gye fwe, lie has a df. prp. 

I'wr, faint era of a child; - bo f., fo irhimper, whine. 

fwO^ imif. expression of the sound of a flute or of whisflwy; 
s. fwircMua. pr. 633. 

f\V(;, Ak. fwete, somethine/, anyflumj, -- biribi(ara) - in neg. 
sentences: nothiny; fwe nnim', there is iwthiny in (it), it is emptu; 
wunnim fwe, you hnownothiny, you are alfoyefher iynorant, fwe anye 
me, 111) harm has befallen me; woammfi fwe ara anye no, he was 
jireserred unhurt; ontumi nye me fwe, he eannot do me any harm. 
— red. fwefwe, fwefwefwe. 
af \V 6 a, a kind of mole. 

e-fw eji', pi. n-, the scrotum., jntr.se. — afweabci, testicle, stone. 
u fw oa, a larye knife ii.sed for ehoppiny off the head; cf. oyiwan. 

fwojl, fweawa, Ak. = iioawa, wax. pr. 712. 

fwoafwca, a. narrow, pointed, faperlny; abantenten no fw. 
0-f\vrain, the cnrrent or swiftest part of a river ; asubgnten 
mfinimtini a eye den a eta ade no; asu no fw. ;1no ye den, fhe rirer 
has a strony current. 

nfwo-aiiim', inf. [fwe anim] looliny each oilier i)i the face; 
s. di 87; syn. mmoanim. 

f Vv (' as a Ml iii «') [efwe ase a, emmo, whe7i it falls down, if does 
not Itreuli] a larye earthen bottle; cf. abodeammg. 

fVve-hcrc, a time of visitation. 
nfwe-bom', inf. (fr. fwew, to bale out, draw, viz. the water of 
a tish-pond or pO(d, i^c bom', to iniife, viz. in catching or taking out 



144 fwede — efwciievva. 

the fishes and sharing them]; di I'lfsv., to make common cnusc,j(un 
interests, associate; ef. di 81. 

fwe-de, sj)y-glass; syn. kyikyi. 

.ifwede [f\ve ade] a deed for which one deserves a flogffinrj or 
chastisement. Luk. 12, iS. 

arVvcc, a place for taling a view, lonl-ing oat or watch in g, look- 
out, watch-tower, ohservatori/ ; e.g. the highest part of a biiihling or 
mountain which commands a wide view. 

0-f \V e f , j??. a-, looker; overseer, superintendent, survejfor, in- 
spector, director; tear den; (/uardian; curator, trnstee; keeper, con- 
servator, preserver; herdsman, shepherd; pastor, parson, curate, 
hishop; ruler, chief; cf. oguanfwefo, asat'o-so-t'\Vefo. — o-lwero- 
panyii'i, j>/. a-m-, hisliop, chief ov (/enercd overseer, superintendent. 

— o-twetb-kuuini, ^j/. a-, arclthishop. 

fwefwe, red. v. fvve, q. v. — to look repeatedly and intensely, 
hence to look for, seek, search for; to endeavour, attempt, strive. Me 
ptine ayera, mefwefwe na minhu, I Jt/xve lost a needle, I am seeking 
for it and do not find it. pr.2S4. 1192-90. 

at'Vvut'we, 2)1 -n-, looking-glass, mirror, glass; pane, plate or 
piece of glass. Mefwefwe m'afwefwe mafvve, / a)n seeking my glass 
to look (into if). — afVyclwc-bo^, diamond; jas2)er. (Ex.2S,17.) 

afwefwede, F. desire; cf. apedc. 
fwefwefwe, adv. s. fwe; omfra fw, = korjx; s. abomfia. 

c-f vV e m 111 o e, one tvho snulfles, S2)eaks through the nose; cf. bo 70. 

afwcm-pgii, inf. [pon afwene] bleeding rd the nose. 
f \V 111 p o w , a swelling of the nose. 

fwGi'i, r. [>Tf/. fwinfweh] to strike, give a Mow or slap; ofwen 
n'asom' = obo no sotore. — 2. to inquire about or concerning a cliild 
in tlie mother's womb: 6fw6h oba, okofweh ne yere wo okomfo n- 
kyen. (Obarima ko a ne yere yem no, ode no kg okomfo bi nkyeh 
nawakobisanebaaowoyafunum' no anom' asem, se obeba no den? 
oye obarima a.s. gbea? a.s. den na ogye ansa-na waba.) 

afVvo i*i-af\Vcn, adv. in greed distances; won nttim' dpj\h af,, 
they are separated far from one another; nnuano sisi af. = emmeii, 
the trees are not close. 

a-fwcnakroii, ^j7. n-, a kind of hat; s. ampan. 

e-fweiic, Ak. ehweh, nhwen, F. ehwen, 1. the nose; obo ne fw. 
kasa, okasa ne fwenem', he sj^eaks through the nose, snuffles; ne f\V. 
dwa ahuhm = oye dwae, lie is haughty. ■ — 2. the spout or project- 
ing mouth of a pitcher or jug, directing the stream of a liquid poured 
out; the beak of a lamp; the eye of a needle. — e-f\Veiicur, the in- 
ner part of the nose, nostrils. — f\veiiem'-ktiru, sores within the nose. 

— fwencm-tokuru, nostril. — fwene-iitam", the upper part of the 
nose between the eyes. — afwene: gpgn afw., he bleeds at the nose. 

e-f\venee, p)^- 1^"> ^^- =^ ahene, Akr., bead. 
e-f\venewa, i>?. ii-, Ak. = ahenewa, Akr,, a kind oi beads ; 
s. ahene. 



{ilwenheina — fweto. 145 



iirwori-hcniJi, icJiifc-nosc, --= osiljl. 
IW oil 11 or I', [efwene, dore?] snot, stiicei: miuns. pr. ll'.)9. 

()-f\\' I'li-toa, uliw. [■■= ih'in nose] a kind oi' per firtne ov sweef- 
stiiel/iii;/ sjiiecs (oliilAin bi). 

c-l'woii til, 0-, (I iiosrle.ss j)ers(ni, i»ic irliose )iosc has been euf o/f 
hy fi disease or by w;iy of punishment, pr. :>71. l.'.'00a..23.'i:?. 

;it'\V 11-1 u, i)if. erddifdtion. eucisioiK (les/riicfiou of f lie nose. 

[ir. 12001. 

I'n'n' o 11-11 lia. [ytVvi'ue diia] the )iose; opakiini ye wo a, fa ntania 
bo nsiighyew niu toto wo f\V. 

fweo-fVvoo, a by-nanie of tlic do)/; s. the foil. & gkranian. 

fwo-0 [fwe, inij). &o, Gr. J; 144. 145,2.] behold! lo! look here! 

fwo-O, f\Vo-o, hollo, holloa! he//, ho! alfend! here! jr. 1537. 
f.f, a\vc a orckg no ('•! holloa, friend, who goes there! 

iVvor, V. F. = fwere, to sjiend (yGurs, Fs.90,U.)] to lose (life, 
soul), Mt.Kl,'.')/. iikonihyenyi nfwer enidzi, a prophet is notivithoid 
honour, Mt. lo,.i7. 

t'vVoro, V. to spend; to waste, squander, consume (money, pro- 
perty); to use »j> (a lead-pencil): to 2)ass (t'lm^i); to e.ihaust (strcn'^th) :, 
niefweree sika pi na niede niebaa gdah niu hayi, it cost tne much 
inonei/ (I had nian// expenses) before I could occupi/ this lodyimj; 
niafw. ni'adagyew iihina, / have spent all my leisure. — 3. to lose, 
forfeit, deprive one's self of : fw. tiri, to expose or lose one's life, 
}r. 1592. i'\\. debisafo, senigdebgfo, yere,j:r. 1700. 3569.3587. — S.intr. 
to be spent, wasted, consumed, exhausted...; gdgn no af were, the watch 
is ((jone) down; asawa no afwere, the wicJc (or candle) has burned 
doirn; m'adagyew nliina ne ni'ahoedei'i nhinil afwere, all mi/ time 
has past awai/ and all in// strein/th is exhausted. — Si/n. see; sii, ma, 
esa. [G. fite; ta.] Cf. adefvverede. 

fweree, n-, a-, Ak. s. fwerew, a-. 

fwofcde, ani/thin(/, with 7ie(/. v. notliinn; si/n. kora; cf. fwe, 
fwete; ebiara nnim' fw., there is notliiny in it at all. 
iifVvuredc, jj?. n-, a kind of ^a/,- s. ampan. 
o-lVvorein', s. ofwirem; pr.604.1201f. 

fwereniu-kyew, F. crown of thorns. 

Iworciiu'i, s. ofwirenia. 

fworcWj Ak. nfweree, hkyekyere, wild siKjar-canc, a kind 
a fwerew, Ak. afweree, sugar-cane. [o^ grass. 

fw(>row, adv. unawares, all at once; niebefii so ara fw. — 
syn. nipofirim. 

0-fVv^e-sie, inf. [fwe, sie] proride)ice. 

I'lfwosi), inf. overseeing ... (s. fwe so); pattern, example; origi- 
nal; biribi a eda lig a worefwe asusuw so aye bi; cf. nsusuwso, 

fwetafvVeta, a. acute, /loinlcd. sharp; wama me gsekan a 
a no (ye) fw. — cf. nnam. 

f wot O, Ak. rrr f\VO. 

lU 



146 fwete — fwim. 



fwete, V. 1. to scrape^ scratch; red. fvvetefwete: akoko fw. 
sumana so. — - 2.to scatter, disperse (f\v.. gu, bo .. fw., id.; mefw. won 
magu, I shaU dis^iersethem); - to squander, dissipate; - to spread, 
stretv; - to sprinkle, rf. pete; - to dissolve (parliament); to hrcaknp 
(a meeting). — 3. to he scattered, dispersed, dissipated, squandered 
(a capital, pr. 1062)\ to he dissolved; tohcin disorder. — 4. to spread, 
he diffused: bore no afwete (adodo, adidi ako) ne honam nliina mu. 

f w e ti, fwiti, the point of a knife, billhook &e. [= fwene ano.] 

fwe-toro, s, fw. 3. si/u. bo-toro. 

fwew, V. [red. fwifwew] to suck in, draw into tJie mouth (wa- 
ter, marrow from a bone); cf. few & fwirew 2. 

f w e Wj V. [red. fwefwew] 1. to throw out or off or to sweep) awan 
(water with the hand); ofwew n'anim fifiri, lie removes the sweat of 
his face with his hand ; ofwew me nsa ]i5 nsu, he fUiii/s off the water 
on his hand hy a jerk; nsu giui pon so na mede me nsa mefwew 
migui; - to hale a boat; nsu ba korow mu a, wode kora ana nsa 

fwew gu; - to draw (off), drain, empty; cf. nfwebom' 3. ofvvew 

aben mu = onim abeh-hyeh yiye. 

afVve-\vo-da(bi), nea waye wo yiye pen, a former henef actor of 
yours, pr. 11S8. 

nfwe-yem', F. [nfwe-yiye mu] advisedly, considerately. 

fwl, haste, eagerness; oboo fwi kofae, he went and took it ha- 
stily, snatched it away; cf. fwim. 

f\V! (fwli), fwitWi, adv. expressing the crackincj, clajipiny, or 
rather the hissivy sound of a whip or switch: ode aba no too no so 
fwii fwii fwii. 

fwl' (fwii), inter j. in pa fwi', an acclamation of consent. 

fwidom, a kind oi locust; s. abebcw. 

f \V i c, V. '[red. fwiefwie] 1. topour out from a vessel, usually com- 
bined with gu; fwie kuruwa yim' nsu gu, ponr out the water con- 
tained in this jug; fwie nsu gu kuruwa yim', p)Ot(r water into this 
jug. — 2. to S2)ill, shed; ofwie mogya = oka mogya, he spills or 
sheds hlo'od by murder. — 3. to he spilled, nsa no afwie agu, Luc.5,37. 
— 4. Akp. ofwie, he celehrates the yam-custom, = onia ne bosom de, 
Ak. otwa dwira, ohye fa. — 5. ofwie nsa, he makes or offers a liha- 
iion of palm-win'c. 

afwio, inf. [fwie i.] Akp. ilte yam-custom =odwira; afwie adu. 
afVvie-f;ya, afwiegya, the fuel for the fire kept during the yara- 
custora; unyansin a wgde apagya gya so wo adiwo, da a edi kan 
a wokum gya fs. kum 11.] no kosi da a wowie afahye no. 

afwie-sa, afwiesii, i\\e palm-wine {nsii)ov rum hrouyhf as a drink- 
offering or lihation; s. fwie 5. 

fwifwi, adv. slightly, supoficially ; okasa asem yi ho fw., he 
speaks slightingly of this matter. 

fwifwi, unsteady, fickle; ghene nennam fw. a, wotu no so, 
wJien the king is unsteady, wayivard, capricious, he is dethroned. 

fwim J v. 1. to snatch away; =^ luuXm, Ak. fwam; wafsVim me 



fwim — g 6. 147 

nsain' osi'-kun no; f'wiin (fi) iKMisam'! — ^. F. wobekji nscinbon 
ato Iiom do akotVviin, tlicji sluill sa// evil ((t/dinsf i/ok ftilscl//. Mt.'>,U. 

I'Vviin, IVviiiiruiui, ddr. Iiasfih/, spenJil//, iiimblij, hurricdlj/, 
sudfchiiKjli/; omaa n'adesoa so fwim, he sicif'tlij took up his loud; 
omaa no nan so tV\ iui I'vviin, he hurried auuiii; — (u. hasfe, speed, 
hiirri/.) F\Vfm-f'\vim-atlo ko sorgwsorgw, lighUi) won, liylidif (/one. 

IW iii(;i, Ak. = liintaw. [pr.'LJOi. 

iWiiiti, sunti, Ak. = liintiw. 

iwir, hvvir, F. [Kng. wlieel'!! G. swili] cj/itriof. Cf. teaseynam. 
()-t"\V iro 111', tVvironr, a prickji/ shrub, growing;' to a hoiglit of 6 
i'cot, brier; n'aba ne no tlua no wg nsgc-nsgc; jjr. 004. 1201 f. Heb.G,S. 
(f. nsgo, rinuare. — fVviromii-kyo, s. gfwcrem, 

o-f\Vireniiiia, ivhisllnuj, hissing. — bg f\v., to ivliisilc; gbg f\v. 
fwf'fwe ; wgmfa awerelio mmg f\v.; onipa ani gy e a, na gbgf w. pr. 1306. 

fVvircii, r. to penetrate, pieree; brctdc ov get through ; cdgm 
no abg afwiren mu abefi ha, tlte (hostile?) etrnu/ hove foreed. their 
n-ug through and hare come out or appeared in tJiis place. 

fw iron t'wireii, a. acute, p)ointed, sharp, having or ending 
in a sharp point; = fwetafweta. 

11 fw ire 11, flower, blossom, pr.684. — gu nf\v., to bloom, blos- 
som, flower; dua no agu nf\v., tJie tree blossoms; dua no hf\v. agu 
())• atg, the blossoms of the tree are fallen down. 

fVvirew, fwirow, v. [red. fwirefwirow] 1. f\v. ran, to pierce, 
run through or i}do, perforate: gde sekah f\V. dua no mu, - onipa 
no mu, lie thrust his knife into the tree, - he stabbed the man tvith his 
knife. — 2. to sip, draw (in), imbibe; to drink (hkwan, soup); syn. 
iiom. 

fwirow, draught (of a fluid); bg fCv. biako pe na f\ve! take 
only one draught and try (it) ! 

iifwirow-inu, (inf.) the diameter of a globe. 

fVviti, s. fwGti. 

This letter in genuine Tshi words occurs as a guttural conso- 
nant, before the vowels o & u; before (o) e & i, and also before n, 
it becomes palatal and assumes the accessory sound of y, which, 
however, before i, i, e, is less distinct. — The gutturo-labial com- 
bination ^w, when united with the vowel a, is written gua, and, 
when followed by o, c, i, is changed into dw (excepting some Fante 
dialects). — The simple consonant g may in a few cases interchange 
with k; s. borggg. 

ga, does not occur in Tshi words; gya is used in its stead. 

gar eg a, name of a sort of cloth brought from the interior; 
s. ntama. 

ge, ge, gi, does not occur, but gyc, gyi; only when the 
or i is nasal, we might sometimes be inclined to write merely g 
instead of gy; but, as the nasal consonant, when put before it, does 



148 geiiefienen — goroww. 

not change it into the decided sound of ii, we must keep to fry 
(ff. gyenenuyenefi, nnyinaso, fr. gyenen, gyina), perhaps with the 
sole exception of the following. 

gen en en en, adv., n., iinglivg ; but s. gyeiiennyenen. 
agegenu [G.] dokono a wgahono no ne ewo ana asikre afra, 
a kind of pap or thick beverage made of water, bread, and honey 
or sugar. 

g i n g a n , = ol^'iilt 'nn ■ 

girase, j)/.!!-, ry/r/.y.'?, iri)ic-(/lass; cf. tomere. 

go does not occur, but go, go, gu. 

go, v. Ak, = goro, Ak. = goru, Akr. 

go, V. F. =^ gow, Akr., gono, Ak. — won do bogo, F. ^^ wgu 
do jino bedwo, ML 24,12. 

go, adj. Ak. F. = gow. 

go, adc. in a croivd'f wopia kohyee lio go, then <dl ioijeilier ran 
fo the spot. 

go, a kind of reed; syu. abiVbow; s. kete. pr. 3021. 
ago, inf. 1. plaii, amia^eineitt (=ii^oryiy. 2. aff'ahilitji, lindness 
(if manners, cirilitij, .S()ri(djlencss; wunim ago, i/on are sociable, yon 
know how to treat, attract or ol)li(je one. 
ago, velvet; cf. bofua, agodwumahono. 

ilgo, inter}, a salutation in or before entering a house by night, 
announcing that a visitor is coming; pr.fio. cf. amr-. 

I'l go, s. nno. 

Jigo-bone, lit. Inid play; liccntionsness, dcbanch. 
agode [ago ade] play-fhiny, toy; trifle. 

tigoden [agoru a eye den] a sericnis p)lay; wogoru ag., tliey 
play harshly, forcibly. 

o-gofo, Ak. ogofo, pi. a-, /. jilayer (sinner and datieer); Jilay- 
mate ; pi. gofo, the chorns, the conijiany of sijiyers (in a play) an- 
swering to the precentor. — ;J. (in nnf<iit]ifnl wife, lewd woni((n. 
a g o-d w u m a, bono , velvet. 
Jigo-bia, jjr. 1207. 

ago-bina [nno ahinaj jiof af palm-oil. pr. 1208. 
ogo-hyg-ase, promise of a play. jtr. 1209. 
ago-kyew, a velvet eap. 

O-gom, sloivness, tardiness; neg. nti onnya biribi. yr. 622.1210. 
a go-mere w [agoru a eye nierew, agorupa] a soft, yenflc, rea- 
sonable play; wogoru ag., they play gently. 

agona-ne-toa, a kind of ^j/«w/«/;?; s. gborode. 
gono, v. Ak. s. gow, V. 

go I'l nono, red. v. Ak. s. gugow; ggonnonom' =ogugow' mi'i. 
goro, Ak.=r go, Akr. goru. — tigoro, Ak.^=ago, Akr. agoru. 
goro, Gy. --= nkyekyerewa. 
goroww, gorowgorgw, a. 1. weak, faint, feeble, languid, 



i 



(h(U; .s//». bil'tc, bi-o}i:<i, bruko, morow, si;\mo... Oyaro aye no fj. -^ 
ajjurow no; okom uti wayo j;-. - wa^urow ; ii'aniwa ayg '^. ^ biamo; 
m'jikwa mil aye me g. — m'akwa mu nni alioodon bio. ■ — ;J. gg., 
irafcrish; iiisi/)i(l, rajiid, (((s/cJcfis (nkwaii, iisa). - H. Inkciranii ; 
iisu no aye g. ^=^ botfiroboclwo. 

nor II, /'. |/Tf^ gugoruV] Ak. go, goro, /. If) />!((//, sjtorl, jrttl- 
ic, (liocrt or (unnsc one's self (mmofra g. abonteii so; agyinamoa, 
mpata g.; g. asat'o, pr. tl7S.). — ^^ lo he (if <i friciidlii, rotuiiniiiico- 
iirc (lis/iosili())i, he soridblc ; o-nebiara gorn, he is frionll// iril/i crerif 
bodt/ ; o-ne bi nnorii, fit' is Kiisoriahfe: - lolidcc iiilerconrsc, he inti- 
iiiaic ivilh f(((/i other, pr. J'iliT. — .V. foj)hi/fforni(i)iei/, io(j(iiiible; ef. 
tow nlioina, tow ntrania, si ntew. — i. fo perpetrKtc some vvieked- 
ness; g. agiiaman-noru, lo eoiioiiil f'oniiention ; g-ne bea g., Itc eom- 
ihUs irhoredom, adtdierif; - g. abayigoru, io pmelise ivifcJu-raff. — 
.'). g. bo, ii) to iiioek (d, deride, seo^'. - bjfo negleet, slight, pr. 1219. 

.•i5i,-oru, inf. Ak. ago, agorg, ]. plat/ing; plai/, sport, amusement, 
(•spec, sintiin;/ and daneimj; pr. 1:211-18. game; gu ag., to give. up (i 
pldi/. — Ji\ sociid/leness. friendliness; onnim ag., he knows no Joke, 
is soitrniinded ; s. ago. — Different kinds of play, consisting of 
singing and dancing (s. asaw), are: adewa (a common name); of 
women: bewa, adenknm, nnyane; of men: dasiimmfin, dwae, agye- 
niannare, alienkwa', onnibiamane, unontwuwa, paw', asafo,osekye, 
asibelete, antorepira. Other ])lays are: oware-tow, dam-di or -to, 
at\\e-di or -sisi or -tow &c. (Miildr(!n's plays: aba, ba-bg, odo-tow, 
amfiaiiinani, esono-ne-ne-mma i^c. 

a li'o ni-ni'i , inf. the giving np of a j'tog. 

a g- OS a 11 a, pr. 2135. 

o-sj^o-sojilo, j>?. a-, palm-oil carrier [nno, soa, fo] pr. 1220. 

a_u:o-t ras() [ogorn a ctra so] a play carried to excess; wngorn 
ag. a, kansese eye a, wo ani wu akyiri, if you plag overmuch, though 
it be nothing bad, you will afterwards feel ashamed. 

i'OW, V. [red. gugow; Ak. gono, red. gonnono] 1. to slack, 
slacken, relax, loosen: a) to become slack, be made lax, i.e. less tense, 
firm or rigid, to become loose; liama yi mu agow, e.s. emu yeree, 
na afei asah aye 'merew. — b) to render slack, make less tight, 
make loose; gow wo amirikatu mu, slack thy riding. 2 Ki. 4,24. — 
2. fo weaken: a) to become weak; ne nsam' agow, his arms are weak; 
- b) to make weak, infirm, feeble: onipa foforo no gow nipa dedaw 
no mu. — 3. to soften: a) to become soft, tender, mellow: duaba no 
abere na erinowe e; aduan a woanoa no agow = aye merew; - 
t>) to make soft. — i. ho gow, nsam' gow, to become easy, comfort- 
(il)le: neho agow no, prop, every thing around him is soft. i.e. he 
has an easy comfortable life, = ne ho adwo no (asem bi nni ne so, 
nanso biribiara a gfwef'we, ne nsa ka); ne nsam' agow:^-wape ade 
anya bi; cf. 2 a) — 5. to moderate, restrain: ogow (= odvvoo) n'a- 
ni kae, she said in aiuunder-tone or modesdy. — tutu wo anan gow 
mu di kail, go before slowly. — (>. mu gow, to be spacious: gdaii 
yi mu gow, litis room is spacious; opp.' cmw kyere, it is narrow. 



150 gow — o-u. 

gow, j)7. agow-agow, I. n. fragment, piece, damaged part, rag, 
rcfunant: remains, ruins; cf. ofa, fere, sin; opp. emfi, j;/. amuamu; 

- biribi abg na wiihu n'afaata bio no, ne fa no bi na wofre no gow : 
ne mu ni, tliis is the thing in Hs perfect state or as a ivholc; ne gow 
ni = ne fa ni, this is a fragment of it; n'agow-agow ni = n'afa-afa 
ni, these are the fragments or pieces of it; kiirow no aye gow, the 
totvn is in a rid nous state; wama kurow no aye agow-agow, he let 
the toivn fall to ruins. — II. adj. 1. damaged, spoiled, hrohcn; the 
attrib. adj. in the sing, is compounded with its noun: adaka-gow, 
opon-now, ahina-gowQ;?. nhinaagow-agow), afwefwegow; koragow, 
a lecJiing calabash; - 2. ragged, tattered: kentegow, ntamagow; 
m'asepatere aye agow; -3. ruinous, decaying, dilapidcded: odan- 
now; odah no aye g., yerebcbu; kfiro no aye gow 5 woamal, adaii 
no aye agow-agow; s. I. 

gran ate*" [It. granata, Sp. grenade] grenade. 

graiiJite,^ granati'-akutu, pomcgrancde, the fruit being in 
shape somewhat like an orange (akutu) or ratlier like burukuruwa; 
cf. nloropo. 

gu, V. \^rcd. gagu] /. intr., sompt'imea causativelg used, gener- 
ally witli a locative complement : 

1. to fall, pour down (ofa collective multitude, whereas f\ve and to 
are used of single things or persons): dua no hfwireh regu fam', 
the blossoms of the tree are ^^ouring doivni aba no bi koguu abo so, 
some of the seed fell on the stones; Mt. 13,4 f. cf. 11. & porow i, — 

2. (contin.) to lie (of a collective multitude, whereas of individual 
things or persons da is used); ntrama bebre gu ho, mriny coivries 
are lying there. — 3. cans, (in connection with a preceding auxili- 
ary or principal verb: to cause to fall or lie i.e. to cast, throw, potir; 
to lay, put (of single things to is used): fa ntrama no gu ho, throw 
the cowries down there; mede aburow migu nsum', I am pouring 
corn into the water; mframa tetew ahaban gu fam', the wind severs 
the leaves and throws them down; yerebebu dan yi agu fam', we 
are going to demolish this house and to throw it down; — ode ne 
nsa guu me so, he lay or jnd (both) his hands upon me; ode ne nsa 
guu n'akyi, he put his hands behind his bacJc. — oka nnuah no gu 
dan mu, he drives the sheep into the stable. — 4. of fluids : to flow 
out (into, upon), ie spilled, shed; (contin.) to be scattered, sjirinJded 
(somewhere): ode nno no bae no, ebi gui (= gnu fam'); ebi gugu 
dan mu ho, u-hen he brought the palm-od, part of it was spilled ; some 
has been sccdterecl on the floor there in the room; cf. 13. — 5. cans, 
to pour (into, npon): fa nsu gu tumpan yim', pour locder into this 
bottle; f wie nsu gu me nsa so, pour toater on my hands. — 0. to 
fall or hang down, hang loose and leaving, flow: ne nhwi gu nekoii 
mu, ne mati, his hair hangs down into his nape, on his shoidder. — 
7. caus. to throw over, put on: ode nnuguso guu ne konmu, lie threio 
a loose garment over his sJtotdders, wrapped Jiimself up in a mantle. 

— 6\ gu.. mu, a) to accrue, be added, increase, augment; ne Twi 
no, biribi rcgugu mu, his Icnowledge of the Tslii language is increa- 
sing; cf. mmagum'. — b) to intervene: nda gum' kakrano, ¥. after 



ffu. 



151 



some (hif/s. Mk. 2,1. — i). gu.. so, a) gu kwan so, to he on the tvaij: 
ogiikwau soreba. — h) to lean tipon i.e. to reli/ for sit))port, depend 
on, he committed to one's care: niiipa pi gu me so nti, ininya sika a, 
eiitew, hec((itse I Inive to care for so nuin/j peojAe, the mone// L earn 
does not stick uiih me; cf boa, r. — c) to tje hent upon, d'd'Kjently 
occnjiicd irUh: ogu ira(l\\ utna so, he is (d his work; wogu aduan tio 
8o redi, thei/ are still in the act of eatiny. — d) to come down upon, 
numcronsUfSiwA. impetuously, to att<ick: wokogiui no iio(cf. wokotow 
hyce no so, Acts7,57). — e) cans, obu n'ani gu .so, oka u'ani gu so, 
s. aui; ka ntam gu.. so, to conjure, s. ntam (Gr.§243?>); ye..gu.. 
so, to do aijuinst, Gr. § 100,32. -- 10. gu asc: n'anim gu ase, lit. 
his face falls douii i.e. lie is ashamed, (thashed, put out of countenance. 

II. infr., witbout a locative complement : 

11. to fidl, come down: obosu gu, dew fdls. — IJ:?. to be shed, spilled 
s. J. ebi gui. — 13. cans. f\vie., gu, ka.. gu, to spill, shed; waka 
mogya agu, he has shed blood. Gen. 9,6. Lev. 17,4. — 11. to succumb, 
be defeated; to run away, flee: clom agu, the (hostile) army has been 
beaten, routed, put tofliyht, defeated, dispersed; woako agu, they have 
lieen defeated; wgagu, they have given way, arefleeiny. — 15. cans. 
ka.. gu, to rout, put to flight: yeaka dom no agu, we have fought 
ami defeated the enemy; bo., gu, pam.. gu, to scatter, disperse; 
cf. S the last ex. <fc yepam dgm no guu ahabanmu, we routed the 
army and drove them into the forest. — IG. to become desolate, go to 
ruin: kilrow no agu. — 17. to he abandoned, finished: agoru no 
agu, the play has been given up. — 18. to he finished, he over: okgm 
agu, tlte dearth has ceased. — 19. ase gu, to be decreasing; to cease, 
die out, he extirpated: n'ase agu, his poster dy is idterly destroyed; 
gdo, mmoa, nnipa no ase regu, = wgresa; Abotakyifo ase agu, the 
inhabitants o/' Abotakyi have been (ns it were i.e. nearly) extirpated. 

III. tr. without a locative complement: 

20. gu ase, to extirpate: magu wuva no ase, I have extirpated those 
weeds; magu m'abrgde ase, / have entirely taken out my ^jlantains. 

— 21. to end, to abolish, prohibit: gu aguadi, to stop the trade; gu 
agoru, a) to cease from playing for a time, to put a stop to it for this 
time; - b) to give it np or abolish it cdtogcther, to prohibit it. — gu 
adwuma, to finish the worlc {altogether, = wie yg kora). — 22. gu 
nc nkyerew, gu n'apare or ne mpare, to finish, complcie, conclude, 
consummate: wgagu ne nky. = \vga\vie adwuma biara ye; s. nky. 

— 23. gu nsa, to perform the concluding part of a funeral custom. 

— 2i. gu.. so nsu: wgagu no so nsu n.s. wgawie asem bi di, na 
nnyafinkae nti ghene ma wogu ne dehye bi so nsu, na obiara antu- 
mi ankae asem no bio. 

IV. tr. without a locative complement (cf I.): 

25. gu, to sow: gu mo, to sow rice, (cf- dua, v.) — 26. gugu, to 
scatter: ogugu aburow ma. likokg, (cf.l.) — 27. gu nfwireh, to pour 
out i.e. put forth blossoms, to blossom. — 28. gu ahome, to emit a 
breathing, pour oiU i.e. utter a sigh, to sigh, groan; gu homtsen, Y.to 
emit a long hrecdh, sigh deeply. — 29. to found (iron, brass, copper, 
type, bells), cast (lead, tin, zinc, silver, gold) cf. gude; to coin, stamp 
(dare, dollars). — 30. gu asawu, to cast or throw (oid) the net. — 



152 yiia — oguaboii. 

worigugu wo pom', F. theij were casfing a net into the sea. Mk. 1.16. 
— 31. gu nsu, to mala' water, euph. = dwensg. 

V. gu may be called an au.r. v., when it shows the dirccliou 
of the movement or action expressed by a preceding j;>-///c. v. as 
ka, fwie, bo, pam, tow; in connection with a following mu or 
so it supplies the jdace of the Eng. prepp. into, upon (s.o.5.); when 
no complement follows, it answers to tiie adv. atiuty (fwie gu, tow 
gu!) or the notion of loss or waste is contained in the Eng. v. (as in 
to spill, to rout). Of. Gr. § 109,32. 223,4. — 32. tow., gu, to cast 
aioay. — 33. ye., gu, Jit. to do d- east awaij i.e. to do in vain, work 
for nothing. 

gua = gua, F. gwa. Ak. dVva or even dzfui. 
gua, V. [red. Qngnei] to cat in pieces, cut up (an animal), carve; 
pr. 3025. - to flat/, slin, strip off the sJcin of an animal; gua nantwi- 
iihoma, to sJci)i, a htdloclc; wagua aboa nlioma aton; pr.l223. - to (/id, 
eviscerate, talce out the bowels. 

e-gua, 1. ]}\d)lic place, marlcet-})lace; market; open i)lace, cf. 
abannua, court; - gkae avq gua so, he spoke it publicti/; gko gua so, 
he went to the market; wgali gua ase, the market has hetjun. — 2. a 
public assembhj. council; perf. to hold a council, used espcc. of the 
elders of a town who assemble for deliberations on public affairs; 
gkg guam', he tvent to the j)! ace of assembly; gua atu = woatrji ase 
asgre, wgafwete gua, the assembly is dispersed, the session is broken 
up; cf. bagua, guabg, guam'fo, agua ase. — 3. trade; di gua, to 
trade, traffic, dad (in); cf. di bata, mpewa, nsesa, nsesagua, nnu- 
kurogua; odi no gua {or bata) = odi gua ma no, Im trades for lam; 
g-ne me di gua, / am engaijcd in trade with him (mutually); g-ne me 
di bata, he and I (jo and buy thinys &c. — ne gua abg no, he lias 
fallen short, has come off a loser, has suffered a loss in his tradiny. 

agua, pl.n-., seat, chair, stool; throne, s. aheiiiiua; nan ase 
agua, footstool; cf. akonhua, akeutenhua; aponnua; maiuV. 

gna, V. 1. to sepande; - gua neho, to retire, retreat, withdraw; 
gua. woho fi won ho == twe woho fi wgn ho, sepande or withdraw 
thyself from them. — 2. to level: wgagua bepgw hi ani ase, the lower 
slope of a hill has been levelled. — cf. guae. 

agua: bg neho agua, to retire, retreat, yet away, make off, run. 
away (secretly), */«/;c to one's lieels, flee, = guaii. 

o-gua, oguciwa, pi. a-, tlie gnava fruit and tree. [S]). yuayaba; 
Psidium pyriferum, white auarti; Psidium paniferum, red yuava.] 

O-gua b CD, a thorny shrub; niuuire bi a wode ye gsaw; wgwe. 

aguabfrim, Ak. adwabirem, q. v., a large place for assemblies 
(nea wodi asen-kese a.s. Avgbg gua kese bi). 

gua-bo, inf. [bg gua] the act of assemtAing, the state of being 
assembled ; assemlily; guabg, wgbg no wg neannipa nh. benya atra- 
ye; won g. no anwie fe yg, e.s. wgammg gua no senea wgbg gua; 
won g. no akyi ansi yiye. (Wgbg gua di asem, di adae, yi wgnho 
adi, tra ayi ase, nom nsa, goru, bg semgde, di nkgmmg.) 
0-guabon [nea ogua boh] one wlio flays a beast, pr. 1223. 



aiifualHuii — o<;iuimjniiMeii. 



15.3 



a '4ii;i Ih'i in, (Jishirbnncc, npro(tr of un assemhlif, in ii inarkH. 

auiiadr |('j;ii;i ade] tfoods. irarcs, iiirrc/uiiKlist'. / pr. .'i254. 

an'iia-'li, ////". [di };iui] fnuli)!;/, trade, pr. M.'). 1:J'H. 

u-ji'iiad ini, -I'd, ^>/. a- -to, inidcr. mcrcliaiit ; ct'.obataui, ojk'wh- 

o-u; 11 a-d II a , <iHavit-iree. [dilo. 

Hiiac, r. g. .. mil, io (lisjoin, purt, scjxirdtc, sever, stuulrr, 

rend; to tv((r asunder ; '^. iif nlnvim', }^. nwurain', io part one's hair, 

the ireeds. the tms/i (in (irdcr to p,<) tliron<;Ii); s//n. bac inii, dnv iiiu. 

liaiV iini, pae nni, pan niii, tan inu. tt-rmv nui. 

li^iiati^iiaj^ua, adr. ver// nineJi: ne sc bg so g., his teeth chatter 
tVom fcAcrisli cold; owia pac g. — - kctokotekote, the sun f)Hrns, 
sfnnes reri/ ttriijld. 

liualiii, "^iiaha |t'j;iia. lia] a hid in. straw, or stal/c aff/rass, witb 
some cowries striinj; on or added to it, serointf to conetude the safe of 
a iK'rson or tiling by tearing it asunder and j)iitting the parts into 
llie hands of" witnesses, at the sanictimedistributingtothem the small 
amount of money (peril. '25 strings) given by the buyer besides the 
actual price; hence, tew ne ti g., to conetnde the sale of, lit. to tear 
astrair caneernint/ one's head or price in testimony of the sale, which 
ceremony seems to indicate, that the j)revious connection between 
the seller and the person or thingnow sold is broken asunder. yo-.oo'o';?. 
AVatew ne yere ti g., he has (conipletefi/) sotd his wife, 'i'he witni^s- 
ses are bound to keep the ends of the straw and the cowries handed 
over to them, and, if necessary, to produce tliem in testimony to the 
bargain; this giving testimony is then called wgkgtoa gnaha, lit. 
theij join tor/ether the ends of the straw. Me ti guaha da u'akonnua 
ase, the straw of mij purchase ]>rice lies under his chair, i.e. I haoe 
In'cn houijld hij him (as a slave). 

"Vi-a kiiro, a kind of weed; wode ta kuru so. 

o-uam, V. \)ed. guninu^m] 1. to grow toijcther, he doulde; dtiaba 
no aguam uta, aguam abieiV = aba no ye abien, iiso ebom', the 
two fruits are (/rown togetJier; pi. egunnuam nta-nta or abien-abien. 
— 2. to run or flow down copionshi; fifiri regurfm no = f. reprrnn 
no, lie perspires copiously. — 3. to run, galop, of horses; gponko 
gU(an reba. HaJ). 1,8. 

o-o- u a 111 111 a [oguan ba] ^>Z. n-, landj, yeanling; lid. 
o-oiidiiuiia, a-, pi. n-, [dim.] a little lanih, lanibkin, kid. 
11 II nam ma 11 [oguan, pi. h-, &b«n] sheep-fold, sheep-cot, pen. 
a o- u a iiui 11, ^>/. n-, fornicator; whore, harlot, prostitute, strum- 
pet. (The pi. must not be confounded with the preceding word.] — 
bg ag., to commit fornication'., ef. bg 11.106. goru aguammannoru, 
/(/. — ■ aofiiaiiiani-iiig, aoiiauiariiioru, /"orn/tv^/Zo*?, whoredom, lewd- 
ness; prostitution. — 0-guamammofo, pi. a- (= aguamAn) whore- 
monger, lecher. 

o-<j;iiainmerc [oguan bere] a female sheep (or goaf), ewe. 

o-iiam'fo [egua mu fo] the people belonging to a put/lie as- 
sembly; g. ne baguafo ne ghene ho nnipa; s. gyaasefo. 

<iuaiii[)ra hen [oguan, pra.? ben] a sheep ov goat withredhair. 



154 oguammiiruwa — guantiri. 

o-guammiiruAva [oguan aburuwa] j;/. n-, a r/roicn sheep or 
goat thai has not yet had anij i/oung. 

aguam-sein [gua mu asem] a public palaver. pr.lOio. 

guaiij V. [)-e(l. gufihuan] 1. to wiiher, fade, decay, dry (af'nw, 
uneema, dua, aliabah); syn. hotow, kagyaw, kisii, nyam, twain; - 
to ripen (abttrow g.), syn. hoa. — X^. guan ,. ho, to trouble, distress, 
cause pain or anguish to; me ho guaii me = me ho hia me, I am 
in a strait; oguah me ho = ohiahia me ho, he troubles, harrasses, 
annoys, vexes me. 

guaiV, V. [inf. a-, red. guaiVhuan] to flee, run off or away: to 
avoid (asem, kaw); to escape. — pr. 1784.2250. guan do, g. kg, g. 
toa, to flee to .. for succour, seeJc a refuge or hiding-place with a per- 
son or at a place. 

Guaii, j)r. n. ofthe language of Date, Kyerepgn, Anum, also of 
Karakye,Nt\vummuru, Nta; c/'. Gr. introd. § 5Al. § 1DII,5.6. §2,3. 

gnj\iiii, a. fine, nice; onipa no aye g., his dress, face, whole 
apipearancc look fine; wasra nedan nui nti, emu aye g., because he 
has whitewashed his room, it has become nice; syn. Me, kama, os6. 
O-guaii, pi. n- [F. egwan, Ak. odvrane, odzuane] the sheep; the 
term includes the goat also, but as there is a particular word for the 
latter {s. abirekyi), it is commonly used for sheep; if the sheep is 
to be expressly distinguished from tlie goat, it is called oguanten. 
agnail, inf. the act o{ fleeing or running away; flight, escape. 
pr. 1929. — hasty, hurried ste2)s: fa ag. = tu mmirika; fa ag. ko na 
bera! — dze or tutu angwan, F. = de or tutu mmirika, Mt. 5,6. 9,25. 

0-guan-aiiiwa (sheep's eye), a kind of be((d, s. ahcne. 
g u a n-(l 0-1 1 e a , ^;7rffc of refuge for protection ; s. guankobea. 

0-guaiifo, 2^1- 3--) fttgitive. 

o-giiaii-f anil, a dead slieep or goat. 

o-gu aii-fu niimri, oguan a ne fiinuma tua so, a lamb whose 
navel-string has not yet fallen off. 

0-guaii-fwefo, p?. a-, shepherd. 

oguaii-homa, j)l. h-, slieep-skin, leather xncpared from it; skin 
of a goat. 

o-guau-liwi, wool ; the hair of a sheep or goat. (The sheep on 
the G. C. have hair, no wool). 

guaii-ko-bea, j>7«('C of refuge for shelter; s. hintabea, 

o-gu a 11-11 a ill, the flesh or meat of sheep or goats; mutton. 

o-giiaii-sac, wether, castrated ram or he-goat; cf. gpaposae. 

o-gu an-teu, pl.h- [oguah & -ten, lo)ig i.e. long-legged] tJie sheep. 

o-guanteii-ba, pi. hhuanteh-mma, lamb; s. oguamma. 

o-guauteii-homa, sheejJ-sJcin. 
guau-tiri, shce2)^s head; wgye me abofra g., they send me on 
a fool's errand (make an April fool of mc); wgdada abofra soraah- 
kafo se: kogye guantiri wo obi hkyeri bera, na mama wo bi; nso 
ohu biara na obisa no a, se onipa-ko no nim ase dedaw nti, gkyere 
no foforo ho kwan. 



oguantoa — o^uasonipa. 155 

o-Uiia 11 1 oa, a kind o{ plant; wos^nan wo a, uokobu n'ahaban 
11 a woawe. 

ap;iiJin-t\v a re [ojiuaii twa] klUituj sheep for a feast or a sacri- 
fice, pr. 112'). 

trnaniiuaiV, a. \^-= gui'innan, gunnuane, />•. gnaii] withered; 
iln/; ripe; ahiwow g., pr.6?S.2044. 

ti^iiai'c, V. [inf. a-] to nutsh the whole body, to bathe (tr.) fcf. 
horo, liolio, hohoro, to wash sirujlc parts of the bodi/, or clothes and 
other things]; - to bathe (intr.d'-tr.), to wash (one's self); - koguare 
no or fa no koguare (wg) asum', </o and tcash him in the river; me- 
koguare, / am (loing to bathe or to wash mj/self (by pouring down 
water over the body, as the negroes regubirly do every day) ; ode 
aiikfi gnare, he icashes liimself with times, i.e. he rubs his body 
with lime juice, in washing or after luiving washed it. pr.2427. — 
oguare po, samina, nsughj-ew, he washes himself with sea-water, 
Witli soap, with hot wider. — 2. to swim; guare bera or ko mpoano, 
swim to the shore; oguare twaa asu no, he swam over the river. — 
3. guare asum', s. asumguare. — 4. to tvorship some patron spirit 
(family fetish). Aboadefo nhinii g. Bosonotwe, all the family o/'Aboa- 
dec liare B. for their famih/ fetish. 

a guare, inf. the act of bathing or swimming; bath; ablation. 

tx'^w aro(-o), a word of politeness spoken by a guest(?) before 
he begins to eat. 

aguare-aiiiii, tcashing without (subsequent) eating, pr. 2687. 

a UMi a re c, a place for washing or bathing, pr. 1234. 

0-t^uarefo, j^l- a-, bather; swimmer. 

a guare-gua, a scat itsed in washing one's body. 

aguare-iisra [wode guare a, wonsra] a large kind of lemon, 
so good for washing with, that you need not anoint your body after 
washing, as the negroes usually do. 

agiia ase [egua, ase] 1. the Jcing a)id his elders sitting in coun- 
cil; ghene ne ne mpanyimfo a wgabg gua; - Kwadade aguaase mu 
nnipa dgso, — 2. the tvhole assembly; gkg aguaasem'--gkg guain , 
he went to the conned. 

aguaasein de, the things i.e. tlie proper manners observed hi 
puljlic assemblies, polite manners; gye ag., onim ag. yg (= onim 
nkyia ne akyema ne kasa; gpgw), he is polite, polished, elegant in 
manners, icell-bred, courteous. — aguaasem'-kasa,^?o?//e speaJcing; 
a courteous address; courtesy. 

o-giiaasem'ni, ^>L a--fo, 1. an attendant of a king or chief in 
a public assembly, one of his followers or train (not one of the coun- 
selors, who are called baguafo). — 2. oguasem'nipa, = aguasoba. 
gua-seii [guare, gsen, = ahina a wode nsu gu mu guare] 
basin, vessel or pot for washing, laver. 

g:u a-s 6 [egua so, on /Ac market] openly, 2mblicly.pr.l222.Mat.6,4. 

aguaso-ba [egu^ so gba], oguasem'ni (2), a p)olite, courteous, 
genteel, elegant, cleanly, clever, active man; gye ag. 

o-g- u a s u-n i p a , gentleman. 



156 oonasoni — erya. 



o-icuasoni, mcinher of a cohucU, man of (listinctlon in puhlic 
assemblies. — ci » n a so-ii i w u (egua so aiii\vu] pnblir shame; woa- 
Lye no ag., the>i have 2>MicIi/ pni him to shame, made him a public 
cxamjile. Mt. 1,19. 

aguatoiJ, goods soJd <d retail: 1. pidm-ivine sold by retail; iisa 
a wosoaton no aban-aban; wgde ag. rctvVam', jn'ojde retailinij jxdin- 
ivinc are passing. — ^. pedlery, goods not made in a proper way 
and bought uj> bg peddlers, ade a wyto di uipewa; fiipperg. luoitier, 
refuse, out-shot, ri/fraff; eyi de, eye ag., nsee wo sika wo ho! 
o-ii' u a w a , s. ogua. 
yufle [gn ade] a titing cast and wronglit of metal, e!S]»ecially 
of gold; triulcet, jeuel ; cf. 'mraniinai'i (wobo bi na wogn bi). 
trugow, red. c, s. gow; = gonono. 
^ HIT 11, red. v., s. gn. — g'lgi'i l*^- s. gu :iO. 
g u g II a , red. v., s. gua. 

liuiir = gn mn. Fa tnm})aii no kofa n.sn gum' bera. pr. l')90. 
a gum a J fighting, wrestling ov .struggling, not in earnest, but /"or 
sport and exercise; pr. ISOO. wodi ag. =; wodi ayensin (nnipa bi 
gorn kitikiti bobo wgnho n.a., na enye anibereso). 

aguiiia-di. inf. wrestling or struggling \n -a. coinhai for e.eer- 
cise or for a prize. 

g u M I'l u a n , red. v. giiaii. 

gUl'ili liaiJO, a. =gnahiinaii, withered, drg.futtg ripe; abnrow 
g. dokono na eye de. 

guraiii, r. to strike, beat with bath Jouids; cf. biram, bg, 
boro, fwe. 

gurow, r. to become loose, slacJc, weak; to break down; to be 
shattered, broken, exhausted; sgn. liodxvow; ope ama adaka no agn- 
row, on account of the harniattan the box h((s become out of Joint ; 
me nnompe ag.. mg bones are consumed. Fs. 31,11. m'akwjlm' nli. ag., 
all mg joints are loosened; wagurow goroww = waye gorgww, he 
has become quite feeble, imbccdc, dcbditated, enervated, worn out, 
scedg (as after a drunken debanch), 

gwa. gwaii, gAvar &c. F. r= gna, giiai'i, guaro &c. 

g\vaii-suma-1)ew, F. = guankgbca, hintabea. Ps. 00,1. 

give, gwi, F. ==dVv e, dwi. 
agwew, F. = adwew. — gwiinfo F. = od\Vumfo. 

gwom, F. = guam', Mk. 12.38. 

gwoil, F. = dwell, Mt. 18,12. — to gwori, to go astrag. 
gya. [G. dsa.] 

gy a, V. l^red. gyigya] i. to go <dong with; to soid or lead awag, 
dismiss; to guide, conduct; to accompany, especially with kwaii, or 
adding the place to which one is accompanied: ogyaa no kwan se 
giikg po ho, he sent him awag to go to the sea; okogyaa no de no kgo 
Atene, he conducted him and brought him to Athens; okogyaa no 
hyen no mn, he ((ccomjxinied him to the ship; (Acts 17,14.15. 20^38.) 
— kogya me se Xkwantanan, come along with me about as far as 



gya — f^yabiriw. 157 

Xkw.; wokogya wo yoi'iko 'sa a, woboa woho hi, if you accotiijxoitf 
ijour frioul into the ircir, i/ou prepare i/our.seJf too. — J2. to /leljt. 
assist: onipa yi kogya me adwumaye 'iie, t/iis miin is goiuy to help 
me (in my work) to-dai/. — 3. gya ..nan, to cover onc^s feet (Jtulf/. 3,24. 
1 Sam. :24,3.), to ease one's self. ; cf. ue. 

f^ya, V. Ak. s. gyaw, /. to leave; gya ho, F. to leave, forsake. 
Eph. .'i,31. — ;?. to worship. 

0-3' a, n. Ak. s. gyaw, tlie leg. 

gya, V. [^red. gyagya] 1. to let loose, quit one's hold, let pass, 
let slip; wogya won usam', F. thei/ loose their hands, to let go, let 
alone; - to loose, loosen, release, set free or at liberti/. Mt. 18,27. 27, lo. 
Acts 2(J,32. — 6'. to omit, be without, cf. gyaw; pr. 221. 1004. — i. to 
desist from. Mk. 14,6. gyii me f\ve, do not always look at me; cf. gyae. 
— 5. g3'Jl.. kwan, to dismiss, let go, set free. — 6. gya.. kyene 
(dan kyene) to give up, relinquish, abandon, drop. pr. 510. — /'•gya 
mu, (() to slacken, relax, loosen, let go; gya mu to f'am', to let down 
to the earth. Acts 10,11. Mark 2,4. — b) to grant liberties. — .S. to let 
flow out: nnipa binom da a, wogya won anom' nsu gu sumi so. — 
,'y. gya siade, to miss good luck. — 10. gya, F. ^= gyae, to cease. 

gya, adv. disorderly, confusedly, distractedly, in perplexity ; 
cf. gyabegyabe, gyigya, adv. — mmea ne nimofra de sfi nam gya, 
women and children walked about lamentingly. 

0-gy a, l.fire; pr. 467.1245.1247-03. ogya so, dew, fram, tntii sran- 
sran, dum; - tJte i)ower of striking fire, pr. 490. — da gya, to sleep 
at the fire, pr.5.59. cf. nnyahyee. — 2. fuel, cf. nnyansin, nnyentia, 
nnyina, anyan. ^>r. 1210. 

agya, 7^/. agyanom (F. agyam), father, male parent ; syn. gse; 
progenitor, ancestor ; master; the word is also used as an honourable 
appelhition: m'agya Kofi fre wo, Mr. K. calls you. — Syn. ose, 
fidher, akora, old father. In Ak. a gya is used only in speaking of 
one's own father, omitting the 2)>'on. me or yen (my, our) before it, 
whereas ose is used in other cases; agya ahu wo se Asuom', my 
father has seen your fcdher at Asuom. 

agya, n. the opposite part or side. — agya no boa, (adv.) be- 
yond, on yon side, on the other side; r/'. asuogya, ayannya. 
gya, 2>i- "-, •**■ gyawa. — to gya = to apakye. 
o'y 'I? pJ- "") smithy coal, charcoal, made of osena wood, former- 
ly also of palm-nuts (nnwea) i.e. the shells with their kernels, of 
which the natives did not know to extract the oil. 

gy a baw, adv. besides, nevertheless, nothwithstanding; eyi 
nhina gy., leaving all this aside, [fr. gyaw, to leave, & baw = ba, 
bt^a, bere, bew, a place. ^ 

gy a bcgy k be, disorderly, confusedly, disfractedly.fdtcringly; 
syn. gya, gyigya. — onam gy. = ogyigya, n'ani ado iikran, gbo 
sonsoiiku. — waye gy. = waye twrntwrui-twintwan, he reels, stag- 
gers, tumtiles. 

g y a b i a, Aky. s. gyama. 

g3'a-biriw [gya, biri] ro(d, charcoal. 



158 agjabonti — ogyamfo. 

agjabontij name of a hpa^^t. pr. 1975. 

agyade [agya ade] paternal inherliance; Akuapomfo a wo- 
kasa Guah, wodi agyade, among those Alcuapcms tJiat spcali Guai'i, 
the father's property is inherited by the son; cf. wofade. 

agjadwo [agya? adwo]: twaagy., to unit, lament; wotua 
agy., they loeep or cry aloud, orig. for a deceased father; ot\va no 
ho agy., he heivails him; cf. twa adwo, bo benii, bo abubuw. 

gyae, v. [t-cd. gyaegyae] 1. = gya, to drop, let go, let loose, 
let (done. — ;?. to set free. — 5. to leave off, discontinue, with an 
inf. wagyae ta nora, he has left off smoJcing tobacco; gyae su, iveep 
no more; gyae no f\ve, leave off beating him. — 4. intr. to abate, 
cease: mframa agyae, the wind has abated; ne yare agyae, his sick- 
ness is over or gone; n'abufuw agyae, his anger has ceased. 
o-vac-a! interj. be silent! 
agja-fanu, asu no agy., both sides of the river. 
agja-fa-me-to [lit. father take me buy it] a kind of herb used 
to season food; wgde to aduan so; ete se gyene. 

gja-frama, flame of fire, blaze; cf. mframa, sufraraa. 
g}'^ ah a lie, a kind of cloth (kente); s. ntama. 
0-gya-hene, w/. a-, 1. the leopard; s. osebo. — 3. a kind of 
butterfly. 

agya-hina [ahina a wode gyaw obosom] a small pot in which 
palm-wine is offered to a fetish. 

ogya-ho-mporoporo\va or iitutuniwi, sparks of fire. 
gyakisi, ashes from the husks of pla)dai)is, used in making 
soap; it is also mixed with snuff, in order to make it sharp; gyare 
nso a wgde to asra mu na ilno aye hyew. 
agyakiimedu, s. okahkan. 
gyam, v. to be in the agonies or pangs of dcatfi, breathe one's 
last, expire ; oregyam, Jie is at the ptoinl of death, at the last gasp. — 
2. to bemoan or beu-ail a deceased person; ogyam nenua; syn. su. 
— 3. to condole with, e.yprcss sorrow, grief or sympathy at the death 
of one's relation (= koma no due, kgkyekye ne were). John 11,19. 
agyammeii, s. patu, 
gy am'g3'am\ ddc. [gya mu, lit. in fire, repeated] hotly, i.e. 
eagerly, su-iftly, rapidly; woakgka asem no gy. mil aterew, s. ahyesem. 
gy am a, adv. [Ky. gyamea, gyabia] perhaps ; pr. 2438. cf. 
ebia, ahfwe-a, sese. 

agy am ma, a shrub growing about 8 feet high, bearing small 
red fruits, a favourite food of birds; wgde n'ahabah ne ho bono bg 
dudo. 

g y a m a d u d u , a large kind of drum, kettle-drum; cf. akyene. 
gyamara, -awa, a kind oi cloth (kente); ,s. ntama. 
gyame, a kind of amulet. 

0-gyamfo, 2)1. a-, one who commiserates or j^ities another. 

[pr. 1464. 



agyamu — gyjtto. 169 

ap^yauiii, a kind of annih'f. 
irV a n, ."*. nnyinnvan. 

l^yiu'i, gyan-ara-<;yiiii, adr. [red. f^ycnnyaii. a./ V. — Akr. 
kwa, teta, (Ak.) liuiiii, in ridii, far tiaf/iitiif, irit/ioiif citiisr, irH/innt 
mi'nubuj. 

a<ryau (pi. id.) arroir: r/". bonuna; j)r.:iG^.37'2. — spine or ijiiiH 
iif a jiorcKi'iue. 

tiyiiiii', pr.l643. s. gyansakyi. 

ag;yimei', s. pataku. 
a^y a ii k a , pr. 1358. 
»agy aiika', j)/. n-, Akw. = ayisfi, orphan. 
a i^y a u s a k i» , a kiiul oi jnmpiny iuscd. 

\rj a 11 s a k y i, pr. 1643. a by-name of tlie bird apatipere. pr. 2640. 
at^y ans ram inii^pl. n-, lirccoal, hnrninfj co(d. [gya, srjim, ba.] 
a u" y a [» a lie, 1. hcritiq/e, inheritance; nneeina pa a eye fe (a.s. 
nkoa, niiana, abeiie, sika)a wowgfa awu agyaw wo] sij)i. apegyade, 
awunnyade. — A^ F. treasures. Mi. 6,19. 13,44. 
o-gyapam, a kind octree, pr. 12.59. 
t^y a pa tia, a kind o( sandals ; s. mpabod. 
j^yapnm, gyapim, a disease consisting in a permanent swel- 
liny of the leg. 

gyjire, soap, = samina. — o:_yare-nso, brode-bono a wga- 
byew de rebeye samina; cf. gyakisi. 
gyasa-boatb, s. gsebo. 

gy a-ase, lit. under the fire; 1. pilace where the hearth stands, 
litchen. — 2. the household espec. of a king, and the people belong- 
ing to it; hoHsehold servants, domestics; attendants, suite; gf\Vc gbene 
gy., he has the care of the kings household. 

gyaasefo,i^L domestics, attendants, s. gyaase 2. — ghene 
gyaasefo ne : mfoafo (afoasoafo), akyenekafo (akyeremadefo), 
benbyenfo (mmentiahyehfo). alioprafo, asoamfo, ketesoafo, koniiua- 
soafo, kyinikurafo. mpaboafo, atufo (abumfo, tumtofo), abrafo (a- 
dunifo), sannafo (fotosanfo), nsancafo (seii), akyeame. 

gyaaseni, sing, one of the domesiics or attendants; s. before. 
gyaase-hene, overseer of the king's household, captain of the 
hodg-guard ; cf. ahkgbea. 

gy ata (pi. a-), the lion; pr. 1260. other names are: gbyeegya, 
saremiisee. — gyata-ba, a lion's u-help. — gj^ata-bere, lioness. — 
gyata-f(3i*u, young lion. — gyata-niiii, male lion. 

gy a-tanna', 1. a pile of wood to he burned, especially in pre- 
paring a plantation. — 2. F. a fiery furnace. 

O-gy atoii, pi. a-, torch made of dry palm-branches; mjjopa a 
wgapapaem' na wgde abom' akyekyere na wgasg de fita abe a.s. 
wgde fwefwe ok wan anadwo. 

gyato, gy atowa, the yaivs, a disease of the skin, produ- 
cing ulcerated tumours of a contagious character. 



160 oyatodidi — g-ye. 



gyato-didi, a disease of the skin, producing a rougli surface 
of the body. 

gyato-duni, a medicine [aduru] used to cure gyato. 
0-gyatofo, pi. a-, a person having the yaws. 

gyato-iiamingn, ulcerated sores on the sole of iJtc foot. 

gyaw, V. {jed. gyigy^xw] l. to leave, quit, depart from (for a 
time); Mt. 4,13. — 2. to part from (never to return), to forsalce, de- 
sert, abandon, relingnisJi; Mt. 4,30.23. — 3. to leave (behind), let re- 
main; pr. 1261.3735.2776. JoJm4,28. Mt.22,25. — 4. to leave in or com- 
mit to the care of, intrust. — 5. gyaw mu, to depart this life, expire, 
give up the ghost; ef. wu; onnya nnyaw mu e, lie has not get brea- 
thed his last. 

gyaw, r. [inf. a-, red. gyigyaw] gy. gbosom, to worship a 
fetish (patron spirit) by bringing him palm-wine or other gifts and 
petitions. AVokogyaw bosom a, wode nsa akotokyiwa ko agyawe 
ho kosere akwahosan, na titiriw no wogyaw won atamfo tiri so; - 
wode wgnho akogyaw no; - osgfo gy. ne bosom a, okura nsa a.s. 
oguaii na ode koyi mpae ma nea ode bae no. 
a gyaw, inf. the act of icorsltipping a fetish. 
a gyaw e, place where a fetish (gbosom, patron spirit) is served. 

gyaw, n. a gap between the two npper fro)it-teeth. pr.2831. 

gyaw, gyaw a, gya', i)l.n-, the leg from the knee to the foot. 

— fa., gyaw, to take or embrace the legs, beg pardon; rnafa wo 
gyaw z=2H(rdo)i me; gkotow ne nankroma anim wo n'anim na wafji 
no gyaw; moiikgfa ne gyaw. — gyaw-fa, inf. begging pxirdon. 

gy jiwu, the best kind o? gam; s. ode. 

gy a w u V u .s i, a broad and large jncee of linen or clotli, sewn 
together of 2 to 4 pieces or 5 to 10 yards (a sheet, Acts 10.); gtan- 
kese a wode abgho 2 ne fa a. 3 a. 4 apam ; gbarima-tam a wgapam 
(no) ebia sin 3 a. 4 a.s. 6 ; cf. sapra. 

gye, V. [_red. gyigye, q.v.'] Ak. gye [with a narrow e, whilst 
Akr. & F. (?) have a full e] 1. to take (especially what is offered or 
given), to accept, receive, obtain; ef. fa, nya; - gye taforoboto yi, take 
this jdate (off my hand); begye wo akatua, let me give gou gour tva- 
ges; megye (=mebegye) m'asranne, / come to receive mg monthlg 
pay; obi kye wo sika a, wurennye ana? - pr.307. - gye aduiaba, 
F. to receive seed, Mt. 13,19 f. — gye ahom, F. to take one's rest, 
Mt. 26,4-5. — gye mpata, adahmude, to t(dcc a ransom, a bribe; 
Num. 35,31. I's. 15,5. — dua biako gye mframa a, ebu, if one tree 
receives, i.e. has to stand or endure, (all) the wind, it breaks, pr. 1005. 

— gye bo, to receive a stone, be hit bg a stone, pr. 2488. — It may 
serve for the Eng, jJrep. for = in vieiv of, in expectation of: mete 
ase megye den? what do I live for? wote ha regye deii? for trhat 
are you sitting here? ef. Gr. § 243, b. — 2. to take (against the for- 
mer possessor's will), appropriate (to one's self), ^r. .505. t alee posses- 
sion of. take away from, pr. 1267. gye ne nsam' ade no, take the thing 
off his hands, take it from him; to capture, oceupg : gko gyee kiiro 
no, lie carried the town by storm. — 3. to take tip, take upon one^s- 



gye. 161 

self: woagye hamaiika no, fhci/ have talrn up t/ic liammock; ohi 
Tinye obi funanno nye ne tie, pr. 304. .iOS. — bgyee lion wu wui, F. Jic 
suffered deuth in our stead; - magye asem no mabg me bo = mafa 
asein no mato nieho so ; - ogye aliotsewe asetsena yi (=awar) to no 
do, F. he t'uters info fJiis holt/ estate (viz. matrimony). — 4. gye ntam, 
to talf an oath, i.e. to sucar with solemnity, in a Judicial manner; - 
medc. ntam migye wo, I f/ice you the oath. — 5. gye da.se(\via), F. to 
bear (false) u-itness, Mt.lO.lS. 27,l.H.Mk.l,44. — (i.to drawintothelunr/s, 
inhale: gye mfVama, to take the air, wall- out; s. pase; gye hiia, to 
srent, smell. — 7. to seek, or try to obtain, to enyaye: okogyee ahene 
banu adorn, he called in two kings to his aid; s. dom, v. - wokogyec 
Akyemfo sa, they enyayed the Akemsas (dlies; cf. gye pjl, gye bata. — 
,S. gye nim, to yain the victory; to win favour, honour, praise, glory. 

— it. gye aware, to demand in marriage, engage a woman for mar- 
riage. — 10. F. to take up, buy ^= to; mekogye tam = mekoto 
ntama. — 11. to ask, demand (as the price of goods); wugye alio? 

— 1j2. to receive as the price of something sold : otoh ntama no gyee 
dare du, he sold the cloth for ten dollars. — 13. to desire, demand, 
require; nea okom gye nc mO, pr. 2191. cf.30. - F.=pe, ML 9,13. - gye 
anyibir, to suffer violence i.e. require eagerness and force. Mt. 11,12. 

— 14. to require, render necessary: gngye de wgko, F. = eiihia se 
wokg, tltey need not depart, Mt. 14,16. — 15. to propose in expecta- 
tion of a.n answer or decision. — 16. to talce of or from, exact: ode 
gyee me dare du, he made me pay ten dollars for it; wogye no (ho) 
ayefare, they exact of him a fine for adultery; wagye no (ho) sika 
pi, lit. they have taken much money from him (as a line), he has been, 
severely fined. — 17. to receive, take, collect, gather money or other 
things from other persons; jjr. 710. gye or gyigye tow, akwanne&c, 
to raise ov levy taxes, custom, toll or duty, to lay a duty upon. — 18. 
to gather, contract, nkanare, rust, pr. 2385. ntuw, moidd, i.e. to become 
rusty, mculdy. — 19. gye baii, to make a fence, pr. 104. 1265. — 20. 
to receive, take in, accommodate, shelter, harbour: wogyeeyeh few- 
?>o,Acts21,l7.:i ekwae yi agyewo. pr. 1872. — 21. gye.. tom', to give 
a hearty reception; to receive among or into (a society). — 22. gye.. 
atii, to receive into one's arms, = ye., atu. — 23. gye.. awo, to wel- 
come. — 24. gye wo, to cry? — 25. to rescue, retake, recapture; to 
redeem, ransom, buy out of servitude or penalty ; to release, free, 
deliver, liberate; to save ; Mt. 14,30. 18,11. — gyeme(fi) m'atamfo 
nsam', deliver me from my enemies; gye me (wg) bone mu, save me 
from sins or evil. Mt. 1,21. — 26. gye.. hkw{i, to save or preserve 
one's life; e/lagyenkwa. Tit. 3,5. — 27. to take into protection, protect, 
defend, preserve; wgpee me akum me, na Onyankopgn gyee me, 
ihey sought to kill me, but God protected me; ode nkrante ko gyee 
neho, he defended himself ivith a sword; ogye ne nua ti, he defends, 
fights for, his brother. — ^6*. to take along (with), lead, conduct, 
guide; s. gyigye; cf. gya 1. — gye abofra ta-ta, to lead a child by 
the hand, teach it to walk. — 2L>. to take up, admit, believe: gye.. 
di, to believe; migye no or n'asem midi, I believe (in) Jiim or his 
word; F. gye dzi, Mk.9,23. (diff. gye.. di, to receive, accept and cat, 
pr. 307.) gye ., tie, to obey. — 30. to take up (a saying) and respond or 

11 



162 gye — ogye. 

rejily to (it) in one or other way: gye .. kyim, (to ialce up and wrest 
\.e,.)to doubt, contradict, dispute; gye.. Vikymnye, id. Acts 13,45.28,29. 
— gye.. pene o>- krum\ to assent; gye.. pen, F. to accept, receive 
(;i saying) 1 Tim. 1,15. — gye.. da so, lit. to accept (a summons) 
and sleep upon, i.e. to linger or delay in obeying the summons : se 
wgsamana obi a, onnnye nnna so; gmmera ntem. — 31. gye.. so, 
a) to taJce up i.e. answer, return an answer, respond, reply ^o(=bua) ; 
to respond to a call; to return the firing of the enemy. — b) to take 
up^ cause, Mf. dr. p. 115. — c) to approve (of), commend, congratu- 
late, praise for some performance; adwini a odii no, omah nh. agye 
no so = woakamfo adwini a odii no, tlie ichole totvn p)raise him for 
the execidion of his sJi-ilful work. — d) gye .. do, F. to set fotih: wgdze 
wgii abrabg-pa gye wo nokwar asem no do, they by their life set forth 
thy true word. — e) gye .. do, F. to light upon, lodge in. Mt. 3,16. 13,32. 
(cf 37. ) Mt. 27,40. — 32. to call forth continuation (pi'op- forthcoming) 
of speech, gye .. ba, to cause one to proceed in his speech by assen- 
ting acclamations. — 33. to be entitled to: wugye daben ? wliat reply 
depending on the week-day of your birth or on your rank and fa- 
mily) is clue or belongs to you? migye anyaado, ahenewa, aberaw', 
amUj gbere. — 31. re gye with a locative or objective complement 
and a verb in the consec. form: to tend to or toward, to aim cd, be 
looJiing for, hare in view: gno nso regye kiirow no mu akg hi, he 
too was endeavouring to go into Ihcd town; o(re)gye nna awu, he is 
drau-ing near to death, his time to die is at hand = oreyq awu, ne wu- 
da abeii, adu, newu adu so. — 35. gye bata or agnadi, to take tip, 
begin (^or oiter into) a mercantile or trading connexion, commercial 
relation, connexion in business (oguadifo ma wgkosegdefo bi se gpe 
se g-ne no di gua). — 36. to require, take up, occupy (a time): adwu- 
ma yi begye nnaawotwe; cf. 13. — 37. to take up, occupy, fill up (a 
space) : dua yi agye asase pi, ImIc. 13,7. wim' nnoma begye ne nwin' 
ase, F. the fowls of the air lodge under the shadoiv of it, Mk.4,32. cf. 
31 e). — 38. to detain: ne nna gyee no traa hg ara, his sleep detai- 
ned him in tliat place for a tvhile. — 39. gye ntini, to take or strike 
root. — 40. gye.. anom': aduaii no agye n'anom', lit. thrd food has 
taken (root) in his mouth i.e. has become his favourite dish; nam agye 
n'anom', he is fond of meat. — 41. n'ani gye, lit. his eye takes or 
catches (infr.) [or i)erh. his eye glitters, sparkles? cf. gyigye] i.e. he re- 
joices, is joyful, cheerful, glad, he delights (.. ho, in ..). — ir. ogyc 
n'ani, he amuses himself; ode gye n'ani, he amuses himself tvith, he 
delights in, rejoices in; Lk. 16,19. — 42. gye, to except, s. gye, adv. 
Gr.§ 117,3 <7. 

l^ye, adv. or conj. except, excepting, with the exception of, ex- 
clusive of, save, bid, only; Gr. § 134,3 6. 235 b. — gye Onyame nko 
na onim, God only knows; obiara nnim. gye Onyame nko, no man 
knows but God alone. — gye se or se gye, except, unless, if not; ex- 
cept tJmt, save that. Gr. § 271.' John 3, 2. 

gya, frenzy, madness. — bg gye, to be mad = bg dam; gbg 
me so gye, he rages against me. 

0-gye, inf. 1. the act oi' taking, receiving... s. gye, v. — 2. sal- 
vation, deliverance, redemption, — 3. ogye a wonnye nni, unbelief. 



iigyd — agyeiiennyeiicunsii. 163 



a'^yo! int. [^= af^ya-e! o/i faf/irr!] oli! alas! wnc is mr! o dear! 
gy (ihnm, a kind oi plantaiii ; s. gborodo. 
gye-de, F. = gye se, except, s. gye, adv. 
oyedi, -fo, s. gyidi, -fo. 
agyedo, F. = unyoso, answer, replij. 
gyc-dua, 1. [a tree of receiving scil. in its slia<lo\v] a sJiad/f 
free in the street, nmt)rella tree; symb. the king, in the phrase: gtow 
gy. ahabaii, he tears the leaves of the shadoiv-tree, = ohyira ghonc, he 
curses the hingslifc. — ^. the stick of an ninhreUa to wliich the ribs 
are fastened. 

o-gyefo, 1. one who tahcs, receives, exacts... cf. gtowgyefo. — 
3. rescuer, redeemer, deliverer, saviour; sijn. agycnkwji. 
o-gyefo, madman, lunatic, cmzy jycrson; syn. obgddmfo. 
O-gyct'uo, name of a montli, about February; s. gsram. 
Sy^oy^nY^) i^oise, hustle, alarm, tumult; ye gy.., to m(d:c a 
noise, be noisy, boisterous, bustling. 

agyegyc-nsu, Akp. s. agyenennyene-usu. 

gyem = ogya mu. pr. 2G34. 

agyemaii [nea ogye gniah] defender, supporter, saviour of the 

agy emann are, a kind ot song; s. dwom. [nation. 

agyc-mpare [nea egye mparow] uprop or support of a rafter 

(piece of timber standing on the tie-beam of a roof and supporting 

the rafters). 

gyen, v.\_red. gyennym] 1. to be pure, clear, si<7Z (of water); 
nsu no gy. = emu ye kroiikronkron. — 2. to he sincere, simple, 
harmless. Mt. 10,16. Phil. 2,13. — 3. to gaze; ogyeh' n'ani (te se wafe 
n'aniwam'), he clears his eye i.e. he loohs closely or sharply; ogyen 
me = gfwe me yiye (te se ade a onhuu bi da), gf\ve m'anim ma 
agyeii-agy eii-nsu, s. agyegye-nsu. [ekye kakra. 

gye 11 11, a.&adv. pretty much, pretty long, for a while; cf. 
praiin; gkasae ara gy., osui ara gy. — odii nna gyehn supgw no 
mu, he stayed several days on the island. 

gye lie, th 1. Ak. = gyeh, v. — 2. to separate; the blood at 
death separating into serum and coaguhim or clot, "wagyene ne- 
ho" has become a euphemistic expression used in speaking of the 
death of kings or high persons; he has resigned or surrendered his 
///e = wawu, wagyaw mii, wasopa neho, wadah neho, waka babi. 
gyene, F. (2)1. id.) onion; syn. soprada. 

g3'eiicnny enei'i, a. clear, jjure, transparent, bright; syn. 
gyirennyireh, kurennyen, krorikron; gde nsu gy, bereeme; wa- 
nah sika no gy. asi hg. 

gykwc, n[n y e n e n]n y^nb ii {or gehenerieh, gy eny enyenyen) 

adv. or 71. tingling, of the. shrill, sharp, vibrating sound produced e.g. 

by striking metal; eyem'asom' g., it thrills through my cars; cf. ygnn. 

a gy e 11 e ii-n y e n c ii-ii s u, Ak. [agyegye-nsu, agyenagyehnsu] 

Aky. takyiridi, dragon-fly, adder-fly, libellida. 



164 Ogyeiiko — gyigye. 

Ogy eiiko, name of a montlt, about April? s. osram. 
agjeiikwri [nea ogye or egye hkwa] 1. saviour, redeemer, 
deliverer, preserver; the Saviour, liedeemer. — 2. the safefij-lid or 
covering of leather over tlie lock of a gun. 

ag}' e n s n [ade a ogye nsu, icliat receives the icalcr^ gutter; spout. 

gjcn tia [ogya tia] pi. nuyentia, fire-sticlc, fire-hrand; fuel; 

reinaiiis of a fire, remainder of fuel; raannya nnyansin muunjl, na 

gy. bi ua medae; monkotCva nnyentia ramera! dunnuni nny. a ewo 

ofie nhina ansa-na woako! 

gj^ennyaii, F. a kind octree. 

gyennyan, F. [>•<?(?. of gyan] a., adv. in vain; vain, vile. — 
gyennyan biara, F. j^erhapis, possihly. 

agyen-uj^an-dzc, agyen-nyaii-ue, F. a vain thing, vanitg. 
o-gy en uye 11 1 wi, jjI.h-, a person given to vanity, cf. nnyen- 
uyentwi; 1. a thoughtless, heedless, careless, foolish person, who does 
not care for advice, but foolishly takes his own way, cf. okwasea, — 
2. aprojligate, intemperate, licentious, dissolute, debauched, lascivious, 
leicd pierson; cf. ohofwini. — 3. a shameless, infamous, ignominious, 
vile, contemptible, despicable j^crson; cf. odapafo. 

agyesowci [fr. gye so] a certain tone or melody in music; 
to agy., to sing the accompanying voice. 

gyewgycw: n'asem ye gy., lie is rash, precipitate, his man- 
ners are rough, rude; syn. hyewhyew. 

agy C w =adagyew, leisure; eho agyew na mannya, I did not 
get time for it. 

gyidi, inf.[gye di] V.gy'uhA. faith. — gyidika, inf. confession 
gy id in i, -t"o, pi. -fo, F. gyidzifo, 2^1- a-, believer, [of faith. 
gyigy a, red. v. 1. s. gya, 1.2. — 2. to be unsteady, unstable, 
ficlde; to leaver, vacillate. Rog. 149.605. — 3. to be unsettled, excited, 
agitated, in a passion, distracted. Rog. 824. — wagyigya = waye 
basabasa, he is confounded, confused, perplexed; cf. bo nnyiniiyan. 
— i. to be impaired, deteriorated; won Kristosom no gyigyae, their 
Christianity tvas on the decline. 

o-gyigyafo, a passionate, quarrelsome pierson; .cf. otangyi- 
gyafo"^ Prov. 9,13. 25,24. 

9:y'\^^y Ji-g y i ^'y a, a., adv. unsteady, unstabh', ficUe, variable ; 
tmsettled, disorderly; oye n'ani gy., lie is unsteady lOc. onam gy. nti, 
enkyere se ne koma da neyam', his rash, restless, stormy, fidgctty 
manner shows that his heati is not at peace. 

gyigy aw, red. v., s. gyaw. 

gyigye, red. v. s. gye 1-40. Other meanings: 1. gy. abofra, 
to lead, tend, attend, nurse, feed, foster a chdd; mabo bi pa se onnyi- 
gye me ba, I have hired a person to attend or nurse my chdd. — 2. 
to instruct in, train for: wogyigye no akom. — 5. to lead aside or 
astray; to allure; to coax, flatter; to entice, decoy, tempt, seduce, 
persuade; to cheed, deceive, delude; cf. so f\ve, defedefe, dada, sisi, 
& ogyigye-fvvirema; to pircvail on, win over or try to do so; gbon- 



u^yi^y<-'«-^it''J — ?4yi"tt. T65 

sam gyij^yec lesu ; ogyljjyec no sc onycbono, he scdwed him io do 
evil. — J. to excite, pforolie; ogyij^^yt'c mo se mo no no iiko, he pro- 
roked mc to fiyht irith him; oj:jyij:;y('o mo peo m'anom' asem, he tried 
to etieit, draw or e(dch a wont from iiiij month. — 5. gy. fmo: a) 
ogyigye m'ano, he teases mc, provokes mc to fight or anger. — t}) 
id. he tries to catch mc in my tvords. — c) se ogyigyee iino a, ahka 
eyoe tokwaw, if he had replied to evert/ thing, it ivoidd have led 
to a scuffle. — (1. to hegin to grow red or ripe (of fruits). — 7. to 
shine, glisten, glitter, glister, sparfdc; gy. so, to dazzle; owia gyi- 
gyo lio = ye ho liaiin; kanea no gyigye m'ani so, tfic light drizzles 
my eyes. — 8. to sound, ccfio, resound ; bojjownom' agyigyo, the echo 
rings from that ))tountai)i; egyigyo m'asom', tJie sound of it is in my 
ears. — U. de nelio gyigye .. mn, to interfere, intermeddle, meddle 
with; syn. frafram'; wommfa wgnlio nnnyigyom', they sfiall not inter- 
fere, not meddle (or mix tficmselves up) with (or in) the matter; nsem 
iiliinji na ode iiebo gyigyem', Jie meddles or busies himself tvitfi every 
thing. 

o-gyigye-difo, a tvoman tvlio talces tilings from men and after- 
wards brcaliS her agreements tvith them; oye ogy. 

0-g\yigyefo, 1. gbea gy., nurse. — 2. (onipa gy.) seducer, al- 
lurer, fl(dterer* pr. 2386/. adversary, antagonist, pr. 2407. — Y.tfie 
tempter, Mt.4,3. = gsofwefo^ odadafo. 

0-gyigye-fwircma, delusion, deceptive i^romise; lit. a decei- 
ving by icfiistling to: ogyigye wo ogy., fie deceives you by flattery or 
vain promises. 

ao-y iVy e-nnje-nni, a story to be received and not to be be- 
lieved, fable, feigned story or tale, fictitious narration; cf. anansesem. 
The story-teller first addresses his audience with this word, perb. = 
will you believe or not? and the assembled heavers answer : Yegye 
di, we believe (it certainly). 

o-gyigy irifo, an inconsiderate, nmvary, rash, giddy, indiscreet, 
imprudent, foolisf I person; cf. okwasea. 

Jigyigy irisem, inconsiderateness, indiscretion, imprudence, 
rasftness, unreasonable actions, harsfi proceedings, violence actuated 
by foolislincss ; wakodi agy. — cf. nkwaseasem. 
gyim, V. F. = gyimi, to be an idiot &c. 

o-gyimfo, i^Z. a-, a stupid person, fool, idiot, simpleton (£-c. 
Rag. 499. 301. 503. cf. okwasea, ogyefo. 

gyimi, i'. to be stupid, foolisf i, senseless, tfiougfitless, crazy, 
mad. 2^: 1278. 2708. — o-gyiuii, /«/., stupidity, folly dr. 2»: 1277. 
ne gyimi nti onte ni'asem ase; cf. nkwaseasem, gye, adammo. 

gy in a, v. [red. gyinagyina] to stand (of persons and quadru- 
peds, cf. si, ta); to remain firm on a foundation; to stand still, mafce 
a stand, stop, pause, halt; gyina ho, stoj)! odgn no agyina, the clocfc or 
watcfi has stopped; owia agyina, tfie sun fias reacfied its fiighcst point, 
is in tfie meridian, it is midday. — gyina .. ak yi, to stand (d the 
back of or befiind, to support, help, bacfc, second, encourage, shield, 
defend, jirotect, stay, assist; cf. di.. akyi, boa. — gyina ..mu, 1. 
to stand, hold out, endure, bear, sustain, stand the proof or test. — 



166 <^yina — a^yinatu. 



2. io flourish; aneradwuma-dan no gyinain' se, the mumifadory is 
in a very flourishing state. — gy in a ..a no, to stand against, with- 
stand, resist. — gyina ..so, a) to stand on, he founded on, rest on; 
wo fg a wudi yi gyina asem a wokae kan no so, the reason of your 
hcing declared guilty is your first saying. — b) to stand to, be faith- 
ful to: ogyina nankasa asem so ■=gnnari n'asem, he JieejJS, is true to 
his word. — c) to licep to, obey: wogyina n'asem so = wodi n'as. so, 
they adhere to his orders. — d) to flourish, thrice: kurow no gyina 
so sO, the toicn is in a flourishing state. — e) to consist in or of; a- 
lionu pote no gyina nsem abiesti so, Kurtz § 272. 

gyina, 1. stay, support, prop; odah yi gyina ne odum yi, 
this room is supported by this inllar ; one me gy. = me mu-dua, 
m'akyidua, he upholds me, on him I rest. — 2. stay, delay, conti- 
nuance in a place fur some time: di gy., to stay or last for a while, 
to delay; niesomaa no no, wanni gyina na osah bae, when I sent 
him, he did not stay long, but returned ; bone mu anigye nni gy., 
sinful pleasure does not last long; ntama yi anui gy., this cloth did 
not last long; s. di, F. G. 

agyina^ the cojisultcdion of several persons who leave a greater 
circle to converse apart; ko agy., logo apart for such a consultation, 
to deliberate; tu agy., to consult apa)i. [fr. gyina, to stand, becanse 
the act mentioned is performed by the parties standing.] 

gyina-bea, gyina-bew, standing-place, stand, station; hyeh 
gy., harbour, road, roadstead. 

gyinac, the point or that on which one takes position or in- 
sists as being of importance; the main point, the principcd part of 
a statement; object, end, conclusion; - asem yi, niinlin ne gy., I do 
not see the real purport of this palaver; osii n'asem mu gy. ansa- 
na oreka, c.s. okyeree asentitiriw a enti obae ne nsentitiriw a ewo 
ne kase no mu, he stated or set forth the principcd jwints of his ob- 
ject before he entered into p)arlicidars; woanya asi asem no gyinae 
no; eyi ansa-na yerebefa wogy. no so de akg agyina, you have noiv 
stated the essential points of the matter; on these your statements tve 
shall now hold our consultation; (wgtase nea won hhinii kae na 
ekosi asem biako so a, wose:) nea yede asi ne gyinae ne se: ada- 
peii anaii obetua kaw no, the decision tve have come to is, that he 
shcdl pay the debt in four weehs; mohyee ne gy. den? hotv did you 
settle it? yeahye mu gyinae se adaperi 4 obetua, we have determined 
that in 4 iveeks he shcdl j^ay. 

agy in a m' [gyina mu] lit. standi ng-in, i.e. taking another^ s place, 
hence surety, security, bail; - di agy., to he bail, give security; odi 
agy. ma me, he gave security or has become surety for me. — cf. 
akagyiuam. 

agyinam'fo, the members of a council. 

agy in am a, jjI. n-, the cat; other names are: atenkyema, fie- 
bgfo, gsa, ameew. 

gy i n an twi, a medicinal plant. 

gy inaS(')-eh ii-po, a kind of Hower, Idy? 

a g y 1 n a-t li , inf. deliberation. 



o-£!^yinatiif6, jjZ. a-, one that Ikis gone for deliberation. 

ii'^yirne, mark, visible si(/)i made upon a tliiu<^ for souu! jiin- 
pose; sirjnificant token; cfiararter mndt.', instead of signature, by 
one who cannot write; cf. keua, krji, nsow, botao; - nieliyy no agy. 
n.s. wode biribi ato ho na woafwe no yiye seuea eda, na se obi de 
ne nsa ka a, woahu. — ati^yirae-liye, inf. the act of m«r/i/;/r/ a thing, 
gyinim, Akw. = tdfode, nkyene. — gyirasc, s. girase. 

aufviratwc, a tvei(//if of (/old ^= ntaku 16, ^ dollars or ackies, 
,9. A". (As. borgwo, whilst As. agyiratwe is half a taku more.) 

a i; y i r a t \V e fa, a weight of gold, the half (ofa) of agyiratwe. 
(As. borgotVi, nt. 8, wliilst As. agyiratwefa is ut. 9.) 

f^jireiin y ireii, a. pure, clear, clean (of water); sgn. gye- 
nennyenen, kurennyen, kronki'oh. 

<>y ir iii y i ri w, a. gi'istlij, cartilaginous, used in speaking of 
things which cause a crunching noise in chewing; sg}t. hawlulw; 
kgtgkg nam ye gy. 

H. 

'I'he guttural or faucal consonant h occurs before a, 0, 0, u 
and before the nasal vowels 0, i. Before the pure vowels a, 0, o (ti) 
some individuals pronounce it stronger than Eng. h, (with stronger 
friction of the breath between the soft palate and the root of the 
tongue) similar to the guttural ch in German ach, Bacharach; be- 
fore all nasal vowels it is not stronger than Eng. h, and between 
the nasal prefix n and a nasal vowel or \v it is almost mute, as in 
nliina, nhoma, nhweh, nhwi. — Before the pure palatal vowels e, 
0, i, the consonant becomes palatal and has more friction of the 
breath between the palate and the middle of the tongue, so that 
it answers to the palatal ch in German icli, Aachen, Miinchcn, or 
^' of the Standard Alphabet; in analogy to ky, £rj^ ny^ we express 
this simple sound by the letters hy. — The consonant h is also 
joined with the labial sound of \\. In our books we retain the com- 
bination hwa only when it assumes open prefixes, as g hwanyaii, 
whereas, when the prefixes are half-open, we write it hiia or hua, 
as o-hurim, o-huan', 6-huah. — In Fante dialects we find hw not 
only before a, but also before o, o, u, and e, c, i; for F. hwo, 
liwo, hwvi, we write only ho, ho, hii, and hwe, hwe, hwi 
have been changed into the palato-labial combinations fwe, f\V(^, 
fwi. — In Ak. even hwa or hCia has been changed into t'wa. — 
The simple h is, in single instances, to be found interchanging with 
k, as hanh, F. kanh ; with s or fw, as hintiw, Aky. sunti, As. fwiuta; 
with w, as F. ahoba, Akr. awowa; and with y, as Ak. hara, Akr. 
yera, F. yew. 

e-lia, pron. of place (Gr. § 60,3.) here, this place; hither; hence; 
bera ha, come here; it may take the adj. pron. yi after it: bera 
ha-yi, come just here, or an attribute in the possessive case before 
it: bera me ha, come hither to me; me ha ye me yaw, this place (of 
my body) here pain^ me; it may stand as an attribute in the poss. 
case before a noun: eha niinan, the sheep of this place or countrif. 



168 ha — ahaboben. 



Gr. § 61, or in apposition after a noun of place, when it must be 
rendered in Eng. by this: waba kurom' ha 'ne, he came into this 
town to-day. — ehanom (a kind of plural form), hereahout, here- 
abouts. — The emph. part, ara may be added: eha-ara, this same 
place, just here; wote hanom-ara, they live here about (nowhere else). 
— Cy. ha-ne-ha, hayi. 

ha, ha, intcrj. 1. = haha, a, expressing pleasure or joy. — 
3. a call for attention. — 3. an expression of contempt. Gr. § 1 45. 

e-ha, 1. wood, forest, bush; onam ham' kwa, onhu fie kwan, he 
wanders about in the bush, does not find the way home; cf. (a)haban, 
hanam &c. — 3. Y. plantation, cf. afuw, kwa. — 3. chase, hunting, 
sport; - ye ba, to hunt; cf. ahayo. 

o-ha, hundred. 
ha, Ak. F. s. haw, v. 

O-ha, pi. a-, a kind of bat; a harmless kind of nionJicy. pr. ISS. 

aha (interj.) mema wo aha, contr. mah;l, mahao, I give i.e. wish 
you good day! 

ha, hate, adv. hard, soundly (of sleeping); wada ha, he is 
fast asleep = wada nnahg. Acts 20,9. 

ha, adv. (to V. fwe) staringly, fixedly, unmoveably ; ofvve no ha, 
he gases at him. 

habababa, imit. expression of unijttclligiblc chattering or 
Ixibbling (wokasa a, eye m'asom h., their speech is quite unintelli- 
gible to me), or of the cr adding of a fire: ivith a cr adding noise; 
ogya or otanna no rehyew h. 

hh a bam ma (ahaban riketenkete), leaves of different trees. 

ahabam-mema, pr. 1291. 

ahabam-mdno (ahaban mono) 1. fresh or green leaves. — 2. 

(a.) green; of green colour. — 5. a venomous snalce of a gi-een colour. 

ha bah, 1. bush— wura. F. field, Mt. 6,28. 13,44. — 2. a piece 

of land overgrown tvith bush; makgto h. — 3. foliage, pr. 1289. — 

Aky. hahane. 

ahaban, pi. h-, Ak. ahabane, leaf, leaves, foliage ; shrub, shrubs, 
bush, bushes; wood, forest; cf. wura, kwae; - nuuru biyeiih., ebiye 
nnuiihih, some medicines are leaves, others are roots of trees; wobe- 
bubuu ah. agu yen so,' lit. they came and tore leaves have cast upon 
us, i.e. they have synqmthetically comforted us (e.g. after a defeat). 

haban-sem, an agreement concluded in the bush, without 
witnesses, pr. 2655. 

ahaban-ta, prepared tobacco in leaves (hands), unrolled to- 
bacco, imported from Europe or America; s. ta. 
a h a-b a j c r o , n-ild yam. pr. 1290. 

alia-bo: watow ah., he has slain a man unintentionaUy, = ne 
nsa apa. 

ah a-b 6 a jjI, n-, beast of the forest, ivild beast, game. 

ah a-b be, a kind o^ wild vine. 



luil»0(16ni — ham. IGU 



h;i-l)()d6ni, ;^?.a-. (lit. do(j of the forest), akintl of /V/r/.Yj/, {i^rcga- 
rious, brownish, witli a sleiulcu- hotly aiul long tail; r/'. hatwca. 

ahu-busii [eha mmiisu] the marring or spoiUmj of the chase or 
hiniiiJif/; pr.,W7. gye no ah., he does him harm in his hunting, drives 
the game away &c. (Obommofo kp wiiratn' a, wobo no inmusu nuna 
onnya aboa ntowno.) 

11 had a, stce2)in(/ in the Ijnsh; (ahilyg ;\ wgda wo ini'i) ehg ye nh., 
there are onli/ single hnts to which hunters resort, there while hunt- 
ing- one tnnst sleep in the bush, it is an e.vtensire nninhuhUcd fircst; 
cf. nnahso. 

ha-(lwiWj tick, a little insect infesting sheep, goats c^c. 
iuie hae, interj. a cry to scare or fright away birds of i)rey; 
gye me hh., he teases or irritates me, cf. otane m'ani. 

ahafi, a remote place in the midst of a tvood or forest; gtwee 
neho kgtrjul ah. babi. 

e-hafo, the people from here, inhabitants of this pHace, toion or 
eountrg. 

aliafo = nnah so; gkg ah. = gkg wnram', kwaem'. 

ahafoa, Akw. = ahaban. 
hagire [Dan. hagel, hagl] small-shot, hail-shot. 

ahagya, basket of pahn-branches of an inferior, careless make 
berew a wgammg no akyem-medew. 

ha ha, v. =^ hoahoa. pr. 1799. 

ha ha, interj. an expression of gladness, satisfaction Slz. (■/".ha. 

haha, s. hehji. — pr.570. — a haha, pr. 1379. 

hahane, ahahane, \ i i i v, • i i, i-i i * 

, , ' ., ' / = haban. ahaban, aliabane, 1. aliataw. 

aha hare, Ak. I > , 

haiiare, F. attrib. adj., s. hare. 

h a hi, grief for a great loss; me h. abg meho. 

o-h fihi n i, j^l- a-, a large, blacJc ant emitting a bad smell, jjr. 213. 

hahara, lu\hra, hahraha, a. broad, wide, spacious, wide open; 
cf. tetre; gdaii no mu ye h. = gdan no mu gow. 

h aliye-hahye, adv. heavily (of breathing). 

ahai, a kind of beer made of Indian corn; corn-wine, pito. 

hai, interj. an expression of fear or astonishment. Gr. § 145. 

h a[mii-]k ram an = habgdom, is used for wolf; but s. pataku. 

ham, V. to brawl, quarrel, icr angle, altercate; to chide (Ez. 17,2.) 
g-ne no ham or wgham = g-ne no yaw, kasakasa, perepere; mekge 
no, na grehaim. 

0-ham, i)if. dispute, qnarrel, altercation, brawl; efi ham mu; 
kog ko so, from chiding it came to blows. — bg ham, F. to rebuJce. 

[Mt. 17,18. 20,31. 

ham" = ha mu, in the bush, wood, forest; F. on tlie plani(dion, 
in the field. Mt. 24,18.40. eham', 'Sit', northward. 



170 hama — oliaii. 



hTi ma, pi. a- or n-, 1. cord, string, rope; bond; pr. 1293f.2530. 
cf. mtiriwa, mofumjl, rii'iualiama, ntampehama. — waliye hama = 
waseh ue mene; ode aiiiwu kghyee h., she strangled herself through. 
sh((me. — 2. climher, tendril, creeper, creeping or trailing plant, a 
plant that grows clinging to the ground or trees or other means of" 
support; mekobg ahama e.s. mekotwitwa iihamam', na af'e anohyia 
a, na meredo (Ak.) — S. twe hama, s. utontobo. 

hama-biri, a medicinal plant used to cure belly-ache. 

ha ma-ham a, a. boisterous; epo ye h., (he sea rages as when 
agitated by a storm. 

0-hamani, one bound with cords. 

ahamaiYka, 2'Z. h-, [Span, hamacali hammock; cf. denkye- 
denkye. — ahamaiikafo, hammock-carriers. 

hamaiika-soa, hammoeh carrying. (Phr. bo no akgnkon ! 
fa to wo atifi I yebedi no nnyigye or adannaiV.) 

ahama-iKj [hama i\\\o]pr.U23. the end of a siring. 

a h Ti 111 a-S a-d e : ne nan ah. = ade a womii ma wgde sa obi hama 
=-. atramatiri 24 a wode ma ohene se gmmii wonkum nipa. 

ahama-twc, inf. s. ntontobg. pr. 2841. 

I'lhaniavva [hama dim.'] 1. little strings cOc. — 3. vermicelli. 

o-ha-mii-ni, 7>/. a- -fo, 1. inhabitant of a phuitation-rilUtge = 
ofumni, okuraaseni. — 2. a pterson living in the hush, icood or forest, 
a savage. — 3. an uncivilized person. 

h a 11, V. [red. henhah] 1. to stretch, extend. — 2. to be extended; 
cf. ohan. — 3. to loosen (intr.): ahah me, it has been loosened (he- 
come loose) for me, s. "ahih me ahan me" under hih. — 4. red. to 
become or he distant, loose (of texture), not Joining closelg (of things 
fitted together); ntaina yi ;ini ahei'ihan, this cloth has become thread- 
barcC?); ntabow a woka sii anim no ah., there are chinks i)i the boards 
gtiu fitted together: iheg no longer fit closelg. — o. Phr. ade no ah(!n- 
han n'ani so, the thing Jias become unimp)0)iant or indifferent in his 
eyes, he makes light of it, he disregards or slights the thing; ghehhan 
a ahenhan won ani so no nti, wgmfd nye biribi bio, it has become 
so unimportant in their eyes, that they do not care for it any more ; 
ne kafe a gwg ahenhan n'ani so nti, gnkg mu bio, his coffee 2^1 anta- 
tion has lost all (dtraction for him, so that he does no more go into it. 
haiV, i\ [red. h<ln'ht\n] 1. h. mu, to spread Old, to extend, to 
open wide; hah akatawia no mu, open the umbrella; ghah n'anom', 
= gte n'anom', fie opens his mouth wide, he gapes, stands agape; 
ghah ne nsam' (se gde rebg no), Jte stretches out his arms, he raises 
his arm (to strike him). — 2. to swell, augment in force or loudness: 
hah wo 'ne mu teem', cry aloud, Is. 58,1. — 3. ghahhah n'ani, he 
stares, gives a stare, he threatens, frightens (ogye biribi aberahso, 
gka asem dennenneh). — 4. intr. to be extended, wide 02)cn: mmere 
no ahah, the mushroom has opened or expanded; n'ani ahah, fiis 
eyesore wide open or staring (of one drowned or taken by the throat) ; 
m'ani ahah, I am quite surjJrised or astonisfied. 

0-liaii, a cord, reaching from one side of a river to the other, to 



alianrmi ^ — liarru'i. 171 

lay hold of in passing over; pr. iiO. — siinkfi-luln, llic. .striii;/ of a 
violin or other stringed instnunont. 

ahaiiniu, the groin (sere nc yat'unu ahyiae, ayaasc). 
ha an, (ulv. & a. clear, light, bright, Inmitious, Intid; rf. haua- 
lutna, lijiran, liyeren; gsoro ye haiin, the sky is bright (cf. wim' 
atew); odan no mu ye hann, the apartment is light; wapiie li., he 
has become clearlg or distinctlij visible; n'ani so da ho li., his eyes 
are open, clear and bright; anim ye h., it is bright, broad daylight. 

— n. light, brightness; clearness; open, clear place or space, glade, 
lawn. John 1,4. 3,19. — gsoro hahn no uti, yehfi po 'ne, the atmos- 
phere is so clear that we can see the sea to-day ; gsebo nam na odu 
haiiii (= pete) mu a, osuro, when the leopard in his roaming (djoid 
comes to an open place, he is afraid; obi nnantewh. nui nyera okwan ; 
(•/: John 11,9. 

ha 11 ah a nil, a. bright, brilliant, glossy, shining, glittering, re- 
splendent; cf. hahh, hyehye; adaka no (ho) ye h., this furniture is 
glossy, bright, highly polished. 

ha-uam, game, deer, venison. 
ahaiiiKiii, four hundred. Gr. § 78,3. 

ha-ne-h{i, here and there; wokg Akiiropgn yi, nkg h., ... do; 
not go to certain places (to others you may go). 

1 1 a nil a n , red. v. h a ri . 

ha ilk a re, pl.n-, circle; any thing circular, made of string, 
cloth, iron ; hoop. 

ahaiikroiij nine hundred. Gr. § 78. 

11 ll a 11 a [eha, wood, noa=ano, border} the border of or between 
the bush and a plantation. 

ahansta, six hundred. — ah {in sun, seven hundred. Gr. §78. 

hanspa [Ger. handspaten} spade. 
o-hantaii, a kind of large tree. 
i\\\'Ai\ti\.iij pride, haughtiness; arrogance; c/. ahokyere, abupo; 

- ye ah., to he proud. 

o-li an tanni, pi. a- -fo, a proud, haughty person, pr. 1295. 
ahantan-sem, proud or haughty specddng, behaviour or de- 
meanour; arrogance, conceitedness. 

ahannu, two hundred. — ahanniim, five hundred. 
ahanwotwe, eight hundred. Gr. § 78,3. 
ha I" a, v. [red. barahcira] Ak. = yera (F. yew), yeraw [yera- 
haram, v. = yeram, to yawn, gape. yeraw]. 

haramata, jjZ. a- [Sp. harmatan, an Arabic word] the har- 
inattan, a dry wind from the interior of Africa, which blows in De- 
cember, January and Februai-y toward the Atlantic ocean and is 
accompanied by a dusty haze; cf. ope. pr. 1296. 

ha ran, s. 1. to shine, glitter, glister (owia, gkanea, sika); to 
be bright, glossy, splendid, bcaufiful; cf. liyereh ; wahyehye ne dan 
mu ma aharan, lie has adorned or decorated his room beautifully. — 



172 oharaii — ehayi. 

J2. to make shining, hrighf, glossy, hemiliful: woali. ayeforo no, tltcg 
huve adorned (dressed tip, trimmed up) the bride benutifuUi/; ahye- 
hyede ah. ayeforo yi, this bride is adorned with finery and jewels; 
beliaran me ma meiiko agoru. 

O-liaraii, n. brightness, splendour: monfwe nsoroma haran few 

litiraiin, adv. brightly tf'C. wapue b. [biako! 

hare, v. to row, paddle; pr. 1731. F. kwane. 

hare, harehare, F. hahare, a. 1. light (not heavy, not bur- 
densome); cf. duru. — 2. thin (leather) :pr. 1419. — 3. quid; nimble; 
ue hu ye hare, he is quiclc, nimble, active, lively ; ye woho hare! ma 
wo ho nye hare! be quick! aboa yi ye harehare = tutu mmirika 
ntemutem, this animal is very swiff; ne nan ye liare, he is light- 
footed; cf. wewe. — 4. light, slight, frivolous, vain, wanting dignity or 
solidity: oye neho hare, n'anira ye hare, n'adwenem ye (no) hare, 
he islighiminded, frivolous, a blackguard, a mean, shameless jierson. 
o-hare, inf. quickness, swiftness, briskness. 
o-harem', o-hare so, quick, swiftly, briskly; oye u'ade hareso 
a h a s a , three hundred. Gr. § 78. [hArcso. 

hase, cask, tun, pi2)c, j^n^fcheon; cf oprihkrah, piim'pa'. 

hat a, V. [red. hatahata] to spread (clothes or other things for 
the sake of drying by the sun or wind); to be spread out; ode nta- 
nia h. a\via mu; ntama a ehatae no awo. [G. ka.] 

ha tit, hatahata, a. thin, of things that have a flat, extended 
surface, as nhoma, paper, leather; asonhoma ye pipri, na oguah- 
homa ye h., an elephant's hide is thick, but a sheeji's skin is thin; 
syn. frafra, tratra. 

ah a taw (F. = ahaban), the bush and weeds shooting up afresh 
on a newly prepared plantation. j>r. 1298. 

liate, adv. = ha, nnaho. Acts :?0,7. 
ha-t\veji, bush-dog, = odemerefui, odompo, q.v. 
haw,'.", to trouble, disturb, disquiet, afflict, distress, annoy , vc.r, 
fret, worry, plague, persecute, bother, i)other, harass, importune, per- 
plex; to hurt, wound, pain, grieve, moiiify cCx-. F. ha., Mt. 5,10. Mk.-5,So. 
— ohaw me, syn. oguah (Ak. odviane) me ho, ohiahia nieho, ohye 
me ahogyaw*. oye me ayayade or aninnyanne; wo ua wohaw woho, 
you hurt yourself! -F. gha neho, he disquiets himself . Ps. 89,6. — intr. 
to be troubled dr. wahaw = wabere, aden no, he is weary or tired 
(of); F. ha, to faint, Mt. 9,36. n'ani ahaw, he is lazy, idle, indolent, 
sluggish, slothful; cf. onihafo, gkwadwerg; - ode no ahaw, the yam 
has become watery by lying too long in the ground. 

g-haw, inf. trouble, affliction, distress, plague; troubling &c. 

o-hawfo, 2jI- a-, one who troubles dr.; affUctcr, tormentor dc. 

hawhaw, a. u-atery, insipnd, vapid, used of yam not yet ripe 

or fit for eating; nkani a enye ye h. = gyiriwgyiriw. hwenenweue. 

e-ha yi (pronounced eh;u)=eha yi. — iiayi-hayi, liithrr-thithcr, 

this way -that way: mprempren gdan neho kg hayi, na mprempren 

gdan neho ba h. bio, he turns note that tvay and then again this way. 



ahdycj — olicmpd. 173 



alia-yo, inf. [yo ha] chase, hunting; kg ah., to ijo a Minting. 

a li Jiy gboa [aboa a woyc no ha] an animal pursued and taken 
h// sportsmen, game. 

o-hayoro, )d. a.-, siwrtsmtoi, hunter; r/". gbonnngfo. 

(_'-lic, Ak. ohenc, pron. i)iferr. where':' whither? whenec? (Jr. i; 
G(),3.G1,1. gwg he? where is lie'? odigua wg he? ivhcrc docs lie trade h" 
gkg he? where did he go to? oli he? where docs he come from? from 
whence is he? 

nhdj pron. interr. [Ak. son] Itow much? how mani/? eye ahe? 
how much is it? pr. 247(1 f. 1600- wosi ahe? how mang are thi'g? - how 
dear? at what price? Or. § 60,5. 61, '2. Woatg nno alie? //o/r much 
jxdiu-oil have i/ou Itougld? woatg I'lho no ahe? how dear have gou 
liought (or, wh(d have gou paid for) that pxdm-oil? 

e-he-la, where? on or to what side? eh. na woatc sii pen? tvhcre 
did gou ever hear such a thing? gkycrcc no kwan kgg h.? whereto 
did he lead him ? F. Mt. 2,3. 

hehii [haha]: onipa yi do mc hoh;1 bg mo dim-monc kyore I'l 
krof'o, this mini disparages, bes2)a(tcrs, defames, calumniates me he- 
fore the people; cf. sopa &c. 

h cm, V. to hloie one's nose; ghem ne fweneni, he blows his nose. 

ahe ma, a. in cpds. white, light; ef. ahwenhenut. 

ahemfi, )i. dawn, dag-breal-, the first appearance of light in the 
morning; ah. pe, witli tlic first rag or gleam of daglight; wotuaa ah. 
kgg gda no so, lit. fheg prevented (i.e. anticipated, had the start of) 
the dawn went to the grave, i.e. theg went to the grave before dag- 
break, vergearlg; monsgre ah. mmera na yenni asem no, rise early 
and come to settle the dispidc oy palaver. 

hcmahema, a. very early in the morning; angpa-h. (=ang- 
patutn) na wgkge, they tcent atvay very early; akwankg li. se de, 
mintumi mehkg hi da, I can never set out on a journey so very early. 

11 h e m a-d a , morn ing-sleep. 

ahcmadakye, the time before sunrise (4 to G o'clock), when 
the cock crows and the birds begin to sing; at dawn, just before 
or about day-break. 

o-h cm m a , o-hemmca, jjZ. n-, [ghene, gba or gbca] queen, a wo- 
man who is the sovereign of a kingdom, a female monarch; the con- 
sort of a king, ivife of a chief; cf. ghenyere. 

alio m 111 a 11, jj^ id. [ghene man], kingdom, monarchy; cf. ahen- 
ni; the people and territory or country subject to a king; a people 
having a king; Akp. the town of a king = ahenkiirow. 

ahemanakye, s. ahemad... 

o-liemmea, = ghemnia. 

all cmfi [ghene ofi] the king's or chief's house, dwelling, residence, 
palace. — aliemfi-soai'o, master (lord steward) of the king's household, 

o-liciii-luro = ghene foforo. [chamberlain. 

0-li(>m-iiiuiic = ghene bone. 

o-hcni-pa = ghene pa, a good king; also a courteous title in 
addressing a king. 



174 ohempefo — aheinie. 



O-h c m-p e f , J)/, a-, royalist, mmara-so-h., legifimisf. Hist. 

0-heni-pyporo = oliene kakraka, a great king. 

0-h e m-p ii , ^j^. a-, emperor; rf. kaesare. J5isi. 
hen, F. 1. = yen. Gr. § 58. — 3. ~ hjen, ship. 

O-heii, Ak. = obene. 
hen, F. = ehe, ehene. Mk. 14J2. 

e-hena, hona [F. vvana = hwana, Aky. nhwan, iihwae] j)/. 
hena-nom, pron. interr. wJio? whom? whose? Gr. § 60,1. 61, 1-3. — 
hena dea? tvhose? belonging to tvhoni? Gr. § 62. Wofre hena? hena 
na wofre no? whom do you call? hena sekah ni? gsekan yi ye hena 
dea? ivhosc knife is this? 

henakyir, nsatseaba h., F. = ahenniakyiri, the fourth finger. 

a h en-n n h, Qd. id.) [ghene dan, ad.] a room or house of the king. 

e-hene, Ak. = ehe; eh. fa na woreko? ivhich way are you going? 
liene, henehene, a. itching, prurient; cf. hyew, hyerehyere; 
me ho ye me bene or benebenehcne, my skin itches, is irritable; me 
nsa ho ye me b., me nan ye me hh. (= ekeka me), my hand, my 
foot is itching; eye me b. na manhiiane a enye yiye, it itches so thai 
I cannot help scrcdching. 

o-h en e, pi. a-, abemfo (Ak. obeh) 1. king, prince, chieftain, chief; 
in Akp. this title is given to tlie chief of every town as well as to 
the chief of the whole country; in As. its use is more restricted; 
cf. gdekiiro, gmaiiliene, gsafohene, gsee. In public assemblies fre- 
quently other words and names are used to designate tlie king, e.g. 
katakyie, gpanyin, Agyakwa&c. — 2. the office of a king, kingship, 
roycdty: odi bene, he exercises the office of, or he rules as, a king ; 
odi ne bene yiye, he rules tcell; wodi amaii so bene, tlicy ride over 
the nations; wgagye ne nsam' bene, the kingdom has been taken from 
him, he has been dethroned rf-c. — 3. di ahene, to make a 2iompous 
exhibition or display of royalty: oredi abene 'ne=: ghene rebefi gua 
de neho abekyere (a.s. abekyia), he is about publicly to dispAay his 
royalty ('or, to give a reception); abene a ebebyiaa mu nna-no no 
redi ab.'ne, the kings who came together the other day will turn out 
in parade or appear in state to-day. 

ahcne,p7. n-, Ak. afwenee. coral, pearl, bead; string of corals 
or beads, pr. 1319 f. abenepa, ahene-panyiii, ». 2)rccious coral, having 
the value of gold, as bota (kakawa), bgdgm, adiaba, nenkyenemma, 
nnyane, asen, tcteasg. Other kinds are: bankoroapem, iih\k(pr.44:j), 
abrokokgkgte, dadepoti. ade, adebonoa, adobe-aba, adobodobo, 
adwerebifi', adwoa-abiri (nbuwa-tuntum), mfansu, mfufuwa, oguaii- 
aniwa, nbia, fibuwa, kabgnoa (ne adebonoa), aketebin, nkoruwa, 
nkwadwo, rikwantaben, mmobitiri, mmorgkgkga, mmorgtoa, mmo- 
ta, anyinyiren, mpeneme (mpr.), gsa-aniwa, nsenkwane, nsibiS,, 
ntdka, ntankamagyanewa, ntantoa, atea-mogya', atoa', tgkotgko, 
antopantiri, anti'akuro, atwebewii, ntwomma. 

alicnne(e) [ghene ade] the insignia of the king or chief, con- 
sisting in the chair (ahehnna), the su'ord (afoa) and the ornaments 
(trinkets of gold and corals). 



I 



ohenoba — hetsew. 175 

o-h 6 n c-ba, pi. aliene-mma, son or child of a king, royal prince. 

aliene-basa, heads stringed & tied round the wrist. 

ahcne-di, inf. the pompous exhibition or disphty of royalty, s. 
glicne 3. 

a li (Ml 0-111 in a, 1. s. gheneba. — ^. the best sort of sandals; s. 
nipaboa. 

aboiie-iiinia-iisatcn, a tree with edible fruits. 

a beiic-aseii, beads worn round the hij>s. 

y-bono \va, j'^- ^"> ^* small, petty Iciny, prince, chief. 

a b e n c w a, a small head. 

abi'iicwa, a name given to the members of certain famiHcs in 
difterent 'J'wi tribes, in answer to a sabitatiou. Gr. § 147, 'J. 
bci'iba I'l, red. v. hkn. 

abciibOma., ahweiihema, s. ostiii. 

abeniii, inf. [obenc-di] 1. kingdom = kingship, exercise of 
kingly dominion. — ^. kingdom, meaning a land and i)eoplc under 
kingly rule; cf. ahemman. 

abciiniakjiri [ohcne adiakyiri] 1. the successor to the throne, 
prince hereditary. — 2. ring-finger, the fourth finger from the thumb, 
coming after the nsateahene; it is also called nsatea safohene. 

alieiniim', 1. = ghene anim, the king's face; the pdace before 
the king; nea ghene aiikasa te hg, the king' s presence ; gkg ah. akg- 
ka asem, he went before the king to report. — 2. = ghene dan anim, 
tlte place before the king's dwelling; the court. 

a b e 11 k o r a (tet. ayonkorawa), a kind of tree ; mmofra de n'aba 
si ntew. 

o b e I'l-k es 6 = ghene kese. — o b e I'l-k t\. m a = ghene akumri. 

abei'ikiiro w j^/. h-, [ghone kilrow] tlie town in which the king 
resides, residence, ccqntcd. 

abeiikwa, pi. h-, [ghene akoa] tlic servant of a king (or of a 
fetish = abosonkwa). 

ah en-saw, a climber, the fibres of which are made into a kind 
of sponge (hama bi a cwg wuram' a wgboro ye sapgw); the sponqc 
itself: mepe ah. bi mate maguare; cf. gsaw, sapgw. 

all ee iisia, ahensia, As. awensa, akind oimousc or rat.pr. 1826. 

ah en tarn, = ghene ntam, pr. 1327. 
h en t la (hentua), j>?. n-, noose, running knot; loop; mesh, stitch; 
- wabg (hama no) b.; wgde sa mmoa, wgde kyekyere ade; - mabg 
nob. du na mereye wg nnua so, I have ten stitches on the needle and 
am knitting. 

all e n tow [ghene tgw] a small lump of "fufu", as becoming 
kings, who ought to eat little, cf. c-tgw, hkwaseatgw. 

all e nil ua, pi. h-, [ghene agua] the stool or chair of a king or 
chief, throne. — 2. its carriers. — abe hii\v a, Ak. id. 

g-bon-y ere [ghene yere]j;/.-nom, a wife of a king; r/. ghoinma. 
hetsew, F. roof Alt. 8,8. Mk. 3,4. 



176 he — hia. 

he... he... hi... s. liye, hye, hyi... 

hi, V. to come or draw to an end or dose; to close; to he ful- 
filled or completed; [cf. hini, ehin, nhin, nliinri.] - m'adagyew rehi, 
my leisure is passing aivay; mebere alii = aka ketewa so na asa, 
my time is nearly spoil; me nna a mcde mcrebeko no rehi or reye 
ahi, my days to go away are nearly at hand; ohia ahi ato no, poverty 
has (now finally or fully) overtalcen liim; - to he spent, wasted or 
ivorn out by frequent use: osekan no rehi or ahi aka ketewa bi, e..s. 
woasew dade bi usew asew na eresii; otuo no ano ahi; - to cease 
burning; ogya no ahi = awie dew ma aka nnyausramma nko. 
Syn. sa, fviere. 

ahi, perh. an inf. of hi: an ending, stopping, reluctance to pro- 
ceed, iised of what is irlsonie, tedious, which causes dislike or dis- 
pleasure (ade a eye tan or donnennenneh), i)r. 1328 ; - indignation. 
Phrases: ye ahi, to provolcc, to excite disgust, indignation, resent- 
ment: asem yi ye me ahi = tan, this matter is vexatious, irJcsonie, 
afflicting, pro fo]xi)tg, teasing, loathsome, disgusting, repulsive, odious 
to me, I have had enough of it; ne ho ye me ahi,=mfonee, I am wea- 
ry or tired of him, I loathe him; n'anom' kasayeahi, his talJiing is 
intolerahle. pr. 1492. — tew ahi, to he refractory, to resist; to set 
at naught, to despise, utterly disregard; watew me ahi, = wdseh mo, 
so, wammu me, n'ani anso m'asem, m'asem anso n'ani, he disre- 
gards me, disdains, slights or scorns to obey me; watcw m'asem alii 
= meka mekyeree no se : nyy so! na obuu so kgyee; woatew ohene 
asem ahi e.s. ebia wg-ne ohene abofo a gsomaa won koo ho kodii 
asem no anni asem no yiye na woyaw se wgfwee won; - watew won 
ahi, = gmpe won nneyee, wgn nneyee nye no fe, nsg n'ani, he has 
become averse from them, he disapproves, disowns or disavows them; 
opgnkg no atew no wura (so) ahi, that horse is refractory against his 
master. (Matew nea eye tafi ahi maba = manya mayi nea eye tan 
(adi, or) maba guam'. Obi haw wo haw wo haw wo na dakoro eye 
wo tan a, wuse: matew ahi, asem yi, minni so bio.) 

ahi, 1. fright, affright, dread, terror: oyi no ahi, he frightens 
him = oyi no hu, cf. bg pirim or piriw. — 2. mocJccry, derision, in- 
sult; oyi no ahi, he mocks at him (= odi ne ho few). 

hia, V. ^= hin; dompe, kasae, nsge ahia me =^ ahii'i me, a 
bone is sticking in my throat, pr. 444. 

hia, V. 1. to straiten, distress, perplex, trouble, to press tvith 
poverty or other necessity; me ho hia me, / cannot move (in a too 
narrow place); .... se biribi or dodo, I am so pressed, in a great strait 
(2 Sam. 24,14), much troubled; eho hia me (dodo), it is of ('great) 
consefpience to me, I am very desirous to obtain it; - ade hia me, / 
am distressed for want of money or food, am needy, indigent, poor; 
pr. 796-801. — impers. ehia me, I am in a strait, in distress, perplex- 
ity, trouble; ahia me, I have been reduced in my circumstances, have 
become poor, indigent, needy, I am in need, in want, in distress, 
pr. 775. 1329-S5- — 2. impers. to be required or needful; ehia me sika. 
/ need or am in want of money; ehia se.., it is recpiired or necessary 
that., cf. etwa se, Gr. § 157,2. 255,1 h. — enhia, it is no matter, of 



oliid — ahini. 177 



))o importtinrc, I don't care for if. N'aiii afiira nti oliia no so obi 
kycre no kwan, or, eliiano kwaiikycri'tV), hccditsc he is blind, he 
wants or needs to he condnrfed hi/ somebody, lie is in want of, stands 
in need of a (jnidc. — Itcd. liiabia, q. v. 

o-hiii, inf. poverty, indigence, tvanf, necessity, straitened circum- 
stances, straits; pr. .9.9.?. 740-4.5. IS^W-oO. — ohia do no, liia no, aka no, 
poverty has occrtalcen him, he has become poor, has been impover- 
ished; oiii Ilia, he is needy, destitute, hard u/), poverty stricken ; j)r.SS(). 
oliia rclii ato no, poverty stares him in the face, awaits him (s. hi). 
— ohia-(la, day or time of necessity, trouble, danger, distress. pr.i:j.')7. 
Ilia (Aky.) some membraneous part on the liver of an animal. 

.iiliia, a kind of bead; s. ahene. 

hia-fwe, i)if. wodi h., they take core for each other, help each 
other, in time of need, = wodi mmoa or nnoboa. 

hialiia, red. r. hia; 1. me ho hiahia me, I am straitened or 
pained, Lidc. 12,50. — 2. ir. ohiahia me ho = oguan me ho, he troub- 
les me, is tro2(bJesome or loathsome to me, presses me hard or close, 
is hard upon me dr. pr. 1358. 

liiahia, a. F. == hihia. Mt. 7,14. 

Q-\\\i\nij j)l. ahiafo, 1. a poor man (=nea onni biribi, oli. pa); 
(/. gberefo. pr. 13-59-78. 2864. — J2. a quiet, nnpretcnding, unassuming 
private man (nea ompe ne ho asem, otra babi komm; me de, meye 
ohiani bi a mete me babi); - cf. ayemfo. 

0-hiaiii-damas, imitcdive damcisJc. — ohiani-ago, velveteen. 

ahianiwa, (dim.) = ohiani 2., ayemfo. 

o-liia-toii, (inf.) sale enforced by necessity, forced sale. 

o-hia-as ubo, baptism of an infant whose premature death is 

a h i d e = ade a eye ahi. fapprehended. 

hie, V. \jred. hiehie] Ak. hini, to open, to let out; hie poh no 
= bue dan no ano, open the door! hie yen, ojJcn to ns! Mat. 25,11. 
hie no, let him out! kohie nhuan no, let the sheep out! cf. hini, bue. 

Ill e hie, red. v. hie. — a h i h i , ^^r. ^57.9. 

hieroglifi [Gr.] liieroglyph, a character in the picture-writing 
of the ancient Egyptian priests; nsenkyerene-kyerew. Hist. 

hihia, a. narrow, strait, straitened, close; cf. teatea, muamua. 

him, V. [rcfZ. hihliim] to move or cause to move one way and 
the other: intr. to shake, tremble, shiver; to totter, stagger, reel; to 
roll; to swing; dua ahabah him, the leaves of the tree shedce; ehyen 
him, the ship rolls; ehii ma ue ho him, fear makes hi)n tremble; awgw 
nti ne ho him, he shivers from cold. — tr. to shake, agitate, to make 
one tremble or totter, to stving; to toag, wave, flourish, brandish; 
mframa him nnua, the tvind shakes the trees; mframa hinhim po mu 
nsu, the tvind agitates the icater of the sea; opghkg him ne dua, the 
horse wags his tail; ohim neho, lie swings. Syn. popo, posow, wo- 
sow; fere, fefere. 

a hi 111, inf. di ahim, to shake: ode ne ti di ahim, = ohinhim ne 
ti ; - /o wave, soar, hover: akroma redi ahim wg ahunmu. — t\va 
ahim, F. to be lunatic. Mt. 4,24. 

12 



178 hima — iihina. 

hima, v. [red. himahima] 1. to sJiaJvC, ivag; oliima ne ti, he 
shakes his head. — :2. to turn, change; oma ne ti liimae = dane, he 
shook or staggered him in his resolutions, he caused him to change 
his opinion or intention. — 5. to remove, withdraw: hima wo nsa, 
wo ti, woho, turn aside;- to drive away: waliima wo tamfo, Zeph.3,15. 

— 4. h. okwan, to alter the direction of a wai/, to trans2)lace a way. 

— 0. to turn aside, diverge, deviate gradualhj from a given direction : 
asubonten no ne okwan no biniae, asu no hima jii kwari no ho, the 
river and the n-ag parted . — 6. to arrive at puhertij; obea no ah. (= 
adah neho, aboe bra) nti woye no popomporuwa. — 7. to punish, 
chastise ('? obs.) pr. 131. Aliima, ih. 

lihimaho-bea, iihimaho-dantabaii, tropic, the place, or circle. 
or zone at or over which the snn in its vertical position gradually 
shifts its apparent course from the northern side of the equator to 
the soutliern, and vice versa. Geog. 

ahiinbiribiriw, F. earthquake. Mk. 13,8. 

hill, V. to stick fast; nsoe ahin me (ahin me menewam'j, a fish- 
hone is sticking in mg throat; twerebo, mahih dade ntam', the flint- 
stone (says), I am hemmed in, wedged in or sticking between iron, 
i.e. I am in a strait, lied, hinhin; wobegyee asem no hinhiiV mu, 
theg interceded, interfered or interposed in the matter (stopping the 
proceedings). — Ahin me ahah me, prop. I stick fast am loosed, i.e. I 
am in a dilemma, critical situation, strait, perplexity, I am doubtful 
which to choose, undetermined ivhai course to pursue. 

e-hiii, ])l. a-, edge, corner [perh. end, extremity, cf. hi]; As. = 
twea; septum, diap)hragm, e.g. the white of an egg intervening be- 
tween two yolks of the same egg (hkesua no mu da bin); cf. nhiu, 
dubih, nangyehin. 

n h i 11, the root of a tree, espec. the buttress-like part above ground 
of some large trees, as, onyii, gwowa; cf. ntini. 

ah Ilia, pi. n-, s\. pot, earthen vessel, with a gibbous belly and 
comparatively narrow opening, for water, palm-wine, palm-oil; cf. 
kuku.pr. 485. 1380-83. 2188. — a hi 11 a, ...nawa, j>?.n-, dim. of ahina. 

iihina, rihindna, nhinara, nhinfi ara, v. (supplying also the 
place of the Eng. adj.) 1. all, every, prop, the trhole (number or 
sum, of individual objects). — 2. 'whole (in contradistinction to 
fragment), prop, tlic wJ/ole, total, totality, entireness; the whole quan- 
tity or amount. — Wadi ne hhinfi, wannyaw me biribi, he has eaten 
all and left nothing for me; pr. 2327; ne sika nh. asa, all his money 
is gone; Onyahk. wo mma nh., God is everywhere; won nh. de won- 
ho, they are all free men; da or nna nh., every day, alivays,pr.2378. 
nnipa hh., all men, i.e. every body. — Ne ho asem ahye asase no 
nh. so, the rumour of him has spread over the whole country; yere- 
bebubu dan no hh. agu fam', ive arc going to break the whole house 
down. — Obscrv. The pronunciation of this word being very unstable, 
a great variety of forms is met with in the earlier attempts to write 
it, as: ning-yinara, ninyinra (= ne hhina), yina, uinwa, adingna 
(=ade hhina), niyina, nenana (Nig. Exp. Voc. under all, each, every. 



hiiiaiii — uliiiitiinpraku. 179 

ichatcvcr, ichoh) : iniara, inyiana, inyiiifi (R.), \n\(\ni\ (Diet.), nnyina 
(Chr.), ny'uvAv\-iv(Mf. Gr.)\\y\niWi\(rrk.) — When the Ed. had learnt 
that in Elinina it sounds li i iia , lio clian}>'('d the writing into nhina, 
and thinks it probabk; tliat it is made of nhi no ara, even the end, 
nfmost, last rem (tinder, ef. hi, v.. chin, hliih. This is confirmed by 
the way in which it is rendered more emphatic, viz. enka bein}^ 
added to it, the moaning of which is: there is not ivanting (see ka); 
consequently "enka-nhina" means : there is not left or exelndcd even 
the last remainder, i.e. all or the ivhole without exception. 

hi 11 am, v. to squirt, sjnrt, S2)urt (water or spittle from the 
mouth); ef. anohyira; - awg h. ntasu, snakes eject or discharge 
slaver; wohinam no so, they spit on him. 

a ii i ii-a n a 11, n.d-a. quadrate, square; four-cornered, qiiadran- 
ahiii-asa, n.&a. triangle; three-cornered, triangular. /J£/»?^"'- 
ahin-asid, n.d-a. hexagon; hexagonal, sexangular. 

hill him, red. v., s. him; - ohinhim ne ti de di adehyesem, he 
waves or fosses his head in pride and arrogance. 

hiiiliii'i, red. v., s. bin. 

hiiii, V. 1. to shut, close, lock a door, a gate; hini dan no iiuo 
= koka opon no hini auo; hini berapae; minhini dan no ano (= 
mento pon nom') ana? - 02)p. hie; (/. mua. — 2. Ak, = hie, to ojwn, 
unlocli; hini dan no, 02)cn the room ; opp. to mu. — 5. intr. to open, 
he opened, pr. 713. 

Ahinime, name of a month, about October; s. osram. 

hintabea, -be re, -bew, hiding-place. 

h i 11 1 a h i n t a w , red. v. , pr. 393. 1265. 

li in t aim 11 11, the smallest kind of ant. 

hintaw, v. Kuk. fvvinta, F. hota, hunta, to hide, conceal; to 
he hid or concealed; wakohintaw or wah. neho, he has hid himself; 
wah. ne sika, he has concealed his gold; ade a abintaw nhinil befi adi, 
all that is concealed will come to light. - b. is also used to express 
the adv. secretly: woye hintaw, or, wobiutaw ye, they do it secretly; 
a hintaw e, hiding-place. [pr- 183-83. 1384. 

ahintaw-mii, in secret, secretly, stealthily, by stealth, clande- 
stinely. 

hintiw, V. [Ak. sunti, F. purow] to stumble, to strike or knock 
the foot against, to hurt the foot by knocking against something; ma- 
hintiw bo, I have knocked my foot against a stone; mah. me nan, 
I have hurt my foot (by knocking it against something), pr. 1387. 

h i n t i b 6 , stumbling-stone. 

hintidiia, stumbling-block, any cause of stumhling or falling, 
cause of offence or sin, occasion of sinning. 

hinti-liintiw, red. v. 

hill till, V. to excite, rouse, stir up; me bo ab. me, my heart is 
stirred up, my anger has been roused or excited. 

o-h 111 ti(m)praku, a piece of wood contrived so tliat it flics bach 



180 ahisem — ho. 



ujion ivJiafever f ouches if; cluasin a wode sum afiri; ehutan a, ebo 
wo; - masi auoma no h. pr. 13S5f. 

ahi-sem [ahi asem] a vcxntlons ov provolc'wfi word or nuitfcr, 
:= ascm a eje ahi or tan, abantansem ; oka ah. 

ahi-tew, inf. reluctance, nnwilUnyness, displeasure, dislike. 

ahi-ye, inf. teasing, vexation, provocation. 

alil-yi, inf. mocJceri/, derision, scoff, scorn: cf. fewdi. 

0-liiy ii'o, ^Z. a-, mocker, deridcr, scoffer. 
hm hm, inter j. an expression of faint-hearted or reluctant 
compliance, acqniescense or assent, or of anger. pr.356S. 

o-h 0, )>ron. of place, Gr. § (50,8. find place, there, thither; some- 
times applied to time: then, cf. eligbere; onam ho, there he (joes; 
owo ho, he is there, he is present; onni ho, lie is not there; eho ye, 
'// is u-cll; - di ho, to he the second, the not in a row, in ranlc, s. di 
23. — It may take the adj. pron. no after it: eho no, wudu ho a, 
wobehu biribi, there, ifi/ou come there, you will see (experience) some- 
thing! — It may stand as an attribute in the poss. case before a 
noun: eho awgw sen hade, the cold in those countries is severer than 
here. — ^In connection with some verbs, as gye, sere, it answers 
to the Eng. 2)rep. from: wagye me ho sika, he has iedccn money from 
me; osere me ho ade, Gr. § 22,"), 3. — wgba no ho, F. = wgba ne 
likyen. Mt. ]i,'^9. Ml: J:2,IS. — ye ho, F. to he done, to come to pass. 
ML 11,S3. 13,4. 29 f- — enye ho, he it so! — When ho stands in ap- 
position to a noun of place, it must be n-ndered in Eng. by that: 
tiirom' ho, nnua abieu sisi ho, two trees stood in that garden. — 
ell Olio in (a kind of plural form), thereahout(s). — The emphatic 
particle ara may be added: eho-ara na ope se gko, he desires to go 
just there; wgte hgnom-ara, they live thercahoufs, nowhere else. — 
Cf. hg-ne-hg. 

ho, v., red. hoho, s. horo. 
ho, V. Ak. = how. 

ho, interj. expression of contempt; obi ka ascm hi na enye 
wo de a, wuse: ho! 

h6\ interj. expressing disdain and defamation: woliuro no hoo 
= wgbg no tutuw, they deride or revile him with shouts; wgsg no ho, 
they speah indignantly of him. — ho ho ho, F. interj. of shouting, 
li6, n. tO adv. 1. deep, hollow; ne kuru nom' da tokuru ho, 
there is a deep hole in his tvound; n'auiwam' aye ho, his eyes are 
hollow i.e. sunJc in their orhits or soclcets; cf. honh. — 2. leaky, pre- 
senting a gap or opening to see through: osuhye no mu da ho ho 
nti, gdan no I'lwini, hecause the roof has holes large enough to see 
through, the house is damp, lets ivater in; mpapaeho, a fissure, cleft 
or crack that can he seen through. 

ho, adv. i(- n. loudly, aloud; a roar, nproar, huhhuh, tumult, 
riot; wgteem' ho, wgye ho, they cry aloud, they hollo, hrdloo,' make 
a loud noise, huhhuh or riot; cf. hgbgbgbg, hii. 

6 h o, olioo, interj. F.=n'n6(^, dabi, no, nay; Gr. § 1 46,3.. ilff. 5,37. 
hu, interj. an expression of disgust at some stench, pr. 460. 



cho. ISI 

c-lio, Or. i? llS-ll*(>. ///(' cxlcriitr: I. ti) (tf tliiii}i,s: llir oiilcr or 
oidinird i>(iri, outside, sntf(tvc, (t/>j>C(iriiii(f ; - />) of jx-isoiis: t/ic hu- 
iiKiii (ifdiic; - i) the irhdlc Ixxli/; - d) lite irlialr /icrson. — ^i. of 
j)IacH': l/ic outward ports, the sjioei: without or outside (exf(![)t.iii<^ 
cases ill wliicli akyi or akyiri staiuls); •iieaniess, projiiiiit//. — 
o. ^f) of local n'latioiis: oh, at, />//, )ie((r, to, sidrwanls, alwut, irrouud, 
at/<iinsf; - />) of causal relations: of, (d, alwut, touchiiit/, roiireriiiuy, 
r'etatimf to. Gr. § 121,2. 210/^ 24;i 7.V///. J. 

vl.KxampU's in which ho is the i;rannnatical suhject of a sentence. 
/. Ne ho ye hn, - nwoiiwa, - serew, his iip/iraraurc excites fear, - 
wtouter, - touiihter. — ^. When (Icnotiii}:; the. outer part of a thinj^ 
(tf whidi the preilieate exj)resses an action, coiulition, or (juality 
that may he perceived hy the senses of vision, smell, or touch: it 
is, ill Enu;., generally left untranslated, its attritjute heing the suh- 
ject of the Eng. scMitence: j\Ipata ho wo al)(»n, fis/ies have (lit, the 
surface of fishes has) sc(des; adaka no ho ye Iijinahana, this furni- 
ture is vera tjrijiht ; ahina ho ye hyehye, pr. 13S3.- nantvvi hi ni, ne 
ho kokg ne fufu, there is a tndloclc of a red and white colour; akoa 
(afana) no ho ye fe, this fellow (woiuan) is pretty; wo ho aye fi, jiou 
are dirt//; nehoye nwini, ye tan, he is nast//, U(/l//; aholiow ho hon, 
the red aut stinhs, pr. ilo. 24:.'7. won ho ye hiiam, the/j are or become, 
sweet-sceided, hare a sweet smell; o]k)u no ho ye torotoro, this tidde 
is smooth; oye onipa a neho hhvvi-iihwi, lKi.1,8. oknra poma, eho 
apgw-apow, lie has a knotti/ slick in his hands; inahu dua hi, eho 
nsge-nsge, I have seen a tree with the bark full of thorns. — 5'. In 
the sense of bod// (in contradistinction to mind) ho occurs in a num- 
l)er of exjiressions which denote conditions and tjualities of the 
hodily constitution of man: Wo ho te denV how (ire you? me ho te 
yiye or me ho ye, / am well; me ho ye pese or pintinn, / am }>er- 
fectly well ; me ho ye kakra, I am tolerat)ly well; me ho uye kora, 
/ am not at all well; me ho nye me dch, I do not feel well; ne ho 
aye no den bio, ne ho agyae, he has yot better again ; ne ho ye den, 
neho pirini, lie is strony, he(dthy, stout; he has a strong constilutiou; 
neho him, popo, saw, lie shakes, trembles, quakes, shivers; neho 
ye hyew, he is hot; no ho hum no, ye no hyew or hyerehyei'e, he 
feels hot; ne ho keka no, ye no hene or henehone, his skin itches, is 
irritable; neho apa, his body is bare, espec. of beasts: ase ama oguah 
no ho apa, the manyc (scab, or itch) has caused the sheejfs hair to 
fall off: ne ho abubii no kora, he is entirely sh(dtered, broken down, 
exhausted, strenythless, laid low; ne ho aba ne ho bio, neho asan, he 
has recovered from, his sickness, is well again; neho tua neho, he 
is fat, well fed, corpulent; neho twa, neho ye hare, kamkam, we- 
we, he is nimble, cpdck, active, brisk, alert; neho da hg, he is un- 
covered, exposed, denuded; neho &{\, he is pure, clean; fig. he has 
been cleared from guilt, acquitted. Justified; neho tew, he is bright, 
pure, blameless, holy; ne ho ye no yaw, he feels j)ain in his body; 
gyare; neho worow, his skin peels off. — neho awu, s. wu. — 4. 
Other Combinations of h o, body, self, with a verb, have, by a trans- 
fer from the bodily to the mental province, become expressions for 
mental conditions and aft'ections. In some such phrases ho signifies 



182 eho. 

the things round about or the circumstances of a person or thing. 
Neho abow no, he is disheartened; uelio bono, F. he is amazed. 
Mk. 2,1^. ne ho dwiriw no, he is amazed, terrified; ne ho ad wo, agow 
(no), akji, ka ne ho, asan no, pesew no or sepew no, ato(no), atu no, 
he is at ease, ccdm, composed, comfortable, happy, joyful, rejoiced, 
contented &c. ne ho afgm no, he is in anxiety, cast down, dejected, 
dismayed; nehohiano, kyere no, yeraw no, he is in a strait, in 
distress, trouble, perplexity; neho liaw no, hwanyah no, pere no, 
nsen no, titi no, he is impatient, restless, iineasy d'C. ne ho hyia ne 
ho, his means meet his wants, he has all he wants; ne ho awow, his 
means are dried up i.e. exhausted; ne ho twa, ne ho wo, lit. his about 
is smooth or dry, i.e. he is not disorderly (sakasaka), he is clever, 
adroit, smart, well-^mannered ; neho ye sakasaka, he is disorderly, 
ill-mannered. — 5. In some phrases ho means the space aboid, the 
ivay to get at, or a source, a place to receive something, or the con- 
cerns of & thing: Afuw no ho da ho, the access to the plantation lies 
there i.e. is open, not impeded, the plantation is not fenced in; nhoma 
yi ho ye me na or hia me, I am anxious to get this bonlc; nhoma yi ho 
ye na, this boolc is not easdy to be got at; asem no ho hia, that ivord 
(or matter) is of importance. — Ne ho ye fow, good wages may be 
had from him, he gives good wages. Me ho wo ade, - akyede, I am 
foiiunate in getting things, - presents. 

B. Examples in which ho is an attribute in the possessive case: 
"Wo ho ade ye den, things belonging to your nature are very hard, 
i.e. your dealings or manners are troublesome (?), there is not much 
help to be had from you; - wo ho ade ye na, things from you are diffi- 
cult, i.e. there is little to be expected from you. — In most cases ho in 
the poss. case must, in Eng., be rendered by prepositions: Oko no 
ho asem ni, this is the history of that war; ne ho hu nti woguahe, 
from fear of him they fled; wakyerew me n'akwantu ho nhoma, he 
has written me a letter about his journey. 

C. Examples in which ho is the object of the predicate: 

1. ho in the reflexive pronoun forms the object of refl. verbs, cf Gr. 
§57.218,1 a. — 2. ho =the outside, outer part: dufua ne dua a woa- 
fufuaw ho kakra. 

D. When h 6 is the locative complement of a predicate, or the spe- 
cific complement of a verbal phrase (Gr. § 208. 213.. 214), or when 
it occurs in an adjunct of place, concern or cause, it always refers 
to an attribute expressed or understood, and is, in Eng., rendered 
by prepositions or adverbs of place. Ote pon ho, he is or was sit- 
ting at the table; me nso migyinaa ho bi, I also stood by; yeaben 
kurow no ho (Gr. § 208,3), tee have come (close) to, or, are near the 
town; eti bo akyene ho, a sJcull sticJcs to the drum, pr.Ull; mfonini 
sen dan ho, the picture hangs on the wall; Akwam' da Firaw ho, 
AJcwam is on the river Volta; agyinamoa de ne ti twitwiw ne nan 
ho, the cat is rubbing its head against his leg; - waka wo ho asem 
yiye, he has spoken well of you; ne ho asem hyee (wo) asase no nh. so, 
the report of him (his fame) spread over the whole country; nkyene 
nse ne ho se: meye de, salt docs not say of itself: I have a pleasant 
taste, pr. 1942. mabere (wo) no ho, I am tired of him; midweh me 



hoa — ahodannan. 183 



inia In"), / am tliiukimj about iii// hnil/icr. Afyka ne li6; incka no liu; 
ode niiipa lia kaa dnin no ho; Gr. § 214,1 h. Jiiiii. (>. 

Verbs that have lio tor their coiiiinon coniph'nieiit: 
bo ..ho, to l)C (Jonltlc; cans. /o doiiljh', reduplicate; - bata,. liO, fain., 
ho, ka..lj6, to Join, he added; cans, to join, add;- dura.. ho, kata.. 
lio, to envelop, cover; - gorn .. hO, di .. ho few, to moek at; guaii .. ho, 
hia .. ho (cans, of ho guah, ho liia), to trouble; - tew .. ho (eaus. of 
ho tew), to clean, nia/ce bri;/ld, Jioli/, to sanctifi/; - tii (atade) ho, to 
brush (clothes); t\Viw (asepaterc) lio, to brush, rub, clean (boots) &v. 
hoa, V. to be white, pale, litjld-coloured; dvVete hoa na sika 
here, silver is ivhite and [fold is red; - to be hri<jht, to shine, (jlisten, 
(flitter; - to turn, (/row, or become white dv., pr. ^931. — gkgtn nti 
ii'ano ahoa, his lips have become pale tvith long continued hunger; 
- to ripen: aburow no alioa = abore, aye ko, the corn is ripe, yel- 
low or white (to harvest, Johni, .'Jo) ; pr. 672. — hoa ho, to malic white, 
to jntlish; dwete dwinne ho biri a, odwumfo na ohoa ho. lied, hoa- 
hoa, q. V. 

hoa, n. a Vujht colour; liijht-tdue cotton-yarn or cloth; waliye 
no hoa, lie has dyed it liijld-blue. 

hoa, s. hoawa. — hoae, F. whiteness. 

\\ a h o a, red. v. 1. s. hoa. — 3. to praise or extol beyond merit; 
to fatter; - h. neho (reft.), to boast or br(((/ (vvg.. lio, of..). 

o-ho-aiika-iii, a selfish, self-sufficient person; neaonipe se onipa 
ho ka no, na ne nkuto pe neho. pr. 1-117. 
lioaiiyriii, s. hwanyan. 
e-lioara,/«s# there, (at) that very place; pr. 3251. s. eho. 
hoawa, s. ofwedwa. 
ahoba, F. .s. awowa; ode nano asi me ah.; niedze menokwar 
si w'ano ah., thereto I pliyht or (jive thee my troth. 
ahobadze, V. pledye. 

ahoba', the generative fluid of the male, sperm, animal seed; 
e-ho-bere, that time, then. f(^f- nsu. 

ahobo, F. s. ahobow. 

alio-boa = onipa ho aboa; ef. tiboa, nsaboa; - neho mmoa 
keka no, he is in a flush or glow, from excitement, joy, passion, 
aho-boa, ahoboaboa, inf. preparation; syn. ahosiesie. 

h ob b b 0, adv. loudly, aloud, noisily, clamorously ; sfi, kasa, 
bom', teem' h. = ho, hu. 

aho-bow, inf. (E\) [ho, bow v.'] wonder, astonishment, amaze- 
ment; surprise; eye me ah. (== ahodwiriw, liwoiiwa), I marvel, 
wonder, am astonislied. Mt. 9,33. 13,54. 22,33. 27,14. 

ahobodzo, F. wonder, miracle. Mt. 24,24. 

aho-drida, inf. [dada neho] self-deceit, self-deception. 

aho-daiV, inf. [dan neho] turning, conversion. 

aho-dan na n', inf. [dannan neho] repeated change or trans- 
formation; nimbleness, agUity, versatility, pr. 2547. 



184 aliodaso — ahotweso. 

aho-daso, inf. [rlaucbo so] readiness, preparation, precaution, 
circumspection. Ah. nye hu, pr. 1393. 

ahu-de(e), Y .&\\bdi7.Q\e\io ?iA%\ personal propcrtij, effects, tlungs; 
geaei'. 2^>'operfij. — e-lio-de, Inf. [de neho] independence, Uhcriy. 

aho-edeii, aho-odeii [ho ye or wg gden] (boddi/) licaJth and 
strength; strengtli in general, power, niig/d, valour; cf. tumi. — 

0-ho-odeiifo, pi. a-, a strong, health//, stout man ov person, a 
man of valour; cf. oberah, otwentwemfo, otumt'o. 

a h 6 o d e n-n e, ahooden-sem, valiant, powerful or might g deeds. 

ah d e ii-ii w u m a^ mighty works. 

aho-dom, inf. [dora neho] cffeminac/j, delicacy, softness, tveaJc- 
ness; gye ah. dodo, he is too delicate (in feeling), too tender or tvcfd:. 

o-hodoinfo, ^:)?. a-, weakling, tender, delicate, effeniinate person. 
hodoo, ahodog, Ky. s. horow, ahorow. 

aho-dwaiie, Ak. = ahoguan. 

aho-dwira, ahodwira, inf. [dwira \\q\\o] purification. 

ahu-dVviriw, inf. [ho d\viriw] terror, horror, amasemcnt; cf. 
nwohwa, ahoyeraw. 

aho-dwo, ahodwoee, inf. [ho dwo] rest (from trouhle); quiet, 
peacefid, happy state and circumstances. 

hodvVo, hodwohodwo, a. (£■ adv., slack, lax, relaxed, loose; 
weak, feeble, strengthless; syn. bete, bercw, borggg e^c; gye adwu- 
maye mn hh., he is slack in his work. 

hodwow, r. 1. to he or become slack, relaxed, loose, weak, 
feeble; n'adesoa ah., his load is no longer tight; wabg akwakora uti 
or ne yare nti wah., from old age or from sickness he has become 
weak; ne nsam' ahodwow = agow. — ^. tr. to slacken (adesoa mu, 
to make a bundle less tense or tight); to loosen (hama or epgw mu, 
a string when tied, or a knot), opp. mia, yere mu; to untie, = san, 
opj). kyekye; to weaken, enfeeble, debilitate, relax; wgahodwow no 
hodwohodwo, he has been entirely disabled, sprained or exhausted 
(so that all his limbs are, as it were, out of Joint). 

aho-fa-di, inf. [fa neho di] emancipation, manumission, liberty. 

g-holadifo, pil. a-, an emancipated slave. 

ahofadi-pefo, the liberal party. Hist. 

aliofama, inf. [fa neho mfi] voluntary offering of one's self for 
some purpose, voluntariness, volunteering; devotion. — ah. dgm, a 
volunteer company, corps of volunteers, free corps. 

o-hofamafo, p^l. a-, volunteer. 

aho-efe, -ofew [ho ye or wg gfew] beauty, fairness, fineness, 
handsomeness, grace, elegance, prettiness. — o-hoofefo, i^Z. a-, a 
fair, handsome, pretty person; = nea neho ye fe; cf. oso. 

aho-fi, /;//. [ho fi] cleanness; innocence; acquittal; deliverance 
(by the A'erdict of a jury). 

ahO-fom, inf. [ho fgm] dejection, deprression of spirit or mind. 

aho-ofwam, Ak. = aho-ohuam. 

aho-fweso, inf. [fwe neho so] chastity, pudiciiy ; heedfulness. 



ahofwi — ahohora. 185 

a 1 1 o I'w 1, (IchiiKcJicrij, dissoluteness^ inlciii/x'rancc, l<(sciri(ii(siicss, 
tcicduess, liccnfioKsiiess; cxtraoar/ance, laulshncss, prodiyidity ; riot- 
iiKj. — if. iiiiyonuycutwi. 

o-liorwiiii, })l. 'A- -io, dehdKchce, sensiifd or dissipalcd person; 
prodiffuK squanderer; cf. ogyennyentwi, 

allot' \Vi-s<jm^ proflUjacii, vicious and pcrnicions or destructive 
dcalin(f. 

alio-ii'Oii o, inf. [Iio f>ouo (<ygo\v] l.atsc, easiness; freedom fnnn 
pain, disturhanee, trouble, tad, distress, exertion, an)io/jancc, porert// 
(Did difficult//; rest, quiet; al)sence of any tliimj t/ud ruffles, diseoin- 
poses or frets, tranquilliti), pcaec. (Ascm hi nni wo so, iiso woiinc 
bi kaw bina wowg biribi to biribi di.) — j2. carelessness, indifference. 

aho-giian, ////. [guan ho] vexation, harassing, troubling (act. 
cf. ahoy i'Y aw, pass.). — o-h o <j,' n a I'l t'o, j;L a-, a vexations, trouble- 
some person, vexcr, troubler, disturber. 

alio-ti'jo, inf. [gye neho] self-defence, self-deliverance. 

ahoi^ye-ko, tear of independence, liberation-war. 

aho-f^yigyem', inf. [gye ah. = ode neho gyigye mu] inter- 
ference, (inter)meddling; forwardness, cf. toretereye. 

o-liogyi<^yoin fo. /)/.a-, bus/j-bod//, saucg or inquisitive person, 
uieddler. 

aho-haran, inf. [ho liartin] splendour, magniftcence; cf anuo- 
nyani. 

a ho- eh arc, -oh a re, Ak. aho-oherc [ho ye hare] swiftness, 
quicJincss, ligJdncss, nimhlencss. pr. .506. 

aho-hia, inf. [ho hia] distress, embarassmcnt, perplexUg, prcss- 
vre (passively), trouble. 

o-liohiat'o, pi. a-, = gh6guahfo. 

ahu-hiahia, inf. pressure (act.), vexation, tribulation, trouble. 

aho-him, inf. [ho him] trcmhling. 
hoho, red. v., s. horo. 

o-hoho, jj?. a-, 1. stranger, foreigner, cf. onanani, omamfrani. — 
;2. guest; meye no h. = migye no wo me fi, mokokyc no aduan, I 
sliow him hospitality; meye ne h. = mesoe ne hkyen, 1 2Jut up, tcdcc 
lodgings (d Ids house, am Jiis guest ; wakosoe h., fie has gone to tafce 
lodgings. 

a h li ah 6 a, inf. [hoahoa neho] boast, brag, bravado, ostentation, 
hoho-bea, a foreign place; gko h., fie ivent abroad. [P'^iff- 

ah oh o-d a h, a house (or room) for strangers or guests; inn, hotel. 

ahoho-duau, food of a guest, food obtained by fJie f hospitality 
of otliers. 

ahoho-l'i, a fiouse wficre travellers are lodged and entertained; 
syn. ahghodah^ cf. asoee. 

ahoh(jrji, ahorohora, Ak. ahorohorowa, disgrace, dishonour, 
ignominy, infamy, sfiame, scandal; w;iye ali., n'auim aye ah., fie 
has been disgraced (pei-h. disgraced himself), has become infamous, 
abject; bo or ye .. ah., to defame, disgrace, disfionour; to insult, abuse, 



186 ohohorani — horn. 

revile; s^;?.yaw, ka anim, tectee, ma ani wu; cf. didi atera, gu anim 
ase. — ahohora-bo, aholiora-ye, inf. 

O-hohoraiii, j>?. a- -fo, an infamous, despicable, abject, vile per- 
son (onipa a oye bone na obi mmu no; opp. onuonyanifo). 

aho-horaii', inf. [horan neho] arrogance, assumption. Ah. na 
ede ko ba, pr. 

h oh ore, red. v. bore, to heave, swell, rise (said of dough]; to 
grow fast, thrive: abofra no ahohove kokuro, onipa no ah. aye kese. 
ho ho re, mucus, spittle, phlegm; gbo waw na ofe h., he coughs 
and throws out phlegm \ cf. ntasu. 
hohoro, red. v. horo. 

ahohow', a species of ant, emitting an offensive smell, of a 
reddish colour, living on trees, espec. lime- and orange-trees. /jr. 2i27. 

jihohow' = ahuhuw, huruhurow a efi nipa auom', breath; n'a- 
nom' ah. bon, ye hiiam, ye hyew. 

o-hoho-ye, a-, inf. reception and entertainment of strangers or 
guests, hospitality. 

ah 0-0 hiiam, sweet scent or smelly grateful odour, fragrance. 

ahO-huru, inf. [ho burn] heat, warmth. 

ah h u r u-b e r e, summer. 

aho-h w anyaii, inf. s. hwahySh. 

aho-hyeh3^e, inf. [hyehye neho] = ahohoahoa. 

aho-h yes 6, inf. [bye neho so] self-command, self-discijdine, 
chastity. 

aho-ehycw, -ohyew, heat of the skin or body in fever &c. 
cf. ahohuru. 

o-hokafo, a single man; nea onni bi lika ue ho, onni yere, nni 
mma; cf. ohokwafo. 

ahokcka, inf. [ho keka] itching, prieldng, tingling; p)ric]dy- 
heat, a cutaneous eruption of red pimples, s. fifise. 

ahokeka, /«/'. [kekri neho] adornment, decoration; attire, dress. 

ahokekadc, ornament, adornmerd ; set-off, finery; trimmings; 
Jewels. 

O-hok wal'o, 2'1- ^'i 1- "ea okunu se oyere mfam ne ho, a single, 
unmarried person, also a widower or widow; cf. ohokafo, osigyafo, 
okunafo. — ^. nea pyare bi nkurano na biribiara nye no, a sound, 
healthful, hfde, hardy, robust, stanch person. 

aho-kyere, inf. [ho kyere] = ahohia. 

aho-kyere, inf. [kyere neho] ostentation, vanity, (self-)conceit, 
vain-glory ; cf. ahantaii, ahohoahoa, ahohyehye, ahom, ahupo. 

o-li okyerefo, pil. a-, an ostentatious, vain, self-conceited person. 
horn, Ak. F. pron. s. rao & Gr. § 58 Hem. 1. 2. 
horn, V. \_red. hohhom] F. ohom no so, Akr. ohye no so, odi 
no so mmerantesem &c. to outrage, treat with violence and tcrong, 
roughly, rudely. - horn do, F. to rule over. Mk. 10,42. 
horn, a-, F. = homo, strength, pr. 1510. Mk. 12,30. 



ahom — ahomegi'i. 187 

ahum, inf. F.i. = gli6me. — 3. (jyeah. = oye ahokyero, aliaii- 
taii, lie is liaiKffif//, proud. — 3. n'alioin ka iiolio, lie is liitp))ij. 

[Mt. 5,12. I's. 128,2. 

jihoma, F. 1. = liama. Mk. 1,7. 7,3'). — ^. = nlioma. 

iVhom a, tet. lioma, Y. aliCima, woma, nwoma, 1. the sldn ov hide 
taken from an animal body (diff- viere); ef. oj^uanhoma, nantwi- 
iilioma, asonlioma. — 3. leather. — 3. paper; r/'. boro-nhoma, krata. 
— ■l.j)Iai/iii(/-eard(s); tow nh., to phi i/ (at) eards. — 5. letter, epistle; 
cf. mana-nlioma. — 6". hook; sijn. brukfi'. — 7. iib. or iihomam', 
hoolc-lear))i))ij ; liferari/ knoivledijc: osua nh., he learns to read; he 
studies; onim nliomam', he is an ediuudcd, learned or literari/ man, 
a seholar. — I'lhoma, uhoniawa, i>/. nhoma-nhoma, /rao^, />ra//6C, 
pamphlet, little hoolc. 

a I'l h o in a u' u a I'l [nhoma a agiuin] a dried sldn ; owu ye ahh. yaw, 

[pr. M91. 

a 1 10 m a-k a n , inf. --^ iVhuina kan, reading hooks ; cf. Gr. § 203, 1 . 

I'lhoni a-kyere NV, inf. writinn on paper, writing of letters or 
books. — di nil., to correspond, have epistolarij intcrcotirse. — lih. 
ho kwahnya, liberty of the press. — ii homa-iiy ansa, science. 

11 h 6 111 a-p e, nhoma a wgapo no aye krata, jjarc/iwic«f. 2 Tim.4,13. 

u li 111 a-s u a , inf. = nhoma sua, learning from books. 

I'lliOiiiri-tintiiii, inf. priniing; rih.-tintim-afiri, printing-press. 

11 h m a-t w, inf. card-playing. 
ho 111 a 11, V. {^•cd. homahomrti'i] to swell (of a bud, a carcase), 
to bloat, distend; to be puffed up or bloated, inflated or flushed {with 
pride); to puff oneself uj); wahoman akg won so, he ftetv upon them, 
raUed at them, used rough and angry words, insolent and reproachful 
language, against them. 1 Sam. 26,14. Cf. horan. 

e-hom-ara, F, = mo ara. 
home, V. 1. to breathe; wawu, onhome bio, he is dead, he brea- 
thes no longer; ontumi nhome nsi so, he cannot breathe well, breathes 
with difficulty (ne home no nsi so yiye, ente senea da ete no). — 2. 
to rest, repose; mabere, mekghome kakra; owigyinae mehomee wg 
Aburi; se woforo bepgw yi wie a, wobehome. — 3. to vibrate, pul- 
sate, beat or throb, as the arteries and the heart. 

o-home, e- (inf.) 1. breathing, breath. — 2. strength: o, akoa 
yi n'ni home, ah, this fellow has no strength (to work, to fight). — 
5. Phr. me home tew, lit. my breath rends, i.e. my strength fails me, 
I can bear it no longer, am in consternation, despair, despondency ; 
it is used in the present tense; in t\\Q pret. und j)erf. tense the j'hr. 
"me ho yeraw me" is used for it. — 4. rest, repose: eyi anstl-na 
manya oh., now at length I have got rest; gh. bi nni asase so, there 
is no rest on earth. — 5. Phr. me home ka me ho, my rest is undis- 
turbed, I have peace; cf. ahomeka, 

ahomc, (inf.) 1. breath; sigh; gu ah., to sigh. pr. 291. — 2. F. 
rest, repose: kogye wo ahome, go take your rest; ma miunyc m'ah., 
let me have my repose. 

aliouie-gu, inf. a sigh; sighing. 



1.S8 ahomegve — liynelio. 

ahome-u:ye, inf. recreation, refreshment, recovcri/ of strength 
and spirit after toil; F. rest. Mt. 11,28 f. 

aliome-ka, inf. [me home akfi me ho] satisfitiiioii, (jladncss, 
joy, Ixtpplness. 

ahome-tew, inf. [home tew or tew home] Ijrentlilrssncss, tfie 
heincj out ofhreofh; dislress, e.vressice trouble, ve.vatioi/ cC-c. biribi a 
etew wo home (somethinij that inlccs (iwtii/ your Ijreoth or rest) e.s. 
emma wuiinya ahomeye, ehaw wo; syn. abotn, ahoyeraw. Owo tie 
ahomctew (a.s. ahoyeraw) na oka. 2)r. 3446. 

aho-emerew, -oinereWj u-eokness, infinitify. dehility. 

ahom-g'VO, -ka, F. .s. ahomegye, ahomekA. 

ahomkam', F. gladly. Mk. 12,37. 

o-homo, shouting to welcome a person; bo li., to make a noise 
in welcoming ; cf. bo t\Vi. Woboo homo gyee no awo. 
homofo, the criers in cliasing game, 
honitscii [ahome tenten] F. gu h., to sigh dcciily. Ml;. 8,12. 
h oil, v. \red. honhgn] to pull out that which stuck fast (the blade 
of a knife, the iron of a hoe from the handle, a nail from the wall); 
to extirpate (a horn from a goats head : hoh ognaii aben no, hon- 
lign aben no); to screw out, unscrew; honhon akyene no mfewa', 
fake out the screws of that drum. 

Iioi'i, V. to seize hy the nape and jJush away ; ohon no ^^ gwo 
no nkonsiaw, gpo no taw, osnm no atiko. 

Ii oil, V. [red. honhon] to swell : me nsareh(tn, my hai/d is swel- 
ling; n'afono ahoh, his cheek is swollen; - tr. to cause to swell : mfa 
lion me nan, the Guinea-wortn causes my leg to swell. 

o-lioii, marrow iti the bones; brain; tirim h. the brain(s); hon- 
ntini, tlic nerccs. 

li()iiii, a.dcudv. deep, very deep, said of a wound, a well, the 
eyes in their cavity; cf. ho. 

ho 11 11, the Itumming ov buzzing oi \\\Q.^\ wotu a, wote won nta- 
bah mil h. — cf. honyohonyo. 

o-lioiiam [= ho nam; onipa honam, nehonam] ]. the body of 
a man or animal; pr. 1420-22. o-ne mc te se glionam no ntama, we 
are close or fast friends. Cf. onipadua; efunn, amn. — ;J. the flesh, 
Scr. - ohonam akguno, fleshly lusts. 

g-houam-ani, outward appearance; ohonam-ani ha-yi, outward- 
ly; - ghonam-ani-ade, oidward, bodily, tempored (notspiritu(d) things. 

ahonaiii-dzen, F. health- 

o-honan-iiew [q\\oxikm Aew'] sensual pleasure, sensuality, volup- 
tuousness. 

o-honam-nipa, a person of one's own flesh i.e. family, kin, kin- 

o-honaii-koro = ghonam koro, Mt. 19,5. [dred or people. 

honaii-kuni = honam mu kxww, pr.l42Sf. 
lio-ne-ho, 1. there and there, certain places there; wokg knro 
nom' a, nkg b. — 3. intermediate, middling; indifferent; gwo h., 
he ivavers, is undecided. 



luniluHM — ahoodoii. 189 



li(') uli6ni, (pi.) a-, a spirit; the spirit of man [ah. =o8Am}lii 
U.S. sunsiim, alninmu adc ncn; sunsuma iia tetefo fre no sa(se): nc 
li. asoro. no so akye (orebcwu non); onipa \vu a, no h. fi no mu ko 
soro]. Onyamo h., the Sj'irif of God ; Ilonhoni kronkron, the Ifoli/ 
(ihost; lionlioin alioto, spiritual joji or hitjipiiicss; lioiiliom-iiiu jidc, 
spirit It at tJiiiii/s. 

ii Imu'iIiomi, a niil(t, ijenttc iviiut; <f. nifarc, mfVania, alium. 
ho 11 ho 111, red. v., s. honi; nhoiihoni nui so, nia nu'iih('imt! ! 
hoi'ihgi'i, red. v. hgn. 
ho iihon, red. v. \\oh, 

O-honi, pi. a-, a fu/iirc made of clay or wood, meant to roprc- 
sont a sick person and jmt at the outskirt of the town for the spirit 
supposed to be troubling- the person ; inunjc, statue; idol. [Gr. amaga.] 

aho-iiiin, i)if. [nim nehO] 1. self-coi/siioiisness. — ^. conscience. 
Kurtz § 12. 151.173 ■ — likwa a ah. worn' or ah. \\^vfh, personal life. 

a ho nim fo"!", 1. rational being; 2. person within the Godhead. 

aho-iiiiinim, inf. [ho ninnim] beginning recovery, gradual re- 
storidion from sickness, convalescense. 

ho 11 0, /•. intr.iCtr. [red. h()nhono| to melt (not by fire, ef. nan), 
to dissolre, liqucfii; to steep), macerate; nkyene, asikre no ah.; wa- 
noa ode no ma ah., site Itas orer-boiled the yam; agOgenu nc dokono 
a wode nsu bono nom; ag. is a beverage of maize-bread macerated 
in ivater; - ode nsa honoo yen, he pressed upon us to drink. 

e-hono, 1. bark of a tree, dua (ho) bono or aboh; rind, husk, 
shell; abrgbe ho h., tlie rind of a pine-apple; akutu ho h., orange- 
pteelings. — 2. scales; apata ho h. or abon, the scales of a fish. — 
5. F. = sare, grass for thatching houses. 
lioiita, V. F. = hintaw. 
lion toil, a. = tenten, long. 

O-ho-nto-wo-so, an unexpected trouble, espcc. used of debts in 
which one is involved by unexpected swearing. Wunnim nea amane 
fi na wote ho a, oh. abetg wo so 5 asem a wunnim ase no iia ebia 
abetg wo so. Oh. te se obonsam: ahkye na adada nnipa = abetg 
nnipa so. [On the etymology cf. "Me sunsuma atg me so ^= me ho 
aye yiye"; perh. "oh. abetg wo so" means: a medter in which your 
own self did not fall upon you i.e. did not protect you, has come to 
fall on you.} 

ah 6-11 u, inf. [nu. neho] F. nnuho, repentance, pr. 143-5. 

alio-nyri, inf. [nya neho] the state oi having got one's own self 
i.e. (() one's living or livelihood, \.e. wealth, riches, b) one's liberty, i.e. 
independence; cf. ehode, ahofadi. — ahoiiya-de, tvealth, ricJies. 

o-hoiiyat'o, j-»/. a-, a rich, wealthy man; ef gdefo, osikani, 

o-hon3"aiiyi, F. id. Mt. 10,23. Mk. 10,25. 

aho-nyannyaii', inf. [ho nyannyahj horror, shudder. 
lionyolionyo, n. or adv. imitative of the humming or buzz- 
ing of bees or flies; gdowa ye li., the bee hums; ef. honn. 

alioodon and other words beginning ahog... seek without re- 
gard to the o. 



190 liopae — liordnoa. 



hopae [nea neho apa] (an animal) naked, hare, or hald on 
the body; oguah h., a hold, naked sltcep or (joat. Cf. tipae. 

aho-pe, inf. [pe nebo] self-love, selfishness, egotism. 

o-h 6 p e f , i^Z. a-, a selfish, self-interested j^erson. 

alio-pere, inf. [nebo pere no] eagerness (ntem a worepe de 
akoye biribi a egye wo ani); impatience. 

aho-pere, aho-perepere, inf. [pere nebo] self-defence. — abo- 
pere-abooden, ahilitg to defend oneself. 

aho-popo, inf. [ne bo popo] tremUing; alarm, fear. 

O-hoprafo, pi. a-, nea okura mtira de pra obene bo, lit. a swee- 
per about tbe king, a hearer of an elcphanfs-tail before tbe king; 
cf. gyaasefo. 

iihora, contr. fr. abobora; wgye me ab. 

horaii, iJ, to raise, enlarge, swell, puff nj), expand; spread; 
sijn. bomah; to make ovt<dlc nnich of; woborafi wobo papa, you make 
too much of yourself, you are arrogani, assuming, overhearing; wa- 
borah, lie has hecome haughty, infiated ivith pride; cf. wapgw; ne 
din aboran = nebo asem abye, abyeta, he has hecome renowned; 
gb, ne din, gde ne din ab. kurow yi hbina, he talked much of his 
dignity in the whole town; gboran me bo -- oburu me bo, he excites 
my anger; nborah wo bo sa, do not fret yourself thus. [Diff. barah.] 

h ore, V. to raise, throw up; mfgte bgrc siw, the termites throiv 
up earth, raise a hill; - to swell; n'ano abgre pgw, lie has pending lips 
(by nature); his lips are swollen (forming a bump, by accident); 
red. bobgre, q.v. 

lioi'liora, F. = abobora. Mt. 1,19. 

lioro, v., red. holioro, also hoho; 1. to wash, es])ec.hy re- 
peatcd ruhhing; to rinse, cleanse. Tbe tbree forms are discriminatc- 
ly applied tbus: a) bo bo with anim', anom', nsa, nan, to wash the 
face, mouth, hands, feet; h) horo with tarn, atam, ntama, atade, to 
wash a cloth or clothes; also akonhua bo, a stool cC'C. c) bobo ro with 
tirim, abina mn, kuruwa mu, to wash the head, the inside of a pot, 
cup, mug, jar, jug &c. — Oboro fa ayi mu sika, he treats earth with 
ivater in order to separate the gold contained in it, i.e. he washes gold. 
— 3. to chide, reprimand: gboro no, = gyaw no, gbg no abobora. 
ah 01*0, Si plant with broad leaves; ababan tetrete a wgde twiw 
awowa. 

lioro, a-, s. borow, a-, 
ahorohora, -horowa, s. abobora ; Rog. 874. 

horohoro, a. puny, small and feeble; tender, weal-; soft; 
unripe; sickly. Abofra (no ye) b. = ab. keteketewa a wgawo no se 
'ne no; - ode b. a ennyihi na wodi no, wgfre no gdcdomA; - abiirb- 
nhwf ye b , abibi-nbwi ye denneh, cf. nbwi; - n'anim ye b., he looJcs 
sickly; - oburoni b6(nam) ye b. 

horo bobo, a. bloated; waye h. ta ho se nea gyare papasisi. 

horoiioa, blister; abg b. = dodonku, it has raised a blister. 



iih6rgdo — ahotwetwe. 191 

iiliorodo, not yet fully ripe, soft, r/rccx (corn); wowo abiirow 
mil bi 111). 

liorow, a. [Ky. hodoo] di/fcrent, various; scrrrnl. 

;i li oro w, n. 1. kind, sjicries, variet// ; gkasra aliorow bebrO, maiii/ 
kiiids of IdiHfiKiffr i.e. niaiii/ di/ferod hDujUiuirs: alioro nliinabi, F. 
of ercn/ hind. Mt. l.'),4?. — X-*. times (in multiplication); (mIu all. dii 
ye glia, ten times ten are one linndred. 

aho-saii, ■)»/". l.\\\o stun] reeovcry, restoration from sieJi•ncss; 
clc(^nsing, V. Mk. 1,44. — 2. [sail neho] vindication, (self-) justi- 
fication. 

a h 6-s fi 11, inf. [ne ho siin no] lit. looseness, freedom from restraint; 
lieiu-o joy, joyfulness. happiness, frolicsomencss; gladness, ylee, en- 
thusiasm; also extravagance, vnruliness. 

a li o-s epc w, inf. [ne hd sepew no] joyfulness, joyousness, cheer- 
fulness, gladness, gaiety, joviality, hilarity, happiness. 

ahu-sesew, inf. [sesew nchoj = ahosiesie, 1. 

alio-siosie, inf. [siesie neho] 1. preparation, preparedness, 
readiness; cf. ahoboaboa, ahodaso. — 3. F. adorning. 1 Pet. 3,3. cf. 
ahokeka. 

alio so re, inf. [sore neho] carcfnlness ahoid one's own person 
or self; chastdy. 

aho-sinsiani, inf. [siam] : ah. n. s. wode wo nsaabo nsum' afa 
wo ho babi mpen 2 a.s. 3 de reyi biribi agu ; a.s, biribi aka. wo ho 
na woye no sa' yiyi gii. 
hota, F. = hintaw. 

ah 0-0 tail [ho ye tan] F. ngliness. 

o-hotelo, pi. a-, a holy, righteous person, saint. 

aho-tew, inf. [tew neho o>- ho tew] sanctifieation, the act of 
sanctifying oneself ; hlamelessness, chastity, sanctdy, holiness, the state 
of being holy or sanctified. 

alio-tewe fs. hef] 1. the state o^bcing (or, things being) bright, 
clean, tidy; cleanliness, neatness; onye ne nneema afiafi, ne iihinji 
ahotewe. — 2. F. glory; holiness. 

ahotsewefo, F. the righteous. Mt.9,13. Mk.3,17. 
Ii tiri, V. to take oid from., by force; to snatch, tvrest, wring 
from; h. ne nsam' sekan no, ivrcst the knife from his hand. 

alio-to, inf. [ne hoato no] qiiiet, quietness, peace; happiness, joy; 
comfort, comfortable feeling. 

alio-to-ase''', f«/". [tonehoase] self-neglecting, iinconcernedness. 

ah6-to-s6t, inf. [de neho to so] reliance (upon). 

o-ho-trafo, jj?. a-, [nea otra.,h6j lit. a by-sitter, assessor, judge 
latcrid; counselor, adviser; minister of a sovereign or regent; pr. 1310. 
liotse, V. F. = fwete, pete, to scatter, stretc. Mt. 12,30. 25^4. 

aho-tutuG, Ak. = atutuw? same? 

alio-t w 1 we, inf. [twetwe neho] tardiness, slackness, slowness, 
sluggishness; backwardness, dilatoriness; lingering, protaction ; oye 
ah. = wosoma no a, ommo pankran nko. 



192 how — Jiu^ 

how, V. 1. to dry on or by the fire; wgde gja na wode bow apa- 
ta; fa nam gu gya so bow; nam no abow. — 2. to he not sufficiently 
IjoUed, underdone: wouoa aduan na woamfa nsu annu mu senea ete 
a, na emmen, na wose: aduah no abow =^ ainveh (efise ogya nni 
ase, nsu pabi nso nuim', woammua so nso yiye). pr. 639. — 3. to he 
lirjht, not ireif/ldy or heavy in flying or walking: wotow kyew ko 
soro a, ebow; mafon nti, menama, na mebow; to be ineffective: bem- 
ma no bow, the arroiv has no poicev to go fur, emu ye bare, enye 
duru pi; - okji asem a, na ebow se beii = enna kora; asem a ye- 
reka yi, yebo so a, ebow = eten aui, ani nna babiara. — 4. to he 
■n-eak, remiss, slacJi, loose, not fast, not close, not well joined: ekyew 
no bow, the cap does not fd tight; ebow so = enn9, so, enyji ok wan 
pi; biribi a ebye ade bi mu na ento so pe na ofa hweii bo; syn. bo- 
dwow, cf. bo so. — 5. to he lofty: Akuapem asase bow soro kyeii 
Krobo. — 6. Fhr. ..were bow, bow., were, s. were. 

0-ho w, inf. s.bow; Wasting; c/.gpo, withering. Deut. 28,23. Am.4,0. 

aho-wow, inf. [nebo awow] exhaustion of means ov pro2)erty; 
ab. nti ontumi nye mtefew-ade a ne mf'efo ye, from want of means 
he cannot equal his comrades in finery. 

alio-yaw, castigcdion, punishmod. M(d. 25,46. [i.q. seq.] 

alio-eyji w',-oy ;i w' [nebo j-e no yaw] 1. pain, suffering, irri- 
t(dion; wobye no ab. = wgye no ayayacb'. - — 2. irritahility. tou- 
chiness, peitislmess. — .5. envy, grudge ; amhition, jc(dousy; male- 
volence: aboeyaw e! wo ani abere me ! that is nothing hut malice! 
you envy me! Cf. apese-nenko-nya. 

ahoeyawde = ayayade. 

o-hooyawfo, jjZ. a-, an envious, jealous, malic ions person; syn. 
obofo; odi wo sika ana wo adwuma bo aboro ; ade a obi ye na eye 
no bo ye no yaw. 

ah 0-0 yea, Ak. = aboeyaw, j.»a/» dc. 

aho-yeraw, Ak. abobara, inf. [nebo ycraw no] uneasiness, 
anxiety, mortification, vexation, tribulation, icretchedness, anguish; 
cf. abometew; j^r. 3446. 

hrahra... s. bantibana. 
hraii, s. briraii (& boran). 
hu, V. s. buw. 

ohu, a kind o^ pap; mmgre a wgayam na wgati bi anoa na 
wgde afra m' bio; awi a wgde sugliyew aka se wgka abete no. 

hti, n. or adv. imit. of blowing or of a confused noise: mframa 
bg bu, tJie wind blows strong; ankonam mmg bil, ^;r. 1708. nnipa no 
kasa bu = bgbgbgbg; kfirow nom' aye bu = bo. — 2. completely: 
wadgw kwae no nb. bu, lie has cleared (away) the wood altogether; 
.syn. kora; pr. 983. 

h u", interj. an exclamation to call one from a distance. 

hu, Ak. bunu, v. to see; diff. fwe, gyeii, kari. 7. to perceive 

by tbe eye, to behold, discern, descry; mibuu no (= m'ani tuaano) 

wg bg mprempren (Ak. mibunuu no bg sese ara), I saw him there 

just now; obui se wawu, he saw that he was dead; - to have in sight; 



hfi — liiia. 193 

to fake notice of. pr. 187-93. 1428-53. 2023. — J2. to discover, find, find 
out, invent; nicfvVef\\ e mo [)ane na inii'ilui, / am looLin(j for nti/ needle 
and cannot find d. pr.4iSS.'-J670. — o. to recoynize: mihuu no neyare- 
pa so na mahhu no bio, I saio him on his sick-bed and did not re- 
cognize him. — 4. to perceive by mental vision, note with the mind; 
to form an idea or conception of; to discern, distinguish; to know, 
j)r. 1014. - to understand, comprehend. - I'hr. liu ase, - akyiri, - 
\nu, to understand (the meanimj or reason, the consequences, the con- 
tents); li u alio, to underst(utd hoic to manage. — 5. to learn; perf. 
to know, understand, be conversant with, be able; cf . nim :^ pr. 565. 
592. 1430. 1438. 1452. wjihu nelio so fwe, site knew how to guard her- 
self, she has kept herself j^ure or chaste. — (J. to know, to have se.iual 
commerce with. Gen. 4. — 6". to j^erccive by the organs of taste and 
feeling; si/n. te. — 8. to experience, suffer: wobehu biribi, goic udl 
have to suffer somelliing! pr. 586f.l451. Phr. hu amanne, to sec adver- 
sity i.e. to be in affliction, to snffer; to be tormented (F.) — 9. Phr. 
hu ma.., F. to feel for, si/mpathize with; - hu .. mmobg, to look at .. 
with comjn(ssion, toj'itg, commiserate, have compassion or mercy on; 
- hu.. anim, to obtain admission or admittance before; raahu ohene 
anim 'ne, to-day I was ndmiited to the presence of the king. — 10. Phr. 
"Wuhuu den na woabayi? lit. what did you .see that you have come? 
i.e. what induced you to come, why are you come? wuhuu den na 
wobesiimanaa no yi? for what reason have you summoned him? 

Ii fi, V. to hum the hair from a dead animal; moye den ni? ye- 
hu aboa, - oguah; wohu abirekyi ho wo afikyiri. 

e-li II, n. fear, fright, terror; ehu aka no, fear has befallen him, 
he is frightened. — ye hu, 1. to excite fear; eye hu, it is frightful, 
awful, dreadful; ne ho ye hu, his appearance excites fear, he is fright- 
ful, formidable, terrible. — 2. to be fearfid. afraid, timid: oy'^ hdse 
akoko, he is as timid as a fotvl, = oye ohdfo. — bo hu, F. to be 
amazed. Mt. 12,23. 

a li u J 1. a treasure found in the earth or ground ; sika a wotu 
wg fam' a.s. nnupQn mu; syn. odweh, asasede; - tu ahu, to find or 
dig out a treasure hidden in the ground; watu ahu (afa), he has found 
some hidden treasure, wafa odwen. — 2. = ahiinu, a thing seen. pr. 1455. 

h u (\j v. \j-ed. huahua] to smell, scent; mema no aduan a, ohua 
fwe ansa-na odi, when I give him food, he smells (or snuffles) at it 
before he eats (it); okramaii de ne fwene ahuahua ara akohu abgka 
no, the dog has with his nose traced out i.e. has scented the carcass. 
Cf. ehua, huam. (hiia tie, pr. 1565.) 

hua, F. hwa, Ak. fwa. 

hua, V. 1. to scrajjc, scratch; hua ode, to scrape or scrcdch off 
the burned paiis of the roasted yam ; to graze, to ruh or brush lightly 
in passing (c/". hujisu); syn. twere, twerew; cf. hiiari, huane, & red. 
huhua. — 2. (hua, cf. red. huahua) to bring a fresh leaf into close 
contact with fire to make it fiabby, flaccid: tew ahabah no hiia (ka, 
toto) gya posa sg kuru no mu. — 3. [^inf. ahua] to beg, to crave for; 
ohiia aduan, okohua no aduah, he craves for food, begs food from 
him; obehua ha da; pr. 213. cf. sere. 

13 



194 ahua — hiian. 

a h ua, inf. begging (for food), pr. 307. 

H li a, pr.n. tlie country to the east of the Volta beyond Akwam 
and Aniim, called by the inhabitants Eoe, by the Akras Ay i gb e, 
by the Europeans Krepe. Oko Huam' ; Ohuani, j;?. Huafo. 

e-litia, smell, odour, scent (good or bad). — te h., to perceive 
the smeU, to smell; mete atuduru h., I am smelling the i)oivder; (tie 
h., pr. 1565.) — gy e hiia, to scent, smell : akraman gye hua na wg- 
toa won aboa; migye no ho hiia. — yi h., to give (yield, produce) a 
good smell, Ca. 1,12.; to have a had smell, to stink, = boh. 

hua, brode hiiti, the viscous juice oozing from a newly cut 
bunch oi plantains (atomprada mu nsu fita a eye ma; se eka wo 
ntama ana wo nsara' a, eka ho, it stains the clothes or hands). 

liua, a.&adv. viscous, viscid, sticky, glutinous; tenacious, tough ; 
syn. huani, t\va, sa, ma, fa, prapra &c. Me fufu so hufi. 

O-hiiae, pi. a-, broom; syn. oprae; wode abe berew na wode ye. 

0-huaf6,^j/. a-, beggar, mendicant. 
Huafo, the people or inhabitants of Hiia. 
ll \\ a h \\ a, huahiia, red. v. 1. s. hiia & hiia. — 2. refl. (s. hiia 2) 
to basJc; fa gya ma mihliuahucl melio (= meuto) kakra, provide some 
fire that I may warm myself a little. 

ahua ha, a kind oi plant. 

ahuaha', the tobacco-plant, growing wild in the country. 
Hiijuii', = Hfiamu. 

liuam, v. to pluck, pull off, out, or from, with a twitch; syn. 
pah, poh, tew, tu; obi rehhuam woh me nsam', John 10,28 f. — 2. 
to decrease, abate ; syn. hiiah, t\ve; nsu no ahiiam. — 3. to smell i.e. 
to investigate by smelling; combined with tie & te or fwe & hu: 
mihiiam ta matie se eye ana; ohiiam ta fvve (Ak. ofwam tawa no 
f\ve) se ebeye de ana? I smell, he smells the tobacco to know ivhether 
it be good. 

O-huaui, 1. the scent or odour emitted hom sweet-smelling sizb- 
stances, perfume, fragrance, aroma. — 2. suret-smelling substances, 
pierfumcs; aduru bi a eye hiiam, se krobow, beweonua (two kinds 
of gum), mmowa (a bark), ofwentea (a fruit), pepre (aloe), osiko, 
fofowa, hhwiine, osohwere. — ye or sra h., to apply perfumery to 
the face, neck, arm-pits, nppjcr arms. 

hiiam, iiuamhuam, a. odoriferous, fragrant, sweet-smelling; 
-ye h., to be fragrant, smell sweetly; nelio ye hiiam, pr.2427. eyeh.; 
nho huamhiittm. 

0-huammo, inf. [hiiah, bo] or luiammo [obo a ehuah] disap- 
pointment; bo o>- di h., to disappoint; to be disappointed; wadi me 
h., he has disappointed me; ete se wahuah biribi a ekura ade bi mu 
na ade no abo fam' (afwe ase). pr. 1458. 

hua 11, v. \^red. huhhiiah] Ak. fwane, 1. to pidl or draw away, 
off or forth, to withdraw forcibly, espec. a thing from under some 
other object; wasoma me soro ahiiahm'aseantweri,j3r. 500^; wahuah 
ne nah, Jte has forcibly withdratvn his foot. — 2. to disjoin, dislocate, 



huan — luihuri. 196 

2Mit Old of joint; to sprain (?) witli luu: waliiiaii ue nan iim, lie has 
sprained his foot; - to he dislocated, out of Joint: lie nan aliuan. 

— .5. 'to snaj}, to spring or //// kj) or bach; rebound : aiiri no ali., the 
spring has snajiped off.pr. :iO:>l. — 4. to burst, crack (of ('j;<::;s in hatch- 
ing cliickons). — '). to recede, ftow bacl\ louu'r, el)b; epo ahiiaii, the 
sea el)bs. — ^. .. so hiiaii, to decrease, decline, diminish, lessen (of 
fluids oran)f thing accumulated, of strength, pain&c); eso ah., it has 
become less or lower; netumi so rehiian, his power is on the decline ; 
ne kaw no so ah., his debt h((s decreased; - caus. huan .. so, to di- 
minish; wahiian me kaw so ama me, lie has lessened my debt for me; 
opp. dore, hyia so. — 7. ohfiah apakye = otg ap., oka (lie touches) 
ne nan nni, ne sisi niu, ne gya mu, he limps, widhs lameh/, in conse- 
(juence of a dislocation or fracture in a joint or leg. 

hriaiV, r. [red. hiian'huan] Ak. fwane, to 2)e€l, to strip, draw 
or tear off the skin, husk or rind; h. aburow = yi burohono fi abii- 
row ho; h. akutu, to peel an orange; h. kwadu ho bono, apata ho 
bono, to peel off the husk of a Ixtnana, scrape off the sc(des of a fish. 
Cf. hua, huane, wae. 

Iiiian e, v. Ak. fwane; to scratch (nebo, the skin when itching). 

— h. nkorom, to snore. 
iiliuane, s. nhwane. 

hua 111, a. = biici, twti, twani. 
O-hiia-su, Ak. ofwiisuo (biia, to graze, nsu, water] the water or 
moisture of the grass and busJtes from the morning-dew or rain, 
wetting the clothes of the passer-by; oh. afow mentama. j^r. 2')6. 

ah u-boa, 1. aboa a wokum no a wobu ne nhoma. — ^. (ehu- 
boa) aboa a eye hu, pr. 1459. 

aliu-de, 1. ade a eye hu, a fearful thing. — 2. ade a wgahu, 
a thing found out, invention; f/". abgrebiide,anyansahude, anyjide. — 
ahude-adviene, inventive poiver or faculty of mind, ingenuity. 
Iiufo, buwfo, s. buw. 
O-hufo, j)l. a-, a timid picrson, cotvard. pr. 1460. 
aliugya = bodua, nantwidua, a cow's fad, used as an orna- 
ment on festive occasions. 

liuha, innumerous; mpem mpem hiiba (opedu ahorow opedu, 
ten millions) = opehuha, opepeha, opepeto, innumerable or count- 
less thousands or myriads. 
huliu, s. bubuw. 

huh 11, a. [red. of ehu] fearful, cd armed, full of fears and ap- 
prehensions; oman mu aye h. = wokekii asem se ebia dom reba 
n.a. na wosuro ntia gmah no abg twi. 

huhua, ananse b., a spider's web or net. Ak. ntontan. 

huhua, red. v. hua, 1. to graze, to rub, touch or brush liglitly 
in passing ; gte pghkg no so a, na ne nan h. (=twe) fam'; ne ntama 
h. (= sesa) fam'. — 2. with ho or akyi: to be near one: oh. me 
ho, he is always near me; wokg babi a, mih. wo akyi (wo ho), I 
crave to be near you wherever you go. 



196 ahiihua — ohum. 



ahuhna, 1. a Utile famine, scarcity of food; nnansa yi ah. aba 
kakra, jn-ovisions have Jjecome rather scarce in these days (in May or 
June, when the yam begins to grow). — 2. s. ahuhuwa. — pr. 1253. 
o-huliLi-bo, pi. a- [obo huhuw] a fahe iveight. pi: 1401. 
ahiihu-de; = ade huhuw, a vain, futile, useless, worthless, con- 
temptible, mean, base, vile thing or things. 

ahuhu-dze, F. lasciviousness, ML 7,22., tvickedness. 
ahuhu-dwuma, trifling, domestic work. 
huhuhuhti, murmuring; kasa h., to murmur, cf. iiwinwi. 
pr.2187. dzi.. hubfdiu, F. to murmur against. Mk. 14,5. 

Hull ulifi h u, name of a month, about June; s. gsram. 
o-liLihu-ii i, ^j?. a- -fo, = onipa huhuw, a mean, base, rile, ab- 
ject, ivicked, worthless fellotv or person, pr. 1090. 
O-h u h u r w, .*?. ohuruhuro w. 

ahull us em, = asem huhuw, vain or idle words or talk, non- 
sense, futility, vanity; meanness, baseness, vileness; akoa yi di ah., 
this fellow IS full off nonsense, plays wanton tricks. 

hiihuw, a. vain, worthless, ttseless, good for nothing ; common, 
despicable; mean, base, vile; se wonni sika a, anka eye ade huhuw 
bi kwa, if gold (gold-dust) were not used in commerce, it tcould be 
but a useless thing, pr. 917. Cf. hunu, funu. 

huhuw, red. v. huw, to blow rcpc(drdly: h. iikwan, to blow or 
cool the soupi; hkwan no ye hyew dodo, liuluiw so naehh\vo!^>r. 1462. 

— Ohuhiiw' ne ba no, gprapra ne ba ho huhuw no ho = gsore ne 
ba, of we ne ba so yiye, she is very particular ov careful with her child. 

aliuhuw [luiw, to blow'] 1. breath: whiff, puff; blast ; n'anom'ah. 
ye hyew, ye hiiam, bon. the breath of his mouth is hot. - smells good, 

- stinks: mede m'anom' ah. memaa ne h(3 yee no hyew, / warmed 
him with my breath. Cf. ahohow, ohome, ahuhuwa, ohuruhurow. — 
3. = ahuhude. 

ahuhuwa, 1. blast, the hot stream of air coming from a fire; 
mframa hyewhyew a efi gyam'. — 2. s. ahuhud. 

a-hu-kaii [hu kaii, to see first}: wadi me ah., he has seen me 
first, pr. 2910. 

h um, V. s. hom. 

e-hum, down, the fine, soft, hairy oidgrowth from the leaves of 
some plants; ade bi a ete se nhwi wo sasono ne afwerew ne awo- 
rdh n.a. ho. 

o-li u m', a yearly festival, annual custom of the Guah people (Da- 
te, Kyerepgn, Mamfe, Mampgn, Tutu, Asantemma) and part of the 
Akeras, celebrated with feasting, playing and dancing; amah a wo- 
kasa Guah hh. na edi hum, tese Akropghfo ne Aburifo twa odwira; 
cf. odwira, aberekwasi, akohhuro. — ode-hum', a festival for the 
fetish at the time of planting (?) yam; s. ohumkau; - abete-hum'. 

0-hum, pi. a-, a brazen gun, bhmderbnss ; tuo tia bi a wgde di 
aherafo anim' : hvl owa na wgta de ye ne dade a eda ne bona mu no. 



ahum — luiiihoii. 197 



ahum, 1. a strong wind, gnlo, storm; mframa kese or bebre, 
cf. mi'are, oprannii; ah. retu, a storm is rising; ah. tui na ebuu dua 
gnu kwah mu; ah. abesi man mu; ah. abetu ade a etua odah atifi 
no ko; ah. abefa onipa afi hyen nom'. — 2. s. ahun 3. 

ahum, introdndion of a song; bo ahum, 
-huma, adj. (in cpds.) common, not sacred; s. dahuma, oni- 
humani. 

ohum'-da, da a Guahfo di won afrihyia, c9. ohum. 

ahuml'o, won a wokura ahum di lieue anim, s. ohum it gya- 
asefo. 

ahum-kiiii, the time of the first ohum custom. — ahum-di, inf. 

ahii m-ne-aham, mistle-toe, a parasitic plant on trees. 

ahfimobo, ahumoborc, mmoborohunu, /«/". [hfi.. mmobo] 
pitg, si/)n2>ath//, romj)((ssion, commiseration, merci/; cf.timohq, ayam- 
hyehye. — n'ahumobor doso dodo, F. he is most gracious. 

ahfnnobor-do, F. mercifully. 
huii, Ak. = huuu, a. d-. adv. 

ahu 11, Ak. ahuno, ahunu, 1. ahuiimii, ahunum, the air, 
atmosphere, the apparently empty space above the earth; cf. Avim; 
ffr. hunu, a.] — 3. ahiiii mu asl or ato no so, something invisible 
(from the air) has come down on him i.e. he has fallen in a swoon, 
is in a fainting fit, has had an cpile2)iic fit; ah. ye ade a wuhhu, 
ete se oliome ara; cf. ahum = mframa, ahonhom, & ahunum, piti, 
beraw, abiribiriw). — 3. ahuii, ahuiimu, ahum, aliuntwam 
kakra, a little whde; ma ahuh ntwam' kakra ansa-na mentoa m'a- 
sem so, wait or let me uuiit a little and then I shall proceed in my re- 
lation; wokoyi, ahunmutuam'kakvaa, bera, j/o» are going now, hut 
come again in a little while; ahunmu fa mu kakra a (or, ahuh [ahum] 
kakra fam' [twam'J a), na agyae, in a little while it will be over; 
ahunmu faa so no, osoree, after a little tvhile he arose. 

all un-m u-b y e u, air-balloon; cf. mframa-toa. 
buna, V. [red. hunahuna] 1. to importune, tease, defy, provoke, 
challenge; wope se wo yohko hye wo ase na wohye no so a, na wu- 
huna no neh; wode asemmone bi (anuoden) h. wo yohko; ahene 2 
ye dom na obiako hkoa betwam' a, ope se ohaw won na eye won 
wura abufuw (tan). — 2. de neho hh. .. mu, to obtrude ujmn, to be 
burdensome to; to intrude among; ode neho hunahuna adwumayefo 
no mu te se nea gye adwuma no bi, nanso onye bi. — 3. to threaten, 
frighten, terrify; ode aba, sekah, tuo, buna no = yi no hfi. Fs.10,18. 
cf. popo. 

a h u n a h u r , by-name of the dog. 

abuu-ani-an ka-n sa [ade a ema aniwa hu (nea ewo dan mu) 
na nsa de, ehka] lattice; lattice-window, trellised window, window 
ivith crossbars; Venetian window blind, Jalousie. 

abCinauyaukwa, F. [nea wuhu no a wunya hkwa] a saviour 
(one from ichose sight you obtain life). 

hunhon, a kind oi pot-herb or vegetable, pr. 2537, 



198 hurihiiau — aliupo. 

huuhuan, red. v. hiian. 
iihiinhunii [hurihunu] 1. tlie dust of icorm-ecdcn wood. — ^. 
a worm that eats irood; ivood-frettcr, tvood-ivorm. — 3. adj. worm- 
eaten; watow dua nlmnhuuii hko, lie lias felled a tree worm-eaten 
throvr/liout. 

huiihunu, red. v. hunu. 
O-hunkyeree, 1. [hunu = hu, & kyei-e:=kye] nea wuhuu no 
akye ; "o, oh. ni!" here I see a friend whom I have not seen for a 
long time! — 2. [eliu, kye]: Wose: huhkyeree, na wonsese: nnau- 
kyeree, pr. 2809. = wose: woye Im a, na wokye, na wonse se: 
woye nnam a, na wunyih kye. (Obi ye nuam bebrebe wo oko mu 
a, enna woka no sa.) 

iiliimi, inf. [bimu] Ak. = nhfii; wanya nil., he has often seen. 
ahuiimu, s. ahuh, ahunum'. l^^- § 104,5. 

huno, Ak. = hunu. 

liirnta, huntsa, F.=hinta\v. Mt. 10,26. 13,33.44. Mk. 4,22. cf suma. 

Iiniin, r. 1. espec. with ran: to hollotv (out), malce hollow, ex- 
cavate; to corrode; inmoah. dua. — 2. to he tcorm-ealcn : duanoali.; 
mmoa we mu ade no, na ehunu gu se kyekyere. — 3. Phr. n'anom' 
ahunu, lit. his month is empty, lie has no ajjpetite i.e. he is in trouUe, 
is grieved. 

hunu, a. 1. empty, void, holloic. — 2. unsnhstantial ; vain, 
worthless, wisatisfying; — 3. idle, inactive, wnemployed, unoccupied. 

— 4. unfruitful, fruitless, ineffectual. — 5. mere, simple; hare, na- 
ked; without any thing else; - wokge gko-hunu, = wgkoe no, won- 
nim asen-ko ase, they went in their simplicity (lit. a mere going)\.e. 
ivithout knowledge of the m<dtvr in question. — 6. having no proper 
right: nkiirofo hunu ne nni])a bi a womfra wo abusuam' na odg so 
ana ayghkogoru so na wo-ne wo tra. — 7. groundless, false (ntam). 

— Cf. huhuw, kwa; cpds. adehunu, asenhunu, ntafihunu. 

hunu, Ak. huh, adv. merely, only, for nothing, to no purpose, 
in vain, for no reason, tcifhont reason; gtah rae ara hunu, he hates 
me without cause. Syn. kwa, teta, gyah. 

hun u, V. Ak. = hu, to see dx. pr. 1453. 

o-liunu, one who has seen, pr. 1454. 

a h u n u , a thing seen, pr. 1453. 
hunu-amau-ne, ade a enia wuhu amanne; h. bra = amanne- 
hunu-bra, pr. 1436. 

ahunum', s. ahuh; ahunum =ade-to-wo-so; ete se abiribirivv, 
nanso etetew wo aui so a, ensah mma bio se abiribiriw. 

ahupo', 1. imperiousness, arrogance, p)resump)tion, insolence; 
violent behaviour. — 2. exaction of unlaivfid profd : imposition, ex- 
tortion (oye ah., onam bo hkiirofo ah., = odi tumi bye nkiirofo so 
gye won ho nneema); cf. amimdi. — 3. exaction of undue reverence: 
pride, haughtiness, amhition; gye ah., gbg ah., = gye hii hu, ne nneyee 
mu gye se gwg biribi, nso onni ahuro; vainglory; gye n'ade huhii, 
he does things in a light-minded way, acts frivolously. Cf. ahantah, 
ahokyere-hunu, ahohoahoa. 



ohupofo — hum. 199 



o-h upo fo, pLu-f an arrogant, overhearing &c. person; 6ye oh., 
e.g. he goes fo settle matters as in the king's name, and the king has 
not sent or empowered him. 

ahupo-sem, doings or dealings implying ahupo, q. v. 

h lira, V. 1. to he eorered, set or overgrown tvith; to overgrow, 
to shoot up on; neti aliura dwen or dwen ah. n'atifi or netirim, his 
head is covered with hoari/ hair; osiw no so ah. mniere, or mmere 
ah. siw no so, mushrooms hare shot up on that ant-hill. — 2. de..h., 
to convey, throw or cast to; nc din ye nic se ohuam a nif'rama bg de 
hurarae, his name is to me as a fragrance which the wind blows or 
tvafts to me (Ca. 1,3.) — 3. h. ho or mu: to soil, make dirty, hemire, 
hcspattcr, besmear, bedaub, stain, defde, pollide; intr. to he soiled, 
dirty, polluted, defiled, dw ohura dan no mu; odan no ho ah., n'a- 
daka ho ah. = aye fi, agye ntuw; ne nnade ho ah. = agye nka- 
nare; - oh. ne som ho = gnsom no yiyc na osom no sakasaka, he 
is disloyal or dishonest in his service. — 4. h. .. ani m', to abuse (with 
words), to revile, vilify; to disgrace, dishonour; to insult, affront; 
cf. hye aniwu, bo ahohora. 

hiirae, a disease causing violent xmin in the limbs; ema wo 
nnompem' tutuw wo; ne nua ne atutuw. 

a h u r a h ii r a d w o, 1. [ade a ahurii-ahiiru na asaii ad\vo bio] a 
quick bid transient bubbling or boiling up; mma enuye ah., na ma 
enko so se afi ase yi. — 2. a plant that can be used for salad. 

hureuluireii, a.c^adv. smart, fccen, sJiarp: mako hyehye 
m'anom' h., my mouth burns intensely with pepper. — 2. unmitiga- 
ted, not softened by any admixture; wayam osiam a.s. aduru h., 
nsu anka. — 5, brisk, quid;, sprigldly: akokoa h. = abofra a oye 
hyew, n'ani ye den. 

hiiri, r. Ak. = huruw. [pr. 1463-65. 

0-liiii"i', Ak. ohurie, a kind of stinging insect, gadfly (?) = oten. 

li Li r 0, V. to hoot, cry out or shout in contempt, to mock, deride, 
jeer, flout; to expose to derision, to put to shame by crying ho, hu, 
ye! wohuro no = wgbo no tutuw; Nkrahfo huro kgm. 

ahi'iro, 1. Ak.^ahuru, foam, frotli. — 2. scum i.e. dross, refuse, 
recrement; hence what is vile or worthless, a trifle; = f\ve, a little 
something; enye ah., it is nothing ; ehka ah., nothing at all is wan- 
ting; memfa menye ah., I do not maJce anything of it. 

o-h u roil, a kind of small tree. 
huroiili Liroii, adv. quick and tall (of growth); abofra no 
m'pew, na onyih h. = onyin ntem-ntem, tententen, gberah, akg soro 
ntem-ntem; - adedenkruma nyin h., the castor-oil j^ln^d grows fast, 
shoots up vigorously. 

n h u r d o-ii h u r o d o , pi. n. tJie liolcs, loops or gaps in stuffs or 
mats of loose texture; - adj. loosely woven: ntama (kete) no muye nh. 
liurUj v. 1. to boil, bubble, effervesce; to foam, frotli; to be 
violently agitated, to rage; nsu rehuru, the tvater is boiling; nsu a 
ahuru, boiling water; aduah no huru gu, the food boils over; epg h., 
the sea is raging horribly. — 2, to excite, agitate: h. man no ani, 



200 ahiiru — nhCiwa. 



= taue.. ani, tostirup the people, Ac. 17,18. — h.bo, tosiirnptlic breast 
i.e. to provolce, arouse to anger or passion, to incense. — 3. ho Imru, 
to he hot; me ho h. me, I am hot. — 4. hum dwira, to announce the 
hcfjinning of the yam-custom on the previous evening (Wednesday) 
by beating drums &c. — h. buronyfi, to cdehrate Christmas eve. 

ahuru, foam, froth, spume, scum; cf. ahuro; ogyam' ah., the 
ivater or froth oozing out from green wood in I)urning. 

ahurubia, jj?. n-, a kind of bird, pr.l466. 

hu r u-fem, inf. [huruw, fem] : hye h., to give forth upon usury. 

[Eze. 18,8.13. 
aliiiru-fi, inf. [huruw, fi]: wodi (daii no mu) ah. = wohuruw 
fi adi, they jump forth (out of the house) one after the other. 

o-h u r u h u row, steam, vapour; oh. ti sen mu, - bakara', steam 
rises from the pot, - the lagoon. 

huruhurnw, red. v. hnrnvf, to leap, jump (repeatedly) as 
one who is rejoicing; to gambol, slcip ahoid, in sport, 
ahuru liuniw', inf. jumping, pr. 12G8. 

ahuru-si, inf. [huruw, si] : di ah., to exult, rejoice exceedingly ; 
woate asempa na wo ho ato wo na woretew akrayam a woredi ako- 
ne-aba. 

a h u Y u s i-d i , inf. exidtafion . 

ah u ru to a, F. ahrutsia, pi. n-, a poisonous serx)cnt, witli a big 
head and black and light-yellow streaks; viper, asp). 
0-hurututu, the lungs. [G. flufla]. 
Ii II r u f u t u t u, a. boiling, bubbling (of water on fire) ; raging, 
foaming (of the sea or a swelling river) : eye h., it casts up foam; nsu 
no ani ye h. = menem-menem. 

huruw, V. Ak. huri, ]. to leap, jump, hop, skip, spring, bound 
(£rc. h. si, to jump for joy (to jump so as to place oneself again on 
the ground) pr. 878. red. huruhurnw, q. v. - ohuruw fvvee kwan so, 
he quicldy resumed his journey. — 2. h. sika, to lend money on usury, 
2)ractise usury. Deut. 23,19. Ps. 15,5. Obi ah. no sika akotua ne ka na 
awo no (ado, adgso); oh. no sika = ofem no sika iihye no da senea 
wohye no da, na ohye no da-tia, na wammetua a, obu gu so. 

hfi-se, a thing or matter seen and told; se eye mo atoro o, se 
eye mo h. 5, mo ara mokgfaa asem no, whether it be a lie on your 
part, or whether you have seen and told it, it is you who have brought 
(out or on) the matter. 

ahii-tu, inf. [tu ahu] the finding or digging out of a treasure 
kid in the ground; digging after hidden treasures. 

hutuhutu, a. rugged, rough with hair, shaggy; okuntu no 
ani ye h. = wo hhwi dodow ; o})}). dabo, torotorotoro, asawa biara 
uni ani (nsore wo ani); (/. fuku &c. 

hiituma, F. = mfutuma, dust. Mt. 10,14. Mk.61,1. 
huw, V. to bloiv; oliuw nensam', he is blowing upon his hands; 
pr. 1427. — syn. fita; - red. huhuw, q. v. 

iihuwa, a kind of head; nhene hketenkete bi. 



nhwaiie — hyg. 201 

hwa, F. see hiia, Ak. fwa. 

iihwaiie, a kind oi perfmiw: civet; ohiiain bi; nca okankan 
kyima na gkgpopa ue to a ewo dua no ho no. 

liwriiiyaii, V. 1. refl. to stir or ronse oneself vj) to lively ac- 
tion or ritjoroKS exertion, to stimulate oneself, to exert oneself; asafo 
bi Inv. wonlio wg ofie na wonlnv. wgnlio wo dgm iino a, wgfre wgi'i 
huf'o; wglnv, wgnho kyere nnipa nti. won ho ye hu; ghene wg hg 
na wanhw. neho a, wonsuro no; ghw. neho = gkanyan neho, gye 
nclio kesp, gkii neho ma obi wg lig a oliu se ne nsam' ye duru (a. s. 
gye onipa). — ^. ne ho hwanyaii no = onsen ne werem', he is agi- 
tated, in pcrttirhation; cf. ne ho sepew no. — 3. hw. .. mu, to agitate, 
(listurl), derange, disorder, throw into confusion; gliw. ntramam', si- 
kam', ntadem', nnipam' = gpete ntrama &c., gma wgye sakasaka; 
oliw. nkran mu, ntetea mu, = se wgye komm a, gma wgsgre na gma 
wgye mrinyamanya; ghw. ne nhwi mu, she dishevels her hair, puts 
it in disorder; cf. pesew. 

h w a 11 y a ii h ^y A ii y a. ii, adv. disorderly, in a disorderly state 
or manner; gde ntrama guu dan mu hg hw. = sakasaka, r/". inanya- 
manya. 

hwe, F. = fwie. ML 26,7. 
liwe, v. As. = hua, fwa, to scraj)c, scratch. 
liwea, fwea, F. breath. 
nh wea, F. ahwea, sand. pr. 917. 1'lhwca-so, (in) the sandy desert. 
iiliwea-doii, sand-glass. — iiliwea-iihwea-bo, sandstone. 
e-liwene, F., Ak. nhwen, nose; s. efwene. 
ah wen-hem a, s. osiia. 

11 hw en tea, gfwentea, a kind oi perfume; duaba bi a wghata 
na wgayam ; s. ohiiam. 

ahwcn-tokur, F. nostrils. 

hweti, hwiti, s. fweti. 
nhwi, Ak. ehwi, the hair; abuvohhwi ye horghorg, ebeabea hg 
or esesahg; abibihhwi ye dennen, epompono; cf. akura-hhwi, ehum, 
hutuhutu, saku. — abo-so-nhwi, dua-ho-hhwi, moss. 

iiliwi-iihwi, a. hairy; neho hh., he (his garment or body) is 
hairy. 2 Ki. 1,S. cf. horghorg, sakii, fuku. 
hwi, s. f\vi. 

h w, before o, o, u, is often written in F. (by Parker), where 
other dialects have merely h ; e. g. 

hwo, liwoa, hwghwo, hwom, ahwom, hwoh, hwotse, 
ahwuhwudze, aliwum. hwiin (hu)&c. - 
see all these words in the place they occupy without w. 
hwom J V. F. (perf.) to ebb; s. hiiah. 

hy = X 

hye, V. [)-cd. hyehye] 
1. to stick (fast), to be put, set, fixed, inserted (hg, mu, ase, there, in, 
under dx.) espec. in the contin. form; petea hye ne nsa, a ring is put 



202 \iy§. 

on Jiis finger; dadekyew hye ne ti, he has a helmet on his head; - 
bye mu, to he comprised, included in (=:= wo mu, fra mu); to set in 
afresh: oyare no abehyem' = asan aba dennenneii; bye .. ase, to 
be concealed under, covered hi/, subject or subordinate to, dependent 
on, in the poiver of. (cf. 14-16.) — 2. de (fa) .. bye (caus., cf. 1), 
to put, set, fix, sticlc, insert; mede mensa mebye mekotokum', I p)ut 
my hand into my pochet; ode ta bye n'abrobuam', he fills his p>ipe 
(with tobacco); fa (asem no) bye (hb6raa)m', put or ivrite it doivn 
(on papter) ; ode., abye kotoku nom', he has put it into the bag; also 
he has seeded the bag = wasiw kotoku no ano. — de.. bye ..nsa, to 
deliver, surrender; to give in charge of, commit to one's care. — 3. 
bye..anan mu, to 2^ id instead of, i.e. to replace, restore, repay, give 
bach,re-imburse; to rejMir, amend , compensate, indemnify; mebyeeno 
ne sika ananniu, I paid him his money back, — 4. to put on, to wear 
(of clotbes fitting to tbe body or parts of tbe body, c/. fura; of sboes, 
bat, rings); Kramofo bye batakari, oburoni nso bye atade, Moham- 
medans put on caftans, but a European wears a coat; obyee nekyew, 
he put on his hat. — bye bama, s. bama, j;?-. 170. — 5. to measure 
(corn, by putting a calabasb into tbe corn and tbe corn into tbe 
calabasb and tbei-eby filling anotber vessel); mede kora mebye 
abiirow, I measure corn in or by means of a calabash. — 6. to fill; 
gbye ta, he fills a pipe; to pour in (nsa); obye no nsa, he serves him 
out liquor; pr. 1471. - bye sapgw mu nsu, to fill a sponge with water; 
bye atuduru, to fill cartridge-boxes u:ith pou-dcr. — 7. bye .. ma, to 
male full, to fill; liye..dodo\vura or nwuradodo, to enlarge or stvell 
the numbers, swell the ranhs of (witbout increasing tbe valour or 
value): asansafo na abye atufo no dodowura, unarmed men have 
swelled the number of those who carry guns. — 8. to dye, ^i»^e(ntama, 
asawa, cloth, thread, by putting or dipping it into tbe dye, cf. bibiri, 
boa ; pr. 387). — obyee duku kokg ur ode aduru koko byee duku, 
he dyed a handJcerchief red Cor, with a red colour). — 9. to tan (nbo- 
ma, hides, by steeping tbem into an infusion of bark to convert tbera 
into leather). — 10. to impress, stamji; bye nsow, bye agyirae, to set 
amarhiipon, to marlc. — 11. to bring to the jwisscssion of some quality, 
intosomestate, toimpartd-c. byebaniiiba, hkuran, ioencotcragc, cheer; 
bye..bere, to weary (out), to jade, tire, fatigue; bye..(mu) den, to 
strengthen, confirm, corroborate; to ratify, sanction; hye.. akoiimu- 
den, to impart strength to the neck; pr. 400. bye .. mpamden, to com- 
fort, siq)port, strengthen; - bye., nkyene, to salt, pickle, corn, cure 
by salting; - hye.. pro we, to spoil (a cbild), to effeminate; woabye 
woboprowe, yoti have spoiled yourself ; - bye., yamgya, to grieve, 
make angry, to enrage. — bye nim, ntwo, to ascribe victory, defeat 
to.., pr. 1470. — 12. to bring to some j^erformance: woabye no asuko 
= woaka ne ti abye nsum', they hare immersed him, baptized him by 
immersion, cf. bg asu. — 13. to fix in the ground: bye mpam, s. 
mpam. — 14. to put, fix, lay; bye ase, to lay a foundation, i.e. to 
begin, commence; V. Mt. 12,1. Mk. 4,1. 5,17. cf. fi ase. — 15. to set, fix, 
hold out to; bye ase, to lay a foundation i.e. a ptromise, to promise; 
bye bg, to promise, to make a vow, to vow. — 16. to order, bespeak, 
give orders for, to commission (also witb ase): mekgbye kete (ase) 



hy<^ 203 

wolio, I am going to order a mat t/iere; - hyeawofo, fo hcspc(th (litre) 
people for working the claij (in building a house). — 17. to appoint, 
prescribe: okoinfo bi hyee aduru mafi no, a fetislnnan indicated to him 
a rented I/. — 18. to appoint, set. fix (a time); hye tare, to appoint a 
day for the plastering of a house; ohye (no) da = oto no da, he 
((ppoitds(]tint) a datj ; mahye no sram se omraotuji meka, I gave him 
(t ntuttth to pat/ tne in: pr. 109.194. — hye da, to do j)i(rj>oscl//: mafihye 
(dam') da bi manye; watu aliye da, he has postponed d. — 1!K to 
/i.v, set np, instdide: hye a fa, to celebrate a festival ; hye mom, 
to is^ue a decree; hye mmiira, to give, nialcc, enact a latv or laws; 
hye apa m, to set up a covenant (?) .v. pjim, — 20. to set, constitide, 
appoitd; hye panyih, F. Mt. 24,45- — 21. to predestine, predestincdc, 
appoint or ordain beforehand; s. liyebea ; to be predestined for, pr. 621. 
22. to command, charge: ghye abien yi na ghyey no kete se onye, 
these ttvo commandments he strictly enjoined on him. — 23. to com- 
pel, constrain, force, oblige; to ittipel, urge: pr. 195f. ohyee me se 
mennora aduru, he cotnpelled me to drink a medicine; se omraa a, 
mehye no na waba, if he do not come willingly, I will compel him to 
come; Gr. § 270,2 a. — 24. to pttt to: hyeadanse, to call to witness. 
pr. 164. — 25. hye .. ho akotoko, to instittde an inquiry or search af- 
ter a missing person or thing, to set in opercUion endeavours to seize 
or recover. — 20. to obtrude, to force, i^ress or urge upon: hye afe: 
ode me hye afe or ode n'afe hye me, he makes or considers me hi^ 
comrade, forces his companionship upon me. — 27. hye neho, a) to 
force oneself i.e. to do with reluctance; ~ b) to fix upon, resolve, de- 
termine, make tip one's mind; - c) ghye neho fie, he confines hitnself 
to his house. — hye neho so, to stijjpress one's oivn feeling or de- 
sire, to command one's oivu ntind, to be master of one's self or pas- 
sions. Gen. 43,31. 45,1 — ^6'. hye ..so, to p)ress upon, oppress; to 
restrain, check; hye wo tekrema so! cf. James 1,26. 3,8. - to stipp>ress, 
subdue, stifle. — 29. to cause to bear or act iipon or affect: hye.. 
nsew, - domamfiri, to curse, accurse; cf. bg dua, dome. — 30. yi 
..hye, to transfer (a duty) to, make over to; s. akgmma. — 31. 
hye is also used as an aux. v. serving for the F,ng. j^reji. against: 
to refer to, relate to, direct against, Jiave for its object: ne bo afuw 
ahye me, wamuna ahye me, he is angry, sullen, on account of me or 
against me; wgkasa hyee no, tliey spoke against film. — 31. b. de atuo 
hye .. mu, to fire at or o)t, give fire upon. — 32. de .. hye .. yam', lit. 
to ptd Into one's breast, bosom, or belly, i.e. a) to bear a grudge, or 
malice: mede no (or asem no) mahye me yam', I otve film a grudge 
(= metah no, wadi me asemmone bi na minyii mimfii me tirim e) ; 

- b) to adojit, to take or receive as one's otvn cltild; s. yam'. — 33. 
yi .. ani hye.. hkyenmu, lit. to take off one's eye andjmtit aside, i.e.to 
disappoitd; wayi m'ani ahye me rikyeh mu, Ite has disappointed me. 

— 34. hye .. da so, to accumtdcde treasures, pr. 667. — 35. hye .. kwan, 
a) to provide wltfi money for a journey, cf. akwahhyede. — b) to 
lay in atnbtish on tJie u'oy, = tew, siw kwari. — 36. hye.. fer, F. to 
abuse, instdt.Mt. 22,6. — 57. hye. .nsew, V.to secure, make safeox sure. 
Mt.27,65. — .3(S'.hye sum, F.=:durusum, tobe darkened. Mt.24,29. — 39. 
hye.. ntsirira, F. to advise, persuade, instigate. Mt. 14,8.27,20. Mk. 15,11. 



204 hye — hjebea. 

hy e, v.fred. liyehye, q.v.] to extend (intr.): 1. to swell: n'afuru 
ahye, his belli/ is sivollen. — 2. to sj)read: n'asem ahye, his fame 
lias spread ahroad: oyare no ahye (wo) asase no nli. so, the disease 
has spread over the ichole country: ohiani bu be a, enliye, pr. 1361. 
syn. byehye, hyeta, terew. — 3. to reach: m'ani abye bo = mabu 
no kakra, I caught a sight, glance, oi- glimpse of it; onipa no bae 
no, m'ani anbye ne ho (= m'ani ammo no so, manbu no) na okoe, 
ivhen the man came, he went away before I had got a sight of him. 
— 4. to reach, border: eba na m'akura hye, here is the border of my 
plantation; cf. ohye. 

Iiye, hyew, v. [red. byehye, byehyew] to burn: 1. hye, to 
burn = to hurt with heat or fire: awia hye or byehye me ti, the 
sun burns my head; okanea hyee me nsa, the light burnt my hand. 
2. hyew, to consume or destroy by fire: wode gya hyew kxirow no, 
they burned the town with fire. — 3. to be on fire, to be consumed by 
fire: odah rebyew, the house is burning, jir. 263. — 4. hyew gya, to 
burn charcoal. — 5. hyew atuduru, to blow up (tr. (£■ intr.) with gun- 
powder. — G. to dry up (tr. d' intr. of plants, from an excess of heat) ; 
aburo no ahyew kora, all the maize-plants arc tcithered. — ". to be 
consumed (in battle, by famine, sickness &c.), to die in numbers: 
aguah no mu nnipa-mma hyew se sare, in that flight people were 
consumed like grass. — tS. to be lost (said of money, espec. in weigh- 
ing out gold-du8t for separated items) : mede agyiratwe metotoo 
nkokg mfua-mfua, na emu nkgkoa 2 abye. — !). to spend or expend 
(money) uselessly or to excess: mahyew sika bebre wo me y are yi 
ho. — 10. Phr. "Wo gya ahhyeme!" your fire has not burned me! 
i.e. your saying or threat has not made any impression, has not had 
any effect upon me. — Qhyc, inf. burning, being burned, pr. 621. 

o-h y e , inf. 1. the act of fixing, putting on &c. cf. bye, v. — 2. 

compulsion {31f. nhye). — 3. commandment, cf. ahyede, hhyebyee. 

e-hye, gum, resin, espec. gum copal; cf. amane, nsu. 

o-hy 0, i^?. a-, border, boundary, limit, frontier; me-ne no bo bye 

= to fubye, I border iqmn or confine with him; wgde bama to bye, 

they marh or fix the limits by a line or cord. Cf. hye, v. 4. & hyeban. 

hye, hyeliye, a. (or n.) famous, famed, noted, renowned; 
distinguished, eminent; of note, of distinction, of rank; {syn. onuo- 
nyamfo ; cf. bye, r., odehye;) wo a woye hye no na wuwu a, wgye 
wo ayi yiye na wgbg ase kaw; gnye byehye. he. docs not male much 
of himself = gmfa nebo hkyere se gye onipa bi, na gye ne nneema 
nhina abotgasem' (abodam') ne komra; onipa yi ye byehye, he seeks 
to attract the attention of others. 

ahy e-aiidiimii, h-, inf. [bye anahmu] reparation, conq^ensa- 
iion, repayment, restitution, restoration, indemnification; amends, 
return; retalicdion. 

iihye-ase, F. a-, inf. [bye ase] foundation; beginning; com- 
mencement; promise; di nhy., to give a promise, make an agreement. 

hyeban: bghy.=bgbye, dahyia, to have a commonboioidary. 
0-hje-hea, jn-edestinafion, fate; cf. nkrabea. 

hye-bea, F. -bew, a place tchere to p)ut dtc. Mt. 26,52. 



ahyede — ahyemfiri. 205 

ahy e-de [bye, v., adej comtuandmcnt; cf. ghye, mmara, mom. 
hy 0(1 oil [= hye den, imt on sfren(/fli. be. sirotiy] a condoling 
01' consoling salutation; oniaa no hy., ](C consoled or comforted him 
(at the death of a relation). 

ahyedo, F. = nhycso. (Mf. an overpower im/.) 
e-liyc-(l ua, piim-iree, copcd-free (FJcvocnrpns copaJlifern? lihns 
copallhu(m?) s. ehye. — o-hye-diia, a bonndnri/-frec. 
liyee, a. Ak. s. hyew. 

li y e e w-liy e e w, a. burning; ne yam ye no hy., his conscience 
pricks him. — hy o6w-liy cew, adv. flaming, sparkling; gbayifo 
dew hy. = yerew-yerew. 

o-hj'efo, pi. a-, oppressor (s. hye ^S.),- dictator. Hist. 

O-liye-iiama, =; hjXma a wgsesa de kyere ghye, a string indi- 
cating or marking out a boundary. 

liyehyy, "• glittering, gloss//, bright, shining; ahina a wgde 
kg asu ho ye hy. pr. 1383. — cf. hann, hanahitna. 

hye hye, a. s. hye. 

hy ehy e , red. v. 1. s. hye, v. — 2. to put in dtce order for any 
purpose, to make trim, firm, compact, tight and snug, to adjust, ar- 
range: gtamgnwemfo benwene tam a, ghyehyc n'asawa ansa, wg 
asa ne bgs») mu; - ohyehye adesoa, he packs a load. — 5. to trim, 
dress; to attire, adorn; to decorate; espec. of women : wgahyehye 
ayeforo no, theg have dressed the bride ; gpe se ohyehye ne ho papa, 
she is very fond of dressing; cf. keka, mia. — 4. hy. so, to join to- 
gether; to proceed with or in: ade kyce no, wgde asem no hyehyee 
so, on the next morning they proceeded with the palaver. — 5. hy. 
dgm, to raise, fit out, equip an army (cf. 2). 

hye hye, red. v. 1. = hye, v. — 2. de.. hyehye, to cause to 

be spoken of: ode m' ahyehye = wakgka me ho nsem pi akyere 

iikurofo. — 3. F. to magnify. — 4. hy. neho, to fcort5^ = hoahoa neho. 

hyehye, red. v., s. hye, hyew. 1. to burn (vehemently); to 

scorch. — 2. F. to he grievous to; cf. ne yam' hyehye no. 

ahy ehye de, ornament, adornment; jewels; cf. ahokekade. 

ahyeliyee, a shed or hut on a plantation for the reception of 
tools ov produce and for shelter from rain; lumber-room. 

iiliyehyee, ordinances, cf. nsiesiei, ahyede. 

nliyehye-ho, iihyehj^e-iiui, iihyehye-s6, inf. = ade a ehye- 
hye (a.s. wgde ahyehye) ho, - mu, - so. 
hy ehyew, red. v., s. hye, hyew. 

ahyehyew-nsa [ade a ehyehyew nsa] a kind o( nettle. 

iiliyehye-wo-akyi, boasting, pr. 1473, 2765. Cf. akyi. 

ahyom', F. covenant, agreement. Mh. 14,24. = apam; s. dziahyem. 

iihyeiii', F.=hhyiam'. - nhyemdan=hyiadah. Mt.10,17. Mk.1,21. 

ahy em 111 a, pZ. n-, [ehyen, dim.'] boat; cf. gkorow, obonto. 

ahyein-firi, inf. [hyeh, v., ifi, v.] going in andoid; di ahy., to 
go in and out, to frequent, resort to or visit often; odii yen mu ahy., 



206 hyin — hyeta. 

he ivent in and out among us, Acts 1,21., munnni dan mu ho aby. sa! 
do not thus constantly go in and out of that room! 

hyeii, V. \t-ed. hyehhyen] to blow, sound, or pi a g a wind-in- 
strument (aben, torobento, adakabeh, hkontwe,...). 
liyeiV, V. [red. hyeh'hyeh] to enter, - mu, into. 
hyeii, a. (only in cpds.) white; cf. oduahyC'ii, tumm-ne-byen. 
hy^iiii, a. & adv. Ijright, brilliant, -Ig; owia, gsram, nsoroma 
apue by. — hyeiVhyeiV , — bfinabana, bright, glittering. 

e-hyen, tbe moon (called so from its silvery ligbt or lustre); 
rf. osram', gbosom. 

e-hyeii, string, chord of a musical instrument, cf. sankubyeh. 
e-hyeii, bubble, air-bubble, soap-bubble: abo by., it has formed 
(or risen in) a bubble. 

e-hyeii, h-, p)ron. F. = yen, Gr. § 58. Mf. p. 102. 
e-hyeii, F. n-, ^:>L a-, Ak. yen, ship, vessel (cfahyehwi, abyem- 
ma, okorow, batadewa, obonto); Mk. 3,9.4,1. 38.6,,%. -hy. apue kiisu, 
a ship has come in sight dimly; by. no abegyinakuntahh, the ship has 
come in and rides at anchor in its full size; by. no atu ko Gua, the 
ship has iveighed anchor and saRed to Cape Coast. 

hyeii-horow, hyen-nodow, multitude of ships, fleet. 

ahyeii-hyeii-mu: di -, ^o be interlaced, interwoven, entangled. 
li h y e I'l-m li, inf. introduction. 

n h y e n 6 a, ohye ano nobo, the farthest point or part of the border. 
hyennua [by en dua] mast of a sbip. - ahyeiiwa, dim. of ebyen. 
hyera, bera, v. F. = bara, ycra, yew, to 2)erish. Mt. 26,52. 
\ijera,2il. »-, ^. pot, pitcher. Mk. 7,4. 14,13. cf. abina, pore, kuruwa. 
hyereba-hyereba, a. d- adv. hasty, precipitate, rash, fool- 
hardy, inconsiderate, careless; oye by. = n'adwenem' ye no bare, 
he is light-minded, unsteady; oye n'ade or oka n'asem by., he acts 
or sp)caks inconsiderately ; aberante by., a very brisk lad. 

hy ere-liy ere, F. byerew-byerew, a. & adv. 1. hot, burning, 
fervid; me bo ye me by., I feel very hot. — 2. acrid (?) — 3. urgent. 
hj^creii, V. to shine, glister, glitter, sparkle; to be bright, bril- 
liant, splendid; to flame or flare up; ogye ogyano abyereh, he stirs 
the fire, increases its burning; ogye asem no abyereii, he enhances 
or enlarges the pcdaver. — a. shiny, bright. — n. brightness. 
o-hyerem-mo^, == obo a ebyeren, a brilliant. 
ahyese, F.=nbyease.iUf.i.3,.55.ilf^-.i,i. aby.no, in the beginning. 
ahy e-sem, = asem a abye, asem a woakoka gyam'gyani ma 
aterew, a report ivhich has spread rapidly. 

lihy es6, inf.fs.hye, 28] 1. oppression, tyranny, despotism; den 
nbyeso ni! ichat a tyranny! oye nby., oye abom, he is despotic. — 
2. check, restraint; restriction. — hhyeso-de, desp)otic or tyran- 
nical actions. — iihyeso-do, F. of necessity. 2 Cor. 9,7. 

o-hyesbnehq, there is theborder.'—o\iyeso-hene,margrave.3ist. 

liyeta, v. to spread (abroad), to be made knoivn extensively, 



hyew — hyira. 207 

to he divulged, propagated; ne din hyetae, his name became tvidely 
known, hehccamc famous or renotvurd; cf. hye, hyeliyo, lioran, terew. 

liyow, red. Iiychjew, v. s. hye, hyew, v. 

hyow, hyewhyew, a. 1. hot, verg warm; iikwah no ye hy., 
the soit]> is hot; cf. nsuohyew, hycreliywo. — ^. hot, fiery, fierce, 
wild, vehement, ardent, very active, impctnous, violent, passionate; 
oye or n'ani ye hyew, he is fierce, impetuous, possionate, cf. krama- 
kramil, abut'iihyew. — ,5. warm, com fort aide; ne fi ho ye liy. 
ahye-ye-de, dtdy, obligation. D.As. 

hy ia, v. [inf. h-, red. hyiahyia] 1. to meet, fall in tvith, come to- 
gether, assemble, join, converge; mihyiaa no ok wan mu, I met him 
on the way; pr. 1071. — kehyia.. kwan, F. to go to meet; 311.25,1. — 
rae ne no hyiae (wo) wuram', / came together with him in the bnsh; 
afe fino rcye ahyia, the end of the year goes to meet (the begin- 
ning of another year) i.e. new-year's day is at hand. — 2. intr. to 
be close together, so as to touch reciprocally (said of the teeth); 
pr. !i831. — 3. to agree, accord, be accordant; ehkohyia, it docs not 
fit properly. — 4. to meet or encounter in hostility, to come upon; 
ohyia no a, otumi no, when he attaclcs him, he is a match for him, 
he is able to withstand successfully, pr. 3223. — 5. to call, send for; 
to cite, summo)i; cf. fre; to call together, convene, convoke; to in- 
vite; Onyame ahyia no, God has called him (away, or to him, by 
death); ohene hyiahyia ne mamfo, the king calls his people together. 

— 6. hyia oyere, to marry, take a wife; cf. ware; hyia ayeforo, to 
marry, celebrate a tvedding. — 7. hyia mu, hyiam', to meet or as- 
semble in the same place; to have an intervietv; mpanyimfo hyiam' 
(wo) abonten so, the elders assemble in the street. — 8. hyia so, to 
fill up by pouring in, to pour into; pr. 2545. opp. huan so ; nsuyi abe- 
hyia nsu yi so ; wahyia so = wama aye mato. — 9. Phr. me nsa 
hyia m'adwuma, my hands suffice for my loork = metumi m'adw. 
yo, m'ade a mewo ye nhina, mitumi yo ; - me nsa hyia meho, I pro- 
vide with my hands for all my wants. - ne ho hyia nelio, he has all he 
ivants. - iO. da hyia, bo hye hyia, s. ohye, hyeban. - tvvahyia, s. tvva. 

ahyia, inf. F. dzi ahyia, to assemble, = kohyia fako. Mt. 22,34. 

ahyia, ahyi'o, interj. a salutation to a person who is met with 
on the way. — ahyiahyia, interj. the reply to that salutation. 

11 h}^! a, inf. a meeting, intervieio; an encounter; a call, calling, 
invitation, summons. 

hyia-daiit, pi. hyia-adan, house of assembly, synagogue. 

aliyiae, a place of meeting, joining or assembly. 

iihyiaet, circuit, circumference, compass'^ cf. afefarem'. 
hyiahyia, red. v., s. hyia, 5. 

i\hyVi\]i\v R, ill luck, fatality, misfortune, disaster; wobehyiaa 
ahy. ; obekaa ahy. a woakodi. 

11 hyiam', inf. a meeting, assembly, conference, convention, con- 
vocation, congress, synod, council. F. hhyem'. — liyim, s. him, 
hyira, v. [inf. n-, red. hyirahyira] 1. to bless, to wish happi- 
ness to, to invoke or bestoiv a blessing upon; Gen. 1,28.9, 1.12,2. Deut.33. 

— 2. to invoke; hy. wo Nyankopon se obedi wo akyi ana, call on 



208 nhyira — ohyiribi. 



your God that He may assist you. — 3. to bless, praise, glorify for 
benefits, to extol for excellencies ; Ps. 103. — 4. to esteem or account 
happy. Jer. 4,2. — 5. euph. to curse, blaspheme; 1 Ki. 21,10. Job 2,9. 
wahyira ghene = watew gyedua aliabah, he has cursed the lings 
life. — 6. hy. so, a) to decide on (V), to give validity or authority to, 
to ratify, agree, assent to, to sanction: ghene ahy, so se wonkum no, 
the king has decided that he shall be hilled; mahyira oguan yi so se 
wonkum no, / have designed this sheep to be hilled. — b) to dispose 
of (?), to renounce, resign, give over: wahy. so akye, he has given it 
up (as a pi-esent to a friend or for destruction) long ago. — c) to 
consecrate by prayer. Mat. 14,19. Lk. 9,16. — d) to accnrse, devote to 
destruction; to destroy utterly ; Dcid. 20,17. Josh. 6,21. — 7. Phr. Ohyira 
n'ano, he blesses his moidh, is used for some religious or ceremonial 
observances of the heathenish negroes, viz. a) = oguare asum', he 
washes cdthewatering-place, s. asumguare; - b) he takes some water 
into his mouth and squirts it into the calabash again, uttering cer- 
tain petitions to his soul (for money, length of life, honour, recov- 
ery of lost property »S:c.); or, he spurts the water to the ground 
and invokes a blessing or a course on others; - c) he takes some 
consecrated fluid (water mixed with some "medicine") into his mouth, 
spurts it and mentions something by which he brought a curse upon 
himself, asking for the removal of the same, and for new blessing. 
\b) Angpatutu mpanyimfo sore na wghohoro wgn anim a, na wgde 
nsu no bi gu wgn anom', na wohinam gu koram' bio, na wgka won 
tirim asem biara a ehia wgn, se ebia (wose): Me kara, mesere wo 
sika, mesere wo nnyinkye, mesere wo aniionyam, me biribi v^'o ba- 
bi a, ma einmeka me nsa n. a. — Otu nsu de hyira n'ano = otu nsu 
de gu n'anom' na ohinam mu gu, na gde hyira obi a. s. ode bg obi 
dua. — c) Woabg woho dua na nsew no akita wo (e. s. woyare), na 
gkgmfo ko a wofre ne bosom no abehye aduru ama wo, na wutu 
aduru no bi gu wo anom', na wuse : "Me k<tra, se mabg meho dua a, 
mehyira m'ano", na wokJi wo tirim aseh-ko a enti wobgg dua no, na 
afei wuse: 'ne medah nsew yi.] — Mihyira m'ano mepa, I call upon 
my soul to nard off danger. — iihyira, inf. a blessing. - nhy.neno, 
lit. blessing i.e. (all or nothing but) blessed is he. Mat. 5. — Ohyira no 
ilhyira-fVvew, ohyira no nansonekomaredomeno; r/.nkgmmgdom. 

ahyira-de, a blessed thing; an accursed thing. Josh. 6,17.7,1. 

nhyira-sem, a matter about one^s cursing the king's life. 

nhyireu, F. == nfwiren. 
hyirew, tvhiti' clay, a white kind of earth, used like lime to 
whitewash houses (sra gdan). — bg hy., to dig white clay and form it 
into balls; - bg, ma or sra obi hy., to make strokes with white clay on 
one's body to shoiv that he or she has been acquitted of an accusation, 
or that a woman has been set free by her former husband to marry 
again; - gbg n'anim hyire, Ak. he rubs his face icith white clay 
i.e. entirely gives auay his slave as a present to another person (-in 
Akp. only a blow on the slave's back is required for this purpose). 
— wgabg me hyirehunu. — gu hyire, As. to divorce. 

0-hyiribi, pi. a-, [Guan] a light-minded fellow, = aperewa; gye 
ohy. = n'advienem' ye no hare. 



I. J. — ka. 209 

I. 

Tlie vowel i docs not boj;in any Tslii word, except when a j)re- 
cedin<; y is omitted (ye n"iye = ye no yiye); in F. it occurs as a 
prefix before close sounds instead of e (ibi, idu =^ ebi, edu). 

J. 

'J'lie consonant j is not used in Tslii. -— Instead of V. jiic, jiii^ 
ji), jil, sec (IVn'O, (l\Vij (l\Vo, (hVii (dziie, d/ui, d/.o, dzu). 

K. 

'i'he fiuttural consonant k occurs before tlie vowels a, a, o^ o, 
o, u, u, fi. Before e^ o, o, i, the simple k is used only when the next 
syllable of the same word begins with s or t, and when c is shor- 
tened from a (by reduplication, or in ktMiclrmkara) , in all other ca- 
ses the k before palatal vowels becomes palatal and assumes the 
accessory sound of y, which is distinctly lieard before c, 0, — less 
distinctly before e, e, i, i. (In Asante the pronunciation of the j is 
less distinct than in Akem, especially before v. ka kere no = ka 
kyere no.) Gr. i; 10,1. — The gutturo-labial combination k\v now 
occurs only before ;i ; when followed by e, e, i, it is changed into 
t\v (excepting in some Fante dialects). Gr. § 11. 12. (In Fante kvv 
occurs also before 0, 0, u, where the other dialects have simple k.) 
— The simple k in single cases interchanges with g or h, as in 
brogo, ahahantwere = brgko, akekantwere. Gr. §19 6. 

kn, r. [^i-ed. keka] 1. fo bite, io seize ov wound tciilt (he mouth; 
gkraman aka me nan, a do(/ has Jnttcn wy leg ; gwg ka onipa, the 
snake bites (man); ef. kaw & sow. — 2. to sting: ntontom aka mc 
nsa, a mosquito has stung my hand; ef. bg. — ka, v. Ak. s. kaw. 

ka, V. i. to remain, be left where or as it is; Benyamin kaa 
n'agya nkyen wg fie, Benjamin remained at home with his father; 
ma enka! let it remain as it is, let it (done, forbear, leave off, leave 
it undone; eno de, eka wo ankasa nsam' or wo fam', as for tltat, it 
is left to you, that is your own business; pr. 372. — impers. aka me 
nko, I only a)n left; ebeka wo nko, you ivill be left alone, pr.l097. 
ka (= eka) me nko a, anka wobenya nea wope, for ought I have 
to say, you might obtain ivhat you desire; cf. Gr. § 276,5. pr.1476-79. 
cf. tg, pr. 3283-86. — ^. ka hg, /o remain or continue in a fixed place, 
in an unchanged form or condition. — 5. ka so, to remain on or in, 
to abide with: mmere, wonni nka so, luxurious life is not indulged 
in or does not last for ever. pr.2036. — -i. ka aky iri, to remain or 
stay behind (one's companions in walking &c.): woaka akyiri, ma 
wo nan so ! you remain beliind, mcihe haste! — 5. to die: waka babi, 
he is dead; gkaa awoe, it died cd the birth, or, it was still born. — 
6*. not to be where it ought to be, to be tcanting or missing; generally 
inq^ers. aka dgkono, kgfabera! bread is tvanting, go and fetch it; 
aka me biribi, / want something; ehka no fwe, he wants nothing; 
aka mmofra no bi; wgkg he? some of the boys are missing; where 
have they gone? gbak5 pe na aka, bid one is missing; obiara hkae 
e, won rihina wg ha, nobody is missing, they are all here; hena na 
aka? ()/• aka hena? who is missing? aka Kwaku, minhfi no, luv. is 

U 



21 ka — ka. 

missinfj, I do not see him; enka me e, mewg bal I am not missinfj, 
I am here. — Aka kftma or kakrd or ketewa (se), (very) little is 
wantinrj, often corresponds with the adr. almost, nearly, soon: aka 
kiima (se) na watg nsuni', he had almost fallen into the wcder; aka 
kuma (se) na dua yi bepo, tins tree will soon lose its leaves; ekaa 
kdma (F. de = se) na won nsa kaa, ohene, thei/ nearly eaught the 
Icing. — 7. ka ano, (to stieh or he aecustomed to one's lijis.) to he 
ready, easy, fluent: dwom a misuae no aka m'ano, the hymn I have 
learned is altvays ready on my lips, or, on my tongue's end. 

ka, V. to he common, often met with, iisnal, frequent; ade a eka 
(= ewo ho da) ni, this is a common thing; sa nhOma yi ta ka, such 
hoohs are often met with; ntama yi uta nka (=enni man mu da or 
pi, wonnya sa ntama no), such cloth is seldom to he had; sa nnoma 
yi nka dodo, such birds are not very common; wgyee yen nido a 
enka, they showed us no little hindness. Acts 28,:^. 

ka, V. F. = kae. — ka mmon, F. to wail. Mk. 5,38. 

kji, V. [red. keka] /. to touch, to come or he in or hring into 
contact with, to Join (Cc. (1-25) ; II. to move or stir, to he or cause 
to he active (26-40); III. to move in order to join (41-51). 
(I.)l.toiouch, come in contact with, 2»'- 466. - to handle (slightly), feel 
i.e. perceive by the sense of feeling: nifa wo nsa nka dade no, na 
ado, do not touch the iron, for it is red-hot; ubekAa aheropoma no ti, 
she touched the top of the sceptre, Est. -5.2. — aduru no kaa n'ano, 
the medicine touched his mouth; pr.3.H15. fwe rikaa m'ano e, nothing 
has passed my lips yet; wode kaa n';lno, they put it to his mouth, 
John 19,29. okaa n'ano no, gmpe se onom, when he had tasted there- 
of, he would not drinh, Mat. 27,34. — 2. de .. ka .. ano, to taste, eat; 
ope se ode biribi ka n'ano, he would have eaten, Acts 10,10. — 3. ka 
.. fwe, to examine hy feeling or tasting, to feel, to taste, to try; ode 
ne nsa kaa no fwee, he felt him. Gen. 27,22. ka nsa yi fwe! try this 
wine! Ps. 34,8. — 4. to touch, hit, strihc against; ka gu, to spill; 
waka nsa no agu, he has spilled the wine; ka mogya (gn), to shed 
blood. — 5. to touch, come to, reach; wo hlioma no kaa me nsa, your 
letter came to hand, reached me. — 0. nsakcl, to attain to, obtain, re- 
ceive, get, gain: me nsa aka nhoma no, I have received the letter; ne 
nsa kaa nea ode too ne tirim, lie gained his imrpose, Acts 27,13. — 
7. to touch, to meddle, interfere or have to do with: (mamfa me nsa) 
manka nhoma no, / liave not touched the books; de neho koka gbea, 
to touch a ivoman, 1 Cor. 7,1. - me ho renka, I shall have nothing to do 
with it. — 8. to touch, affect, strike, befall, seize, take possession of, 
become the prop eriy of: ehu kese kaa no, great fear befell him, he 
teas sore afraid; ohia aka no, poverty has come %ipon him; pr. 1340. 
- awerehow bi aka no, some grief has befcdlen him; nna aka wgn, 
they were heavy with sleep, Luk.9,32; asomdwoee nka mo! peace be 
nnto you! — 9. to beat (a drum, akyene. bgmma, atumpan, gtente, 
mpintin). — 10. to strike or flog with (mma, mpire, twom); wgkaa 
no mpire, they scourged him; Acts 16,23. wgaka no dade, Ak. = wga- 
kum no. — 11. to make a painful impression on: wadiasem(mone) 
na aka n'aiii = ama n'ani aye no yaw, or wabu so akataa, he lias 



ka^ 211 

(lone somcililny (wronn) and it has affect edJii-i cijes{a.s pepper rubbed 
into the eyes for puiii.slnneut) i.e. he has had to suffer for it, has felt 
the had conseiiueitces in a manner not easUi) to be foryoticn; mema 
jik;i wo ani! / shall let ijan suffer for it, serve i/on out for it! — lj:J. 
to touch, hurt, injure, harm, afflict, distress: yeankawo, Gen.26,ii'J. 
to transijress ai/ainsf: yeaka ( = yeatbm) yen Nyankopgn. — io. ka 
gya, to hold to the fire for a moment, to leitlwr (j^reen leaves) bij 
fire; fa aliaban yi ka o<i-ya posa so kuru nom', put these leaves to 
the fire a little and then squeeze them out upon lite wound. — 14. ka 
.. hyew. to warm (up), cook up: ka nsu no hyew, warm this water; 
fa nkwafi uo kgkA no liyew, take that soup and warm it (put it on the 
fire a(fain). — Ij. to dip up, eat up any kind of pappy or pulpy food 
or medicine with some other more substantial food, as bread, plan- 
tains i^c. fa nnuru yi noa no I'lkwan, na fa aduan biara kii, hoil these 
herbs into a soup and eat ant/ titiuji ijou like wdh it. — 10. to stick 
tot/ether, be closel// united in triendship ; be on t/ood terms, in union 
or concord ; to aijree together; to suit, accord, harmonize; o-ne no ka, 
or wgka, thei/ are (jood friends; o-ue me nka, or yenka, we do not 
agree together; aduan yine uamyi ka, this food and this meat agree 
well together; aduan yi ne me yafunu lika, tJiis food does not agree 
with nig stomach. — 17. me ho aka (some part of me that was, as it 
were, attached to the departed, has gone from wic, i.e.) I am in trouble 
about the loss of a relative. — 18. ne h 5 k a u e h 6, lit. his self, or. what 
is about him, sticks or fits to his self (O i-©- he is well content, con- 
tented, satisfied, pleased, happy, feels comfortable; me ho ka me ho 
wg m'akura ha, I live quietly, peaceably here on my plantidion; - 
me ho aka me ho = me ho atg me, cf. ahomeka. — 19. u'ahom kiX 
no ho, F. he is happy, glad. Mt. 5,12. — 20. u'ani k a, his eye is 
pleased ([nop. is cdtached to or captivated by any pleasing object), i.e. 
he rejoices, is pleased, rejoiced, delighted, glad,]iappy; m'ani ka ha (or 
aka ha, my eye has been caught or attached to, cleaves to this place), 
I like this place; m'ani ka adwuma yi ho, I like this ivork; m'ani 
aka, / am (ov have been for some time in the state of) rejoicing. — 
21. n'ani ka ase or fam', lit. his eyes are fixed on the ground, i.e. 
he is bashful, modest, decent, chaste, sober, discreet, considerate, de- 
liberate, careful (= gye n'ade yiye; oj)})- onipa a n'ani ye sorosoro, 
gye n'ade sakasaka). — 22. k a ..ho, a) to be in contact tvith, to ad- 
here to, cleave to, stick to: ewo aka me nsa ho, the honey sticks to my 
fingers. — b) to be added, joined to, conjoined, connected tvith; to be 
given over or in; to belong to; akyede yi ka wo asranue no ho, this 
present has been added to your wages. — c) to accomjxiny (in doing 
something), to go with, be with: gka me ho na yekgg Osii, he uccom- 
panied me to Osu; Oayankopgn ka yen ho (= di yen akyi) da, God 
is always with ns. cf. 25. — (?J k a h 6, when connected (as an auxil- 
iary verb) with another principal verb, is often rendered by the ad- 
verbs also, moreover, too, besides: odi hia na gyare ka ho, he is very 
2iOor and sick besides; cf. Gr. §237e. — e) de..ka ho, cans, to add, 
join, annex, unite to; fa kakra ka ho, add a little; in Eng. we may 
often use the adv. more: ma me kakra menka ho, give me a little 
more; omaa me hi mekiia ho, he gave me some more; raanya nkesiia 



212 ka^ 

du, na mepe dii maka ho, I have ten eggs and tvish for ten more. 
— f) aduah no aka no ho ^= ato no ho, the food has done him good, 
pr.924f. — 33. ka ..ho (aduiu), to daub, paint: maka pon no h5 
aduru, I have painted the door (with colour); waka adaka no ho 
koko, he has painted the 1}ox red. — 24. ka neho, to adorn or dress 
oneself: waka neho fefefe = wakekfi neho, she has dressed herself 
very nicely. — 25. ka .. do, F. = ka .. ho (22 c), di akyi(ri), to join, 
to follow: wgbaka' no do = wobeka;l no ho; wonkii mo do = m6nka 
me ho, munni m'akyi. ML 4,19. 8,1.10.9,9. 

(II.) 26. to he in commotion : ne tirim' ka, his head is a little touched, 
affected tvith insanity (in a slight degree); he is touched in the head, 
craclchrained, crazy. — 27. ka neho, to move, stir; gnka neho bio, 
wawii, he moves no more, he is dead; to bestir oneself, be active, live- 
ly, quick; woii'ka woho ara?! will you be quick? — 28. ka..nsa, 
to be quick, active, agile, alert, diligent; ka wonsa = ka woho, be 
quick! make haste! oka ne nsa, he is diligent; (diff. eka ne usa, it 
comes to his hands i.e. he receives, s.5.) — 29. ka ..mati. to raise or 
dratv up the shoulders, to shrug, give a shrug. — 30. ka aduan, a) 
to turn the food in the mortar with the hand: mekgka aduan mama 
me na. — b) to stir the food in cooking on the fire; ode ta ka abete, 
nkokonte; cf. nu mu. — 31. ka likwan, to deal or serve out soup, 
pr.207. — 32. ka afa, to blow the bellows- — 33. ka atuo, to take up 
arms (pi'op. guns) in order to fight against some one. — 34. to move, 
pid or set in motion, impel; to drive, compel to move on, urge ox push 
fortvard, urge on and direct the motions of; mframa ka hyen no ko 
anim', tJie ivind moves the vessel onward; ka hhuah no kg dan mu, 
drive the sheep into the pen; k.i nkokg no fi adi, drive the fotvls out; 
ka teaseenam, to drive a chariot, 2 Ki.9,20. ka (afurum) no kg ara! 
drive (the ass) and go forward, 2 Ki.4,24. — 35. to excite, distract, 
agitate, trouble: ne bone aka no, his sin drives him about restlessly. — 
36. to stir up, cause, bring (djout. tgkwaw, a quarrel, brawl, scuffle, 
amanne, mischief (cfka, to speak). — 37. to move, actuate, incite, in- 
duce, instigate: den na ekaa no se gmmera? what induced him to 
come? — 38. to attack; wgkgkaa won nkaakyiri, they attacked them 
from behind. — 5.9. ka gkwah mu, to commit highway-robbery. — 
40. to try to move or stir: ^kk no babi emma (or, me-, wo-, o-, wo- 
ka no babi [scil. a,] emma, tvhercver it is touched, or, try as you will, 
it does not succeed, \.q,.) it will not do by any means; wama me adwu- 
ma a mekano bilbi emma, he has given me a work to do which I 
cannot carry out by any means. 

(III.) 41. ka.. bom', to unite, join, p)ut together, reconcile. — 42. 
ka.. bg ..ho. to conjoin, connect, annex, combine, associate, attach, 
affix dc. ka adsVebaw (batabata ho), to bind the shoots of the yam- 
plant to the sujjporting stick; s. adwobaw. — pata ka .. bg ..ho, to 
reconcile. 2 Cor. 5,18 f. Eph. 2,16. — 43. ka.. fam, to joimvith an ad- 
hesive substance: fa amane (hye, manng) ka kuruwa no fam, join 
or mend (the broken pieces of) the jug with gum. — 44. ka.. toa, 
to join, to bring to the p)voper place or connection, to set a joint, to set 
(a limb): gka me nan a ahiiah no toa, he sets my dislocated foot. — 
45- ka ..foa, F. ^=k;l ..fu, nu .. fu?) to onbrace; gdze n'aba ka no 



ka — ilka. 213 

foa, he embraces him. — 46. ka.. kfi ..ho, to bring near iogcther, 
$. kfi. — 47. ka .. kua an im, to Join the opposite ends, s. kua. — 
4S. kti .. li ye, to trouble and force, i.e. to exact or enforce pagnirnt 
from; wabek.l mc aliye n.s. wode bi kaw na wabehyc wo agye v/o 
ho; cf. ka hye in ka, to speak. — 4!). ka .. hy e m u, to confine, shut 
up, close, straiten; iolicepin (Lk. 19A3), hem in, urge, press ujion. — 
50. k a., torn', to shut, lock; to shut or lock in or iij>; ka poii no 
torn', shut the door; ka no to dan mu, lock him up in the room. — 
ka wo ano tom', F. = mua wo ano, hold thg peace. Mk. 1,25. — 51. 
k a .. mom ano, to pack or roll up; waka ne nh. amom ano. — 52. 
ka .. gy a w, to throw aside and leave i.e. to pass by; yehiiu Kipro 
no, yekii gyaw benkum (ycgyaw too b.) na yekgg Siria, Acts 21,3. — 
53. ka is also used as a secondary verb in phrases like the follow- 
ing: onnwu iinka, mag he not die, not even tasting of or touching 
if ; ommnig nnka, )n((g he not break it, not in the least, not in the re- 
motest manner, i.e. God forbid that he should die, — that he should 
break it. 

ka, V. [red. keka] to emit a sound, to idter, speak, say, tell; cf. 
kasa, se, be, besebese, ho 75-83., woro; - agyinamoa ka ne mene- 
wam', tlie cat emits a sound from its throat, i.e. it purrs; woaka, thou 
hast said it, Mt. 26,25. 64. — ka asem, to utter words, speak, talk; to 
deliver a speech, tell a tale; to prcaclt; deh asem na moka? of what 
do you t(dk? oka me ho asem,/;t' speaks or t<dks of me, often meaning : 
he S2)eaks Ul of me; oka (oto) anansesem, lie tells a legend. — ka.. 
kyere, or ka with a personal object, to tell, to say to; okaa asem 
bi kyeree no or okaa no asem bi, he told him something. — ka.. 
hye, to ascribe a saying to, to impide to; to speak against; waka 
asem no ahye me, e.s. enye me na mekae, na obi aboapa [or apa- 
tuw) aka ato me so. — ka kaw, ka amanne, by spoken ivords to 
cause or incur debts, mischief, to involve oneself in debt, in (the 
mischief of) a public law-snit or fine. — ka .. ma .., to speali for, put 
in a word for, intercede, recommend; cf. kasa ma. — ka .. anim, 
or ka alone with a personal object, to rebuke, reprove, reprimand, 
reprelicnd, chide, scold, blame, censure; onipa yi, waka me 'ne = 
waka u'anim, watwiw m'anim 'ne; -=: twiw anim; =- kasa kyere, 
tu fo; ka ntam or ka alone, to utter an oath, to sivear (upon.pr. 344. 
to appecd to by an oath) ; to conjure, call up, or bring aboid (a sick- 
ness); cf. ntam, di nsew. — ka .. sie, to foretell, predict. 

e-k a , pi. ri-, ring, in: 267. s. ka. 

e-ka, p)l. a-, (Ak.) debt; s. ekaw. pr. 747 f. 1497-1503. 

aka, Ak. enmity d'-c. s. akaw, akaye. 

aka, water into which charms (short sticks [bofunnua] or pieces 
of string daubed with red wood [korow] &c.) are put to be used for 
an ordeal or tried to determine guilt or innocence. Phrases: bo aka, 
ko aka ase (pr. 379.)] aka no ato no. Akabo ne se : obi \via ade a.s. 
oye bone bi a, na wokofa aka de bebisa no se ewom' ana. Woko- 
fwefvie onipa a owo aka, na wabehono aduru ne nsu de ata ho aho- 
horo wo auira, na se wo na woyee sa bone no a, na wuntumi mmue 
wo aniwa, a.s. niwa (a cowry) ahyen wo auiwam'. 



214 oka — nkabuho. 



o-ka, e-, ditch, trench, canal; the bed of a river; oyi kd, he digs 
(makes, sinks) a ditch. 

rika, 1. smell, scent; - te nkji, to perceive the smeN. to smell. — 
3. noise, report, rumour; mate ne nka (se gbeba ne), I have heard 
of him, have had news of him (that he will come to-day); wotee ne iika 
(= ne ho asem tei'ewe) asase no nliinil so, his fame spread abroad 
in cdl that countr//. — 3. perception; te hka, to learn, hear, come 
to know, be informed of; mate hka se yeaclah bone, I knotv from 
experience that we have become bad or sinful. 

anka^ Ak. aiikana, aiikarfi, cottj. then, in that case; (for mer- 
it/;) "under other circumsta)ices. This word is put at the head of a 
sentence to indicate that the idea expressed in the sentence is no 
present reality, but either a) a thing of the past, or b) mei*ely im- 
aginary, its reality being excluded by another fact or being made 
to depend on the reality of another idea expressed in a conditional 
accessary sentence preceding the principal; (a) kah no ahka 0- 
nyahkopon ben fam', formerly (it was so that) God (or Heaven) was 
near the ground; (b) ahka meba, na meyaj-e nti mintumi memma, 
I should come, but I cannot, because I am sick; or, se menyare a, 
ahka meba, if I were not sick, I shonld come; - na ahka! ( = na se 
eute sa de a, na ahka edeh ?) ichat else':- of course! 

ka, kavra, j;?. h-, ring, iinger-ring; link oi & chain; c/". petea, 
kapo, nomafuru, tohkoka'. 

ak a, a kind of fish. pr. 1S99. 
ailka, ahkawa, akahkawa, ^.i/. h-, lime, lemon; s. duaba^\ 

ilka, F. = hkae, remnant, rest, the others. Mt. 22,6. 25,11. Mk. 1,38. 

aka-bas6 = akagyinam'; security, surety (for the payment of 
a debt; lit. a coming iip for debt); di ak., to stand ov give security; 
mede no akabaso, I owe him money by standing security. 

ka-boa, manner or way of speaking ; obehu ne k., he will know 
how to say that, to specdc of that further. 

k a be re, pi. h-, a kind of charm (sumah bi) consisting of a 
stick driven into the ground and wound round with strings, inten- 
ded to keep off evil spirits from entering the towns and houses and 
to avert their influence from the inhabitants; wokyeree bayifo k., 
they caught or bound a wizard by (or tied for him) a k., thry have 
made fetish against him, by driving a stick into the ground and 
performing certain ceremonies with it, whilstimprecations are ut- 
tered against an offen-sive person, whose death or some other calam- 
ity is supposed to be effected thereby. 

kabi, kabikabi, a. (added to esiim, darkness) thicJc, deep, ut- 
ter; cf. kusu, tumm. 

aka-bo, inf. [bo aka] undergoing the ordeal by tvater; s. aka. 

aka-bo, inf. [bo kaw] making or conf raiting debts; osafohene- 
di no, eye ak., to be captain causes one to incur debts. 

o-kabofo, pi. a-, contractor of debts, pr. 1506. 

iika-bo-ho, inf. [ka.. bo..ho] annexion, annexation; combi- 
nation. 



iikabom — iilvatVa. 215 



iika-bom', inf. [kfl .. bg mu] union, joining, conjunction, com- 
pound, composition. — nk.-apam, a separate lea(iue,(ont'ederati(»i. 
kaboiiilO t'o (ekiiw, boniiA] a jierson sf roll in;/ and ina/cing 
debts; stroller, vat/rant, V(i[/(tbund; nca gntra. uo kfironi naouciiuam 
anian so bg aka sakasaka; gbg ka na ontua ; cf. gbadueduefo, kobofo. 
k a I) on 11 6 a, -ii, pi. n-, a pad for carri/inij loads, undertaken 
on account of debts; sfinii a wgde soa adesoa; woabg ka na woko- 
som bi na wosoa a, enna wgtVe no k.; woankasa wosasl ape ade a, 
cnna wgtVe no adebqniioa. 

kaboniioa ne adebonnoa, a kind of bead; s. abene. 
kaboiiiiorn wa, ^^(<f/. bolster; sfuni dennen a ebinom de soa 
adesoa, ebinom ye no tententen de to won sumi ase. 
akahi'i, inf. (di ak.) =^ akabg. 

II kada [ka-dedawj old debts. Woyeasobiannasoa, wo iik.yera. 
ak{i-(l<iii [dan kaw] exaction of debts. 

11 k;i-deii [kaw, den] rigorous enforcement of paijmcnt; gdah no 
Ilk., lie riyorouslif exacts the payment of the debt from him. 
kadc'j a kind of yam (bayere); s. gde. 
aka do [ka, ade] seasoning, spice, condiment, sauce, any tbiug 
tbat makes eatables savoury; ade bi a wode reka aduan ho adi na 
aye wo de: nam, mako, butiru, asikre n.a., meat, pepper, butter, 
sugar tOc. added to or eaten with any species of food; cf. atorade. 

ka-dcdaw', an old debt, pr.loOT. 
akado, F. kado, shell-lime. 
a 11 k a-d w e n a, the young fruits of the lemon-tree. pr. 1805. 

kae, V. [inf. hkde, red. kakae] to remember, recollect; to re- 
mind, put in mind, ccdl or recfdl to mind. pr.loOSf. 
11 kae, inf. memory, remembrance, recollection. 
ukae [ka, to beleft, remain} remainder, remnant, rest, residue; 
the others. F. nka. Cf. nnekae, nnikae. 

0-kaefo, pi. a-, remembrancer, reminder. 
Kaesare+, Caesar, emperor; cf. ghempgn. 
kafei", coffee, the berries (kafe-aba), the tree (kafe-dua), and 
the drink made from tlie berry ; - ye kafe, to worl-, dress ov prex)are 
the jducled berries till they are ready for sale; noa k., to boil coffee. 
kafirima, a kind of amidet or charm; cf. siiman. 
g-kafo, blood, used by hunters, = mogya, Ak. bogya. 
o-ktifo, jil.n-., [ekaw| 1. creditor: akafo rebedan ka.\y. Lk. 7,41. 
— Ai. debtor, pr. 1510. mahu me k. = nea gde me kaw no. 

O-k'd-foni, pi. a--fo, 1. debtor, onipa a gde k-A. pr. 1511. cf. gde- 
firifo. - — ^. creditor: me kafoni a mede no kaw ni. 
o-kafo, (i^l. a-) driver, taskmaster. Ex. 1,11. 5,6. 
o-kafo, pi. a.-. As. a good friend; me k. = nea me-ne no ka, 
mepe n'asem, medg no. 

iika-fra'", inf. [ka.. fra] mixing. — iikafrade, the elements of 
a chemical mixture. — kafra-nyausa*^, chemistry; cf. adufra, -sem. 



216 kaouam — akakantwere. 

ka-guam, douMing or increase of active ilehts(?) pr.l512. 
kagja, a plant growing on a.nt-hi\\s. pr. 2926.2971. 
kagyaWj r. to wither, fade; angpa na ahaban (nfwiren) yi 
ye frgmfrgm, na awia yi de, akagyaw = aye bete kgko; cf. bo\v, 
guan, kisa, nyam. 

aka-gyinam' [ekaw agyinam'] security or siircti/ for a debt; 
di ak., to bail, give or stand security. 

o-kag jinam difo, pi. a-, a bad, security, surety, guarantee. 
ka-hi [ekaw ahi] refusing to pay a debt; pr. 1513. gtew no k., 
he insults his creditor. 

kahiri, Ak. kaliire, Akr. kare, id. n-, a p)ad, consisting of a 
bolster stuffed with any soft substance, or of a cloth, or of a bundle 
of dry banana-leaves tied up in form of a ring, which ^Jorters put 
on their heads to rest their loads u\j(m: pr. 1391. — bg k., to male 
apxtd; cf. sonkahiri. — twa kaliirim", to break off connection; o- 
ne n'abusuafo at\va k., he and his relations have come to an open 
rupture, they have broken off the friendship. — kahirim'twa, inf. se- 
paration, break of friendship. 

Ilka, ho, inf. [ka..h6, to add] addition; the thing added; an 
adjective; cf. mfakSho, nkekahs. 

a 11 ka-h u n o, n. Icmon-pccl. pr. 1514. — adj. lemon-coloured, ci- 
trine. 

O-ka-hye, inf. [ka .. bye] 1. the act of enforcing or cacti ng 
imyment; ej.lortion; six kahye yi ase ne den? — 2. the act of iw- 
imting a saying to somebody else. 

kai, intcrj. an expression in cursing a person; e.g. in pursuit 
of a fugitive, an Asante man may, with his legs crossed, pronounce 
this word with the name of his king or fetish: Kai, Osee a, fvve ase 
e! cf. tram. 

kaka, s. keka. 
o-kaka = gkekaw. pr. 1515. 
iikaka, F. especially; s. enka-nkji. 
ilk a k a: hkiiku ne nk., potters icarc, pottery, earthen ware. 

akakabeii-sOj in a bold, daring, regardless, obstinate, forcible, 
violent manner; yerekg no ak. == akokobiriso, mmarimasem so, 
anugdenso, aporiso. 

a k a kab c n-n e, gye-, I oredi n'asera na se odi fg o, odi bem o, 

akakabe iiseiii, pdi-, / gwy ahogden o, onni ahogdeh a gde 
bedi d, gno dc, nea esi ne tiriin ara na odi, lie acts in a wayward, wil- 
ful, stubborn, obstinate manner. 

kakae, any thing that frightens chddrcn; bugbear, frightful 
beast, terrific object. 

kakae, red. v. kae. (Etg-dabi-amekakaensem pi, na se min- 
tumi menkyere ase yiye uti, menka.) 

akaka-iii [ani] a bad, wild, angry face; wantutu me ak. bi, he 
made no bad face towards me. 

akakantwere. 5. akek... 



kakara — okam. 217 



kakiira, -a, s. kakra, -a. 
akii kfVraf^y a, Ak. akyekyeregya, a kind of wild f/o>t(. 
kakarakji, 7>/. n-, cockroach, imported from Europe; cf. tc- 
ferew. F. moth, ML 6,19. 

kakate = ntane-ani; bg k., to he dispersed, disturbed, dis- 
composed, nnnianayeablc; ni'niau no abo k. = atu apete, woboa won 
ano a, eny^ 'ye. 

kakawa, 1. Akp. the sm(dlesf, least. — ^. a kind of yellow 
jnrcioiis head, = bota; s. abene. 
akakawerc, 6\ akck... 
kakoro, a strivg of heads worn round the waist; nhuwa a 
wgasina na wode abobare (akyekyere) ntama a.s. asawa ho de to 
aseh mu. 

ka kra, a., n., adv. little, small; few; a little; a little vhile; - 
ma mensu kakra, yive me a little water; me ho ye kakra, I am not 
rerij well; tra ha k., stni/ here a moment. — agya k., the father's 
brother (cf. wgfa); enTi k., the mother's or father's sister; cf. gsewa. 
kakra, kakrawa, F. kakraba, little, very little; kakra bi, 
some, a few; aka kakni se, very little is ivanting. Cf. ketewa, kfima, 
kwada. 

a kakra, littleness, smallness, sliyhtness, weakness, pr.48. 
kakra, kakraka, a.i()i. large, hidky, extended, great; hulk, 
largeness, size. — cf. kese, kokilro, liAliara... 

akakramakoro, ^^Z. n-, a small beast of x)rey, in shape and 
size similar to a civet-cat. 

iikakra-nkakra, by little and little, by degrees, gradually. 
iikakramantaii: abg wgn nk., it lias provoked them to a fu- 
rious pursuit. 

kakresaw, a. great, 7n i ght y (ohene, gsafohene) ; big, large 
(odgnkg, asoamfo); ade a eso pi no; cf. otitiriw, kese. 
h k a-k u ho, inf. [ka .. ku .. ho] reduplication. Gram. 
kakuma = eka, ekaa or aka kuma, it wants, wanted, is want- 
ing bid little, i.e. almost, nearly, tcell nigh. 

uka-kyeree, inf. wanyano nk., lie has often, repeatedly, told 
him. Cf. Gr. § 104,5. 105, I.e. 107,22. 230,2. 

g-ka-ky ere, inf. information; knoivledge, wisdom; pr. 1634. — 
cf. nyansa. 

0-k a a kyire [neagkaa akyiri] the youngest child; ef. apopayam' . 
o-kaakyiri = okyirikafo, one who remains behind, pr. 1516. 
iika-akyiri, inf. [ka, akyiri] aggression or attack from behind ; 
wgkgka wgh hk., they are going to attack them in the rear. 
kam, s. kam-kam. 
kam, V. F. = kame, to deny, refuse. 
o-k am, p)l. a-, n-, incision, cut, gash, wound; hurt, damage; mark 
left by a previous injury, scar; flaw, crack in a vessel; cf. nkamS; 
woabono k3m, wgabobgno akam, they have wounded Jiim {any where, 



218 kam — kamcsc-kwakye. 

ivhilst fe means a wound only in the head); tafroboto no atew kam, 
the plate is damaged (Ky.). pr. 485. 589. 2680. — di kam = di dem, io 
he damaged, deficient (eka ho biribi ). 

kam', ka mu, with di: kiirow no di kam (adi kamu = aka 
mu), the town is besieged, invested, blocJcaded, blocked up; 2Ki.24,10. 
wodi k., they are surrounded, vvoato dom mn. 

akam, a species of tvild yam, eaten in times of famine. 
kam a, F. lance, spear. (N.E.Voc.) — kama, v. s. kame. 
kama, a. cf- adv. fine; nicely; asoredan no ye k., wama me 
nhoma k.; wasiesie ne dan mu ara k.; woanwene kyew no ara k. ; 
syn. fefe, guann, &c. 

ka-ma, inf. [ka.. \m\..^i}itercession, recommendation; - kama- 
hhoma, a letter of recommendation ; cf. 2 Cor. 3,1. 

Ilk a, ma [gkam, dim.^ incision, cut, gash, wound; - sa I'lk., to 
DiaJce incisions in a human body, in wood &c. - fwe ne mfem nk., F. 
behold the gashing wound in his side! 

kam a, a contraction of a conditional sentence: if it be so, then. 
Obi besere wo ado bi na wuse womma no a, ose: kania (^^ woamma 
me a), meko, Ak. kara-aiiimJl-a = wokfi na amma (mu sji) a, ma 
menko e! 
Aiikama, pr. n. of a man. pr. 1517. fpr. 1518. 

aukama-brafog, aiikjimawa-rramoa, a by-name of onunum, 
ankamaseperepe, a by-name of the goat; s. abirekyi. 
0-kamafo = gkasamafo. 

kame, Ak. kama, to tcithhold or keep from, pr. 628; to refuse, 
decline, deny; to check, restrain, debar, hinder, forbid, j>rohibit. pre- 
vent; to object to, oppose, protest against; - wope se wofa ade yi a, 
men kame wo, if you wish to take this tiling, I do not forbid (it) you 
(I give it freely, gladly); wobeko a, menkame (wo), if you will go, 
I do not prevent you; menkame wu (=: mema own ho kwan), Z do 
not refuse to die; - to contend or be concerned for: okame n'ade yi 
ho kyen no (gmpe se obi fa), he has this thing of his more at heart, 
is less inclined to give it up, than that. — k. is often to be rendered 
by scarcely, almost, nearly: okasa a, yekauie ate, when he spe(d:s, 
we can scarcely hear what he says; ekame ma aye du, Ak. ckJima 
ma u'aye du, it makes nearly ten; Gr. § 23.5 a. ekame ma aiikji me 
nneema fihina abobg, almost all my things were broken; ekame ma 
anka wawie u'afuw hhfna dow, he has nearly finished his jjlantation 
work; wgkameahu, they are near finding i.e. hare almost found (it); 
worenkame abu, it is scarcely io be seen. 

akamekame, contradiction, contention, altercation, quarrel, 
struggle; wodi ak. (wgyaw biribi so a.s. wopere biribi), they have a 
quarrel or struggle (about something), they are at variance. 

akame, a sickness of children, making the face swell and in- 
juriously affecting the skin in a line from the forehead to the crown 
of the head. 

kamese-kwakye, name of a bird. pr. 1519. 



ukumtiina — kuuo. 219 

nkriuifanri., Ak. s. nkramfoa. 
kamfo, V. io extol, praise; st/ii. Ito din, yi aye; ok. uc wura, 
he praises his master; wok, biribi a eye fe, onipa a gye birihi a eye 
nwohwA. pr.l')21. 

uk.-init'o, i)tf. praise. 

i'ik;irnr('t, a kind of i/aiii, of yellow colour, ode kokgko; pr.l'>20. 
Akamlo, 6\ Okanni, Akan, 

iika-nifuaw, adv. [nnkammfuaw (?) ka, iotouch, fiiaw, to chiji]: 
eyi nhina nk., all this itiaij remain niiioneJied, i.e. leaviuf/ all this 
aside, iH'sides, exelusivcJi/ of all this; euo nk,, setting that ((side. 
kainis'iV [Port, eamisa, camisfio] .s7//r/, shift. 

karnkam, a. brisl:, lively, sj^rir/htli/; qaie/c, nimble, (((/He, ac- 
tive; strong, health!/, syn. wewe. 
a k am 1110, inf. = akam-bg. 

ka-iiiu, ,y. kam. 

kau, V. \j-ed. kehkah] Ak, kaiie, 1. to count, number, reckon, 
tell; k, ntrama, to count cotvrics. — X'. to read, used in the simple 
form with an object, in the red, form without an obj. 

o-kiiiij inf., eountiny (ade-kan, ntrama-kan), re((din(j; niisiia 
gkehkaii or nhoma-kan, I (on learning to read. 

e-kaii, (F. n-) n. the first, foremost or former jjI ace, rank, or 
time; lience (adv.) ka n, k an no, F, ekanno, likan no, first, at (the) 
first; before; mefa nea ebeba k,, I will tale what comes first; — 
formerly ; previouslii ; waba nea kaii gte bio, lie has got (to tlte same 
place or into the same situation) ivlicre lie was formerly; ekan no 
wgkoe, afei de wgye biako, formerly tliey had tear, but now tJiey 
agree; - di k., to be first, foremost; to go before; cf. di anim; cf. Gr, 
§ 83,1, - kau beme, formerly, a long time ago; s. kankycrekyere. 
-kail, a. in cpds. first; cf. abakan, adekdh, aduahkan, ahukan. 

kau, F. Ak, 6\ kahn, kane & kankan, 

kail 11, adv. clear, briglit, not dim; n'ani da ho k. (=biribiara 
se gyare a,s. asabow nni n'ani so), ftis eyes are perfectly clear, he 
is (juite lively, (pdte sober; F,-t=:hann, (j. v. — ehg tew k., tfiat place 
or spot is light, luminous; gdan no mu aye k.; kanea yi nifi gdan 
yim' ye k. sen yi; cf. anikah, 

Akan, j>r, n. of a country or nation and language; s. Grain. 
Introd. Notes § 1.3.4.8, & Okanni, 

kaiia,, V. & n. s. krjT. — aiikaiia, Ak. 6-. anka. 
0-kana, -kyi, s, gkyena, 

ukannare, F, nkandar, rust [=nea eka dade o>- nnade, that 
which affects ironoviron tools']:, also copper rust, verdigris; - dg or 
gye {or ye) hk,, to gather or contract (or corrode witli) rust, to rust. 

kaii-di, inf. s. ekan & gkannifo; ounyae me kah-di, fie does 
not leave off tv(dfcing before me. 

kane, a-, Ak. s. kan.^r. OtiLi. — Akaiic, Ak, s. Akah, 

kane, F. := kaA, kahn. 



220 kane — okankaii. 



kane, kaii, Ak. F. stinginess, niggardliness; gye kane, F. := 
neyam' ye nwene, gye aj'^am-onwene, he is sting//; obo no kah, Ky. 
F. = gbo no ayamoiiwene, he is stingg or illiberal towards him. 

kane, a- (kanne?), competition, emulation, contest; si k., to 
contend, vie, or cope tvith, to do in competition; to rival, to strive to 
equal or excel each other; cf. akjasi, operetoso; me-ne no sii kane 
tutuu mmirika, I run a race unth him. 

akane, eujjhorhia-tree, sp\irge-tree (emu nsu ye bore, the juice 
of it is poisonous). 

iikaiie [formed fr. kan, to count, in analogy with hkarii, nsii- 
suwi] number; numbering, counting; list; ne nk. si sfe; ode gmah 
no nk. beree ohene; kofa won nk. (-nhoma) no bera! 

o-ka n ea. F. kandzea, pi. a-, h- [Port, candea, candeia, G.kande, 
kane, or fr. kahh?] light, lamp, candle; gsoro or-wim' akanea-jjuruw 
no, the celestial luminaries. Kurtz § 135. 
kaiiea-dua, candlestick. 

akane-si, inf. s. akansi. 

iika-iiliina, all or the whole icithout exception, s. nhina. 

iikani, 1. a species of i/am (with poisonous leaves) consisting 
of several varieties; s. gde. — 2. a kind of butterfly; s. afafantg. 

iikaiii-hene, a variety of nkani 1. 
0-kannij ^jZ. Akanfo, a man of Akan descent; a man spcaldng 
the Alan or Tshi language, s. Akan. Oye Odgiikg a.s. Okanni? gye 
Okanni ba. Akoa yi de, wave neho Kanni, this fellow has become 
like a genuine Tshi man. The name is used for the inhabitants of 
Akem, Akwam, Akuapem, Asen, Asante, Dahkyira, Twuforo, Wasa, 
in contradistinction to the Fantefo and the Nngiikofo and other pg- 
tgfo. Dabihg na aiika nsuanofo pgtgfo ne Otwini hhuare guaseh 
koro mu, nanso wg-ne nnipa-pd mma nnidi. 

0-kjuiiii [id.Janice, refined, well-mannered man; gyegkanni = 
ne ho ye fe, n'ani atew, gny^ atetekwa'; - gkanni ba, pr. 1-5.25. 

o-kannifo, ;.»?. a-, ;= gkandifo, better: odikanfo, q.v. 

nka-anim\ inf. [ka anim] rebuke, reproof; ef. aninika; esiane 
ne nk. a gka wgn anim no nti, wg-ne no nka. 

akaiika = ahka. 

eii kri-iika, adv. not to mention, not to speak of, especially; mmo- 
fra yi ye mmofra bone, ua ehk. na oyi de (onye), these are had 
children, but above all fliis one. 

Kaukaii, i. Nkrah K., a town by the inhabitants called Kan- 
ka, Kehka, Kinka or Ginga, by the Europeans Dutch Accra. — 
3. Dutch; K. brgfo, the Dutch; K. Abrokyiri, Holland, the Nether- 
lands. 

kan kail, a.d-adv. stinking; with an offensive smell; ne ho k., 
he stinks: ehg ye k. dodo, there is a bad stench; efunu boh k., a 
carcass stinks; ebgn kdhkan(kah). 

0-ksiTik ah', -ne, pl.h-, civet cat, Viverra civetta; c/. hwane. — 
by-name: agyakumedii. 



kaukantiri — kantaiiii. 221 

kaukantiri, the lid of a powder-case (toa a wode atuduru 
gum' ti), 

a k a 11 k a w a , .s. aiika', 

kailko, Ky. = korukCima; ctwa k, 
iikaiikoin, a kind of mushroom. 
a k a I'l k ra in a-k 6 ro, -du, pi. n-, s. akakr... 
kai'ikranri, a., adv. large, broad, lout/ and bi<i; rf. kakra, 
k&ntanri; gye onipa k. = oko soro tcntententeh ; n'iiuo k. ^^ n'ano 
teterC'. 

0- k a I'l k ra u t a I'l, a lean })i((n. pr. 2813. 
ka Ilk ua, pi. n-, the fruit of a tree called T^a.mtm(q.v.), used in 
bleeding as a tup (cii})ping-(;l(iss). 

kaiikuiiia, crocus, curcuma [Heb. karkora, Ca.4,14.^ Ar. kur- 
kum, Skr. kunkuinaj. 

k a Ilk ye, v. [inf. n-,] to prai/, rehearse or speak a prayer ; to 
incol-e or call upon (the fetish). Mek. me tirim ; mek. mabg mpae 
= meka asen-ko a migyina so merebebg mpae ; merek. mil me 
bosom ua wafwe me nkwa so. — Obi yare a.s. gfom bosom a, ode 
nsa a. oguan de koma obosom ua gsofo no k. ma no se gmfa mfiri 
no a.s. ue ho nye ne den. — Osgfo atifi na wokahkye bg, di nsew 
fwefwe nokware. 

11 k a 11 k y e, inf. Wobefi ase akankye (a.s. asgre) kankyerekyere 
a, wose: Onyankopgn ue asase, mommegye nsa nnom, a.n. afei wq- 
afre gbosom biara asere no nkwa, sika, mma, ahotg u.a. 
kaiikye, a tnarl- made by a stroke or line. D.As. 
nkaukye, As. cake. (N.E.Voc.) s. kahkyew. 
kankye, jjZ. n- [Eng.] can, canister; water ing-jiot ; any tin- 
vessel; tin, tin-plate. 

kaii-kyerekyere, at the vera first, in the first beginning; 
first of cdl; formerly. [G. tsutsu klehklen.] 

kfiiiky e w, F.=dgkono.[G. abolo'kgme, Coast lang.kenche.] 
akaii [ekaw ano] 1. price of goods, ue bo ankasa. — 2. bill of 
charges or expenditures, account of goods sold or delivered, invoice. 
ilk ansa, a medicinal plant, 
kansa, kasa, Mt. 26,35. s. the foil. 

kaiise [kano se] or kaiise-se, (conj.) though, although, even 
if; k. gkg a, obi beba bio. Gr. § 141,1 B ^. § 278,2. 
akaii-si, inf. [si kane] competition, rivalry; race. 
akansi-de, the prize set out for competition ; a wager, stake. 
kantamma, otuo k., the cock of a gun or musket, pr. 3387. 
kantamanto, the "languag-i" of the drum of the chieftain of 
iikantami, a kind oi yam; s. ode. [Aburi. 

k an tan, collar-bone, clavicle. 

kantan, v. to S2)read a.nA stretch irregularly, to sprawl, strag- 
gle; to straddle; s. kenteh; dua ba, bi abu abekantah kwan mu hg. 
kantanfi, a.ctadv. straggling, .stretched out irregularly; high 



222 kantaiikaiiiki — kara. 

and hroad; straddJ'irur, dua no ab;i nhiua aye k.; obarima no abe- 
gyiua gdah ano k. ; ne naii k. 

kantaiikaniki, kfintaukraiikyi, siclde; a loyuj, rrooled 
sahre; dade kontonkye bi a Nnohkofo de twa sare ne mo; cf. kon- 
tonkiirowi, pampankwa. 

kaiitaiikurodo, asase agwo nnna, an opithetic apjjpUation 
of God (Onyankopoh); gkata nneema hhina so, ghye nnipa iihina 
nso so. 

akantaniiua, Ak. akantannwa, 6\ akentennua. j>r. 1526. 

0-kant 6, candle-wood, a certain tree and its wood which is bnr- 
ned as a candle or torch; dua bi a wosg ano na edew se gkanea; 
ok. kokg na edcAV, na ok. hyen a.s. fufu de, ennew. 

iikanto, crooJicd Ict/s; wonantu akurunknrum se adare, a.s. 
wo nannyehin anim aye konkrgnn. — o-kaiitoni, a man having 
crooked legs, a handy- or howlegged person. 

11 kail torn', F. a-, [nka.. nto ran, do not touch., not put in'] adv. 
not to mention, to sag nothing of, (how) much less, (how) much more; 
oraiii ase e, na nk. se wawie, he has not get begun, much less finislted. 
k a 11 1 0-111 11 i^ a kind oi tree. 

11 kail iiu a 11, a. e(»coi;ere(Z(of a house), unfinished or beginning 
to deeag; - gdah no aye hk.; gdah hk. = gdah a enni suhyi', na 
ereye abu; adah hk. hko na esisi hg. 

kaiiwCj a. fresh, new and strong; vigorous, unimpaired; flor- 
id; oniparaono k., a freah healthful gouth; dua k., a green, fresh 
tree; cf. fof'oro, aniono. 

o-kaiiweii, a kind of tree; wgde seh baduaba, 
kanyaii, v. to stir, incite to action, instigate, rouse; - k. neho 
to .s//>- from long quietness, rouse and exert oneself, be active, lirclg; 
[^cf. ka, nyah, hwanyah]. 

iikanjiiii, ramp, prank, frolic, gambol; ramping, pranking 
(S^c; agitation; gpghkg no atew hk., the horse has become shg, ram- 
2iant, frantic. 

kaii,yaiiu, a. pricklg, sping; tliorng; kotokg ho k. ; s. adwo- 
kii; sgn. nnya'-nnya, hwrahh. 
akape, scissors. 

kaper, F. [Eng.] a copper. Mk. 12,42. 
akaperc, i)if. [pere kaw] the shifting off of a debt; mibu wo 
ak., I shift off the paging ofmg debt to gou upon another in reference 
to money due to me (e.s. raede wo kaw na obi de me bi, na mise wo 
se: kogye onipako no hg tua wo kaw). pr. 2919. Cf. obutew. 

akapimafwo. [kii, pirn, fvve] familiarity, intimacy; di ak., 
to be familiar, intimate; to favour each other in return; me nh wo 
nni ak. bi, we have no close communion ; cf. twakcX &c. 

kapOj pl.ii-1 bracelet, armlet; sika, dwete, dade k., - of goldd^c. 

k a r a^ v. s. kra. 

kara, v. s. kra, kana, kena. — ankiira, A. s. ahka. 



okartl — okasadi. 223 



6-ka'ra, s. ok'rd. 

kara..., s. kra... 

karada, kai-ara, n. noise, rmtlin(/, e.g. of palni-l)raiH'lies./»r.-i6'C. 

karadada, tulv. (irifh) a rusJiiiiif uoisc; if. kuriuludu. 

kani-anmia-a, Ak. s. kaina. 
o-kara wa, s. gkrii. 

karawa, .s'. a kind oi' monlc//. j)r. 118:?. — ^\ tt hiirrcu, Hufndt- 
ful male animal. JobL'1,10. boa onini ana obarima a oh wo; rf. obo- 
nin, kyenehe. 

karOj v. is not used simply; .s'. red. kekare. 

kj'i re, s. kiiliiri. 

kari, r. [red. karikari] to wciijlt (gold, sugar &c.')\ to pnjj by 
weiijht; to ponder in the mind, to bnhuiee; to i<die aim; to regard, 
esteem, eare for, neg. to disreffard, male sli(/ht of, pr.lo27. — de.. 
ani k., to ivateh, ricic, revieu-, muster; tooljserve, iake/ieedto, attend 
to, )nark, Lk. 14.7. to took scarelii/itjlij at, to consider or examine for 
the purpose of forming an opinion or finding out something: nnipa 
a ewg ho hhina, mede m'ani mekari won (= mefa won mu) a, meliu 
won mu torofo no. 

iikarii, v.n. [kari] tveight, qiiantiti/ of heaviness. 

karib(r, pt. n-, a stone used for a iveigid; a pound. 
O-karikari [nea gkarikari sika] a weigher of gotd-dust. 

kasa, y. /^^-crMcasakasa, q.c.jl. tospeidc, t(dk, = ka asem; oka- 
sa dodo, //(' talks too much; mene no kasa, I am speaking nuth him. 
(F. kasa uokwar daba, spcaU the truth always.^ — 2. to ehirp, ehat- 
ter (of birds); ef. akasanoma, — 3. to eraek, crackle (of burning 
thorns, slioes), to creak (of a door on the hinges); to crepitate, grate. 
— 4. ir. to censure, reprove, reproach, upbraid; pr. 340; to chide, 
abuse; mepe se me-ne wo tra ; na wokasa me de a, niintie. — 5. to 
decry, sjieak ill of; woak. me! — G. kasa kyere, a) to speak to (cf. 
ka,. kyere). — b) to instruct, admonish, exhort; cf. tu..fo. 

o-kaSci, inf. 1. speaking, speech; the peculiar manner of speaking, 
the particular sound tdtered; pr.2479. — 2. language, dialect; gkasa 
a edi aduasa = gk. hhina-hhina a cwg wiase; ok. ahorow bebre wg 
asase so. — 5. icord, expression, cf. asem. — 4. di.. kasa, to fine, 
midct, amerce. Wadi no k. ne se : wodi gheue asem bi na gherie ne 
wo adi asem na wabu wo fg na wagye wo sika. 

lika-sa [kaw usa] additional payment ior not having paid a debt 
at the set time; da a wghyee wo adu na woannyfi bi ammii a, na 
wogye wo sika foforo. 

akasa-bebui [gkasa a wgde bun be] a proverbial saying, by- 
word, proverb; (wgde) aye ak. 

0-kasa-bere, weariness from spealcing; fa gk., to grou- weary 
by speaking or admonishing, pr. 3463. 

kasa-bo-diii, repecded mentioning oi' a matter, w-ith indigna- 
tion or cursing, pr. 1529. 

g-k{is;'t-di. a-, inf. [di kasa] ijcnalty, fine, mulct, amercement: 



224 kasae — okasasie. 



syn. sikagye; - okasadi [=^okasa a wodi no] yaw nti na onipa fi 
ne kurom. — akasadi ye no fe, oye ak. (actively), he is in the habit 
of imposing fines. 

k a s a e, i^L n-, a hone; syn. dompe, usoe. 
kasae^, v. n. a verb. Gram. 
akasae, JJ?. li-, a tingling instrument; awowa a woaiitifiti ano 
de awowa nka ahyehyem' na wgwosow de goru; of akasawa. 

11 kasae, inf. talk, sayings; report, rumour, public tall;; misuro 
ho nk., I am afraid of Us being talked about; ne hk. nyede, the con- 
tents of his speech are disagreeable. 

o-kas 9.(6, jil. a-, talker, chatterer, babbler, prattler, loquacious 
person. 

akasa-gua, n-, slander, calumny, backbiting; syn. ntv,ir[] mut- 
tering, grumbling; odi no (ho) nk., he grumbles, mutters against him, 
gives vent to his ill feeling against him, yet not in his hearing; 
wo ne hi wg asem na wohkri wo n'anim na wobg din yaw \vg so; 
a.s. obi aye wo biribi, na womfa mmg n'anim nyaw no, na woyaw 
gia ahunm'. 

o-kasa-gyefo, jj?. a-, intercessor, medicdor, advocate. 
kasakasa, red. v. 1. s. kasa. — 2. to tcdk much, tcdk noisdy; 
to chatter. — 3. to dispute, contend in u-ords, altercate, icrangle. 

akasakasa, inf. dispute, contest, altercation, tvrangling, quar- 
rel, broil. 

nkasa-koji [gkasa nkoa] the end or aim of a speech, scope, imr- 
port, design and tendency, meaning, import. 

g-kasa-kyere, inf. [kyere kasa] the teaching of a language; 
instruction in a language, grammar. 

0-kasa-ky ere, inf. [kasa kyere] admonition, exhortation ; syn. 
afotu. — o-kasakyeretb, j>?. a-, monitor, cxhorter, instructor, pr. 911. 
0-kasa-mafo, ij/. a-, (F.) mediator, advocate; s. gkasagyefo. 
o-kasa-me, inf. lit. satiating with speaking i.e. talkativeness, 
loquacity, garridiiy. pr. 1530. 

k as ampere, As. = sasabonsam, a ivdd man (satyr, sylvan) 
of a monstrous size, mentioned in fabulous tales. 
11 k a s a 111 m, p-. 6V2S. = nkasae, nnompe, hones. 
iika-saii-mu, inf. repetition, (re)iteration in speaMng. 
a k a s a-ii m a, jjZ. n-, a kind oi sparron\ prop, chatter-hird. 
kasa-iiy ansa, good advice; gkyere no k., he gives him an 
advice. 

ka saute [nea wgkasa a gnte] a disobedient person. 
K as ante, pr. n. formerly given to a nation in the interior, 
frequently at war with Asante. 

0-k a s a-p e ir , paragrapih. 

o-k a s a-s a ii-m u, awkward repetition in speaking. Wokasasan 
mil (= ti mu) pi; gyama wo were ati nsem a wose beka no ana? 

0-kasa-sie, inf. previous agreement; pr. 1533. — di k., to talk 
over a matter beforehand, previously ; okodi k. ansa-na waba. 



.•ik;is;i\\;i - ;il<;il;isi;i. 225 

a k ji s ,'nv;i, y/. n-, a kind nt" liitucii lull liaii<;iii<:^ inside a ilrnui 
(kottle-ilruni) and ^i\ in^- a dolcl'nl sound; r/'. akasao. 
kiisc';, kitsc-irara. akascd/c, F. s. kosr <<:»■. 
akiisc. 7. tlu^ iiitlii/(i-/il(t)il. Iiitliitofrrn liiidoriti. — JJ. iiiditjo. s. 
1,1-fi, — .-;. iiitlitjo (:i)l(iiii\ 1)1 III', iliirh-ltlnv : rf. hibiri, lioa. 

kascc, n iii(^ss(ii/i'. nf'firidi nildri'ss or nninniiii/i nliiui : <»1m^ 
(ii'anonr) k. = amance, lir ilrlirrrs l/is nirssiufr. 

kaas('('', prill/, mrossurii-hfiuxc : sifn. diiasor, du.isn, tea iS:c. 
k.'isiaw, hiivili. iliislfr. (of fruits, keys); if. osiaw. 
o-ka s i (', a kind of /^///»/a/. [ Hdh ID 11 

I'ika-sra iii-S(V'', nif. |ka, srani, so | /. Iiitrroiriiii/. ~ ;j. Jnirroir. 
ka-sii, nKiinicr or inn/ of spi'ii/.-iiii/. ri'/ioiiiiii/ or shitini/ a 
matter; /)>•. 'ISTf^. si/ii. kabea: yennya asem yi akasu, Ak. 

kala. /•. [/ vv/. k;itakata| J . fo rorry : often with so, ho, anim: 
to DVi'rs/iyi'iul. rril. nirrlo/i. niicrnji. in/'nhl; c/. dura ho; - k. m u, la 
line or finish tlir inside of, r- dura niu. — ^^. to mrer, ccnireal, chxd:. 

— 3. fo cover, protrrf. defend. — 4. to c.itend over; he .sufficient for. 

— '). to overicJiehn. - - 6'. k. mpa, to cover the hark i.e. to hrimj up 
Ihr rear, to be hist, mule the eoncln.sion (of a train). 

k JI t a 1) a I'l, <i. hiri/c; dua k. kokiiro si bo. — ka I a li a I'l I'l, adv. 
reri/ much; wohyee no k. se onye, they forced him verij much to do so. 
iikata-l)6 [ade a ekata bo] hvcusl-plale, cuiyn.s.^; cf. adebo. 

kata«», t]ie cover of a i/un-lod: 
I'lkata-lio, F. a-, r.n. rover, covrriiif/. envelope, inteyument : F. 
ijannent; if. nkataso. 

k a 1 a k a. ta, red. v., s. kata. 

ka ta k a( a-so-m uamua-su: wodi asem no k. (== womfa 
asem no nto kwaiimu pefe, na wokti no ebi-ne-bi ara) Ihei/ muffle 
or .stifle the palaver. 

iikata-koiiui II [nea ekata koh mu] mantle, shaul. 
o-ka takyi(e), pi. a-, [also okwatakyi] a i/idlitui, a brave, val- 
iant, i/idlanf. hold, undaunlid, courai/coiis, powerful man. hero, i/iant 
(F, Mt. 12.:J'J. Mk. ■1,2?./: onipa a oye nnam na ne lio ye den na oso, 
.s7/«. oberan, dommanih; sometimes it is put for /.-/y///; in ^Jr. ^.547. 
it is a by-name of the swallow, = bold, nimble; cf. akatanini. 

katakyi, k\v.. hrarer//. valour: kw. nti odii nim, tliromjli va- 
lour he conquered. 

ka tarn an [nea okata omah] one tvho covers the whole nation 
or irorld. a luif/hli/ ruler, used also as an attribute of God. i)r.lo34. 
kata 111 ail, katainaiiso, a vevij lanje iimhrella of gaudy col- 
ours used on festive occasions; cf. kyinii. bamkyinii. 

akatamasiaba^ F. girl, maid, v^iryin. Protten, 1760. a. akatasia. 
n kata-ni u, v. n. the lininy of the inside. 

a ka taniiii = okatakyi, used of a tree in pr. 1535. waye neho 
ak. agya'beh [F. katanih-agya'bena] a onni mfuwam' nanso onni 
kwaem', =^ odi amanterenu. 

akatasia, F. yirl, maid, damsel; .s. abaha, nbabasla. Mh: 6,22. 

15 



226 iikataso — kaw. 



iikata-s6, v.n.l. cover, covering, lid. — 2. greaicoat, overcont, 
cloal;. mantle. — 3. nebone so nk., a colouring. paUiation of his sin. 
kataw", ovcnvhehning (?) pr.4o4. 

akatawia, 2^1. n- [ekata awia] nmhrclla, parasol; syn. asowia. 
kate, V. to harden: k. anim, to harden the face. i.e. to dare, 
hrare, def//; to he froirard, refractorg, obstinate; okafe or wakate 
n'anim. 

kate, a. 1. hard, of eatables (opp. so/y): aduan k. ue aduah a 
enye de. — 3. hard, of tbe face or rather the mind or will: wave 
n'anim k. = dennennen, he has a decided purpose, is frmly deter- 
mined, infle.i.iblr. sinhhorn; cf. kete. — 3. difficidt to hear or endure, 
rigorous, unreasonable; n'asem ye k. = den: o-ne no di asem k. = 
ayejeseni, asem a enni aso. asem a eka ne babi emma. 

hki\{€{e), ground-nut, earth-nut, Arachis hgpogaea, the plant 
and fruit. — nkate-fiitiirii, ground-nuts in the Inisls. 

iika-te, inf. feeling, perception. 

iikate-de^, sense, the ('j)senscs. 

a kate w a , a large fruit, the seeds of which are oaten by the 
negroes; sgn. akyekyea. 

ka-tiri [ekaw, tiri] capital, principal, stoch. pr. 366 
k a tiri k a tiri. adv. to tut u or p e r e , said of b o or k 6 m a : 
flutter in gig: ne bo (koma) tutu k. wo ne yam', ne bo pere ne yam' k., 
his heart throbs or pcdpitafcs violently. 

a k;ito, c. n. [watg no kaw] satisfaction, the money paid in set- 
tlement of a claim for adultery with one's wife, syn. ayefare; wagye 
no ak., he has taken scdisfaction-money from him. 

i'ika-lo-liO\ v. n. [ka, to spealc, to ho, to lay doicn^ agreement, 
stipulation; articles, conditions or terms of agreement. 

katraka, F. ring, hoop, circlet, croicn, Mt. 27,29. s. hankare. 

akatram, wodi wgnho ak., they strike one another, fight, com- 
bat (like gladiators); twu bera tetretem' ha na yenni ak. ! 

aka-tii;i, r.n. [tua kaw] payment of what is due or deserved, 
nages, scdary, pay; hire; (ak. pa,) reward, recompense; (ak. bone,) 
punishment, pienalty, deserved chastisement. 

aka-tutii, inf. [tutu kaw] procrastination of the payment of a 
debt; wode bi ka na oredan wo na woresere no ma wato wo da na 
woakgpe sika abetua no. 

kii t wi, spleen = tani. x>r. 607. 

]<.a\y,r. to ferment, undergo fermentcdion. become scjur, be leav- 
ened, said of palm-wine and dough : syn. pae. Wode angpasji si 
hg na edu anadwofa a, na akaw ; woyam mmgre si hg na edi nna- 
nsa a, na akaw ana apae, = aye nweneiiwene. 

kaw, V. \j-ed. kekaw] 1. to bite ^=ka.; to bite off, knap; pr. 529. 
— to masticate, chcic, (?) cf. wesaw; - kaw so, to bite upon or off; 
pr. 708. 2013. — 2. kaw m u. kekaw m n, to cry, make a noise, scream; 
cf. bom', bgn, teem'. 



ckiiw kck.-in"'. 2'21 

I'-kn \v. ^'/.;i-, I ka. fn he ir(iii/iiit)\ a ih'lil : pr. l im -I'lO'l. Ilud ir/iir/i 
is (hir. liahilUji: (I iliilji luujlcrlrd, firs/uiss. — bo k., In nui/cc. coii- 
inirf a ilrJ)/: do or in ,•! k.. In Imrr drhfs, fn ntrc (a (hhf): dan k., 
fn irmrrr a <leb1 : pr. 7*I-'?-l. t u a k.. In pnif a ilrhl ; otuaa no so kaw 
pa, /ir rcinirih'il li'mi : otnaa no so k. bone, he /iiiiii.s/icd hint. 

aknw, ciniiilji. /loslilH//: linlrnl. i/rKflffc; woye ak., -- woi'ik;i, 
l/ieif (ivc nl ntiiiil//, (it I'liriniicr iritli nic/i nt/irr: ( f. akayc. 
;"i \\ kaw . a kind of rirer-fis/i. 
ka w a. >. ka. 
a Ilka \v;i, >. anka. 

kawi'i. niiniioiiinc. a n'sinous ^uni brought from tljc interior, 
of apiuij^cnttastP, like j;yakisi, used as a medicine oi- put into snutt". 
aka-yg, ////'. j ye akaw] niniitf/. mnlciilinu, strife, opou rufitior: 
ak. wo won ntam'. 

kcka, )■(•(]. r. \iiif- n-] I- frq. of ka, to l/itc: to stiiuf: ntontom 
keka me. tlir iiiosijnilnrs stin;i uic. — ^. to itrji. to cause a particu- 
lar uneasiness in the .skin, wliicli inclines the person to scratch the 
part; me nsa ho kekci me, miluiane, )ii// Iiaii'l ifr/irs. / sryntr/i it. 
Si/n. ye bene. — keka mu - n. kekaw mn. 

k <' k a, ifft. r. I. frq. of ka., to titiicli. — •.''. to stir, more: ade 
no keka neho, the thiiif/ ninres: okeka neho, ohenyah, he is nwcing. 
lie irill (iinihe. — .•)'. to mlnni, dress (l)y washinjr, anointing-, putting 
on clean clothes i^tc); to trim: wakeksX neho se ayeforo; k, funu, 
pr. 1536. — j. to stain. — :j. to toneh. fiimhle, feel or f/roj>e about: 
ade saa yen no, yenliti kwah na yekeka. — G. k. nSm, to cut meat 
and hod it with salt. iH'Ppcr, olra. tomatoes <{e. into frofrow. 

kcka, rejl. o., fnj. of ka, to spea/,\ relate: to rehearse, repeat. 

kcka, irritabirdji; fierceness, feroritij: - gye k., he is fierce. 

u-ild. inindii. iidractablc. Quarrelsome: abofra yi ye k. = n'ani ye 

den, denneiinen, hyew, woka asem kyere no a, onte, ousuro biara, 

omferebiara: - n'ani ye kekakeka ^= n'ani ye hycw, gye hyew. 

11 keka. inf. lidincj. pr. J83.i. — iikeka, F. .= nkekae. 

akeka-boa, pi. n-, a uild beast, beast of X)fC!f. 

akeka-diii'u |gkeka\v aduru| a medicine acfainst tooth-ache. 

like kao [keka. to touch, stain^ stain, blot, spot, specie: ntaina 
no aye (adan) nk., nk. aye atade nom', = atade no aye fi. 

0-ke ka fdj j;/. a-, aji irritable, irascible, quarrelsome, inischic- 
vous person ; nea oye keka a.s. anieden, na da nhina gnani pe atu- 
taw (ntgkwaw), = gmanefo. 

iikekalio, inf. [keka ho ^/r nehol 1. mociny. — 2. addition, 
what is added, cf. nkaho, mfakaho. — 3. dressinc/, adornment; cf. 
ahokekade. 

a k e k a-ii a m. a jumping insect. 

a keka ii I were, akak... ahah..., pi. n-, scorpnon. 
kekjire, red. v. to tale njj so)ncthin(/ great; to trii, attempt, 
midcrtal;e, dare, venture; gkekar*; dan. he lai/s the foundation for a 



228 kekate — iikeresiakyew. 

large home; ok. adwiima sc obeye k, ontiimf nye, tchen he tries to 
loorJi, he cnmiot; wakekare n'ani se gbebo ine ade, he purposed 
Jteatlng me, determined to heat me; wakekare n'auim se obetumi 
abu dan no, nso ontumi, he presumed that he eniild pull doicn the 
house, hid was not ahle to do it: okekare n'anim repe me ay aw me, 
he mdnres to scold me; ok. atoro ma me, he is .so ttold as to frame 
a lie against me or to impide to me a lie 

kekate: wabebomek.,? 

kekaw, red. v. 1. frq. of kaw, k. hhwi so, pr.2013. — 2. ke- 
kaw mu, to harJc, yelp (okraman k. mu); to cry, scream; abofrano 
resu na gkekaw' mu se : e, wura, f\ve nea woreyeme! cf. bobom'; 
to hotrl. i/cll. — nkekaw-miij inf.. holding, gelling. 

o-ke k ;i w, Ak. okaka, 1. anom' a. ese mu k., tooth-ache,=eLdese., 
boaduam; etutu se. — ^\ tirira k., a kind of head-aehc ; epa ti. — 
5. aniwam' k., an inflammation of the eye, which may cause blind- 
ness or swelling of the face. — 4. nsahS k., the whitlow, an inflam- 
mation and suppuration of the linger; ekum wo awerew. 
a ke kaw ere, akak..., pi. n-, gad-fly, horse-fly (?), .s\ oton. 

kekem, F. = kekaw mu, to cry. Mt. 14,26. 20,30 f. 

kekrakekra, a. rough (of loaves with a rough surface). 

kekre, As. s. kyekyero. 
O-kekrebcsi, a kind of plant. 

kern', F. = kaw mu, to cry. ML 8,29.14,30.27,46.50. Mk. 1,23. 

ken 11, adc. expressing the sound of a bell; edon bg k. 

ken a, .s. kra, kana. 

ke ilk ail, red.v.l.frq.o{ka.h, to count, tell; to read. — 2. wg- 
kenkah su-d\vom, they wad. set tip a lamentation (for the dead). 

y-k e u k aii, inf. reading, = hhoma-kan. — kenkari-lioma, read- 
ing-hdof-, reader; primer, sjiellingbooli. — o-kciikaii-i'ikyerewe, 
-nseiikyerene, printed letters, cf. ntintimi. 

keiikeiikeu, keiikreiiii, s. kyen.., kyehkyerenn. 

kente, pi. nkentewa, country cloth, a home-made negro-dress, 
consisting of a number of nari'ow stripes of cotton-cloth sewed to- 
gether. Diff. kinds, s. ntama. (Jpds. with adj. kentegow, kentepa &<;. 

keiiteii, r. to spread out, straggle, straddle; = kantau; gye.. 
k. so, /() occupy mucfi space; Lie. 13,7. — Wagye iihoma pi no ak. 
so kwa, lie lias accumulated tliose many boohs to no purpose. 

kente iih, a. (t adr. straggling; straddling; hroad, wide; s. 
ad\Voku. 

k elite ii,^;/. n-, wiclcer-hasket ; cf. kyerehkye, pirebi, sesea. 
a ke nten nu a, akantahnua, Ak. ...nwa, jil, h-, |agua a (iken- 
teii] a stool or cliair with straddling legs. 

kere, kere, kerebeiiii... s. kyere, kyere, kyerebehn... 

kereCiia, F. s. kesua. 
iikeiTsia. a-, tlir dafc-fiohn. dufr-frec, Phorni.r dactylifera. 
iikei'esia-kyew, a-, a hat made of the leaves of the dcde-palm. 



iikesa — kete. 229 



nkrsa, ,s-. nkescwa. — kesaw, *•. k.isiaw. 

I\(^S(', Ak. kesei', yV. a-, ak('.si'-ak(js(', /. f/rraf. (jituid : htrifr; 
hiff. st(H((; pr. 16,iS. kcsc ii'ara, V. rjirrdimi i/rcaf. Mf. 'J,lO. 7,'^?. - si/h. 
baiisonn, bantciiH, kokiiio, kakia, kakicsaw, katabaii, kfiiiiiii, ti- 
tiriw; koti, kantaun, kuutann, \Vi; pijtcpgn, kymnadi'i; -})ou; v. at). 
— i\ loud (of cm'", voire). 

k«jsc, adv. (jrcatlij, sivonyhi, vcri/ mucit, in <i hiijli dnjirc dx. 
sijii. sr, ])i &c. — mfraina bo k., f/ie iviiid hloics riolciillij. 

kcscirara. V. I'.vcfediiif/l/f. Mk.u.'JS.loji. 

knse, )i. (/rndiirss. hin/n/css, sfoufnrsa. 
o-kesc, Ak. okeseo, a ;/rv(d iiuoi ; a lanjc. hii/ or s/md j)crsun. 
akosc-d/o, F. [ade kese] a ijnud drcd. drrd of renoicn ; (heroic) 
f'cid, hobh' achicvciiieid, exploit (also in a bad seiusc). 

kcse, kesekese, a. dry, arid; ttipi. v. wo (opj). fykyc, foso, 
iccf. inoisf; v. fow); asase kesc. the. dry land (op)), cjjo, the sea); fain' 
ayr or awo kcse, the ground has become perf'ectljj dry. 

kosC'in', kese-fnm'% in the arid zone; in. the south; south. 

kcsokrso, .s-. atirimkesekese. 

kesciienene, nc tirim ye no k., he (prop- his liead) is dizzy, 
confused, bewildered, perplexed, puzzled. 

k(jsew, tu k., to emaciate, become tabid, lean and //ide (as wa- 
sted by tabes, consumption or another sickness); — =; kyenkyeh; to 
yrow or tur)i pale; watu k. tita = wafgn aye fita, lie has pined (ucay. 
become tabid or tcorn out so that lie is quite pale; n'anini atu k., he 
tools jnde from anxiety and fear; asem bi aba wo so na wo auim 
apatuw ahoa. 

iikijsewa, -sa, a kind of plant. 

kcsiw, V. to belch. 

kesi, a roll of tobacco, rolled tobacco, orig.froni Portugal; .5. ta. 

k e s 1" e k s re, a kind of tree. 2>^'- 1338. 

kesii [Ger. lease] cheese. 

kesua, -suwa, pLn-, F. kerefua, eyg; wobo nk. tafo, they are 
on a friendly, familiar, intimate footing, cf. di 7!).!S2.So. 

k e t e, pi. a-, a mat, the usual bed of the negroes, pr. 798 f. 2236. 
Diff. kinds : ntomma or mpa. apa, aberewa, go-kete. — bo or hwene 
k., to U'cave. plait a mat; sew, to sjrread out. bobgw k., to roll up the mat. 

kete [with full e] 1. a kind of reed with thorns, growing near 
rivers, that may also furnish walking-sticks: cf. deramere. — ^. a 
flute or pi2)e made of it, played before kings and accompanied by- 
other instruments (e.g. odurugya), drums and bells. 

keto, ketekete [with fulle] a.ct-ado. bright, -ly; infulllustrc; 
owia ati kkk., osrani apae kk.: awia kete, in or at broad daylight, 
broad noon. — • ketOm', south; cf. keseni'. Scr. 

ketr, adr. 1. hard (V) cf. kate. — ^. sharply, strictly: ghye 
no or gbra no k., (F. kitsi, Mt.9,30.) he commands or forbids him 
.'itrictly; niekraa wo k., I let you Icnow plai)dy, c.cpresdy. — 3. thick- 
ly: wgakyerc so k., they throng thickly, cf. pepepepe, pitipiti. 



230 keie — kirididi. 



k o t e, .:?. ketekete, ketewa. 

o-k e t e, s. oketew. 

nkote: si hk., 1. to he ustride, strmhllej osi nkete ^^ ui; nan 
(mu) asekyisekyi, li'is fret are hcni oitficarcL — :J. to piil somclliiug 
astride (on the grouud or on branches of trees?) in order to nxirk a 
place in the bush as destined for farming. 

;ik('tel)iii [oketew bin] a kind of tjead ; .s. aiiene. 
ketebo, a name of the teopard, s. osebg. 

o-kete-byf(», okete-nwemfo, u manufacturer <if mats; s. kete. 

akete-lienc: di ak., to he the chief of mat-iccavers. pr.l727. 
ketekete, «. d- adv. (to the v. siia) small, very small, cerij 
little, tiny; nworam ye aboa a osiia k., woanf\ve u' 'iye a, wunhii 
no, tltc itch-mite (siro) is a tiny insect, scarcely to he iierceiced irith 
the eye. — jtl. nketc-nkete; cf. ketewa. 

like tekfi'i kyc, diliyence (?) si nk., tn ai>jdy close atfcntinn. 
t/reat carefulness, to he zealous. ta1ce pain-<: syn. bo mmgden: \vab\ 
nk. se gbekyerew nlionia no, ](c is closely or intensely cnyayed in. 
writiny the letter. 

aketekri', -kycrc, ^>/. n-, cric/.et. i>r. l',l(). 
keteiii', south; cf. kesem'. Scr. 

1*1 kel on kijt c, termr, horror, consternation, /nmic: nk. akita 
or akyere no, he is terror-strucic, horrified, paralyzed or stunned 
(with fear). = wabirikyi. 

a ke te-in\e jic, inf. n:eaciny or /itailinf/ of )nats: s. kete. 

o-kete-iiW(''inf('>,7>?.a-, a wearer ov plader of mats; .^////.ketcbofo. 

o-ket e-.'^oafij, carrier r>/" (the king's) mats; s. gyaasefo.pr. loil. 

aketesia, V. s. akatasia. 

0-kete-;i in loro, a tree with fruits simihir to figs. 

g-kel ere ( /)l. a-, litard; s. gdan-ne-nji, ntafontafo, gborgm, gs;i- 

o-kelew f manapa, abosomaketew, oky('kyC\ pr. o09.720.147.'i. 

I'l k e r g \v ;i. a kind of sandals. flo4.-4J. 

ketewa, a.[j)l.i\-\ cf.kotcko.te\.-<iindl. little; mniofra nketewa, 
l/llle children; syu. kf'ima, k\v;ida, c. siia. — kctewa, F. ketse- 
waba, very smtdl, very little; k. bi, a little, a feu:; a short time; wa- 
ma me abodo k. bi, he has yiven me a little hread; mmufra ketewa- 
bi, some feu- children; onipa te asase so k. bi na own; syn. kakra, 
kfikrabi: - ketcwa si\, eery little; aka k. se (kakra se, kcima sc), 
very little is wantiny. 

akct ewa, jtl. n-, a little jicrson: nimofra yi mu aketewa no na 
n'aai atew, that little one (snudlesi one) amony these children is an 
intelliyent hoy. — aketsaba, akrtsewaba. jd. n-, F. a little one, the 
least. Mt. 2,6. 5,19. 11,11. 25,40. 

h k (' t s e. F. r f (titer, in preference. 
kill i [Eng.] hiny (in Europe) pr. 2465. ■ — kiiii, r. s. kyini. 
kirididi, kirn': bg k., to rush (forward); wobgg k. kgg dan 
no ran, they rushed info the house. 



klsa — k'ltikiti. 231 

kisa, V. 1. fo turn, cf. dan'. — ^. to wrlmj off (akoko koii, 
Ihc i/rc/c of (I fold). — 6'. to turn in or over the fire: fo roost (yam, 
plantains, meat), pr. 1350. — -J. fo dtoiKje. hi/ flic tivot of the sun or 
/;// sirkiicss: fo iriflicr, fade, tlt'cay. s/iriiih; dri/ ii]>: awia ak. hwura, 
the sH)i lids irif/iered the i/rass; oyare ak. no kora, a sicknes.s hos 
icotifrd /lint rcri/ much; cf. kagyaw, po, guah i.^c. — .3. n'ani akisa 
(mp.)-"— ii'ani agyina (ne kurom), his cijc is turned i.e. he is longiiKj 
for home, is homesick. — ■ 6. n'anim' akisa, liis face has turned /nde. 

O-kisi(e), 1)1. a-, o rid; by-names: kwarif'tia, aduoku, manui- 
anng. pr. -210. S7l.r,lOf. 1444. 1551-d7. 

o-kisil)ii"i, a kind o^ free; sarc so dua a wodi. 

ak i s i w si, j'l- "^ ^- « lioumj rut. — j2. a ijoung child. — 3. doiidi- 
praf, munnikin, dicarf. picimij; oye ak. ^^^ omfra, he is a worfh- 
fe6S fclfoir, to be accounted yood for nofhimj. 

i*ikisi\va-fo: ye rik., to associofe with children, opp. yv ateliyij. 

ukisiwa-soni = mmofraasem, childishness. 

a kisi-kur u, idcer, a sore dischargiinj pus; s. ekuru. 
kita, V. 1. fo touch; to hold, hate in hands; sijn. kura, t'ua, de, 
\vg; generally with mu: to seize, lay hold of; si/n, fa, kyere, so mu; 
- ok. porca, he has a stick (in his hand); mik. pon mu, I lay hold 
of (he fable; kita no mu na wannuah, lay hold of him lest he run 
aivay; s. nketchketc, kitam'. — ;2. F. fo adhere or clin(/ fo; Adam 
bon' kitaadasa nliina. — o. fo hurt; to take venr/eance on, yr. 655. — 
J. kita so, to ivijie, to rub atvay. off, out; to polish; syn. popa, t\vi- 
twiw, t\Vut\vu«- ; k. poh so, ivipe the table: fa wo naii k. ntasu so, 
rub off the spittle with your foot. 

kitam! imp. = interj. a salutation to one engaged in work 
or in eating, equivalent to : God speed! or I tvish you a yood appe- 
tite! - to which the reply is: mifua no, / hold it. 

iikitii, = nkrumakwah. 
kita-dcii, lit. hold-fast, a name of the apesew, q. v. 
kith 6, 2^1- i^") fi^c; rasp; = twitae. 

akita-o sua, pi. n-, the most poisonous serpenf, able to shoot 
through the air from one tree to another. 

akita-twerebo, the hammer oi a. mwiikQi, m which the flint- 
stone is fixed by means of a screw. 

Akita-wo-ns a, name of a month, about July; s. gsram. 

akitereku, j^Z. n-, a species of beans, the seeds of which are 
roasted and eaten, pr. 1550. 

kiti, r. [led. kitikiti] to ynuw off, nibble, scratch off {with the 
teeth or nails) ..ho, flic outside; = titi ho: nkura akitikiti ode no ho 
= wgadi ho bi; cf. bebee ho. 

ki t ikiti, a word expressive of turbulent or violent commotion; 
wgye k., they are turbulent, tumultuous, -wild, unruly {syn. basabasa, 
bisibasa) = wogoru na wgde wgn nan pempem fam' k., in playiny 
flicy sfamp and trample on the yround, maldny a clatteriny noise; 
wotu mmirika k., fhey run with a clatteriny or patter iiuj noise; gnam 
kkk. lie tramples, patters, treads noisily, stanqis, ic<dk'i furiously; 



232 kitirikitiri — kg. 



wuyi anoina a, oye kitikitikiti (= piituputiiputu) =^ open', a hirrl. 
iclioi ciiuf/lif. stn((/fjles (h-sper<itvlii: ogya no adew kkk. (kyirikyiri- 
kyiri, tVaraframfram, frafrat'ra) fitc fire hums irhoitci/tl//. byitjJilh/, 
ivif/i (jJai-i)t(i or dartliKj flames. 

kitirikitiri, o. = kitikiti, v. 

ko, V. [Ak. also ^s.q\-q, prd. kore; red. koko] to <jo; more par- 
ticularly: 1. to (JO alony, to ivalli (cf. nam, nantew); yeko utem, ivc 
(ire icalkituj fast; obayifo reko e ! theregoesa icitch.'pr. 60. — ;J. ior/o 
(iff. a tea//; to j^d'^s away, leave, depart (opp. ba, to come, tra, to stay). 
okg, lie is gone (cf. wako under o.): meko maba. I go away hnf sfudl 
come again, cf. Gr. i; 112. 147,4. yr.WJO. - wokg-bae no, wgbekac 
se: ewom' sa, tclu'ii tliey were gone and returned, tJicy reported, find 
it ivas so (tliid tJte matter icas true}; - wobekg, name de, metru liil, 
yon icill dejn(rt. bat I slialt stay lierc. — to escajie, pr. 601. — o. to 
go to a place: wokg heV ivliere are yon going? mekg otie, I am going 
home; gko n'akurjl, he Jnisgone to Ids plantation; jterf. wakg, lie has 
gone and returned: wakg Osii preko, lie has hee>i at Osu once; yere- 
kg wuram', ice are going into the bush ; gkgg bepgw so, he went upon 
a mountain; yebekg ghene nkyen, ire shall go to the Icing. — i. to 
lie going to do sometliing-, to set about doing, - witli and in the in- 
gressivc prefix kg-, ko-, 6'. Gr. i< V)3. 9»i. 107,11. 280,1 l,.r. (pr.SOo. 
1218. ;'Osl.(\ix:) — :'). to go for some object, witli some purpose or in- 
tention, used with an infinitire(v.n.)oi- some other noun: okgaduan- 
to, he has gone to buy foml; ef. Gr. ^ 12().2SO,2. — gkgg anyaii, .v/zf 
irent for U'ood (fuel); wgreko asika. they are going to trash gold: 
kg ahayg, to go hunting; s. i:-}-l~). — ii. de.. kg, fa., kg; in connec- 
tion with de, fa or similar verbs the meaning of kg (esp. <V. o'.) be- 
comes causative: to tale aieay, to talcc to a place, to lead, conduct: 
wgde no kge, they led him away; mfi wgmfa no likg, let tliem fiiLe 
him (away or irith them), pr. 1.">S'2. — 7. In connection with other 
verbs, kg fre(|uently supplies the place of an Eng. adr. or prej>.: 
a) the place of the adv. away, denoting removal: < )nyk. ayi m'a- 
manne kg, God has talen away my tifflii-tiu)i ; b) together with a 
noun of place it supplies the [)lace of &. prep., denoting a direction 
towards a place : oguaii kgg Avuram', he fled into the bush: ka oguaii 
no kg daii mu, drive the sheejJ into the pen! wgiikyekyere ne usa 
nkgn'akyi, tliey shall tie his hands behind his back. — .s. kg (yiye), 
to fit, become, sud (well), used of clothes: atade yi kg me yiye, this 
coat fits me well ; ekyew no iikg me ti, that hat does not fit my head: 
ka no kg me nsa, p?-. o6'6'. — ^. kgniu, kom', to enter, penetrate: 
gsekaii nnamnam txVawo a. ekom', wlien a sliarp f.jtife cuts you, it 
penetrates deejily. — 10. kg so, to go on. to continue {cf. da so): kg 
so kail! or kaii kg so! continue to rend, read on! - kg so yiye, to 
prosper, increase. — 11. kg nteii, iu agree 'well. be agrce(d>le, to go 
straigld i.e. to do, to succeed, be to Hie purp>osc, answer an end : ekg 
me nteii == etee me ; n'asem a greka yi tee me, wind he says appears 
to me correct, I approve it; aduaii yi kg me nteii, — - eye me de, 
this food suds me veil; enkg nteii, // dues not go straight, it iron'f do. 
— 13. kg bone, to issue or terminate badly, to be ill-fated in child- 
beari)i(i, to die in or after the labour of cliddhirth. — 13. kg abuw, to 



kn — I'iko, 233 

(JO (i-ltatrliiiKj, /() .v//. lo coca- the cyna. pr. 2776. — 11. kg adidi, /(; <jo 
It) f'fi'd i(j)on: iiokara ko ad. — lij. ko osa, fo i/o to ivay. pr. lo6S- 
1)?'J. li')81. — J(). ko .. aso, F. to Ijccoine snhjvvt to: bon aiiia yeako 
yaw nu wu ase, hii sin we /lace hcconic Huliject to put n and (taitli. 

ko, V. F. 1. to sit, Mt. 24,;}. — tra, tOua : ko fam', F. = Ak. tra 
ase. — :2. to con'cr. sqnnt, concli: s. kow. — .V. F. to rrnidin: gi'iko 
lakor da, /ic ccnitinitcth not. .Job 11,2. 

ko, V. 1. fo fujht. conittot. vo)itcnd. strive, in battle or in sini/le 
i-on/lict. with arms, blows, words; to tx- at tear; gdc hkranto nc no koo, 
III' fonf/Iit tvitli ( i.e. ai/ainst) liiiu irit/i the sword : wgda so rcko, //<<-// 
arc still at war with each other, pr. fySn. L~)Ulf. nKi2.2[hV2. — ko dgni. 
/() wai/e tear, i-arr/j on a irar; ko ntgkwaw, fo(iifht, strife oy strnjijle 
in close eontest, to wrestle, stnffle. pr. :M)06. — L*. tr. to fi'jht, eonibat, 
oppose: ko nkran, to Iceeji of}', drive liaek the wandering or visit in;/ 
ants (by lire or sinoke). pr. Io90. — •>. ko nnoina, to shoot birds, to 
hill wildfowls, to fowl. pr.'JOKl. — /. ko awow. to leard off the cold. — 
5. ko awo, to be in travail, in labmir. in parturition. — 6". ko yere, to 
dismiss or divoree a n-ife. pr. h'lUH. 

(j-ko, Ky. lidie; jiond. pool; --= gtarc, cf. atekye; ckg bi ta, Lg. 

1*1 ko, the cavil// or hole in which the yam is planted; cf. likgbg, 
likgmoa; gbg nkg fua gde worn'. fMt. l'>. Mk. 7. 

I'lko, iiko, F. ye .. ho likg, to defdc ; ..ho ye likg, to be defiled. 

11 ko, slumber, dose, nap; tg liko, to fall or drop asleej>, to doze, 
nod, be drowsi/. slce/n/. — owh ne ti (or nelio) liko, he .'shakes, tosses 
(throws nj>) his head: he lanls (?]. 

o-ko, okowa, akowa, tojj, f/i;/. wliirliijiij; bo ko, to spin the top. 

c-ko, Ak. ckog, a baffalo. 
ko. in the j>//>-. bg kg [to join, have eompany wifh, the buffalo, 
roaming about as it doesV) 1. to run away, desert; wabg kg, he has 
become a fu</itive, leavinij his natirc place on account of debts or 
palavers. — :2. to throw off obedience, f(dl off, apostatize, revolt, turn, 
recreant; s. akobg, kobgfo. — .-;. wabg kg, site refuses her husband. 
ko, imit. adv., expressing tlie sound of falling dro])s of water: 
nsuasgko, water has dropped' audibli): inetee se nsuuosge kokoko. 

e-ko, )ium. one; used in counting; in other cases compoundsare 
employed, ^s. biak5, Akp. bako, Aky. bieko; cf. koro. Gr. i; 77. 

k 0, adj./nvn., the one concerned or hi question, the sin(jlc,X)ar- 
lieular or resjiectivi- /lerson or thin;/; who. what, which, in indirect 
<|uestions; cf. Gr. i; 74,1. Eye hena? minniin nnipa-ko; u'ho is it'^ 
I do not know who it is .• i-f oniko, gyjiko ; eye den V minnim dekode; 
eye dua beii? minnim dua ko, n-h(d tree is it':' I do not hnow what 
find of tree it is; waiikyere da-ko a obewie, he did not tell which 
dan he woidd jinisli (it). 

\\\k(), adv. atone, only, but; apart, aside: - me iiko ne kuafo, 
I alone ((in a planter; aka me iiko (= gno iiko), he is left alone: 
eyiuoin iiko ene won su, the.ie form a find by themselves ; eyi nko- 
ara-k(M etia abieii a. mefwc wo ! but for this one time! when it occurs 
n second time. I shall /lo;/ you! s. iikuto. 



234 oko — koa. 

o-ko, inf. 1. fiyJit, fujhtinfj, war [cf. osa); comhat, contest, strife; 
battle, conflict; pi. hkopeii, battles', oko wo ye-ne Akwamfo utam', 
there is war between us and the Akivam-pcople. — 2. dioorcenienf. 

ako, inf. f((jhfin(j, icar; di ako, to war, be engaged in war, be 
at war (with); wodi ako = woko; Akyero ne Asante tii di ako, 
Akeni and Asante are (or tvere) often at war with each other; cf. 
akodi. 

ko, ado. red, i/ellow; added to here, to be or become red, ripe: 
anka here ko, the lemon ripens (or ii) yellow; the low toue of ko 
may be changed into the high and low tone, whereby the idea of 
redness is made emphatic : akutu yi abere koo, this orange has be- 
come quite or highly red or ripe. — kg may be nsed as a predica- 
tive adj. when the verb is omitted (Gr. § 248,3 o) : fweno, n'ani ko! 
loolc at him, how red his eyes arc! in other cases the form of the adj. 
is k o k o, q. v. — kg, kgkg, are applied to different shades of red, 
brown and yellow, and likewise the v. bere and the adj. -beii (in 
cpds.), F. men. mcmmeii, memraene; whereas fiery red seems to 
be denoted by denn , yenn, y^mmeiin, scarlet or vermilion by -dam 
(in cpds.) and dcnnJiram^f, crimson by -dam (e/'. adam) and by the 
V. bere-dum; cf. akutuhono, orange-coloured, ankahono, yellow (as 
lemons), bofua (odubeh), ^e//o«'; dodowe, brown. 

ko, kokoko, kokgko, adc. used witii kyi or tail, to Jiate; 
gtan no kg, he hates him ardently, fervently, extremely. 

k o, the unicorn, an antelope, in size nearly etjual to a horse or 
cow, furnished with one horn on the forehead; spoken of, as really 
existing, from Fante to Krepe. [G. umahma.] 

{'iko', pi. h-, parrot (Psituccus). Diff. kinds: gpesare, grey (P. 
erytJaicus, neho apgw aye se nso); akohene, red; aiikye, dark (ne 
hoasitunim); amfudwuma (ne ho aye hg-ne-hg, biribibiribi, not ea- 
sily described) ; dwirikwaw', green (esono ne riko). — Mmofra ako 
(in children's lang.) ;= abebew, grassliopper, locust. 

akoji, j;?. n- [akowa, orig. akoba?] 1. a male, man; fellow; 
akoa no ho ye fe, that is a handsome fcllou'; akoa no dii bene pi, 
that man showed himself a Izing indeed (a saying elicited from a 
native by the description of Solomon's throne, 1 Ki. 10,20.) — 2. a 
male slave; bondman, serf. — .7. a servant, subject; Kokofu bene 
ye Asante bene akoa; Akyem bene hkoa dgso sen Akwam bene de. 
— In cpd. words akoa is changed into kwa or kwa and ko; cf. 
akokoa, aksvakora = akwakwara, akwankwa, ahenkwa, awurakwa, 
Kwadwo, KwJlku (Gr. § 4] ,4) Kofi, Kofori ^c. 

koa, V. [red. koakoa] 1. to bend, crook, curve, tr. ilc-intr.; perf. 
to be bent, crooked or curving; syn. konton, kuntun, pono, pompono; 
gkoa dua no, he bends the tree; koa (= pono) wo nsa bera; koa 
akutu no bera na mentew. bend that orange (i.e. the twig on which it 
Jiangs) toward mc that I may plucli it; ne nsa akoa = akontoii, fas 
liand is croolccd: poma no ti akoa, — 2. fa poma no koa no, liold 
him by the sticlc! — o. koa mu, to join together, to trim in. to insert; 
to joint, articulate, unite by means of a joint; ekoam', it i.-i connected, 
holds toget/ier ; mede makoa mu. I have joined it. ■ — ekoakoam', 



nko.'i — jikodi'. 235 

// rohert's, is arficuhttcd, Joiiiicil. — iiUnakuam", r. ii. (uticulaluin, 
Joiitiiir/, Juiiclun; conitcdimi bij Joints: a jitint. node; rf. ntoatoam', 
akwa. 

I'lkoji, l/it' 6)1(1, the l((sf. KtilinsI ov iqJiliosf jKill, Kjqxr iH<(, lop 
(of a tree), crfiriiiHi/, 1cr)ui)ittlioii, border; pr. lOOS. atVverrw no, uc. 
nkoa uko na gdo maa me, lie ijace vtc. oiihi the upper end of the siKjxr- 
cane ; - ef. nkasakoa; - nkoaase, .v. nkwaase. 

iikoakyirikyirhv, a kind of spider. 

akoha (?): Esono akoa na esono akoba. Ak. pr. JOlo. 

I'lkoha (eko, aba | n leliip made ot'buH'alo's skin, conbistinj; of 
2,3,(i,y lashes twisted together; wgde hk. nko ara na efweno, theij 
floij him severely. 

ko-hao [ko, ba] 1. a mide child born after a brother or sister 
who died: if. apente. [G. gbobalg.) — 2. it cupboard, etosct, press, 
leainsrof-ehesf. [vvokgfa ade wom' de ba; 0. kobai. | 

aku-lKii'i, F. defeiisire n-iitl, fence, t>uliearh, rampart. 
a I'l ko i)(';i, -fo, [asafo a wote bene ho a wonko bea (=babiara) 
da gye se ohene atu na wotiam'] the liiiffs bodtj-fjaard. 

l\iU>en(koko, br'ii I a kind oi' cloth di/ed red (whh ntwomaand 
bise). worn at funeral customs and in warfare; scarlet. Nah.2,-'J 01). 
kohcrc [Port, cohre, Dan. cobf>er\ cojtper. 
ko-l)OAv, v. a jdaee to sit: a seat --^ agua. j\lt. l.*,:>'j. 

a ko-lK_) Vvc rcj \v. a thorny shrub. 
kulii |kwobi| a kind of river-fish. |(i. didee.] 

]"i k 0-1)0, ////". [bo nko] inalimj holes fir the planting oi' ijarns. 

ako-lio, inf. |bo ko] secession, desertion, defection; disloifalty ; 
stubbornness ; apostacii; sedition, rebellion, revolt, mutiny. 

o-kol)ofo, l>l- a-, fnyitive (slave), maroon; riinaa-ay (e.g. ou ac- 
count oi dehta, pr. 49o); deserter; vayabond; apostate, reueyade; re- 
bellcr, rebel, rcvotter, mutineer, seddionary. 

a ko-dadVv('n(akoadad\ven) F. care; Mt.i:>,:22.Mk.4,li). if. dad wen. 
kodaa t'ii(»iu" \\it.yoes to sleep in the ptantatioii]^=^^tQiek\\i\, 
ouipa a gmpowe, u'ani utewe, an uncivilised, rnsfic, boorish, cloicn- 
ish, barbarous man; cf. ofumni. 

kodaa iiii a [okoda anna, he ijoes to .sleep (in order) not to slee2j] 
sleeplessness; eye no k. = emma onnya adaye, it causes him sleep- 
less niyhts. 

okod/.o, F, a story, tale. l's.!i(j,<j. 

a kudo. = sense, a kind of food })repared for the fetish (tute- 
lar spirit). 

akudc [okoade] J. a thinyov thinijs used for fiyhtiny, n:eapon(s), 
armour. — 2. thinys paid for fiyhtiny, reieard paidto warriors when 
they return. 

u k o-de n, hard fiyhtiny ; o-ne won koo nk. ansa-na grepam wgh. 

akodi, inf. [di ako] warfare, military service; war, ivarriny; 
hostilities. 



236 akodi'hven — okoha. 



akodi-hyen, a tvar vessel, man-of-war. 
akodi-hjeninu-iii, a naval officer. 
kodobeii, a bird, oriolns galhuJa'^ 

kodiawuo, pJ.i\- [nea wodekodiawu] pistol; .sv/>Katwerewa. 
o-ko-doin, a by-name of the leopard, s. osebo. 

kodoso, a cutaneous eruption, a kind of ntwom; .s. ase. 
akodwobo, akindof .s/o/^c' containing iron, of which suitable 
pieces are used as d/((/s for the charge of guns; opemmo bi a wo- 
bubu de poma atuo. 

koe, V. [ret?, koekoe] to notch. Jai/. dent, indent; wakoe dua 
no rau, nso metraji so (no), ammi'i, he has notched the pole, ijet lehcn. 
I sat on it, it did not hreal-; woakoekoe akantaiihua no nan ho, the 
le[fs of the chair are wrouf/hf or notclied bij txrnerif. 
koe Ivoc, a small norm. pr. 1036. 
akoekoe-hoa, ^^7. n-, insect (called so from its body liaving, 
as it were, notches or incisions). 

a k o e, akoe-mu [ko, r.] fif/htintf-place, field of battle, jn: 1H83.2S13. 
kufa-l)era f[/o tafic come]: waye k., he or she has (by grow- 
ing up to an age of G or 7 years) become a fetchcr or ''fetcfi-some- 
tfiing", i.e. one that can be told "yo and fetch it" i.e. can be sent 
on errands. 

kofahycow, Akw. = mpofirim'. 
a k o fa n a. j)l. n- [okoafana, afoa] 1. a sicord of war. — ^. a sword 
of state, tfie fcing's sword, a sceptre. — 3. cmbl. destruction by the 
sword or in battle; war; dissension; royal aidliority and ^^ojt'cr. 
kofe, F. == fita, plainly, tliorougldy. Mt. 3,12. 
Kofi, pr. n. of a boy or man born on Friday. Gr. j? -41,-1. 
kc'ifi, ;^/.a-, a Ijedin a garden or j)lantatio)i. I\rat\v;i ak. 'imerc- 
bedua rikate. Nkranfo na etil t\va k. wo won akura hkwanta. Eto- 
(labia wotwa k. kurukuruwa, etod. wotwano ahinanah. 
koliriina, a kind of amidet or charm. j)r. 3114. 
o-ko fu, pi. a-, fighter, ((iml'utant: a man able to go to tear, war- 
rior; opxwncnt, adversary. 

akofo-de [akofo ade]: gsam' ak. kunini, 7carlif,e fc(ds. 
o-kofoiii, j)l.- -i'o, a man of vcdonr, warrior, eliampion; syn. 
dommarima, osabarima. 

k 6-fu r [eko a wasi so foforo, wasi nsiforoj a young buffalo. 
kofweabO,', ^>?. n-, [akoa&?] a jn'ivcde, common, low, mean., 
vidgar young nia)i. //ou)tg fclbnr. cftap; r/'. iikwafweabafifo, apapa- 
fwekwa, akwanihuniaui, gdeseni. 

iiko-gu, inf. defeat; di hk., to suffer a defetd; cf. komusu. 
ko-nvaii [koko. gyan, nothi)tg but red] a kind of red cloth 
(ntama a wgde adicli hko ahwene). 

aku-<i\viii aniuaj s. akwagyinamoa, ukiamari. i>r.l637. 
o-k o h a, 6. okwaha. 



koliTi l<t)k(i;iiii. 2.'17 

koli;V, kdlia, a larj^c h'wd with l()ii<:^ h"^s, a lonj^ iiock, a crest 
on its head and fcathei.s like a ( Juinea -hen, making- a noiso, like, 
geese, living in the vicinity of rivers; IVom its strong voice it is also 
called Saknnio-bentia, fhe Siil-inii-lniiii/icf i.e. l/ie lnnv[)('t<f of the 
fetish of t/w ri.n:r Sakumo. 

iilvcj-heiie, .s\ ako. — ok o-nhr>iii ;i, ///// of (lirorcc. Mf. r,,Sl. 
ako-li yen, -- akodi-hyen. — ;ik, siiroh(>iii|»;iiiyin, (((Jitiind. 

koico, red. v. ko, fo j/o; mniea no rekokokoko anyan. 

koko, /•. itif. n-, fo pcf. fondle, indid/je; to hr'nitj up delicatel/f, 
to spod hi/ too much tnnlentfss; opanyih no koko nenima, e.s. \vgye 
bone a, ontvicwon asonti, won aiii nso obi; lluafo k. wonnima do- 
do; red. wokokgkoko wonmnia; .s. korgkoro. 

kokt», /. the Itreast, ehcst; nek. aye konkrgnu; nek. ahoh; 
pompo asi nek. so. — x\ heart — eouragc, boldness; pr.lOlls. sijn. 
bo, koma; ^s. kokom', kokodnrn, akokobiri. 

koko-so, adr. hotdli/, enerf/etieidl/f. 

ko ko. yj?.a-, ayroni, <( smtdl hard /xirficle of salt, sand, earth, 
e-koko, o-,7>/.a-, n-, /////. a natnr(d eIevatio)t of ground ; cf. be- 
pow, bepowa, akokowa, panipa, pempe, siw. — F. koko tsentsenbi, 
an exceeding high nioitntain. Mt. 4,8.(cf. 17,1)5,1- 

koko: bo k., to warn, forewarn; to threaten, menace (with 
something); mede ade yi mabgwo k. na nye sa bio; s. kgkgbo. 

K g k o, pr. n. of a female, said to be the mother of Akuapem 
and Akem and the yonnger sistei* of Dede, q. v. ' 

koko, = koko', red, e.g. in the ^jr. ». Ownsn Kgkg. 
kg kg, s. red. kgkgkgkg. 
ako kg, ^jZ. n-, the domestic fowl, hen (akukgbere), coch (akoko- 
nini);^-. 1641-01; by-name: ntiwa. 
ako kg, F. looseness of the bowels. 

11 koko, inf. indidgence, the spoiling of children bg too nmch 
tenderness. 

kgk(Y, a. fpl. akgkg & red.] red, gclloiv, with their several de- 
grees or shades; s. kg, kgkgkg, — n. redness, yellowness; pr. 467. 

g-kgkg, a red person, whose skin is not of a glossy black (tnn- 
tnm), but of a brownish hue. pr.810. 

kgkg', gclloiv, ripe planiains (the husk is gellow, the substance 
inside, espec. when boiled, is red). 

koko, coco, an edible root of three kinds, one came from 
Jamaica, the two others are also called amankani <)c ntwibg. pr. So.'i. 

kokoa, kokoii (kokwa, kwokwa) F. hill, mount, nioiudain. 
Mt. .1,14.14^:}. 17,1.9.21,1. Mk. 9,:\ — Ak. bepgw; rf. koko, akokowa. 
a koko a', ^v/. h-, babe, babg, suckling, nursling, infant. 
akgkoaba, F. id. Mt. 11,25. 21,16. 

akoko-akoko [pi. of gko, ako] quarrelli)igs ; abusua no mu 
wg ak. dodo nti, won nhina ntra fdko, 

k k a m', i^?. n-, corner; a secret or retired place; pi. in the 
corners, in secret, secretly; gye n'ade fik. iik. 



238 iikokoasem — kokokyiiiiako. 



11 ko k oa-sem, a sorrel: forhiddai ir(iiisacfioU'<. 
akoko-ba, 7>/. nkoko-mma, cli'ichcii. jnillcl. 
akokobaiie. = dabankdj an iron rro/r. — kokohv, j^r- 1663. 
koko-berabera [lit. r/o, (jo. ctmir. conu']: gye no k., he fle- 
ceives, deludes, deeoi/s hiw. malen a fool of Jniti. = ogyigye no. 
akoko-boro^ Q-, j/?. n-, a hen. !»•. 363.1664. 
akoko-besa ffhe fowl irill he consumed i.e. eaten vj)] a slu'ub, 
2-3 feet high, the root of whicli has a sweet smell and is put into 
soup with fowl. 

koko-betd fi/ie foirJ kUI la/i scil. ecitisj the lUtle fmfier (by 
which hens are examined whether an egg is to be expected). 
akoko-l>ewu fihe hen will die] a kind o( Jierh. lillinf/ foirls. 

koko bill tore, a shrub with eatable fruits, 
akoko-biri (koko, Jire.asi, biri, 1o he hlael;, heavy, stout, inuno- 
rahlel^ hraveness. holdness, rouraf/e connected with riolenec; cf. ko- 
kodi'iru. — akokobi'ri-so, />o/r//// = nimariniHS(i. — akokobiri-seni, 
violenee; di ak., to commit violence; sj/n. akakabcnsem. 
koko-bg, inf. [bo., kokg] irarnimj. 

koko bo, a small beast of prey of the size of a small cat; 
leeascl? pr. 166'i. ( K. akokyere m'aki'ikg koko' ku.) 

a koko-bo lie [akokg bon] the time irhm rods eroic early in the 
morning, eoel-crou', (at) eoel'-croirin;/. 
akoko-bi'iw, 1ien-co<ip; sipi. ])esn. 

11 kokode-sem, j^/crt-y/;?//. but unfounded and deceit fid repre- 
sentations, /latter//, flirtation, humhiif/: - di.. nk., to fhdter, wheedle, 
coax, hoax, humhay ; rik. na greka yi, he tal/:s, without thinliny. re- 
presents things in a hefter lujht than, the// realli/ deserve. 
koko-doniiiia = dgnngmma. 

kokodoiiia, a. quite red or j/ellow (or rijic):, bgmmgfo-adua- 
ba ye k. ^r= kokgkgkgkgkg. 

kokodomiiio, a kind oi corn. 
a k ok d ii it d lia, a small bird with a yellow breast, pr. 1666 f. 
koko-di'iru, coura;/e. valour, hraver//. intrepidity; .y/n.sihoo- 
duru, cf. akokobiri. 

kokodvVe, a plant the root of which is mashed and jiut on ul- 
cers; wura bi a etetare fain'; mmofra tia so de bo nkuro (agoru bi). 
akokoe. h-, a disease of tlic toes, corroding or destroying them, 
akokoeko, F. Mk. 13,7. = akoko-akoko. 

a kokofw (M'ew, Ak. -e. p/. n-, wood-hen. = asamante. 

[2)r. ir,i.318.1G68. 
akoko-kwaiUcimi, ]>!. n- -fo, a bird, the ])in-tailed sand-r/rouse. 
Ex. 16,13. Xu. 11,31. = aboko. 

kokokoko [kg, imp. go!} oye no k., he drives him awa/j. 
koko koko, kgkgkg, s. kg. kgkg, kgkgdoma. 
kokokj'iniako, a kind of bird. 2»'. 3474. 



kokom — .-ikukotan. 21^0 

k (> k (t m' I koko inu ) /. the hnutsf. hnsoiii. — fJ. t/ic brntsl as tlu; 
seat o\' i\\Q jKissions, a/ffcfioiis and oprrafioi/s af (he mind. — - .'>. the 
conrave side of a joint. O})]). to tho knuckle: nankokom', the caviti/ 
of the leg hrhind the /ciiee; basakokom, the ravitif of the tinit at the 
elhoic. 

11 ko k (t-i"i li w i, the hair on the l>re((st (of a lion). 
akoko-iia iita feoe/.-s-eto/r/ a slirub with odible fruits, 
a ko k o u 1 in p a, ;= akokonini-pa. pr. J(!7J. 
a k oko-nini, pt- n-, o roej,: pr. 3't3. 1669-7 H 
a-ki')ko-iii\va [hen's ei/ej the sore of a toe the tip of which lias 
been accidentally knocked oft", the little bone in the midst of the 
raw flesh reminding- of a fowl's eye. 

a k o kuiio, /)!. n-, a big tchite worw found in palm-trees, the 
larva of the beetle called asi^manadwo, eaten by the negroes and 
esteemed a great dainty, pr. 1674 f. 

11 koko no a [gkoko, ano] the tn-ink of a lake or river. 
kokonle, n-, a kind of food, prepared of plantain, looking 
like country-soap. pr. 2147. 

akoko-pesu, hen-coop, syn. akokobuw, 
kokora, a thorng climher or j)rickly bush, a kind of bayere, 
with leaves like nkani, the tubers of which are eaten in famine. 

[pr. 1676f2oO.',. 
kokora, n-, concealment, recess, retreat, hiding-place, asghnn. 
— bo nk., to hide oneself t)efore the enemy. 

o-kokoraiii, pi. (a- n-)-fo, a person in a place of conceal ment, 
^anachoret, rcclnse, hermit; monk (cf. ntwehoni). 
iikokora-fokuw, monastic order. Hist. 
koko ram, kwakoram, scrofula, a disease, espec. in the head 
or neck, by which the lymphatic glands swell and ulcerate; syn. 
akuru; it is even said to cut the nose, lips &c.; ling's evil, strnma; 
hronchocele, goitre, tven. pr. 805. 

11 koko re, F. abiirow a ammo yiye aye nnodowa-nnodowa, 
mai.ie of stunted growth. 

kokorow, odee k. = dwokorow. pr.838. 
kokosakyi, a name of the vnltiire, s. opete; it is sometimes 
put for the name of the king, which the speaker does not dare to 
mention, pr. 513-15. 1678-80. 

akoko-sere flten's thigh] the trigger of a gun. 
kokosi [Europ,] the cocoa-palm (k.-dna, Cocas mieifera) and 
its frnif. 

koko-so [s. koko] boldly, energetically. 
0-kokos6ni, ^Z. a- -fo, man, in contradistinction to the wor- 
shipped spirits (fetishes), in the language of the fetish-priests, [fr. 
koko, on the hill, or kbkoso, s. before.] 

Kokosiikwakwavvia, name of a month, about Sept.? .s.osram. 
a koko-lai'i, ^>?. n-, <( hen irhich has chickens. — akokotaii lie 



240 kokote — kom. 

lienmiM jflir Iioi <ui(l h<y (Jiii/.rusJ fhr I'Irhidcx, a o-roup of 7 stars, 
the brightest of which is Alcyone. 

kokofe, flip vlhJ ho[/. .y/n. batafo. 

kokgle, a species of ror;/. ri'fipmh\in<^ miJlef.pr. 1784. sipi.ii\\\ 
[G. nnria]: fliff'. atoko [G. akoko]. — k.-fi'nv, n jihnifatioit of siic/i 
corti. s. afiiw. 

koko ti' k('t, tekoteko, Jiiccoui/h: k. si me, I hacc fhr hicroiif/Ji. 
iikoko-t Vvarc, inf. [tua akokg, killiin/ af fowls] aeufVuKi fitod 
in flir relations or acquaintioicrs of one's own husband or wife. 
iikokow;i, pi. n- [koko, dim.^ n siiudl hdl. lidlocl.-. 
iikokowji, a kind of /bor7. prepared of mnize-hread ivith palm- 
oil ; abiirodiiah bi; dokono a woapesew mu de nno agu so. 

kokojL' re dungy ei, a strange insect, 8-4" long, looking 
like dry sticks; = krilinpoh-okumguan. 

koki-o, F. ihisllc.s. Mt. 7.16. 

k (I k r b o t o, ihr noil: of an egg. 
a kokromfi. i^r. .518. rf. akukomii, pr.1801. 

ko-kuuia = (a)ka-knma. 

koki'iro. a kind oi' lirrrivi/. larger than mj)an(''i i^ rnniai'i. 

k (') k II r ('), k.-ampgii, s. nsafufu. 

kukuro. I\(»kuriik6. a. (/rcid, hin/c hif/; .s7/». kese, k;ikr;li^c. 
— adr. (jrcfdli/, very vuirh; ne nsa ahon koki'iro. 

k o k u 1-0-1) cti, IJte thumb, pr. :i:21.75:i. 1682. — k. gya (d\Va, da) 
so, Ak. he rci>licd b>/ an ahmlce (jesiare. 

k(» k iiro k('», a. {s. kokiiro). — n., Innfeness, hi</ne.<;s, f/reid/iefts; 

largeness of the hodt/ united icith .strenf/th. pr. 753. 

o-kokiiruko, a sfoid. corpidenf man. pr.lOSP,. 

a kok ui"ok6-(lo, (jreat fhinrfs; wofwefwe ak., Ihe/j mid:r great 

prefoisioits. — akokur()k(')-s('ni. ttoastinn, l>idl//in(/, swagger, hoast- 

fidness or insoleiae of manner. — wodwen ak., ting hare high ideas. 

kokwaw, red. v. 1. frq. of kwaw. — S. to grow smooth and 
round (mmosea, pebbles, pr.QOdG.): perf. to be smooth. — 3. to smooth, 
malce stnootli. .s//^/. torom. — i. to become icell hnoie)i or famdiarto; 
woanyji nkae nti akokwaw wo, bg repeated recital //on hare attai- 
la-d a flnerieg in saging it; adwunia no ak. no, he is (perfectlg) well 
acquainted with, or well cersed in. tlnd wor/:. the. n-orlc has become 
easg to him. 

ako-kyyw, helm, helmet, steel-cap), casque; .s^>^ dadekyew. 
k in, r. [inf. a-,] to dance wddlg in a state of frcnzg or ecsta,- 
sg, ascribed by the negroes to the agency of a fetish: to be posse.'i- 
sed with a fetish; to perform the actions ov practices of a fetish ■ma)!: 
s. akom, n-, okomfo. pr. 1608. red. kohkom, q.r. 
kom'^ = ko mu, to enter, penetrate. 

koni, V. to bend, bow, incline (fr. d- i)rtr.), perf. to be urg. in- 
clined, turned or tjoit to one side : sgn. konton, kuntnn, koa, kyea; 
dua no akom; kom dua no ko nifn : kom wo koma ma ntease. 

[Frov. 2,2. Ps. 119,112. lilj. 



komin — alvunima. 241 



komm, n: q7(lef, sfiJJ, silcnf, pmreahle; ye or niAnye k.! he 
qiiici! — ndv. qnicilif, sihiitli/; gda lio k., he. lies there qidcll if; ofii 
adi k., the went out silcntli/. 

konim, a. 1. neat, complete; entire, intact: safe; ado a nuMle 
momanaa won no, ode koe k., the things tvhieh I transmitted to them 
were delivered by him safcli/; oka asoin a, oka no k., when he h((s 
something/ to sai/, he satjs it camptetelii. — ^. net; of a capital sum 
of money the principtd, in distinction from interest or profit; me 
sika k. na miregye, menfwefue mfentom' biara maka lio, / want 
onlji the prineip^d of my money to be paid to me, I do not desire any 
interest besides; sika a wgagye no k. si (ntramatiri) 600, the money 
lie has been made to pay amounts to (100 heads of cowries (without 
the 50 per cent increase of tliat amount, due to those who lent the: 
money). — 5'. safe and sound, bnt at the same time only, solely, 
singly, merely i.o. without anything besides: okodii gua, wamfa hiri- 
bi amma, ne ho komm na ode aba, he went to trade, but has brought 
back nothing beside himself. Cf. sonn. 

o-k 111, hunger; gkom de m\ hunger seizes or holds me, i.e. / am 
hungry; scarcity, dearth, famine, pr. 521. (r/". ahuhuwa); in general: 
irunt o/" something; cf. nsukgm, takgm, namkgm. 

g-kom', a kind of eagle; cf. gkompete. 

akom [kgm] inf. the state of being possessed witlt a fetish, i.e. 
a temporary madness ov ecstasy, expressing itself in dancing and 
wild gestures, and ascribed by the negroes to the agency of a fe- 
tish; wafa ak., lie or she has taken in such an agency, Itas been pos- 
sessed with a fetish. 

nkom, i\n. [kgm] oracle, communication, revelation, or message 
delivered by God or a fetish to a prophet or afetishman; propJiecy; 
prediction. — hy e nk., to ptropliesy; to foretell, predict; to soothsay. 
Kramofo nye akgmfo, nanso wghye iikgm; cf. kra. 

iikom -- liko, in to nkom, pr. 990. — totg hkom, F. Mt.2o,o. 

koma, F. a-, Ak. konona, korona, 1. the heart, as the centre 
of the bodily system. — 2. the heart as the centre of the affections: 
«^ koma-})a, a good i.e. joyful he((rt, contentment, cheerfulness, glad- 
ness, happiness; asem noania me koma-pa, this matter has made me 
happy; mewg no ho koma-pa, I am not at enmity with him ; me koma 
atg (me yam'), my heart has subsided (in my breast), i.e. I am con- 
tented, happy, cheerful, at ease, at rest; syn. bo to; pr.7T3. — b) 
odwen ne komam' bone, he devises (is contriving) evil in his heart. 
— gyare koma = ne bo haw no, he is passionate, given to anger, 
irritable, touchy, resentful, pettish; ne koma awu, he is not excitable 
or irascible, has no feelings of revenge. — d) koma-bone, an iras- 
cible temper, pr. 15.3. 1694. 

aky ni-nia [akgm ba] a child obtained by the (supposed) lielp of 
a fetish, bound, in afterlife, to observances similar to those of a 
Nazarite. (Onyi ne ti, wgmmg no atifi, onni nneema nh., gye se wa- 
kgbg afore ayi ne ti ansa na gwg ho kwai'i se gye senea ne mfefo ye, 
a.s. onyii'i wo ba na oyi hye ne ba a, na onye sa bio.) 

IG 



242 komamtew — iikominodom. 



komam'teWj hif. cleanness or xmrity of heart. 

nkom-maii [akgm,ban] the fence tvithin whielt a sooihsayer 
performs his j^i'actices. 

i"iko-mana, = nko-moa. 

iikomanoa, shelter, refuge, lode/iuf/. abode. Wota no no, dua 
yi ho na obehintawe de gyec ne ho nk. AVannya biribi amfa annyc 
ne ho Ilk. 

akoma-tom", F. satisfaction; cf. aboto(yam'). 

o-kom-bekum-wo, a kind o{ plantain; s. oborodo. 

o-koxn-hoix^o, pi. f^-, helper, assistant, accomplice, assoeiede oy 
co-operator in the practices of (( fetishman; pr. 1695. cf. akgmfowa. 

11 kom-m erau, JJ?. -fo [akgm, berah] ^^gkomboafo; odi no nk., 
he is his accomplice or disciple in fetish-practices; cf asapate. 
kommere, F. == dwedwewa, the gidlet. 

akgm-mew [ekon, bew] a tumor of the neck or throat. 

a k 0111 fern, jjI. n-, 1. the domestic giiinea-foivl. — J2. a beetle sim- 
ilar to the araanku. — ak omfem-tiko, a kind o^ herb. 

O-konifo, JJ?. a-, [kgm, akgm] i. = gb6somf6, a fetish-man, 2ios- 
sessed with or prophesjiing bt/ a fetish; soothsn>/er, diviner. — 5. = 
osCimanfo, rharmer, sorcerer; .<?//». buwfreto, mpakyiwafo. ntafowa- 
yifo. — Cf. gsgfo. The kgmfo (1.) pretends to be the interpreter and 
mouth-piece either of the j^uardian spirit of a nation, town or family, 
or of a soothsaying spirit resorted to in sickness or other calamities. 

akomfo, head over heels, head foremost ; - hye ak,, to tumble 
to])sg-turvy; to fall headlong, to precipitate : wg .. ak., to throw head- 
long, to precipitate. 

akg iiifo-daii, = akgnnan. 
Akomfode, pr. n. of a certain company, pr. 1962. 

akoinfo-liene, s. etgn. 

akgmfo-hye, inf. precijntation. pr.331. 

akomfowa, ^jZ. n-, a disciple or apprentice of a fetishman. 

iikom-hye, inf. [hye fikgm] prophesying, prophecy. 

iikgm-liye-fo (F.-nyi) ^;Z. -fo, soothsayer, i^i'ophet; cf. odiyifo. 

I'lkg-iiioa [nkg amoa] a hole dug for pdanting yam in. pr. 858. 

iikg iii-mo, inf. [bgkgn] i. ^a?Z:, chai, famdiar discourse, conver- 
sation. — bg nk., di nk., to converse; me ne no bg hk., I converse 
with him; den nk. or hk. ben na mobg yi? what are you conversing 
about? what is your conversation? — 2. concern, care, sorrow, so- 
licitude; eye me hkgmmo-mQ, it is my heartfelt desire; ma yehkgpe 
yehhk.pa bi nni, we have better things to care for (than to sit here). 

— 3. complaint, lamentrdion. — di hk., to compdain, lament, moan; 
odi ne nua ho hk., odi hk. mil ne nua, he moans about his brother. 
(Mehk. ni, medemerebgme kgh.) — 4. beads ivorn roxind the necJc. 

— 11 k gill ill o-di, inf. lamentation. — nkg m m o d i fo, 2)1. id. la- 
menter, moaner. 

iikgiii 111 o-d 0111 : d i .. hk.. to simulate symj^afhy with a suffering 



iikommomini — okgu. 243 



person. — iikominodumlo, pi. id., iikommodifo a ogoru nnipa li6, 
one ioho simulated sympathy and in the mourner's back ridicules or 
censures him. 

11 kg 111 mo-mi 111, talkativeness, loquacity, l)y whicli othors aro 
prevented from tfiking their due part in the eon\ ersation. pr. .l.WO. 

I'lkommo-to, inf. [to nk., to meet convcrsation~\: osratn ye nk., 
the moon comes up at the time of crenimj coiirersatioii, in the; days 
following after the full moon, abotit 7 or 8 o'clock. 

0-koni-muaib [nea obua okom] a irrovider against hunger .pr. 3 106. 

o-kom-p6tc, a bird between tlie eagle and Aulture, 

iikompow-do, F. grudgingly. 

Akom p i l'('>, ^^ Afutufo, a tribe in J"\inte, speaking tlieir own 
language ((Juan?) besides the F. — The Tshi people; consider them 
as uncivil, or, counting them aniong the "potofo", as less civilized- 
than themselves. 

0-k m p i- w e r e, pr. 1701. 

iikgiii-p6iiO, inf. [pono kon, or konniu pono] unwUlingness; 
indignation, vexation, annoyance, trouble. — nkompuii-adc, vexa- 
tious things, annoyances; da batafo ye me nk. = hyemc anibere.-^ 
ijkrgmp6iio-s6j nnwdlingly, reluctantly. 

ukgm-]»ow [ekoh, pow or powVJ: bu nk., to turn the head 
(j)rop. necli) in order to look round about or back : obu rik. f\ve won 
nhina, obu nk. f\ve n'akyi. 

kompu, necldace, string of beads; ahene k. da ne kon mu 
(ahyia ne kgri pe, atwa ne kon ahyia pii, = esi ano pe); s. kona. 

ko 11 (full o), the gurgling noise of liquor pouring from a bottle; 
prattle, pr. 2742. 

kg 11, V. s. red. kon kon. 

e-kgii, Ak. kono, the neclc of a man's or animal's body, the slen- 
der part of the arm; s. bakon; neck of a vessel; bank of a river; 
s. nsukoii; throat, cf. menewa; - ne kon do (aduan, owu), lit. his 
throat deepens for, i.e. he lusts after, desires, covets, longs for (food, 
death); owu do no koii, he listeth to die. — gbo ne kon, he speaks 
out in conversation, pours out his heart. — ototo ne kon, he turns 
his neck about for making a show, or in contempt, or in disobedience; 
he looks about in a haughty, contemptuous, impudent manner. — ne 
kon asen, his neck has become stiff , lie is obstinate. — kgu-akji, 
tlie back part of the neck, nape; afei yekura adwuma yi konakyi, 
now we have this tvork fully in our grasp or potver, have got the better 
of it, are able to manage it cd pleasure. — koii-mu, kon-mu, tlie 
inner parts of the neck; the throat, in the throat; in or round aboid 
the neclc: sika ntweaban gu ne koii mu, he tvears a gold chain round 
his neck (cf. Gen. 41,42.). — ne konmu ye den, his neck is strong, 
enabling him to carry heavy loads on Jus head ; osafohene no kon- 
mu ye den, that chief bears (as it were) or commands a large, 2Wiver- 
fid army; - yede tow no yii yen kon mu afoa, by that tribide ive 
warded off the war or destruction impending over our heads ; -jeayi 
yen konmu ahuruhuro, r-=yeayi adwuma a eye deii afi yeii kon mu. 
Cf. nkon-mu. 



244 koiia — nkonkoii. 

kona, necJcIace, sfrinr/ of beads; nhene a wgasina no liama 1 
so a ahyia konmu pe; s. konipu. 

kona-boag-y e^ gsekautia k., a hmfc ivif/iout a handle. pr. 3851. 
aiiko-nam [noa ne iiko nam] a lone traieller. a j^o'son wnlking 
or f ravelling alone, ivithont a companion, pr. 1706-9. 

akon-naii [akom dan] a hoiise in which sooihsayers liavc iheir 
business; syn. akomfoclaii. [G. gbatsu.J 

akondo, F. s. akgnng. 

ako-ne-aba, inf. going and coming, pr.lo95f.24S3. — di ak., 
to go to and fro. — - ak.-di, inf. intercourse, communication ; com- 
merce. 

iikongya, F. s. hkonnya. 

akoiihanifi [akwanharaa] subsistence, sustenance, livelihood, 
menus of support. — bg.. ak., to provide for; onipa yi, me na me- 
bg no ak., this man is supported or fed by me. — : akyiiliania-bu 
sukut, boarding school. 

akoi'i-huaii, inf. [ekgn] distortion or spraining of the necl: 

akoii-huro, inf. [liuro kgm] lit. derision of hunger, tlie annnal 
fea.st of the Akra people at the harve.st of corn and yam; cf. odwira. 
[G. homgwg.j 

akoii-hye-asc [akgm nhyease] the prediction given in sooth- 
saying, pr. 1703. 

k 6 n?, a. d' adv. silent, cdjsolufely still, speechless, perfectly quiet; 
waye k.; mene no kasa a, o<;yina ho k., ommua me bi; syn. komni, 
demm, diiin. 

iikoiriui [gko,nim] victory, triumph; nk.abiranenk6gu;pr.6,V4. 
— di Ilk., to be victorious, to triumph. — iikonim-di, inf. 
koiiiabo = akoa a n'ani abgno ^= auitgre. 
koiVky, pi. n-, tumbler, large drinling glass. [G. id.'\ 
koiikom neho, v. red. d- rcfl., to be puffed up, flushed, proud; 
to strut, flaunt, look big; syn. kyere neho; wak. neho te ho, = watra 
hg se ghene bi na gmp6 se gye f\ve (gmpe se ode ne nsa ka pane). 

11 k 11 k m i , ascaris, jyl. asearides. 

akoiikoiiinii'ia: wabu ak., he stoops, is crook-backed; adcsoa- 
soa bebre nti ne mu akurum na pgw kakra bi aba n'akyi. 

koiikoii, V. red. to be pending, to hang (down); to wave, soar, 
hover; demmere aabnkawnaekonkgii hgno, ommn wo ^qv&( Is. 42,3); 
gdan, akenteiinua no k. hg, the house, the chair, is crazy, rickety, 
does not stand firm; anoma bi k. dan no so, a bird soars over that 
house. — koiikoi'i, F. to be bruised: ndzembir a wakonkon,ilft.i.3,.?0. 

koiikoii, a. dark, pitch-dark, deep, full, added to anadwo, 
night, gdasn, midnight; wofi anadwo kkk. agorii agoru, they began 
in the dead of night and have played until noiv. 

akoiikoii, adv. [ekgn]: bg no ak. = fa bg wo kon ho, pid it 
(the pole of the hammock) on your shoulder. 

iikyiikyu, a cough cf children: Jinoj>ing-cough? asthma? 



Mkiinkoiu'iiic — iiki'iiiiiodi'. 215 

I'l k oil ko 11 one, a discolouring of the shin of ncgnn's, iiseribcd 
to sitting by the lire. Wota tivl ogya ho a, iia eye wo nkoko-iikoko; 
imnercwa a wotla ogya pi no na eta ye won; nea aye pi na aye ko, 
iia nea anyo pi no na aye atnntum-atuntnm a.s. hwraiiwran. 

11 k o I'l k II s a, falsehood, dxpliritij, doi(hlr-(le(trni(j, di.ssiniidd/idii, 
/ii/pocris// ; oye nk. — si/n. iik»)utoinj)o, nnabraba. — o-ko I'l knu- 
sa ii i, yV. a- -fo, (I false, insincere, hiipoeriiieid, dunble-ionnned fel- 
h)w; pr. 1700. oyi} o\i., si/n. otorofo, okontomj)Oui, o(lal)rabaf'o. — 
\i kgii kgiiSii-soiii: odi nk., he phiysiheJiypoerUe, isfidse, dissent- 
Ides, feigns, pretends to act for soniehody, whilsf he is (lyninst him. 

Jlkoii kon-nua, a shrub, of the bark of whicli a medicine is 
made to cure nkonkgn. 

akoiikgrctj, Ky. tlie fniit of the okuo-trec, siuiihir to an n- 
coni, but larger. 

Koiikori, a by-name of the- Asantes. ()- -ni, pi. A- -fo. 

k 11 k 6 r u w a, di/sen(er//. — k o ii k' r o n, i>r. 3607. 
g-k oil k roiiia, a kind of free; wode son aliuni yi 'niiisii. 

koi'ik roiii'i, kgiiki'oiikoiikrgii, a. protnbcrurd, proininent ; 
hoiced, curved, arched, vaulted; oi' roots of large trees: ofram I'lliin 
nyin sesa okwah mu kk.; of the legs, s. nkanto; of the chest: ue 
knko aye k., he has a vaulted chest; of a long or Koman nose: ne 
tVvene k. ; Brofo f\ven(> k., Abibifo de tratra ; n'anini k., adesoa k. 

koilkui'o (koiikuro), duabon k wodescsaw" wurd, apiece of 
J)((rlc to take up and carry off sweejungs. 

ko Ilk wail, red. v. kwan, q. v. 1. to wind or ivra2) round, to 
put 0)1 or round: ode utama uo ak. ne konmu a.s. iieho. — J^. to go 
or make a round-ahout wag: greba no, okorikwane ansA-na ode bcsii 
kwanmu.) — 6*. to make digressions, fo use circundocution: nscm a 
nied(! niibisaa no nhiiia. ode koiikwane a.n. ode besii kwan mu; ok. 
aseni no ho, omfa iito kwannui; wo de, wutli asem a, wope so wode 
k.'dodo! 

koiimu, *•. ekoii. 
uk 11-11111, Ak. nkonom', the axil or ^uv'^^a formed by a branch, 
shoot, or many shoots, with tlie stem of a plant; the young shoots 
rising from an axilla or sheathing leaf, the neto blades of palms, 
plantains &c. 2>r. 1608. 2720. 

akoii-mii-deii, strength in the neck. pr.400. 
e-koiio, Ak. s. ekon. 

koiio, V. to work or prepare, dote, earth or ch(g. for building 
purposes by mixing it with water and working it with a hoe; cf. wow. 

ako-no [oko ano] the front of battle, pr. 312. 

akonno, inf. [kgn do] lust, appetite, longing desire, cunidifg, 
concupiscence; wiase ak., worldlg lusts; honam ak. ue aniwa ak., 
lJolin2,16. — eye no ak., // excites a desire in him. Cf. anibcre. 

alcgnno-de, a thing eagcrlg desired, object of lust; pleasure, 
pr. 133. — akgiino-so, for pleasure. pr.641. F. ivith delight, cheer- 
fully. 2 Cor. 9,7. 



246 konom — hkoiitompow. 



konom", iikgnom", Ak. ^. kon-nni, iikonmu. 
akonorij iikouou, kononkouou, s. akron, nkoron, krohkvoh. 
kouona, korona, Ak. = koma. heart. 

konnore, a kind oi spider, spinning strong yellow threads. 
akonoWj F, = akron, nine. (Mf.Gr.) 
akon-se [akom ase] explanation of soothsaying p)ructices. 

konsebrc, Aky. konsomiri [Eng.] constable. 
iikon-Siaw, owg no nk. = gpono taw, obon no, osumno atiko, 
he seizes or pushes him hi/ the nape. 

akon-siii [ekon] headless body, trunJ:; torso: cf. akiintuusin. 
akgnsoiijj^Z.n-, kontromfi, chimpanzee. j)r.l871.haboon? N.E.V. 
iikonsonkonsoii, chain; fetters; cf. ntweaban; wogu no nk., 
they hind him with chains. 

akonsontew, a plant. — ako-nsuro, a kind oi fowl. 
akoiita, the wife's brother, brother-in-law. — akoiitagyc, id. 
akonta, F. &j;pZ.n-, [Port, confa] account, recJconiny, calcula- 
tion, computation; bill; cf. akano; number, cf. dodow, ano. — ak. 
senkyerene, cipher. — (ye or) bu ak., to cast up an account, to cal- 
culate, compute, rechon; Mt. 18,23. — fa ak. no bye nbomam', jJut 
down the account on papier; fa ak. no bye wo tirim, na woko a, wo- 
aka akyere no, heep the account in your mind that, when you go, you 
can tell him. 

akonta-bu, inf. [bu ak.] reckoning, ciphering, arithmetic. 
akontagye, = akOnta; pr. 2814. is a pun: akouta gye, brother, 
o-koiitaii, a large tree witb edible fruits. [take! 

akonta-sem = asem a ewo akonta ne akonta ntam'. 

k n-t e 11 [ekgn tenteh] gbo ne k. f we, he stretches his neck to look. 
iikon-tia [ekon, tia] a kind of small black fly or mosquito. 
iikon timm Jl', club; cf. usaba, aporiba, apotiba. 
kontiw a [tet. kwentiwa] a kind oi' gourd used for calabashes 
and in tanning leather, pr. 1711. 

kon to-kontoii, red. v. konton, q.v. 
nkontummere, the young tender leaves oHhe koko plant. pr. 1713. 

nkontompo, falsehood, falseness, mendacity, pter version of truth, 
unfairness; insincerity, duplicity, double-dealing ; dishonesty; hypo- 
crisy; slanderous lie, jcalumny; picrfidy, treachery; syn. nkgukgnsa, 
nnabraba: cf. nseku, ntwiri, nyfitwom. pr. 75-if. — twa (no or no 
ho) hk., to he false, dishonest; to tell lies, bear tales; to slander, ca- 
lumniate; to deceive, delude; to act or deal jicrfidionsly, treacherously. 

o-kontomponi, pi. 3i--(o, slanderer, liar, calumniator, back- 
biter; talebearer: hypiocrite; perfi^dious or treacherous felloiv, traitor; 
pr. 1714. - ose asem bi na gye wg nnipa anim, na gny^ no kokoam'; 
syn. gtorofo, kgnkgnsani, dabrabafo, fatwafu. 

iikontompow, Y.hrag, boasting, pretension, ostentation ; gye nk., 
he brags, makes a show as if he possessed riches which he has not. 



kontoii — hkonya. 247 

ko lit oil, konton, c. \rcd. kontokonton] to bend, curve, uiuke 
crooked; to he hod, cjiroed, crooked; gkwai'i, diiabasa no ak.; dua, 
ot'asu no mu ak.; asii no kontokonton pi; .sz/ii. koin, kuntCtii, kiirum, 
kyoa, pono; cf. kontonkye. 

k on toil, hat/, hiyld, iftdf; ^yo abu k., the seo foriii.i a hai/; 
if. dgnnon, braka. 

iikontoii kaiitfi I'l, (hid which hds numerous curves and ivind- 
iiKjs, ov forms curious comjilicated fiyures, ov is entantjlcd, intricate; 
arabesques, ornaments of t'nrmixn-e, ijarnish; flourish [\n writinjj); 
dua no aba nhina aye hk. = akyeakyea pi. 

kontoi'ikroii, a. circular, round, in the shape of a ring; diff. 
korokorowa, kurukuruwa, pnruw. — n. a round, riny, circle, cir- 
cumference, circuit; cf. dantabuh, hankare, katraka, — bo k., to 
make a circle, bg or t\va ..ho k., to <jo round a thing; cf. twa.. ho 
hyia or si. 

k 6 n ton k u r 6 Vv i, 1. the Utdo or luminous circle round the sun 
or moon. pr. 17 IL'. 2844. — j2. sickle; si/n. kcintah-kr;'inkyi, -kanikyi. 

ko II to ilk ye, a. 1. crooked, curved, bent, icry, toiiuous (dua, 
})oina, okwan). pr. 998. 1014. — 2. distorted, perverted, dishonest (nne- 
yee); untoward, froward, refractory. 

akoii 1 11 ky 6-seiii intrir/ue; trick, artifices; crooked ways i.e. 
dealinijs, r rooks (of the heart &c.); frowardncss; n'ak. a gbekekiie 
nh. abg no so or abua n'atiti. — di ak. = twa hkoutonipo, ye ade 
a entee. 

akoutono, Akw. = hkontompo. 

0-kontoi'O, akiud of heaver. — o-koiitoro, abe ho biribi (?) 

akon-toro, h-, [akgm,atoro] deceitful oracle, lie in soothsaying. 

kontromfi, a species of monkey, cliimpdnzee; other names: 

adu, akgnsgh, eku, ekii-mereme, V.\\a.^ya.A\x.P'>'-lo4.195. 237. 1445. 1715. 

ii k n t w e, accordion, harmonica. ^ 

k 11 1 w e k o 11 1 \V e, adv. rnnpiwjly, totterinyly ; nam k. , to walk 
lamely, to totter, stagger (from iulirmity by sickness or old age.) 

iikoiit\Ve-bew, in a state or condition of infirmity; gy are no 
gyaw me nk., the sickness has left me in, or reduced me to, a feeble 
condition. 

ak 011-11 u a, Ak. -iiwa, pjl.ii- [ekgn. agua] the common stool of 
the negroes, a low stool neatly carved out of one piece of wood; 
also the king's stool, throne, s. ahennua. [When a man has his stool 
carried after him, it is carried by his attendant not on the head, but 
on the shoulder, at the neck (kon) or nape, prob. from some super- 
stitious notion, cf. butuw.] 

koniiua-soafo, pi. a-, a carrier of the king's stool, s. gyaasefo. 
. O-konniini, a large tree; eho tita se; cf. fofraha. 

koniiuroku, a. mean, vile, paltry, worthless, despicable, mis- 
erable. = burohono. 

ukoiiya, F. nkongya, miracle, wonder, miraculous act ; - yi 
nk., to perform a miracle. — inf. iikouya-yi, cf. ntafowa-yi. 



248 iikoiiyMe — konil)6. 

iikonya-de, a miraculous act or ads; ye nk.; cf. aiiwonw{ide. 
nkoiiya-3^ifo, apcrforntcr or icorlcr of miracles; cf. osinnaniii. 
akoii-iiyig-ye [akgm, gyigye] training for the performances 
of a "komfo". 

koii jO, a kind of amulet; suman bi a wode pe odg ana mniea; 
wode bibiri ne ahene ne aboa bi iihwi na eye. 

\\\s.6njo\n,thct1wrn-apple,Jamestowmveecl; Datura stramonium. 

ko-pempe, p?. a-, a mound of earth or emhanl-moit thrown 

\\\) for fighting ox defence, Ijidicarl; rampart, fortification; c/". pempe. 

koperi, j;Z. h-, a single fighting, battle, action; wako nk. dn, 

he has fought ten battles. 

ako-peree, a place for fighting in defence, bulwark, fortification, 
entrenchment. — o-ko-percio, ^jL a-, defender, champion. 
kopOj F. [Eng,] cup. 
kor, F. = koro. 

kora, V. 1. to hide, cover, conceal; sgn. hiutaw. — ^.K to con- 
tain. 2 Chr. 3,6.6,18. — 3. to lay aside, keep, preserve; k. me ye, F. 
licep me safe; - to store, treasure uj>; syn. sie. — 4. to bury; kora 
lionani wo asase niu, to commit a body to the ground; syn. sie. — 
6. to care for, manage; nensa nkoraneiikoa, he is not able to man- 
age his subjects. — 6. kora so, a) to conceal, keep close or secret, to 
withhold from ; maiikora mo t'\Ve so -= mamfa biribiara mankoramo, 
/ hare withheld notliing from you. Acts 20,27; .sv/^/.hintaw, siw so. — 
b) to hecp, preserve, spare; ohofsViui ntiuiii nk. ne sika so; wowg 
tarn na wokora so a, ekye; syn. kyee so. 

kora, (^^/. akorato) 1. a fellow-wife, viz. when a man lias sev- 
eral wives, they call one another me kbra; 5. korato ; ;>r. i-l'. — 2. 
sister-in-law, a woman's brother's wife; cf. gyere. — o. the Jealousy 
of a woman; cf. ninkunu ; - t \V k., to be Jealous; o-ne me t\Ve af'uw 
no mu nneema ho k. 

kora (tet. kwaraV) ^>'/'. n-, gourd; calabash, a vessel made from 
one half of a dry gourd scooped out and used for various purposes, 
s. sakora, nsoase, korokfima; cf apiikyi, toa. 

kora, korawa, a snudl calabash; cf. kyekye. 

kora [kwa ara?] red. kora-kora, adv. merely; quite, wholly, 
entirely, completely, totally, thoroughly ; in negative sentences: (not) 
at all. Gr. § 134.5 c. 248,4. — ne ii abo korakora, his house is com- 
pletely ruined. 

akora, 1. an old man, = -a-kw &korii. pr. 1722 f. — bo ak., to 
grow old. pr. 880. — 2. father, sire, used by one speaking respect- 
fully of his own father; cf. agya, ose & aberewa. 

iiiikora, j^?. h-, [Dan.,D., Ger., Eng. anJcer] casJc, syn. pankran 
(!tc. ; anker, a liquid measure (10 gallons). 

korci-bea, korabcw, hiding-place, [kora, v., bea, bew.] 

korab6,i;iZ. a-, bullet, musket-ball ;pr. 1724. cf. aboba, mpeneme, 
kgtokyerewase, hagire. 



akorade — koro. 2i'.^ 



a kura-dc | udi! a wokora] pi. id., a tItiiKj that is liUlden or pre- 
served, a treasure; cf. aderniulc. 

o-korato, />!. a-, = k6ra, felloic-ivlfe; jealous woman; ijy(i niek. 
o-kora-kitaro, he who holds the calabash, pr. 1725. 
kura kura, red. v., 1. s. kora. — x^, k... inu, = siosie, scscw, 
to brh\(j ahont reconciliation and peace; wok. man mu a, eiina emu 
red wo. 

kura kora, s. kora. 
a nkor-ankoro [koro] a. of single, separated, scattered, scanty 
existence, rare, thin, not dense, not copious; abilrow ank., ears of 
maize bearing only single or scanty grai)is; cf. nkore-hkore. 

a k r a-s e in [kora asein] a palaver among or concerning fellow- 
wives of the same man. pr. 296. 

akcjra-sinima, pl.n-, [hkorata sin, ba,] an upright 6f/<:7t or j'ost 
in the frame of a negro-house, espec. one forked at the top to re- 
ceive a pole or beam for the rafters of the roof. Gy. kwdtfa; dua a 
abo nta a wode si dan mu de agye beae (de beac atom'). 

11 k 6 ra-t a [V. nkorbata, fr. koro, ba = basa, nta, twins] branch- 
es of a ramification, proceeding from the same stem or place; dua 
no abo nk. (nta, aba, abasa) abiesa, the tree has shot out into three 
branches; Gen. 40,10. 

akora-teii, pi. n- [nkorata tentenj one of the (2) principal posts, 
poles or uprights (king-posts), supporting the ridge-pole of a roof, 
akora-ten [akora tenteh] a tall old man. 
nkorbata, F. s. nkorata; nnuia nk. = unubti, Mk. 11,8. 
korc, j>iZ. nkore-hkore, a. cdone^ single; cf. koro; onipa bako 
hko-korenaobae, only one single p>erson came; mihyiaa no nehkiito- 
kore, / met him quite alone; anyamesem mu nsem nkore-hkore, 
single passages of the Bible; nnipa no gyinagyina nkore-hkore, the 
people stand about singly, straggling or isolcdcd; cf. koro. 
kore, a cutaneous eruption; a kind oi itch in the skin, 
koree, inf. [ko, t'.] act or manner of going; minim ne koree 
ne ne bae , I know his going and coming i.e. his whole conversation 
or manner of life. 

O-kore, 2jI. a-, eagle; syn. okoropoh; cf. gkom. 
o-kore-bia, pi. a-, a smaller kind of eagle. 
o-korefa, a kind of beast (bird?), pr. 1729. 
kore-dada, == nea okoe dedaw, one who has gone before. 
kore-kyerekyere, = one tcho went in the beginning, pr. 1730. 
koro, V. Ak. = ko, to go. 
koro, Ak. 5. korow. 

koro, V. to close, unite, coalesce, heal icith a scar, as a wound; 
dua no ak., kuru no ak. 

koro, num. one; adj. the same; only, single, alone, but one, sole; 
unique; pr. 1359. 1616. 3223. .^256. cf. eko, biako, gbako, hko, hkuto, 
kore, fua, preko & pehkoro; wowui da-koro (pe), they died on the 
(very) same day; gye ne ba-koro, neba a owoo uo koro, he is his 



250 koro — nkoroii. 



only child, his oitli/-he(joiten son; 6ba da-koro da-koro or nua-koro 
uua-koro, he comes onltj on certain da/js, occasionallij, now and then; 

— j>Z. hkoro-(h)koro, F. = mmiako-mmiako, one hij one; cf. ankor- 
ankoro, likore-nkore. — kor, F.l. bako, h'la^o, Mt. 5,lS.19.o6.39.(J,27- 

— ;?. = koro, kronh, single, Mt.6,22. — 3. = ko, what, Mt. 7,2. pi. 
iikokor, Epli.5,33. every one in particular; nkorkor: hworaba won 
auimnyam nkorkor, one star differs from another in glory. 1 Cor. 15,41. 

— ekoro no, F. = biako no, obako no, the other. 

koro, a pot before the place, tree&c. of a so-called /c//*/?, con- 
taining water, palm-wine, leaves, eggs, cowries &c., wbich things 
(called abo), when stirred np by the korafo, supply what he has to 
soothsay; syn. kunkuma; ahina a wode nsu ne nhabarama [nnuru- 
wa-nnuruwa] ne nsa ne nkesuwa ne ntrania agum' ua eta obosora- 
pa no anim. 

O-koro, a kind of tree; diia kokiiro a woso. 
akorobo, s. osebg. 
k r d o-k 6 r (1 0, 7>mi'//c, habhlc, iittle-taltle, chit-chal.pr.nHS. 
korodom, s. osebo. b- kiirodo. 

akoi-o-i^ow [okorow g.] a hroken hotel. pr.l372. 
O-koro-kese = okorow kese, j^r. i^o'^. cf. koro-kfuna. 

k r k 1" 0, red. v. = koko, to pet, fondle, indulge ; ok. ne ba, 
he cherishes, is indidgent towards, his child; ok. n'ano kyereme, he 
makes his mouth i.e. ivords pidatahle to me, uses fair and flattering 
speech towards me. 

korokoro, As. bar, bolt; F. krakra? [G. klgklo.] 
akoi'okorow^ obtrusion, intrusion, intrusiceness; - odi me so 
ak. (e.s. oko a, enkye na waba, ;,.•), he intrudes himself upon me, 
pesters or troubles rae; eden na wndi me so ak. sc? why do you thus 
importune me? 

korokorowa, a. round and small, of grains, seeds, globules; 
cf. kurukuruwa, puruw. 

ak r k row a, -kora, pi. n-, a tveaver's shuttle. 

koro-kiima [okorow, kuma] the largest sort of calabash. [G. 
tsenesa.] Osram at\Va kr. :== atwa puruw. 
iikorom, snoring. — huane hk., to snore. 
Nko r omnia, ^jr. w. the ninth child; Gr. § 41,5. [G. Akron.] 
akoroma, j)^- ^"5 ^ ^^^'^ of prey, hawk. pr. 1734.2770. 
akoroma-bia, a smaller kind of haick. 
o-koromfo, s. kromfo. 

koromporow, a small insect, liaving feet like tiny sticks; 
cf. krampgn, krompono. 

koroii, korono, n. s. krou, krono. 

koroii, v., koronkoron, a., s. krgn, krghkrgn. 
akoron, akonon, n-, seven; s. akron. 
ilk or oil, iikonoii, a pit dug on purptose to seefc gold, a shaft. 



korona — kosoroma. 251 



— Mkoroh-dwiiina, iniuiii(/, mini ii(j operations. — hkorori-liilo, 
gold-digger; miner. 

korona, As. = konon<a; s. konia. 
;ikoronk6ran, F. raven, = anenc, kw;ikw;t(Iabi. 
n k o r o-i'i k o r O, F. s. koro ; mmako-inmako. 

U or onto, a kind of bird; larlc? 
o-koro-patii, a kind o{' bird. pr. 1735. 

k6i'b\)e6,pl.ii; Sihroa,d-]\efidcd brass nail, button; c/". itotwom, 
o-koropoii, a lai'ge kind o( eagle, = gkorc. ^;r. 1735. 
korosa, three lines cut on one side of a die, s. osikyi. 
korosa-anaii, four lines ditto, 
a k r 6 1 6 a, jj?. n-, jjjjk. 

a koro-ton [korow tenten] canoe; cf. obonto, F. batadewa. 
koroto, F. onlg one. Mk. 12,3:2. — kortoriio, onlg; s. iiknto. 
ko row, 1. the core or inmost and liardest part of the stem of 
a tree, that has become red or brown by age; s. korgw-beh. — 3. 
an amulet or charm (pieces of string) dyed with it. 

o-korow, jjL a-, 1. a large, round, flat, wooden vessel, made of 
one piece of wood (wode onya a.s. owowa na eseh k.), used to wash 
clotlies, to batlie littk' children &c.; a bowl; a van or fan, for win- 
nowing grain; sgn. apawa, apampa' {cf. korokfima). [G. tsese.] — 
:3. canoe, boat made of the trunk of the silk-cotton-tree (onya) hol- 
lowed out; ])r. 1731. = okorokese, akoroten; cf. batiidewa, obonto, 
ahyemma, hyeh. 

akorowa, ^^?. n- [korow, f?fj>t.] boivl; small van; small canoe. 
iikorowa,s. nkoruwa. — korow-beii, the red inner part o{ a tree. 
nkoruwa, 1. a, 2)lag or dance of old Avomen. pr.2099. — ^. a 
kind of bead, s. ahene. 

koro-ye, F. kor-ye, iinitg, communion ; = biako-ye. 
akosaii, inf. [ko, sah] going and returning; di ak. = di ako- 
ne-aba, to have intercourse. — ak.-ntiiii, vein; ntini a mogya a eko 
honam mu nam mu san ba komam'. 

k 6 s e, kosekose, interj. of deprecation, pity, indignation ; a 
term of civility used in excuse e.g. for having accidentally pushed 
against a person: I beg gour pardon! excuse! (.s^m. tafarakye;) alas! 
dear! f ye! 

kose, F. ye,, k., to be doubtful to. - gnye hen k., ive do not doubt. 
kosenene, s. kesenenene, 

koso, V. F.=kotg, to Icneel, fall down.Mt. 15,25.18,26. Mk.l,40.14,3o. 
koso, adv. gorgeously, splendidly, of adorning; ode sika ne 
lihene ahyehye neho k., she has adorned, bedecked, bespangled her- 
self in a gorgeous manner, brilliantly. 

akoso-bi-afwe''" [/"/•. so., fwe] .speculation (in trading &c). 
ko-soroma, the morning-star; cf. owuodi, kyekye-pe-aware; 
\fr. oko&nsoroma: k. fi a, na se wgrekotua oraah bi a, eu'na wode 



252 kosouko — kgtobankye. 



hu se ade rekye (it shines so bright as to enable an attack on tlie 
enemy early in the morning); or, fr. eko : k. ii a, na cko asgre ko- 
didi; or, fr. ko, to go: yeko sare so a, ua yefwe na yede nantew.] 
kosouko, a large bird on the savanna, 
kosov/, V. F. s. koso. 

kosow, kwoso, jj?. h-, F. sheep. Mt. 23,32/. cf. oguan. 
o-^bsoyv, partnership; si k. = di ntgnto, to join or associate 
in a trade or business under an understanding that there shall be a 
communion of profit; j;r. 5556. cf. hfviebom', nnuammoa. 

g-kosow-fekuw, joint-stock compamj, societi/ of shareholders. 
kosow-si, inf. the forming of an association or partnership. 
kosow-si-de-pefo, socicdist. Hist. 
Akosua, Akwasiba,j)r. w. of afemalebom on Sunday. Gr.§41,4. 
ako-sum-abe-hyeii-nipa, Akw.: wayc neho ak. ;=^ ouam sum 
mu ko. 

kote, obsc. a, man's gard, penis; sgn. akora, barima, n'ano so. 

kote, kotekote, noise, clamour, din, noisg icdk, noisg quarrel, 
brawl; asafo no di kotekote = wgkasa gyegyegye. 

akoten, 1. the principal or fidl sum, amount, or number; senea 
sika no te na wobegyec no n'ak. neii, theg took from him the money 
in its full or complete amount; of money, however, it is better to use 
aboten. — 2. the chief ov principal thing, the wain point; nsem yi 
di Kristofo kyere mu ak. = ye mu nscuktinini a.s. uscntitiriw. — 
6'. the main part; asafo nomu ak. kuram' ara; dom no ak., the main 
body (adu ho); tlie whole army (si se ne se, including every person). 
— d. substance; essentials. 
akotere, As. = oketere. 

11 k 6 1 e w-m li, ii kote tern', inf. [tewortetew oko mu] desisting 
from and jnirting after fighting; wodi hkotewmu, e.s. nnipa banu 
ako, na obi ampam ne yghko na won banu nliinJi gyae; wodiiiiko- 
tetem', they parted tviih equal strengtli after an undecisive Ixdtle. 

koti, a.£-adv. large; rank, luxuriant; ode no afi k., the yam 
has come out with luxuriant groivth, cf. dwobesare. 

akotia, .s. akwatia. — nkolia-a-ote-ate-so, (-siw-so), a plant. 

koto, a staff or stick borne by the eunuchs of the Asante kings, 
okoto, jjZ. a-, crab, sea-crab. 

akgto-bo, searching for crabs, pr. 329. 50 5.857. 143 1.17 39-47. 
koto [Fng.] coat;- asrafo k. koko. 
koto, V. s. kotow. F. Mk. 5,6. 

koto, v. [?»/". h-] to entreat, beseech, supplicate, implore; usu- 
ally combined with sere: mekotg mesere wo, I beg and beseech you, 
I beg you earnestly, I i)iiplore or entreat you. 

11 koto, inf. entreaty, supplication; iiko to-sere, id. 
iiko-to, inf. [tg iiko] sleepiness, drowsiness; slumber. 
a k 6 1 a, s. akotowa. 
koto bank ye, a kind oi cassava or manioc, pr. 38. 42. 



kotobonyi — kotow. 253 



kotobouyi, kwot., F. a foolish man. Mt. 7,26. 

k 1 d w c, ^^ n-, the knee; syn. nankroma. jir. 1349. 

koto-fji [efaaokoto apuw afi n'amoam'aba] carUi of a hroirn- 
ish-ijellow colour liko sienna (terra di Sienna); throe kinds of a 
(liitf/ij-i/ellon' rhty, one of thorn agreeing with odubei'i. 

kotoi, a name of the Irojiard; a. osebo. 

Kbtoko, ])r. n., a by-name of the Asantes. 

ko to ko, pl.?i-., iwrcupine. pr. 1749 f. Wgrebekyere k. a, wosuin 
ap;l na obo no. 

;i k g to kg-li y e: me nipa ayera na niahye no lio akotoko se 
wontie nsem nimeka nkyero me, a man of mine has been lost and I 
have (as it wore, made an odroichmeni round, so that any way lie 
takes lie may fall in, i.e.) sent round to make inqnirij after him and 
bring me word; - ne biribi ayera, na wahye ho akgtokg se wonkg- 
fwefwe innuX no, he has lost something and issued an advertisement 
about it to seek it for hitn. 

o-kotokoro, ^j?. a-, f( hook; pr. 173. — ak. ne n'aniwa, hooks 
(Old eyes, cf. usoao, nsoani'de. 

kotgko-sabire, i^r. 1754. 
ako toko tow, inf. [kotow, v. red.] repeated botes, repeated acts 
of throwing one's self at somebody's feet, p)rostration. 

kotokii, Ak.-o, pi. n-, 1. bag, sack, pouch, pocket; pr. 768. syn. 
bgtg, bgtgwa = k. a wgde tu kwah, pr. 17.52. atwesi = k, a wgde 
ntania sie mu n.a.; cf. pae, tekrekyi. — 2. purse, money-bag; cf. 
foto. — S. a ivrapjier or cover that has the form of a bag; agyah k., 
quiver; akatawia k., the cover of an umbrella; also the skin of a 
beast, s. wgre, worg. — 4. a dress that may be compared with a 
sack, coat, cloak; Brofo hye k. mu = wghye atade. 

Kotoki'i, Akyem K., pr.n. of the Akan tribe dwelling at A- 
kyem Soiidnrii, formerly also (under king Agyemah) at Gyadam. 

kotokii, a kind of aquatic (or watei'-)fow], as large as a tur 
key; anoma a odidi asuom'. 

kotokii-sriabobe, the flower of a certain tree; a kind of bird. 

[fr. 1751. 3580. 
kotokurodii, 2)1. n-, a kind oi wasp. pr. 1753. cf. gyannare, 
= gye-adare, mpenna. 

kotokyerewase, a kind oi shot, s. korabo. 
akotokyiwa, := agyahina, cf. gyaw & nkiiku. 

Kotonim ma, name of a month, about Jidy; s. gsram. 
akoto-pene, a certain play; di or ye ak., to j^lay fd blind- 
man's-buff. pr.3257. 

likotopo, F..= hkontompo, Lk. 19,8. 

kotoi'onioa, kuturumoa, /is^,- cf. nsakotg, kuturukii. 
11 koto-sere, inf. [koto, sere] supplication. 
koto two, a kind of animal; gbobg nnna wg wuram'. 
kotow, V. 1. to stoop, coiver, couch, crouch, squat, pr.2100. - 



254 akotowa — gkra. 



to Jcneel; to perch (of birds), sometimes ^= sen (of men). — k. ne naii- 
kroma anim, fa l-ueel down : k, ..nan ase, pr. 1735. — 2. to hoiv to, 
and, combined witb sore, to ivorsliip, adore, revere, reverence; cf. 
sore, som. Ps. 5,7.95,6.138,2. — akotow-nkotow', iuf.frrquoit couch- 
ing dx. as of leopards, pr. 1756. 

akuto wa,-wa, pi. n-, a small casJc of gun-potvder ('/s keg); cf. 
atentenim", okwadum. 

Likotiimi-di, a ball for inlaying. (F. 6, wonkotumi yg!) 
kotwa-as okii m. a kind oiljidterflij, flyingaboutin thousands 
about the time of planting corn. 

a k 1 w e, a hly, a hasJcet roughly made of palm-branchos or reeds 
to carry pots of oil or palm-wine, cf. kyehkyeii. 

o-kot\Ve-beref6, pJ. a- [nea okotwe asem anase amanne ba] 
originator, author, abettor, instigator, ringleader. Cf. ofarebae. Ok. 
iikge a, omansobodfo nko, pr. 

kow, V. 1. to coivcr, crouch, squat; s. ko & kotow. — 2. tr. to 
bend forward: k. ahiuano! 

o-kowa, akowa^ [oko, dim.^ top, gig, ivhirligig. 
kra, kara, v. \inf.n-, red. krakra] 1. to tahc leave of, bid fare- 
well; makra wo, I am noiv going, therefore good-bye! — 2.tode- 
2)arf, leaving an injuncti-on or commission to those that remain. — 
3. to dismiss on an errand, Acts 17, 15., to give an errand. — 4. to 
send word to. — 5. to tell a message. — 6". to advertise, advise, ap- 
prise, inform, give notice of (in person, cf. 1., or by some other per- 
son, cf. 4.). — 7. Phr. wakra me nna, a) he bade nie good-nighf, cf. 
nnakranna; b) he took leave to stag away one or two days; wankrd 
me nna, he did not say that he would stay over night. — 8. to appoint 
or ordain beforehand, to xnedestinate; cf. nkrabea. 

kra, kana, v. to ptray, to put up, recite, or repeat prayers, to 
mutter prayers, to ask or inquire of God, to prophesy, soothsay (said 
especially of Mohammedans, s. Krarao); cf. kahkye, pa kyew, sere, 
kotow, sore, bo mpae; hye hkom. 

kra, kana, kena, n. a mark = agyirae; wahye ne nneema 
nhina mu k., he has marked all his things, pr. 3590. 

ukra, inf. [kra] 1. taking leave. — 2. errand, mandate, order, 
commission, word, message; information, notice; 2^r. 1761. nkra bi 
nni akyiri bio, that is all I have been commissioned to say, I have 
nothing else to say. — di iikra, 1. to part, be separated; quit each 
other, = di mpapaemu; ye-ne mo adi hkra, ive have no connection 
tvitli you any more; g-ne ne kra adi nkra = waka babi. — 2. to 
have conversation or communication, me ne no nni nkra or nkradi 
(q.v.), I have no communion or friendship with him. 

11 kra, n. blood, syn. mogya, kafo; tuo no aka or abg aboa no, 
ogu nkra, the gun has hit the animal, if bleeds. 

o-k'ra, okani, F. e-, pi. a-, 1. the soul of man. According to the 
notions of the natives the kara of a person exists before his birth 
and may be the soul or spirit of a relation or other person already 
dead (cf. bra, r. 3.) that is in heaven or with God and obtains leave 



okra — kr{\da. 255 



to come again into this world {cf. Ababio); when lio is thus dis- 
wissed in heaven, he takes with liini liis cnniid, i.e. his desinndion 
or future fate is iixed beforehand; from thistlie name gkara seems 
to be drawn (ef. kra, r. 3. S.), and the realization of his errand or 
destiny on earth is then called obra or abra-bg, q.v. The kiira, 
put by God or by the help of a fetish into a child, can be asked 
while it is yet in the mother's womb ((•/". fweh). Jn life the kara is 
considered partly as the soul or spirit of a person (cf. sunsum, lioii- 
hom), partly as a separate being, distiuct from the person, who pro- 
tects hitn (me kra di m'akyi), gives him good or bad advice, causes 
liis undertakings to prosper ipr. S.3.) or slights and neglects him (cf. 
okral)iri), and, therefore, in the case of prosperity, receives thanks 
and thank-oiVerings like a fetish {if. asumguare). When the person 
is about to die, the kara leaves him gradually, before he breathes 
his last, but may be called or drawn back (cf. twe kra). When he 
has entii-ely left (whereby the person dies), he is no more called 
ksira, but sesa or osamari. — 2. destiny, fate, lot, luck; ne kjira 
ye, //(' hn!^ a good luck (can be said even of game that escaped the 
shot of a hunter); ne kra yiye, hnppHii. luclily; ne kra nye = ne 
ho ade nye; cf. okrabiri. — S. ]>l. akrafo, a male slave chosen by 
his master to be his constant companion and destined to be sacri- 
ficed on his death in order to accompany and serve him in the other 
world; sipi. akrakwa. 

g-kra', gkaraw.-i. j^?. a-, a female slave destined to be sacrificed 
on the death of her master, pr. 1782. cf. okra 3. 
0-kra, a kind o{ grassliopper ; cf. abebew. 

kra, kfirawa,jy?. n-, akindof /»o»/ir//; kra-nini, -borc;pr.i7Si. 
ukrii-bea [kra S., bea, manner'] fate, destiny, appointed lot, al- 
lotted life, fined lot, manner of decdh; pr. 1702 f. 2538. syn. hyebea. 
Wgbewo wo a, na wo asem a Onyk. de ka kyere wo se ebeye wo, 
ebia ose : wode tuo na ebekg, ebia gsekan, a.s. Odomankama wu 
n.a., eyi na wgfre no nkr. 

kra-befVve fsend icord (kra 4.6.): come and see!] a wonder, 
wonderful sight, worthy to he advertised to persons dwelling elsewhere 
to come and see. Wodi mmara yi so yiye a, anka wgne kr., if t/iey 
woidd live in close conformity with these laws, they wotdd come to a 
state or condition that tvould be spoken of as a wonder far and tvide. 
O-krabiri [gkra a ebiri] 1. a Mack soid, not caring well for the 
person to whom he belongs. (Wose: onipa kra ye kgkg na ofura 
rinwera; na se obi kra ye tuntum a. en'de eye mmusu, okrabiri neii ; 
wope sika a, wunnya bi, wonam a, wonkye na wunya amanne.) 
2^)-. 1530. 3453. — 2. a hlackguard, person of loiv character (an abu- 
sive Avord). 

kr ii da [krada , G. klala] white linen or cotton cloth, calico, shiti- 
ing, u'hite haft, soft croydon, maddapollam ; syn. hiiwera. (Kan tete- 
fo no, da a woguare asum' no a. s. won kra da adu no na wgfre 
no krada; Aburifo ne Amanterisofo da so fre no sa ara 'ne.) 

krada, kiirara, rattle, rustling, the noise caused by tearing 
cloth or paper, or by grazing a branch with a hook. pr. 466. 



256 kradada — ukramfoa. 

kradada, karad..., cf. kui-ududu. 
kradakrada, a kind of bird, 
akra-de, 1. [okra ade] a ihlng hdouging to the soul; n helovcd, 
favourite ildug. — 2. [nkra ade] a final present g-iven by a trader 
or retail-dealer to the pedlar employed by him. — 3. luel:, good 
luck, good fortune, godsend, pr. 118. 

nkrd-di, inf. [diiikra] 1. sejiaration, j;/^o7/»r/. = mpapaemu, — 
2. communion, communication: me ne wo uui nkradi, / and you 
have nothing to do tcith each other. 
krado, a. ready. [G. klalo.) 
kradoye, inf. readiness, adroitness, 
kriidb a, padlock. [G. id.] 
uki!a-dua, a kind oUhorns, briers; wonam.sareso kwaiitninr a, 
hkr. titiw'; cf. sakrah\ akrate, Heh.6,7. 

akra-duan, favourite dish or food, pr.354. 
a k r a fo, j^Z. of okra 5. & okra. 
kra-ka [kra, r., kaw] a debt the payment of which is demanded 
by occasionally sending word. pr. 721. 

O-kra-koli, a kind of chintz, s. okraku, ntama, 
0-kra-kofwej -kose, -kosu, inf. sending word that one shall go 
and look, say, weep, pr. 1761. 1764. 

krakra, a. & adv. 1. briskly, cpdckly ; - me ne no siim' kr.: 
nantew kr. — 2. s. anikrakra. — [G. id., hot.] 

krakra, F. bar, bolt. [As. krokro, G. kloklo.] 
akrakraku, a chink, fissure, cleft, cnick, crevice of the earth 
from the burning sun. (Asusowbere akyi awia bo a, fam' apaepae 
wo sare so.) 

g-kraku, a kind of chintz or cotton cloth printed with tiowers 
in different colours, named from a man who first bought and wore 
it; 6\ okra-kofi, ntama. 

krakuin, pi. n- [Dan. kalkun, D. kalkoen^ turkey. 
karakuma, s. kahkuma. 
a k r a-k w a, pi. h- [okara, akoa] a slave, considered as the king's 
gkara (s. okra 3); a soul-slave, body-slave, j^age, valet de chambre. 
u-kra-kyere, Ak. karakere [okfira, okyere, lit. soul-binder], 
soul-money, gold and precious beads fastened to the wrist of the 
right hand in thankful acknowledgment to the "kra"* for having 
enriched the person. 

kramakrama, a. hot, fierce, wild: n'ani ye kr. (n'ani ye 
kekakeka, ye hyew, oye hyew), he is fierce, wdd, unruly. 

o-kraman, 2>?. a-, F. h-, = F. gbodom. a dog; otwea, a bitch; 
nicknames: ope, akwagyinamod senekotokii, f\veo-f\veo, ape-a-be- 
gyebi, anadwoboa a obi mfa ne nsa hhyem' (ntom'), n.a. 
g-kramaii, a sickness of the genitals, gonorrhoea. 
g-kramaii-dwiw, pi. a- -iiwiw []iro]i. dog's-lonse) flea. 1 Sam. 24,14. 
h k ram f 5 a^ Ak. -faiia, a kind of small sea-fish. pr. 1775. 



krammeii — akrawa. 257 

k r fi 111 HI (J n [kranio aben] a hollow cane or reed, used in smok- 
ing tobacco as a pipc-sthk (tslsei'i-diia, pipe-tuhr) and in writing 
(by Mobamniedans), — kraiiien-iiiiii, /(/., = gberai'i-'niotoain'-dua. 
kramu, Kranioni, pi. -fo, Mohammedan; pr. .WS',. cf. kra, /. 
a k ram o-se in, |^ MoJiainnicduuism, inlatn ; 
iikraino-sonijf t/ie creed of the moalems. 
:i k ra in pa, a by-name of the iidfurr, s. ojx'ti'. pr. 742. 
krani[)un (okum guan) s. kokoyc-re-duagyei, krompono. 

kra 11 11, a. wild, disorderly, confused, entangled, intricate. (Kan- 
no afuw no so yv kr., e.s. nnua sisi so i\k egugn so, na afci wopamo 
yi de, eso atcw.) 

I'lkraii, wddnt'ss. ficrcoicss (of the eye): n'ani do nkran, he 
chafes, rages, raves; n'ani ado n'ade a eyerae no ho nkran, he is 
ratjing, farioits about, greedy after the thing he has lost. 

kran kraii, red. v., kr. .. ani, to give a fierce expression to the 
eye, to disfigure one's face, make one's .self frightful, he eager ahoid, 
j)r. 1779. okr. n'ani = oye n'anim hidifdui, oyi (oliye) nnipa hu, he 
assumes a frightful countenance; okr. n'ani kyereeabofra no seonye 
fo, he looked fiercely <d the 1)oy thid he .should he silent. 

a kran kran-sem, di-, to act upon otliers by intimidation; 
to hare a baleful influence; owia nni akr. senea gsram ye. 

11 kra n , Ak. nkjirane, a kind oHjlaclc ants biting severely; they 
wander about in great swarms and thus often invade the houses 
killing and devouring every thing living that comes in their way. 
pr. 313. 1.-j3U. 1590. 1777. [G. tsatsu, -bii.] 

Nkran. pr. n. 1) of a country, people and language on the Gold 
Coast, called by the Europeans Akra (Accra) and by the natives 
themselves Ga; 2) of one of their leading towns, which is also called 
Efiiresi, Jamcstoicn. See Gr. p. XXI. and Zimmermann, a Gram- 
matical Sketch of the Akra or Ga Lang., p. VIII, and a Vocabulary 
of the same, p. 86. 

0-kranni, jp?. Nkranfo, an Akra-man, Akra-people. 

kran a, krana, kranaiiana, sdent, absolutely siill, perfectly 
quiet; syn. dinn, komm. pr. 1152.1174. Woko, na kr., s. Gr. § 248,4. 

11 k r a-ii h m a , a stuff or cloth, scarlet-red or crimson ; the red 
of English uniforms; cf. adidi, damarama; fikra = bogya. 

kranku, the shea-butter tree; - aba, its fruit; s. nku. 
akrantu, hedgehog; ewg apesee ne kgtokg ntam'; Fante de, 

[wonye na. 
iikrjiiite, sivord, sabre, cutlass; cf. afoa; 6s6 ne nkrautem'. 
akra-sem [a word belonging to your soid] secrecy, secret. pr. 260 

krata' [fr. Port. Sp. It. carta] a leaf of paper. 

krata-fa, half a sheet of paper; a ixtge in a book; cf. buepen. 

krata-mQ, a sheet of paper. 
akrate, akrdte, akarate, a kind oi cactus, a prickly plant. 
akrate-al)a, an ea.ta.h\e fruit of c<ictus. [G. agbamii.] 

akraM'a, a kind of gun. Cf. karawa, akarawa. 

17 



258 nkrawiri — kronkron. 

iikrawiri, a kind o^ drum; s. akyene. 

akrayani [akyere yam'?] tew-, to f risk, frolic, he frolicsome, 
gay, merry; otew akr. -= oliuruw daniian nelio, lie leaps or sldps 
with joy and pleasure, as children, kids, 
kre... kri... s. kyere... kyiri... 

krebeuii, s. kyerebenii. — krt'l'were, a small bird, 
iikresia, s. nkeresia. 
krididi, s. kirid... 

Kristofo, Christians. Kristoni, a Christian. Kvisto^o asuh), 
the Christian Church. — Kris t ofo-sem, -som, the Christian re- 
ligion; Kristofosom-kyere, instruction in (the doctrines of} the Chri- 
stian religion. — Kristo-sem, -som, Christianity. 

kro, kro. ... s. koro, koro, kilro. — kro, F. = okorow. 
akroba, akrobase, pi. h-, F. =^ akdrowa, akura, akuraase. 
Krobo, j;r. n. of a mountain, country, people and language 
(or rather dialect of Adanme) between Akuapem and the Volta, 
called by the natives Kro. — Kroboni, pi. Krgbofo, a Kroho-man, 
Kroho-people. — krobow, s. kiirobow. 
akr ok raw, deiv dropping from trees. 

kro kro &c. s. korokorg. 
ii k r k r 1 i b a n e, Gy. frog. pr. 17S5. 
iikrom, akroma, Nkromma, s, nkorom, akoromtl, Nkoromma. 

kronie'j a disease of the knee, causing it to swell. 
O-kromto, j>7. a-[krgn,krono] ^/(/c/", robber, ^=o\\\fu] cf. odviow- 
akrommo, inf. [bg kroh] stealing, theft, pr. 228. [twafo, 

11 k r o ni p 6 n o, s. nkompono, 
kroi'i, Ak. krgno (kor,,), theft, larceny; .svyy^.awi: ho-, tosteal, 
to practice theft, commit robbery; s. wia, 

kro 11, koroiij v. to be high, elevated (bepgw) ; to be deep (ahina, 
kora, knruwa); - esiw no rekrgn ; bepgw no korgn, wugyina so a, 
fam' ye kurohkuron; Abetifi dabere korgn kyen Okwau akurow 
nhina, Ab. lies higher than all (tlavau towns. Cf. kiironii. 

kronkron. koronkorgn, a. high (gdan, bepgw), /o/V//, arduous; 
steep; F. gbo krgnkrgn, a steep place, Mt.S,32. — n. stcejmess; cf. 
srgnsrgn, kgiikrgnn, kiironkiiron, 

kro 1*111, s. kiirohn, kiironkuron, — kron, F. clearly. Mt.8,25. 

kroiiii, a., adv-. pture, clear; nsuno ani agyeiikr,, kurennyen. 

kro Ilk roil (konohk.), a. <(■ adv. 1. pure, clear; nnmingled, 
■unadulterated; nsu kr., ^j/»;-c water; nsa kr., unmixed pcdm-nine. 
— 2. real, true (cf. pgte). Otwini kr., a genuine Tshi-man; gmam- 
frani nnyin kr, (pr.2004), a foreign settler does not become j^ure, i.e. 
he will never become quite lihe a native, so as to retain nothing of 
strange habits, — 3. fair, fine, beaidiful : n'anim ye kr,, he has got 
a very fine shape; onipa yi, n'anim atew krkrkr. ; adwere, ne dua 
kononkunon ^^ fefefe: anoma no, ne diia kr., tliat bird has a beau- 
tiful tail. — -i. unspotted, unsullied, unstained, untarnished, unpol- 



kroiikroiini — kua. 259 



luted, nndefthd, immacidatc, clean, cJuisic. innticetit. — :'). JtoJi/, jjer- 
fect; hallowed, saered; oye me kr., ///■ makes me holy, samti/ie.-i me; 
uye kr., he is holy. — adv. rlearli/, distinctly; correctly; kasa kr. 
— )i. L imrity; genuineness. — ^. reality, sincerity; enye ne kr. so, 
// irtis not (done) in the right manner, in its due form. — H. holiness. 
k roil k roinii, pi. -to, a holy person; syn. oliotefo. 
kroi'iki-oi'i-yo, ]. sanctification. — i\ holiness; cf. ahotew. 
akroii (akonon), n-, nine. Gr. § 77. 
iikroii, 5. hkoron. — kroiio, Ak. .s. kroh. 
ak roil 11 00, a disease brought on by niicliastity ; oyare a efi 
boasip(Mn' ne inmape; ekfi neho a, nea oyare no ntunii ntn naininon. 
km,... kruin, s. kuru,... kuruni. 
nkruui, F. si -, /o sigli. Mk. 7,34. 

O-k r i\ni,pl. Si--f 6, sailor, one of a ship' screw; Kroo-man, Kru-hoy. 
ku, k u. the cry of the bird obereku it aferaw. 
k iij r. s. kuw. — o-k u, s. ekuw. 
o-ku^ a species of monkey, = kontromfi. chimpanzee. yr.lTSTf. 
kfi, V. Ak. F. = kuni, to kill. 

kiij V. -ho, to be bent to, to Join; n'ani kfi me ho, he cares for 
ine always, visits me, has me in mind, defends and saves me in trouble, 
is always zealous and active about me, = onto me ase; ma wo ani 
iiku ho = fvie (nea woye a. s. ewo wo nsam' no) so yiye ; mo ani 
nku mo ho yiye = mont'we moho so yiye wo biribiaram'. Woakg- 
ka aku no ho redi no kasa, they together urge or importune him, 
press up)on him, demanding something from him. 
o-kfi, ga}), fie ft, chasm, gulf, abyss; precipice. 
I'lku, shea-bidter, a kiud of grease got from the fruit of a tree, 
used by the negroes as ointment to make their skin soft and glossy, 
iikii-aba, the fruit from which the shea-butter is got. 
iikCi-dua, the shea-tree, Bassia Parkii; s. kraiikCi. 
kua, 1. = afuw, plantation, farm; meko me kuam'; me kuam' 
ne ha-yi; ne kua aba (= n'aduan aye yiye) afe yi so; onyaa kna 
afrihyia yim'; oye kua = ope adwumaye nanso nea oye ye yiye, 
lie understands hoic to make a good plantation; ne ho wg kua, he is 
successful in his plantation-ivork ; cf. kwa F., akua 1.. okuafo. — 3. 
kiia, a-, the working of a farm or plantcdion, husbandry; agriculture. 

[2 Chr. 26,10. 
akua, 1. = kim ;j. — 2. brgdeba akiia, the young shoots or 
suckers at the foot of a plantain-stalk. 

akua, akuawa, a recess in the court-yard, a small yard behind 
a house, used as a kitchen, washing-place, store for oil, palmwiue &c. 
Akua, s. Akuwa. 
kua, V. to bring near or together, to join; used with a no or 
anim; cf. ku. — kua (= pOa) gya yi iino, 2>ut the (burniog) oids 
of these two pieces of wood nearer against each other; gpoh a emu 
bane no, awgw bae ara pe na ebekuaa anim bio, as soon as the cold, 
damp wecdher set in, the chinks in the door disappeared: luumfa mo 



260 nkiiaba — kiiku. 



ti nkfia anim iia menfwe nea gkyen ne yonko tenteh, hr'ing your 
heads iogrfhcr that I mat/ see which of ijon is taJJertlinn the other; wg- 
kJi asem de kua no, tliey press upon him with remonstrances, try to 
induce him hy entreaties. 
iikii-aba, s. nku. 

o-kuafo, 2^1. a-, [kua] planter, f((rmer. htixhandman, espoc. one 
who exceUs in hnshandry. pr. 1587. 1790. 
akuama, a kind of plant, pr. 1791. 
a knap em, a Danish mushet. pr. 1792. 

Akuapem, jjr. J^ of a country, s. Gr. p. XH. Ak. asafo: Akom- 
fode, Kyeremim, Apagya, Apeseraaka, Asonko. Atiwa (tc. 
O-kuapcni-maii, tlie J.-inydom of Alunpem. 
{)-k\\i\i)vwm, pi. Aknaj)i'nnl'6, an Ahuapem-yna'n, Al^.-pcople. 
k II lie, 1. the fan-palm, liorassus fl(d)elHformis? — 2. (k.-aba) 
its fruit. j)r. 503.1799- 

ku-dedaw, an old sore; kuru a akyc, akisikuru. 

kudo', cr/W (to carry stones, cartli&c.), vliecl-harrow ; sledge; 
- twe k., to draw a cart. 

kiidy, helm, the rudder by which a sliip or boat is steered; - 
dan nan k., to steer. 

iiku-dua, .s. nku & krankii. 

11 ki'i fe, heads or other things ivorn round the wrist as ornaments, 
not as amulets; nsuniamnia a wokura bobo wgiiho few-so. 

0-k II f u, i)Z. a- [ekuru] a person full of sores and wounds ; nea gyare 
a.s. watutu akuru. pr. ISOO. 

kiifu, kufukufu, I a. shaggy, rough with long hair or wool, rag- 

kulia, kiiliakulia \ gcd, rugged, bristly; gkraman, oguan, gsii 
ho nhwi a asgre(sgre) ye k. ; rf. fuku, saku, hutfihutu. 

k u f Vv c-k u fw e, pr. 2143. 
akukoinfi, 1. a kind of grasslioppcr; <f. akokromfi. pr. 1801. 
[G. gigoiiigig«~)] — 2. onipa a gnam fen fen fen. 

kukii, V. s. kukuru. — knku, V. palsy. Mt.8,6. 

ku.ku, p)l- n-, earthen vessel, pot. — iiknku ne iikaka, jwtter's 
leave, pottery, earthemcare, crochery. — kuku is the general name 
for earthen vessel, but may also be used in limitation to smaller pots, 
whilst gsen is a larger coolcing-pot, and ahina is a general name 
fov pot, especially a pot for keeping or carrying fluids; kuruwa 
is a drinking-vessel, not of native black pottery, but of European 
manufacture, of earth, porcelain-clay, glass, wood or metal; pgre 
is a jng of stone. — 1) Of kuku, ahina, j^ot, being more deep than 
wide, or as deep as wide and narrow-mouthed, we note the following 
particular kinds: abanhina, bom, bonsuwa, agyahina or akotokyi- 
wa, ahina, kuku, kukuwa, kutu, akutuwa, nkyera, gpgdo, asiihina, 
asea', or Ak. nsemma, gsen, gsentere, osentia, sikakuku, sobuwa, 
atahina. 2) Of as an ka, a dish, wide open and less deep, we note: 
abeya, aboya. Ak.=asanka; abuabuogyaso, akyem-asanka, kwiin- 
sen, anananowa, oposi, asankasanyri, asankasgn (has a foot), tajio- 
asaiikn. iitintniw a, ayawji. 



J 



iilvLikii — kiiin. 261 



nkiikii, a kind of //am, s. odo. 

;ikiikii;i, J. a small drum of the kinf;'s. inon; esteemed tliaii 
any other; \rode twoni nhoma dnra ho, se odehye hi \vu a.s. aseni 
pa bi ha a, enna woka. — 2. a kind of hiiltcr/li/ ; s. at'afanto. 

(t-k I'l k 11 ba iV, Ak. -ne, a small wild animal of a yellowish f^ray 
C(dour. with a lonj;- tail and pointed snout, fecMliuj^ on corn & fruit. 

flir. IHO-'f. 
k 11 k II l»a I'l k u, a ciihiucoits disease or crHjiliiiii, with piistuh^s 
smaller than those of ntobnro. 

k II k ud u'd ii', hi(((; nkrfima no aho k., the okra /mis bnJdcd. 
a kil k u iiode i"i, oye ak., odi akukuhodensem, he ads roiighlt/, 
onam ne berafi a gyc no so kuknru ade a eye duru. 

k u k 11 radii I) i, corn (maize) of the last year; ef. j)oporoku. 
n k II k ii-i'i w c n e, /;//. pottery. 

k Ilk urn (kuku) v. 1. to rise: o\Via akukuru, the sun is risen; 
■<//)i. j)ue, sore. — ;?. to raise up, take ujt, lift up single, espec. Iieavy, 
things from the ground (aba, bo kesc, adaka, dukii, kaneadua, 
pane c^c); pr. 2792. si/n. ma so; of many things tase or momfi so 
is used. — 3. red. of kuru, to fhateh, roof (ndnh so, houses). 

ku kiirii-l (ill-si I'l, -siiii, pi. n-, a kind of beetle, dung-beetle. 

kiikiiru-ine-ta-awiaiir ////'/ me iiji, place me in the sun] name 
of a disease, making the body bloated and the mind doltish; si/n. 
fa-obo-to-me-gyam'. 

kukiiw, i-ed. v. kuw, to pull off, out; toh((vethe nap worn off; 
woak. neti so, they have pulled out his hair in fighting, or, his hair 
has been cut with scissors (not shaved) in a disorderly manner; ntama 
no ani ak., the cloth is tlireadbare, shabby, worn out. 

kukmva, j>?. n-, a small earthen vessel, small pot; s. kuku. 
ak 11 kuw i'l, s. akukua. 

kum, V. Ak. ku \}-ed. kunkum] 1. to Idll, slay, put to death; 
pr. o.H!t.l673.2104.2444. wgakum no, euph. woayi no ho, they have c.fe- 
c»^(7Z /</»/; hyperbolically, to denote a strong sensation: awgw, gkgm 
rekum me, the cold, hunger is Mlling me, i.e. I am very cold, very 
hungry. — ^. to defeat, overcome, vanquish, destroy; k. dgm, to beat 
the enemy, conquer, gain the victory, pr. 1990. — 3. to cause to cease: 
okfim me kgm, he stills my hunger; but: okum me kgm. he I'ills we 
with hunger, i.e. he starves me; k, sukgm, to quench the thirst; k. 
kuru, to heal a sore, pr. 1038. — 4. to tire (out), weary, wear out: 
wokum nnipa ne kasa, nseiihunu, serew, = wgde kasa ... kum nnipa, 
tltey tire one out with spcalcing, with nonsense, mahe one die with 
laughing. — 5. to silence: mikumno aniwu, I silence him with shame 
i.e. / stoj) his mouth, maJce him ashamed to speak. — 0. to disfigure: 
okum n'anim = omuna n'anim, he darkens his face, tnakcs a dark, 
angry, or sad face. — 7. to defile, pollute, desecrate: obi kum ti a, 
wgde hnuah mogya n.a. na wgde dwiram', if one defiles his dwelling, 
it is purged or purified by the blood of sheep <f-c. — 8. (k. ano) to 
hinder from using, to stop, prevent, obstruct: okum gbosom ano, he 



262 okuni — okuinp;i. 

prevents the fetish from eating tlie new yam offered to him, by trans- 
gressing a t'etisli-law. — 0. (k. ano) to prevent the effect or efficicne// 
of, to render ineffective, inefficient: wakum aduru no ano = ode 
nea aduru no kyi aka no, he has made the medicine ineffective (by 
adding to, or eating with it, some other thing incompatible with the 
medicine). — 10. k. ano, to finish, accomptish, complete, maJcc ready 
[= G. gbe na, Tw. \vie]; wakum n'adow ano = ahaban a wosii, 
wawie adow. — 11. kum gya, to put out the fire made at the yam- 
custom, hy puttinci neiv yam into it ( wode de fot'oro koto afwiegyam') 
to show that new yam may now be eaten universally. — 12. to dull, 
to become dull or blunt, said of a) the edge (ano) of an instrument: 
gsekah no ano akum, the edge of the knife is blunted; b) the mouth, 
taste or appetite: n'anom akum, his mouth has lost its sensibility or 
taste, i.e. he has lost the appetite; c) the eye: n'ani kum, his eye l((c/cs 
its vigour, is dull or heavy i.e. he issleejjy, drowsy. F.n'anyiwa akum, 
Mt. 26,48. ■ — 13. to be effaced, obliter(ded: dare no ani akum, the 
stamp (marks or characters of coinage) on the dollar is effaced; srete 
no so nsensane no akum, the lines drawn, on the slate have become ob- 
lite rate d, i n disti net. 

o-kum, inf. the act oi hilling t£-c.; defeat. 

O-kum, a tree similar to an o/dc; wgde ye nnaka &c. cf. okuo. 
k fun a, a-, jd. n- & nkCima-hkfima, a., s)n(dl. little {syn. kakra, 
ketewa, kwada); young (opp. panyin); the form with a- is added 
to names of persons: ne ba akuma, his youngest child; me nua ak., 
my small i.e. younger brother. — ^gya kuma, the father's brother; 
ena k. or kakva, the father's or mother's sister. — n. a little; aka- 
kuma (shortened into kokfima) little is wanting, used for almost, 
nearly; soon. Gr. § 235 a. (229.) 

ak Cim m a, j>?. li-, okunu nuaba, the htisband's sister. 

akfima, ^jZ. n-, hatchet, axe; syn. abonua, atwapo. 
knmabaj F. =; kuma. 

kunia-bi, F. kumaba hi, very little, very few. 
k fi ni-afr o f c (that which /t/7/s antelopes, inducing them to 
run after the semblance of water until thoy are exhausted) a mirage, 
an optical illusion frequently seen in deserts, presenting the appear- 
ance of water; fata Morgana. Is. 35,7. 

Kriin-apem-fi-apcm-beba fif you kill a thous((nd, a thousand 
others will come] a by-name of the Asantes. 

eku-mereme, s. eku = kontromfi. 

iikumia, a kind of small ^vJlite ants; cf. mfote. 
knmi-yaw [i)r. n. of a man] a kind of bayere, s. ode. 

O-kuin koni (who kills i.e. stills hunger) a word used in address- 
ing a benefactor, benefiecnt man, = odefo. 

O-k u m"n i p a (who kills a man) a title used in addressing or prai- 
sing a king, as having the power over life and death. Cf. Gr. § 
39,9 6. 

k u m 11 ii, a. rising in pillars (of smoke) ; Joel 2,30. Acts 2,1'J- 

0-knm-pa [== okunu pa] a good husband; it is also used as a 



kimiiiiruiu — UriuUiii. 263 

}))•. II. of a slave piesontod by a man to liis wife, roiiiiiidiiiir Iicr 
constantly tliat her slave is the j^it't of her "j^ood husband ". 

kuin-iu I'aiu, a jiowerful means to cleanse or hccp from evil, 
k 11 111 pun 6, F. the European ifovcrnor:, k. Brof'o, fhc (foccrnor 
and his rliief officers (secretary, commissary, military officers, chief 
justice). 

a ki'i iu"-si'iiii;'iri, an aiintJet /r/ticfi hills i.e. dcslroys (nenlralizcs) 
the power of other amulets, pr. 115. 

krinito.'i, a kind oi' razor, s. oyiwan. 
kfili, ^j/. ekunom, F. = oki'inu, -nom. 

kuiia, widowhood, ilic slate of a widower or iridoiv; oye k., he 
or she is in the state of a widower or widow, she perforins the didics 
of a ividoiv. 

kfiiia-ba, kunabea, a icidoiv hi'nig part of the inheritance of 
her husband's successor; gfa no k., he marries her hi/ right of in- 
herdancc. 

kuna-daa, a widow's house or room. 
o-kfinafo, pi. a-, widower; widow; obarima k., oba k. 
k u na kawil, the first child born after the d(^ath of a husband 
from his successor (brother or nephew) and named after the former 
husband; oye k. 

akuii-far, F. adidterij of a wife. Ml. 5,32. 
c-kiiii-lbr, F. = okunu foforo, bridegroom. Mk. 2,19. 
o-kuniiii, F. kunyin, j;?. a-, a. notable, distinguished, eminent, 
remarlahle, renowned; capital; bone-kfmini, a great, chief ov car- 
dinal sin (opp. bone mfetewa-mfetewa, minor sins); owg din-k. = 
diii a esO na eye nwohwa; don-kdnini, the main arm//; onipa-k. 
^=onipa a oye mmaninnc na ne ho a.s. nea obcye hhind ye nwohwa; 
aseh-k. = asen-titiriw. 

kuiikuma, 1. the water-pot of a fetish, .s.koro. — j:^. honquet, 
hunch of flowers, nosegay'^ wgakyekye hfwireh no k., tlieg Imveliecl 
up flowers in large leaves. 

akiinse [okum ase] a cause or reason for fiilling or for waging 
a tvar against a people. 

kiinsunkuiisuin, discord, dissension, contention, strife, ra- 
riunce, enmity; o-ne no ntam' aye k. bi, wodi k., k. da won ntam', 
they are at variance, at enmity. 1 Cor. 1,11. 2 Cor. 12,20. 

kuntaiiii, a. 1. large, bulky, fiugc, enormous, gigantic; clumsy; 
esono gyina ho k. ; hyeh no abegyina k. (s. hyen); sore fi me fi na 
wugyiua ho k. se odaii (gpohko). — sy)i. kaukrahh, kantahh, kfm- 
tiihh, kiisu; wi. — ;?. esum k. = kabi, pitcfiy darlcness. 

0-k fill til {pi. a-), wool; woollen cloth, flannel; woollen carpet, 
blanket. — kuiitii-kye, a cap made of woollen cloth. 

ak fin turn ma [kuntuh, ba] a little would-be-great, blu.'iterer, 
swaggerer, bully, ruffian, pr. 1826. 

0-k u 11 turn pa [kuntuh, clumsy'] the Jiyena, s. pataku. 
k II n t u 11, V. 1. to bend, crook, curve; to be bent, crooked, or 



264 kiintun — okuraaseiii. 

curving; dua, ofasu no mu ak.; syn. kom, konton. — 3. to bend or 
subdue under one's rule, to rule, (jovcrn, sway. — 3. to fglit, -wrestle? 
pr. 1826. — 4. to strut, be swelled or puffed up, to bluster, swagger, 
boast. 

kfiii tCiii, a crooli'ed xjiece of wood in a snare or trap for catcli- 

[ing birds. 

kiintuiin, a. large, bidlcy, huge; dark; clumsg; cf. kuntanh, 

k until 11, a by-name of the hyena, s. kuntumpa. [kusu. 

akuntuii-akuntii I'l, blustering, stvaggering.pr.l670. syn. ahokyere. 

k u n t u n-s i I'l, a headless and handless, sometimes feetless trunk 

of a human or animal body, (/. akonsih. 

0-kiinii {p)l. okununom) husband; the sister's husband. 
O-kiin-yaw' [okum yawyaw] a painful way of killing; cf. ato- 

[pere. 
0-kuo, a large tree with fruits similar to acorns; rf.okww, okum. 
akugsoii, the seven elders of a town (?); Nkran asafo ak., the 
seven companies of Dutch Akra. 

kill" a, V. [>rr^ knrakura] ]. to grasp, clutch, to hold by cdasping 
with the fingers, to have, to bear in hand or on the arms; to be in 
(the grasp or gripe of) one's hand: okura poma (wo ne nsam') or 
poma kurano, he has a stick in his hand; ok. abofra wp n'abasa so, 
he bears a child on his arm; cf. turu. Gr. § 102,2. Rem. — 3. to hold, 
contain: nhoma yi kura nscn-liorow anafi, this book contains four 
different matters. — 3. rcfl. to be self-dependent or independent, to 
stand by ilself; nsem abieri yi kurakura neho (nenhinji dede neho), 
ebi nnah bi, each of these two words is by itself (has its own meaning), 
they cannot be interchanged. 

•A\\\\i'i\^ pi. n-, mouse, pr. 311.720.1836 ff. — by-names: bewa, da- 
biebio; aduemme, ahyemme (otewabe); akura-tawia; s. abotokura, 
odontwi. — iikura-se, inf. [se hk.] pr. 232. 

akura, jj?. h- = akurowa, F. akroba, [kfirow, dim. Gr. §20,4] 
hamlet, a village on a plantation, inhabited by the family and the 
slaves of the pi'oprietor; oko akura, Gr. § 124,1. ote akurjl, he lives 
on the plantation. - Ak. village, country town. i.e. any town besides 
the capital. 

kiiraba, F. = kuruwa. Mt. 10,42. 20,22. 
a k II ramp oil, by-name of the tree called oscsea. i}r'.2917. 
ilk II ran, courage, firni>iess{'^) - hye.. nk., to encourage. 
nkiiran-hj^e, inf. encouragement, = baninhahye. 
iikiiranto, ya nk., reply on a salutation, made to royal prin- 
ces at Kumase. 

iikiir a-iili wi [lit. mice-hair] down, the soft hair of bidies or of 
the face (the beard) when beginning to appear; nhwi biara a ennya 
mmirii ; the pubescence of plants. 

u-kiiraaseni, /^/. n- -fo [akurfi asc 'ni] down, rustic, peasant; 
a. person living constantly on the plantation, never coming to the 
town; syn. ofiimni. 



kiireiiu — Akiiro[)OU. '265 

kiireiiu, a. clear, dearlji visible; inmepgw gyinae k. 
k u r (^ 11 11 y li, a. clear, limpid, pare ; nsu no ye k., ani atow k. 
kiiro, Ak. F. (pl. a-), s. kfirow, kuru, «fc kiirokiiro. 
iikiiro, complaint; controcersi/, dispute, contest, debate; me ne 
no wo nk., / hare a complaint against him; me ne no boo hk,, / 
)nade mij complaint ayainst him; mobop mo iik. mekyereo won, / 
told tliem (brtiiKjht before them) mil complaint (a<;ainst another per- 
son); wpbo Ilk., theif are OKjar/ed in confrorersif. theij state their ca- 
ses before the jnd(fes.pr. 538. (asem hi ato bi ne bi ntam' na worekekil) ; 
cf. kokodwe. 

nkuroha, Mkiirol)aso, ^j/. n-, V. = akura, akuvaase. 3It. 9,35.21,2. 
1*1 kill' 0-1 10, inf. = ntei'i-yi. 
kurobow, a sivcet-.st)iellinff resin or (jam; the tree yielding 
it^ dua bi a emu nsu nene se ehyc na ne huam nti mmea yam ye. 

jikurodo, n-, carol, son y of mirth, lay; a play with danciny 
or amb)dati)Ki and sinyiny, accomjianied by the clapping of hands 
or by adenkinn-bg; amusement, sport, frolic, yambols;*- wotweak. 
= woto dvVoin kyini mniorgn so, they siny or carol i)i the streets; 
they play, frolic, n-anto)i\ ak. na gnam twe da, loiteriny about and' 
sportiny was his constant occupation; ot\va nk. = gkasa pi, u'ano 
yc berebere or betebete, he is loquacious (?). 

akiiro-fo [kurow fo] the site of a destroyed town, = amamfo. 
iikiii'ofo [pl. of kuroni] the inhabitants of a town, townsfolk; 
people; me nk., my relations, my townsmen or countrymen; cf. okuro- 
niu-ni. 

kuro-kesc [kiirow kese] a larye town, city, capitcd. 

kiii'okui'Oj a kind oi pot-herb or veyetable; fan a wodi. 

kiirokuro, a. loquacious, tallcatire, yamdous; icdtliny, pratt- 
liny, pratiny; chattiny, chaiteriny; pert, forward, bold, meddliny; 
froward, peevish, fretful; gye or n'ano ye k. = birebire, he is lo- 
quacious dr. (abofra a gka nsem a ense no se oka, na oka asem biara 
a obehu, ode neho fra nsem hhina mu &c.) 

o-kurokurofo, jj7. a-, babbler, blabber, tattler, talJier, telltale; 
a yrumbliny, peevish, person, yrumbler. 

o-kuro-nin-nij pl. a- -fo, inhabitant of a town; ahgho ne akuro- 
mu-fo, stranyers and residents; cf. kuroni. 

kill" oil 11, kuroiikuroii, a. 1. deep, very deep; amoaorabura 
yimuyekiirohn o>-kuronkuronkiiron, or, dgkk. ; syn. donkudonku; 
low in situation, lyiny far below or beneath: bepgw no korgh, wu- 
gyina so a, fam' ye kiirohkuron; woforo dua a, nafam' ado kk. — 
:2. steep, precipitous; bepgw no siah kk., the mountain descends in 
a steep declivity. Mt.8,S2. 

kuroni \^nvo\\-m~\townsman, countryman, i.Q.one of the same 
town or country with another; cf. nkurofo. 

i\]fi\\ Y 6 WW \\.{v, sandals of wood; cf. mpaboa, ntokota. 
Akuro-pon [kurow, pgii] j;r. n. of the capital of Akuapera (also 
called Komah) and of a town in Akem. 



266 iikurotiim' — kiirnni. 



ilk n ro-tjim' [nkurow ntain'] fltc wan between two towns. 
iikuro-tepa: obo nk., he travds froni town to town; s. tcp<»- 

kiiro-tia [kiirow tia] end, Ijorder, outslcirt, entrance of a town. 

kuro-tia, j;/. li-, a coniitn/ town, villor/e, opp. to the capital; 
a 2)ctty, nnimportant town or countri) (as Aknapem, Akem, in com- 
parison with Asante). 

iikiiro-to w, Ak.-too, the single towns or townships of a country, 
"Akyem hk. si 333." Cf. amantow, 

kiirotwiamaiisa, the leopard, s. osebo. jn: 319.984. 

kurow, kiiro, pi. n-, 1. town, villafjc; cf. akura, oinan. — ;?. 
any inhabitecl place or country, one's own country or home; oko kfi 
row bi so, he went to some foreign place; okg ne kurom', he has re- 
turned to his native country. 

kiiro-mu-pan yiii, hurgomaster. - kuro-mpanyimtb, magisirate. 
a kiirow a, F. akroba [kiirow, di>n.'\ a small town; s. akura. 

kiirii, V. fred.kukuru, (2. C.J 1. to tie together (r/". iikufo); to tie 

grass on a roof i.e. to thatch, roof, put a roof on, cover ivith a roof; 

ok. dan so = ode sare kata daii so. — 2. to lift up (in order to sliow) : 

, ode kuru neho nini kwa, in this he exalts himself for nothing, boasts 

tvithout right or reason. 

kurii, V. [red. kurukuru] .s. knruw. 
c-k u I'll, Ak. kuro, 2^1- a-, n f^o'C wound, pr. 1423-2.5. 18.54-60. ~ 
cf apirakurii, a bleeding wound; akWykuvn, an ulcer; poinpo, a boil, 
abscess. — Ne kuni ado nsu, his sore has collected jj».s or purulent 
»ja//er,-- ado inpumpunase, has swelled or bloated the skin with serum 
or matter; - atu, has become purulent; -!i\)ovovi, has become putrid; 
- asa, awn, has healed; - ne nsatea ye k. pr. 279G. - oda ak. mu ^ 
ne ho lihina atutu ak. pr. 700. - kum or sa k., to heal a sore. 
a k u r 11, = kokoram, q. v. 

k ii r u (1 11 dii, ///(' cracking, crashing, clattering, rattling or rum- 
bling sound o{ l)ursts or peals of thunder, of an ea rthf2 uake tOc. — 
osoro bobom' k. 5 asase wosow kurururu. 

kuru dud 11, ado. accurately, exactly, in due order; syn. \)[i- 
pepe ; tase nhoma yi boa ano k. 

kurukere, s. kurukyerew. 
akuruki'iro-de, j>?. n-, iikiinikur-ade, old things, old articles. 

kurukuriipa, a kind of yam, s. ode. 

kurukuruw, red. r. kuruw. 

k u r u k u ru wa, a. round and large, of Hat and globular things; 
circular; globular, S2)herical; cf, korokorowa, puruw; kontohkron, 
dantaban, hahkare, katraka. 

kurukyerew, As. kurukere, v. to scrawl, scribble, 'ivrite; ode 
asem no ak. hhoma no so ; cf. kyerew. 

kiirum, V. [red. kurunkurum] to bend, bow, crook, curve; to 
be bent, crooked, curving; ok. ne mu; gsekan no ak.; ofasu no ak. 
= akuntufi; hkontoni nantu akk. se adare; syn.kom, konton &c. 

k 11 rum, a. bent, crooked; f (Use; duayiyek.; adanse-kurura, 
false tvitness. 



kui-uin — kiitu. 267 



kiln'im', n. \voj;-ye no k. = woji^ye no pene, wopeno no, the// 
(ippland, )tO(I assciil, receive or accept favourahlji. 

I'l k 11 V (\ 111 a, ohra, ochra, oJcro, Ifihiscit.s csculeiidoi, an annual 
plantand its green seed-pods aboundinj; in nutritious mucilage, used 
for soups, salad, pickles. — iikniilia-rMi'i [cf. fan] i/ie i/oinii/ leaves 
of the olcra plant, used for soups like cabbage. — nknitiiri-IViw [cf. 
afuw) an olcra plantation. — iikrum;i-k\v;iu [cf. nkwanj u soup 
prepared with the green pods of the plant. 

0-kurrmi, j>/. a--f6, s. okruni. — kiiniiikuniiii, red. v. kuruni. 
nkiiruny ail, a kind octree; dua hi a wowe nedua; wodt; si 
dan ye akoraten. 

k u r u 1 1 a y i s i, aniwa k., ci/chall, apple or globe of the eye ; pupil. 

kiiriitii, an animal, yr. 520. 

kuriiw, V. to cut several things together or plenty of things 
at once (sare, brode, nnua, ti, nsa, nan); to cut into sevend pieces 
(onipa, dua); red. kurukuruw; siin. twitwa. 

k urn w;i, pi. n-, a kind of vessel, espec. for fluids, artificially 
made of earth, porcelain, glass, wood or metal; pitcher, Jug, mug, 
cup iC'c. Cf. kuku. 

kiiruwa, Okw. = kora. 

k h s n, kusnkiisii, a. 1. dark. dusJ://. obscure, dim, dull, gloomy, 
shadowy, ncbulou.s. indistinct; gdan mu ho ye k., it is dark in the 
house; ni'ani soye me k., my eyes are dim, it is dark before my eyes; 
hyei'i apue k., a shi2) has (qu'cared indistinctly on the horizon; wim 
aye k., the sky is dark, overcast, clouded; anim aye k., the air is 
dusky, the dusk of the evening has set in; dua yi (ase) ye k., this tree 
is shady. — 2. rank, luxuriant in growth; nwura no abura k. = aye 
ahabah bebre, ode no abua k. — 3. overgrown with ivood, wooded, 
woody. — 4. damp; s. kusukusu^. — 5. dull, heavy, weak; me tirim 
yeme k. (from wantofsleep); meyafunum' ye me k., I have (( strange 
feeling in my belly, havcno appetite. — knsu-fam", k.-asase, s.kusum. 

kiisiikiikii, a thick mist or fog; cf. omununkum. 

kiisukusu, 1. s. kiisu; ogya aso kk., the fire burns dimly. — 
2. damp, dirty, nasty; syn. fouofong, wusuwusu. 

kiisfim', kusil-fam', k.-asase, north. Scr. (Heb. zaphon.) Cf. 
kwaem', ketem'. 

kiisuin, fraud, decejition; wadi me k., he has defrauded or 
cheated me, taken unfair advardage of me; kusum-a-ne-kuriim,/'n'»frZ 
is (nothing but or the same as) fidsehood or unrighteousness, he has 
bluntly deceived me, wawie me ye kora. 
a k u s u w, a kind of river-fish. 

ukiito [nko, to, adv.^ alone, only, but; ne hkuto (= giio hko) 
wg ho, he alone is there; onni biribiara sc duaba nk., he eats nothing 
but fruits. 

ki'itu, a kind oi pot used to boil soup in; cf. kuku. 

k 11 1 u, kiitukiitu, expresses a feeling of being bloated, or, the 
noise of boiling ivater; me yafunu(m') ye mekiitu, me yafunu ahuru 



268 akutii — kwa. 

aye k. = me yaf. aliye, m)i hdlij is hloated or puffed up, rnflated, 
distended: aduah no liuru kutukutu, ihc food hods ivith a bubbling 
noise. 

akutu,7>/. id., orange: orange-tree. — akuti'i-aba, orange-seed. 
— akutii-dua, orange-tree. — akutu-gua, aj>pte (combining qual- 
ities of akutii & oguawa)5 cf. granate-akutu. 

kutfi-l)0, dan kutu do bo, F. cornerstone. Mt. 31,42. Mk. 12,10. 

kutududu, bud; Icnop; syn. kukudu'dh': abo k., // has pro- 
duced (or groivn into) a bud. 

k u t u r k u, jyr. 2438. gyama-k., j)r. n. ? coward'^ 

kutuku, F. \ pi. a-, fist, the hand angular!// dcnclied so as to 

kutriruku, f render the knuckles hard and protuberant; cf. 
twere &. the foil. 

kutu r u m 6 (\, fist, the hand clenched roiindlg so as to approacli 
to the shape of a ball; (/'. kutruku & twere. 

aku-tutu, inf. a disease producing ulcerating sores; gyare ak. 
or akuru, watutu akuru, akuruatotow no, gyeokufo: cf. kwakorani. 

kuw, V. 1. to draw or jndl out, off, a wag; s. red. knknw- okuw 
no af\\ e ho ^ owere no afwe fam', he draws awag his feet to niaJce 
him fall. — J2. to cut close to the root: ode adare k. wura, sare; kuw 
dua no ase = twa ase p;i ara ma ento fam' (that ihc cutting reaches 
to the ground). 

e-]\.uv:, j)l. (akuw)akuw. a heap, a collection of things; a collea- 
tivc hod// of persons, pr. 6S4. — bo k., to niaJic a hcaj>, put in heaps; 
oboa ntrama k. gugu ho. 

O-kuw, a large tree; eho wo nsge, csowaba kg , tentrehu hyem'. 
A kuw a, s. Akua. 
I'lkuwa-iikuwa = akuru hketenkete, small sores. 

kwa, V. s. kwaw, kwae & kwati. 

kwa- in cpds. is often a shortening of koa or akoa; some- 
times it is -kwa, or shortened into ko-. Gr. ^ 20,4. 

0-kwa, adv. onl/j, solely, merely, simply, purely, absolutely; 
ivithout design, insipidly; tvithout cause, gratuitously; gratis, for 
nothing, to no purpose, to no profit, vainly, in vain; unused, nncm- 
ploycd, idle; gkgg hg kgfsvee kwa, he went there only to look; gnam 
ho kwa, gnye fwe, he merely walks about, doing nothing; obi mfgn 
kwa, pr. 1.31. 1784. 2383. wgtah me kwa, John 15,25. — munyaa no 
kwa, momfa mma gkwa, Mt. 10,8. gprem no da hg kwa, the canon 
lies there 2(nused: ogyinahg kwa, he is standing there idle. It is also 
used elliptically, 6\Gr.§ 248,4. Syn. teta, hunu (Ak.hun), F. gyan, 
gyennyah (ara); teta ara kwa; cf. koril. 
akwa, ^v/. n-, F. = akoa. 
akwa, a round-about way, h//-way; yi akwa = kwae, v. 

kwa, V. [red. kwakwa] to male incisions(?). 

kwa, jJ?. a-, n-, 1. joint, juncture of limbs in an animal body; 
joint or knot in the stem of a plant, as of grass or cane; ahene mmg 



akwa — kwadi'i. 269 



m'akwa akron* yi biaraso, I have no heads fled on any of my nine 
joints. — 2. joint^=i\\(i pai-t included botween two joints, knots or 
articulations: ne nsatea kwii 1 se akwa 2 atwa, one or two Joints 
of his finfjer are rut off; gkyee me afVvcrow nkwa 2, he gave me 2 
Joints of su[f<ir-r(ine. — .V, tin]:, ring (of a chain). — (4. It is ques- 
tionable whether k wii can be used for a Jim!) or member of the hn- 
nitui l)0(iy, or for a nieniljcr or frifoir of a society: Kristo ak\v;T no 
bi ne me, meye Kristo ho kwii.) 

"Akwji akrui'i a wohye so aliene a.s. Jiriwa ne: wo batwew so, 
wo bakon so, wo nantu, wo nanase ne wo asehmu a.s. wo koi'imu. 
ji k \\ a = akoawa, a small slave. 

(j-kwa, ph a-, F. — - afuw, ])lantntio)i; Mk. V>,34. — oko ne kwa 
so akgfa aduan aba; madgw akwii abien. — a k\v a-su-l"u, l'\ tlie 
people living on the plantation, = mfumfo, s. ofumni. 

ukwA, life, vitality; rigour, health; happiness, felicity; cf. ase- 
trfi; nkwa ne akwahosan, life and health ; - g-yehkwa, to preserve, 
to save from death. 

ak \v a I) a, nkwjibo! iidcrj. \ akg aba] welcome! form of salutation 
to one arrivinj;- after a temporary absence; cf. aba-o, abo, Gr. § 1 47,5. 
om.l no akwiiba, he hids him welcome. 
akwabtli'i (obsol.) = ntetea. 
Kwabenfi^ pr.w.ofaboy or man born on Tuesday. Gr.§41,4. 
kwabena-JitSVi [pr.n. of a man] a kind of bayere; s. ode. 
kwaberau [akoa gberan] a well-sized, strong slave, pr. 187. 
kwaborontuWj s. kwae. 

Kwabei'eiiyan, a village belonging to Kankan (Dutch Akra), 
where Adow Dan kwa, king of Akropong, died, wherefrom tiie name 
became an oath of the kings of Akropong. 
kwa-beteii, cf. gbe-teh. pr. 2828. 
akwji-bo [nea wgbg no kwa] = gboabg, gsebgw, q. r. 
iikwa-da. lit. life-day, a day of 24 hours, including the night; 
da a adekyee ne adesae wom'; emu nngnfwerew 12 ye adekyee, 
na emu 12 ye adesae; cf. adekyee, awia. 

kwada^ -dawa, a. small, lilUc; syn. ketewa, kcima, kakni. 
akwadil, a little boy or c7<//f7 = abofra ketewa; F. an old man, 
^= akwakora. — asem akw. na wokci kyere me = nea woka no, 
enye se wudweii ne no. — iik w ada(wa)seni, 1. triek(s), sly pro- 
cedure, pr. 154. — 2. = mmofrasem (?). 

akwadamma, mttslet; syn. otuo. pr. 2262. 
kwadaw, v. to he exercised and brought to cleverness, to he 
practiced, accustomed ; wakw. ho, he is well versed or expert in it, 
accustomed to it. Cf. kokwaw, 

o-k w a d u, pi. a-, a species of antelope; pr. 515. s. gdabg. 
kwadu-ampon-kyerefo, = ewea. 

kwadu. kwadu-atia, pi. id. banana; banana-tree; Musa sa- 
pientum ; cf. oborgde. — kwadu-bakiia, a species o{ banana-tree. 



270 okwadiim — iikwakorabere. 



— kwadu-diia, hanana-trec. — k^vadu-du^■u, the icholc cluster of 
fruits of the hanana-trec; s. oduru. - — kwadu-tViaw: anode a etna 
n'aba no ano. D.As. — kwadu-suhv, a hand or smaller cluster of 
4 to 8 hananas, s. osiaw, — 2. epcmlet, shoulder-piece of military of- 
ficers, called so from its resemblance to a hand of bananas. 

0-k w a d u m, ^^Z. a-, a large barrel of gunpowder ('/s kegV); cf. 
atentenini , akotowa. 

0-kwadwero, a-, idleness, sloth, laziness; gye-, he is idle, lazy, 
slothful. Si/n. anihaw, werehunu. — 0-kwadw6tu, F. kwadwefo, 
pl.Si-1 idler, lazy person, sluggard; Mt. 25,26. syn. onihafo. 

Kwadwo, ^r.w. of amale person born on Monday; Gr.§41,4. 

kwadwo-bowere, = osebg. 
• iikwadwo, a kind of head; s. ahene. 

kwadwem, F. lamentation. Mt. 2,18. 

k"\va-d\vom, a song of mourning, o .so»y/ expressive of sorrow 
and lamentation, delivered in a dramatic manner: an elegy (dviom 
a.s. asem a onipa wu a wonionia wg n'ayi ase de ka ne nsem a gtraa 
ase no odii); gkgbe k\v.; onim kw, be = onim su; to, t\va, monia kw. 

kwae, V. to go round about, take a round-about way, by-wviy 
or side-ivay; syn. yi akwa, kwati kwaii, man babi; - to turn (the 
enemy); - to avoid, evade, elude; to dispense ivith; eye ade a wgii- 
kwae (nto ho), it is an indispensable thing or nudter ; yebekwae ntam 
araa wo, we shall absolve thee from the oath. 

e-kwae, forest, wood, thicket; pr. 1006; the wooded inland coun- 
try, bush-country; cf. wura, ahabah, gdgtg. — kwae-bereiituw, a 
dense forest. — akwaefo, people living in the bush-country. — 
y-kwaefoiii, one of those living in the bush-country. — kwaenv, 
kwae mu, pr. 1873 f. in the forest, icooded inland; north; r/". knsum'5 
ojip. pom' = po mu. — akwaewa [dim.] small wood, grove, cop- 
jnce, copse, shrubbery; undcnvood. pr. 1872. 
kwalb, 2)1. a-, F. = okuafo. 

jikwafVveaba, s. kofw. | lotv, mean people; cf. akwanihumani. 

M k w a fw e a ban fo, pi. \ the lowest people; cf. odeseni. 
kwagyadii, = kontrorafi. pr. 187.5. 

akwatryansa, = odompo. pr. 1887. 

akwagyiiiamoji |akoa-agy., slave of the cat\ .9. gkramjin. pr. 1637. 
o-kwaha, gkgha, a disease in the limbs, rheunudism ; gkw. ano 
ye den kyen osenmii. 

iikwahauia, pr. 1793. cf. nuuahama. 

akwali osaii, life and hecdth, returning or long continuing 
health; pr. 162. 2519. ma onnya nkwil ne akw., = ma ne ho nye no 
den. (F. hkwa ahosan, saving heidth. Ps.67,2.J 

iikwahumafo, s. akwanihumani. 

akwako, a kind of yam, s. gde. 

akwakora, akwakwarawa, jj?. n-, an old man; syn. akora; 
wabg akw., he has become an old man. 

hkw akora-bere, old age; cf. mraerewa-bere. 



I 



kwakoram — okwan. 271 



kwakoraui; = akututu? cancer of the nose? a. kokoram. 
K w a l< u, j)r.ii. of a male person born on Wednesday. Gr.§41,4. 
g-k wa ku, -o, pi. a-, a species of inoiiLei/ = osuii. pr. 4.')'} 1.1009. 
kwaku-iitaku-aiiuin, a by-nanu' of the (judt. s. abirekyi. 
kwakurekure, a kind of bird. 
g-k\vakwd ^^ dabodabo. 
kwa'kwadabi, raven; sijn. anene, wawa. 
kwakyo, a by-uanie of the ridfnre, opete. ;jr. 26'S(9. 
kwakye-agyei, a by-name of the apetebi. }:r.269Ji. 
Kwakyo, j^f- »• >«• Kwakyewa, pr. ri. /'., pr. 35s3. 
g-kwa-kyeiikyena = kwae mn akyehkyena, a kind of hoopoe. 
akAva-kyere [akoa akyere] ^)/. n-, royuc, rascal, scoundrel, rd- 
lain, wretch; f/allows-hird, ( rack-hemp. cracJc-rope, harig-doij. 

A k wain (AkNvamu)^>r. >?. of a Tshi tribe, their country or king- 
dom, its capital and dialect. Gr. p. XII. — 0-kwamiii, Okwamn- 
ni, pi. A- -fo, an Akicam-nian, likivam-pcopHc. 

a k w a ni-iii a, -ni a [ok w an, dim.^ pjl. h-, a small way, path, lane, 
by-way. 

kwama 11, 7>/. n- -fo, a slave of a deceased Iciny before he lias 
a new master; - pi. people ivithoid a hiny; the common people, the 
populace; mob, rabble, pr. 1882.2890. — kwamaii-mai'i,;>/.-aman 
[nkoa-omriiij republic; democracy ; cf. kwasafoman. 
k waina I'l-maii-pefo, democrat. 
kwainan-tumi, iikwaiuaulb-tiimi, ochlocracy. Hist. 
I'l k w a in in a n o a, pr. 2478. 
Kwa'ine, Ak. Kwamena, ;«-.?;. of a male person born on Sa- 
turday. Gr. § 41,4. [G. Kwamli.] 

kwame-fwi [j^r. n. of a man] a kind of bayere, s. ode. 
kwanie-tabi, a by-name of the akwantwea. 
kwti'inena , an ant-hill of small ivhite ants. pr. 1888. 
akwam-mew [gkwan, abew] the roots of trees runniny across 
the road; any obstacle in the way. 

akwam-ianu [okwan afanu] clover, clover-yrass, trefoil. 
o-kwain-ferene, alley, walk, avenue of trees. 
o-kwamfo, j^?. a- [kwane] roicer. 

akwam-fo, pi. n-, [okwan, afo] a desolate, bad, impassable way. 
g-kwam-fuwi [okwan a afuw] an overgrown way. 
akwam-mg, inf. [bo kwan] the making of a road. 
nkwam-mge, a ivell-madc road. 
kwan, V. F. s. kwane 3. 

kwaii, V. fred. konkwan q. v.] to wind or put round: ode ntama 
akwan n'asen, he has icound a small doth (of 1 '/g yards) round his 
loins ( — of a large cloth fur a would be i;sed). 

g-kwan, pi. a- [Ak. okwane] 1. way, road, paili; ne fi kwan, 
tlie way to his house, pr. 483. cf. otempon, gsa, akwanima, unantam', 
iikurotam'; passage, walk, route, course; cf. afae, mpotam'. — 2. 



272 akwaii — akwauko. 



opening: onipa ho akwan nlnnii, s. fei. — 3. place, spare. — 1. fig. 
way, manner, mode; proper place or manner, order; s. kwanmu, 
kwanso. — F. means; mboa ii'akwan no, the means of grace. — 
4. fig. permission, allowance, leave, liberty, license; occasion. — Y. 
kwanmu, laufally, rigJiteonsly. — Phrases with governing verbs 
(alphabetically arranged): bg kwah, to mciJce a tvay; - bg kwan 
(fita), to clear a way. - fa gkwan (bi so), to take a way or road; - 
fa kwanmu, F. to he laivfal. - fwe.. kwaii, to expect, look out for. 

- fom or t kwan, to miss the way. - gya.. kwan, to dismiss, dis- 
pcdch, accompany. - h y e .. kwah, to supply with necessaries or means 
for a journey. - hyia.. kwan, kwah mu, kwah so, to meet on the 
way. - kg kwah, to go on a journey. - ky er e .. kwah, to show the 
way. - kyere ..so kwah, to betray. - ma. .(ho) kwah, to give way 
i.e. to give permission, occasion, leave, libetiy, license, to piermit, (d- 
loiv, suffer; to admit. - uya (ho) kwah, to obtain permission, be ^^er- 
mitted, find occasion, be able. - si kwah (mu or) so, to set out (on 
a journey), to depaii. - siw.. kwah, to hinder, impede, obstruct, 
2)revent, prohibit, forbid. - to kwah, to grant ov give liberty, freedom, 
to give a loose; ode papa kwah ato yeh ho, Ite has laid before us, i.e. 
enabled ns to choose, the ivay for good. - to (or f o m) kwah, to miss 
the way. - tu kwah, to undertake a journey. - t\Va gkwah, a) to 
make or cut out a way = yi kw. - b) to cross or jyass over a way. 

- c) to shorten a tvay, pr. 1892. - yera gkwah, to lose the way, go 
astray, to err. - yi kwah, to open, prepare or mrdie a new way. — 
Okwah no ano afuw, na akyiri-nohoa de, wgabg, the beginning of 
the way is overgrown, but farther on it is cleared. 

akwaii-akwaii, adv. cdongthe way. in walking; lyr. 2474. ndii 
brgde no akw.; grekg no, na gto dwom akw. de kg. 

0-kwaii-ast', the end of the way. 

o-k\\ aii-asu, the edge or border of the way; cf. gkwahkyeh. 

Ilk wail, soKji; nom -, to take (prop, drink) soup. Cf. aduah. 
kwane, v. 1. to cackle; akokg no kw., gbeto, this hen cackles, 
it will lay (eggs). — 3. to hawk, hem; gkw, ne menewam', he is clear- 
ing his throcd; kw. hohore, to force up phlegm by hawking. — .3. 
F. kwan, to row, ptaddle; syn. hare; deriv. gkwTimfo. 

o-kwane, Ak., s. gkwah. — iikwane, Ak., s. hkwah. 

akw a line [gkwah ade] passage-money, passage-toll, turnpike- 
toll, toll, custom, didy. 

g-kwaii-fwe, inf. [fwe gkwah] expectation. 

akwaii-hye-de [ade a wgde bye gkwah] subsistence, money 
given to carriers to buy their food on the way. pr.3004. 

akwaii-liyia. inf. [hyia.. kwah] going to meet one. 

a k w a-n i hum a n i [akoa onihftmani] a perscm of no rank, of 
low social condition; = gdeseni. 

akwaii-kg inf. [kg kwah] setting oid on a journey; pr. 1071. 
akw, hemahema se de, mintumi mehkg bi da, / shall never be able 
to set forth upon a journey so early in the morning. 

akwaii-ko-oy;i. inf. [gya akwahkg] acrompa)iying on the way; 
cf. akwannya. 



kwaiikora — Nkwaiituiiau. 273 

kwan-kora, As. kwaiikwara, nkwanta, pi. n-[nkwan, kora], 
larf/e sjjoon, ladle, soup-lddle. carved of wood. pr. 1890. 
kwaiikora-SL'iilb, a maker of ladles. 

ak \v an kwa, pJ. i\- [akoa] youth, yoiOKj man. yr. 1897. — syn. 
aberante, -wa, -kwa. — ^. dandy, fop, coxcomb. — uk wankwa- 
scm, fiiruttiiifi, flaioifiny, finery, fopjiishness; ostentation ; di nkw., 
pr. 230.:^53. cf. kyea & inmerantiwasem. 

ukwai'ik wa-diia, Ak. = osekyedua. 

0-k\van-k yon [okwau nkyen] the ivay-side. by the icay, pr.l898. 
the edge or border of a road or path ; syn. ykwan-aso. 

g-k\van-ky rre, inf. the act of showiny the ivay. pr. 648. 

0-k\van-kycretb, pi. a-, guide, leader. 

u-k\van-uia, inf. [m& okwau] 2)ermission, allowance, leave, li- 
cense; admittance. 

g-k\va n-nm, a-, in the icay, in the proper manner, ■■= kwahso, 
a-; ef. abraiiimo-kwaiimu. 

o-k wan-niii-ka, inf. occasional hiyh-ieay robbery. 

o-kwaiHUukalo, hiyh-icay robber. 

akwa n-niii-stjm [a word heard on the way, (}v. § 194] news, 
report, information received on the road. 

nkwa-noa [kwae iluo] the neighbourhood of the primeval forest; 
cf. nhanoa, nsanoa. 

K\\ anokn, ^z'. n. of a weak or worthless man. jjr. :.'969. 

nkwa-iionia [kwae anoma] a bird from the (primeval) forest. 

o-k wan-sen [nkwan, gsei'i] soup-pot. 

nkwau-siane [okwah, siaue] by-way; cf. akwa, akwatikwan; 

akwansL-de, s. akwansisem. [wafa nkw. 

0-kwan-siu [okwah sin] ^j/. a-, the extent, length or distance of 
a way or road, from one appointed halting place to another; pr. 818. 
— a mile. 

akAVansinima fdi)n.] pjl. h-, a smaller division of a way; a sta- 
dium; a furlong; cf. ofretekwah. 

akwan-siw, inf. [siw kwah] the act of hindering dc., hinder- 
ance, impediment, obstacle. 

akwansi-seni, hinderance, impediment, difficulty. 

g-kwan-srafo, />/. a- [sra okwah] scout, spy. 

o-k\vaii-so, a-, on the way, in the proper place, manner, order; fa 
uneema no toto n'akwahso == siesie nneema no yiye, put these things 
in order; enye ne kwahso = ne krohkrohso, that is not the prop>er 
way. — \wAi\^b-k^\y(ihiib, properly, orderly, in due order; oye n'ade 
hh. kw. — akwan-so-se m, = akwahmusem. 

iikwan-ta [okwah nta] double road i.e. the place where a road 
branches off into two, or, where two roads cross, pr. 284. 2983. — 
ogyina own ne hkwa hkw. 

nkwan-ta [hkwah ta] As. = kwahkora, ladle; cf. bebeta. 
iikwantaben, a kind of head, s. ahene. 
ukwanta-bisa, a plant. — Nkw.,^jr. n. m. 
Nkwanta-nah, pr. n. of a town or village (in Akem&c.)from 
which four roads proceed. 

18 



274 akwaiitea — okwasea. 

akwaiitea, 5. opurow. 

a-kwantemmerefda, a kind of bird. 

akwan t em t'i, some where hi or o)i the way, not near the start- 
ing-place nor the end of the journey. 

alcwanten-befua, a single pnlm-mit foiDid on the waji. (Wo 
ba iikasa a, na wofa raa no di, na okasa!) 

0-kwan teiini, wanderer, traveller, tradesman, journeying tra- 
der, syn. batani; nea onam rekodi guA; akwantemfo asafo, caravan, 
company of travellers or merchants. 

o-kvvan-tcnteu, a Jong way ov journey. 

g-kwan-tia, a short tvay or journey. pr.2815. 

11 k waii-tia [ok wan tia] jrr. 1903. the end of a way ; the outskirts 
of a town, syn. kurotia. 

a k wan-tu, inf. [tu k\van| journey, travel ; voyage. — - o-kwan- 
talb, jj/. a-, wanderer. — akwanti'i-kotokii, travelling-pouch or -hag. 

— akwaiitiise [akwantu ase] the reason for nndertahing a journey, 
the intentiem, aim or design in travelling. 

akwaii-twea, a kind of animal; by-name: kwame-t<abi, 

akwa 11-iiya. inf. [gya.. kwah] dispatrhing; accompanying on 
the way, syn. akwankogya. — g-kwaii-nyafu, pl.^-, companion, con- 
ductor; escort, convoy. 

ak wau-ny a [okwan agya] the opposite side of the ivay. pr.369. 

nkwjin-ye [nea wode ye nkwan| hoot, gain, advantage; what 
is given in addition (over and fd>ovc 'nsim' and 'ntoso') in buying 
fishes. 

g-k w a p a 0, /"oo/. hloclhcad, dullard dc. Roy. 501. z=~ okwasea, 
ogyennyentwi. — iikwapae-sem, .s///Mikwaseasem, agyimisem&c. 

kwapeii, by-name of the dog; s. gkraman. 

kwarifa, -fiia, = okisi, rat ; pr. 210. 371. 

kw asiij rikwasA, a kind of tree or .shrub; oduahyen di n'aba. 

kwas afo [hkoa asafo] j^l- id; a person or thing belonging to 
the whole company or comnmnity. — kwasalu-dc, a thing or things 
belonging to a community or sei'ving for the rise of all; common or 
public projierty. — kwasatbdo-})e, communism ; kw.-])efo, commtt- 
nist. Hist. — kwasafo-dua, a tree (bearing frnit) for common use. 

— k wasa fo-iuri 11, rejiublic; common-wealth; syn. kwaman-mi'in. 

— k\va.satbinaii(j»(')tb, the rej)ublica)i party. — kwasatb-iiij }tl. -fo, 
a republican. — kwasaf o-sase, a common, common or public 
ground. — kwasafo-sem, a palaver in ivhich everybody is allowed 
to give his opinion. 

iikwa-ase, the end of a pilantation ; afuw (F. akwa) no nkoa 
a.s. ano a.s. anafo a ede reko hhanoa. pr. 1007. cf. nkoa. 

0-kwasea, ^>/. h-, n- -fo, fool, idiot, ignorant or stupiid person, 
silly fell oiv ; simpleton, dolt, dunce, dullard; oye gkw. se oguah, he 
is as stupid as a slieep; - syn. ogyennyentwi, ogyimfo, osesafo ; cf. 
obodamfo, ogyefo; kwapae, kwatee, tiboiikoso. — kwasea, fool- 
ishness, stujiidity. — nkwaseam', in a foolish manner. — iikwa- 
soa-de, foolish things or dv'ds; V. (-dy.e) folly. — I'lkwasea seiii, 



IvWiiscsii — kwjiw. 275 

foolish talk or hehaviour, f'ooUs/niess, follji. — I'l k wii s e ;i-f o w, a 
lunic (liotijiVtnfi of the favourite dish of the negroes called 'fufu'. 

kwuscsji, <t inixttirc of rlui/f and red clai/ to nih |kwaw| the 
tloor of dwellin<>s with; wpde osiUo a. s. niposa*^. a.s. hrotlelia-akua 
na wode ye. 

Ivwasi, pr. n. tjf a male person born on Sunday, (ir. i? 41,4. 
Akwasilia, -\v;i, Akosiiti, />r. ti. of a female burn on Sunday. 

Kwasi-da, Siindaif; if. dapen. — ak\N;isi-dao =rad\vedae. 

kwasi-ama I'lk wa, tidihearcr, tell-t(dc; oyc kw. =oye nsa- 
kyi-nsjiyani", lie is douhh'-foiHfited, dercilftd, frr/ichcrons; cf. gfako- 
ne-fabafo. 

k \v;'i s i;i i-f, itn'riVPj'iiiiKj. fiini!//d/iirss. coitcri/ : wuye kw. r= 

I woye ahiintai'i. 
I'lkwa-som, inf. V. ■— nkoa-snin, service of shires, shiveni. 
g-kwd.soui, id. a- -fo, a pcr.HOti (ph people) lirintf on ihe phin- 
fotioii; s. ofumni. 

kw ilt a, le))rosi/ ; ,s7/«. piti, fawoliOkodi; yare kw., to he leprous. 
g-k\vataiii, jm/. a- -fo, Jejier; .y/n. opitini. 

o-kwatakyi, ]. a brave person. raJiaid omn. — 2. hraveri/, 
valour; - s. gkatakyi, akatanini. 

kwatoe [recent] /'oo//.sA»f.ss, eoneeif. fopj'C'vi/, flaiiiifiiKj, hrag- 
(jintj. prelentioiisness ; oye kw. rrtr ghoahoa neho; rf kwapae, okwa- 
sea, kwasiare. 

kw;i tcrc.kwa, ragamvffni, ragged ov nearhi naked fellow; 
pr. 1910. F. kwatserkwa. Ml;. 14,5^. cf. kwati, kwawow. 

kwji turck wa, adv. barelg, mcrelg; gka kyere wo kw. se : 
do me! he gives the absolute command: love me! 

kwali, v. to omit, to leave, set or la i/ aside. ^^«.*.5 bg, avoid, 
evade; not to come into, not to piass through; it serves also instead 
of the prep, without: wgakwati bene adi asem no, they held the pa- 
laver iiithout the Icing ; mokwati me a, muntumi nye fwe, or, mun- 
tumi nk, me nye fwe, John 15,5. pr. 1027.1031.1039. — kwati dufiiaw 
or kyem, to go round a ^'medicine'' or a shield = to call upon a fetish. 

kwati, kwatikwati, a. bare, bald, naked, nude; smooth; 
simple, plain ; r/'. kwawow. — watwitwa ne ti so kw,. he has his head 
close .shaved, close cropped; neti apakw.kw.; dua no ho or so (ye) 
kw. (= pata, loithout leaves); mas^h mprampro no ho kwkw. 

kwati a, pi. n-, Ak. a forked stick or post on which the jioles 
for the construction of the roof rest, = akorasimma. 

Kwati'a, pr. n. m. — Akwatia, Akotia, pr. n. m. 
akwatia |akoa, \i?i\adj. small, short; i)r.:J83:.K — ;/. 1. a small 
person., short man; pr. 693. 3564. — 2. a wooden bar or bolt, door- 
bar, cross-bar. 

akwatia-bibiri, a kind of river-fish. 

akwati-kwaii, i.»?. n-, round-about way, by-way, side-way. 

kwawj V. [i)if. a- 1 1. to rub the floor with a mixture of red clay 
and chaff. pr.lS6T. — 2. to ivear off: s. red. kokwaw. 



276 kwaw — kye. 

-kwaw, a. plain, simple, common; nnua-kwaw, s. kyeii dan. 

Kwaw, {Y.)pr. n. ^ Yaw. Gr. § 41,4. 293,6. 
akwawa [akwa, dhn.\ a small plantation, pr. 2399. 

kwawow, a. bare, empty, unfurnished: mere, alone; plain, 
simple; cf. kwaterekwa, kwati; wasi dah-kwa\v6w agyaw ho ama 
no, he has built a single house and left it so to him u-ithont ant/ ap- 
pmienance (as kitchen &e.) or furniture; waka n'asem kw., = waka 
asem a eho da ho na nnipa hh. te ase. 

kwe, kwe, kwe, kwi, F. = t\ve, t\ve, t\Ve, t\Vi. Gr. ^ 12.293. 

kwia, F. = twa. Gr. § 12,2. 293,1 c Bern. 3. 

kwo, kwo, ksvii : kw, before o, o, u, is often written in F. (Trk.) 
where other dialects have merely k.; e.g. 

kwo, akwua (Mk. 12,2.), kwokwa, = ko, akoa, kokoa. 

kwoii, akwondo, iikwoiigya = koii, akgnng. iikonya. 
iikwoiihyelb, akwotuia =^ hkomhyefo, akatua &c. 

kyakya, tsatsa, akyakyawa, -kya, s. akyekyewa. 
O-kjame, 5. okyeame. 

kje, V. 1. to la^t, endure, continue, hold out, stand for a lony 
time, pr.lOOl; to be long i.e. of long duration; n'asemakye dodo, his 
speecli was very long; to stay lung, to stay uicay or out a long time;- 
wakyebiara neii, he has stayed out long enough indeed; s. Gr.§231,l. 
3-5., where instances are given to show the rendering by the v. kye 
of the Eng. adterbs a.nd jih rases ^long, a long ichde, a good tvhile, 
for a long time, long ago, notlong ago, a (long, short) U'liilc ago, long 
since, long before, soon, soon afterwards". — 3. to delay, defer, with- 
stand a long time, require a long time before, with another verb in 
the inf.: okye ne ba, he delays his coming, he does not or will not 
come soon or for a long time; Lnk. 12,45. ekye bo or bii, it withstands 
breaking, i.e. it will not brcalc soon or easily; enkye bg, it does not 
withstand breaking, i.e. it will easily break, it is fragile; ekye see, 
it is not easdy spoUed or ruined, is durable; ehkye see, it is not 
durable, is perishable, frail; pr. 1017. Gr. § 231,2. 

kye, V. \}-ed. kyekye] 1. to divide, or sej^arate Into clsmses, or- 
ders, kinds, parts, portions or shares, to cut up, parcel (out); - kye 
nam, to cut up a piece of meat; often with mu: kye akutu no mu 
abien, divide the orange into two paiis. — 2. to share, part, among 
two or more, to distribute, divide among several; to apportio)i; to 
present or give (also a single thing to a single person): gkyee ne 
mfefo nhina ade, he distributed presents to all his friends; ode duku 
kyee me, he gave me ahandlcerchief. — 3. to give aivay, make a pres- 
ent of: menifa me ba menkye, / do not give away my child, pr. 3528. 
— 4. to forgive, pardon: ode me bone akye me, = afiri me, he has 
forgiven me my offence. — 5. to remit, to acquit of {?l debt); wamfa 
me kaw no ankye me, he has not absolved me from (paying) my debt. 

kye, V. 1. Ak. = kyew. — ;2. F. (khe) = kyekye, kyere, kye- 

[kyere. 

kye, V. 1. to become clear, visible; to appear, come to light; to 
come or bring forth, to obtain or impart consistency; this v. is only 



kye — iikyeafi). 277 

used in connection with ade: ade kye, the dntf breaks (lit. the things 
hrcowc risihie?) [G. dso tsere or tsero]; wo abofra yi, nca woyc yi, 
worci'ikyO ade, i/oii child that ijoii arc, by so doinff i/oii iriJl (not briiKj 
ihitKjs 1o lasfitH/ cjistcnce or duration i.e.) not live long or fare icell 
or prosper; pr. 't8o. — ade reiikye no, things tviU not jtrospcr to him. 

— Q. s. red. kyekye. 

kye, intcrj. exprcssin»" tlio un\villin{:;ness of a monkey to give 
up what he has got, pr. 1787. 

kjM"', adr. in an elegant, crqnisitc or lu.rarions wag; wakyekye 
no fi kye. (ade a eho tew lerenim, asein biara mil ho.) 
C-kyCj Ak. s. kyew. 

o-kye, inf. lasting, duration ; okye na ankye, // did not last long. 
akye, F. ■■== ank;!, ahkrui;!. — iikyo. F. J. r^ anka. ML 1,6.11,21.12,7. 

— ;.\ a word expressive of an attempt. Mf. Gr. p. 4(1 (iikhe). 

a kye, fishing-nct; </. adwoku & atra, boa, eboa, asawu. [G.atse.] 

C-kyr. ekyen(?) F. imuiorfalitg.? Cf. akyewa. 

akyO ffr. kye, r. a forth-conii)igY] a saluttdion, greeting, espec. 
in the morning; compliments, resjjccts; cf. niakye. — ma akye, to 
salute, greet {cf. kyia); mema wo yere akye ; / beg to send or ^jre- 
senf nig kind regards to your wife : mji no akye ma me, give my rc- 
sjJects to him or her; obi aba ha abema wo akye, a person has come 
who desires to pay his respects to yori. 
an'kyO, a kind o^ parrot; s. ako. 

a n ky T", a kind of wild cashew tree with fruits eaten by tlieKrobos. 
kye a, v. [red. kyeakyea] to become or make oblique, inclined, 
distorted, wry, crooked, squint ({"C; to slojjc. slant, bend, incline, dis- 
tort dr. akyea, it is ivry. sloping, not straight; kyea asem, to wrest 
judgment, to pervert ones cause; okyea n'aso di asem, he pierverts 
judgment; wakyea n'aso abu no ntenkyew. Cf. kyew, v. tf- a. 

kye^i, kyea (/«/". P^ a bending sideward or a sideward inclina- 
tion of the head, as for close or careful inspection; a look from the 
side; of we no {or ne) kyea, he looks or cares well for him (her, it), 
is careful for or mindftd of him = ommd biribi nhia no, n'ani ka 
(or ku) no ho; gnfweno kyea, he does not even look at him, does not. 
care the least for him. 

n k y e ti : to-, pr. 2853. 

iikyeae, 1. obliqueness, crookedness; the slanting of a ivrdl; 
minhu dan no nkyeae hi. — 2. a sloping or slanting line. — 3. fig. 
crooked tvay; crooks (of the heart &c.); yenhuu ne nkyeae da, tve 
never found in him any fault, wrong, trespass or deviation from mor- 
al rectitude. 

kyea, v. to walk in an affected, conceited, ostentations manner, 
to strut, to behave proudly; okyea = odi nkwankwasem, gye neho 
mmerantede. 

akye a To, aiikyeafo, -g, a person or thing tcorthy of distinc- 
tion, excelling others of the same kind; gbedew mu nni anky.=:gb. 
biara nye fe, biara nkyen hi, pr. 7 1.17 16. 17 19. 3546. 



278 kyeakyea — kyekye. 

kj^eakj^ea, red. v., vr.3173. — kyeaw-kyeaAv, a kind oi sandals. 
o-kyeame, i>?. a-, speaTicr, reporter, interpreter; one of tlie 
elders of a king or a negro-town or community, called lingidst. who 
in their councils has the office of a si)eaker being- the mouth-piece 
of, or reporter to, the king or the assembly: - di ky., to he or actos 
a speaker. Cf. opanyiii. 

aky e-buro, parched corn, pr.394. syn. nkye-wee. 
aky e-de, pi. id. [ade a wgkye] present, gift: cf. adekyede, kyo- 
fa, ayeyede. 

akye-dnaii, fried meat, cakes Sc. Cf. likyewa. 
kyeo, V. -so, to spare, retain as precious, save, use sparinghi; 
cf. kora so ; okyee n'ade so, he is thrifty, economical, parsimonious, 
close; - red. kyeekyee, q.v. 

kye-edwo [okye a edwo]: oye k. = onipa a oka asem a, 
edwo [etwa]. Cf. yr. 2559 f. 2606. 

kypckyeo, red. v. 1. s. kyee. — :J. ky. mu, to mix persons 
or things of different kind or size, to alternate, to cause to succeed 
by turns, to arrange in reciprocid succession : owo kyeekyee mu, .fhe 
bears sons and daughters alternately [G. efonmafi]; raorafa mmofra 
no nky. mpauyimfo no mu; wasina n'ahene akyeekyee mu, e.s. enye 
aheue sukoro, na esonsone na ode afrafra mu. 

kye-fa, F. [kye, of a] portion, share, allotment, dividend. 
i'ikvc-i> 6 [hno a wgakyew ma abeii na wode asi ho ma adah 
fitii na wuguare a wosra) palm-oil pircpared for anointing one's skin 
after washing. 

iikye-haina [hhama a ekyere] bond--^; oda nky. (mu), he is 
bound, kept in, bo)ids, fig. he is restrained or hindered in an action, 
prohibited to act in a matter; onam nky. m' na obae, he came in 
• bonds, as a captive. 

nky ekwaky em a: bo-, ^^ di ahantansem. pr. 1921. 
akyekya', s. akyekyewa. 
kyekye (mu), red. v.. s. kye, to divide. 

kyckyo, the evening-star; osi sram nkyyi'i, osram yere ncn, 
odi sram akyi da; hence it is also called kyekye-pe-aware, aware- 
m'pe-no, or, pe-hene-adi, owiiodi, implying that \t 'm betrothed to the 
moon and desirous to be married to if. though never able to come 
up with it, or, that it is desirous of becoming king (instead of the 
moon), and that, when the moon dies i.e. disappears, that star takes 
its place; cf. ko-soroma. 

kyekye, />/. a-, callosity, hard spots of the skin; ky. asi ue 
nsam', ne nsam' asi ky., (or asisi aky.) his hand has become (or his 
hands are) callous; nenahkroina anim asi ky., his knees have be- 
come callous. 

kyekye [full ej spindle; nkora ntra-ntra abien a wode dua 
ahyem' ; wode nsatea dan no a, na etwa neho na wode to asawa. 
kyekye, a kind of kente, s. ntama. 



kvekye — akyekyere«j:y.'i. '271t 

k3'ckyc, kyikyi, s2>i/-(/I<iss; telescope. 

kyoky o, red. v.[cf.kyere, kyekyere] J. to hind, tic (tip), tjind 
together, pr. 1923. — :2. to r/ird. ifirdle, ffirt; wakyekye n'asei'i -^ wabo 
neho so. — 5. to precipitate, form a scdiiiuut. to tliicheii, litspissatc, 
coalesce, concrete, coii(/eal; abfirow, dote no aky. (after being dis- 
solved in water or soaked). — /. to groiv or t)Ccome firm, hard, solid: 
ode no aky. kakra-ara gyenn. — .7. ky. kurow, to budd a toien. 
pr. 447. — 0. okyekyc ne were (lit. he tics up his t)reast'0 he comforts, 
consoles, solaces him; ne were akyekye, he has been or is comfor- 
ted, consoled. 

kyekye, red. r. -..so, to keep close together; oky. nesika 
so = gmta ne sika nto aduan nni, nto ntama mfnra. 

11 ky T'ky 0, /^//". ararire. stinj/incss. itiyijardHness; r/'. anibere, 
ayamonwene, kane. — o-kyekyOtu. pi. a-, miser, niifgard; pr. 19:23. 
one heapiiKj up treasures; cf. oyamonwenefo. 

O-kyokye, a kind of bat, having bumps about tlie liead.;>r. i II. 
kyekye, n. a sound a(/rrcable to the ear, harmonious, satis- 
factori/, (jratifi/in<i ; wafi ky. akyi. he comes behind hand, a da/j after 
the fair. 

akyekyOri, a large fruit (melon;') with eatable seeds; syn. 

[akatewa. 

akyt'kyL'Ji, a dish of roasted meal of Indian corn or maize. 

nkyekyom', inf. [kyekye mu] the act of dividing; division; 
part, section, verse; fraction; si/n. nkyem'. 

kyckyc-mawc, As. a fish of a finger's length. 

akyekye-mawe, F. locust. Mt. 3,4. Mk. 1,6. - .s. boadabi, abebew. 

iiky^kyyra, likyekyerewa, Gy. goro, a cord made of pine- 
apple fibres (sevenfold, mfiriwa). 

iiky eky ere. a kind oi' grass or iceeds preventing the growth 
of any thing else; sare atenteh bi a etc se nnua; papyrus; rush. 
Job. 8,11. cf. sakran. 

nkyekyere, wild sugar-cane ; sgn. fwerew. 
kyekyere, red. v. [kyere] 1. to bind, tie, tie together; ky. 
boa, to make a bundle: ky. adesoa, to prepare a load; wokyekyeree 
ne nsa koo n'akyi, theij tied his hands behind his back; bone aky. 
n'ani, sin has blindfolded him. — 3. io gird, girdle, girt; cf. hkye- 
kyeremu. — 3. to be tied round a thing; duku ky. neti, she has a 
handkerchief tied round her head. Cf. kyekye. 

kyekyere [kekre] roasted corn ground into flour; syn. oslam; 
wgde abiirow a woakyew na eyam ky. 

akyeky ere-e, jj/. n-, tortoise; cf. awuru, apuhuru. 

[pr. 1465. 1467. 1024-31. 
iikyekyeree, a weaver's sjjooI; syn. dodowa. 
kyekyerebesi, a kind of tree: dua bi a eho wo nsoe, eye den, 
n'ahaban uteantea, wode eho bono ye hama, ebon na ebgii ; wokor 
ase a, wutu nnee. 

akyekj^ere-gya, -twe, a kind of ant. 



280 kyokyercliu — kjei'i. 

kyekyerehu, a kind oi food prepared of maige. 
kj e k y e r e-k 6 n a, different sorts of precious heads strung to- 
geiher, worn by kings, jjr. MS. 

a k y e k y e r e-k 6 1'l m ii [nea ekyekyere kgn mu] urcJdace ; necl- 

nk_yekyere-mu, Jjelt, girdle; sgn. aboso. [cloth. 

iikyeky ere-s6 |nea wode akyekyere adesoa so] thcd ichkh is 
honnd iqwn a load in addition to it. 

iikyekyerewa, *-. nkyekyerjl. 

iikyekyeM'a, 1. notch, indentation; osekan no fmo abo iiky., 
the edge of the knife has got a notch. — 3. a clicking or smaclcing sound 
produced to scoff atone; wgbo no nky. (=ntwom), theg deride him, 
scoff at him &// smaclcing with the tongue. 

11 k y e k y e w a, tbe s^ncg hark of a tree ; cinn a man ? 

akyekj^ewdj -kya, a humphacked. hunchhacked iJerson. 

[pr. 741. 1046. cf. afu. 
kyekyewn. a. small; okura adaka ky. bi so or adaka kete- 
wa bi a ete so. 

o-kyem, pi. a-, a shield plaited of twigs; liwene ky., to make a 
shield; woye no tetere aliinanaii; hnckler; cf. liwakyem, wokyem. 
akye m-akyeni, a. [^>?. o/'okyem] flat (as the ivicker-ivork of 
a shield) ; atutuw nti abofra no nsa adah aky. 

nky em', inf. [kye niu| division, part, fraction; s. fikyekyem'. 

kyem, v. to jrress (together) forcihly, to force out. 
Ahyem,pr.n. Akem, a country consisting of two territories, 
Akyem Abuakwa and Akyem Kotoku, Gr. p. XI. XII. — pr.n.m. 
a 11 k J e in', pi. ii-, a small hird, perhaps 300 living on one tree, 
kyema, s. kyima. 

kyemadu, a. large, said of a bunch of bananas, palm-nuts, 
aky em ad 11 a (koko), a kind of hcans. 
kyemt;', ^. mo%i precious kind of cdotli from the interior (sa- 
rem'), made of silk-thread, pr. 1365. (pr. 805.) 
akyem-medew, s. obedew. 

k y e 111 I'c r e, pi. n-, potsherd, pr. 3669. 
O-ky e 111 f 6, 2d- a-, a large spider; its bite is said to be venomous. 
0-kye m fo o, j>?. a-, a shield-hearer (ofthckm^ of Asante). pr. 799. 
Akycinfoo, j)?*. v. of ^ sea-coast town in Fante. 
kye mi, a kind of small fish, pounded and made into lumps, 
stinking = osee-samina. pr. 2845. [G. gbemono.] 
kyeinmiri, F. a kind oi snake. 
iiky em-pac [nkycne pae] a hag of salt. pr. .3609. 
iikyem-pe, equator. D.As. 
nkye-mii, s. likyem'. 

o-kyem^ya [gkyem, rf/m.] a smcdl shield, target. 
kyeii [Ak.I".kyene]r. to sur2}ass, go heyond, exceed, excel, he 



kyeij — nkyene. 281 

larger than; Sf/n. sen, cf. tra; it is used for the comparative form 
of Enp^. (id/rrtivt'S and the <'0)iJ. than: after another verb it is trans- 
lated by more than, belter than, rather than, when noj^ativc, by not 
so .. as. not more .. than. Dabodabo ye kokuro kyen akoko, or d. 
kyen akoko kokuro; Onyanic nhyira ye kyeii sika; nietnnii niaye 
kyen noa wosusuw ; nioanyin sen me, enti mutu mmirika kyen me; 
biribi nky^ii ogya koko. R.p. 30;2.ijr.^73. — kyen so (without an 
expressed object of comparison) to l/e eminent, excellent, superior; 
nneema a ekyen so, extraordinari/ things. 

kyoii. V. to erect the sides of a house; wokyen dan, wokyeh 
nnua-kwaw no, the/f put in the common sticks for the walls of a negro- 
house. — (y. nkyen. 

kyen, r. [s. kyC-nkytMi] ]. to become hard, dri/, stiff', durable; 
ekaw kyen na eniporow, pr. 1498. — j2. to maJce hard: wokyen won 
yafunu, the// abstain from food, lire on scanty food, s. yaf. — 3. F. 
gkyeh ne kgn wg n'agya do, fic rebelled against his fatfier\ cf. sen kgn. 

Okyen, pr. n. a surname for the name Atiammo. 

nk veil, the side, side-part or place bg the side of a thing; in 
connection with verbs it is, in Eng\, often rendered by prepositions, 
as, near, bg, with, to, from; or hy adverbs, as, aside, apart, private- 
Ig; F. Alt. 14,13. Mk. i5,5. = gfa; - ogyina me nkyen, he stands near 
or bg me; kyekye da sram nkyen, the evening-star is near the moon; 
mekg ne nkyen, / am going to him; eli glienc nkyen, it comes from 
the king; cf. Gr. ^ 122. — Cpds. s. gdankyen, gkwahkyen. 

o-ky cnaj F. c- [gkye da] to-morrow ; the dag or a dag following 
t/ie present; oky. hi, some future dag. 

o-kyena-kyi, the dag after to-morrow. 
kyene, v. Ak. F. = kyen; m'agwima kyeneme, mg worfc is 
too hard (too much) for me. 

kyeiie, v. to swing, fling one's self, as an ape from one tree to 
another; gkyenc e.s. (kontromfi, duahyeh) gtow fi dua biako so kg 
biako so. — de.. kyenemu; to cross, to thron- across: gde ne nan 
akyene mu. he has crossed his legs. In the combination t o w .. k y e n e 
the V. tow means to throw, send, fling, hurl from the hand or from 
a starting place, and kyene points to the end and aim of such 
movement, .s\ Gr. § 109,32. 243. />. Kyene is used of single things, 
gu of a multitude of things or of materials ; gtow tnmpah no kyenec 
pom', he hurled the bottle info the sea; watow ne sekan akyene, he 
has flung his Jcnife awag, or, he has lost Jris l-nife (by carelessness). 

aky ene,pLh-, drum; diff. kinds: gbgmma' (akyenekese), atum- 
pah, nkrauiri, adedenkiira, etwi, akukua (at Kumase and Akro- 
pong); sa nkyene yi nhina di bene anim ne n'akyi; gteute, mpin- 
tlh; gyamadudu; - kfi or yah aky., to beat a drum. 

11 kyene, salt. Akw. tafode, gyiram. — Plir. hky. atera', it is 
sufficientlg salted; hky. atwam', // is excessively salted, oversalted; 
hky. no nte adem', the salt has lost its savour; wgnye hky. na woa- 
hono, the rain will notlciU you; waka hky. agu (lit. he has cast awag 
S(dt) he lias ceased to nse salt i.e. he is dead; n'aniwa soa hkv. = 



282 



akyeiiel)(')a — kyenkyeiiara. 



n'ani kum na n'aniwam' aye no fremfremfrem or dededede, he is at 

the point of dropping swecihj asleep: akoa yi, oye m'anim nkyene, 
medan meho a, na gye m'atiko yisa, he spealiS r/ood words i)i my 
cars, behind me had ones; cf. wotoo no tekremakyene, fhei/ laid salt 
upon their tongue for him hy sweet words; onan nkyene gu n'asom', 
he bribes or persuades him ; obeka nky. a, mirentie no bio, though 
he try his best to persuade me, I wilt not listen to him any more. — 
bo nky., s. bo 98. - si nky., s. hkyenesi. 

a ky e 11 o-b 6 a, pi. n- [aboa a okyene] ape, monkey (general name). 

akyene-dani, n. adam. 
ky eiiedur u, a tree the wood of which resembles cedar-wood; 
cedar < ; dnpgn a wode sen akyene, ye mpnrah &c. 

akyeue-ka, inf. drumming, beat of drum; syn. ayan. 

o-kyeiie-kai'o, drummer; syn. okyeremii, oyahfo; cf. gyaasefo. 

a-ky eiie-kesc, the king's large drum., called obomma. pr.?!!. 

iikj'eiu'-mu, r.n. a crossing of two lines as in the sign of mul- 
tiplication X ; '■/. osikyi. 

kyOiieiie, a barrot, stcrde, unfruitful female (of animals); 
oguan yi abu ky., this sheep has become fat instead of bringing forth 
young; cf. obonin, karawa. 

ukyeiie-iikyciie, adj. salty; usu nky., brackish water. 

iikyene-si, inf. the putting of salt into bags. [Wosi nkyene = 
wokyekye nky. wg abobow mu a.s. akyem-medew mu a.s. ahabah 
biara mu.] 

o-kyeiic-suafu, pi. a-, a carrier of a drum. pr. 282^. 
iikyeiie-soafu, jjZ. id., salt-carrier, pr. 1943. 
iikyen-koko, ^>?. nkyene-akuko, a grain of salt. 
11 k y 11 k y e iii ni a, a kind of grass. 
iikycnkyemawo, pr.l9ii. cf. kyekyemawe. 
nkyeiikyeii, F. = rikyene-nkyene; saltncss.Mk.9,50. 
kyeiikyC'ii, red. v. \s. kycn | 1. to make ov grow hard, dry, 
.stiff, numb: awgw akyenkyen me, the cold has benumbed me; wa- 
kyenkyen na oye awu, he has become torpid and is about to die; 
onipa wu a, gkyenkyOn, when a man dies, he becomes stiff. — 3. to 
strain, to put to the idmost tension, exert to the utmost: kyehkyen 
woho ma adaka no so, exert yourself (call up) your strength) to lift 
up the box. — 3. V. to dry up, wither away. Mk. 4,6. 11,20 f 

kyeiikyeii, a. stiff; tadua ky. pr. 3156; s. ky.-ara k kyen- 

[kychkyen. 
ky eiikyen, basket, pannier , made ofpalm-branches and reeds, 
to carry palm-wine; syn. akgtwG: cf. bedew, apakan, kyerehkye. 
akyenkyeiij 7;/. ?V?.. an unripe ^yalm-nut. 

kyeiikyeii-be-mu, pr. 310.1945-47. 
akyfeiikyOna, a bird with a large bill, the toucan or hornbill, 
huceros? pr. 1948. — by-names: pebiakrro, meamea. 

kyeiiky eri-ara, adv. hard, forcibly; needs, necessarily, in- 



akyeakyeiiiK' — kyrn-. 2H3 

ilispciiatihl//; ahsoliUchf, h//aU )ncans. pcrcin/ilofili/, jiosifivrJi/. itffrrJi/; 
miso, rm'mina onko; iia ose kyenkyrn-ara oht'ko, I sai/. T do )iot 
iriah to Id li'nn (/o : hiif he siiifs, /ir irill (jo hi) till nicavs. jCf. G. kr, 
kele, .s//7/, iid, ihoiifih.J 

a k_V('M'ik yrn-iic [kyoukyC'ii, adc | a forced nioilvr or fhiiiif: - 
odo nye aky., lore is iiof enforced, ohfained hi/ force. 

nky ei'ikyoiie, somethnxi hordenc.d ; biribiara a akyei'ikyeh, 
se dote, aduan a aye dennenneniieii ua wudi a enye bio, nam a 
woahow na aky en ; - obosu nky."^, honr-frost; nsu nky.i', ice; am u 
liky.i, (I niiomni/. 

k y e n k y e ii v I'l I'l . s. ky eh kyerehii . 

k y r> I'l ky e I'l ky e ii, adr. hard, riffidJi/. inflexibly, vnrelentinfi- 
Ifl, excessive} ji; obyeno ky., lie forces him hard, rides over him with 
sevcriti/; Eiiiresi-abfirotb hliye abibifo ky., the Knijlish do not deal 
riyidlij with the iiei/roes; gtoh n'ado aboodcri ky., he sells his thivgs 
exccediriijlj) dear. 

akyeiikyeii-nuni |adiiru aekyehkyeh | a medicine fn' hard- 
ening any tbin<>-, for cmbahning a corpse, for iinimiiiificafinn. 

ky eiiky eiitakyi-a, adv. by force, forcibly; onyekyehkyeu- 
takyi-ekyi do, it is not an irresistible love; kyerikyentakyi-esi a, 
ose inemui;1yt'hko, he absolntcly ivaids me (or, tvitJi, (dl his might he 
forces me) to go niih him; syn. kyehkyeh-ara. 

kyeiikyGiitakyi-kui'Ow, i)r. 2818. 

ky eiikyereiiii, a. li,' adv. very hard, dry, stiff: cf. kyeh & 
kyenkyeh, v. — nam no aye kychkyert'rih, ////; fislt (or meat) is ivell 
dried; asase no mil (or so) ye kyehkyenci'ih, ^== emu akyeii or awo, 
the land is hard and dry, arid, meager, barren ; ne ntama no aseri 
ky. ; ne nsa sehi ky. or kyehekese, 1 Ki. 13. — wakyeh kyOhkyerehh, 
he has become stiff (in his body or joints, tor some hours) : eye akose 
abiribiri\v-t\Va, syji. ade atg no so, ahuhmu ato (or asi) no so. 

kyouky erei'iky o)"i = kyehkyehkyeh. 
akye-nya-de [ade a Avoakye anya| share, ^wrfioit, = kyefa. 

kyepe, Akw. =: pedua, to. 

kyepen, F. portion, inficritance. Mt. 5,5. 
ukyera, a kind oi pot; s. kuku. 

kver, F. kjere, Ak. = kye, v. to last, endure; F. mambekyer', 
I am not to remain long; gbekyer alie, fioiv long will it last':- bekyer 
ahe hko, lioie long (wilt tJiou stay away)? Fs. 90,18. 

kyere [kye, v. to lastdc] a delay, lingering, prolonged stay; 
mehhye wo ky., I do not detain you, tvill not cause you a delay or 
detodion; wannye ky. yee ntem kog ho, he hastened there withoid 
delay. 

kye re, v. [red. kyekyere, (/. v.] 1. to catch, lay fiold on, seize 
(by pursuit); to talce captive (ky. or fa dommum), apprehend; to 
detain; a^-yinamoa ky. hkura, akroraa ky. hkokg; pr. 3111.1954-57. 
ky. asem, Lk. 11,54. — 2. to bind, tie round (adare, the handle of a 
bill-hoolc)- — ■)■ to become tliiclc, to curd, curdle, clot, concrete or coa- 
gulate into a thick inspissated mass; nufusu no aky., tlie milJc has 
curdled. — ■/. .. m u ky., a) to be narrotv; odah yi mu ky., tJiis room 



284 kyere — akyere. 

is narrow; opp. mii gow, to he spacious. — h) to he hurried and in- 
distinet in pronnnciation : Aburifo kasa mu kyere, e.s. wokasa ntem- 
ntem na emu ntew a.s. emu nna ho. — 5. kyere m ii, to interweave, 
tissue, rarier/afe; wgaky. mu = gtamanwonefo adi mu adwini; s. 
nkyeremu. — 5- to he in great distress or sfraits: ue ho kyere no = 
ne ho hia no wg mma nhina; ne tirim aky. no (e.s. asem bi aye no 
ehu neawereho nhina), he has hecome distracted, out of his senses or 
wits. — (j. to 2^ress or he pressed together ; kyere so, to throng, crowd: 
nnipa no aky. so, the people are croirded together; wgkyere no so, 
the// throng him: wgkgkyere tow, they huddle together into a cluster, 
sivarm or crowd. — ~. kyere (or kyekycre) sa, to prepare for tear 
(by collecting an army &c.): wakyere me ho sa-bone, he has plan- 
ned, devised or determined evil against me. — S. to show or manifest 
ill tvill. hostilitg, animositi/, aversion, tohcar malice, to malx one feel 
a grudge; s, hkyeree. 

kypre, V. [red. kyerekyere, q. r.J 1. to show foiih, produce, 
exhihit, present to view (often preceded by de, fa, yi, with the ob- 
ject that is shown): fa mfonini yi kyere no. show him these pic- 
tures; mede maky.no [or, maky. no mf.); - fa woho or yi woho 
kyere, shoio gonrself; gkyere neho (dodo), lie is ostentatious, hoast- 
ful. vaunting, jn: 383. 1.31S. - yi.. kyere, to manifest, reveal, make 
knotvn. John 1,81.2,11. — 2. to show, point out (to); to guide or lead 
to: kyert no kwaii, show him the way: kyere no odah a gbedam', 
lead him to the room where he is to slvep. pr. 1617. — 3. kyere ase, 
/[* show the reason, meaning, sense, i.e. to explain, interpret, pr. 1950. 
kyere a no, to state or declare the amount, numhcr. weight cC-c. F. to 
declare. — 4. to teach, instruct in: mekyereeno nhoma-kan, I taught 
him to read (cf. red.). — 5. to advise, counsel, exhort: gkyeree no se 
onnnaii, he advised him to flee; pr.236. — 6". to have a direction or 
situation toward, to front, face, to look toward: adannim ky. apuei, 
the front of the house looks eastward; nemfensere ky. abgnten so, 
his zrindow faces or looks into the street. — 7. After another verb, ky. 
often sliows the direction of an action and is rendered in Eng. by 
iheprcp.totvard (Gr.^ 223,4): gterew no nsam'kyeregsoro, hespreads 
fo)ih his hands toward heaven ; or it denotes the reference to a per- 
son and is rendered by to: ka.. kyere, to speak or relate to, to tell, 
give rnstruction or information to. to inform: gkaa ne daekyeree no, 
he told him his dream; wanyii asem no nka nkyeree, he has often 
inculcated this matter; - to mctkeknown. reveal., John 1,18. — 8. kasa 
kyere, a) to spealc to. pr. 513. - h) to instruct, exhort, admonish. pr. 911. 
— V. to do for a pretence: wgbg mpae tenten kyere, they for a pre- 
tence make long prayers. Mt. 23,14. 

kyei-e, F. unless, except (=gye); till, until: mgdo w' ky. owu 
apa hen mu, / shall love thee till death us do part; cf. kyere-de. 
kyere, inf. Ak. = okye, long duration, time. pr. 1949. 

o-ky ere, the act oi teaching ; doctrine, rule, ])reccpt, instruction. 

o-kyere, precious heads and pieces (ingots) of gold, fastened 
round the wrist; s. gkrakyere. 

akyere,^?. n-, a wretch worthy or destined tohekilled; i)r.636.1958. 



kyeree — ukyerekyerewa. 285 



cf. akwakyere; wode no too akyere, they sentenced him to he Mlled 
after pt-cvioua torments in dragging him along the streets, 
kyeree, ^= abgso, the batten or mooabte. bar of a loom. 

iikyeree% v.n. [kyere, r.\ example, sanqtle, pattern, instance; 
s//n. hfwcso; eho nky. bi ni. 

iikycrtM.' [kyere, t'. | 1. manner of binding; stale of bondaye, 
bonds; iikyorcea worn;! wokyeree no yee no yaw se. — ;?. a (jradye. 
ill ivill, animositi/, hostilili/, malice, aversion; medeneuahonkyeree 
(= ne ho tan, ne hu ahi) na niede nierekyere no, 1 make him feel 
the (jrndije I owe to his mother: mf;i m'.igya ho nkyeree nkyerenie, 
do not mahc me suffer for the aversion ifoa have conceived to my 
f(dher. — 6'. = duasee, kaasee &c. 

I'lkyere-ano, inf. F. answer, declaration. 

nky crease, inf. explancdion, interpretation; cf. asekyere. 

akyereba, -wa, -bii, pi. h-, F. sister; cf. onua-ba. 

fMt. 13,66. 19,:i9. Mli. 3,35. 6,3. 
kyere be 11 11, kerebeii-krebeiiii, (fnll e) a. & adv. 1. erect, 
upriyld, straight, not crooked at all; (ogyina ho ky., nnna no anyin- 
nyiii krbkrb.) — 2. fust, firm; syn. pintinn. 

o-kyerebeii, pi. a-, a species o( snake; oye ahantan se oky. 
kyerebeukuku, the queen of the white ants, = mfotehene. 
kyerebia(so), a three-angled piece of wood or s/ic//" fastened 
in the corner (or nook) of a room to put things on; s. kyereso. 

kyere bo, hardened dung, excrement; onipa, atoteboa biara 
a.s. akoko bin a eye dennennen; syn. bin, sebew; cf. bintuw. 

kyere-de, F. (in order to see) whether; = kyere-se; or only: 
kyere: Mk. 11,13. — kyere obokii no, hoping to kill him. 

akyeredewa, a little somctliing to make a show; asmcdltoken. 

akyerekye, an animal that eats unripe plantains. 2>r- 1960. 

akyerek3''eree, id.? a kind oi rodent animal; s. opurow. 

ukyerekyera, -kyerewa, dry land, barren desert; hky. sone 
nea wura ntumi miifi yiye na aduan nso mnio. 

kyerekyere, a. only used together with kaii, s. kanky.... 
kyerekycre, red. v., 1. .s. kyere; the rer/. form is used, with 
the meaning to teach, instruct, when the thing or matter that is taught 
is not mentioned; cf. didi, kehkari. — ;?. kyerekyere .. mu, to ex- 
plain, expound, elucidate, dlustrate. 

iikyereky eve 6, examples, instances; s. nkyeree; eho liky.bi. 

o-kyerek3^eref6, jj?. a-, teacher, instructor, tutor; xireacher, 
minister of tJie gospel. 

aky e reky ere-kwaii, \it. what shows the way; 1. the forefinger, 
index. — 2. in a ship the helm, or perh. better, tlie steering compiass. 
— 3. way-mark, direction-post. 

11 kyere kye rem u, inf. explanation, exjjliccttion, elucidation. 
kyerekyerew, red. v., s. kyerew. 

iikyerekyerewa, engravings, figures, pr. :i383. 



286 iikyerekyerewa — k^^erewo. 

nkyerekyerewa, s. nkyerekyerii. 

o-ky e 1* e m a,])!, a-, drummer, by the fetish-priests called gyamfo ; 
pr. 1901. ahene ne aky., lit. Icokjs and dnoiiiiirrs, i.e. li»tfs and ofJirr 
chiefs. 

akyeremadei'o, the Icbujs drummers, pr. 477. s. j>yaasefo. 
!*ikyereiiinia, white flakes of ashes (gbrgde-hono a wgahyew 
mu gyarenso mil apowapgw a ededam' titafitfi no). 

iikyeremu, a kind of precious cotton chifh. mixed of red and 
black, similar but far superior to mmoboin'. 

kyereiikye, pi. n-, 1. basket made of wicker (liamanempo- 
pa), strong & coarse, used to cover fowls, chickens &c. — cf. ken- 
ten, kyehkyen, (akotwe), sesea, pirebi, tekrekyi. — ,?. liird's cage. 

ky erepeii, pL n-, roir, line, rani; fde; wafua ode gyau nko 
kyerepenkyerepeii, he has planted yam in (several) roirs consisting 
only of "gyawu". — l*\ aky. mu, in roirs. Mt. (i,40. 

kyere-se, conj. (F. -dej ;= se ebia, nheiher or if jterhaps; 
Gr. § 141,1,B. fl, kofwe ky. owo ho ana'? kgka kyere no ky. obetie 
ana? kg ky. wobenyii biribi aba na yeadi. 

ky ercso, = kyerebias6, duabon a.s. dual)! a womsoii de aliye 
kokoam' na wgde nneema gu so. 

kyere-su a-sem (-nhoma)"^, catechism. Kurtz §7. 

kye re-tie, listening to instmction; mekg ky., 1 go to have a 
lesson; asubg ky., the attending to instrHction precious to baptizing. 

k^'eretiefu"^, (pi. id.) catechumen. 

ky 0, re w, v.{^red. kyerekyerew") Ky. twere, to write ; to engrave: 
ky. hhoraa, to write o)i paper, to a-rifr a letter, deed, docvment, tract 
or hook; cf. knrukyerew. 

ukyerew: the phrase gu ne nkyerew is used when of things 
portioned out successively nothing is left; wgkye ade hi mu wie a, 
wgka se: yeagu ne nkyerew, = yeawie kora, we are at the end of 
it, ICC have done or finished, all is sj)enf, there is nothing left; aduah 
a yeile kge no, yesan akodi bi a, na wgagu ne nky. dedaw, when 
we went again to partake of the victuals wc had t((kcn with ns, theg 
were already done (finished, consumed, used up). 
akyerewa, -ba, Ak. F. sister. -= onua-b;i. -b('n. 

kyerewii, screw; cf. mfewa. 

ky erew-dc, ^j/. ii-, letter, character in irriting (s.^yertwe) 
or printing (s. ntinti-mi). 

kyere we, -e, pZ. n-, a line, syn. nsanhg; a tnark or character 
in writing; letter; s. kyerewde. 

I'lkyere we, -e', 1. engrnved or impressed artificial lines or fig- 
ures on calabashes, pottery &c.; ahina no ho nky. ye fe. — 2. any 
engraving, icriting, draicing. design, ddincation. — 3. the lines in 
the palm of the hand. — 4. a mark, notch, incision, groove. — :j. 
the worm or thread of a screw (hkyiiikyimi), 

g-kyere wl'o, 7>L a-, writer; scribe; clerk; author (of a hovk). 

kyere-wy, a kind of bird, catching snakes. 



akyeton — Jikyi. 287 

aky e-toii, w/". [kyere, ton] catchinff and selling ; wodii Krobo- 
fo aky., tJtcij took to (■(itching and selling the Kroho-pcople. 

e-ky»!w, Ak. ekyc, h(it, cdp. bonnet, an// rover for the head: cf. 
borg-kyew, fo-kye &c. — pa., kyew, lit. to tale off' the hat. to hrg 
submissireli/, to entreat, snpi)licalr. heseeeh. petition; to tieg pardo)i; 
S(/n. koto, sf'ro, koto sere; [G. kpa tai, Vor-p. 06.\ niopa wo kyew se: 
fa liri ine, I tjeg i/mt to f'or(/irp nic! \v<t kyew ni! lit. /four hat is this, 
i.e. / fjeg >/onr pardon! kyew nhina ye wo dea ^— fa firi me, na t'a- 
firi nhina ye wo dea, enyeme dea, / have nothing to forgive, 1 crave 
onlif gour forgiveness; mepaa no uie bone ho kyew, 7 as/,ed him to 
forgive the tvrong done hg we. 

kyinv-pii, inf. entreat g, sntq^lieation. asJcing for jj(trdon. 

ky ow, V. tofrg, hake, roast, }Htrch (akoko, nam, nkyewa, kafe, 
abijrow, pr. :i94., ase n.a., with or without fat. in a pan. on a roaster 
orpotsherd, whereas toto is, tobake in an oven, or, as kisa, to roast 
at the hare fire. 

kyew, r. to .s(/uint; cf. kyea; okyew n'ani, he sqnints his ege, 
looks asiptini; n'ani akyew, he squints, is squint-eged. 

-kyow, a. in cpds: crooked, irrg, irrong, unjust: s. brakyew, 

( ntenkyew. 
a ky w-a kyew, adv. sqnintinglg; of we no aky., he looks at hint 
in a squinting manner, bg side-glances. 

ky e vv' kyew': ne ho yeno ky., fie feels nnco-mfortable, uneasy, 
is anxious, timorous, apprehensive, suspicious, from a bad conscience, 
from fear to be seen. 

akyewa Nyahkopon, F. tfic immortal God. Cf- ekye. 
iikj'^ewa, fried cakes, roasted meat, delicate food; c/.akyeduaii. 
11 ky e-w e-e [abiirow a woakyew na wo\ve]2)arcfied corn. pr.l944. 

kyi, Ak.kyiri, v. [red. kyikyi] to turn the back to; 1. to dislike, 
not to like, to loathe, have an aversion to, hate, detest, abhor; r/. tah; 
to shun, fear, shrink from. pr. 417.1190. 15 J7. neg. not to be against^ 
pr. 180.'). wonky i, itis not (objected, not found unalloivable , pr. 1488. 196S. 
woka no sa a, wonkyi, gou mag sag so, although it is not the right 
word or answer. - abosom nhina wo ade a wokyikyii. — 2. to abs- 
tain from, to avoid, to consider as forbidden (by the fetish) and 
unclean; mikyi, I am not allowed to eat it. — o. kyi anim, to shun, 
keep clear of, beware of, get oid of the ivag of; nea ese se yekyi n'a- 
uini ne obonsara, he whom it is necessarg for us to shun is the deed. 
— i. kyi ayi, to abstain from certain victuals for a month to a year 
after tfie death of a member of one's familg. 

kyi, V. [red. kyikyi] to press, squeeze, wring or crusfiout; wo- 
horo nlama a, wokyi mu nsu no agu, in washing clothes the water 
is wrung out from them; kyikyi atam no mu; - kyi nufu, to milk; 
kokyi iihuan no nufu, go and mdk the goats; - kyi uho, to /)ress out 
(id; kyi bobe-aba, to press grapes; Gen. 40,11. 

a kyi, cf. akyiri, Ak. akyire, Gr. §119. 120,4. 130,5. 1. the back, 
the hind (er) part, rear; the outer ((mtward) pati, outside oi a. \esse\ 
or enclosure, of the hand, pr.468. -- iK the space behind or outside. — 



288 nky^ — okyikafo. 

5*. behind (owo in'akyi, he is hehind me; clua bi si dan no akyi; 
yr. 2160) ; outside, icithout (opon akyi, oidside or before the door); 
after (of time) ; opranna akyi na osu to del, r.ifter a thunder-storm 
it always rains. — 4. ia specific cases or phrases: a) the property 
left at a person's death; b) the time of one^s absence; c) one's sup- 
porters or relations. — di ..akyi (di akyiri), to follow, go or come 
after; to succeed; to accompany, attend, assist; to pursue, chase; 
pr.893. 895. 898 f. — ogyina m'akyi, ]te stands behind me, baclcs me, 
supports, assists or protects me, stands security for me. — n'akyi tweri 
me, he leans upon me, s. aninsem. — waba m'akyi, he has come in 
my absence; obi aba wo akyi, somebody came to visit you whilst you 
tvere absent. — edoni abeti yeii akyi, the enemy has made his ap- 
pearance in our rear, at our bade, behind us. — wafi m'akyi ako ho, 
he ivent there icithout my hnowledyc; - siesie m'sikyi, provide for my 
coming home (that I may find something to eat); of we n'akyi, she 
looks for the things which he has left; nea wode fwee m'akyi wo he? 
what did you prepare for metvhilst I was absent? - ghyehye n'akyi, 
he boasts of what he has not with him (what is left behind or expected); 
- gwo bi wo n'akyi, he has a rich relation; n'akyi nye duru, he is 
not of a rich or renowned fatuity, iSam. 18,23. 

nkyi, F. adv. then, now, afterward. 3It. 3,10.12.44 f Mh: 1,14. = 
eno na; cf. akyiri no, F. n'ekyir' no. 

kyia, v. [inf. n-, red. kyiakyia] Ak. dwa, 1. to shake hands, 
greet, salute, bid welcome. — ^. to give or send one's compliments; 
cf. ma akye. — 3. to bet, wager, lay (a bet or wager), hold a tcager; 
\Vokyia wg so, they hold a wager on it; me ne no kyia, / wager with 
him; kyia me e! lay me a wager! 

iikyia, inf. Joining hands, salutation, greeting; (pi. nkyiakyia, 
Mt.23,7); bet, tvager. 

akyi-de [kyi, v., ade] a detestable or abontinable thing; any food 
disallowed by the fetish ; wadi n'aky., he has eaten ivhat he was for- 
bidden to eat. 

akyi-di, inf. following after, pursuing, pursuit; pr. 300. 
kyi-doin, the rear, rear-guard, reserve of an army, reserve 
troops of the centre. 

akyi-dua, a support, stay, prop; a defender; n'akyidua abii, 
the person in ivhom or the thing in which he trusted is no more. 

akyi-diiaii', kunafo aduan a wodi, bread of mourners. Eos. 9,4. 

O-kyifo, nea okyi aduaii bi. pr. 1965. 

akyifo, i^?. n.,.thc succeeding generation ; cf. akyikafo, hkyiri- 
mma; yen akyifoawgbae yi de, wgii ani nsg nnipa, this rising gen- 
eration has no respect of others, =^ne-mma. yi ani nsg mpanyimfo. 

akyi-f\ve-de [ade a wgde fwe obi akyi] necessities ov presents 
prepared for one to receive him as a guest or on his return home; 
m'aky. wg he? whcd is prepiared for me? 

akyi-gyina, inf. [gyina akyi] support, assistance, prrotection. 

0-Viy\gy\nM6, supporter, protector, counsel, attorney, advoccde, 
comforter. John 14-16. — 2. one who handles (a gun), shooter, pr. 1792. 

o-ky i-kafu. pi. a-, 1. one left behind, left in charge o/"something 



kyikji — kyiahyia. 289 



by a departing person. — 3. heir (= owunnyafo. ododifo). — .V. 
sfra(/i/I('r. — /. one who rcnuiit/s! Jicli'nnI, llic last. Mat. ■.>(),Vi.l4.1i'>, - 
f>. okyirikafo, F. akyirdzifo. 

kyikvi, kyikylj re.d. rr.. s. kyi, kyi. 

kyi'kyi, kyekyi'*, telt'srope, .sj)if-(fl(iss: if. alvVcdc. 

kyi ky i ky i, ye -, /" rmil:; upon no rclnic no, cycc ky. ■ — e- 

I kasae. 

kyi ky 1 r i ky i ky iri. niniiliiiess, r(t.s/iurss: nyi ky., he durs 
tint sit quiet, is nislt. iDintl//. tnrbidrnt. refrarfori/. 

kyim', --- kyi imi. 

kyi in, r. [red. kyiiikyim] to fani. ficisi, iriiid. irrinif. tryrsf: 
.s/y».dah, kyima: to turn roitiuJ, rvcithv. iiiicel ; \V(')kyim hatna, fra, 
nsa...; \\ iasi> o/onipa hkw.i rekyim, ////■ imrhl. or //iiiiiai/ li/'r. is not 
jieyjnanciftJ// standint/, is turniny, niicrlin;/. 

kyim, v.n. wrcsiing de. ogyeme kyim, lietahes luii uonl (tiid 
irrests it, he tJoiifjts. disputes ndud I sa//. pr. 76. Cf. akyinnye. 

e-ky im, a food prepared of blood, spiced with salt and pepper. 

kyimti, v. 1. to turn, tirist: oky. nekon, iu> ti, no nsa, safe. — 
3. to turn a^ide: dom no akyinia akofa nkwansiane abesi kuroni', 
///(■ eneuif/ turned and entered the town by a round-about icay; - oko- 
kyima, he goes to ease himsetf. to tlie pricij;(i}r. o69.) F. he goes about, 
Mt. 4f2S; - wakyima neho = wadah nelio, a) he has withdrawn : Jj) 
he has eased himself (evaeuated his bowels): rf. ye nelio yiye, gya 
ne nan. — .9. ^= ye bra. 

ky i mil, t>1ame. tjletnish. defect, fault; ne lio nni or nto ky., there 
is no defect in him: neho tew or to ky., there is something amiss or 
fault// with him: ne ho tew ky. (biribiara ye no a.s. ono ye biribi) a. 
wode bebisa wo, // ang thing goes amiss witlt him, i/ou will ansn-er 
(be answerable) for if. 

I'lkyiinfiri, an engine with a rombi nation of wheels, wheel-worl:. 
11 kyi mi', a winding; the thread or worm of a screw (mfewa 
no ho nky. atorom) ; wheel (?) 

I'lkyi-iiiii, inf. [kyi mu] the act of wringing out. 

kyiii, V. = kyini. 
o-kyin.ako, a kind of bird. s. kokokyiniako. 
Akyliiaii, Akyinantiin mogye mogye, a surname given to Enro- 

kyiiii [Eng.] = Jiing (in Europe); mesora ky. [peans. 

kyini [Ak. kyih; red. kyinkyini] to ei real ate; to walk or go 
(round) about (oky. dan ho; oky. man mu, guye fvie; gsebo kyini 
kwaera', owiaky.wim'); to rove, ramble, roam, range, stroll, wander. 

kyinii, pi. n-, (/ large parasol of kings, also called kataman; 
ef. akatawia. — ky.-knrafo, s. gyaasefo. 

kyiii-hyia, inf. lit. a turning round and meeting; the revolu- 
tion or rotation of a wheel, of he hands of a watch or clock; an hour, 
r/. dohfwerew. — di ky., to turn round again and again: mfewa no 
adi ky., the screw turns without catching hold i)i its boj . 

ky ii'ihA'ia-)iitV;iMi;i. wliirlwind. 

ly 



290 kyiukyim — iikyiri-mma. 

kymkyim, red. v. kyim. — F. io tarri/, Mt. 25,5. orekyinkyim 
Hi', ba, he delays Ms coming; ef. t\Veut\Ven. Mt.24,4S. 
kyiiikyin, -kyiui, red. v. kyiii, kyini. 
iikyiiikyiiiiij fako a obi ky inky in bg. 

kyiiikyiraii, bo-, to be alarmed by sad news, of. bo t\vi. 
iikyin-so, inf. circulation, the act of (joiny ahoid or })assi'n(i 
from place to place or pierson to pterson. 

iikyiiiso-iilioina, circular, circidar letter or paper. 
akyin-nyc, inf. [gye kyim] douhf, nnbeUef (F. Mk.9,24), dis- 
helief, scepticism; dispute, controversy/, dehnte; ogyeno akyinnye, 
(better : ogye no kyim) //e dispmtes ivifh him. ccdls in (puestion or c.i- 
presscs dissent or opposition to what he saijs: pr. 446. 2147.271(1. — 
oye aky., he is a habitual disp\der. 

o-kyinnye-gyefo [akyinnye-gye, ?«/'.] r/oi'^/y/rr. sceptic, dis- 
puter, controvertist. pr. 1966. 

kyiri, v. (F. kyir) = kyi. 
akyiri, Ak. akyire, F. akyir. 1. = akyi 1-f. (In Akr. akyi is 
used with a noun or pronoun before it, akyiri without such.) — di 
akyiri, to go or follow after, pursue dc. — s a n aky., to turn back, 
return. — ^. behind; in a distance, afar off: gnam aky., he ivaJks 
behind, or, in a distance; - ka aky., to stag behind. — 3. the time 
after \ - akyiri no, F. n'akyir no, afterwards: kaii no gmpe se gkg, 
aky. no gkge, at first he did not choose to go, but afterwards he u-ent; 

- akyiri yi, rrcentlg, latelg; wo akyiri yi iihoma, llig last letter. — 
/. tlir latter end : aky. besi yeii den =; ebewieyen den? how will it he 
with tis fimdlgY aky. bosimo yiye, // wdl turn out well for yon ; mi- 
suro aky., / am afraid of the consequences; - ohfi akyiri, a) fie is 
far-sighted, long-sighted; b) he can accoutd for it. — 5. nam or fa 
akyiri, to do without the knowledge of another. — 6'. m'akyiri firi 
hg, my mothers family, my m<dernal relations are from that place. 

akyiri-di, inf. following or going after, pursuit. 

aUyin((li)r(), /b/?o/re/Y.^; F. akyiV(dzi)fo, the last. Mt 20,12. 14. 
kyiri-a r.MSt', a kind of razor [ekyi afasew, it does not agree 
with af., getting dull when used to cut af.]; s. oyiwaii. 

kyiri-a licmric, a middle sort of sandals; s. mpaboa. 

aky iri-knTc'i, = okyikafo, one who remains behind, the last. 

a k y i r i-k y e r o av f o'', telegraph. 

a kyiri kyiri, -kyiri, far, distant, far behind, far away, (ivj 
a remote distance; gkg akyky. asase bi so (or, asase bi so akyky.), 
he has gone to a distant country; - ..ani ye., akyirikyiri, s. ani.S'yl. 

- mnicx wo ani nnye wo akyirikyiri se merebehye wo da-tenteii hi, 
do not ujiprchoid Had I shcdl put you off very long. 

j'l kyi ri-i'i kyiri, F. akyiri-akyiri, backwards; s. pini. 

kyiri kyiri kj'iri, adv. blazing, in full blast, in or with a 
bright flame, lustily, vigorously : ogya no dew ky. =framframfram, 
frafra, kitikiti. 

ukyiri-inma, F. (Akp. in songs) the rising generation, ^^ aky i- 
fo, 'ne-mma, mma a woaka akyiri a wgwg hg 'ne-yi. 



akyirisjiii — L. M. 291 



akyiri-sail, wf. [san akyiri] harlsjidimi ; vf. nsanakyiri. 
o-kyiris;ii'it('), pi. a-, F. hm-ksHtlvr. 
nkyi-san, inf. (/oini/ Ixuh. 
a kyiwado, ^^ akyidc. 

I.. 

Tlio letter I is used only in i'orcij;!! proper names. In sonje 
Fante dialects I is used for r, prohahly (uily by people who are not 
of 'i'slii orij;in. In words adopted ironi lorei^iii lani;tiages, d is ])nt 
for 1 as an initial sonnd, and rin other eases; r/'. dagire, bri'i, dare, 
dadare, lia<2;ire, »S:c. Gr. i^ 2!^.'), 1 1 d. 

11. 

Words which ha\ c in as the first letter of tiieir stem (usually 
with another iii, in verbs sometimes with two iiis before it), but 
are not found under M, — seek under H. 

The consonant in, when radical or original, is united with nasal 
vowels (a, e, i, O, n); whenever it is followed by ])ure vowels, it is 
a transformation of b, caused by a jireceding ni (or orig. n, i"i) or 
by negligent pronunciation. — It interchanges with b, w, n, I'l; 
Gr. § l.S.19 F). o7. — HI before f has a different pronunciation, being 
])roduced not with both lips, but with the lower lip alone. 

m is a frequent prefix before stems beginning with p, f, m, 
and with b whicli is then assimilated, i.e. changed into i)i. This 
prefix is found 1. in nouns in the sing, and plur. (Gr. § 29,2. H5,^». 
42,2. -43,1. 104,3.5.), in a far adjeciives (as nmierew, or in plural 
forms as nimia-mmia), in niimcrrds (Gr. ^ 77, 7;^,4.6. **>!.), and in 
some adrerhs (derived from or formed like nouns, as mmom, mpo, 
Gr. ^ 134,3 b). — ;?. m is also a prefix of the 2 nd. imperative and 
all negative forms of f lie vcrh (Gr. § 91,10. 92. 95,1. 96 II.) — As 
a prefix, in, being a semi-vowel, usually forms a syllable by itself, 
except when it is joined to a pi-eceding vowel or pronounced to- 
gether with the in of the subsequent syllable in eijual tone. Gr. |^ 
23,2 ?>. 24,3. 95,1. 96,2. 

Ill* :/. = me, jjm». o) before a vowel; h) after a verb (in f|uick 
s])eaking). — 3. = mo, 2)>-o». (seldom). — Gw^h'^ ]iein.:J.b'i.Iiem.2. 
— .=;. = mu. Gr. ^ 120,2. 

niuia, j/>/., .S-. oba; wwwix^ jtl.. s. gba, iconian, aba, rod. ba, j;/rfrr. 
-ma, F. mba, suffi.r in diminvfirc forms of words terminating 
in m, II, ne, ni &c. Gr.§37,l. .s. bamma, barima. bemma, abomnia, 
damma, odamma &c. 

-ma, seems to be a formrdive suffix of verbs (buma, hima, kyi- 
ma) and nouns(adwuma, mframa, aguma, hama, ahema, iilioma&c.) 

ma, V. fred. mema, moma q.v.] l.io [five, hand, commiinicate, 
hestmv, confer, impart, grant, present (cf. kye, de.. hye nsa); to de- 
liver, yield i(p; to allow. When the thing given is mentioned in the 
form of a simple object, it is usually put after the personal object; 
otherwise an aux. r. (de. fa, yi SiC.) is used: oni.M me sika; ode ne 



292 ma — mabo. 

sika nhina ama me; ma me nsu! fa wo ade no ma me! Gr.§206,1.2. 
2)r. 1910.3176. — ma okwan, to give leave or pennission d-c. s. gkwan. 

— fi. to xmt, uppltj to: wode (asem no) ma nnipa ne mmoa, the uord 
is used in speahing of men and beasts. — o'. to dedicate, s. momji. — 
4. to address ivitJi a salutation, to Irish oi/e something (ma akye, 
nuopa, akwaba, amo, due&c.) — ■:j. ma asem, to tell or relate a stor//: 
of. moraa (ho). — (i. to lei, cause, malcc, allow, permit or suffer one 
to do any thing (used as an auxdiar// before another verb, 5. Gr. § 
91,10. 107,25. 2o5,3. Hem.) : ma entra ho (Ak. ma no tena ho), let 
if (remain) there; gma wokgkyeree no, he let them go and catch him. 
he had him caught: oma wobekyeree no, he suffered himself to he 
caught hy them. pr. 408f.4S9f. 1969f. — 7. (used as an au.r. after an- 
other verb, s. Gr.§ 100,32. 243 /;. Hem. 1.2.) to perform an action or 
to he in some state or condition for the henefit of, out of si/mpatht/ 
with, or with res2)ect to somehody: ore adwuma mame, lie works for 
me: odi nkommo ma ne nua. he laments for his brother; obgg tuo 
maa Kofi, hr shot himself that Kofi sjiould or must do the same. — 
Sometimes ma shows a general and indefinite reference of the prin- 
cipal r. without an object following, rf. asempa al^uka kyerew mae; 
in F. it answers to the adv. veri/: gye few ma. if is very beaidifid. 

— 8. ma., so, F. do, to raise, lift, lift up: ma adesoa no so, lift or 
talcc up that load; cf. kukuru; ma wo nan so, lift your feet i.e. quicken 
your steps, be quick, make haste; gma n'ani (ne nsa. ne ti, ne nantin, 
ne'ne) so, he lifts up his eyes (Ids hand, his head, his heel, his voice); 

- to hold up ; - to elevate, exalt, elate ; gma neho so. he exalts himself; 

- to take and carry away, to remove; to take up: wama u'asem so, 
he has again taken uj> his sjteech. — .'>.ma, to plaster: wgde abanto- 
atore ma gdan ho, nsemso ani. they plaster the wall of flic house, the 
reding, ivith a trowel. — 10. ma, to cause, occasion, serves also for 
the Eng. conjunctions so that, Gr. ^ 273,1 c. 

ma, F. = amana, amoa. Mt. 15,14. 
e-ma, a. 7*/. ama-amji. full, filled up; cf. matenn, matg; m'ahina 
aye ma, my wafer-pot is full : ye, hy e or gu.. ma, fo make fidl, to 
fill fuj>): wghyehyee hhiua no ama-ama, they fdlcd the n-fder-pots: 
nsu aye tumpaii no ma, the bottle is full of uater : wakyerew nhr»ma 
yi ma, he has written this paper full. 

e-ma, n. fulness; ema mu nni sin. full is full. 
ama, lime, bird-lime; ptitch; glue; cf. anulne. [(?. id."] 
ma, a. slimy, ropy, clammy, glutinous.- viscid, viscous, sticky: 
syn. matamata, fa, -sa, twa &c. 

Am'ma [contr. of Amemenewa] F. Amba. pr. n. of a female bom 
on Saturday. Gr. § 41,4. 
ammj\-aniiwo-kora = nea wamma asem no annuo kora. 
amma-amiwo kiirow = kiirow a emma gmanmu nhwo da. 
mmaba-bere [ababa, here] maidenhood. — mmaba-sem, 
di-, to be fond of dress or finery, to try to appear lady-like. 

mabo, intrrj. [= mema wo aba-o] welcome! salutation to a 
stranger arriving; cf. akwaba; Ab. (Amantoi'isofo na eta ka.) 



iii;itl;i — uiM;iiiii».iii_vii'i. 203 

iiiada, F. = me ara; m. iiko = me ara iiko. / (of) nit/sclf. 
ma<ii', made, a kind of //ani. s. ode. pr. /ftw. 
mad wo, intcrj. [meina wo adwo] (jood cvviunij! 

Ill 111 a 0, hif.frcq. [ba] waba ha m., hc'luts often come lirrr. 

g-iiiat'o, pi. a-, (jicer. 

imna-;4()rii [ininri aj;-.J loir/ia.stf plai/ ivith women, forni((ttioii. 

iniuaguin", r. ;/.[ba ji,u niu | veluforeeitirnt. pr. 1000. 

iualia-0, iiiterj. | mcuia wo alia | (/ood da//! a form of .salutation 
used in tlio middle of the day. 

lua k('i, the jjejqier-sftnih and its fndt, consisting of jxxls with 
many small seeds, of a hot. biting taste, Cayenne pe/zj/er, Cujtsienni. 
pr. 189S. - Uitt". kinds: ntoiVko (the largest), nnyera (the smallest): 
make kgko (with red pots), m. tuntum (with dork-fircen pods), m. 
tita (with icIiUish pods); m. ab6r;i, hrofo m.. gpapo m. — inaku-dna, 
\\w pejiper-shrnb. — \n\\\<.o\\{\, [dhn.l wabehye m'asem ani in., Iir 
lias put pepper in the ei/es of m// palaver i.e. Juts made if i/rienuis 
fo me. 

inmako-iii mako [obako, y>/. J one hi/ one, our after the other. 
• >irh In/ himself pr.?89.L>r>48..'yii58. 

m 111 a k m in a-s (j m | s. bdkomma | manners and deatini/s of hiijli- 
Ijorn jiersons, imjn-rionsness. — mmakoma.seui-prlb'^, aristocrat, 
the aristocrutie parti/, aristocraey. 

Ill a k I U" I'l %v a [kuruw = twitwa] a kind o{ le/trosy {cf. kwata, 
pitij; when it has cut the fingers and toes, it heals, 
niakye, interj. [mema wo akye] yood morninr/! 

0-111 a 111 111 a [gmah ba] citizen; pl. gmah-mma. 

o-maiiiiiia [gmiin, dim.'] a small toivn or state; cf. akurowa. 

a 111 a 111 in a [aniilne aba] the fruit of a tree called amrinc. 
auima-iuaillii-ariwii, a kind oi yam; s. ode, 

o-mamfo, s. gmanf'o. 

a 111 a 111 fo [gmaii af6| pl. id., a desolate, deserted and decayed 
dicelliny-jjlaee or habitation, ruined town, the site of an ancient town; 
pr.200S. syn. akurofo. — ainaiiifo-haiiia, a kind of creeper, climber; 
wgde gye bah, kyere adare. 

g-mamfraiii, /it. a- -fo | nea gfra gmah | settler, a person icho has 
come from another jtlace and settled in a town. pr. 2004 f. 

a ma 111 mot' [gmah bg] destruction or ruin of a town, country or 
nation. — amammoe-sem [asem a ebg gmahj a cause of mischief 
or desi ruction for a town or nation. 

O-mammofo, one who brinys mischief on a community or nation. 

o-iiiammo-iii})a, id. 

o-inampa 111, 7^/. a-, the yaand. iyuana. a very large species of 
lizard, eaten by negroes. 

g-mani-panyii'i, ^/. a- | (»■ gmah-mpanyimfoj a chief, elder, <d- 
derman. chief officer or mayistrate in a town, tribe or nation; sena- 
tor, pl. senate. 



294 auiamnii'i — ainaiiadc. 

aiiiaiu-im'u Inf. [bumah] dcpurtmant, comportment, demcanoiii: 
bcJifiriuKr, ronduci, manuer of I'icUhj tof/efhcr in a communitii; den 
am. na wo-ue merebuyi? icliat munncr of behaving yourself toward 
me is this? wo am. nyeme fe! your demeanour in this town does not 
please me; wo am. rau e? how are you doing in your situation? m'am. 
mu ye, / am doing icclJ. - am. pa, sociableness, sociable dispositio)/. 

amammui = amammu: mo am. = senea mubu mo man fa. 

amammui-sem [usem a wgfwe «o bu man| statutes or regu- 
lations for a community. 

a mam-mum [omah buin| disturbance or confused state of a 
country or town. 

man, v. to turn or go aside, to turn in somewhere from the way 
or journe}': m;1n ua menseii, go aside, let me pass! waman ( wg) 
nkwanta so ho, he turned off from the main road to the other way 
where it branches off from the former {opp. wafa tempon no so); ye- 
cluu Mamfe no, yeman kgg ofi bim', wlirn we came to M.. we turned 
aside to a dwelling; otwam' a, oman me, wlien he passes tJirough my 
town, he turns in at my house. — ^. to j^ass by, not to happen: eyi 
mman wo = eyi mpare wo I may this not happen to you! 

O-maii, Ak. gmane, 7>Z. amah i^ amah-amah, 1. (Akp.) tou'n, syn. 
kurow=;a collection of houses larger than a village, (/. akura. — 
^. the inhabitants of a town as a political body, a community. — 3. 
the body of inhabitaids of a (ountry united under the same govern- 
ment, a nation, tribe, peojde, state, pr. •2002. — 4. the people i.e. tin 
mass of a community as distinguished from their king or rulers. — 
5. the representatives ofthejieople, assembled for public transactions 
with or without the king. — (j. pi. amah-amah, the nations of the 
earth, t/ie heathens. fSer.J — 7. Phrase: bu man, s. bu 38. 

mm an', a kind of herring, more common and smaller than two 
other kinds called kokiiro & mpanei. pr. 216. 

m a 11 a, mara, mra, v. to send (a thing or things) l)y an occasion 
or opportunity, to transmit; wamana me aduah, nam, sika, he has 
sent me food, metd, money: merekyerew hhoma mamraAburokyiri. 
/ am writing a letter for (i.e. to be sod to) Europe; 'nera niede hhoma 
memanaa Nkrah, yesterday I sent a letter to Al-ra,(v,'heAi it was 
sent by an express messenger, soma is used: 'nera mesomae mii 
wgde hh. kgg Nkrah); - mnuiruku yi ti Aburokyiri ua wgde mauae 
(manafime). these boohs were traiismdted (to me) from Europe. 

0-maiia. inf.si'uding. transmission ; - gmaua hhoma or-kyerew. 
a letter. 

a man a, amara. amdna. Ak. V. next younger brother or sister; 
gye m'am. = gye m'akyi-ba: gye m'am. kiimil, he is the brother or 
sister coming second or third after me. 

am an a, Ak. 5. amoa. 

mmana, s. mmara. 

amana-de [maua. ade| jd.id. a jiresent transmitted : '^goods or 
letters conveyed by the post. — am.-f\vefo, postmaster: am.-kurafo, 
postman, letter-carrier. 



aiiiaiiAt' — uiiiaulVxcro. 205 



amsinrio+j post, jtoxt-officc. — amauae-lVvijfu, poslm aster. 
iiiaiia-yiia: di- to trade tiif sendiny for artides, instead of 
one's own goini;-. 

o-inaua-iiliniiia, ni.ina-linnia, oiiiaiia-kycrrw, Icttrr. <tisj)iiteli. 

a in a n-;i m a i\, .s. gmari. 

o-inaiVa ii id a u. recnluthiti. 

g-inaii-a 11 italic, disorder, itistartxtnees of a faicn or state. 

o-inii i*i-a 11 i wa, y>/.-t'o, an important or j)ritirij)al man in a toirn 
or st(de (ablo to care tor it and an lionour to it); a noljle, nofdetnan. 
/ifer: pi. the rliief men. Iirnd men of the town. 

o-inaii-l»a, pt. -mnia, eitizen. — oinan-iniua-obutb (>/• ananinu- 
sifo, depidi/. rejm'sentatire of the )teop>te. 

o-nian-iiim;i-j»an_vii'i, t>nr(/omasln-. manor. Hist. 

ainai'i-bii, v. ainammu. 

amamlzL', -liiiiiu &c. F. s. amaune &c. 

a ma lie, 1. lime, hird-lime; pitch; t/lne; resin, (junt; any vis- 
eoiis snl>sta)iee exuding- from trees and used to catch birds with, to 
mend pots, some also (as kiirobow) to rub one's body with, in or- 
der to make it sweet-scented: ef. ama. — ;J. a kind of tree; cf. 
amamnia. 

a mane, aiiianiK'. F. amandze [omah ade] trial, trouble, af- 
fliction, misery, misforttene. calamity, pr. 381. 462.-567. — hu am., to 
be unfortmude, to be in affliction, to suffer. — nya am., to yet into a 
mess or scrape, into difficulties, to be prosecuted or involved in a law- 
suit. (The word in its primary sense probably was applied to the 
trial of a cause before the judges in presence of the people, and to 
the grievous results of such a trial.) 

amaii-nc, Ak. -nee [oman ade] ]. ((public tax, cu.-itom, impost, 
duty, contrilmtion; cf. tow, akwanne. — ;2. custom, fashion, habU, 
manner, ways or usayes (also reliyion) of a people. 

a in a n ii e e, -= kasee. 
iiiaiic, Ak. mAnee, quarrel, brawl; q/tarrelsomeness, quarrel- 
some disposition ; syn. atutuw; oye mctne, oredi manee, lie quarrels, 
squabbles, wra)iyles, brawls. 

o-niaiiefo, quarreller, wranyler, brawler, quarrelsome persoii. 

amaiinc-alta, a kind oi creeper, climber; wodi n'aba. 

auiaiiue-liuii.u, inf. [\iu amaixe] sufferiny, affliction, tribula- 
tion, trouble, adversdy. unhapj>iness. misery, wretchedness, torments; 
yegyina amandzehunum', F. we stand in jeopardy, am.-kiirow, liell. 
(h;henna. the place of torment. — g-ma nil u li ii n Li t'o. pi. a-, a suf- 
ferer, one wJto labours under affliction. 

O-manneni, onni-bi-amanefo, cme u:ho is in affliction, being 
ivithout a friend or supporter. 

O-manfo. the people in contradistinction to the king or go\ern- 
ment; the members of a community im distinguishedfrom their rulers. 

g-maii-fora-nyi, F. sojourner, Ps. H9,12. s. omamfrani. 

o-uiaii-fwofo, ^>Z. om.-a-, consul. Hist. 



296 mango — inruing. 

inaiigo, s. man ho. 

o-nicii'i-licne, the kii/tj or chief of a uulioit. lotvn ur riJUKjr. 

g-in a h - h h y i a iii', pdiiiamcni. 

o-maii-iihyiam'lu, mcmhcr of jxirliaiiici/l. 

o-maiini, pL amaimifo, an acijitduifance (uea obeti wo abusiia 
lio kakra a.s. obi hunu a wunim no); <jucst, pr. 284. — cf. omaiiinmii. 
— om. dorowa, a needle of ncdice >iHiniifac/iirr. 

maimi-ainfre, (/atj, hrkUe; apieceof'\voo(l]tut in one's niDutli 
to i)reveiit his talking or swearing [wo manni gyina lig, uso wiui- 
tumi mfre no]. — to., (anom') m., fo [/ay. 

maiiiii-aniio, a by-name of the rat; .s. okisi. 

mmanin-iie [obanih ade, minarimade] manful, calkint deedn. 

mmaiiiu-wow [obanih awowj slmdder. .s/iudderiiif/, as before 
a daring feat: - mm. agn no so, Jw .sJiudders, sJiake.'i irdli horror; cf. 
awgse, ayise. 

mmaiii u-yarc [obanih | any disease of men from unchastity: 
beae, okraraah, baba, akronnoe, twow. 

mmanin-ye, -yo. mnnUncss, raloar; cf. abaninsem. 

a ma Ilk a 111, an edible root, coco -= ko'ko: a small species is 
indigenous, a larger species was introduced in Akuapem from the 
West-Indies in 1843. 

iiiaiikasa [me ahkasa] Ak. meara, Intijself; myoini. (Jr. i^SO. 

amaii-ko [omah ako] civil, inicstine, domestic tear; am., woko 
a, wontwd tiri, womfa nnommum nso. — woko am. = woko mm;i- 
tgkwa, fi(/]di)i(/ irith fsis. slichs tOc. abgntohko, fighfi/uf irith (fans. 

o-inaii-k()r;ik('ir;i, inf. peace heiieeen neiyhhoars or parties op- 
posed to each other. 

o-iii;m'i k rado, y/. a- [G. mahkral()| the first in ran/c after the 
Jci)ig in some of the small states or tlieir capitals (leading towns) 
on the Gold Coast. 

a 111 a 11 k 1- f i, a kind of tortoise, pr. 1927. 
aiiiaiiku-o, a large species of beetle. 
o-man-kuw, -kuo, part of a nation. 
auiaiikwatia, a kind oibead; s. ahene. 
n-maii-ky ere w-ui, chahcellor of state. Hist. 
ill mai'iky I'ri, ^ bah akyi, i.q. duasee, dua-so &c. 
o-niai'i-nima, 7>/.. .s. gmah-ba. 

g-maii-miiii'ira, piddie lair; eonstitution; cf. amanyg-mmra. 
g-maii-ininai'a-pero, constitiitionrd partij. Hist. 
g-maiimuiii, ^j?. a--fo, conntryuian, toivnsman. one of the same 
country or town with another. 

Ill a II Oj mah'ho. ntaiiyo fruit ; luaiiyo-tree (raaho-dua.) 
maiiO', mdiiho [Gev.tjaiik] fiotstool : bench, form; f/. behkyi. 
ma, 11 110. 1. (sare so dua bim' amiine a wgde tare ahina) the 
gum of a tree, used to plaster up leaking pots ; e/mn elastic, caout- 
chouc, India rubber. — 3. the tree yielding such gum. 



■•iiii.iiiiMtm'' — (iiii;iiil;iiii. 2H7 

a 111 A imonc [yman & V] a f'orcigti coiiiih/j; ((hroucl; pr. UUH. 
(aludioa.s. auanatb) kiirow biaenye wokurow-a. Am. asgni ye di-ua. 

o-iiia M-pc rcfci, jtrofrcfor, dcfoKh'r of Ihv voiHiiiouwcaUli. Hht. 
MaiiSM, jMoiisa |oba, esa] i>r. n. in. of one born as tlic Ihiid 
cli'ihl ot his inotlier. - Maiisa |oba, esa] py. ii. /'. <;ivcn to a <;irl 
Ix'inji- //"■ Uiird child of bor mother. 

a 111 a ii-sa II [omaii, sai'i, rf. siiiiten] all peoplr. all tudioiis; Ihc 
/iKiiKiii rare, luanlind. [ir. 4oo. 171^.2844. 

o-ma ii-se<'', c((l((iiiili/, mill, destnuiioii of'n Htdioii. sliilr or Imrti. 

a 111 aii-s o 111 [oinai'i asein] stale affairs, hnsiiirss of slale, p(ditical 
a/fairs, jiolici/. politics, public iief/ociation : dijiloiiiaci/. 

o-iiiaiisr'ni-difo, />/. a-, diploiiudist. 

o-niansoiii-kyi'ivw'iii, pi. a- -fo, ticcrctan/ (ov c/iancelloij ofatalc. 

amaii-sesew, I onjauisatlou, iron/an isat ion, of tltc state; 
•a man-sic sic, I rcstoralion of peace and order. 

o-m^ii-sin, 7>/.a-, a snhordiiKde, partli/ independaid, part of u 
iiidion; a province; woaye wghho gni., wgde or wgada wgii m., tlieii 
are a separate people for the nisei ces. 

man so, discord, disaiirennent, variance, mutual aniinosilij, ho- 
stilitji, eniniti/, strife; - t \\ e m., to be at variance: g-ne won wg or 
t\ve jn.; ni. wg ye-nc Krgbgw utam'. — o maiiso-boafo, pr. .';?0i6'. 

u-maiisulo, a person offended n-itfi, or at variance icith, anotfier; 
quarreller, leramjler, brairler. pr. 2017. onipa yi ye gm., Itiis is a 
quarrelsonic, revengeful, vindielive person. 

o-maii-soafo, minister or secretary of state. Hist. 

amausofo, people of other countries; Jtcafhens. Mk. 10,83. 

g-mau-so-fwo^ the government of a country; reign, regency. 

o-mai'isof\\'cfo, ^?. id. or a- o/* gmanso-afwefo, a man at the head 
of a government, regent, ruler, consul. 

o-maiigofwe-iiyansa, policy, politics. 

amaii-som, Hie service of a subject due to the head of a state; 

am. na yesom no, ive serve him as his subjects, not as slaves (nkoasom). 

mansu-pc, quarrelsomeness, quarrelsome temper or disjiosi- 

tion,lifigiousness. — o-maii8U[)etb,p?. a-, a qu((rrelsome, contentious, 

litigious, seditious person. 

amanso-som [manso-asem | a cause of disagreement, discord, 
contention or hostility; controversy, litigiousness. 

O-m a ii-a s u t u f o, demagogue. Hist. 
mansO-twc, inf. discord, strife, quarrel: fiostility, .^edition, 
open rupture, disruption: diff. atuatew. — o-maiisotwctb, ^j/. a-, 
a quarrelsome, contentious, braiding person, sedifionary. 

ma lit am, v. to hind, tie, fasten, a cow or sheep with a rope, 
a ship witli an anchor, so tliat some liberty is left for movement. 
pr. 1008. — cf. kyekyere, sii. — red. mantam-mantam: ne ntini m. 
abo-kuw ho, its roofs fasten themselves to a heap of stones. 

g-manlam, 2>l- a-> (i j'opidous di.drict or nation; a people form- 
ing a distinctive political body, a state. Akyem nc Akuapem, am. 
abieii yi, Asantefotumi won. — maiUam-ta, jnirfofastide. province. 



298 omantaii — Ainaowia. 

o-man-tan, pl.».-. [gmah, gtah] a primitive people: a motlicr-state 
or coioitr/j: an independent state; gmaii a eso, gmah kokiiroko a 
ne hko da ho. 

g-man-tease-kiirow [kurow a eti tetete te ase se gman] a na- 
tion of long stand in (/ or existence. 

amaii-teu [amah a etoatoaso kg pi, e/'.teu] a series or succession 
of towns. Amanteii-s6 ti Akuropgh kosi Berekuso; mpoanofo am. 
da po ho. — amantensofo. the inhahitants of such towns. 

aman terenii-ad e. doulih-dealinij, duplicity, odi am., lie is 
double-minded, halts between two o/jinions or parties, shifts or turns 
from one side to the other, shuffles, prevaricates; s. di 7. 

o-m a n-t i a, pi. a-, province. 
mantiase, subordinate towns, dependent of a leading town 
(as the coast towns from Osu to Nino are dependent of Nkrah pa). 

amaii-t ili [gmah atifi] the upjicr part of the country, the high 
country. 

ama ii-turu [gmah atoro] high treason. 

0-ma ii-toto, inf. disturbance of the good relations between two 
countries. 

amaii-tow, (2jI.) [gmah, tow] single states, tribes or districts, 
towns, townships or comiuunities; Akuapem am. si 17. 

0-11) a n-ii u a, a neighbouring peoiih' ; wgauye wgh manniuifo pa 
bi, they were no good nrighhonrs to them. 

0-111 a ii-nVv ()('(' [gmah, d\Vo] ^jfocc, tranquillity of a people. 

a-iii a 11 y a k iV, a kind of yam, s. ode. [E(pe lang.] 

ma iiya-ma 11 ya (n.,a.. adv.) disorderly, in a confused state 
or manner: srattered ; crowded, teeming, swarming; cf. hwanyah 
mil, sakasaka; - nnij)a neuuam ho m., peojile walk there in a crow- 
ded confused manner; mpah ueunam dahmu in., the house or room 
is swarming with bids: woaye m.^ they have been confused, jumbled 
or huddled (together), are dispersed (won hh, hkg fako, oyi afa ha, 
oyi afa ha). Gen. 1,20.21. 

0-ma ii-iiyiiia |gmah gyina] welfare of the (wliole) peoplr; firm 
establishment of the hingdom or commonwealth, pr. JOIO. 

ainaii-ye. amanyg, inf. [ye gmah] social relation, demeanour, 
behaviour, depmimod (in living together with others); ^_//». amammu, 
abrabg; wo amanyg nye rae fe! gye amanyg-pa = obu amammuipa. 
aiilau-y y-de [ade a wgde ye gmah na aye jiyeygood man)tcrs; 
morality, cirdization. — o-miin-yeHo^agood. quiet, considerate citi- 
zen, onipa a gye gmah yive, gjje asem a ema gmah mu d\\o. pr. 2020. 
— a m a ii y o - m in a r a, constdution : h y o am., to give or agree npon 
a constitution. — iwmxwy q-<:>e\\\, politics. 

amajia (sikaamapa), native, pure gold that has iKjt yet under- 
gone any operation and is unmixed with dross; wode araapa hko 
gu petea a, enye yiye, gye se wofram'. 

Oma-om6 flic who grants stdisfying] an appeUation of God. 

Ama-osu fhe who gives rain] ditto; .>-. Amosu. 

Ama-owia [lie who gives the sun] ditto; 6-. Amowia. 



umiapr — iniiiiil;ili(">k_\i. 290 

nima-pp, inf. |pe, oba] love ov fondness for ivomcii, cnnrtiiKj of 
or (joiufi after /romeii. fornication, pr. 2021. 

iii;ir;i, ni'ada, F. := inc ara; mara a! it is /, Mh: (iyoO. 

Ill iiiii I'.'i , /•. n. [bara, bra] laii\ connnandmvnt, order, dcerec, 
edict, reijidation, rule, statute. - hye (or di) mm., to make, (jive (or 
issne) a taw; - di inm. so, (or ye mtn.) to oltscrve or keep a law; - 
to mm., to transffress a late. 

iiiara, mra, r.. s. maua. — ;iiiiii r;"i, >•. amaua. 
aiiiara, ^\ amonfi. 

inuia rii, (/ broom or fan made of an elephants tail (»r ear used 
by the ahoi»ratb or mmaratofo (q.r.) before the kin^-. 

niiiiai-al»ai-a-imi, n. mmrabram'. 

ill m 11 r a-da li u [mmara a eda ho] an old tan\ a standiny ride. 
a m a r a-d c, .v. amanade. 
a iiiaraddw. N. amrado. 

iiiinjira-l'rciic, s. frene. 

ill ma ra-hye, inf. the act oi' givin;/ laws; s. mmara. 

iniiiara-hyefo, 7>/. id., lawyicer, legislator. 

iiiuiaraiV, v. mmeran. 

nima rai'iii ut'iJi, trinket, trinketry; jctcel; si/n. gude. 

mmara-li\ inf. transgression (of a law). — iiiiiiarato-dL', fine 
for the transgression of a law: wobegye neho m., lie irdl he fined. 

iniiiara tul "6, 7^/. id., transgressor (of a laic), malefactor. 

Ill 111 a ra-1 t)tVi, mmanat., j>l. id., nea otow mmara a.s. opra ohene 
ho; sgn. ghoprafo. 

y-iua ra tim i, yV. a--f<'i, mnlatto; better: oiuurattuii. 
Ill a r (! iiui re. a kind of clnfJi: ntaina bi a enam ahorow bcye 
se 1 a wgapam afa; s. utama. 

HI 111 a i-a-y('>l'o [nea gye mmara] a fidfdler of the law. 

Ill Ilia rinia-de [gbarima ade] = mmauinne , gyy m. = gye 
imam, tie is manlg, heliarcs like a man. 

Ill 111 ari lua-sem = abaninsem. 

m 111 a r i ui a-s o, manlg, manfidlg. 

mraa-sigyaw [gba, sigyawj the state of being idthoid children; 
di mm., to he childless, deprived of childr:,!; s. bas. & 1 Sam. lo,3o. 

Ill 111 a-s u [nsu a eba, efi nsu aniwam' baj tiring water, issuing 
continually from the earth; niiining or flowing irater; ode mm. bi 
a okoliui gkwan mu kum ne sukgm, he found some spring-water on 
the wag and quenched his thirst with it. 

Ill a t a t w e n e, a kind of climbing ijI ant or creeper, pr. 1167.2022. 

iiiiiiata iiu, /y//'. [bataho| J. the ecct of adding or Joining a thing 
to another. — 2. the cooking or roasting of different things on the 
same fire, which is superstitiously avoided. — -5. appendage, appen- 
dix, accompaniment; e/". nkaho, nkekaho. — mmatahO-kyi, the act 
of avoiding or shunning promiscuous cooking or roasting. 



3(X) mufa — niciu. 

inata, matainata, a. sUtu//,cla)iuni/, doij(jt/, (/l/ilinoiis, labri- 
coHS, viscous, mucous (e.g. fwenore); st/n. ma, praprii; cf. sfi, twii; 
dote no ye m, (enye samsam). 

iiia-teiin, a. hrhiifuh full to ihc hrim. 
Ill 111 <i-ti, Ak. batiri [ba, baw, basa, & ti, tiri] shauhlcr ;-n\Rto no 
m,, / have cmpoivcrcil him, s. to 17 . - oka nem., he shrufjs, rjives a 
shrug. 

ina-to [ma, G. tgj cholccful, topful, ci-amiucd. 
Ill 111 A to kw a. mmatokwa [aba. abaw, ntokwawj w7(///(.', /ii/hl- 
nuj u:/fh fists, sticks d'x-.; woko m. = woko amanko. 
o-niAatWci, a medicinal ^;?^n</. 
aina-wolin-so-o, interj. said to a leaving visitor, 
me, pro/i. F.eme, I. ute, my. When prefixed to a verb having 
close sounds (i, u, full e & o, gya, nya, t\Va, d\Va), it is written mi: 
the e is dropped before the prefix a-. Gr. § 53-59. 

e-m e, mini, Mentu, an aromatic herb used asa, medicine; Mt. 2:^,2S. 
ebinom due suman a, wgde fra akoko noa na wodi. 

0,-ni e, ])1. a-, the polm of the hand or a stroke with if; wgabo no 

me, wgabobg no amc; F. 3It. ^6,(i7. — (/'. ntentemme, bg twere. kutrti- 

inoa, kutrnku, sotgre ; bg fe,y>/. af'e; guram. [G. gba ma, gbla mai.| 

me, /;. \red. memej tr. to feed to the full, to fdl, satisfy, satiate: 

- intr. to cut so as to he satisfied, to eat enough; perf. to be satisfied 
or satiated, to have enough; pr. 243 f. - wame so, he has eaten his fill. 

— didi me, to eat enough, yr. 2134. — gme, inf. the act of satisfying 
(C'c. or of eating enough: the state of having eaten enough, so as to be 
satisfied; satiety. ful)iess. pr. 2191. 

a me, inter}, come in! said in answer to ago, by which word 
one's coming (in darkness tic.) is announced. 

mmeti-mmea, mineae-inmeae. pJ. s. bea, beae, place. 

meaiiiea..s. akyenky(>na. 

mm ea m il-dua, F.mb., mbereinu-dua[dua a ebi bea mu] cross. 

m e-a r a, jtron. ecen I, just I, I myself. Gr. § 59. F. mara, inada. 

am e (j w, name of the cat in fables, from its voice; s. agyiuamoa. 

mme-fe [abe efe| the refuse or trash, of the palm-nut, the fibres 

from which the oil is taken out. 

me hemehe(mi'he), a. fine, finely woven, smooth; nekentc 
or kete ani ye m.; nhoma or atuJuru no ani ye m.; watwitwa nam 
no m., better: nket'enkete. 

mt'ho. inyself. Gr. i; 57. pr. 242. 
m me k wail [abe nk wan] prdm-nut souj), a greasy soup, pre- 
pared with the pulpy or mealy and oily substance of palm-nuts, a 
favourite dish of the negroes, 
ammekyewa. not having come to st(iy or last long: onipa yi am. 
= amma ammekye kora. 

mem, v. [red. memmem] to sinfc (doivn,nsum\ in water, asase 
mu, in the earthj; to be sunlc, swallowed up, absorbed; usu no amem, 



amemo — nieiu'iuiiu'iu'ii. 301 



ihe wnier has been sucl-ed up. ahsorhrd in the iiromul: to disappear. 
hide or lose oneself, he /o.v/ (wiiram', in the hush); to (eause to) sink, 
jntf under irater. iuimerse in a fluid; osraiuai'i amr'm lam', the li(/ht- 
iiiiKj (thunder-stonej has entered the i/nnind. 
;i me in O, a kind of animal, pr. ■'>2S. 
Ml nic, red. v. mv. 

mciiimcii, F. red. a., s. men. — amcmcii, V. redness. 
Ill cm 111 (Ml (', red. r. mcne ] pr. :?0fi4. — red. a. men. 
M ("nu'iicda, Memereda, Satitrdai/. Gr. 5< 41,4. 
Ill f 111 111 I'll o-n lie no (one ivho s/ralfoics np kinys) a \aMntino: 
aijpellatiou of a king; ghene biara a oye otumfo, oliye ahone iih. so. 
Ji 111 emiiKMiomfO [wamemmone nemfo, lie has svallowed his 
side] disf/nst. displeasure, distiki'. distaste, vexation, indiff nation; eye 
no am. rr- gmpone, enyeno dc, enye no abodwo, eye no awerelio; 
ode am. sane, re.eed or f'rcttin;/ (at his mistake) he returned. 

n me mi 111. leech, hinod-sucker, Hirudo. San(juisu(ia medieinalis. 

[G. siti.] 

men, meminen, memmene, V.a. red; onipa-memmeii,otam- 
memmen, sika-m'.; ef. ben, koko, tofammeh. 

iiieiia. .s. mana, mmara, mra. 

iiienase, mene ase, menewaase, the midcr ov lower part of 
the throat, (jnllet or esophagus; the heart as the seat of stip2>ressed 
resentment; a grudge; ode me m., ode me ahye m., he hears me a 
grudge or spite; obi ne wo wo asem ua ompe se oka a.s. onnya ho 
adagyew a ode ka a, ode ahye neyam' a.s. ne menase. 

menase-buluimua or -da' (dawa), the tivula in the throat; ne 
menase-da ayi, ahon. 

inenase-pow, 1. the prominent part of the throat. Adam^s-apiple, 
(the projection formed by the thyroid cartilage in the neck). — 2. 
a grudge, hinderanee of eordialifg; owo no m., he ours him a grudge. 

ineiilia, F. = menewa. 

mene, v. [red. memmene] to sicallow (up), suck up, to gulp 
(dotvn), devour; to ingulf, absorb, pr.2694. mmene nam sa, na wo- 
sow ansa-na woamene, do not thus gulp down the meat, but masticate 
it before you swcdlow if. 

mene, meiiewa, the throat, gidlet, esophagus; wotwaa ne 
mene, theg cut his throat; pr. 387. — okgseh ne mene, he went and 
hanged himself. — ne menewam' awo, his throat is dried up; cf. 
menase, amenewa. 

mmene [ben] nearness, neighbourhood; gbeda mmene 'ne, he is 
to sleep in the neighbourhood to-day. 

men em, v. to swell, e.g. of the virile member. 

menemmenem, red. v. to surll. of a river; - nsn no ani m. 
~= ye hurutututu. 

menemmeiieii: ye m., to he absorbed, ind/ihed (water, in 
the si'i'onnd). Am. 8,8. 



302 menefiuua — mereiikoiiyai'i. 

meneniiua, F. piMiclij. ML 6,4.6.18. = gua-so. 
menewa, menewaase, s. mene, menase. 
amenewa: otim no am., he taJccs lihu hi) ihe tJ/maf. Mf. 1S,Qfi- 

meiiewam' kiiru, sore throat. 
O-mene-awQj J)Z. a-, a bird of the savanna, as lavge as a tur- 
key, in form like a raven, black with a white breast. 

me-uko-modi (I atone shatJ eat or eiijo//): ye m., to lie self- 
ish, scJf-interested. pr. 3571. 

iiimeiikyee, mmenkveue [benkye(ii)] = mmene; mefre wo 
akyirikyiri a, gye me mmenkyene, if 1 call to thee as from afar, 
answer and save nie as one heing near. 

Me US a, Mansa [oba, nsa] pr. >/. in. (-= the third ehUd). 
mensa, -sa, a kind oi yam, s. ode. 'i)r. 20.'):J.,2;201.2J)59. 
men sere, = bensere, basin. 
mnieii-soii [aboh.nson] a kind of irind-insfnnne)/t: seren horns 
blown together (mmeh ason na wgde gye dCvom biako so). 
amensoii, F. = amausan. 
mmeraii, mm<1ran, surname, hji-namr: wobonoor wopae no 
m., fheif (/Ire him or rr// out his (hononring) l>i/-ii(iiiirs: ef. pbr-ran, 
nsaberan. 

nimeraii te- bei-e [aberante, here] //o/il//. (he part of life between 
mmofraase and nkwakorabei'e. 

mmerante-bo, exuberance of/fonthfnl (/aiei//, arro(ianre.pr.S8. 
inmeran t iwa-sem [aberantewa, ascm] bray, boast, ravnt, 
ostentation ; eda adi wo kasam' ne nneyeem'; nye m. ^^ gye ahan- 
tan; nkwahkwasem (flaantinr/) da adi wg nantew n.a. mn. 
m me r i', pi., s. eberc. 

mm ere, Ak. mmere, nnislirdom. fiin(/iis; s. ananse-ntamma </. 
mmere, s. mmerew. [I'l'- 37-3.899. :W.34. 

ainere, amere, mmere [obsol. = bere, bea, nefi] place or nuoi- 
ner (in which) : ivherc; amere (= amere a) wufi e? = nea wnti eV 
— fako mere ogyinae na ohfiu sa no, gmmekyere na yentie! — 
amere Avgye ni! =senea wgye ni! F. nibeye m'adwima de-mre n'a 
sem kyere n' ara, I shall do my duty accordiny to his irord. 

amere, 1. a plant nsed as a medicine on sores, pr. 2035. — 2. 
s. amiri. 

mmerebere [bere] a disease of the .■<hin; eye onijja hd kgky'. 
mmerebo, berebo, liver. 

mmei'eboa, a species of ant, small, of a reddisli colour, hav- 
ing their nest iipon trees; ntetea hi a wgwg dua so keka onipa. 

m m e r e h u a, pr. 855. 

mmeremiidiui, F. =; mraeamudua, cross; cf. asendua. 
m m e r e 11 k e ii s u ii, -soiio, the yoan;/. liglit-green shoots or blades 
of])alms; s. hkonmu. 

mereiikoiiyaii, 2')-. ^;';-#. -= nkfima. 



iiimereiitiuii — uiia. 303 



mniore-nson [here, ason"|: nna-m., fhe whole roiiud or lenfffh 
of dai/s or of time; oil doz/s tliroiii/huiil. Se wo ne, me anko a, iina-ni. 
(eha ara una olia) iwl woda so te ha! if //on da mil //a irilli iiir iioir, 
you iciU never yet aica// from this place : s. Odomankania bggima-m. 

Ill 111 e r o-s a | obere mu nsii] refreshmetd after hard tvork or fiyhtinr/. 

iiiinero-sii [gbere mu nsn] refreshment after a journei/. 

miiicrew, a. [berew, berebere] J. soft (e.g. wood, pr.l244.), 
ihij>ressihle, i/ieldiiii/. — ,",''. uieej,-, mild. — :>. tender; delicate, effem- 
inate. — /. n-e(d;, feeble, infirm, sicM/j; nehO ye m., Ite is not stron// 
(bodily); - gyc m., <() = od\Vo, he is meeh; h) he is iveal; yieldin/i, 
/)lial)le, indnlgent ; n'aso ye m., ]te is obedient. — Syn. b6te, bgdo, 
b6kg, borogg, dabti, dufiiduf'u, defe, fita, f^tefete, hodvio, horghoro, 
u'a, n'i, uyamo, sii\mo, jjgsgpgsg, posoposo (te. opp. den. 

mm erew a-bero [aberewa, bere] the latter part of life or old 
Oi/e of a H'oman, following after mmababere. 

mmertMva-so m, dealinys, talkinys or concerns of old women. 

mmesa [abe, sa, to hany down?'] 1. a catkin or anient of the oil- 
/ndm. — ;?. a braid, plait or tress of hair; gnwene ne ti m., gwgw 
lu'iihwi m., she plaits the hair; m. tetare (fomfani) ti bo, pna. de, 
ogyina hg. 

mmesoa, Ak. -- bosea, mmosea. 
mesemese, 1. Ak. = nketenkete. — ?. a kind of cloth: Aburo- 
kyiri kente bi na Akyemfo ato no sa. 

mm toiuina [betem, gba] the thorns between the nuts of the od- 
palm. pr.68S. 

mmew, 1. a, kind o{ reed ov rush, bulrushes. — i*. a kind of 
printed cloth; s. ntama. 

mmew [bew, 7>7.] /)laces. mountains; mmew-hhoma, map, chart, 
r/eo(/raphical drawiny or delineation; adas. collection of maps. 

m me \va [abe, dim.'] a creepiny plant or climber, winding round 
palm-trees: abe ho hama; wgt\Vet\Ve sum nsemma; wgde ye tui. 
Ill i.pron., conjunctive form of me before close sounds. Gr. §54. 

mi a, V. [red. miamia] 1. to press, squeeze; atade no nkg me 
yiyc, emiame, the coat does not fit me weM, it pinches me; adesoa 
no mia me ti so, the load presses my head. — 2. to press toyether, 
to shut, close (the eyes); omia n'ani, a) = omua n'ani, he shuts his 
eye; b) he meditates; c) he exerts himself, fries his best in doing some- 
thing. — o. mia .. mu, a) to press tof/ether: mia mu ma enye tra- 
wa kakra, squeeze it to make it thinner. — b) to restrain, restrict, 
straiten; omia ne kwannyji mu, he restricts his privileyes. — c) mia- 
mia.. mu, to rc/Mir (gdan mu, biribiara a asee na wopam a ebeye 
'ye mu); cf. pompam, d\vuw. — 4. to arm oneself, take arms, be in 
armour, go in. arms; orebemia = grebebg ntoa na wase akotwea na 
waso tuo mu. Dawid ne Goliat kgkoe no, wammia na gkge. — .->. 
to adorn or dress oneself; wamia = wakeka neho, wafura ntama a 
eye fe, wahye atade a eye fe; mia is more used of men, liyehye 
more of women. 



304 amia — amo. 

a.mia, v. n. the state of heing armed; armour; wokgo amia nm. 
ilieii irenf In fall armonr. 

ainia-(l(\ (a piece of) armoar or r/rcv.-*. pr.Slld.Slfto. 

Ill 111 i a-S 0, i)if. 1. e.rerfiu)). — 2. ade hi a wgde amianiia ])ii-ibi so. 

iiiiiiiako-mmiako [biak6,j:)?.] one hii nnr. nnr tiffcr tlir of Iter, shnjl/i. 

iiiiiii(jlif% Ak. how manif? = alie. 
mirua-diiam', s. kwata. 
mikum-anansc, s. aturukuku. 
mim, V. F. io preponderate (?). 

amim, e-, undue advantage. prer(de))ce or .•^Hj/eriorit//: (jrccdi- 
ness; fraud; force, violence, pr. 240. 7o.3. — d i .. a., to over-reach, 
defraud, take in. cheat: to do violence. — ye a., to t)e selfi.<ih. self- 
interested, f/reedi/ ; ineqifitaJde. unfair. unj7tst. Onyank. nycj amim, 
neyam'ye. 

amim-di, inf. the act oi' over-reachin;/. defraudation: violence: 
ade-kye mu wope se wofa nea e.s5; Sjjn. nsisi. 

O-mi'inio, jj?. a-, a c/reedt/. avaricious, rapacious person ; .\i/ii. 
oniberefo, odifudepefo. 

iniiisini, r. F. to be gloomi/, clouded, lowering, oftliesky. Mt.JO,.!. 
aiiiiri, a lieasi of prey(?); a hunter (?) jM-.-'idd. 

A'miri, a surname of the Asantes. 

aiiiirika, m-. [.s. abirika] a run, running, race, rapid course or 
motion: de m., to be in full speed; tu or tntn m., to run: to hasten, 
hurry. [G. foi (dse, dso, hie, sa, tse f.).] 

aniirikn-dc, tlie object or things far u-hich a race is run. 

;i-inirika-(U''i'i: otu am., he runs witli alt his might. 

a-inirika-tii, inf. the act of running, a run, course. 
mo, mo-o! or mmo, F. mbo, [the o is full & pure] inter}, a form 
of congrfdulation. thanlful aclcnowledgment, and of wishing success: 
well done! well then! good s2)eed.' good lucl! hail! all had ! It may be 
said twice, thrice Sic. Cf. amo. 

miiio, na mmo (mmo) F. = mmom, adv. rather; then; but. — 
Mt. 10,6.28. 19^5. 22, 43. '24, 45. 2.-,, 9. ML 5,2(1. J0,26.4<S. 14,31. 1 Cor. 15,40. 

mo (with nasal o), })ron. (F. Ak. often horn) ye, yon, your. 
When prefixed to a verb before i, u, full e t*t o, gya, nya, tvva, d\va, 
it is m U-. Gr. § 53-59. 

ill 6, V. to tie aj)0ut, wrap or wind round : mo amoase, to tie the 
under-garment about the loins. 

mo, V. F. to be bad. Mt. 6,23. 12,34. s. in u o. 
amo [pure full o] F. ambo, congratulcdion, feliiit(dion; ma a., 
to congratulate, f elicit ede, had. praise, a ch)) owl edge, toicishjoy, good 
speed, or success; mema no amo, / tjid hi)u good sj)eed (God speed); 
Tvoma no amomomo, they hail him. pr. 242. 729. — Cf. mo. 

amo [amiioVJftarfnes.sY.^,) somemorcd defect, as ingratitude, stingi- 
ness; wayi m' amo = wanna m' ase, he has manifested against me 
ingratitude, i.e. he has lieen ungrateful tn me: woyi m'amo —- woyi 



emo — iiiiiigUo. 305 

mo ayamoinv^ne (wose me yam' ye hwene), fj/ri/ iijihraifJ )iir with 
or nr.nixc mv of stiiui'inoss. 

('-Ill o, rire. OrifZH, tlie pJniif and the (jf<i'ni>i: j^ii mo (in Kycrc- 
Iii: saka mo), f<> sow r'tir. 

1110 a, /'. [>xv/. moamoaj 7. (n ijdtlicr, prvs-< or fonn info k hull, 
liiiii/K round mass; to roil or irraj) up: m. dnkfi no liye wo ntama 
mu ; wainoamoa ne. ntama aliye ne niinotoam'. — ^. it) hctome or 
iittilr close, norrotr, short : wamoa ifakatawia ano, /ic has closed his 
umbrella: odaii no fmo amOa, the (ij)erhire of the room has been d'l- 
minishrd : (uc yare nti) nenan ano amoa, his steps hare beeonie short, 
ontunii ntwe no nan inn so kahno bio. 

niliioii^ f.ii. [boa I helji: woili m.. the// in/ifiiall// /kI/k aid. ossist 
eadi other: ef. di nnoboa, di bial'wc iV: oboa; F. iiil)oa, (/raic. 

iniiio;i, .s. boa, mmoadi. 

ill III i> A. a kind o{ cJifwlced calico, c/iillnes. 

h mo;!, Ak. aniana, hole, eaviti/. jdt, den. ditch, tniirh: cf. etn, 
ok;"i, nkonon; - bo or tii a., to diij a hale. 

Ill 111 na (la 1 1 1, s-. boadabi. 

Ill iii('»a-(li, inf. |di mmoa] niidnrd assistance. 

Ill 1110 a'-di, inf. [di mmoil] the iakinf/ of bribes. 

Ill iiioa-doma [aboa, domaj animals of all kinds, pr. 540-44. 

a in oa o-jrauowa, -gyanoa, a species of food tor widows, pre- 
pared of mashed maize; s. siw ]. 

;i iiiiiioaki'ia, 7j/. m-, a kind of sqnirrel; si/n. adwere. 
iiimoana, F. ichieh. Mk. 2,9. 13,28. 

iiiiiig-aiiiiii, Z;^/". [bo anim] thestnto of facin;/ eaclt other; di m„ 
to face eacli other; wodi m. fwe wonho anim' ara, the/f sit opposite 
each other looking each other in the face. 

Ill o-a a k a s a, \ you yourselves; your oicn; 
n\o-'AV'A,pron.\ even yon, just you ; Gr. § 69. 
Ill 111 o-a no [ebo ano] breast, ehest: sfiman bi sen nem., an amu- 
let hanffs on his chest. 

Ml iiioa-ano, inf. a yathering together; (/. anoboa, raboaanofo, F. 
nun o-a so, inf. [bo ase] beginning, fntndation (of a town, king- 
dom). Cf ammose, nhyease, mfiase &.c. 

a in o-a s e, 2)1. m-, [mo ase] the utidcr-garment or loin-cloth of tlie 
negroes, syn. otam, odanta. 

niinol)a[boba] dry ftvigs, brush-uood, small .sticks of a fagot, 
mniohn-dua, a plant, the rods of wliich are tied across tlie sticks 
or poles in the framework of a negro house; .s. iiwiira. 
ininobitiri, a kind of bead, s. ahene, 

ninio lio.mmoboro, jj/(v, compassion, mercy; oye m., he causes 
pity i.e. lie is jiitiatile, iniseral/le, pitifid, deserving 2>dy, lie is a poor 
fclliiw; ohu int' m., he looks on me irith pity, is pitiful or co)njHissio- 

-10 



306 mmoboinni(')l>(» — mom. 

nate towards me, pities me, has pity, mercy on me. sJions me mercy: 
liu (or f\ve) yen m., have mercy on us. 

mmohg-mmybo, a.Saclv., miserable, piiifid, in a miscroUc 
stfde or condition: n'anim ye m., Jie tooJiS icrctched, miserahJe, has 
a sad countenance, lSam.l,lS; gnam in., he u:(dJcs ahout in a ^ad 
condition. 

mmobom' [bobo mu] 1. a kind of u-liite cotton cloth intcru-o- 
rcn with red threads in squares; kente no ye m., wode adidisika 
anwene mu ahinanan-ahihanan. — ^. a collection, accumulation, 
mass, heap, assemblage ; opp. ankorankoro. 

m mob org = mmobo. — mmoborm', F. hunihly. 

mmoborobnnu, /;?/'. [hii mm oborg] mercy, mercifulness, pity, 
compassion, vuldness; cf. ahumgbg, timgbg. 

mmoborolnmnfo, i)?. id. a mercif id person. 

mmgl)oroiii, pi. -fo, n pit if id, pitiable person. 

mmg-deii, v. n. [bg v., den «.] a strong exejiion, effort, zeal, 
earnestness, ardour: -by m., tobe zecdous, strenuous, eager, an.iious: 
m(jbg m. mafwe, / iviU try my best. — mmodeii-bo, inf. [bg mmg- 
den] exertion, zccd, eagerness, diligence. 

mmo-foro', v.n. [bgr., forort.] a new exertion, new beginning: 
- bg m., to begin anew; mefi 'ne mabg asetra foforo ho m., from to- 
day I shcdl begin a new life; ey-i na orebg m. (= grebg aso foforo) 
asi dan. 

mmofi";iasc. 1 [abofra, ase, here] childhood, tlio time from 

mmofra-bere. I birth or infancy to puberty. 

mmofra-abrodc, a siliquose plant. 

mmoiVa-forowa, -akokoa, -kokofe, difterent kinds oi pilants. 

mmofra-.som, childish tailings, dealings or concerns. 

mmofuma, ]. a kind o( tree. — 2. the' inner bark, the bast or 
fibres of that tree; gtgtga ho liono. — 3. a string or cord made of 
it, == nniialiamii; rf. mtiriwa; di/f. bofii, bofunnua. 
amon'om, a kind octree; sareso dua bi. 
motfya [s. bogya] blood; cf. kafo, dase, danse; ka or gu m., 
to shed blood ; wgama m. agu fam', blood has been shed. — mouya- 
si'i-fr'nr' (-funu?) matter, jnis; the serum exuding from a wound. 

moho, i/ourselves; mohoho, moho moho. >/ourselves mutually. 
Gr. § 57.218,1 «. 

m olio [mmghgg, G. muhg] cutiain, veil. 

m mo-bo, inf.\\)qho] doubling, dujjlication; double; pair (annn- 
twi m. anan, f<nir pairs of oxen); multiplication by two or more than 
two; mitua no kaw m. anah, I pay him or restore it to him fourfold . 

mmo-kaw [mmgre a akaw] leaven, leavened dough. 

mmo-kwa, the borrowing of another^s garment. 

mom, V. fred. mom mom q.v.] to roll or wrap up. furl, envelop: 
to squeeze together (that the hollow space disappears): doroben no 
amom; mom akatawia no ano, shut ov ptd up the umbrella; waku 
ne nneema iiliiii;! amom ano, he has pached up all his tilings. 



emom — anioiioni. 307 



o-inoiu [rtnnninin', fr. boniu?] 1. ordinance, injiutrfirm, decree; 
iiifcrdicfioiK proliihitlmi. proliibilorij laic; cf. ininjira; wouliye mom 
so obiarji mmmo so, tlieii hare decreed that imljodij sliould meniinn 
the matter: ereri/ one is forltidden to spcal: of it. — ^^ ai/reoiioit; 
rf. imii(»in'; woakoliye m. -= woapam. 

Ill 1110111", inf. \\io \x\\(\ joining, reciincdiation; a(frernient. cotiveu- 
tion, contract, stipulation, treat//; conun anion, jwace. 

Ill 1110111', adr. (s. tief.) F. mmo (= nipo, Ak.) rather, in pre- 
ference, more propcrlii; me.pe oyi m., I lihe this Ijctter; inej)e lia-yi 
m. kven lio, i like this place lietter than that one: eno tii. 11a onyr 
korfi, th(d nuireorer is not (/ood (d all, that is even irorse. 

Ill o in M, mOrnA, red. r. 1. s. iiifi. — ^. to dedicate, devote to; 
odo asuri'dai'i (sika, no ba) mOiiuui Oiiyame. — .>'. to jiraisc, extol, 
e.i(dt. (jliirifii; wonirnna glicno - - wpbo no nimoran kil noa waye lie 
noa nonouanom aye agyaw no ne abiisua ko a ofim' ; abrafo m. 
oliono yo no bo bu. — •/. onim moina = kwaduom -to or -bo. — .>. 
m. bo, = koka bo nsem, to speak of a matter i}i detail, to cnhm/e 
njnin. expiditde on. (five a discourse on, make the appHc(di(ni of. — 
a. red. to t<dk nninteUigibly ; wobisa no a.som a, n'ano moninmoin;!. 
mill o inri-li6, inf. (s. hef.) circundocntion ; discussion, explana- 
tion; expatiatin(j on, (idle) talk; ebo ni. ni, 
111 6 111 A, luoiiiri-so, the forehead, front. 

Ill o m mo ill, red. v. 1. s. mom. — 2. to slirivd, shrink tor/ether; 
to curl up (as witbering leaves). 

in 6 mm 6 no, F. momon, a. s. amono, raiv. 
momoiiolo, momroto [G.] unci ran mc.ised; uncircumcisioii. 
Ill 111 p r 0, a strap ofleidher put round one's nock and drawn 
so as to strangle tbe person, 

moil, ^'.F. (= ino, miio?) to Jjc unrighteous. HcI).G,10. 
Ill 111 on (cf. bon v.) a neigh, neighing, whinnying ; - bo ra., to 
neigh, whinng (of borses). Jer. 5,8.8,10. — k a m., F. to woil. Mk.o,38. 
iiiuionnri, .S-. bonna; - to m,, to intrude uj)on women h// night, 
to ravish. — inf. m-to. 

M monri, F. mona, .s. amana, amarii & amoa. 
iiionkyem, v. to hend, turn iip, ivrinkle; to douhlc doivn (a 
leaf &c.); to he bent, turned up, to get a loss (as, a brazen vessel); 
osekan no ano am., nhoma nom' am.; awowa no am. = babi atom' 
sen babi. 

iimono, -mono, red. mommoiio, or moramono, a. raiv; fresh, 
green, soft; unripe, immalure; undried; unboded, crude; s. Gr. § 
70,1-3. gdemomoiio, ode-amono, anammono (wodi anammono, they 
eat meat, wodi nam momono, they eat raiv meat), ode no ye momo- 
no ; cf. ababammono. — amono kanwe, qude fresh or neiv, used also 
of persons, as, a blooming youth; cf. bun. 

amoiio-akri-ogya = nam momono a wgabow dakoro pe. 
amoiioni [amono mu, lit. in the freshi directly, Immedicdely, 
forthwith, on the spjot ; gbo no bog no no, a. bgara na gtgo, when the 
stn)H' hit him. he fell dead on the sjjaf. V. amonm lioara, suddenly. 



308 monom — mmowa. 



monoiilj red. raonommonom, morommorom. a. smootli; opoi'i 
no ye m.; cf. eso ye torotoro. 

in m n 1 11 k y c ^ okwah kontoh kye, pr. 1900. 

m mo pom ma [cf. bapomraa] s.d-pL, a respretaUc. iKwnnraJiJe 
person (onipa a oye gpanyin ho-ne-lio nanso onim ile). 

iiibordo, F. = mmoro-so, exceedinfjl}). 

HI more [bg, bore, i;.] dough. 

Ill 111 gre-hii, === pitalu'i. 

iiiniorka, F. = mmokaw, Mt.l'i,')3. 

Ill morokoko wii. a kind of head, s. aliene. 

iiiiiioroiiimorome, s. aburonia, -mv. 

miiioro-sa [biiro, iisa] rtoii. hrandi/. bronglit from Europe or 
America; cf. nsa. 

mm oro-s6, i)if. [bore so] ahnndance, e.ruhernnce. overfan-'ntfj 
fulness. — adv. exceed ingl//. 

Ill more) to a, a kiacl oi'head; s. aheue. 

mmo-sa, nsji a ebow, strong drial; = mpalijewa. 
ammose, = mmoase, ase, hcglnning. yr.lS^l. 

iiiiiiosea, s. bosea, pehhJe; grarel. yr. 2046. 

Ill m s o a \v a [dim.] small pebbles, grarel. 

e-mo-si, inf. s. emo & si. 

mmosij a kind oi counfrtj clotJi. s. ntama. 

Am OS 11, Am;"i-osu [nea omil osn, Gr. i^ 39. 9. | the Jiain-girer. a 
by-name of God; rf. Ainowia. 

m 111 s inv a [ obosu, dim. | the carlg deic, condensed before day- 

mmotri [beta, dim.\ a kind o£ bead, s. ahene. [break, 

motaii, V. F. = mantam. Mf. •21,2. Mk:ll,:2. 

mmoto, -doiiia, greot (plantains), fresh (yam), pr. 598.1133. 

Ill 1110 to am' [ba = basa, toa, mu| arm-hole, arm-pit. 

mmgtoam-ma, a sicelling ov tumor in the arm-pit; woboapafreno. 

miiiotoa-siu, na pompo no ahhon kokiiro anye 'mgtoam' inTi. 

mmotoaase: wabg nem. afa gbji no na gdeno aguan akgtra... 

miiioto-kroma, the new yam of the first crop; wgpah m-; cf. 
mpgw. — • m-m\ m-bere, tlie time or season in ivhich the new yam is 
taken out; mmgtgkroma-bere adu. 

Ill mow, mediation, negotiation in a matter between two nations 
which may lead to war; di m., to mediate, act as a go-between, try 
to reconcile ; abgfo yi di m. ; wgadi ntam' m. dedaw, na anye yiye. 

A 1110 wi a [nea gma owia] the Sun-giver, he who gives sunhine; 
a by-name of God; cf. Amosn, AmJi-gme &.c. 

mmowa, a tree, the h((rl- of which is burned to coal and mixed 
with sweet-scented spices; ohuam bi; dua bi a wot\vit\va na wgde 
to gyam" ma edah gyabiriw, na wgayam na wgde nhwtine torn' na 
mma de fra wgn adnrn mn de ye woiiho (won anim, ;ikyi, koko so. 
nan ho, nsa \in). 



iiiuiuVvciX'biwa (muii. 3fi0 



m mo wo re 111 w a, -wiiwa: gyare m-, he hns Insf his jkiUs by 
the, whitlow (s. okckaw /.) or by };:yato; s. bowercwua. 

;i 111 uyi, inf. |yi aino| iiKiralHinle. 

o-iiioyiro, an iDiyvatcfnl person. 

Ill iiio-to-ho, inf. [bo to ho] procrnsli nation, jjosl/ionrmfn/. od- 
jonrnmrni: dclai/. 

Ill 111 (i-l o-so, inf. [botosoj false accKaalion. s//n. o.sitsuka, iitwa- 
toso; nyr wo yonko ho mm., do not cast ani/t/tini/ iijxui i/diir nviyh- 
boiir irii/ioiit lieiiuj able to prove it. 

iiiiiu'a & cpds. 6\ mmara. 
iiira, c. s. mana. — mmra, v. mmara. 

Ill inriibraiii'. r.n. [.s. bra mu] the act of iritliliotdin(j. ronrc(d- 
iiuf tCc: unf((ir)tess. disltoiiest//. niisstidrment; di.ssiin/didian. 
jiiiirAdi', giiira-kvi'rrw, giiir;'i-i'ilioiii;i &c. s. amaiiado Sic 

a 111 ra do, aiiirMdow [Port, (jovernador?'] yovvrnor: cf. brohcin'. 

iiiiurai'i, s. mmoran. — iiiiiirrii'ii"iii;H'i, x. mmar. 

o-iiiraloni, s. omuratoni. 
Ill 11, jiroii. .s. rao. 

c-iiiii (u r=: ii), ilie inferior. 1. the inner or middle part, inside; 
anji part or point icithin the limits of -a. line, surface«or body. — JJ. 
the inner parts, cf. anom', asom', infom', yam' t^c; the space within 
ov inside. — c>. the interior of a conntr.n: emu noho (uohoa) torii'i, 
far in the interior. — 4. As a postposition after nouns & pronouns 
it stands for the foil, prepp. ^(^ advr.: in, at, i)ito, through, irithin. 
in/card, i)is/de; between; of time: in. at, durin(j. irithin; of a plu- 
rality of things: amomj, amongst; connected with certain verbs (as 
fi, to proceed from) : out, from. See Gr. § 119. & Hem. on the tone 
of mu. which is high after a preceding low tone, and low after high 
tone. "When used as a postposition or complement, the vowel u is 
often dropped, and the remaining iii' connected in pronunciation 
witli the noun or pronoun to which it refers, or with the verb. — 
'). In some 2>hrases emu forms the grammatical subject (instead of 
the thing to which it refers), as: emu da ho, // is or lies open, is man- 
ifest, plain; emu do, it is deep (abura, asunomu, epo mu do); emu 
gow, it is spacious; emu terew, it is wide; emu ye den, it is diffi- 
cult; ne yare mu ye den, his illness is severe; emu ye duru, it is im- 
portant; emu ye hare, it is easi/; emu siwme kakra, emu ntew me 
yiye, Gr. §215. — 6. When compounded with nouns, mu expresses 
a manner of doing = after the manner or fashion of; e.g. mmari- 
inam', niiipam', brofom', s. Gr. ^ 131,4. — 7. In composition with 
verbs, mu has the power of an adverb, meaning in, between, to- 
gether; r/'. bam', bom', dam', gum", worn', nnim', hyiam', tiain' &c. — 
mu or m' influences the pronunciation of preceding vowels, making 
the open vowels (a, e, o) half-open (a, F. e; e, o), and the half-close 
vowels (e, o) close (i, u). 

c-m u, the interior or middle p((rt of the body, the chest, thorax, 
rump, bade; espec. the upper part of the back, cf. akyi; gyare ne 
mu, he has a disease of the chest or lunys; nc inti bu fanh, his rump 



310 mu — imiliriiiirilin. 



is flexible; opono nemfi, lie is hending his huclc, otee lu; infi, lie 
stretches his had:. 

mfi, a. [ph amuamfi] 1. whole, entire, covij'lete; iiiiJiml-en, in 
good condition; opp. sin. gow. piece, fragment; oclii clnkono mu, lie 
ate a whole (loaf of) bread; onipa yi, oye mu (pirim), thi.^^ man is not 
siclclij, but licchj (indeed); odi mu, he is icithoid blemish or defect 
(mpakye ridzi mu, F. Mt. 13,31); ecli mu = enni dem; iikuruwa no 
bi ye amu-amu, ebi nso ye agow-agow. some of the vessels are whole 
(not broken), others are damaged. — J^. true, real, ftdl. earnest, se- 
rious, sincere; eye me aseda-mu, if is a matter of heartfelt thardcs to 
■me, I am truhj thankful for it; eye me hkgmmo-mti, it is a matter 
of deep concern, serious care, grave solicitude to me, I carnestl// wish 
or desire it. — 3. perfect, aceomplishcd, excellent: onipa-mii, a man 
of distinction, of rank. pr. 2397. 

e-mfi, a-, n. a tvhole, entirety, totaliig; bo no mu, sag it at once! 
mebo no amu maka se: I will gather or sum it up in these words:... 

infij mo, r. F. = muo, to be bad.' 
jimu, a dead (human) body, corpse; a more decent expression 
tban efunu. 

Ill u a, V. 1. to shut, close; om. ne nsa ano^^;?-. 468), n'ani, he clo- 
ses his hand, hi^eycs; om.n'ano, he shuts his mouth, holds his tongue, 
is sdent, keeps silence, forbears talking, pr. 247. — XK to be shut or 
closed; n'ani aniua, his eyes- are closed. — 8. anim' amua, remua, 6'. 
anim. 

minuadd, s. abnada. 

Ill mil a e, v.n. [bua| an ansu:cr; asemmisa ucne m., questions 
and answers. 

Ill u a ill u a, ((. narrow (as, the opening of a small bottle or 
phial); c/'. dwedwewa, hialiia, teatea. 

a 111 u a 111 11 a n i. blind-mans-buff. 

Ill 111 u-ano [bu anoj the edging, hon. skirt of a garment. 

iiiniua-so [bua so] cover, lid, pot-lid; cf. mmutuso, nkataso. 

minua-taiiia, Akr.-tam; Ky.-toma [ntama a obi de bua (kata) 
neho so] a cloth to cover one's body, also in sleep (ojvj;. odaso); a 
cover; clocdc, pall, jxdlium (as of the ancient Greeks). 

iiibubiia, F. =: bubuafo, j>L m-, lame persons. Mt 15,30 f- 

innmbui, v.n. [bu, r. red.^ 1. lameness, a disease in the legs 
causing inability to walk. — 2. a fraction in ci})hering. 

mbubui, F, a) palsy, 2It. 4,24.0,2. b) fragments, crumbs, Mt. 13,37. 

mbubuinyi, F. a man sick of the xmlsy, Mt. 9,6. Cf. obubuafo. 
mu-diui [dua a ehye onipa mu na otumi gyina] support, staff 
of life; onipa m. ne kankyew (F.) or aduan, man's staff of life is 
bread (food); pr. 2398. 

mu-liama, a piece of clot] t or rope tied round the chcsi to show 
excessive grief; - wabo m. = awerehow aka no na ode hama anase 
ntama abo (akyekyere) ne yam'. 

muhumuliUj a. fine, of dry things that are ground; obo be- 



iiMik;i - - uiiniinii'iki'iiii. .'{11 

dwiriw won aye atodurn m.; rtyam kyekycro in.; sijn. fV-kolokn; rf. 

l)O(lol)0clu. 

iiiukii, iiiukyiVi, iii-. Itiikyi;i, ficdif/i. fire- pi nee: the. licaiili 
on wliicli the negroes usually cook their food consists of three rouml- 
isli elevations, formed of clay, between which the tire is niadt^ jiimI 
on which the cooking-pot is placed. 

umUa-asi', tltc place or apdrtmctit irJicre the liearf/i is; hitc/icn. 

a 111 u-ky enO^, tiiioniit//. 

in 11 III, a. 1. deaf and dmnh. — 2. Ihu-'di'j no opeiihtif or e.ii- 

I ranee, — o-imilli, mumu, deaf and danibne^s. dnnthnes.s ciuxni'd hy 

deafness; cf. asitiw. — o-muiii, e-murau. (( fieysnii n-lxi ix deaf and 

dumb. pr.2047. V. Mk. 7,87. 

I\[uiiio, name of a month, about JJeceinber; 6. gsrani. 
()-mfilii(), inQino, y^/. a-, [mno, r.] an aijJif, IU-IooI'ukj. ill--s/ia/ied, 
bod'il/i misfofHU'd iierson : (nea naniin a.s. ne honain nye fe, iic li 
kokiiroko, n'aniwa nkete-nkete, n'aso ntitiwa-ntitiwa nkete-nkete, 
ne kgn tia n.a.) pr. 217.1801.20i8-50. (iiiuiiio-kaii, iiiiiiiio-kyiri). 

aiiiu iiio-y e, F. amumuye, Inf. crime, (act of) wickedness; ican- 
tonncss, looseness. — ye am., F. Mt. 13,41.23,18. MIc. 7,22. 

o-iiui iiigy (jfo, })J.fi-, 'miscreant, mischievous. wicJccd person, 
villain, scoundrel. 

0-iiuiino-\ve.s(jwa [omumo a oye n'ade wese nr \Ve\ve] a person 
not fair, but clea)i and tidi/; opp. oyiyeburu. 
Ill a mil, ^\ mum. 
a mil mil a lia, a kind o^l plant. 
amumuye, s. amumoye. 
muna, v. [rer?. munamuna] 1. to become or be dark, to look 
(jloomn; osu am., tlw clouds arc dark. — ^. m. an i m, =kum anim, 
to darken the face, make a sour face, to froiun. — .b'. wamuna, n'anim 
am., he looks sulloi ; he is (jloomy, sad; wamuna ahye me, he frowns 
upo)i me; pr. 248. — onam munamuna, he is melancholy/. 

o- 111 una mini a fu, ^j?. a-, a sulloi, morose, peevish, discontented 
fellow; woye om., i/ou are cdwai/s disjil eased, discontented. 
muni, V. to roll about, pr. 1864. 
m ill 11 1'lkaiu-su, inf. [buiikarn] transcendenc/j. Kurtz §105. 
Ill 11 11 1 11 111, t'. to tur)t over, turn upside down, upset, overset, 
overturn, sidjvert; m, toa (or aduru) no = f\vie gu! — syn. dan ani 
butuw. 

amiiiit um-amriiii, adv. seeretel//, privately, in secret; yedii 
asem no am. =yehintaw kokoam' dii asem no na obi ante. 

miini'im", miiriim, v. \j-ed. munum-raiinum] to cover entirely. 
wrap up, enwrap, wrap round; .s7/». kata; ode ntama bemiuiiun 
yen so, amunum pon so nneema nhina so, am. ne honam nhina; - 
om. fasu so bae, he tumbled over the u-all('fj. 

o-miiuu ukiini, ^;/. a-, 1. foy, mist; om. resi, a fog is cominy; 
cf. kusukuku. — 2. cloud, cf. how, osu, suwisiw. — o. F. blackness, 
cf. tumm. — i. a kind of dark-blue cloth. — 5. adj. dark-coloured: 
afasew m. bi ye adweadwe. 



312 miio — N. 

muo, ^■. to he had, physically or niofdlh/; tumn} - oyc oini'i- 
mo; ne iineyee miin = nye. 

0-inuratoiii, j'/. a- -fo, [Eiif>:., Port.] d iukIkUo. 
minuio-ni'io, biiro-iino, olive oil, sweet oil. 

muriim, s. mununi. 
amu-sie, inf. [sie amu] Onrial, intenncut. septtltarc. 
mmu-s6, inf. [bu so] nl/undance. 

mmusu, -0, niisehief, Hiisfortnne, disaster, misery, eiduniity, 
adversity; a thimj that causes mischief dc. m. aba mc so, a calamity 
has befallen me; ahooden bcbreyem., too mnch strength hriiKjs mis- 
chief, pr. 581.048.1394. — bo m-, to cause miseliief to come, to do mis- 
chief; mabo meho m., / have hrouyht mischief upon myself. — fa m., 
to suffer for mischief done; pr. o56f. 1738. — yi ni., to remove or ward 
off mischief ; s. mrausnyi; mekobisa me bo, inekoyi mo ti m., I am 
(joinff to ask advice (i.e. to consult the fetish-man) to yet rid of my 
adversity (lit. to remove my head's calamity) ;pr. 398. — C/'. obusufo, 
obusuyefo, ahabusu. 

mmiisu-l)0, inf. tlie act of cursiny; tlio commiltiny of an act 
or acts that tirintf mischief. — ni iii iisu-y i, inf. the removal of mis- 
chief; oyi ne ti mmusu ne se: ode ade a ode rekoyi mmusu no si 
neho ananmu de koma obosom a.s. gsaman-ko a g-ne no anya no; 
ne se nti mmusu biara a wobeyi no, wode kwati onipa-ko no ri ansa 
na wokoyi. 

mustimiisimi, F. \vim ye m., the wadher is foul, stormy. Mt. 16,3. 
aniu-tciH^ I (inc. inf. Ak. the act of heejiiny one's hack straight. 
amu-tcw^ inf. [tew mu] prop, a rending of the interior or heart. 
i.e. grief, affliction, distress; di/f. ntewmu. , 

mu-tVva, inf. [of twam' = twa mu] adekyee ye a\Vic uui-twa, 
the day (daylight) is atnmt to I'ntisli /ufssiii;/. i.e. Ilir day is nearly syent 
or /nisscd. Mk. 6,3-5. 

Ill mill ii-S('i [butinv so] cover <(-c. cf. minuaso, I'ikataso. 

o-mii-yare, e-, a disease in the chest or back, causing diflicult 
breathing, crookedness of the back &c. ef. sisiyare, oserimu. 

Words whicli ha\e ii as tlie lirst letter of tlicir stem (usually 
with another ii, iu verl)!s somcitimes witli two iis before; it), but 
are not found under N. — seek under I), or, when y follows, 
under G (tiV ). 

The consonant u, when radical i.e. original, is united with na- 
sal vowels [ef. M): whenever it is followed by pure vowels, it is a 
transformation of d, caused by a j)receding n (or orig. in, A) or by 
negligent pronunciation, as in anadvvo, Ak. adadwo. It interchanges 
with (1, r, in, 11 ; Gr. § 18. 10. B. 37. — ii before y & tw, is not 
dental, but palatal. - — iiy is either original before a, e, I, or, when 
followed by pure a, e, i, it is a transformation of original gy, usu- 
ally caused by a preceding ii (^iii^ ii). 



II — (jiia. .51 ;i 

n- is a frcfjuciit invjir before stems bcjj:inning with f, l\\',.s, ii, 
Jiiid witli (I whicli is then assfniihited i.e. changed into ii, also bc- 
it»it' stems with y ami yy, (in which cases we write ii-y and li-liyj. 

— 'riiis jirelix occnrs /. in nouns: ;J. In vei'hs, viz. in the 2nd ini- 
jjerati\c and all negative lornis. It forms a syllable by itself, if" it 
lie nut joined in pronnnciafion to a jirecediuji; voW(d or to the ii of 
the snbsecjuent syllable. Si-e nnder in-. 

ii' often stands for ne (pntn. jtoss.) before a-^ seldom for no 
(/iron. ohj.). Gr. i; fiS. It may also stand for na, conj. 

11 a, runj. ./. and. — X\ but, however, ijet, ncvvrihvlvss, noiaith- 
sltDuVuKi, cf. He, iiso, nanso. — H. (na) for. — If any part of a sen- 
tence (subject, object or other complement, attribute, or adjunct) is 
to be rendered prominent, it is put at the head of the sentence and 
na follows with the proper sentence, in which then the i)art i)Ut at 
the head is indicated by a pronoun. Gr. 4^ 247. 
(Mill a [V. inna) r= cno na, iltcn. af that tinir, tiflcr litis. 

aii;i, a ii;i, F. ana, ana, ane, conj. ]. or; cf. anase. — ,1-'. a par- 
ticle noting the sentence, to which it is attached, as an interrogation; 
when the ([ucstion is indirect, the dependent sentence is connected 
with the i»rincij)al one by sc, and the words 'se... ana' are etjuiva- 
lent to the Eng. ronj. u-Ju'fhcr or if. Gr.§l 39.142.1 53. — In F. ana 
is also found at the head of an interrogative sentence. Mt.0,'J6.7, 16.2:.'. 

a II fi, F. =r an sa , before, prior to, pre vioiislij. Mt. 5, 18.24.2U. 8,2 1.20. &c. 

una, r.».[<la"| sleej); wada own nna, he sleeps the sleep of (leolh: 
wakramc nna, >-. kra, r. 7. — niia-niia, .s. eda, 

una [s. nnawa]. or, nna-ase-nhwi, tite mane of some ({uadrupe- 
ilal animals, as the horse, the lion t^c. - gyata wg una; gyata nna- 
ase-nhwi ye kufukufu (fukufuku); odwennini no nna-ase-nhwi doso. 

(j-n a, e-, {dullness':' slowness? ef. n;i;) the exact and original mean- 
ing of this n. (or adj.?) is not easily determined; we give the de- 
riv(!d meanings thus: 1. scarceness, searcif//, rareness, rarit/j; want 
of lack, defect. — ^. rareness or value arising from scarcity, cost- 
liness, preciousness, importance. — 3. difficult// of access (to obtain 
or to i)erform). — 4. dislile, disinclination, aversion, rcpiajnance. 

— Phr. iitX is used as a complement of the verbs ye, di, do, as the 
foil, examples will show. a. (1.) Nnipa pa ye 'na wo asase so, good 
jieoplc are rare (or scarce) on earth; pr.2950. aka kakra sc na raiu- 
ni nkesua nii bio, in a short time I shall no longer have scarcity (or 
icant) of eggs, i.e. / sh(dl soon have eggs enough; nnansa yi nno ho 
ye na, Just now oil is scarce; ade ho ade ye na, iir. 805 f. — f)^.) Adc 
yi ho ye me na. = eho hiame yiye, this thing is valuable to me, I have 
it at heart; 6, se nhoma ho ye me nsi; minya a, anka mepe! oh, I 
desire such a booJc; I wish I coidd get o)te! — t'o.) Eho ye na, = eye 
deii se wobenysl, // is apj)roached ov gotten onlg witJt difficult g; nho- 
ma yi ho ye na, mape bi mape mape, mannya, this book is not eusi- 
lij to be got; I sought for one repeatedhj, but got none; (mape me- 
beree ansa-na mekonyae, / liad long to seek before I found one). 
Adwuma yi ye gye-nii, this tvork is not easg to perform; Gr. 45105,5. 
onipa nye dada-na, man is easily deceived ("Miindns vulf dccipii"); 



314 (jiifi — iiiialio, 

irr. 57cl.634.665.788.830. — h. (3.) Asempa no dii ho liyeu-na kaiino, 
flic (jospd (hud. or met tv/th, (Jifficidf/j in entering) had no easy cn- 
irancc there at fird ; ofa abufnw a, wodi no pata-nii, Gr.i; 105.5, — 
f. (4.) Odg me nil, heJia.-< (entertains, harbour.'^) a secret hatred ayainst 
me; he hears me a (/rud[/c or s2)ite, he tjcars a malice or Ill-iciU a- 
(jainst me; Laban dog lakob na se wafa n'ade de anyii neho, L. owed 
Jacol) a spite liccaiisc he had rnrichcd himself from his (i.e. from L.'s) 
property. Cf. adona, Dowuona, 

Q-nn, pi. enanom, 1. mother; pr. 20.57-L'0(iU. — in Ak. it is used 
only of the speaker's oivn mother: ena aba, my or oiir mother is come; 
if. oni, awo. — 2. an honouring title of another elder female: enfi 
or me ua Aforo fre wo, Mrs. Aforo ccdls thee. 

an ft. relationship, ancestors, mothers (?); to ana, to give one^s 
gcnealoyy, prove one's descent, claim rcXationsltip ; in-.3nS. e,s. wokyere 
wo ne obi ntam' abusuasem a cdamu. 

11 a, {n. (ir^/. ?) iveal-, dull (cold, sluyyish. heavy, phleymaticY) 
n'adweneni' (ne tirim', ne komam') ye no ua, lie doubts, is doubtful, 
irresolute, in perpjlexify, at a loss (which way to take &c.) = onhf'i 
nea oyo, se onnye nni o. onnnyc nnni o, onnim, Geii. 45.26.; - syn. 
nanii, nennann; ni, nierew t^c. 

iiliabr a l)<i. = hkghkgnsa, nkontonipo; oye n., .s. odabrabafo. 

iiada, nara, F. = gno ara, eno ara. 

1111 ada, v.n. [dada] deception, delusion, imposition, imposture, 
deceit, fraud; temptation; cf. nsisi, nnyigye, kusum-di; sgfwe. 

ii\wA{\i\-'t^v\\\,fraudule)icc; stratayem.tricl-, cheat, wile, artifice; 
if. nkwadasem. 

11 na d t'-d Vvo I'u, nnadcwa asin-asin, a kind of gold used as 
currency by the Akems in ancient times, before they learned to use 
gold-dust from the Dankiras. 

an ad wo, F. anadwe, Ak. adad\vo[da, dwo, lit. tite coolness of 
the day] niijld. — ana d \V o-hoa [aboa] a niyht-animid, nocturnal 
bird dr. pr. 1283. 2072 f. — anadVvo-de fa thiny (ado) brouijld into 
the house by night, secretly] bribe ; cf. boa, adaiimude. 

anadVvo-fa [gfa, half, part] F. anafoaiJcc.. the late evening after 
sunset (ade reye asa na anim remua); cf. anwunimere. — J2. Aky. 
any part of the night; cf. gdasu. 

anadwofa-seui, an evening-nord, an occurrence, altercation 
or quarrel in the evening, when men are usually intoxicated by palm- 
wine. — i\iM\{\\v o-fioru, playing in the night, p: 218il. 

anadzi'-tiua, F. = anan ase agua, foot-stool. Alt. 5,-35.22,44. 

nnae, v.n. [da] cvach, bed, day-bed, sofa; cf. mpa. 

aiiafo, the place belotc, the part of a bed or couch at the feet; the 
under or leeward coast; F. leetvard, cast ward, syn. boka; ojip- atifi. 

aiiafofo, the p)eoplc of the lower or nether part of the town or 
country &C. — anatoa, F. ;= anadwofa, evening. Mk.6,47- 

anafranakii, a plant; n'aba kuni nnuan. pr. 2075.2472- 

anagO;, F. (anagyo) = anadvVo, night. Mt. 28,14. Mk. 13,35- 

nna-ho, a deep sleep. 



mi;ik;ii';iim;i — iiiuimf. 815 

II ii.'i-ka r;i-nii;'i [da it kra, i\\: o-nc no ko u., woko n., t/ieij 
I/I) fo sleep bidiliiijf eiiih oilier (jood niglil. i.e. Iheii (ire on frienilli/, 
familinr, iiil'nnale leriiis with eadi otlii'r; cf. wakr.i me una, iiiidci- 
kra. [/>///". woko, na knina !| 

iiii;i-koko, a fowl or sheej> ijicen h// n nuiii to his bride before 
she comes to sleep witli liini. 

()-li;ikwa, 1. a large tree witli very line flowers, hard wood and 
a thick bark; wowaewae eho hoiio dc saw wnra. — ^. ii man uo- 
loriiis for some deed and, therefore, able to do the same tliin|^ again; 
on. se gbeye yi, obeye ampa; ade a asi netirim' no, gnjfere ho se 
obeye; - waye on., lie has become famous; wobo nedin a, na ascm 
bata ho. — Diff. A'liakwu, pr.n. in pr. 2596. 

11 a in, V. [a = a; used only in the continuative form (in all 
other forms fa or nantew is nsed): red. nennaml 1. to ividk, to be 
in any proijressire inotioiK to f/o. ran, eraiel,ercej). siciin, fl/f. saild'r. 
lo travel. pr.^OTSff. C'f.kg. Onipa bi nam ho, a man is ividlcinfilliere: 
mihfin no seonennam ho. I saiv him walking tliere (lo and fro); ehyen 
no nam iitemntem, llie ship sails very fast; okwadu nam ntemntem, 
the antelope runs reri/fast; anoma nam soro, na apatfinso nam nsum', 
a bird flies in the air, but a fish sivinis in the water. pr.i57.14:.'7.2081. 
— ^. nam is often combined with m n or so before another verb of 
motion, thus noting the way in which that motion is performed, or 
the means or mediator of an action, and is then rendered in Eug. 
by tiic jirei'osifions lhroa;fh. bii; e.g. gnam mfenserem' koo dan mii, 
lie irenf throiuih the windoiv into the house; gnam atoro sodildaano, 
he deceived h'im bii^ a lie. Gr. § 108,-27. 223.2.237a. — In F. it is also 
combined with nti: gnam horn atsetsesemntsi wamma (=; moamma) 
nembra antsim, Mt. 15,6. — 5. nam so, to proceed, walk on; to do 
forlhtvith, straiijhtforivard ; wgnam so reba, theii are cominy on, draw 
near. Gr. § 111. Mrk.13,43- - obi nam so beka kyeree me, somc- 
bodif straighiwaij told me (of it). — nam ntenteso, s. this. — i. nam 
(sum) ase ye, to do underhand, secretin, privideli/ (Gr.§ 111): ghcne 
pee onipa nam ase koyii Akyem bene asitiw, the king appointed a 
man seer ethi to apprize the king of Akem of the matter; gnennam 
m'ase (=gpeme bone, gpeme amane-nya, otitifiti mensem ho, odi 
me ho nseku), he aims at me, seeks mij hurt. — '). to cxisi in a cer- 
tain number, to be so mani/ together (Gr. § 199,4): yenam basia na 
ebae, we were six of us tvhen we came; nkyeneboa nam ahorow pi, 
apes (monkeys) arc of many different kinds. 

e-iiam, 1. flesh, meat of any animal; pr. 2077. 8301. 3407. cf. gho- 
nam. — 2. fish = nsunam. — 3. the flesh or soft, pulpy substance 
of fruit, also of palm-nuts: mango yi ho nam dgso; abe yi ho wg 
nam bebrc. 

una 111, a., red. Tinamndm, 1. sharp, of a cutting instrument, 
of soap; gsekah yi ano ye n. ; samina no ye n. se, eye ogya! — 2. 
brave, bold, daring, intrepid, courageous, valiant. — nnam, n.sharp)- 
ness, efficacy; pr. 2039.2723. bravery, boldness, valour; cf. abgoduru. 

nnani-kygrce, nnanky. [unam, kye] pr. 2809. s. ohunkyeree. 

11 name, icedge; dua a wosen ano afanu de pa ogya. pr.205d. 



31 fi iiiiaiiiiiici'ciisoii — luuia. 



n 11 a-ni in e v e-ii s o I'l, all days ihrouijlioiit ; loKjih ofda/js; s. p. .'50:5, 

liamnioka [nan, mfnj or bone, ka, to ioucli] the strilUuj ov 
lni(icl;ln<j of ihc foot against somotliing, considered as an ill onion 
{ waka nan bone, lie has struck /lis font iininfallij). 

0-iiammoii, pi. a.-., [euan, bon] 1. foot-print, foot-marl\ foot-step. 
yr. 290. 354. — A-', step, stride. — o. the sole of the foot; the foot; 
pr. 2087^.2461. — gnammon-mu, the sole of the foot. 

iiummoi'i-kuro, a narroio path., pass, ivay for only one foot. 
o-iiainiuoii-tciiteii, 1. a long step; fan., to walk with lony 
steps, to stride, pr. 378. — 2. a person who takes long stc2)S, who is a 
good tialker. a long-shanks. Or. § 30,9 r?. ^;r. 3003.3005. 

niianimoii-iiampaii [s. gdampan], vestibule. porrJi, (ude- 
chaniher, lobby, waiting-room, the place of the door-keeper ; a house 
through which a way leads to the inner yard; a covered entrance 
into the yard of a dwelling. Ky. utwironoa. 

aiiaiii-moiio [namamono]/'rcs/« nic(d, opp. nanhowe (^wudi an., 
the>/ eat me<(t; wodi nam momono, they eat raw meat). 

11 a ni-p 1" w I', rotten meat. pr. 3(>4. 
11 11 'Ml so, s. nnanso. 

II a iV, V. \)'ed. nan'nan] to melt, liipiify, dissolve (tr. lO inir.), to 
ticcome liquid, be dissolved; said of metals, wax, tallow, fat (srade, 
iikfi, nno &c. opp. da); cf. bono. 

(_'-ii a I'l, })l. id. & a-, Ak. nane, the foot of a man, in Ak. the extrem- 
ily below the ancle, in Akp. sometimes ineluding tlie leg (gya) and 
tliigh (sere); tlie foot of any animal; of (jnadrupeds, tlie hind-fool, 
hind-leg (the fore-foot or fore-leg is called us a); the foot of a table, 
candlestick &{:. — Ne nan ye hare, he is light-footed, swift-footed. 
— mo n a n-asc ye me hare dodo, yuu go too fast for me. — wo nan 
ye den a, (na) wobedii utein, // you are a good zcalker, you will 
soon be there. — ode ne nan m ii kyere, he takes to his heels. — gnam 
ncnaiimu ;= ne nan hnnn, he audks barefoot; gnam ne nan a n o, 
he goes on. tiptoe. — gnam me nan ase, he is my cdtendaid, one of 
my followers, walks in my suite. — me nan kji ase, I fed the bottom 
of the river. — ne nan tia adare so = nenan gyina gkwan so rekg, 
he is on the point of starting; pr. 35G1. — tutu wo anaii duom na 
mereba, go on slowly (leisurely), I am coming after. — tutu wo 
an an m u kgtrii babi, change your place'.! gtwe ne nan mu, he walks 
quickly. u:ifh long paces; gtwetwe nenah m u, he stretches his feet; 
gtwentweii ne nan ase, he lingers, walks lingcringly. — bg anaii 
(s. bg 27). to walk together, keep pace; mintumi ne mo mmo anan, 
I cannot keep pace with you. — Cpds. s. nanaso, nanhii'i, naiikroina, 
gnammgh, anafimu, naiisa, nansih, nansoa, nantin, nantu, nannwea. 
an an, n-, four. Gr. § 77. 

11 anil, nennanu, =^ na, q.v. — aye u'ani so nann, --^ ohhii 
nea gnye no; cf. ya. 

nana, ^>?. nananom, F. nana in, 1. grandparent, grandfather 
(n. barima), grandmother (n. bea); pi. forefathers; first parents. — 
2. (pi. ncnanom) grandchild. = gbanjina. 



oiiana. — naiiiiodow. 317 



0-11 rmn,, -iii, sfrfotger, foreifjnrr. j)r..2094. 
aiiaiiri-dc, a t/iin;/ (t/iiv(fs) (ujaiust fhc rulv; opp, ;l(](^t^•n^'. 
iiaiialia; d riitahvotis mijifio)! i\\)\)(':irin>:; ixi'tcr soiiic stay at a 
foreign place; ase akese-akose; I'lkuw.i-i'ikuwa hi a etotow nipahrt 
te se nsewa. 

a 11 A 11 nan 11 0.\v;i [nan, r.] a hrass box in wliicli slica-lmttcr is 
molten for anointing. 

o-iiaiiA-n 1, ;V. a- -i'o, str(tU(jer, f'o>r/(/)ier (n<'a ofi kiirow hi so; 
eye yaw kakra; "ohoho" nye yaw). j)r. 'Klft'i. 

nnan-;ini, inf. [dan ani, cf. anidan] pevrersion; suhrcrsiaii : 
rccnlntion; n.-inanso"'', rrrolufiou. 

n ana I'l k a u s o, (jreat-iinouhhiJd. 
aiiana-iisa (Abnrifo mmran); wgye an. — gnanani nsii won 
(infra won mn). — aiiaiia-ansa-lo, people who do not peril) it forehjn- 
ers fo mix tvith ihem. i^r. 2096. 
nrin-anu, pr.212?. 

iiiiii-ase, J. fJte foot, the lower porf of flic leg. — :^. the Ixiek or 
upper port of the luiman foot from its junction with the leg to the 
toes; ef. niinsa. — ,'A the space or place nnder one's feet. See enan, 

niiaii a-teu, [r/. ntenkyew] ^)ffr//a/, unfair jndyuinit; hn an., 
to ha DC respect of persons in jiuh/ment. 

n a ii-h i n [s. liin] the shin, the fore j>arf of the let/ or crural hone. 
niiaii-li6 no, the axis on which a sphere revolves, pole. D. As. 

11 a, nil owe [namaahow] dried meat or fish; opp. auaminono. 
ji.nan-hyeliyem', = ananwuram'. 

0-11 Till ka, a large horned snalce, syn. ebgre. pr. 524. 2097. 2.%6. 
iiankasa, = ono-ahkasa, eno-ahkasa, onoara, enoara. Gr.^oO. 
11 fi I'l-kgm [nfun kgm] seared y or dearth of meat or fish. 
iian-koii, the joint betu-een the leg and the foot. 
nau-koro, pr. 2127. 
anankoti [enah & ?]: tow an., to Icicle tcitli the fhind-)foot: - 
gponkg tow me an., a horse kieJied me. 

nankroma [enan & ?] jjI. a-, the Jcnce; sijn. kotodwe. 
iianki-onia-benimen, anankroma-ben, a swelling of the Inice. 
11 A I'l k lim [nam & ?] a piece of meat, the leg or any other part, 
nankwi, F. = nantwi. — iniaii-kyeree, pr-SSOP. s.nnamkyei-ee. 
nnan-mu,m/'. [danmu] 1. change, transformation; reform: con- 
rersion. — 2. inflection, conjitgation. Gram. 

anai'i-mu [s. enan] lit. in the feet i.e. footsteps, i.e. instead of, in 
the jilace of; ogyina m'an., he stands in mg place, represents me; - 
(de..) hye or si an., to suppihj, replace, malcc up (for), compensate, 
restore, repair, repay cOc. Gr. § 237 b. 

ananmu-liyc, -si, inf. s. hhyeananmu, nsiananmn, hye o. si, r. 
anariinii-sifo, ^)/, id., representative. 

iina-iKi, nnanobi, the other day, lately, recently: v. eda, dabi. 
llMli liodnw - iiAm (\nt\()W^ pr. .IGll. 



318 nansa — nnantwerem. 

11 an-s a, nansa-boii, tlic foot heloir the anJdcs, consisting of nan- 
ase & nammonmu. [s. enan, nsa, sabon.] — iiansa-atade, gaiters. 

niia-iisa [eda] three dnys: nna-nsa-yi, lu these daijs, notcada//s. 
in our time; recentb/. latchi, of late. 

iiiiansa-oiiian, a tiling of onlg three dags standing, of no Jong 
duration, temporary, })rorisorg, transitory; - eye n.-ade, it is a thing 
that shoiily passes aivay. — n.-inansofwefo, provisional government. 

aiiJinsOj spider; cf. konnore. ntikfinia, okyemfo; pr.2098ff. — 
an. akyeve me nan, my foot sleeps. 

aiianse-huhu a, a spiders n-eh, cohiveh. Ak. ntontan. 

anaiise-aketo-nweiie: eye an., it is (a tiling like) u-eaving a 
mat of eohivcb, i.e. rai)i, unsucec-isful tcork. 

aiianse-ii ti'iiiima, l.cohu-eh. — 2. hob-net, hohl) in-net, ground 
of lace. — 3. hair-net. — 4. a kind of mu^^hroom, s. mmere. 

ananse-sem, story, tale, fall e, fictitious narrative; to an., to 
tell (prop, sjdn) a tale. — [ananse asem, lit. a tale of An., being a 
mythic personage, gener. called agya Ananse, to whom great skill 
and ingenuity is attributed, a personification of the spider; his wife 
is konnore, his son ntikuma.J 

H a ii-s i i], y. a-, stump of a leg, pr.934. one- footed person. Mt. W,.9. 
II a-u so, eonj. [na nso] and also, hut (dso; hut, yet, still, lunr- 
ever, notwithstanding, pr. 7.1:?.:'>06..512. 

nnan-s6, a jdace in the forest with a hut or huts for hunters 
to sleep in; eho ye nn. = eye nhada, q. r. 

liau-soa, toe; the particular toes have the same names as the 
fingers: n. kokurobeti, the large toe; n. kyerekyerekwan, n.-hene, 
n.-henniakyiri or safohene, n.-kpkobeto. 

11 a II t a, 11 a ii ta m, the foot of a bird. pr. IG-iR. 

inian-tam' [gdan ntam'] a narrow passage, alley or lane he- 
tu-een houses. 

nan tew, v. [inf. n-, red. nantenantew] to wrdJc, to travel on 
foot; onantew dodo, onim nantew dodo, he is a good walJcer; cf nam; 
- red. to 7cander, ramhle, rove; cf. kyini. 

g-nant c-liero, toil and iveari)icss hy travelling. 

o-iiaiitefu, j>/. a-, walker, traveller on foot; wanderer; pr. 2102-7. 
syn. okwantemfo. — anantenautc, inf. wandering, ramhling d-c. 

anante-se [nantew, a.se\ the reason for. ovthecaiise or aim and 
object of travelling, of a journey. 

iiaiit ew-yive'j nantc-io, intcrj. farewell! 

nan-till, -tini, heel. 

nantiii-ka: aye no n., it caused him to stop where he teas. ■ 

11 ant ill-Ilk a fa: oye n., = onantew a, nenantin nk;i fa yiye, 
nso onsi si-pa, he walks (steps, treads) more with the fore-jyart of the 
foot, the heel scarcely touching the ground. 

n a n-t u, the calf of the leg. pr. 2108. 
iinan-tVvei'Cin" [gdan & ?J ^/ covered way. thoroughfare, pas- 
sage, alley between houses, leading into a yard. 



iiaiitAVi — no. 319 

iiantwi [Ak. -e, F. nenkwi]^/. a-, hull, ox, coic; n single bo- 
vine aninuiJ; pi. (I/orned) caitU', neat; pr. 076. 2109.3612. — by-iiam«: 
popoclodobi. — iiaiit\vi-l)a, ^>/. uantwi-imna, <<(lf. — nantvVi-b(''rr', 
jil.a-, cow, any female of the bovine genus of animals. — iiaiitVvi- 
biiniwa, heifff, jioinuf row. — iiaiitwi-loro, .siccr, bidlor/,-, i/oiouf 
hull (from 1 to 4 years old). — iiaiihVi-i'ibouia, ]ii<le of ti (uilloc/.-. 
— iiaiil\Vi-k;"ir(». -fwcfc), hi'nlsiiioii. — naiihVi-iiini, hull, hulloil;, 
any male of the ox kind. — iiaii(wi-sae, a casfndid hull, oj.-calf ov 
hull -calf, nicer, ox or hnllock. 

aiiau-wnranr[enrin, wura, mu] an cnhint/lini/ of the feci tcith 
those of another; yeadi an., wc have mntuaUn entangled onrsclves 
e.g. in using "sakraman" in 'J'wifor "fox'' and "nangbe" (meaning 
the same as sakramun) in Ga for "wolf". — di ananwiiraw iiraiiT, 
-^ aiianhyehyem', tohc intrrnii'cd, as by marriage, in friendly inter- 
course, concerning the settlements, as the English and Dutch on tlie 
Gold Coast before 1867. 

iia I'l-uVv Oa, ^^ id., a-, [enan, ad we] the anldr, anldehonc. 
iiau-uy chin, pi. id., a-, [nan, gya, hin] the shin; s. nanhin. 
aiiapa, F. — anopa, (in the) morning. Mt. 21,18. Mk. 11,20. 
aiia[»atn, F. = anopa-tutu, earlg in the morning. Mt. 20,1. Mk.l,l'>. 
iiara, F. = gnoara, enoara. 3It. 13,57. — e^nara, s. enera, eneda. 
11 II a r e ka [dade, ka, ef. kawa] bridle (head-stall, bit and reins). 
imaaso, inf. s. ndaase, aseda. — unri-ase, .9. nna, nnawase. 

iia-so, F. = nanso, and get, howbeit d-c. — auaso, F. = aua nso. 
aiia-to, inf. enumeration of ancestors and their children in tlie 
natural order of succession, genecdogg; pedigree. 
11 11 aw a, nna, mane of a lion etc. See nna. 
niiawa-so [-ase] the icings of an army; - t\va n.. In go, marrh 
or follotc behind the wings of an army. 

iinawase-twalb, the reserve-troops of the right and left wing. 
iiiiawoi'opcwa: mmea nhwi a wodwere si won atifi se dua', 
the hair of women twisted or contorted and tied up that it stands out 
from the vertex or top of the head like a straight stick. 

nnawiita [dawura nta] a toivn-crier's bell, consisting of two 
pieces of iron fixed in a wooden handle; s. odawuru, 

iiu..., line..., inFante words, are often written nyo..., iidzc... 
ne, pron.poss. [ono, eno] his, her, its; their (of things). Gr.§55. 
n e, Ak. d e (F. nye), to be (to the full extent of the meaning 
of the predicate), to be identical with, to consist in; cf. ye. When 
n e is used, the subject coincides with the predicate, or entirely 
absorbs the characteristics of the predicate; when ye is used, the 
subject partakes of the characteristics of the predicate: e.g. one bene, 
he is the ling (the one reigning for the time in the country of tlie 
speaker) ; oye ohene, he is a Icing (as there are other kings beside 
him); one kese, he is the great one (no other being great to the full 
extent of the word or in comparison with him) i.e. lie is the greatest; 
oye kese, he is great (as others maybe likewise). j)r. t'l7.'i.J7?1.2191. 



320 lie — iiedadu. 

From Gr. § 102,1.199,1. it may be seen that this verb occurs only 
in the continuative form, that the position of tlie subject and of the 
]iredicate or rather the complement of this verb may be interchanged, 
and that ne yi, ne no, may be contracted into ii i, ncn. — Tlie 
negative is expressed by premising enye to the positive sentence: 
enye ghene ne me, I am not the Icing. Gr. § 247,3 h. 

lie, ene, F. onye, conj. [fr. de, v. to have, hold, Gr. g l.'>9.] 1. 
and; irifh : pr. 6S.249.101o.3460. It connects not sentences, but words 
or pa?rts of sentences, viz. collateral subjects, complements or attri- 
butes, Gr. § 2-lo,1.3.4.5. — 2. irifh. fro)n. an accoxnf of; orewu ne 
serew, lie almost dies ivith Jantihter: due-ne-awow. Ijear up ar/ainsf 
the cold, of. due 8 a) & Gr. § 240 ?>. 

11 e = de or ne: gbeko a, one kdna = obeko a, gye gkyeiia, //" 
he s((ijs he will go, he means to-morrow, (pr. 1962.) 

e-ue. Piine, illH', 'no, F. nde. to-daji, transformed and con- 
tracted from eda yi, this dai/, which is often added : e"e-*bayi. this 
rerif dan; (/. in French anjourdlnii (hui = hoc die, on this daifj, and 
in Ga nmene gbi ne. 

alio, F. west; westn-ard. n-indirard. Mt. 8,11. = anafo. 
aiiO, F. = ana, or. 

no, r. 1. to raek (Lat. eaeare), ease the hod// by stool, go to 
.<itool ; lessoftending or euphemistic expressions are: kyima, ko dun 
so, ye neho yiye, gya nenan tS:c. — inf. ene; p''- 407.. 501. 3 J 12- — 
2. to exude, discharge, s. red. nene. 

e-iio, line (formerly written o-iie), F. ndze, 1. a sound, voice, 
noise or report of any object perceived by tlie ear; cf. gyigye. — 
2. the human voice; ode 'ne kese teem', he cries with a loud voice; 
ne 'ne nso, his voice is not loud enough; ne 'ne afa, he is hoarse ; ne 
'nem' asi pgw. he is hemmed in his voice; omane'ne so, he raises his 
voice; osi ne'ne ase, he speaks low or softly. — 3. tlie tone, ptitch or 
degree of elevation of the voice or of an instrument: ene a ckg soro, 
a high tone, ene a esi ase, a low tone, ene a eye hg-ne-hg, a middle 
tone. — 4. clamour, vocifercdion, complaints, quarrelling d'-c. — bg 
'ne, to set uj) or raise a clamour, male a noise, vociferate; ne'ne a 
gbg da no tuatua m'aso, his constant complaining rings in mg cars; 
gbg 'ne = gkasakasa da. n'ano una, biribiara a ne fifo ye nsg n'ani. 

no a, Ak. do a, F. nyia, dzoa, d/;i, (the n. do ^f= ade, or the 
pron. of the 3rd pers. sing, (gno, eno) together with the rel. part. 
"a"] 1. he or she who, he that, that which, what, also him or her 
who, he whose, he tvhom dx. according to the context of the sentence 
and the succeeding pron. belonging to the rel. part.: see the expla- 
nation and examples in Gr. § G4. 05. — ;J. (tlie place) where, the 
manner (a tent dc.J in which; Gr. § 6.'), 11. 12. — pr. 2113-2283. 

iint''-bo. inf. [bg 'ne] clamour, vociferation, chiding, quarrelling. 
2)r. 331. — inicbol'('), a contentious, quarrelsome, pteevish person ( oni- 
pa a gpe akasakasa ne ko da); syn. gmanefo, wenafo. 

inioda, F. ndijda, to-day a day i.e. yesterday ; s. nuera. 

'lU'-dadii. fddat/ ten dai/s. ten daiisaii<>: 'ne-dadu-dabiako. todaii 



nned^e — nnenkyense. 321 



it is 11 days since...; -cladu-niiivink'ii, 1:J dai/s dr. (Or. § H0,5); 'ne- 
dadu-nna'iium, this da if fortnit/ht. 

u n e d e e, inf. \ dodf' | li/ing in wait, Jurkinr] ; irdr, atiifire. Eph.4, 14. 

iiiH'C: tu-. to iralk sofllif, sloivli/, carefidlif, steidt/idi/, on tiptoe, 
= nam bivo, betr, de nansoa naiitow ; cf. tu nsoi)}:;o, 

iiiHUMua (F.nyoinba, udzciuba), jj/. of a dee with the dim. sufj- 
ma (= mm a), thinf/s; fnrnitnre, goods, property ; jir. 2284. s. ade; 
sometimes it is put twice; u iieema-nneenia tuam', all thinys pass 
away. 

iiiio-fa., inf. hotirsencss of voire. 

line t'edofo-sem [defedefe, aseui] hhuidislmient, /lattery. 

anetoa, anofwa, F. Mt. 2,14. 14,25. ^= anadwo, anadwofa. 
iio-h'a', Ak. = lia. 

iiehu, V. noho. jir on. refl. IiimsiJf. hrrsrlf. ifsrif: Ac n.. iiva n. 
see de, nya. Gr. § 57.218,1 a. 

nno-kae [ade a ekae] n relic, rrlics. 
11 em, r. to he diliyent, assiduous, sedulous, persevering . indus- 
trious, careful: - ouem n'advVunia (anyamesem-kaii, snkfi-ko)ho, 
he is diliyent in his u-orii (in reading the fjible, in going to sehoolj; on. 
neho se = gnye nelio ses^sesa, gmmo iieho ahora or anyampa, he 
is rauiious, he takes care, is mindfid of himself c(-c. 

a 11 em, diligence, industry, activity; assiduity, constancy, perse- 
verance; care, carefulness, hcedfulness, - yh f»' di anem = ye nsi, 
to he ddigent, jiersevering, of an active mind; to be careful, heedful, 
mindful of, and taking nj), every thing, pr. 2020. 3650. Oyarefo nui 
(nye) anem, a sick man cannot carry out any thing. 

anem-de-yo^, inf. [ye anem ade] industry, manufacture. 
anem-dwuma'*", manufacture; an. -dan, manufactory. 
11 11 e-m 111 a, children of to-day i.e. the present generation, pr. 2285. 
11 e i"i = neiio, Ak. de no, dono. Gr.§ 53.1 99,1 . pr. 1837.28.33.3591. 
ncn a, grandchdd; s. nana. 

11 en 11 am, red. v. nam, to ivalk (much, ahoid, to and fro), pr. 953. 
'ne-nna-niian, four days ago; 'ne-nna-nkron, .V days ago, ne- 
nna-nsa, 3 d. a., 'ne-niia-nsia, G d. a., ne-nna-nson, 7 d. a., ne-ntia- 
nnum, 5 d. a., ne-nna-aw6t\ve, a week ago. Gr. § 80,5. 

neue, red. v. 1. s. ne; wanene neho = wakyima neliO. — 2. 
to exude: dua no n., = nsu a ewo mu no, wutwa (wobo) lio a, efiti 
ye apowapgw wo dua no ho. 

a n e n e, p/. ?V?. or n-, raven; s. kwakwiidabi, wawa. 
ane ne-dnrn, resin, gum; s.tihye. — aneiie-diiliriaiii,t ^^//>>/^- 
the resinoiis and odoriferous or aromatic sap or juice of certain trees, 
anene-mmea, nea one gn mmea-mmea (here and there), pr. 2286. 
11 11 e 11 k y e 11 e m a, -kyeremma, a kind of coral or bead of a red 
colour •, s. ahene, i)r. 3117. 

nneiikyen-se [odenkyein, ese] a prickly plant, thistle. 

21 



322 nnera — aiii. 

nnera, F. ndeda [to-day a day] yesterday. 

iiiie-yee, v.n. F. ndzeye [ade-ye] du'nujs. icorhs, actions, deal- 
ings, procccd'DKjs, practices, conduct, manner or way of acting; cf. 
adwuma, bra, abrabg. 

ni..., iini... in Fante words, are often written uyi..., iidzi... 
ni = ne yi, ne oyi, ne eyi. Gr. § 199,1 Rem. — wuni-o! here 
you are! wuni mini a, aiika enen [=^ ene no), // we both were to- 
gether in one place, that woidd be the right thing. 

niii, neg.v. di, standing also instead of the neg. form of wo, 
not to have; not to be at a place. Gr.§ 102,2.3. pr. 906-9.22. 3305 ff.— 
nnim', nni ran, not to be in or aniong; not to be true. 
Ill, Ak. v., = nim (F. nyim), to know. Gr. § 102,2. 

0-11 ij Ak. mother (not that of the speaker, but of another person); 
cf. ena, niwa, ouua.. j^r. 1. 

0-11 i, 1. relative, relation, Jcinsman or kinswomctn, = obusuani; 
onipa yi, me ni ni (me bi ni); ne ni awu. pr. 251. 2287 f. 8176. — 2. 
(t person in general : a) in compounds or derivatives, forming, as 
it were, a suffx which in the jjlural number is replaced by fo; Gr. 
§38. — b) in the lengthened form on'i', when followed by no, ko 
or the rcl. part. 'a'. Hena na wasee m'ade yi? - minnini oni'-ko; - 
oni no nnue! oui a obeseee m'ade yi mmej'i neho adl komm! Cf. 
onipa, gya. 

e-ni, honour; di no ni, show him honour, honour him. i)r.900. 
Ill, a. weak; wave ni, = wagurow; s. na, merew. 

an i, pi. Id. 1. the eye or eyes; a look;pr. 2293ff. syn. aniwa (dim.); 
m'ani nye nhu akyirikyiri ade, / am short-sighted; n'ani abg, ]iis 
eyes arc destroyed ; n'ani biako atu, one of his eyes is taken oid; ani 
mua ne ne tew, the twinkling of an eye. — 2. the face, visage, coun- 
tenance, (f. anim'. — S. the face, front, fore jmrt; also tlie front of 
an arniy- — 4- the face, surface; ntama no ani atu, the cloth has be- 
come thread-bare, shabby; asase ani, the surface of the ground, coun- 
try, globe; nsvi-ani, po-ani, on the wcder. — 5. the face, visible j^art 
(cf. nyame-ani), pr. 2109. outside appearance, external aspect. — (i. 
colour; ntama no ani ahoa = nt. no apa. the cloth has faded, lost 
Its colour, Its colour Is gone. — 7. a key-hole; a lock; cf. adakani. 

— 8. Phrases. The eye and its look being expressive of understand- 
ing, intelligence and prudence, of affections, of moral qualities &c., 
ani (or ani so) is used with the following verbs (which are alpha- 
betically arranged). In A) ani or ani so is the grammatical subject; 
in B) ani, ani so, ani akyi, is the grammatical object of the sentence. 

A) n'ani ba me so, he remembers me; n'ani ba asem no so, he 
recollects the matter; n'ani ba neho so, he comes to himself, recovers 
his senses, Acts 12,11. Lk. lo,17. - n'ani abere, 1. he Is in a passion, 
imjiasslonate, strongly affected, In a rage, angry; pr. 2290. - 2. he Is 
grieved, sorrowful, mournful. In a fit of grief ox melancholy ; pr. 2292. 

- n'ani here ade (sika, mmea), he covets, desires, eagerly wishes for, 
lusts after something (money, women) ; pr. 2298. 2291. n'ani here a- 
dwuma, he cannot rest satisfied fill he gets something to do. - n'ani so 



ani. 323 

biri 110, he is (jidthi- - n'aiii bo mo so, ]iis look falls on me; n'ani 
bo til me, he has a look of tne. - n'ani abii, ho is fired bij eijieda- 
tioH, i)nj'(ttient; ycatweii no ma yi-n ani abu (ma atonoycn) = ye- 
atwen no abertj, ue waited for him fill tee iccrc quite tired. - n'ani 
da lio, he is modest, naassaminf/; he is sober, temperate, moderate, 
cool, considerate; he is awake, in his (sober) senses, in his right mind; 
n'ani so da ho, he is awake; n'ani da ho kann, he is fullif awake, 
livelji, brisk, cheerful, quite clear. - n'ani da kwan (so). As. lie ex- 
pects, is in expectation ; n'ani da sa, so is his i)dc)ition; se m'ani da 
ni, so is mi/ intention, thus I have purposed; - n'ani da me so, he 
hopes, trusts, confides in me, relies on me; n'ani daa so se meba, ]te 
hojicd I would come: n'ani da akatua so, he Itopes for a reward; 
m'aui da Nyankp. so, / trust in God. - n'ani da nclio so, he is cau- 
tious, circumspect, consideride. - ani a dan (ani =^ surface, appear- 
ance), the matter has changed, circumstances have altered, the aspects 
are different; oman no ani adah, =:mansot\ve aba oman no mu, the 
peopleov public affairs are in a state of disturbance. - n'ani do nkran, 
he rages, is furious, frantic, rabid, infuriated. - n'ani d \Vo, he is quiet, 
peaceable, calm, tame, soft, mdd, gentle, meek; gye n'ade komin komm; 
aboa no ani ad\vo, the beast has lost its wildness; cf. n'ani ye merew; 
opp. n'ani abeve; - n'ani adwudwo, he has been softened, appeased, 
pacified. - n'ani afa so, tic has ovcrlooJced it; cf. n'ani apa so, ne 
were afi. - n'ani afi, Jie has arrived at the age of discretion, is cun- 
ning; cf. n'ani apae, atew ; - ani afi, tJie surface is clean; s.ii3.7. - 
n'ani afura (Ak. afira), Jie has become or is blind. - n'ani (a)gye, 
he rejoices, is jogful, glad, clieerfid.yr. 2208. 2296f. - n'ani gy in a 
(ne na, ne kiirom'), fie longs, is Jiomesick for (fiis mother, fits country), 
syn. wafe (ne nfi); cf. n'ani akiscl, twa. - n'ani ah aw, fie is lazy. - 
n"ani a h il ii, fiis eyes are wide open i.e. lie is astonisfied. - n'ani ahy e 
me ho, fie has had a glimpse of me. - n'ani ahyew, fie has become 
passionate ; opp. adwudwo, fi.ase dwo, ka fam'. - n'ani aka no so, 
ato no so dweii, fie stares at him. - n'ani k a = gye. fte is glad, joyful; 
n'ani aka m'anira, fie fias become familiar, intimate ivitfi me; n'ani 
ka me ho, fie (or a tame beastj is ([uite used to me; n'ani ka fam' or 
ase, he is quiet, cool, considerate, tfiougfitful, modest, discreet, moderate, 
unassuming, = n'ani da ho. - n'ani so ka, fie is crazy = ne tirim 
ka. - n'ani akisa, fie is longing or fiomesicfc for. - n'ani kii me ho, 
fie cares for me d-c. s. ku. - n'ani kum, fie is sleepy, drowsy, pr.2298. 

- n'ani akyew, fie is squint-eyed ; s. gkyew n'ani (B). - n'ani nni 
neho so, fie is beside himself, not in fiis rigfd senses; cf. n'ani wo so. 

- n'ani any an, s. ani-nyanne. - n'ani apa so, fie fias forgotten it; 
cf. n'ani afa so. - n'ani apae (= afi, atew), fte is cunning. - n'ani 
sa.., he aims at, is after, is bent upon, tries to find out, pr. 1652. 2754. 
n'ani sa me, fie seeks my fiarm. - n'ani aseii hayi pe, fie feels quite 
comfotiable or happy in this place; n'ani nseh, fie is never fiapjiy, 
does not feel comfortable, pr. 3416. - n'ani so no, fie is pleased or con- 
tent witli him, he respects or fionours him; i)r. 570.2299. - n'ani atatfi 
(nsu), water i.e. tears fiave filled his eyes, his eyes are swimming with 
tears, - tfie tears standing in the eyes. - n'ani so atere w no = n'ani 
80 aye no tetere, he is absent, wandering. - ani tew, it (its surface) 



324 anL 

is pvre, dear; tani fnfu a anyi tsew, Y.a clean linen clotJi,Mt. 27,59. 

- n'ani a tew, his e>jcs are open, he is intelHt/enf, prudent, shretvd, 
cunnini/ {s//n. wabeii): he is civilized. - n'ani so atew, he has become 
sober, conscious of himself. - n'ani atetew, he has recovered, collec- 
ted himself, come to himself. Acts 12,11. - n'ani ato, he is disappoin- 
ted. - n'ani atg d\ven, he loolcs andloolis, fonjetting himself, stares at 
one place; cf. n'ani aka no so. - n'ani so toto, toto, pr. 2300. - n'ani 
ato (neho?), he is bashful, ashamed, disgraced (?). - n'ani too so, it 
come into his remembrance, = okaee. - n'ani trano, he is preten- 
tious, pr. -'jSO. - n'ani atra no nton, he is supercilioxis, presumptious, 
Jtaiigldg. arrogant. pr.2302. - n'ani at n atg ne nsanr, he is in anxie- 
ti/, confusion, perplexity (by grief &c.) = n'ani abero, onhii babi, 
axVerelio akata n'ani t\vom, etc se n'ani atntn agu. - n'ani tnano, 
he sees him tcith his eyes; anyi txiia ho, F. H is risible. - n'ani twa 
= n'ani gyina or kisa, his eye is tnrned totcards, he longs for. - n'ani 
wg so, he bears it in mind. - n'ani awo = n'ani ye den, onsuro 
f"\ve, he is not timid. - n'ani a w u, he is ashamed, abashed; pr. 2303. 

- n'ani wn ade, he is bashful. - nani awia no, he is fallen asleep. 

- n'ani ye den, he is hardy, foncard. inesnmptious, insolent, self- 
willed, stidiborn, obstinate, imjicrtinent, iinjyudent, audacious, bold, 
daring, dauntless, resolute, intrepid. Rag. r4^.S6i.SSo.- n'ani ye hyew, 
//(' is hardy, rash, fierce, nnruly, turbulent. - n'ani ye kramakranul, 
he is fierce, unridy, tvdd. - n'ani ye no kwanmii kwahmu, he lools 
ont for (or, is expecting) some netvs or message. - n'ani so ye kra- 
kra(kra), he is in angttish or anxiety. - n'ani ye no akyirikyiri, he 
apprehends, fears, susj/ects. — n'ani ye 'merew, he is soft, meeJc. - 
n'ani so ye sakasaka, he is bewildered, confused. - n'ani ye gsoro- 
soro, ^=gye n'ade sakasaka, he isfichlc, inconstant, careless. - n'ani 
so aye no tetere (or aterew no), he is absent, wandering, his mind 
is troubled. - n'ani ye no ntircntire or totgtoto, he is in consterna- 
tion, alarm, confusion, perjjlcxity =^ eye no aniani. - n'ani so ye no 
ya, he is astonished. - n'ani so aye yiye, he is tipsy, flustered, d-c. - 
n'ani so nye, he is tipsy, muddled dr. cf. bow (nsa). 

B. Wgde abare ani, they have engaged in battle, have come to 
the close, are fighting hand to hand; f/". bare; ani = face, front, face 
to face; oko no abg ani, the fighting has begun, both fronts meeting 
together, encountering each other. - obu no ani, he icinfcs at him; cf. 
anikyow; obiibii n'ani, lie win];s,tivi nldes ; obu n'ani gn .. so. lie winlcs 
or connives at. orerlools. does nottake notice of. - gda or gdeda n'ani 
akyi, odwudwo. n'ani akyi nantew, he (she) has the eyes hidf shut, 
has wantoji eyes (nca wgde ye ne se: mniarima de tVef're nimea, na 
mmea nso de t'retVe mmarinia). - gdaii n'ani, he turns his eyes some- 
where; gdaii aseni hi ani (= surface), he changes a matter (e.g. a 
word said yesterday); wgadah abusua (or gman) no ani, the family 
(or nrdion) has got a neic head; wadan n'akoa ani, he has changed 
his slave i.e. sold one and bought another in his stead. - odwo n'ani, 
he moderates his haste, his demand. - gf'we m'ani akyi, he loolcs 
whethcrlmcike a dark or cheerful face. i)r. 343. - ogow n'ani kjie, he 
said i)i a loir or soft voice, gently. - ogyen n'ani fwe no, he loolcs 
sharply or closely at him. - gli;liVii;n') n'ani kyoreme, he threatens or 



jiiii — jiiiihero, 325 

frightens me hy his looks. - ahehhan n'ani so, it has become itnim- 
portdnt in his eyes, s. lian. - aka n'aiii, he has f/ot to suffer for it, has 
t)cen .served out for it. - oka n'ani gu so, he shuts his eyes fur sleej/ 
or death. - oniia n'ani, he squeezes his ei/e, i.e. Jie everts himself he 
tries, erideaiours; niemia ni'ani niaye jtrcko, / will try and do it id 
once. - omua n'ani tew, he twinkles. - opiipnw n'ani (kasa) kyerec 
won, he spolce rouijldy to them, Gtn.4J,7JiU. - esi n'ani so. it presents 
itself before his eyes, i.e. it enters into his thoughts, mind or head. - 
esg n'ani, it pleases him, he is jileased with it, lias comjdaeoicy in it. 

- wocle asg ani, they hare fallen in icitli the enemy, arc engaged in 
battle or close fight, cf. wgde abare ani. - siisnw wo ani gye me kakra. 
lit. measure your eye talce from me little i.e. modende your demand, 
do not vet charge me. - gtane won ani, he disquiets, disturbs, tcazes, 
troubles, annoys, deranges them; gliye ne hia ne aweroliow tane nij>a 
aui. - otew n'ani, 1. lie opens his eye (from sleep): gtetew n'ani, he 
opens the eyes; ^. he is cautious, ef n'ani atew. - nsa atew n'ani so, 
he has become sober after liis intoxication. - gtoto n'ani, he casts his 
eyes or loolcs in different directions, he looks about. - gJe n'ani to me 
so. he confides or puts his trust in me; ode n'ani too m'anim yee, in 
deference to me he did it; fa wo ani to m'agya anini ye ma me, for 
my father's sake do me this favour. - wgatu(tuj n'ani, they have xnd 
Old his eye(s); tn wo ani kyere Sidou, set your face against S. Ez.28,:21. 

- wgatu wgfi ani ile refwe no = wgrefwt no dinn, they set their pier- 
cing looks at him; edeh na wututu wo ani refwe o>' rekyere me, tvhy 
do you look at me so piercingly^ - otwa n'ani, he turns his eyes, looks 
around; pi. wotwitwa wgii ani, they look around. - otwaa m'aniso 
nnyinam, 7 caught Just a glimpse of him. - gwg me ho ani. he has an 
eye upon me, aims at me, seeks to get at me. - eyi n'ani, // (turns off 
his eyes, i.e.) disjfleases him. - wayi m'ani ahye nie hkyenmn, he has 
disappointed 7ne. - mekoyi m'ani so kalcra, I am going to take a nap. 

ani, a disease of the eyes, ophthalmy. 

ani-adaui, 1. a red eye. iJr.3273. — ;;*. a kind of .ihell-fish; its 
shell, of a red colour; s. adam. 

aiiiani, 1. (adv.) the surfaces only i.e. superficicdly; perfuncto- 
rily, negligently, carelessly; mefwee no an.; onyamesom nye ade a 
wgye no an. =:ebinebi; gko aniani, he has to face or fights with op- 
ponents on more than one side(?) pr. lo9:i. — 2. n. embarrassment, 
puzzle, distress, perple.iity; eye no an., asem no ye wgn an., sotgre 
abieii ye an. = anikrakra, pr.3041. — aniani-de, a superficial, out- 
icardthing. - i\\ni\\\\-(}L\\(\\ni\. superficial, perfunctory, negligent ivork. 

aniape, a kind of jumping insect. 

ani-ase, 1. the cheek; nsensahe ahieh twa n'an., two lines are 
cut across his cheek. — 2. the side or slojie of a hill: bepgw no ani 
ase fa ye kurohkurohkiiron, na u'an. fa de, esian nkakra-nkakra; 

- snare bi aniase. s. suare. 

jYni-here, inf. [ani here] 1. desire, longing, concupiscense, cupi- 
dity, covetousness; sika ye no an., gold c.rcites his cupidity. — 2. 
excitement, irritation, exasperation; desperation; pr. 1597. — 3. grief, 
sorrow, distress, bitterness. — 4. hot displeasure, animosity, anger, 



326 aniheresem — anigye. 

wrath, rage. — 5. F. (anyibir) violence, Mt. 11,12. — ani-berehere, 
covcfousness; ani-berebereo, Ak. nige. — aniberc-dc^^ade a eye 
wo anibere. — oniberefo, pi. a-, a person cusil// excited. 

anibere-sern = asem a eniii anibere. Oburoni ue yen ledi an., 
the FAiropean Jjrings us to desperation. — Jinil)ere-s6, adv. flushed 
icith anger; in defiance; nea wote yi no, wote no anibereso; F. anyi- 
berdo, vehement]//, 3Ik. 14,31. earnest]//. 

ani-biri, Oiiibiritb, F. anyibir, anyibirfo, Mt. 11,1:2. s. anibere 5. 
6nni-bie, one who has nohodg, a helpless, destitide p)erson. 
onni-bi-amanne-d\vom, s. dviom. 
onnibianianiipfu, = omanneni. 

aiii-bi-aiiiia-S('), forgetfidness. carelessness, negligence; auibi- 
annas6-s6, hg negligence; cf. asobiannaso. 

ani-bu, inf. [u'ani bu] impatience, the state of heing tired of 
waiting. 

ani -da-ho, inf. [n'ani da ho] 1. modesty, decency, continence; 2. 
mindfidness, attention; circumspection, carcfidncss; 3. discrimination, 
Judiciousness, good sense, intelligence; 4. taste for the fine arts, sense 
for mechanics. 

aiii-da-ho, inf. the state of being au-are or conscious o/*soine 
matter; eye no an. na gyee, he was well aware of what he did; opp. 

ani-da-s6, inf. [n'ani da so] /wj>e. F.anyidado, anyidar. [nsapa. 
riidij inf. [di ni] honour; enyidzi a gfata, F. due reverence. - 
enyidzim', F. reverently. 

nido [oni = onipa, do] ]//nnanity, gentleness, affability, Icind- 
ness, amiableness; oye n., he is humane, Jiind, benevolod. 

ani-dwo, inf. [n'ani dwo] calmness, mildness &c. of temper. 

ani-eden, ani-ehyew, s. anuodeh &c. 
nifa, F. enyifa, anyimfa [eni, fa, the side of ]ionour?'\ 1. right 
(opp. benkum, left); the right side; gte men., lie is sitting at my rigJit 
(hand); mefa n., / shall t/irn to the right. — 2. that ivhicli is on the 
right side; (nsa) n., the right hand ; aso n., the rigid ear. — 3. the 
right wing in an army. — 4. tlie south, as the region or direction to 
the right of a person who faces the east; cf. kese-fani'. 

0-nifafo, a right-handed person. 

ani-fa-s6, inf. an oversight, error, misiale, inadveHencc; eye an., 
it teas done inadvertently. 

an i fere, inf. sliarpness of sigld, quidc-sigldedness, penetration, 
sagacity, acnteness.-cunningness, sJcdlf/dness, slyness ;:=~iuutow; gye 
n., he does every thing cunningly, in a sly manner; commonly in a 
bad sense, sometimes in a good sense: woyean. a, nnipansahka wo. 

0-niferefo, jjZ. a-, a Jceen-, sfiarj)-, quicJc- or clear-sighted, saga- 
cious person or animal; anoma n., a quicJc-sighted bird. pr. 2491. 

ani-firae (Ak.), anifurae, inf. [n'ani afiira] blindness. 

o-nifiraefo, onifuraefo, F. nyifurafo, ^;Z. a-, a blind person. 

anigye, /»/". [n'ani gye] jo//, gladness, delight, liappiness, pleas- 
ure, gaiety; .sj/??.anikfi, ahosan, ahosepew, ahomeka.ahotg, abotgyam'. 
— anigye-bea, a place of joy; an. sen awobea, p-. 2810. ubi bene ibi 



aiu'ji^y*'^^ — oiiiiii. .'527 



pdtr'ta, ivhcre if is ivell, IJirrc is one's coutifri/. — iiiiinyc-dc, a pleas- 
ure, pledsurnble tliiiKj or pcrftinudiicc, nijoi/iiwiit, ((iiiiiscineiit, sjiorl. 

aiii-^yen: F. anyijiychm', soherli/. 

an l-<i;y ina, inf. [n'ani gyiaa) h(»ncsic/ai(:ss; luii(/iii[/ (if'Icr, dc- 

ani-ha, staring ci/es; gfwe no an,, he siares di him. [sire for. 

niii-liJMv, inf. [n'aui aiiaw] sloih, hiziness, tardiuess; pr. i}Sllf. 
sifn. akwailwcro, wcreliunu (Ak.). — oye an. (or an. aka no), lie is 
hi://, idle, inaetive, — aiiiha-hoa, a kind of////. 

0-11 ill a fo, ^>?. a-, one too lazy to do ani/ thin;/ cxccjit eating and 
cliatting-; slnr/[/ard; pr. :2S11ff. syn. gkwadwofo. 

aiii-lia-yi, outward, -li/; an. senkycrene, an <>ulu:ard sign. 

o-ii i-iiu 111 ani, one who is not a felishman or )>riest, one of the 
laif/j; Idj/man; (= ouipa lumu?) rf. akwa(ni)huniani, aycinfo. 

ani-kfi, inf. [n'ani kaJ./V>//, gladness cCc. s. anigyo. 
jiiiyikaber, F. eovetoiisness. Mk. 7,22. 
anyikaberod/o, F. covetous desires. 

iiui-kae, r.n. [di, ka] remains of eatables; difV. nnokae. 

a II i-k a n f ani, kan] prop, being of a bright or clear ei/c, i.e. alive, 
living; si/n. aniniono; wosiee no an., theg buried him alive. 

onikanfo, F. nyikanfo, a living soul; pi. a-, the living. 

a II 1 kaii-no , /iropertg given to a son in the father's lifetime ; opp. 
awuunyade. M'agya ania nie an. ausa-na orcwu. 

a-ni'-kisa, inf. [n'ani kisa] homesickness ; c/'. ani gy in a. pr.2H16. 

0-11 i-k 6 [oni, ko] the j^crson concerned or in question, tlie parli- 
rular or respective person. 

ani'-krakra, bewdderment, anguish, aiuietg; despcrcdion; own 
an., agony, pangs of death. mort(d fright. 

ani-kum, inf. [n'ani kuni] sleepiness, droiosiness, inclination 

fto sleep. 

ani-kyew [ani, kyew a,] a wry look; obnno an., he eyes him 
askance, askew, he squints at or leers iipon him. 

nim, V. [Ak. ni, F. nyim; used only in the contin. form; car- 
rel, v. hfi, Gr. §103,2.] 1. to know; niinnim no, miiihiiu no peri, I do 
not know him, I never saw him; nim de, to know things; onim de sen 
me, he has more knowledge than I; nim nyansa, to have ivisdom, to 
be wise, learned; nim hhomam', to have book-knowledge, to be in- 
structed, educated, learned. — 2. to know or understand hotv to do 
a thing, to be able, can (denoting an acquired ability or skill, de- 
pending on knowledge and exercise, Fr. savoir; cf. tumi); wunim 
dcri ye? what can yon do? what acquirements or accomplisliments 
have you? onim ayari or akyene-ka, he can beat the drum; onim 
aseriki, he can deliver a speech, is a good speaker; onim nantew, he 
is a good walker; minnim ko. / cannot fight; minuim ye, / do not 
know hoic to mcdce it; minnim di, I have never ecden it, do not like it. 
Gr. § 203,1. — pr. 2318-50. 

nniiii" = nni mu, not to be in (without, pr.581.); not to be true. 
c-ai ini, praise, honour, laud, approbation; perh. acknowledgment. 



328 uniiii. 

recogniiion, recognizance; pre-eminence; victor//, triumph; cf. nko- 
nim. IMeye adc yi mama me wnra, na maiiya n'aniin uim; nim ne 
ade a woaye so ayeyi a woyi wo ; wodo. abaniiisem na eye, enye 
adow u.a.; oliene ko a nso, odi nim. — gy e nim, to gain the victory; 
di nim, to triumph. 

anim [animn] 1. the face, visage, countenance; n'an. apompono, 
his face is ivrinJded; pr. 2352 ff. — 2. the front, frontside, forepart; 
cf. adannim. — 3. the space in sight, in front of, before; pr. 413. = 
(prep.) hefore, in front of, iit the presence of; abofra t'vie nsum' wo 
n'agya anim a, oiiwu; pr. 1319. — (=adc.) forwards, on, onwards. 
Gr. § 1 10. — 4. the face, surface, top, upper part, e.g. of the stiinn» 
of a tree, yr. 403. cf. ani. — 5. the surface of the earth within the liorizon, 
together with all the things visible by daylight; s. the hrst phrases 
under 7 A. — 6. m'anim', mg pcdernal relations; cf. m'akyiri. — 
7. Phrases in which anim is A) the grammatical subject, B) the 
grammatical object or locative complement: 

A) anim (^5 j baebae, boeboe, hue, if dawns, the dag breaks, morn- 
inq twilight sets in ; anim aye fontafontan, nwaninwani, sesasesa, it 
dawns, gets twdight; anim tetew, the slcg clears vp, it gets daijlight; 
anim aye we, // is full dagligld = ade akye kor;l, about 6 o'clock. 
— anim te ase, it is still dai/light. ■ — anim akata, the surface (of the 
earth) has been covered scil. by the shades of evening or of night, 
= ade sa, the night sets in, it is growing dark; anim abiribiri, amua, 
aye kusu, it has become dark. — n'anim gu ase, lit. his face falls 
down i.e. he is ashamed, put to shame. - n'anim kisii, siam, bo tuo, 
tow tuo, his face changes, loses colour, grows pale, perf. he is pale 
from anxietii, he is anxious about jiast or impending calamities; he 
is ashamed (n'anim asiam -- n'ani awu). - n'anim amuna, he looks 
dark or gloom// from resentment (anger) or sadness, he is sullen or 
sulky. - n'anim tew, he looks kind, frioidly, affiddc, chcerfid. - n'a- 
nim tweri, he is welcome; asem a niekokiie no, m'anim twerii = mi- 
nyaa anuonyam. - n'anim awo, s. u'ani awo. - n'anim }•(; durn, Jtc 
is grave, dignified, venerable (gwg anuonyam, wodi no ni, wuntumi 
hka n'anim mmofraastjm). - n'anim ye fere, he is venerable, has a 
solemn, majestic air, inspires or commands respect. - n'anim ba or 
ye nyam, he is illustrious, dignified, honourable, honoured, respect- 
able, respected. - n'anim ye hare, Jie islightminded, fickle, frivolous; 
he is a mean, base, vde, disreputable fellow. - n'anim ye tan, he is 
ugly, dctestal)le. 

B) waba irani.m dodo, he has gone too far with his promise. - 
obu n'anim = oyiyi ne nhwi iino, he .shaves ojf the hair from the fore- 
head. - of we m'anim ye, he does it from respect to, in deference to or 
with a regard for me; pr.262. sijn. ode n'ani to m'anim ye, s. ani; 
odi asem a, ofwe onipa anim yiyi mu, in litigcdions he has respect 
of persons: cf. Rom. 2,11. James 2,1.4. - okum o/- omuna n'anim, he 
darkens his face, is sullen, sulky, gloomy. - okyi m'anim, he detests 
me. - gye m'anim nkyene, he fhitirrs me, speaks well of me in my 
hearing; s. nkyene. - oyi n'anim (ye), he sets his face, has the in- 
tention (to do something). /,s serious, earnest, upright fin doing some- 
thing): mayi (m')anim se merekyerew fihoma 'ne, / hace the decided 



.-iiiiiiuit.i;lc. 329 



intcHfion fo wrife lo-doi/; .. so nlioina ara na mosfia, T hdvc devoted 
m/isvlf fo sindji; wayi aiiiin sc bone, ara na obcye, he is hcnt on no- 
llihtji but misdeeds; obi anyi aiiitn anka iie lio asom pofc, John 7,1.^. 

- i)j)irim n'aniin, he sefs his fiiec fi.redl/f, has the decided intention, 
is fidl// resolved (to). — otiatia in'auim, hr scorns, disdains, aljitscs 
me; <>pp. obu ino, odi me ni. 

aniinniii [ouiiii, ?/////.] aiioatuj or snadl mate a)iimat; r/'. odwcii- 

I Diinnia. 
iiiiii(l('(\ F. iiyiindzo, inf. \\\\\n Ai^] knoivledfje, nnderstandin<j, 
intelli(/e)ice, wisdom; s. nyansA. — wahn or wanya or owo n., he pos- 
sesses hnoniedi/e, is intetti(ient, wise, jjriidod. considerate; i)r.Wl.J35o. 

— no n. doso. he possesses e.rtensi ve, vast, immoiseknowledrfe; osoree 
Nyankp. n. pa, na waniano n. kgsc. 

uyimd/AMn", F. according to knowledge, lPet.S,7- 

0-11 iindefo, ^Z. a-, a well informed, intelligent, sensible, jndi- 
cioHS. prudent person; cf. onyansafo, obadwemina. ^)r. ^005. 

M 11 ini-di'i ru [n'aniin ye duru] gravity, dignitg, solemnifg (fere, 
nidi, aiuioiiyain, suro woni'). 

iiiiiila. onyimfa, a-, F. = nifa. — iiiiiili, pr.2So6. 

ani in-t»u-a.se, /«/'.[ n'anim<jua8e.]67/a/»e, shamefacedness, bash- 
fid-ness; confusion; ignominij ; cf. aiiiwii. — aiiimy-uase-de, shame- 
ful things, disgraceful deeds, acts or actions. 

a n i m-li ;i r o, lightmindedncss, fickleness, frivolitg; baseness, vile- 
ness, infamg. — o-iiiiiihan'tV), 7>/. a-, <(n tinprincipled, disreput<d>le, 
mean, profane, impudent, insolent person, a blackguard ; obo bra 
bone nti, ol)i ani nso no; n'ani hwu ade. 

aiiimhare-sem, frivolity, imjnidoice, blackguardism dx. 

aniiiriio, in front dr.. s. anim. 

a ill iii-li a, inf. pideness of the face, paUidness; green-sickness, 

[chlorosis. 

ani-inia, /;//'. [oniia ii'anij exertion, endeavour, fair trial, per- 

f severance. 

an iiii-k 11 ill, inf. [okuni n'aiiimj aullcness, sulkiness. 

aiiinrfikycnc-atiko-jlsa, ^:»r. ,2.!>5.3'. s. hkyene, sereserebokroii. 

aiiim-ciiyaui, -Oliyam, Ak., enyimnyam, F. s- anuonyam. 

nnimnio, inf. [= dih-bo] mentioning of one's name in a bad 
way; - nnimmo ;,; doso, afei ^yae! it has been mentioned enough, 
leave off now; nnimmo-dodow ye own, ^jr. 555. -25.57. — wgasoano 
linimind-kyew = womnio no din pa, na da wobo ne din a, gyaw 
ne nnome na eka lio. 

ani-inommono [ani, amono] adv.,n., alive; cf. anikah. 

anini[ti? F. enyimpi, Aft. 11,12. by force; cf. mpi. 

ani 111 -pi rim, inf. [opirim n'anim] earnest, earnestness, ardour, 
zeal, fixed determination or attention. 

anim-te-ase, before dusk, when it is (was) sfdl daylight. 

anim-tew, inf. [n'anim tew] friendliness, graciousness, cheer- 
fulness. — animtew-ade, delightful, acceptable things. 

an imu-tete, inf. [anim tetew] Kuk. daybreak. 



330 animtia — iii])adiia. 



anim-tia, -tia, [anim, tia, y., tia, adj.l disgrace, disdain, scorn 
sj)Hrn; bu.. an., = tiatia.. aiiim, to hold in coidcnipt, make light of, 
set at nought, think nothing of; to despise, contempt, slight, scorn, 
spurn, kick. 

anim-tiatia, inf. [otiatia n'aaim] scorn, disdain, abuse. 

O-n ini, pil. a-, 1. the male of animals; pr. 2359. akoko yi ye n.; 
it occurs espec. in cpds. (od\Venuini, akokonini, nantwinini, opon- 
koniiii &c.) Gr, § 41. — 2. a person distinguished in or notalAe for 
something, reputable, notorious; - onipa yi, gye'uini, s.eb. yye opa- 
nyih hi a gwo sika bebre na owo nnipa. Deriv. aniinma, ninkunu, 

[aninsein. 

e-nini, the largest species of serpent found in W.Africa, boa. 
pijthon? sgn. gpanteue. 

ninnim, red. v. to recover, to be or become better, regain some 
degree of health after sickness; ne ho an. no. he is a little better now; 
wayare na ne ho aye no den kakra. 

11 i ii-k 11 11 u [onini, okunu] jealous// of a man; pr. 2o60. vf. kora. 

— t\Ve n., to be Jealous. 

O-ninkiifo, jij?. a-, a jealous man; cf. korafo. 

anin-sem [onini aseni] ma>illness, manfulncss, bravery, bold- 
ness; di an., to act courageousl// ; mise medi an. a, na mo na m'akyi 
t\veri mo na midi. 

o-niii.semfo, ony., pi. a-, =gpemf6, a rcoman n-ho is with child. 
11 i n s e 11, V. [F. nyinsen J to conceive, become pregnant; s. yem. 

11 11 in wo [din, wo, cf. kwawo] the bare name without the offi- 
cial title; gbo me n., he addresses me nncercmoniously. 

aiii-iiyaii-n o [ani,nyan, ade] iM-op. things which make the eyes 
get sour (?) i.e. torments, extreme pains, severe suffering; pr. i'361. 
nyb me an., he torments me, inflicts excruciating misery upon me. 

o-iiipa, p/. n- [F. nyiinpa] 1. man, a man, human being, person 
(it may be used also of God or spirits) ; pi. men, people ;pr. 2362-2439. 

- it is frequently put as an object or attribute, where it is not ex- 
pressed in F^ng. : gwgka onipa, a snakebites (man); aben tua onipa 
ano, the horn is put to the mouth (of a man), pr. 79. Gr. § 202. — 3. 
a man of note, a notable , respectable, reputable person ; oyiye, gyeon., 
this is a good or worthy, respectable man. C/'. oni, gdesani, onipa-raCi. 

0-nipa-ba [onipa A?., gba] aperson of the kings family, espec. by 
his mother; on. na gkg no! on. ni! 

11 i p a-b a ii, 1. the stature, frame, bodily structure, make or build 
(if a person; ne n. ye duru se, he is a very heavy tnan. — 2. the 
character or qualities of a person; stamp, kind, soii, set or race of 
people; wo n., woye a\Vi, thou art of a thievish set of people. 

ni})a-diia, 1. the figure, form, shape of one's body; the body; 
cf. nipamu, ghonam; nen. ye ase oyi, as to his bodily appearance 
he is nearly like this one; oni{)a yi, ghyehye (gkeka) nen. ho, na, 
ne kara de, gda adagyaw, this man trims his body, but his soid is 
naked. — 2. the character, stamp, kind or sort of person, nipabah; 
wo n. wg hgyi, wun ye! 'such a one as you, you are not good! won. 



uiiii)iiinu — iiuiUVa. 331 

wg ho yi, motan wo! ( — lucrlowo!) iii(Mni)(' won., with one Wee yon 
I will have iiofhintj to do! 

o-ri i |i;i-in u |inM, ti.\ 1. a roni/'lelc man. the whole nnni nr jwrfion: 
wo 11. yi, moriijuj wo (inctaii wo, nictlo wo); onipa iiifi a otc. lio, ade 
kye a, onye t'we ; adidi rik»~) iia odidi, he is an idle fellow; idl day 
long he does nothing hat eat. — x.'. a fall n'. fresh or vigorous man: 
wo n. a wuf^yina lig yi, vvuutnmi iikukuru iidaka yi! saeh a strong 
man as yon should he able to lift nj) this box! — o. an exeellcnt, dis- 
tinguished, honourable, eminent man. 

0-iii|);i-Si"i6, s. osae & oyitotonf, 
iiipa-.SM, V. = nipaban ; no ii. nytj fe. 

o-ii ipa-t en, a (physically) ^^rr/bc^ or completed man; s. ton LK 

i\ II i-pii j'l, the cavity or socket (orbit, glene) of the eye. 

nni-so, <«/*. = eso-di, rule, ruling, domination, mastery, govern- 
ment, sway; control. — riiiiso-pe, lust, thirst of jioicer or ruling. 

ani-siei [oni :^ onipa, asiei] burying-place, burial-place. 

ani'-su. i)if. [so anij pleasure, gratification; delight, contentment; 
will, iidention; enye me anisg, a) ^=- ensg m'ani, enyc mc fe; /;) = 
cnye se mimnni wo a.s. m'ani sil wo (wodo to opanyin bi taf'rakye 
kasa), not that I disregard or disrespect you. 

auiso-de, a thing or deed affording pleasure ; syn. anigycde; 
ade a eye an., wodan no biribiara a, enye yiyc, any pleasaid thing 
(e.g. a meritorius deed) cannot be turned into anytliing else. 

ani-so-lieiihan, m/". [ehenhan n'aniso] negligence, carelessness, 
heedlessness, reel'lessncss; syn. anibiannaso. 

aiii-s()-tere Wj inf. [n'aniso aterew noj distraction, wandering, 
absent manner, absence of mind. 

a 11 i-s ()-'v\'0 h 0, self-complace^icy. 
II i-su [ani, i\s\\\tcar(s) ; more frequently pronounced nusu, q.v. 

a n 1 s u a t e t e w, eyelash(es). pr. 2440. 
iiifaii [oni ^== onipa, gtah] envy, spde, hide, hatred, enmity, 
rancour, malice, maligndy; opp. nidg; cf. gtan, akaw. 
enyitau, F. id.; nya-, to be envious, Mt. 20,15. 

o-nittimfo, jd. a-, an envious or spiteful person. 

fiiii-taiie, inf. [tane ani] teazing, continued chiding, troubling. 

ani tanee, y.Ji. [ani atane] disquietude, disturbance, disorder, 
confusion, tumult; syn. gyegyegye, sakasaka, mansotwe; an. aba 
kurow noni', the town is in an uproar. 

0-i\itet'o, j)l. a-, [anitew] <t prudod. intelligent, shreu'd person. 

a n i-t e w^ inf. [n'ani niQw^prudence, intelligence, sagacity, shrewd- 
ness; good sense, judgment, judiciousness, understanding. 

n i-t iri [oni = nnipa, eti] a man's head; sJcull; cf. tikora. 
nitiri-so, a place of skulls; a place having the form of a skull. 

an i-t 6, inf. F. [n'ani ato] shame, bashfulness. James 4,9. syn. aniwu. 

a-ni-tore [nea n'ani atoV] a one-eyed person, pr. 2441. 

ani'-twa, inf. [otwa n'ani] the turning of the face or head in look- 
ing round. 



332 aiiiwa — ano. 

am' wa, jv/. id. F. anyiwa. anyiia [ani. (lin/.] 1. the eye as the or- 
gan of sight or vision; pr. 2iiiff. — obu n'an., lie shuts his e//es; cf. 
aniwabubu, niia. iniia, tew; n'aaiwam' aye kiiroiin or ho, Jiis eyes 
lie (leejj. are sniiJc i)i their orbits, he is hot1oic-ei/ed (from leanness or 
by nature); n'an. di atwasi, his eyes are roUiny from pride, haugh- 
tiness, anger. — ^. the eye of a plant, hud, sprout, germ. — 5. nsu 
an., a ivell or spring of ivater, fountain, source. — 4. of other things 
resembling an eye: a) pane an., the rye of a needle, syn. pane aso 
or fwene; h) the eye or catch for a hook; c) adaka an., Iccy-hole, cf. 
adakani. — 5. ailiwa-SO: F. anyiwa-do, onticard. I Pet.3,S. nanyi- 
\va-d(), rightly and duly. Cf. ani-hayi. 

niwa, a single cowry (from its similarity to an eye); pr. 2i42f. 

— niwa-du, nuodii, ten coteries; cf. ntrama. 

niwa [oni, mother, ba, child] — nua, brother d'c. 
lliwa-mm a [oni, dim.] rclafireson the mother's side; nuamma. 
brother's ehddren. 

aiiiwa-bll bu, inf. [bubn aniwa] the twinlding of the eyes; o-ne 
no di an., they winh at each other, they hare a mutual understand- 
ing, they give each other hints hy tvinJcing. 

aiiiwam'-kekaAV, s. okekaw, 3. 

aniwam'-kuru, a sore eye. 

k 11 i \v a-a ii i w a. a kind of yam, s. ode. 
iii-\\'\i, death of a relation, pr. 296. 

a iii-wii, inf. [n'ani \vu] shame; cf. animguase, afere, anito. 

aui\vu-de, shameful things or deeds. [pr. 464.24-5 J.2!fo J. 

ani-yiyi, inf. [yiyi anij carelessness, negligence, neglect, heed- 
lessness; oye an., he is careless. 

0-11 o, jtron. he, she; him, her; me-ne uo ku, / and he (or she) jight 
i.e. I fight with him (or her). The poss. form is ne (F. ne&no), his, 
her, its. For the^^Z. won is used. Gr. § 53-59. 

e-no, jjrow. //; jA.eno, enonom, they, used of things; pron. poss. 
nc, its, their. In the place of ah oljject it is usually omitted. Gr.§ 202,4. 

— J2. interrog.part., eno daben naobeba? on ichich day icill he comcY 

no, pron. dcm. 1. that. the. Gr.§74,2. It issometimes not trans- 
lated at all: aka abofra no biako, one boy is missing; when added 
to biako, it imparts to it the meaning tlie other, the second: aka 
abofra biako no, that other bay is missing. Cf. yi, nom.. — 2. When 
added to a subordinate sentence, it answers to the conj. when. Gr. 
§ 264,1. (As it points out a thing as already mentioned or known, 
so it may likewise point out a fact expressed in a sentence.) 

ano, 1. the mouth of any living creature, snout, muzzle, beak, bill, 
nib; espec. tlie outward month, the lips {as the borders of its opening); 
the mouth as the instrument of speech; pr. 2452-61. hence in some 
phrases (.s. below) speeelt, language; opp. a nom', tlie inside or cav- 
ity of the mouth; the mouth as the organ of taste; s. fmom' & cf. the 
phrases under 1J2. ■ — /?. applied to inanimate objects : op)ening, aper- 
ture, orifice, spout, of a bottle, pot&c; the opening 'ior a door (opon 
aao da ho, the door stands open); tho entrance or door of a house 



nmu 333 

(odanano); the month or muzzle o( a gnn. — .9. mouth, month-piece: 
a) = a speaker, Ex.4,16. — h) of any wiiKl-iiistninient. — 4. eihje, 
end: a) edge, verge, brink, brow, brim, rim, margin, ttorder, skirt, 
end (ef. mninano); e.g. opon ano, the edge of the tnldc; lience shore, 
bench: mpornio, the seashore, asubgnten ano, the bank of a river; 
also the rutting or sharp edge: gsckan ano, tin' edge of a knife. — 
})) j)oint, n/)per end, toj) {<f. t\, atif'i, tVveti, opp. asc); peaw ano, the 
point of a spear; - sting, prick, prong- — c) the outer or utmost jxirt 
or end, tip: tekrenia, nsatea ano, tlie tip of the tongue, of the fmgcr; 
gnain ne, nan ano, ]tc walks on tiptoe. — d) the remotest or hindmost 
parts, extreme end, extremitii, limit, termination, boundary; oli asase 
ano nohg bae, he came from the lUtcrmost parts of the earth. Mat. 12,42. 
enye ano bi ni (lit. fhet'c is not: some limit is here, i.e.) there is no 
end to be seen, it is e.rcessive, infinite, unsjjeakable, indescribable; 
gliaw a ghaw nie nye ano-bi-ni; Gr.§137. ehg awgw nye ano-bi-ni, 
the cold there is or teas excessive. — e) the fore or foremost rank, 
point, part or parts, the front: ogyina dgni ano, he stands at the front 
of an armg. — 5. the space along, at the end or border: the jilace of 
])erformance ; = prepp. on. at, along; Gr. § 1 1 9. gwg n'ad vVuraa ano, 
he is at his work; gnam ano ano, hetcalks <dong the shore (of the sea), 
Gr. § ] 28. — a. the end. limit, or bounds of a heap, collection or 
number of things; number, amount, sum: the ivorth or price of a 
thing: wonniano. theg have no end, are numberless; wocliano (theg 
adjust the end), theg agree ahout or stipulate a sum to be ptaid, they 
come to terms. — 7. the (well-) defined state or condition, order; ewg 
ano sino ano, every thing has its order; c/". wg-ano; me de, mahu me 
de iino ampa. I do know how my matters stand; neho ano, his own 
welfare, pr. 977. — 8. efficacy, efficiency, onward course, power, 
strength, severity: awia ano ye den, the heat of the sun is very great; 
ehg awgw ano ye deii, the cold is very severe there; ne yare ano ye 
deri, his sickness is very severe; ne tumi ano abere ase, the efficien- 
cy of his power has abated; ma ne here no ano mmere ase, grant 
that his sufferings be mitigated; wabere ne bra-bone ano ase, he has 
moderated the course of his bad conduct. — 9. agreement ivith; = 
})repp. after, according to; gye no brgfo nsa ano, he performs it after 
the fashion of the Europeans. Gr. § 131,4. — 10. answering or cor- 
responding to, on account of, for: gsom me kaw no ano, he serves 
me for that debt; bgme bosea dare du, na wobg me a, mesom wo 
ano. — 11. opposition to, counter-action to; prep, against: gyare no 
ano aduru ni, this is the medicine against that disease. — 

1^. Phrases in which ano or anom' is A) the grammatical sub- 
ject, B) the grammatical object or other complement, or its attribute. 
A) ano bere ase, its efficacy, severity dc. abates; cf. ano 8. - n'ano da 
mu, he is (or was) all the ivhile heard crying aloud. - n'ano ahoa, liis 
mouth has become pale from long continued hunger. - eha na m'ano 
abeso, lit. my mouth has reached to here, i.e. this is my last word, the 
utmost I can p)romise, so far I can go in the bargain. — n'ano tew, 
he is eloquent, s/)eaks fluently; cf. ne kasam' tew, he speaks plainly. 
- n'ano atg, he has done spcfdting, finished his S2)eech; mil m'ano nto 
{or nsi) ansa-na ka wo de. let me speak out, and then you may speak 



334 ano — noa. 

ivlud you have got to saij; u'auo a obuei antg, he hid begun to speak, 
hut did not finish. - n'ano ato me, Ids mouth has reached me i.e. he 
has spolcen had of me; da n'ano reto wo, he aJivai/s sj^eahs ill of 
you, challenges you; - n'ano toto, he speaks confusedly; oka asem 
no a, - ontunii nka mmi\ entee, he cannut relate it aright. - ni'ano 
ntwae e, my mouth is not yet cut off', i.e. / have my own mouth sfdl, 
I also have something to say. - n'ano awo (wose). he is eloquent, has 
a voluhle tongue. — n'ano ye birebire, kurokuro, perepere, lie is 
hasty, inconsiderate, indiscreet in spcafiing. - n'ano ye de papa, dew 
dodo, dgko, fremfreni, liis moiitJi or tongue is (too) sweet, i.e. he is a 
flatterer. - ano ye den, s. ano 8. - n'ano ye deii, lie has a sharp 
tongue, uses strong, ahusioe language, is quarrelsoyne; pr. 194.571. - 
n'ano ye duru, he is not talkative; he is close, reserved; ne tani or 
n'amoase ano ye dnrn, his 2>urse is lieavy, lie has a well-lined purse, 
pr. 493. - n'ano ye toi'o, torofe-torot'e, //c has a slippery mouth i.e. he 
cannot keep silence or secret, he hlunders out or lets out secrets. - 
n'anoni' ahunu, aliyehye no, pr. .264. - ano akuni or asiam, the edge 
has hecome hlunt, dull. - n'anom' (if. ano 1.) akum or asiam, his 
mouth is tasteless or undone, lie has lost his appetite. - n'anom' atew, 
he has recovered his appetite. - n'anom' ye no de, lie has a licJcerisJi 
mouth, likes dainties. — 

B) bei'e.. ano ase, to abate, allay, mitigate, moderate; cf. ano 8; 
kaii-no n'ano ye den, na afei wabere n'ano ase, formerly he talked 
hlusteringly, hid now he has moderated his tone. - bg ano, to stop, 
ward off, resist, pr.2. s. bg 62. - boa(boa) ano, lit. to lay or adjust 
tlie ends, i.e. to gather, collect; to prepare; s. boa. - di ano, to come 
to terms, to agree, accord, to strike a bargain; cf. ano 6. - agye n'a- 
nom', s. gye 26. nantwinilm agye n'anom', he has become fond of 
heef. - ohyira n'ano, s. byiraO". - aka n'ano, ftis mouth has been used 
to it, he has learned it tvell, is able to repeat it easily, s. ka 5. - gkasa 
ararado ano, Jie is interpreter to tlie governor; wghkasa wgiiho ano, 
they do not speak tvith each other. - wakum gbosom no ano, he has 
prevented the fetish from eating (taking the yam offered to him). - 
wakum (n'adwuma) ano, fie has finished (his work); better: wavvie 
(n'adwuma). - kyere ano, F. to declare. - mesan m'ano, J justify, 
vindicate, clear myself . jjr. 436. -so ano. to keep bade, restrain. pr.2. - 
oto(to) n'ano ase, fie lets his mouth be at rest; gnto(to) n'ano ase, fie 
does not hold his tongue. - gtoto m'ano, he falsely accuses me, slan- 
ders or calumniates me; pr. 435 f. watoto neho ano = wauoa bgre asa 
neho, .s. noa. - gntow n'anom toa ma, s.toa. - mitu n'ano mewgfam', 
I refuse to fiear fiim (lit. I pull out fiis moutfi, I init it to tfie ground). 
otutu m'ano sisi, fie contradicts me, fie distotis or confounds tchat I 
am saying (prop, j^alls out wfiaf I fiave stated And puts it somewhere 
else). - yi ano, 1. to interpret, to explain; 2. to refute, confute, dis- 
prove (a statement); perh. to remove tfie force (ano (S) of the accu- 
sation or opposite argument; to defend, apologize, make excuse. 

11 6 a, V. to cook (aduan, food, nam. meat), to boil (nsu, water)-.! 
pr. 2467 ff. — noa gsa, to prepare for war by some superstitions pro- 
ceedings: boiling certain herbs and sheep's blood, mentioning the 
enemy's leaders and calling on the fetish to make them weak. — 



anoa — anofoa. 335 



wiinoa boro asa iielio, lie lins })r('pand )>oison fo stick f'asf in Jtiin- 
self, = wakil asemmone agu nelio so, watolo iiclio ano, watow dua 
afVvo, neho so, he has injured or slandered his own character. 

aiio<i, n- [auo •/. dim.?] used only in compound nouns, a place, 
space or rcijivn adjoining or co}di(iuOHs to or border in;/ on that which 
is indicated by the first part of the cpd., *•. nhanna, iilcokonoa, ii- 
komanoa, nkwanoa, nipenoa, nsanoa, nsunoa, ntenti'unoa, ntonanoa. 

o-iio-an kasa, nank;isa, (he) himself; (she) herself. — nankasa 
neba, his (her) own child. — gno-ara, id.; just he, even he {or she); 
the same; obarima a 'nera wuhiifi no no, guoara ni, this man is the 
same whom ijou saw yesterdaif. — e-no-aukasa, nankasa, itself. 
— e-iio-ara, itself; even that, just that; the same thing. Gr. §59. 

ano-babae, /«/". [ano, baebac] dispute, contention; - di an., to 
he engaged in a dispute. 

iiiiobae, v.n. [dow, ba] plentiful produce of husbandry or of 
the fields; ma nn. nkata yen mfuw so, let our plantations be covered 
with produce! 

ano-bi-iii, lit. some limit is here; enye ano-bi-ni, // is uidim- 
ited, euccssire, extraordinary ; s. ano 4, d). Gr. § 137. 

a n o-b r e b e r e, soft speech, pr. 2452. 

aiio-birebire, a talkative, prattling mouth or tongue; oye an. 
= gye birebirefo. 

ano(boa)l)('»a, inf. [boa ano] the act oi gathering. 

niiyboa, ////'. [dow, boa] co-operation in farming worJc; wodi 
nn. = wgboa wonho dow, wpsonsom wghho, they aid each other, 
co-opereUe, are allied, tv'ork together. 

fino-bone, a qnarreller, brawler; onipa a asemmone l\ n'anom 
da, obua nkurofo so da. pr. 2453. 

ano-b(')"\v, inf. [Ano a ebow. a sti)diing mouth] a scornful, mock- 
ing or jeering reply. 2 Ki.7,2. gmal me an., he gives me a scoffing, iron- 
iced, abusive, insulting or defying reply. 

alio- branini ram, cf. iino-birebire, -kurokuro, gbrammramfo. 

ano-da-so [ano a eda so] the npper lip; an. bogyese, mustaches; 
gyaw an. bogyese, to grow mustachios. 

fi iio-de, flattery; enye me anode 6, it is, I assure you, no flattery, 
when I say this. — an o-d e f e d e f e (ano a enka ahuposem) fair, 
mild, flattering speech. 

ano-di, inf. [di ano] agreement, bargain, compact, contract. 

anodi-sem, >-c6oZi(^/o» of an assembly, decree. Kurtz §7. 

nnodowa-nnodowa, s. dodowa. — iinodowe, s. dodowe, 

a 110 en 11 am [ano a eye nnamj sharp-pointed; a sting; mfi bone 
ano auoeunam nkum, grant that the sting of sin may be blunted. 

ano-fafa, the lip or lips (ase an., the lower lip, gsoro an., the 
upp)er lipi)\ F. anofamfa, Ji/r. 7,e. 

lioloa, nofoa, F. = anefoa, anadwo(fa). 

ano-t"5a: t\vit\va..an., to cut or wo^md with the sword of one's 
■mouth, i.e. with grievous S2>eech, to scold, ^—- yaw, bg .. ahohora. 



336 onofge — nom. 



g-nofoe [nea gfgw obi ano] one who makes one's mouth moist or 
fat (fofo, with meat), a benevolent nourisher, ttcneficient cnterioiner 
(wosom no a, wome, onima wo fmo iilioa). 

angfrana ko, analVanakuV pr. 207'). ^472. 

aiio-ghare, quirl-ness of speakhui. yr.JOnl. 
noli 6 a, iiolioA, iiolig, Ak. doliaa, beijonil; the jiJnre (plores) 
or regions beyond. Gr. § 1 27. 

ano-hoba, F. [ano, alioba] promise; ef. ebo, nliyease. - bg an., 
=^ si anowowa, to promise. Mt.14,7. anoboba-mari no, the promised 

aiio-nlioma, Ak. = anofafa. flavd. 

aiio-hyirii, inf.'s. liyira ano. 

aiio-kese, a larfje-mouthed person, pr. 24',4. 

gilO-ko \ai\o, q^o]\\i. moid] t- ft (jht in (J. dispute; Jest, rodlrr/i; wo- 
(twijtwa on., they have a disptute uith earh other; g-ne no twa on. 
(or di akasa) kwa, he is merely jestiny with him. 

nokoasiri, a valuable, kind oi cloth, softer tluiu silk (kgkg, 
fiifu, tuntum, ankahono, bgnwoina, apopobiri); ef. unokua, 

nil k g 11 11 g k g-a d c [dnkg] su-eet or ayreentjle things, pleasures, 
luxuries; ef. mfefewade, — nngkgnno kg-ase m, sweet, pleasant 
words; flattery; ef. dgkgdgkgsem. 

anokoraiiipgn, a certain parnsitieal j)lant (climber) growing on 
trees, pr. 2473. 

II o-k 6 r [fino koro] unanimity, unison, common consent; ye n., 
to be unanimous or in unison, to agree. — nokoro-so, unanimously, 
with one accord, by or with one consent, to a man. 

g-noko-twa, inf., s. gnoko. 

linokna, a kind of cloth, s. ntania. nokoasiri. 

anu-kunij inf. jkum anoj comjiletioi/, bringing to an end. 

a 11 o-k u r 6 k U ro, pr. 1085. -24.5.J- = <1 no-brani inrani, aiio-birelMre ; 
oyii an. = gye okurokurofo. 

Angkwa', j;r. n. m. 

O-nokwafo, 2)1. a.-, a truthful, trustworthy, faithful, honest, up- 
rigid person, pr. 755.2474. 

n ok ware [ano koro?] truth, truthfulness, faithfulness, hon- 
esty, probity ; pr.761f.2475ff. — di n., to be true, truthful, faithful, 
honest, to speak the truth, to act honestly; odi no n., a) he assures 
him; b) he acts according to his promise, deals faithfully with him. 
nokware^ iiokwarem*, F.nokwar, nokworem', truly, in truth. 

a-ii ok\va-S6in, truth, a true saying or story; ka n.. to sjicak 
truth; - honest deeding, pr. 755. 
nokwere, Ak. = nokware. 

11 in, j;?. i«'0». the (company of); in most cases it may be con- 
sidered as a suffix, used espec. when a plurality of persons known 
as connected is referred to, but also with the neuter pron. eno and 
the local ])roiiouns ha & ho, s. Gr. § ^'i,<'>\ (J0,1.3; the eom])anions 
ov party o/'. Gr.§G3. owura W. nom abeseii ko, J//\ IT. withliis party 
has passed. 



iioiii — iinoi'i-abieii. 337 

11 u 111, V. to (Iriiik (nsii, irafcr, usfi, j)aJin-ici>iCi(-c., or ;uiy fluid) ; 
11. iikwah, to tithe soiij); - to smoke (tfi, tobacco) ; cf. we, mone, som 
(asr;i), mim; - iiom riifi'ama, to iiiJiitlc air;pr.8'>U. cf.'^yo.lj. — nom 
abosoiii, to confederate, a. abosoin. 

a no 111' |rm() rnii| tlie mouth, viz. the inside of it, cspoc. as the or- 
l!;:u\ oi' taste; s. a no, 1.1J2. witli the, j)hr. iranom akiim, atew, ye no 
(le; j;ye anom, tow iiuoin toa ma; pr. :Ji(li/f. - wososo a'anoiu' anka, 
the// (Iroji leiiion-jnice into his mouth (to t>e spit out) i.e. the// in a cun- 
iiin/i u-a/i and with ifl intention eom/nl him to f/irr his o/tinion. 

aiio iiT-kr k;i w, 6'. okekaw ]. 

;\ 11 (I lu-k u rii, sores i)i the mouth. 

ail o 111 a, dim. anoma, jd.n-, ]. Iiird, fowl; pr.'iisiff- cf. atuboa, 
atakraboa; an. atii neniiani dan lio, a l)ird flies about the house; - 
kn nil., to foul, to .^hoot birds; y i nn., to catth birds. — <?. a certain 
appurtenance to a weaver's loom. — .7. I'hr. aiika aiiuma, vdhout 
ami exception. 

uoma-ri'i ru [anoma afuru, bird's belli/] a /in(/cr-rin</ tliickea- 
inp; at the hack part, having, as it were, a 'belli/ of gold, silver, beads. 

II 11 6 111 ill a, a kind of river-fish ; si/n. of'nrei. 

aiioina-ku Jidc3o, a kind of bird in the Akem woods. 

a no 111 man lie, an ceil, wicked, vicious deed, espec. when done 
in secret; rice, wickedness, viciousness; oye an, --=: odi nseinmune; 
oye me an. = oye me ayayade, oye me ho s;i wo nsem mu; cf. aniu- 
moyc, mmarato, abususem, abonet'osem. 

0-nomnia iioni, 7^/. a- -fo, a vicious, icivkcd person. 

o-noinaiikonia, F. 1. s. Odomankama. — 2. eternity (?)Ps. 90, 1. 
— on. gya, everlastin// fire, Mt. 18,S. — on. ahemman, eternal kinij- 
doin ; On. Nyaiikopoi'i, tlie eternal God. 

anomawa, jj?. n-, nnoma', nnomTi mma, dim. of anom;1, q.r. 

anom'-dow, liekerishness. pr. .39,?.354S. 

o-iioni dcw-fo, i>/. a-, a lickerish p)erson, da inf //-feeder, sweet- 
tooth; nea ope nam pi. j)r. 2i94. 

anomdze, F. Mt. 25,35. ^=z anonne. 

a no me [nom, r.J a drinking-placc. 

11 no in Cj inf. [dome] eursinr/; curse, malediction, execration, im- 
j^recation; pr. 198. cf. nsew, nuuabo. 

anom-hohoi'O, inf. pr.249:). cf. anohyira. 

nnonipe-niioinpo, a. [dompe,^)?. ] 1. bonij, stronij-l imbed, stout 
(woye berah a won ho nn.) — 2. extremelif lean like a skeleton (so 
that the bones are perceptible) ; s. fofg. 

nnoniniuin, s. dommum. — nnoninii'iin-fa, s. dom..., capture; 
eaptivitij. 

nn on, inf. e/raceful, affected icallcing; s. dgiV; pr. 230. 

nnon-abiei'i, two o'clock; nnon-abiesa, three o'clock; nnon-nari, 
four o'clock; nnon-dn, ten o'clock; nnoii-dubiako, eleren o'clock; 
iinon-dLunien, twelve o''clock; s. gdon. Gr. § Si),4. 

22 



338 anoiine — anowatere. 

anonne, F. anomdze, [ade a wouom] a drinlc, heverar/e, j^otion. 

nnonneemma [won a wodo ade mma = amanmma] children 

or members of the conimtinHij ov pcojile. (Oheneba da mo ase, nn.!) 

Niioiiko, -m', ihe countries in the interior to the nortli of the 

Tslii and Erae tribes, inhabited chiefly by jMohammedans ; rf. gdonko 

& Gr. page'XIV.XV. (Introd. § 2). 

niiouko-besa, a kind of country-cloth, s. ntama. 

iinoiiko-iiiioriko, a kind oi yam, s. ode. 

iinoii-koe; s. donkoe'. 

iiiioii-kroii, nine o'clocJc. Gr. § 80,4. 

11 110 11 no mm a [dgii, dim.'\ a little hell. 

aiionnom-iisa, oye brgferc no an., he sttcJcs <nU the pajHiya-fniit 
as if drinking liquor. 

nnonnontutuo, Gy. rags? 

niionnowa, a kind of bees; cf. gdowa. 

iiiion-sia, six o'clock; nnon-sou, seven o'clock. 

mioii-num, five o'clock; iiiioii-wotwc, eight o'clock. 

nnopa-6, intcrj. mennopa = memu wo nnapa, (I give i.e. ivisli 
you) good sleep! good night! (reply: da yiye!) Gr. § 147,3. 

an op a, Ak. adopa, F.anapa, [eda, pa] morning; in the morning. 
anopa-hcma(hcnia), anopa-tiitu, very early in the morning (about 
5 o'cl.); - s. anapa, adekyee. — aiigpa-didi, anopa-duaiV, hreidcfast. 
— anopa-dwuma, pr. 2497. — anopa-nom' [iinom'] pr.2496. 

aiiopa-sore, morning pr((ycr or service. 

rino-[Ki [ano pa] a mouth that uses pleasant language;in:34.')S-60. 
a good ov friendly reply; oma me ano-pd, ojjj^. anobow. 

ono-pon-luinu, em^ity boast or bluster, ade awnniii hi iio alio- 
hoahoa. j«-. 10S6. 

niiora, Ak. = nnera, yesterday. 

O-iio-se [ano, se] F. concord; bo on. tena (awar m), to live to- 
gether (in the state of matrimony). 

a 11 o-S (j m [ano asem] boast, vaunt, rodomontade, bluster, swagger; 
oye an., he boasts, exaggerates (always in a bad sense). 

anosenifo, a (vain) boaster, swaggerer, braggart, fr. 249f>f. 

a n o-s e s e-a d e, braggart, pr. 959. 

fi no-sin, one without lips, tvJiose lips are cut o/f by way of 
piuiishment; cf. asosin. 

ano-so, pudenda, genitals, nakedness. 

nnotec, Ak. s. dote. 

a no-tew, inf. fluency of sj^eech. 

fino-to, inf. sending an abusive word. 

ano-to, ano-toto, inf. false accusation, denunciation, sycophancy. 

anowatere, anowatere, a species of melon. F. anunu'ina, ane- 

a n 6 w a t e r e, lavender-water. L"^" " ^^- 



aiiowowa — onufuteii. 339 

a 11 o-w w a [ivno awowa] promise; wasi me an., he has given me 
(I promise; s. anohoba. 

a 11 6-yi, inf. [yi anoj dcfoiec {hy answering- or accounting for), 
viiKlicfttion. 

n u, I', [red. nunul 1. to stir (kntuni', inmi'kwan nut, niog-yain' 
-- kfi kyini); iry. :i500. — ^. to move; nifVama nu t'raiika nom', the 
wind moves the /!(((/. — 3. to pol-e, pivl-; to eleanse, by romoving, 
with a pointed instrument or the iingers, tliat wliich isolijectionable; 
onu n'asom'; onu n'aniwam' = oyi n'an. (with a hair of the 'be, w'). 

— i. nu abe, to get out the pahn-niit-cliister from near the stem and 
lietween the branches, by pricking or pushing with a long-handled 
[)ick or digging bill, to pick or gather the palm-nuts from the trees. 

— .7. nu nehO (rffl.) to repent; manu meho wo me bone ho or mu, 
/ am sorry for the sin I have committed. - nnu woho, do not be nn- 
eafii/ (d)out it. pr. 47S. — 6. nu.. ffi, to touch, lag hold on, seize or lift 
up and remove; nu ahina no fu, lift up tltat pot; nuinnu no fu ( = 
nn'iHima no so) mfa no nko, lift him up and carrg him awag (on your 
arms); onu no fu = oso gbea no ahene or asenmudc mu, oso gba- 
rima no dantii mu; onuu woffi a.s. gfaa wo fa pa? did he only show 
the intention or really commit lewdness ivith you? — 7. nu agoru, to 
perform plays, e.g. before a new-made king. — 8. nu nyimpa, F. 
/() catch men. Mk. 1;17. 

e-ilil, two, both; this simple form is only used in counting .and 
in compounds; more frequent is the cpd. form abieiV (= abienii), 
mmienii; won banu, hotli of them. {Tr.§ 77.80. pr. 1390.1731.1859.2081. 

0-11 u a, V. nuia, [=oniwa, oni-ba, mother's cMlcl] brother; sister 
(F, akyerewa); cousin, the mother's sister's daughter (ena-kakra ba); 

— me nuauom, (F.niiianom, nuiamo, nmum) my brothers and sisters; 
auuanom, (voc.) brethren! wgye nua(nom) F.anuiam (Mt.23,8.), they 
are brothers or sisters (or cousins)] pr. 2-502 ff. — onua-paiiyiii, an 
elder brother, pr. 2501; oiiua akuma, a younger brother. Cf. niwa- 
mma, akyerewa. 

0-ima-baniu, o-nua-barima, brother; pi. nuabarimauom. 
o-nua-bea, onua-ba, onuawa, pi. -nom, sister; cf. akyerewa. 
iiuuadewa (As.) & unuafwe, s. ntorowa. 
nue-nue, slowness; carefidness; syn. bereo; - bo n., to be 
cautious, to act considerately, ivith circumspection ; gbo n. akgkyere 
anoma; gbgmmgfo no bgg n, koyii ue foto. 

aiiu-edeii, anu-ehyew, anu-enyam, s. anu-gden, -ghyew, -onyam. 

anufo, F. fishers, catchers. Mt. 4,19. 

nuf 11, (conn, ne niifu) F. numfo, the breast of a female, udder; 

meton. milk. — ma .. n., to suckle ; Mk. 13,17. - num n., to stick; - twa 

.. n., to ivean. — nuiii-imb, j^fip, nipple, teat. — nufii-boa, mnmmrd. 

— nufu-kyi, inf. the milking of goats, cows &c. — o-nufa-niato, 
a suckling woman, wet nurse. — o-iiul'ii-niimfo, a sucking chdd, 
suckling baby, nursing-child; F. ^j?. numfoanomba, Mt.21,16. rf.nko- 
koa. — iiufiVsii [nufu nsuj milk. 

0-11 u f ii-t (' II, the B<u>bal), or Adansonia digitata, a famously large 



340 nufutVva — uuni. 

tree, and its fruit called Monl-eifs-hread, having the size and shape 
of the lo)i(j hanging breast of an elderlj' woman. 

uufu-twa, inf. the ac